diff --git a/go.mod b/go.mod index e3f343ad62..fe605551ff 100644 --- a/go.mod +++ b/go.mod @@ -29,29 +29,29 @@ require ( github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.14.0 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.12.0 github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.13.5 - github.com/crossplane/crossplane-runtime v1.14.1 + github.com/crossplane/crossplane-runtime v1.16.0 github.com/crossplane/crossplane-tools v0.0.0-20230925130601-628280f8bf79 github.com/evanphx/json-patch v5.6.0+incompatible github.com/go-ini/ini v1.67.0 github.com/golang/mock v1.5.0 github.com/google/go-cmp v0.6.0 - github.com/google/uuid v1.3.1 + github.com/google/uuid v1.4.0 github.com/jmattheis/goverter v0.18.0 github.com/mattbaird/jsonpatch v0.0.0-20200820163806-098863c1fc24 - github.com/onsi/gomega v1.27.10 + github.com/onsi/gomega v1.30.0 github.com/pkg/errors v0.9.1 - github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.16.0 + github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.18.0 go.uber.org/zap v1.26.0 golang.org/x/sync v0.7.0 gopkg.in/alecthomas/kingpin.v2 v2.2.6 - k8s.io/api v0.28.3 - k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.28.3 - k8s.io/apimachinery v0.28.3 - k8s.io/client-go v0.28.3 + k8s.io/api v0.29.1 + k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.29.1 + k8s.io/apimachinery v0.29.1 + k8s.io/client-go v0.29.1 k8s.io/utils v0.0.0-20230726121419-3b25d923346b - sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.16.3 - sigs.k8s.io/controller-tools v0.13.0 - sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.3.0 + sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.17.0 + sigs.k8s.io/controller-tools v0.14.0 + sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.4.0 ) require ( @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ require ( github.com/dlclark/regexp2 v1.4.0 // indirect github.com/emicklei/go-restful/v3 v3.11.0 // indirect github.com/emirpasic/gods v1.12.0 // indirect - github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5 v5.6.0 // indirect - github.com/fatih/color v1.15.0 // indirect - github.com/fsnotify/fsnotify v1.6.0 // indirect + github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5 v5.8.0 // indirect + github.com/fatih/color v1.16.0 // indirect + github.com/fsnotify/fsnotify v1.7.0 // indirect github.com/gertd/go-pluralize v0.1.1 // indirect github.com/ghodss/yaml v1.0.0 // indirect - github.com/go-logr/logr v1.2.4 // indirect - github.com/go-logr/zapr v1.2.4 // indirect + github.com/go-logr/logr v1.4.1 // indirect + github.com/go-logr/zapr v1.3.0 // indirect github.com/go-openapi/jsonpointer v0.19.6 // indirect github.com/go-openapi/jsonreference v0.20.2 // indirect github.com/go-openapi/swag v0.22.3 // indirect @@ -102,39 +102,39 @@ require ( github.com/kevinburke/ssh_config v0.0.0-20190725054713-01f96b0aa0cd // indirect github.com/mailru/easyjson v0.7.7 // indirect github.com/mattn/go-colorable v0.1.13 // indirect - github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.17 // indirect - github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions v1.0.4 // indirect + github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.20 // indirect + github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions/v2 v2.0.0 // indirect github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir v1.1.0 // indirect github.com/modern-go/concurrent v0.0.0-20180306012644-bacd9c7ef1dd // indirect github.com/modern-go/reflect2 v1.0.2 // indirect github.com/munnerz/goautoneg v0.0.0-20191010083416-a7dc8b61c822 // indirect github.com/operator-framework/api v0.6.0 // indirect - github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.4.0 // indirect - github.com/prometheus/common v0.44.0 // indirect - github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.10.1 // indirect + github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.5.0 // indirect + github.com/prometheus/common v0.45.0 // indirect + github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.12.0 // indirect github.com/samber/lo v1.37.0 // indirect github.com/sergi/go-diff v1.0.0 // indirect github.com/sirupsen/logrus v1.9.3 // indirect - github.com/spf13/afero v1.10.0 // indirect - github.com/spf13/cobra v1.7.0 // indirect + github.com/spf13/afero v1.11.0 // indirect + github.com/spf13/cobra v1.8.0 // indirect github.com/spf13/pflag v1.0.5 // indirect github.com/src-d/gcfg v1.4.0 // indirect github.com/xanzy/ssh-agent v0.2.1 // indirect go.uber.org/multierr v1.11.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/crypto v0.17.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20231006140011-7918f672742d // indirect - golang.org/x/mod v0.13.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/net v0.17.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.11.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/sys v0.15.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/term v0.15.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/crypto v0.21.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240112132812-db7319d0e0e3 // indirect + golang.org/x/mod v0.14.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/net v0.23.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.15.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/sys v0.18.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/term v0.18.0 // indirect golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/time v0.3.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/tools v0.14.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/time v0.5.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/tools v0.17.0 // indirect gomodules.xyz/jsonpatch/v2 v2.4.0 // indirect - google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.7 // indirect - google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20230822172742-b8732ec3820d // indirect - google.golang.org/grpc v1.59.0 // indirect + google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.8 // indirect + google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20231120223509-83a465c0220f // indirect + google.golang.org/grpc v1.61.0 // indirect google.golang.org/protobuf v1.33.0 // indirect gopkg.in/inf.v0 v0.9.1 // indirect gopkg.in/src-d/go-billy.v4 v4.3.2 // indirect @@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ require ( gopkg.in/warnings.v0 v0.1.2 // indirect gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.4.0 // indirect gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1 // indirect - k8s.io/component-base v0.28.3 // indirect - k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.100.1 // indirect - k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20230717233707-2695361300d9 // indirect + k8s.io/component-base v0.29.1 // indirect + k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.110.1 // indirect + k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20231010175941-2dd684a91f00 // indirect sigs.k8s.io/json v0.0.0-20221116044647-bc3834ca7abd // indirect - sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.2.3 // indirect + sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.4.1 // indirect ) diff --git a/go.sum b/go.sum index 7759e57351..cbfe0fd21e 100644 --- a/go.sum +++ b/go.sum @@ -3,39 +3,24 @@ cloud.google.com/go v0.34.0/go.mod h1:aQUYkXzVsufM+DwF1aE+0xfcU+56JwCaLick0ClmMT cloud.google.com/go v0.38.0/go.mod h1:990N+gfupTy94rShfmMCWGDn0LpTmnzTp2qbd1dvSRU= cloud.google.com/go v0.44.1/go.mod h1:iSa0KzasP4Uvy3f1mN/7PiObzGgflwredwwASm/v6AU= cloud.google.com/go v0.44.2/go.mod h1:60680Gw3Yr4ikxnPRS/oxxkBccT6SA1yMk63TGekxKY= -cloud.google.com/go v0.44.3/go.mod h1:60680Gw3Yr4ikxnPRS/oxxkBccT6SA1yMk63TGekxKY= cloud.google.com/go v0.45.1/go.mod h1:RpBamKRgapWJb87xiFSdk4g1CME7QZg3uwTez+TSTjc= cloud.google.com/go v0.46.3/go.mod h1:a6bKKbmY7er1mI7TEI4lsAkts/mkhTSZK8w33B4RAg0= cloud.google.com/go v0.50.0/go.mod h1:r9sluTvynVuxRIOHXQEHMFffphuXHOMZMycpNR5e6To= cloud.google.com/go v0.52.0/go.mod h1:pXajvRH/6o3+F9jDHZWQ5PbGhn+o8w9qiu/CffaVdO4= cloud.google.com/go v0.53.0/go.mod h1:fp/UouUEsRkN6ryDKNW/Upv/JBKnv6WDthjR6+vze6M= cloud.google.com/go v0.54.0/go.mod h1:1rq2OEkV3YMf6n/9ZvGWI3GWw0VoqH/1x2nd8Is/bPc= -cloud.google.com/go v0.56.0/go.mod h1:jr7tqZxxKOVYizybht9+26Z/gUq7tiRzu+ACVAMbKVk= -cloud.google.com/go v0.57.0/go.mod h1:oXiQ6Rzq3RAkkY7N6t3TcE6jE+CIBBbA36lwQ1JyzZs= -cloud.google.com/go v0.62.0/go.mod h1:jmCYTdRCQuc1PHIIJ/maLInMho30T/Y0M4hTdTShOYc= -cloud.google.com/go v0.65.0/go.mod h1:O5N8zS7uWy9vkA9vayVHs65eM1ubvY4h553ofrNHObY= -cloud.google.com/go v0.72.0/go.mod h1:M+5Vjvlc2wnp6tjzE102Dw08nGShTscUx2nZMufOKPI= -cloud.google.com/go v0.74.0/go.mod h1:VV1xSbzvo+9QJOxLDaJfTjx5e+MePCpCWwvftOeQmWk= -cloud.google.com/go v0.75.0/go.mod h1:VGuuCn7PG0dwsd5XPVm2Mm3wlh3EL55/79EKB6hlPTY= cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.0.1/go.mod h1:i/xbL2UlR5RvWAURpBYZTtm/cXjCha9lbfbpx4poX+o= cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.3.0/go.mod h1:PjpwJnslEMmckchkHFfq+HTD2DmtT67aNFKH1/VBDHE= cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.4.0/go.mod h1:S8dzgnTigyfTmLBfrtrhyYhwRxG72rYxvftPBK2Dvzc= -cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.5.0/go.mod h1:snEHRnqQbz117VIFhE8bmtwIDY80NLUZUMb4Nv6dBIg= -cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.7.0/go.mod h1://okPTzCYNXSlb24MZs83e2Do+h+VXtc4gLoIoXIAPc= -cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.8.0/go.mod h1:J5hqkt3O0uAFnINi6JXValWIb1v0goeZM77hZzJN/fQ= cloud.google.com/go/datastore v1.0.0/go.mod h1:LXYbyblFSglQ5pkeyhO+Qmw7ukd3C+pD7TKLgZqpHYE= cloud.google.com/go/datastore v1.1.0/go.mod h1:umbIZjpQpHh4hmRpGhH4tLFup+FVzqBi1b3c64qFpCk= cloud.google.com/go/firestore v1.1.0/go.mod h1:ulACoGHTpvq5r8rxGJ4ddJZBZqakUQqClKRT5SZwBmk= cloud.google.com/go/pubsub v1.0.1/go.mod h1:R0Gpsv3s54REJCy4fxDixWD93lHJMoZTyQ2kNxGRt3I= cloud.google.com/go/pubsub v1.1.0/go.mod h1:EwwdRX2sKPjnvnqCa270oGRyludottCI76h+R3AArQw= cloud.google.com/go/pubsub v1.2.0/go.mod h1:jhfEVHT8odbXTkndysNHCcx0awwzvfOlguIAii9o8iA= -cloud.google.com/go/pubsub v1.3.1/go.mod h1:i+ucay31+CNRpDW4Lu78I4xXG+O1r/MAHgjpRVR+TSU= cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.0.0/go.mod h1:IhtSnM/ZTZV8YYJWCY8RULGVqBDmpoyjwiyrjsg+URw= cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.5.0/go.mod h1:tpKbwo567HUNpVclU5sGELwQWBDZ8gh0ZeosJ0Rtdos= cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.6.0/go.mod h1:N7U0C8pVQ/+NIKOBQyamJIeKQKkZ+mxpohlUTyfDhBk= -cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.8.0/go.mod h1:Wv1Oy7z6Yz3DshWRJFhqM/UCfaWIRTdp0RXyy7KQOVs= -cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.10.0/go.mod h1:FLPqc6j+Ki4BU591ie1oL6qBQGu2Bl/tZ9ullr3+Kg0= -cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.14.0/go.mod h1:GrKmX003DSIwi9o29oFT7YDnHYwZoctc3fOKtUw0Xmo= dario.cat/mergo v1.0.0 h1:AGCNq9Evsj31mOgNPcLyXc+4PNABt905YmuqPYYpBWk= dario.cat/mergo v1.0.0/go.mod h1:uNxQE+84aUszobStD9th8a29P2fMDhsBdgRYvZOxGmk= dmitri.shuralyov.com/gpu/mtl v0.0.0-20190408044501-666a987793e9/go.mod h1:H6x//7gZCb22OMCxBHrMx7a5I7Hp++hsVxbQ4BYO7hU= @@ -186,7 +171,6 @@ github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.13.3/go.mod h1:Tg+OJXh4MB2R/uN61Ko2f6hTZwB/ZYGOtib8J github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.13.4/go.mod h1:Tg+OJXh4MB2R/uN61Ko2f6hTZwB/ZYGOtib8J3gBHzA= github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.13.5 h1:hgz0X/DX0dGqTYpGALqXJoRKRj5oQ7150i5FdTePzO8= github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.13.5/go.mod h1:Tg+OJXh4MB2R/uN61Ko2f6hTZwB/ZYGOtib8J3gBHzA= -github.com/benbjohnson/clock v1.1.0/go.mod h1:J11/hYXuz8f4ySSvYwY0FKfm+ezbsZBKZxNJlLklBHA= github.com/beorn7/perks v0.0.0-20180321164747-3a771d992973/go.mod h1:Dwedo/Wpr24TaqPxmxbtue+5NUziq4I4S80YR8gNf3Q= github.com/beorn7/perks v1.0.0/go.mod h1:KWe93zE9D1o94FZ5RNwFwVgaQK1VOXiVxmqh+CedLV8= github.com/beorn7/perks v1.0.1 h1:VlbKKnNfV8bJzeqoa4cOKqO6bYr3WgKZxO8Z16+hsOM= @@ -206,9 +190,6 @@ github.com/chzyer/logex v1.1.10/go.mod h1:+Ywpsq7O8HXn0nuIou7OrIPyXbp3wmkHB+jjWR github.com/chzyer/readline v0.0.0-20180603132655-2972be24d48e/go.mod h1:nSuG5e5PlCu98SY8svDHJxuZscDgtXS6KTTbou5AhLI= github.com/chzyer/test v0.0.0-20180213035817-a1ea475d72b1/go.mod h1:Q3SI9o4m/ZMnBNeIyt5eFwwo7qiLfzFZmjNmxjkiQlU= github.com/client9/misspell v0.3.4/go.mod h1:qj6jICC3Q7zFZvVWo7KLAzC3yx5G7kyvSDkc90ppPyw= -github.com/cncf/udpa/go v0.0.0-20191209042840-269d4d468f6f/go.mod h1:M8M6+tZqaGXZJjfX53e64911xZQV5JYwmTeXPW+k8Sc= -github.com/cncf/udpa/go v0.0.0-20200629203442-efcf912fb354/go.mod h1:WmhPx2Nbnhtbo57+VJT5O0JRkEi1Wbu0z5j0R8u5Hbk= -github.com/cncf/udpa/go v0.0.0-20201120205902-5459f2c99403/go.mod h1:WmhPx2Nbnhtbo57+VJT5O0JRkEi1Wbu0z5j0R8u5Hbk= github.com/cockroachdb/datadriven v0.0.0-20190809214429-80d97fb3cbaa/go.mod h1:zn76sxSg3SzpJ0PPJaLDCu+Bu0Lg3sKTORVIj19EIF8= github.com/coreos/bbolt v1.3.2/go.mod h1:iRUV2dpdMOn7Bo10OQBFzIJO9kkE559Wcmn+qkEiiKk= github.com/coreos/etcd v3.3.10+incompatible/go.mod h1:uF7uidLiAD3TWHmW31ZFd/JWoc32PjwdhPthX9715RE= @@ -224,11 +205,11 @@ github.com/coreos/pkg v0.0.0-20180108230652-97fdf19511ea/go.mod h1:E3G3o1h8I7cfc github.com/coreos/pkg v0.0.0-20180928190104-399ea9e2e55f/go.mod h1:E3G3o1h8I7cfcXa63jLwjI0eiQQMgzzUDFVpN/nH/eA= github.com/cpuguy83/go-md2man v1.0.10/go.mod h1:SmD6nW6nTyfqj6ABTjUi3V3JVMnlJmwcJI5acqYI6dE= github.com/cpuguy83/go-md2man/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:maD7wRr/U5Z6m/iR4s+kqSMx2CaBsrgA7czyZG/E6dU= -github.com/cpuguy83/go-md2man/v2 v2.0.2/go.mod h1:tgQtvFlXSQOSOSIRvRPT7W67SCa46tRHOmNcaadrF8o= +github.com/cpuguy83/go-md2man/v2 v2.0.3/go.mod h1:tgQtvFlXSQOSOSIRvRPT7W67SCa46tRHOmNcaadrF8o= github.com/creack/pty v1.1.7/go.mod h1:lj5s0c3V2DBrqTV7llrYr5NG6My20zk30Fl46Y7DoTY= github.com/creack/pty v1.1.9/go.mod h1:oKZEueFk5CKHvIhNR5MUki03XCEU+Q6VDXinZuGJ33E= -github.com/crossplane/crossplane-runtime v1.14.1 h1:TCa7R1N4bDGHjsLhiRxR/mUhwmistlMACHm0kiiYKck= -github.com/crossplane/crossplane-runtime v1.14.1/go.mod h1:aOP+5W2wKpvthVs3pFNbVOe1jwrKYbJho0ThGNCVz9o= +github.com/crossplane/crossplane-runtime v1.16.0 h1:lz+l0wEB3qowdTmN7t0PZkfuNSvfOoEhQrEYFbYqMow= +github.com/crossplane/crossplane-runtime v1.16.0/go.mod h1:Pz2tdGVMF6KDGzHZOkvKro0nKc8EzK0sb/nSA7pH4Dc= github.com/crossplane/crossplane-tools v0.0.0-20230925130601-628280f8bf79 h1:HigXs5tEQxWz0fcj8hzbU2UAZgEM7wPe0XRFOsrtF8Y= github.com/crossplane/crossplane-tools v0.0.0-20230925130601-628280f8bf79/go.mod h1:+e4OaFlOcmr0JvINHl/yvEYBrZawzTgj6pQumOH1SS0= github.com/dave/astrid v0.0.0-20170323122508-8c2895878b14/go.mod h1:Sth2QfxfATb/nW4EsrSi2KyJmbcniZ8TgTaji17D6ms= @@ -261,29 +242,25 @@ github.com/emicklei/go-restful/v3 v3.11.0 h1:rAQeMHw1c7zTmncogyy8VvRZwtkmkZ4FxER github.com/emicklei/go-restful/v3 v3.11.0/go.mod h1:6n3XBCmQQb25CM2LCACGz8ukIrRry+4bhvbpWn3mrbc= github.com/emirpasic/gods v1.12.0 h1:QAUIPSaCu4G+POclxeqb3F+WPpdKqFGlw36+yOzGlrg= github.com/emirpasic/gods v1.12.0/go.mod h1:YfzfFFoVP/catgzJb4IKIqXjX78Ha8FMSDh3ymbK86o= -github.com/envoyproxy/go-control-plane v0.9.0/go.mod h1:YTl/9mNaCwkRvm6d1a2C3ymFceY/DCBVvsKhRF0iEA4= github.com/envoyproxy/go-control-plane v0.9.1-0.20191026205805-5f8ba28d4473/go.mod h1:YTl/9mNaCwkRvm6d1a2C3ymFceY/DCBVvsKhRF0iEA4= -github.com/envoyproxy/go-control-plane v0.9.4/go.mod h1:6rpuAdCZL397s3pYoYcLgu1mIlRU8Am5FuJP05cCM98= -github.com/envoyproxy/go-control-plane v0.9.7/go.mod h1:cwu0lG7PUMfa9snN8LXBig5ynNVH9qI8YYLbd1fK2po= -github.com/envoyproxy/go-control-plane v0.9.9-0.20201210154907-fd9021fe5dad/go.mod h1:cXg6YxExXjJnVBQHBLXeUAgxn2UodCpnH306RInaBQk= github.com/envoyproxy/protoc-gen-validate v0.1.0/go.mod h1:iSmxcyjqTsJpI2R4NaDN7+kN2VEUnK/pcBlmesArF7c= github.com/evanphx/json-patch v4.2.0+incompatible/go.mod h1:50XU6AFN0ol/bzJsmQLiYLvXMP4fmwYFNcr97nuDLSk= github.com/evanphx/json-patch v4.5.0+incompatible/go.mod h1:50XU6AFN0ol/bzJsmQLiYLvXMP4fmwYFNcr97nuDLSk= github.com/evanphx/json-patch v4.9.0+incompatible/go.mod h1:50XU6AFN0ol/bzJsmQLiYLvXMP4fmwYFNcr97nuDLSk= github.com/evanphx/json-patch v5.6.0+incompatible h1:jBYDEEiFBPxA0v50tFdvOzQQTCvpL6mnFh5mB2/l16U= github.com/evanphx/json-patch v5.6.0+incompatible/go.mod h1:50XU6AFN0ol/bzJsmQLiYLvXMP4fmwYFNcr97nuDLSk= -github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5 v5.6.0 h1:b91NhWfaz02IuVxO9faSllyAtNXHMPkC5J8sJCLunww= -github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5 v5.6.0/go.mod h1:G79N1coSVB93tBe7j6PhzjmR3/2VvlbKOFpnXhI9Bw4= +github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5 v5.8.0 h1:lRj6N9Nci7MvzrXuX6HFzU8XjmhPiXPlsKEy1u0KQro= +github.com/evanphx/json-patch/v5 v5.8.0/go.mod h1:VNkHZ/282BpEyt/tObQO8s5CMPmYYq14uClGH4abBuQ= github.com/fatih/color v1.7.0/go.mod h1:Zm6kSWBoL9eyXnKyktHP6abPY2pDugNf5KwzbycvMj4= github.com/fatih/color v1.9.0/go.mod h1:eQcE1qtQxscV5RaZvpXrrb8Drkc3/DdQ+uUYCNjL+zU= -github.com/fatih/color v1.15.0 h1:kOqh6YHBtK8aywxGerMG2Eq3H6Qgoqeo13Bk2Mv/nBs= -github.com/fatih/color v1.15.0/go.mod h1:0h5ZqXfHYED7Bhv2ZJamyIOUej9KtShiJESRwBDUSsw= +github.com/fatih/color v1.16.0 h1:zmkK9Ngbjj+K0yRhTVONQh1p/HknKYSlNT+vZCzyokM= +github.com/fatih/color v1.16.0/go.mod h1:fL2Sau1YI5c0pdGEVCbKQbLXB6edEj1ZgiY4NijnWvE= github.com/flynn/go-shlex v0.0.0-20150515145356-3f9db97f8568/go.mod h1:xEzjJPgXI435gkrCt3MPfRiAkVrwSbHsst4LCFVfpJc= github.com/form3tech-oss/jwt-go v3.2.2+incompatible/go.mod h1:pbq4aXjuKjdthFRnoDwaVPLA+WlJuPGy+QneDUgJi2k= github.com/fsnotify/fsnotify v1.4.7/go.mod h1:jwhsz4b93w/PPRr/qN1Yymfu8t87LnFCMoQvtojpjFo= github.com/fsnotify/fsnotify v1.4.9/go.mod h1:znqG4EE+3YCdAaPaxE2ZRY/06pZUdp0tY4IgpuI1SZQ= -github.com/fsnotify/fsnotify v1.6.0 h1:n+5WquG0fcWoWp6xPWfHdbskMCQaFnG6PfBrh1Ky4HY= -github.com/fsnotify/fsnotify v1.6.0/go.mod h1:sl3t1tCWJFWoRz9R8WJCbQihKKwmorjAbSClcnxKAGw= +github.com/fsnotify/fsnotify v1.7.0 h1:8JEhPFa5W2WU7YfeZzPNqzMP6Lwt7L2715Ggo0nosvA= +github.com/fsnotify/fsnotify v1.7.0/go.mod h1:40Bi/Hjc2AVfZrqy+aj+yEI+/bRxZnMJyTJwOpGvigM= github.com/gertd/go-pluralize v0.1.1 h1:fQhql/WRRwr4TVp+TCw12s2esCacvEVBdkTUUwNqF/Q= github.com/gertd/go-pluralize v0.1.1/go.mod h1:t5DfHcumb6m0RqyVJDrDLEzL2AGeaiqUXIcDNwLaeAs= github.com/ghodss/yaml v0.0.0-20150909031657-73d445a93680/go.mod h1:4dBDuWmgqj2HViK6kFavaiC9ZROes6MMH2rRYeMEF04= @@ -306,12 +283,12 @@ github.com/go-logfmt/logfmt v0.4.0/go.mod h1:3RMwSq7FuexP4Kalkev3ejPJsZTpXXBr9+V github.com/go-logr/logr v0.1.0/go.mod h1:ixOQHD9gLJUVQQ2ZOR7zLEifBX6tGkNJF4QyIY7sIas= github.com/go-logr/logr v0.2.0/go.mod h1:z6/tIYblkpsD+a4lm/fGIIU9mZ+XfAiaFtq7xTgseGU= github.com/go-logr/logr v0.3.0/go.mod h1:z6/tIYblkpsD+a4lm/fGIIU9mZ+XfAiaFtq7xTgseGU= -github.com/go-logr/logr v1.2.0/go.mod h1:jdQByPbusPIv2/zmleS9BjJVeZ6kBagPoEUsqbVz/1A= -github.com/go-logr/logr v1.2.4 h1:g01GSCwiDw2xSZfjJ2/T9M+S6pFdcNtFYsp+Y43HYDQ= -github.com/go-logr/logr v1.2.4/go.mod h1:jdQByPbusPIv2/zmleS9BjJVeZ6kBagPoEUsqbVz/1A= +github.com/go-logr/logr v1.3.0/go.mod h1:9T104GzyrTigFIr8wt5mBrctHMim0Nb2HLGrmQ40KvY= +github.com/go-logr/logr v1.4.1 h1:pKouT5E8xu9zeFC39JXRDukb6JFQPXM5p5I91188VAQ= +github.com/go-logr/logr v1.4.1/go.mod h1:9T104GzyrTigFIr8wt5mBrctHMim0Nb2HLGrmQ40KvY= github.com/go-logr/zapr v0.2.0/go.mod h1:qhKdvif7YF5GI9NWEpyxTSSBdGmzkNguibrdCNVPunU= -github.com/go-logr/zapr v1.2.4 h1:QHVo+6stLbfJmYGkQ7uGHUCu5hnAFAj6mDe6Ea0SeOo= -github.com/go-logr/zapr v1.2.4/go.mod h1:FyHWQIzQORZ0QVE1BtVHv3cKtNLuXsbNLtpuhNapBOA= +github.com/go-logr/zapr v1.3.0 h1:XGdV8XW8zdwFiwOA2Dryh1gj2KRQyOOoNmBy4EplIcQ= +github.com/go-logr/zapr v1.3.0/go.mod h1:YKepepNBd1u/oyhd/yQmtjVXmm9uML4IXUgMOwR8/Gg= github.com/go-openapi/analysis v0.0.0-20180825180245-b006789cd277/go.mod h1:k70tL6pCuVxPJOHXQ+wIac1FUrvNkHolPie/cLEU6hI= github.com/go-openapi/analysis v0.17.0/go.mod h1:IowGgpVeD0vNm45So8nr+IcQ3pxVtpRoBWb8PVZO0ik= github.com/go-openapi/analysis v0.18.0/go.mod h1:IowGgpVeD0vNm45So8nr+IcQ3pxVtpRoBWb8PVZO0ik= @@ -388,8 +365,6 @@ github.com/golang/mock v1.2.0/go.mod h1:oTYuIxOrZwtPieC+H1uAHpcLFnEyAGVDL/k47Jfb github.com/golang/mock v1.3.1/go.mod h1:sBzyDLLjw3U8JLTeZvSv8jJB+tU5PVekmnlKIyFUx0Y= github.com/golang/mock v1.4.0/go.mod h1:UOMv5ysSaYNkG+OFQykRIcU/QvvxJf3p21QfJ2Bt3cw= github.com/golang/mock v1.4.1/go.mod h1:UOMv5ysSaYNkG+OFQykRIcU/QvvxJf3p21QfJ2Bt3cw= -github.com/golang/mock v1.4.3/go.mod h1:UOMv5ysSaYNkG+OFQykRIcU/QvvxJf3p21QfJ2Bt3cw= -github.com/golang/mock v1.4.4/go.mod h1:l3mdAwkq5BuhzHwde/uurv3sEJeZMXNpwsxVWU71h+4= github.com/golang/mock v1.5.0 h1:jlYHihg//f7RRwuPfptm04yp4s7O6Kw8EZiVYIGcH0g= github.com/golang/mock v1.5.0/go.mod h1:CWnOUgYIOo4TcNZ0wHX3YZCqsaM1I1Jvs6v3mP3KVu8= github.com/golang/protobuf v0.0.0-20161109072736-4bd1920723d7/go.mod h1:6lQm79b+lXiMfvg/cZm0SGofjICqVBUtrP5yJMmIC1U= @@ -398,7 +373,6 @@ github.com/golang/protobuf v1.3.1/go.mod h1:6lQm79b+lXiMfvg/cZm0SGofjICqVBUtrP5y github.com/golang/protobuf v1.3.2/go.mod h1:6lQm79b+lXiMfvg/cZm0SGofjICqVBUtrP5yJMmIC1U= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.3.3/go.mod h1:vzj43D7+SQXF/4pzW/hwtAqwc6iTitCiVSaWz5lYuqw= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.3.4/go.mod h1:vzj43D7+SQXF/4pzW/hwtAqwc6iTitCiVSaWz5lYuqw= -github.com/golang/protobuf v1.3.5/go.mod h1:6O5/vntMXwX2lRkT1hjjk0nAC1IDOTvTlVgjlRvqsdk= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.4.0-rc.1/go.mod h1:ceaxUfeHdC40wWswd/P6IGgMaK3YpKi5j83Wpe3EHw8= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.4.0-rc.1.0.20200221234624-67d41d38c208/go.mod h1:xKAWHe0F5eneWXFV3EuXVDTCmh+JuBKY0li0aMyXATA= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.4.0-rc.2/go.mod h1:LlEzMj4AhA7rCAGe4KMBDvJI+AwstrUpVNzEA03Pprs= @@ -408,6 +382,7 @@ github.com/golang/protobuf v1.4.1/go.mod h1:U8fpvMrcmy5pZrNK1lt4xCsGvpyWQ/VVv6QD github.com/golang/protobuf v1.4.2/go.mod h1:oDoupMAO8OvCJWAcko0GGGIgR6R6ocIYbsSw735rRwI= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.4.3/go.mod h1:oDoupMAO8OvCJWAcko0GGGIgR6R6ocIYbsSw735rRwI= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.5.0/go.mod h1:FsONVRAS9T7sI+LIUmWTfcYkHO4aIWwzhcaSAoJOfIk= +github.com/golang/protobuf v1.5.2/go.mod h1:XVQd3VNwM+JqD3oG2Ue2ip4fOMUkwXdXDdiuN0vRsmY= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.5.3 h1:KhyjKVUg7Usr/dYsdSqoFveMYd5ko72D+zANwlG1mmg= github.com/golang/protobuf v1.5.3/go.mod h1:XVQd3VNwM+JqD3oG2Ue2ip4fOMUkwXdXDdiuN0vRsmY= github.com/google/btree v0.0.0-20180813153112-4030bb1f1f0c/go.mod h1:lNA+9X1NB3Zf8V7Ke586lFgjr2dZNuvo3lPJSGZ5JPQ= @@ -418,15 +393,14 @@ github.com/google/go-cmp v0.2.0/go.mod h1:oXzfMopK8JAjlY9xF4vHSVASa0yLyX7SntLO5a github.com/google/go-cmp v0.3.0/go.mod h1:8QqcDgzrUqlUb/G2PQTWiueGozuR1884gddMywk6iLU= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.3.1/go.mod h1:8QqcDgzrUqlUb/G2PQTWiueGozuR1884gddMywk6iLU= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.4.0/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/gNBxE= -github.com/google/go-cmp v0.4.1/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/gNBxE= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.0/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/gNBxE= -github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.1/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/gNBxE= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.2/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/gNBxE= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.4/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/gNBxE= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.5/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/gNBxE= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.6/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/gNBxE= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.7/go.mod h1:n+brtR0CgQNWTVd5ZUFpTBC8YFBDLK/h/bpaJ8/DtOE= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.8/go.mod h1:17dUlkBOakJ0+DkrSSNjCkIjxS6bF9zb3elmeNGIjoY= +github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.9/go.mod h1:17dUlkBOakJ0+DkrSSNjCkIjxS6bF9zb3elmeNGIjoY= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.6.0 h1:ofyhxvXcZhMsU5ulbFiLKl/XBFqE1GSq7atu8tAmTRI= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.6.0/go.mod h1:17dUlkBOakJ0+DkrSSNjCkIjxS6bF9zb3elmeNGIjoY= github.com/google/gofuzz v1.0.0/go.mod h1:dBl0BpW6vV/+mYPU4Po3pmUjxk6FQPldtuIdl/M65Eg= @@ -434,33 +408,25 @@ github.com/google/gofuzz v1.1.0/go.mod h1:dBl0BpW6vV/+mYPU4Po3pmUjxk6FQPldtuIdl/ github.com/google/gofuzz v1.2.0 h1:xRy4A+RhZaiKjJ1bPfwQ8sedCA+YS2YcCHW6ec7JMi0= github.com/google/gofuzz v1.2.0/go.mod h1:dBl0BpW6vV/+mYPU4Po3pmUjxk6FQPldtuIdl/M65Eg= github.com/google/martian v2.1.0+incompatible/go.mod h1:9I4somxYTbIHy5NJKHRl3wXiIaQGbYVAs8BPL6v8lEs= -github.com/google/martian/v3 v3.0.0/go.mod h1:y5Zk1BBys9G+gd6Jrk0W3cC1+ELVxBWuIGO+w/tUAp0= -github.com/google/martian/v3 v3.1.0/go.mod h1:y5Zk1BBys9G+gd6Jrk0W3cC1+ELVxBWuIGO+w/tUAp0= github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20181206194817-3ea8567a2e57/go.mod h1:zfwlbNMJ+OItoe0UupaVj+oy1omPYYDuagoSzA8v9mc= github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20190515194954-54271f7e092f/go.mod h1:zfwlbNMJ+OItoe0UupaVj+oy1omPYYDuagoSzA8v9mc= github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20191218002539-d4f498aebedc/go.mod h1:ZgVRPoUq/hfqzAqh7sHMqb3I9Rq5C59dIz2SbBwJ4eM= github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20200212024743-f11f1df84d12/go.mod h1:ZgVRPoUq/hfqzAqh7sHMqb3I9Rq5C59dIz2SbBwJ4eM= github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20200229191704-1ebb73c60ed3/go.mod h1:ZgVRPoUq/hfqzAqh7sHMqb3I9Rq5C59dIz2SbBwJ4eM= -github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20200430221834-fc25d7d30c6d/go.mod h1:ZgVRPoUq/hfqzAqh7sHMqb3I9Rq5C59dIz2SbBwJ4eM= -github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20200708004538-1a94d8640e99/go.mod h1:ZgVRPoUq/hfqzAqh7sHMqb3I9Rq5C59dIz2SbBwJ4eM= -github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20201023163331-3e6fc7fc9c4c/go.mod h1:kpwsk12EmLew5upagYY7GY0pfYCcupk39gWOCRROcvE= -github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20201203190320-1bf35d6f28c2/go.mod h1:kpwsk12EmLew5upagYY7GY0pfYCcupk39gWOCRROcvE= -github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20201218002935-b9804c9f04c2/go.mod h1:kpwsk12EmLew5upagYY7GY0pfYCcupk39gWOCRROcvE= -github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20230926050212-f7f687d19a98 h1:pUa4ghanp6q4IJHwE9RwLgmVFfReJN+KbQ8ExNEUUoQ= -github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20230926050212-f7f687d19a98/go.mod h1:czg5+yv1E0ZGTi6S6vVK1mke0fV+FaUhNGcd6VRS9Ik= +github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20240117000934-35fc243c5815 h1:WzfWbQz/Ze8v6l++GGbGNFZnUShVpP/0xffCPLL+ax8= +github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20240117000934-35fc243c5815/go.mod h1:czg5+yv1E0ZGTi6S6vVK1mke0fV+FaUhNGcd6VRS9Ik= github.com/google/renameio v0.1.0/go.mod h1:KWCgfxg9yswjAJkECMjeO8J8rahYeXnNhOm40UhjYkI= github.com/google/uuid v1.0.0/go.mod h1:TIyPZe4MgqvfeYDBFedMoGGpEw/LqOeaOT+nhxU+yHo= github.com/google/uuid v1.1.1/go.mod h1:TIyPZe4MgqvfeYDBFedMoGGpEw/LqOeaOT+nhxU+yHo= github.com/google/uuid v1.1.2/go.mod h1:TIyPZe4MgqvfeYDBFedMoGGpEw/LqOeaOT+nhxU+yHo= -github.com/google/uuid v1.3.1 h1:KjJaJ9iWZ3jOFZIf1Lqf4laDRCasjl0BCmnEGxkdLb4= -github.com/google/uuid v1.3.1/go.mod h1:TIyPZe4MgqvfeYDBFedMoGGpEw/LqOeaOT+nhxU+yHo= +github.com/google/uuid v1.4.0 h1:MtMxsa51/r9yyhkyLsVeVt0B+BGQZzpQiTQ4eHZ8bc4= +github.com/google/uuid v1.4.0/go.mod h1:TIyPZe4MgqvfeYDBFedMoGGpEw/LqOeaOT+nhxU+yHo= github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.0.4/go.mod h1:0Wqv26UfaUD9n4G6kQubkQ+KchISgw+vpHVxEJEs9eg= github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.0.5/go.mod h1:DWXyrwAJ9X0FpwwEdw+IPEYBICEFu5mhpdKc/us6bOk= github.com/googleapis/gnostic v0.0.0-20170729233727-0c5108395e2d/go.mod h1:sJBsCZ4ayReDTBIg8b9dl28c5xFWyhBTVRp3pOg5EKY= github.com/googleapis/gnostic v0.1.0/go.mod h1:sJBsCZ4ayReDTBIg8b9dl28c5xFWyhBTVRp3pOg5EKY= github.com/googleapis/gnostic v0.4.1/go.mod h1:LRhVm6pbyptWbWbuZ38d1eyptfvIytN3ir6b65WBswg= github.com/googleapis/gnostic v0.5.1/go.mod h1:6U4PtQXGIEt/Z3h5MAT7FNofLnw9vXk2cUuW7uA/OeU= -github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go-testing v0.0.0-20200911160855-bcd43fbb19e8/go.mod h1:dvDLG8qkwmyD9a/MJJN3XJcT3xFxOKAvTZGvuZmac9g= github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v0.1.0/go.mod h1:vxM41WHh5uqHVBMZHzuwNOHh8XEoIEcSTewFxm1c5g8= github.com/gopherjs/gopherjs v0.0.0-20181017120253-0766667cb4d1/go.mod h1:wJfORRmW1u3UXTncJ5qlYoELFm8eSnnEO6hX4iZ3EWY= github.com/gorilla/websocket v0.0.0-20170926233335-4201258b820c/go.mod h1:E7qHFY5m1UJ88s3WnNqhKjPHQ0heANvMoAMk2YaljkQ= @@ -497,7 +463,6 @@ github.com/hpcloud/tail v1.0.0/go.mod h1:ab1qPbhIpdTxEkNHXyeSf5vhxWSCs/tWer42PpO github.com/iancoleman/strcase v0.2.0 h1:05I4QRnGpI0m37iZQRuskXh+w77mr6Z41lwQzuHLwW0= github.com/iancoleman/strcase v0.2.0/go.mod h1:iwCmte+B7n89clKwxIoIXy/HfoL7AsD47ZCWhYzw7ho= github.com/ianlancetaylor/demangle v0.0.0-20181102032728-5e5cf60278f6/go.mod h1:aSSvb/t6k1mPoxDqO4vJh6VOCGPwU4O0C2/Eqndh1Sc= -github.com/ianlancetaylor/demangle v0.0.0-20200824232613-28f6c0f3b639/go.mod h1:aSSvb/t6k1mPoxDqO4vJh6VOCGPwU4O0C2/Eqndh1Sc= github.com/imdario/mergo v0.3.5/go.mod h1:2EnlNZ0deacrJVfApfmtdGgDfMuh/nq6Ok1EcJh5FfA= github.com/imdario/mergo v0.3.10/go.mod h1:jmQim1M+e3UYxmgPu/WyfjB3N3VflVyUjjjwH0dnCYA= github.com/imdario/mergo v0.3.16 h1:wwQJbIsHYGMUyLSPrEq1CT16AhnhNJQ51+4fdHUnCl4= @@ -537,7 +502,6 @@ github.com/kisielk/errcheck v1.5.0/go.mod h1:pFxgyoBC7bSaBwPgfKdkLd5X25qrDl4LWUI github.com/kisielk/gotool v1.0.0/go.mod h1:XhKaO+MFFWcvkIS/tQcRk01m1F5IRFswLeQ+oQHNcck= github.com/konsorten/go-windows-terminal-sequences v1.0.1/go.mod h1:T0+1ngSBFLxvqU3pZ+m/2kptfBszLMUkC4ZK/EgS/cQ= github.com/konsorten/go-windows-terminal-sequences v1.0.3/go.mod h1:T0+1ngSBFLxvqU3pZ+m/2kptfBszLMUkC4ZK/EgS/cQ= -github.com/kr/fs v0.1.0/go.mod h1:FFnZGqtBN9Gxj7eW1uZ42v5BccTP0vu6NEaFoC2HwRg= github.com/kr/logfmt v0.0.0-20140226030751-b84e30acd515/go.mod h1:+0opPa2QZZtGFBFZlji/RkVcI2GknAs/DXo4wKdlNEc= github.com/kr/pretty v0.1.0/go.mod h1:dAy3ld7l9f0ibDNOQOHHMYYIIbhfbHSm3C4ZsoJORNo= github.com/kr/pretty v0.2.0/go.mod h1:ipq/a2n7PKx3OHsz4KJII5eveXtPO4qwEXGdVfWzfnI= @@ -577,13 +541,13 @@ github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.10/go.mod h1:qgIWMr58cqv1PHHyhnkY9lrL7etaEgOFcME github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.11/go.mod h1:PhnuNfih5lzO57/f3n+odYbM4JtupLOxQOAqxQCu2WE= github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.12/go.mod h1:cbi8OIDigv2wuxKPP5vlRcQ1OAZbq2CE4Kysco4FUpU= github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.16/go.mod h1:kYGgaQfpe5nmfYZH+SKPsOc2e4SrIfOl2e/yFXSvRLM= -github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.17 h1:BTarxUcIeDqL27Mc+vyvdWYSL28zpIhv3RoTdsLMPng= -github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.17/go.mod h1:kYGgaQfpe5nmfYZH+SKPsOc2e4SrIfOl2e/yFXSvRLM= +github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.20 h1:xfD0iDuEKnDkl03q4limB+vH+GxLEtL/jb4xVJSWWEY= +github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.20/go.mod h1:W+V8PltTTMOvKvAeJH7IuucS94S2C6jfK/D7dTCTo3Y= github.com/mattn/go-runewidth v0.0.2/go.mod h1:LwmH8dsx7+W8Uxz3IHJYH5QSwggIsqBzpuz5H//U1FU= github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions v1.0.1/go.mod h1:D8He9yQNgCq6Z5Ld7szi9bcBfOoFv/3dc6xSMkL2PC0= github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions v1.0.2-0.20181231171920-c182affec369/go.mod h1:BSXmuO+STAnVfrANrmjBb36TMTDstsz7MSK+HVaYKv4= -github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions v1.0.4 h1:mmDVorXM7PCGKw94cs5zkfA9PSy5pEvNWRP0ET0TIVo= -github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions v1.0.4/go.mod h1:BSXmuO+STAnVfrANrmjBb36TMTDstsz7MSK+HVaYKv4= +github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions/v2 v2.0.0 h1:jWpvCLoY8Z/e3VKvlsiIGKtc+UG6U5vzxaoagmhXfyg= +github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:QUyp042oQthUoa9bqDv0ER0wrtXnBruoNd7aNjkbP+k= github.com/miekg/dns v1.0.14/go.mod h1:W1PPwlIAgtquWBMBEV9nkV9Cazfe8ScdGz/Lj7v3Nrg= github.com/mikefarah/yq/v3 v3.0.0-20201202084205-8846255d1c37/go.mod h1:dYWq+UWoFCDY1TndvFUQuhBbIYmZpjreC8adEAx93zE= github.com/mitchellh/cli v1.0.0/go.mod h1:hNIlj7HEI86fIcpObd7a0FcrxTWetlwJDGcceTlRvqc= @@ -620,16 +584,16 @@ github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.12.1/go.mod h1:zj2OWP4+oCPe1qIXoGWkgMRwljMUYCdkwsT2108 github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.14.1/go.mod h1:iSB4RoI2tjJc9BBv4NKIKWKya62Rps+oPG/Lv9klQyY= github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.16.5 h1:8xi0RTUf59SOSfEtZMvwTvXYMzG4gV23XVHOZiXNtnE= github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.16.5/go.mod h1:+E8gABHa3K6zRBolWtd+ROzc/U5bkGt0FwiG042wbpU= -github.com/onsi/ginkgo/v2 v2.11.0 h1:WgqUCUt/lT6yXoQ8Wef0fsNn5cAuMK7+KT9UFRz2tcU= -github.com/onsi/ginkgo/v2 v2.11.0/go.mod h1:ZhrRA5XmEE3x3rhlzamx/JJvujdZoJ2uvgI7kR0iZvM= +github.com/onsi/ginkgo/v2 v2.14.0 h1:vSmGj2Z5YPb9JwCWT6z6ihcUvDhuXLc3sJiqd3jMKAY= +github.com/onsi/ginkgo/v2 v2.14.0/go.mod h1:JkUdW7JkN0V6rFvsHcJ478egV3XH9NxpD27Hal/PhZw= github.com/onsi/gomega v0.0.0-20170829124025-dcabb60a477c/go.mod h1:C1qb7wdrVGGVU+Z6iS04AVkA3Q65CEZX59MT0QO5uiA= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.7.0/go.mod h1:ex+gbHU/CVuBBDIJjb2X0qEXbFg53c61hWP/1CpauHY= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.7.1/go.mod h1:XdKZgCCFLUoM/7CFJVPcG8C1xQ1AJ0vpAezJrB7JYyY= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.8.1/go.mod h1:Ho0h+IUsWyvy1OpqCwxlQ/21gkhVunqlU8fDGcoTdcA= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.10.1/go.mod h1:iN09h71vgCQne3DLsj+A5owkum+a2tYe+TOCB1ybHNo= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.10.2/go.mod h1:iN09h71vgCQne3DLsj+A5owkum+a2tYe+TOCB1ybHNo= -github.com/onsi/gomega v1.27.10 h1:naR28SdDFlqrG6kScpT8VWpu1xWY5nJRCF3XaYyBjhI= -github.com/onsi/gomega v1.27.10/go.mod h1:RsS8tutOdbdgzbPtzzATp12yT7kM5I5aElG3evPbQ0M= +github.com/onsi/gomega v1.30.0 h1:hvMK7xYz4D3HapigLTeGdId/NcfQx1VHMJc60ew99+8= +github.com/onsi/gomega v1.30.0/go.mod h1:9sxs+SwGrKI0+PWe4Fxa9tFQQBG5xSsSbMXOI8PPpoQ= github.com/operator-framework/api v0.6.0 h1:Ed/iyfsEfsODr3dTrVVQKRVknqyEz8CQntXU7ogP+/E= github.com/operator-framework/api v0.6.0/go.mod h1:L7IvLd/ckxJEJg/t4oTTlnHKAJIP/p51AvEslW3wYdY= github.com/pascaldekloe/goe v0.0.0-20180627143212-57f6aae5913c/go.mod h1:lzWF7FIEvWOWxwDKqyGYQf6ZUaNfKdP144TG7ZOy1lc= @@ -641,7 +605,6 @@ github.com/pkg/errors v0.8.0/go.mod h1:bwawxfHBFNV+L2hUp1rHADufV3IMtnDRdf1r5NINE github.com/pkg/errors v0.8.1/go.mod h1:bwawxfHBFNV+L2hUp1rHADufV3IMtnDRdf1r5NINEl0= github.com/pkg/errors v0.9.1 h1:FEBLx1zS214owpjy7qsBeixbURkuhQAwrK5UwLGTwt4= github.com/pkg/errors v0.9.1/go.mod h1:bwawxfHBFNV+L2hUp1rHADufV3IMtnDRdf1r5NINEl0= -github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.1/go.mod h1:3HaPG6Dq1ILlpPZRO0HVMrsydcdLt6HRDccSgb87qRg= github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0 h1:4DBwDE0NGyQoBHbLQYPwSUPoCMWR5BEzIk/f1lZbAQM= github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0/go.mod h1:iKH77koFhYxTK1pcRnkKkqfTogsbg7gZNVY4sRDYZ/4= github.com/posener/complete v1.1.1/go.mod h1:em0nMJCgc9GFtwrmVmEMR/ZL6WyhyjMBndrE9hABlRI= @@ -650,27 +613,27 @@ github.com/prometheus/client_golang v0.9.1/go.mod h1:7SWBe2y4D6OKWSNQJUaRYU/AaXP github.com/prometheus/client_golang v0.9.3/go.mod h1:/TN21ttK/J9q6uSwhBd54HahCDft0ttaMvbicHlPoso= github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.0.0/go.mod h1:db9x61etRT2tGnBNRi70OPL5FsnadC4Ky3P0J6CfImo= github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.7.1/go.mod h1:PY5Wy2awLA44sXw4AOSfFBetzPP4j5+D6mVACh+pe2M= -github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.16.0 h1:yk/hx9hDbrGHovbci4BY+pRMfSuuat626eFsHb7tmT8= -github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.16.0/go.mod h1:Zsulrv/L9oM40tJ7T815tM89lFEugiJ9HzIqaAx4LKc= +github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.18.0 h1:HzFfmkOzH5Q8L8G+kSJKUx5dtG87sewO+FoDDqP5Tbk= +github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.18.0/go.mod h1:T+GXkCk5wSJyOqMIzVgvvjFDlkOQntgjkJWKrN5txjA= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20180712105110-5c3871d89910/go.mod h1:MbSGuTsp3dbXC40dX6PRTWyKYBIrTGTE9sqQNg2J8bo= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20190129233127-fd36f4220a90/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20190812154241-14fe0d1b01d4/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.2.0/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= -github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.4.0 h1:5lQXD3cAg1OXBf4Wq03gTrXHeaV0TQvGfUooCfx1yqY= -github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.4.0/go.mod h1:oMQmHW1/JoDwqLtg57MGgP/Fb1CJEYF2imWWhWtMkYU= +github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.5.0 h1:VQw1hfvPvk3Uv6Qf29VrPF32JB6rtbgI6cYPYQjL0Qw= +github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.5.0/go.mod h1:dTiFglRmd66nLR9Pv9f0mZi7B7fk5Pm3gvsjB5tr+kI= github.com/prometheus/common v0.0.0-20181113130724-41aa239b4cce/go.mod h1:daVV7qP5qjZbuso7PdcryaAu0sAZbrN9i7WWcTMWvro= github.com/prometheus/common v0.4.0/go.mod h1:TNfzLD0ON7rHzMJeJkieUDPYmFC7Snx/y86RQel1bk4= github.com/prometheus/common v0.4.1/go.mod h1:TNfzLD0ON7rHzMJeJkieUDPYmFC7Snx/y86RQel1bk4= github.com/prometheus/common v0.10.0/go.mod h1:Tlit/dnDKsSWFlCLTWaA1cyBgKHSMdTB80sz/V91rCo= -github.com/prometheus/common v0.44.0 h1:+5BrQJwiBB9xsMygAB3TNvpQKOwlkc25LbISbrdOOfY= -github.com/prometheus/common v0.44.0/go.mod h1:ofAIvZbQ1e/nugmZGz4/qCb9Ap1VoSTIO7x0VV9VvuY= +github.com/prometheus/common v0.45.0 h1:2BGz0eBc2hdMDLnO/8n0jeB3oPrt2D08CekT0lneoxM= +github.com/prometheus/common v0.45.0/go.mod h1:YJmSTw9BoKxJplESWWxlbyttQR4uaEcGyv9MZjVOJsY= github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.0.0-20181005140218-185b4288413d/go.mod h1:c3At6R/oaqEKCNdg8wHV1ftS6bRYblBhIjjI8uT2IGk= github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.0.0-20190507164030-5867b95ac084/go.mod h1:TjEm7ze935MbeOT/UhFTIMYKhuLP4wbCsTZCD3I8kEA= github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.0.2/go.mod h1:TjEm7ze935MbeOT/UhFTIMYKhuLP4wbCsTZCD3I8kEA= github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.1.3/go.mod h1:lV6e/gmhEcM9IjHGsFOCxxuZ+z1YqCvr4OA4YeYWdaU= github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.2.0/go.mod h1:lV6e/gmhEcM9IjHGsFOCxxuZ+z1YqCvr4OA4YeYWdaU= -github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.10.1 h1:kYK1Va/YMlutzCGazswoHKo//tZVlFpKYh+PymziUAg= -github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.10.1/go.mod h1:nwNm2aOCAYw8uTR/9bWRREkZFxAUcWzPHWJq+XBB/FM= +github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.12.0 h1:jluTpSng7V9hY0O2R9DzzJHYb2xULk9VTR1V1R/k6Bo= +github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.12.0/go.mod h1:pcuDEFsWDnvcgNzo4EEweacyhjeA9Zk3cnaOZAZEfOo= github.com/prometheus/tsdb v0.7.1/go.mod h1:qhTCs0VvXwvX/y3TZrWD7rabWM+ijKTux40TwIPHuXU= github.com/rogpeppe/fastuuid v0.0.0-20150106093220-6724a57986af/go.mod h1:XWv6SoW27p1b0cqNHllgS5HIMJraePCO15w5zCzIWYg= github.com/rogpeppe/go-internal v1.3.0/go.mod h1:M8bDsm7K2OlrFYOpmOWEs/qY81heoFRclV5y23lUDJ4= @@ -697,15 +660,15 @@ github.com/soheilhy/cmux v0.1.4/go.mod h1:IM3LyeVVIOuxMH7sFAkER9+bJ4dT7Ms6E4xg4k github.com/spaolacci/murmur3 v0.0.0-20180118202830-f09979ecbc72/go.mod h1:JwIasOWyU6f++ZhiEuf87xNszmSA2myDM2Kzu9HwQUA= github.com/spf13/afero v1.1.2/go.mod h1:j4pytiNVoe2o6bmDsKpLACNPDBIoEAkihy7loJ1B0CQ= github.com/spf13/afero v1.2.2/go.mod h1:9ZxEEn6pIJ8Rxe320qSDBk6AsU0r9pR7Q4OcevTdifk= -github.com/spf13/afero v1.10.0 h1:EaGW2JJh15aKOejeuJ+wpFSHnbd7GE6Wvp3TsNhb6LY= -github.com/spf13/afero v1.10.0/go.mod h1:UBogFpq8E9Hx+xc5CNTTEpTnuHVmXDwZcZcE1eb/UhQ= +github.com/spf13/afero v1.11.0 h1:WJQKhtpdm3v2IzqG8VMqrr6Rf3UYpEF239Jy9wNepM8= +github.com/spf13/afero v1.11.0/go.mod h1:GH9Y3pIexgf1MTIWtNGyogA5MwRIDXGUr+hbWNoBjkY= github.com/spf13/cast v1.3.0/go.mod h1:Qx5cxh0v+4UWYiBimWS+eyWzqEqokIECu5etghLkUJE= github.com/spf13/cobra v0.0.3/go.mod h1:1l0Ry5zgKvJasoi3XT1TypsSe7PqH0Sj9dhYf7v3XqQ= github.com/spf13/cobra v0.0.5/go.mod h1:3K3wKZymM7VvHMDS9+Akkh4K60UwM26emMESw8tLCHU= github.com/spf13/cobra v1.0.0/go.mod h1:/6GTrnGXV9HjY+aR4k0oJ5tcvakLuG6EuKReYlHNrgE= github.com/spf13/cobra v1.1.1/go.mod h1:WnodtKOvamDL/PwE2M4iKs8aMDBZ5Q5klgD3qfVJQMI= -github.com/spf13/cobra v1.7.0 h1:hyqWnYt1ZQShIddO5kBpj3vu05/++x6tJ6dg8EC572I= -github.com/spf13/cobra v1.7.0/go.mod h1:uLxZILRyS/50WlhOIKD7W6V5bgeIt+4sICxh6uRMrb0= +github.com/spf13/cobra v1.8.0 h1:7aJaZx1B85qltLMc546zn58BxxfZdR/W22ej9CFoEf0= +github.com/spf13/cobra v1.8.0/go.mod h1:WXLWApfZ71AjXPya3WOlMsY9yMs7YeiHhFVlvLyhcho= github.com/spf13/jwalterweatherman v1.0.0/go.mod h1:cQK4TGJAtQXfYWX+Ddv3mKDzgVb68N+wFjFa4jdeBTo= github.com/spf13/pflag v0.0.0-20170130214245-9ff6c6923cff/go.mod h1:DYY7MBk1bdzusC3SYhjObp+wFpr4gzcvqqNjLnInEg4= github.com/spf13/pflag v1.0.1/go.mod h1:DYY7MBk1bdzusC3SYhjObp+wFpr4gzcvqqNjLnInEg4= @@ -732,8 +695,8 @@ github.com/stretchr/testify v1.7.0/go.mod h1:6Fq8oRcR53rry900zMqJjRRixrwX3KX962/ github.com/stretchr/testify v1.7.1/go.mod h1:6Fq8oRcR53rry900zMqJjRRixrwX3KX962/h/Wwjteg= github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.0/go.mod h1:yNjHg4UonilssWZ8iaSj1OCr/vHnekPRkoO+kdMU+MU= github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.1/go.mod h1:w2LPCIKwWwSfY2zedu0+kehJoqGctiVI29o6fzry7u4= -github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.2 h1:+h33VjcLVPDHtOdpUCuF+7gSuG3yGIftsP1YvFihtJ8= -github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.2/go.mod h1:w2LPCIKwWwSfY2zedu0+kehJoqGctiVI29o6fzry7u4= +github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.4 h1:CcVxjf3Q8PM0mHUKJCdn+eZZtm5yQwehR5yeSVQQcUk= +github.com/stretchr/testify v1.8.4/go.mod h1:sz/lmYIOXD/1dqDmKjjqLyZ2RngseejIcXlSw2iwfAo= github.com/subosito/gotenv v1.2.0/go.mod h1:N0PQaV/YGNqwC0u51sEeR/aUtSLEXKX9iv69rRypqCw= github.com/tidwall/pretty v1.0.0/go.mod h1:XNkn88O1ChpSDQmQeStsy+sBenx6DDtFZJxhVysOjyk= github.com/tmc/grpc-websocket-proxy v0.0.0-20170815181823-89b8d40f7ca8/go.mod h1:ncp9v5uamzpCO7NfCPTXjqaC+bZgJeR0sMTm6dMHP7U= @@ -746,11 +709,8 @@ github.com/xanzy/ssh-agent v0.2.1 h1:TCbipTQL2JiiCprBWx9frJ2eJlCYT00NmctrHxVAr70 github.com/xanzy/ssh-agent v0.2.1/go.mod h1:mLlQY/MoOhWBj+gOGMQkOeiEvkx+8pJSI+0Bx9h2kr4= github.com/xiang90/probing v0.0.0-20190116061207-43a291ad63a2/go.mod h1:UETIi67q53MR2AWcXfiuqkDkRtnGDLqkBTpCHuJHxtU= github.com/xordataexchange/crypt v0.0.3-0.20170626215501-b2862e3d0a77/go.mod h1:aYKd//L2LvnjZzWKhF00oedf4jCCReLcmhLdhm1A27Q= -github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.1.25/go.mod h1:3hX8gzYuyVAZsxl0MRgGTJEmQBFcNTphYh9decYSb74= github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.1.27/go.mod h1:3hX8gzYuyVAZsxl0MRgGTJEmQBFcNTphYh9decYSb74= -github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.1.32/go.mod h1:3hX8gzYuyVAZsxl0MRgGTJEmQBFcNTphYh9decYSb74= github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.2.1/go.mod h1:3hX8gzYuyVAZsxl0MRgGTJEmQBFcNTphYh9decYSb74= -github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.3.5/go.mod h1:mwnBkeHKe2W/ZEtQ+71ViKU8L12m81fl3OWwC1Zlc8k= github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.4.1/go.mod h1:mwnBkeHKe2W/ZEtQ+71ViKU8L12m81fl3OWwC1Zlc8k= github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.4.13/go.mod h1:6yULJ656Px+3vBD8DxQVa3kxgyrAnzto9xy5taEt/CY= go.etcd.io/bbolt v1.3.2/go.mod h1:IbVyRI1SCnLcuJnV2u8VeU0CEYM7e686BmAb1XKL+uU= @@ -765,26 +725,20 @@ go.opencensus.io v0.21.0/go.mod h1:mSImk1erAIZhrmZN+AvHh14ztQfjbGwt4TtuofqLduU= go.opencensus.io v0.22.0/go.mod h1:+kGneAE2xo2IficOXnaByMWTGM9T73dGwxeWcUqIpI8= go.opencensus.io v0.22.2/go.mod h1:yxeiOL68Rb0Xd1ddK5vPZ/oVn4vY4Ynel7k9FzqtOIw= go.opencensus.io v0.22.3/go.mod h1:yxeiOL68Rb0Xd1ddK5vPZ/oVn4vY4Ynel7k9FzqtOIw= -go.opencensus.io v0.22.4/go.mod h1:yxeiOL68Rb0Xd1ddK5vPZ/oVn4vY4Ynel7k9FzqtOIw= -go.opencensus.io v0.22.5/go.mod h1:5pWMHQbX5EPX2/62yrJeAkowc+lfs/XD7Uxpq3pI6kk= go.uber.org/atomic v1.3.2/go.mod h1:gD2HeocX3+yG+ygLZcrzQJaqmWj9AIm7n08wl/qW/PE= go.uber.org/atomic v1.4.0/go.mod h1:gD2HeocX3+yG+ygLZcrzQJaqmWj9AIm7n08wl/qW/PE= go.uber.org/atomic v1.6.0/go.mod h1:sABNBOSYdrvTF6hTgEIbc7YasKWGhgEQZyfxyTvoXHQ= -go.uber.org/atomic v1.7.0/go.mod h1:fEN4uk6kAWBTFdckzkM89CLk9XfWZrxpCo0nPH17wJc= go.uber.org/goleak v1.1.10/go.mod h1:8a7PlsEVH3e/a/GLqe5IIrQx6GzcnRmZEufDUTk4A7A= -go.uber.org/goleak v1.1.11/go.mod h1:cwTWslyiVhfpKIDGSZEM2HlOvcqm+tG4zioyIeLoqMQ= -go.uber.org/goleak v1.2.1 h1:NBol2c7O1ZokfZ0LEU9K6Whx/KnwvepVetCUhtKja4A= -go.uber.org/goleak v1.2.1/go.mod h1:qlT2yGI9QafXHhZZLxlSuNsMw3FFLxBr+tBRlmO1xH4= +go.uber.org/goleak v1.3.0 h1:2K3zAYmnTNqV73imy9J1T3WC+gmCePx2hEGkimedGto= +go.uber.org/goleak v1.3.0/go.mod h1:CoHD4mav9JJNrW/WLlf7HGZPjdw8EucARQHekz1X6bE= go.uber.org/multierr v1.1.0/go.mod h1:wR5kodmAFQ0UK8QlbwjlSNy0Z68gJhDJUG5sjR94q/0= go.uber.org/multierr v1.5.0/go.mod h1:FeouvMocqHpRaaGuG9EjoKcStLC43Zu/fmqdUMPcKYU= -go.uber.org/multierr v1.6.0/go.mod h1:cdWPpRnG4AhwMwsgIHip0KRBQjJy5kYEpYjJxpXp9iU= go.uber.org/multierr v1.11.0 h1:blXXJkSxSSfBVBlC76pxqeO+LN3aDfLQo+309xJstO0= go.uber.org/multierr v1.11.0/go.mod h1:20+QtiLqy0Nd6FdQB9TLXag12DsQkrbs3htMFfDN80Y= go.uber.org/tools v0.0.0-20190618225709-2cfd321de3ee/go.mod h1:vJERXedbb3MVM5f9Ejo0C68/HhF8uaILCdgjnY+goOA= go.uber.org/zap v1.8.0/go.mod h1:vwi/ZaCAaUcBkycHslxD9B2zi4UTXhF60s6SWpuDF0Q= go.uber.org/zap v1.10.0/go.mod h1:vwi/ZaCAaUcBkycHslxD9B2zi4UTXhF60s6SWpuDF0Q= go.uber.org/zap v1.15.0/go.mod h1:Mb2vm2krFEG5DV0W9qcHBYFtp/Wku1cvYaqPsS/WYfc= -go.uber.org/zap v1.24.0/go.mod h1:2kMP+WWQ8aoFoedH3T2sq6iJ2yDWpHbP0f6MQbS9Gkg= go.uber.org/zap v1.26.0 h1:sI7k6L95XOKS281NhVKOFCUNIvv9e0w4BF8N3u+tCRo= go.uber.org/zap v1.26.0/go.mod h1:dtElttAiwGvoJ/vj4IwHBS/gXsEu/pZ50mUIRWuG0so= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20180904163835-0709b304e793/go.mod h1:6SG95UA2DQfeDnfUPMdvaQW0Q7yPrPDi9nlGo2tz2b4= @@ -803,11 +757,9 @@ golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20191011191535-87dc89f01550/go.mod h1:yigFU9vqHzYiE8U golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20200220183623-bac4c82f6975/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPhUkYOs5KpL4U8rLKemX1yGLhDgUto= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20200622213623-75b288015ac9/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPhUkYOs5KpL4U8rLKemX1yGLhDgUto= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20201002170205-7f63de1d35b0/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPhUkYOs5KpL4U8rLKemX1yGLhDgUto= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210421170649-83a5a9bb288b/go.mod h1:T9bdIzuCu7OtxOm1hfPfRQxPLYneinmdGuTeoZ9dtd4= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210921155107-089bfa567519/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20220722155217-630584e8d5aa/go.mod h1:IxCIyHEi3zRg3s0A5j5BB6A9Jmi73HwBIUl50j+osU4= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.17.0 h1:r8bRNjWL3GshPW3gkd+RpvzWrZAwPS49OmTGZ/uhM4k= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.17.0/go.mod h1:gCAAfMLgwOJRpTjQ2zCCt2OcSfYMTeZVSRtQlPC7Nq4= +golang.org/x/crypto v0.21.0 h1:X31++rzVUdKhX5sWmSOFZxx8UW/ldWx55cbf08iNAMA= +golang.org/x/crypto v0.21.0/go.mod h1:0BP7YvVV9gBbVKyeTG0Gyn+gZm94bibOW5BjDEYAOMs= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190121172915-509febef88a4/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190306152737-a1d7652674e8/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190510132918-efd6b22b2522/go.mod h1:ZjyILWgesfNpC6sMxTJOJm9Kp84zZh5NQWvqDGG3Qr8= @@ -818,8 +770,8 @@ golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191227195350-da58074b4299/go.mod h1:2RIsYlXP63K8oxa1u0 golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200119233911-0405dc783f0a/go.mod h1:2RIsYlXP63K8oxa1u096TMicItID8zy7Y6sNkU49FU4= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200207192155-f17229e696bd/go.mod h1:J/WKrq2StrnmMY6+EHIKF9dgMWnmCNThgcyBT1FY9mM= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200224162631-6cc2880d07d6/go.mod h1:3jZMyOhIsHpP37uCMkUooju7aAi5cS1Q23tOzKc+0MU= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20231006140011-7918f672742d h1:jtJma62tbqLibJ5sFQz8bKtEM8rJBtfilJ2qTU199MI= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20231006140011-7918f672742d/go.mod h1:ldy0pHrwJyGW56pPQzzkH36rKxoZW1tw7ZJpeKx+hdo= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240112132812-db7319d0e0e3 h1:hNQpMuAJe5CtcUqCXaWga3FHu+kQvCqcsoVaQgSV60o= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240112132812-db7319d0e0e3/go.mod h1:idGWGoKP1toJGkd5/ig9ZLuPcZBC3ewk7SzmH0uou08= golang.org/x/image v0.0.0-20190227222117-0694c2d4d067/go.mod h1:kZ7UVZpmo3dzQBMxlp+ypCbDeSB+sBbTgSJuh5dn5js= golang.org/x/image v0.0.0-20190802002840-cff245a6509b/go.mod h1:FeLwcggjj3mMvU+oOTbSwawSJRM1uh48EjtB4UJZlP0= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20181026193005-c67002cb31c3/go.mod h1:UVdnD1Gm6xHRNCYTkRU2/jEulfH38KcIWyp/GAMgvoE= @@ -832,7 +784,6 @@ golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20190930215403-16217165b5de/go.mod h1:6SW0HCj/g11FgYtHl golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20191125180803-fdd1cda4f05f/go.mod h1:5qLYkcX4OjUUV8bRuDixDT3tpyyb+LUpUlRWLxfhWrs= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20200130185559-910be7a94367/go.mod h1:3xt1FjdF8hUf6vQPIChWIBhFzV8gjjsPE/fR3IyQdNY= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20200302205851-738671d3881b/go.mod h1:3xt1FjdF8hUf6vQPIChWIBhFzV8gjjsPE/fR3IyQdNY= -golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20201208152925-83fdc39ff7b5/go.mod h1:3xt1FjdF8hUf6vQPIChWIBhFzV8gjjsPE/fR3IyQdNY= golang.org/x/mobile v0.0.0-20190312151609-d3739f865fa6/go.mod h1:z+o9i4GpDbdi3rU15maQ/Ox0txvL9dWGYEHz965HBQE= golang.org/x/mobile v0.0.0-20190719004257-d2bd2a29d028/go.mod h1:E/iHnbuqvinMTCcRqshq8CkpyQDoeVncDDYHnLhea+o= golang.org/x/mod v0.0.0-20190513183733-4bf6d317e70e/go.mod h1:mXi4GBBbnImb6dmsKGUJ2LatrhH/nqhxcFungHvyanc= @@ -841,14 +792,11 @@ golang.org/x/mod v0.1.1-0.20191105210325-c90efee705ee/go.mod h1:QqPTAvyqsEbceGzB golang.org/x/mod v0.1.1-0.20191107180719-034126e5016b/go.mod h1:QqPTAvyqsEbceGzBzNggFXnrqF1CaUcvgkdR5Ot7KZg= golang.org/x/mod v0.2.0/go.mod h1:s0Qsj1ACt9ePp/hMypM3fl4fZqREWJwdYDEqhRiZZUA= golang.org/x/mod v0.3.0/go.mod h1:s0Qsj1ACt9ePp/hMypM3fl4fZqREWJwdYDEqhRiZZUA= -golang.org/x/mod v0.4.0/go.mod h1:s0Qsj1ACt9ePp/hMypM3fl4fZqREWJwdYDEqhRiZZUA= -golang.org/x/mod v0.4.1/go.mod h1:s0Qsj1ACt9ePp/hMypM3fl4fZqREWJwdYDEqhRiZZUA= -golang.org/x/mod v0.4.2/go.mod h1:s0Qsj1ACt9ePp/hMypM3fl4fZqREWJwdYDEqhRiZZUA= golang.org/x/mod v0.5.1/go.mod h1:5OXOZSfqPIIbmVBIIKWRFfZjPR0E5r58TLhUjH0a2Ro= golang.org/x/mod v0.6.0-dev.0.20220419223038-86c51ed26bb4/go.mod h1:jJ57K6gSWd91VN4djpZkiMVwK6gcyfeH4XE8wZrZaV4= golang.org/x/mod v0.7.0/go.mod h1:iBbtSCu2XBx23ZKBPSOrRkjjQPZFPuis4dIYUhu/chs= -golang.org/x/mod v0.13.0 h1:I/DsJXRlw/8l/0c24sM9yb0T4z9liZTduXvdAWYiysY= -golang.org/x/mod v0.13.0/go.mod h1:hTbmBsO62+eylJbnUtE2MGJUyE7QWk4xUqPFrRgJ+7c= +golang.org/x/mod v0.14.0 h1:dGoOF9QVLYng8IHTm7BAyWqCqSheQ5pYWGhzW00YJr0= +golang.org/x/mod v0.14.0/go.mod h1:hTbmBsO62+eylJbnUtE2MGJUyE7QWk4xUqPFrRgJ+7c= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20170114055629-f2499483f923/go.mod h1:mL1N/T3taQHkDXs73rZJwtUhF3w3ftmwwsq0BUmARs4= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20180724234803-3673e40ba225/go.mod h1:mL1N/T3taQHkDXs73rZJwtUhF3w3ftmwwsq0BUmARs4= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20180826012351-8a410e7b638d/go.mod h1:mL1N/T3taQHkDXs73rZJwtUhF3w3ftmwwsq0BUmARs4= @@ -869,7 +817,6 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190522155817-f3200d17e092/go.mod h1:HSz+uSET+XFnRR8LxR golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190603091049-60506f45cf65/go.mod h1:HSz+uSET+XFnRR8LxR5pz3Of3rY3CfYBVs4xY44aLks= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190613194153-d28f0bde5980/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190620200207-3b0461eec859/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190628185345-da137c7871d7/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190724013045-ca1201d0de80/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190813141303-74dc4d7220e7/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190827160401-ba9fcec4b297/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= @@ -881,49 +828,30 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200222125558-5a598a2470a0/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLL golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200226121028-0de0cce0169b/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200301022130-244492dfa37a/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200324143707-d3edc9973b7e/go.mod h1:qpuaurCH72eLCgpAm/N6yyVIVM9cpaDIP3A8BGJEC5A= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200501053045-e0ff5e5a1de5/go.mod h1:qpuaurCH72eLCgpAm/N6yyVIVM9cpaDIP3A8BGJEC5A= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200506145744-7e3656a0809f/go.mod h1:qpuaurCH72eLCgpAm/N6yyVIVM9cpaDIP3A8BGJEC5A= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200513185701-a91f0712d120/go.mod h1:qpuaurCH72eLCgpAm/N6yyVIVM9cpaDIP3A8BGJEC5A= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200520004742-59133d7f0dd7/go.mod h1:qpuaurCH72eLCgpAm/N6yyVIVM9cpaDIP3A8BGJEC5A= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200520182314-0ba52f642ac2/go.mod h1:qpuaurCH72eLCgpAm/N6yyVIVM9cpaDIP3A8BGJEC5A= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200625001655-4c5254603344/go.mod h1:/O7V0waA8r7cgGh81Ro3o1hOxt32SMVPicZroKQ2sZA= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200707034311-ab3426394381/go.mod h1:/O7V0waA8r7cgGh81Ro3o1hOxt32SMVPicZroKQ2sZA= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200822124328-c89045814202/go.mod h1:/O7V0waA8r7cgGh81Ro3o1hOxt32SMVPicZroKQ2sZA= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20201021035429-f5854403a974/go.mod h1:sp8m0HH+o8qH0wwXwYZr8TS3Oi6o0r6Gce1SSxlDquU= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20201031054903-ff519b6c9102/go.mod h1:sp8m0HH+o8qH0wwXwYZr8TS3Oi6o0r6Gce1SSxlDquU= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20201110031124-69a78807bb2b/go.mod h1:sp8m0HH+o8qH0wwXwYZr8TS3Oi6o0r6Gce1SSxlDquU= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20201209123823-ac852fbbde11/go.mod h1:m0MpNAwzfU5UDzcl9v0D8zg8gWTRqZa9RBIspLL5mdg= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20201224014010-6772e930b67b/go.mod h1:m0MpNAwzfU5UDzcl9v0D8zg8gWTRqZa9RBIspLL5mdg= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210226172049-e18ecbb05110/go.mod h1:m0MpNAwzfU5UDzcl9v0D8zg8gWTRqZa9RBIspLL5mdg= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210405180319-a5a99cb37ef4/go.mod h1:p54w0d4576C0XHj96bSt6lcn1PtDYWL6XObtHCRCNQM= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211015210444-4f30a5c0130f/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211112202133-69e39bad7dc2/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220722155237-a158d28d115b/go.mod h1:XRhObCWvk6IyKnWLug+ECip1KBveYUHfp+8e9klMJ9c= golang.org/x/net v0.1.0/go.mod h1:Cx3nUiGt4eDBEyega/BKRp+/AlGL8hYe7U9odMt2Cco= golang.org/x/net v0.5.0/go.mod h1:DivGGAXEgPSlEBzxGzZI+ZLohi+xUj054jfeKui00ws= -golang.org/x/net v0.17.0 h1:pVaXccu2ozPjCXewfr1S7xza/zcXTity9cCdXQYSjIM= -golang.org/x/net v0.17.0/go.mod h1:NxSsAGuq816PNPmqtQdLE42eU2Fs7NoRIZrHJAlaCOE= +golang.org/x/net v0.23.0 h1:7EYJ93RZ9vYSZAIb2x3lnuvqO5zneoD6IvWjuhfxjTs= +golang.org/x/net v0.23.0/go.mod h1:JKghWKKOSdJwpW2GEx0Ja7fmaKnMsbu+MWVZTokSYmg= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190226205417-e64efc72b421/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190604053449-0f29369cfe45/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20191202225959-858c2ad4c8b6/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20200107190931-bf48bf16ab8d/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20200902213428-5d25da1a8d43/go.mod h1:KelEdhl1UZF7XfJ4dDtk6s++YSgaE7mD/BuKKDLBl4A= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20201109201403-9fd604954f58/go.mod h1:KelEdhl1UZF7XfJ4dDtk6s++YSgaE7mD/BuKKDLBl4A= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20201208152858-08078c50e5b5/go.mod h1:KelEdhl1UZF7XfJ4dDtk6s++YSgaE7mD/BuKKDLBl4A= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20210218202405-ba52d332ba99/go.mod h1:KelEdhl1UZF7XfJ4dDtk6s++YSgaE7mD/BuKKDLBl4A= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.11.0 h1:vPL4xzxBM4niKCW6g9whtaWVXTJf1U5e4aZxxFx/gbU= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.11.0/go.mod h1:LdF7O/8bLR/qWK9DrpXmbHLTouvRHK0SgJl0GmDBchk= +golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.15.0 h1:s8pnnxNVzjWyrvYdFUQq5llS1PX2zhPXmccZv99h7uQ= +golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.15.0/go.mod h1:q48ptWNTY5XWf+JNten23lcvHpLJ0ZSxF5ttTHKVCAM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20180314180146-1d60e4601c6f/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20181108010431-42b317875d0f/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20181221193216-37e7f081c4d4/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20190227155943-e225da77a7e6/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20190423024810-112230192c58/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20190911185100-cd5d95a43a6e/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= -golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20200317015054-43a5402ce75a/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= -golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20200625203802-6e8e738ad208/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20201020160332-67f06af15bc9/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= -golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20201207232520-09787c993a3a/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20210220032951-036812b2e83c/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20220722155255-886fb9371eb4/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.1.0/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= @@ -972,43 +900,29 @@ golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200212091648-12a6c2dcc1e4/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7w golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200223170610-d5e6a3e2c0ae/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200302150141-5c8b2ff67527/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200323222414-85ca7c5b95cd/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200331124033-c3d80250170d/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200501052902-10377860bb8e/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200511232937-7e40ca221e25/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200515095857-1151b9dac4a9/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200519105757-fe76b779f299/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200523222454-059865788121/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200615200032-f1bc736245b1/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200803210538-64077c9b5642/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200905004654-be1d3432aa8f/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20200930185726-fdedc70b468f/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20201112073958-5cba982894dd/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20201119102817-f84b799fce68/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20201201145000-ef89a241ccb3/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210104204734-6f8348627aad/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210119212857-b64e53b001e4/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210225134936-a50acf3fe073/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210330210617-4fbd30eecc44/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210423082822-04245dca01da/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210423185535-09eb48e85fd7/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210510120138-977fb7262007/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210615035016-665e8c7367d1/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211019181941-9d821ace8654/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20220520151302-bc2c85ada10a/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20220715151400-c0bba94af5f8/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20220722155257-8c9f86f7a55f/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20220811171246-fbc7d0a398ab/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20220908164124-27713097b956/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.1.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.4.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= -golang.org/x/sys v0.15.0 h1:h48lPFYpsTvQJZF4EKyI4aLHaev3CxivZmv7yZig9pc= -golang.org/x/sys v0.15.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= +golang.org/x/sys v0.6.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= +golang.org/x/sys v0.18.0 h1:DBdB3niSjOA/O0blCZBqDefyWNYveAYMNF1Wum0DYQ4= +golang.org/x/sys v0.18.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20201126162022-7de9c90e9dd1/go.mod h1:bj7SfCRtBDWHUb9snDiAeCFNEtKQo2Wmx5Cou7ajbmo= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20210927222741-03fcf44c2211/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= golang.org/x/term v0.1.0/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= golang.org/x/term v0.4.0/go.mod h1:9P2UbLfCdcvo3p/nzKvsmas4TnlujnuoV9hGgYzW1lQ= -golang.org/x/term v0.15.0 h1:y/Oo/a/q3IXu26lQgl04j/gjuBDOBlx7X6Om1j2CPW4= -golang.org/x/term v0.15.0/go.mod h1:BDl952bC7+uMoWR75FIrCDx79TPU9oHkTZ9yRbYOrX0= +golang.org/x/term v0.18.0 h1:FcHjZXDMxI8mM3nwhX9HlKop4C0YQvCVCdwYl2wOtE8= +golang.org/x/term v0.18.0/go.mod h1:ILwASektA3OnRv7amZ1xhE/KTR+u50pbXfZ03+6Nx58= golang.org/x/text v0.0.0-20160726164857-2910a502d2bf/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= golang.org/x/text v0.0.0-20170915032832-14c0d48ead0c/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.0/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= @@ -1018,6 +932,7 @@ golang.org/x/text v0.3.3/go.mod h1:5Zoc/QRtKVWzQhOtBMvqHzDpF6irO9z98xDceosuGiQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.4/go.mod h1:5Zoc/QRtKVWzQhOtBMvqHzDpF6irO9z98xDceosuGiQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.6/go.mod h1:5Zoc/QRtKVWzQhOtBMvqHzDpF6irO9z98xDceosuGiQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.7/go.mod h1:u+2+/6zg+i71rQMx5EYifcz6MCKuco9NR6JIITiCfzQ= +golang.org/x/text v0.3.8/go.mod h1:E6s5w1FMmriuDzIBO73fBruAKo1PCIq6d2Q6DHfQ8WQ= golang.org/x/text v0.4.0/go.mod h1:mrYo+phRRbMaCq/xk9113O4dZlRixOauAjOtrjsXDZ8= golang.org/x/text v0.6.0/go.mod h1:mrYo+phRRbMaCq/xk9113O4dZlRixOauAjOtrjsXDZ8= golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 h1:ScX5w1eTa3QqT8oi6+ziP7dTV1S2+ALU0bI+0zXKWiQ= @@ -1027,8 +942,8 @@ golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20181108054448-85acf8d2951c/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxb golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20190308202827-9d24e82272b4/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20191024005414-555d28b269f0/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20200630173020-3af7569d3a1e/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= -golang.org/x/time v0.3.0 h1:rg5rLMjNzMS1RkNLzCG38eapWhnYLFYXDXj2gOlr8j4= -golang.org/x/time v0.3.0/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= +golang.org/x/time v0.5.0 h1:o7cqy6amK/52YcAKIPlM3a+Fpj35zvRj2TP+e1xFSfk= +golang.org/x/time v0.5.0/go.mod h1:3BpzKBy/shNhVucY/MWOyx10tF3SFh9QdLuxbVysPQM= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20180221164845-07fd8470d635/go.mod h1:n7NCudcB/nEzxVGmLbDWY5pfWTLqBcC2KZ6jyYvM4mQ= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20180917221912-90fa682c2a6e/go.mod h1:n7NCudcB/nEzxVGmLbDWY5pfWTLqBcC2KZ6jyYvM4mQ= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20181011042414-1f849cf54d09/go.mod h1:n7NCudcB/nEzxVGmLbDWY5pfWTLqBcC2KZ6jyYvM4mQ= @@ -1072,35 +987,17 @@ golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200204074204-1cc6d1ef6c74/go.mod h1:TB2adYChydJhpapK golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200207183749-b753a1ba74fa/go.mod h1:TB2adYChydJhpapKDTa4BR/hXlZSLoq2Wpct/0txZ28= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200212150539-ea181f53ac56/go.mod h1:TB2adYChydJhpapKDTa4BR/hXlZSLoq2Wpct/0txZ28= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200224181240-023911ca70b2/go.mod h1:TB2adYChydJhpapKDTa4BR/hXlZSLoq2Wpct/0txZ28= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200227222343-706bc42d1f0d/go.mod h1:TB2adYChydJhpapKDTa4BR/hXlZSLoq2Wpct/0txZ28= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200304193943-95d2e580d8eb/go.mod h1:o4KQGtdN14AW+yjsvvwRTJJuXz8XRtIHtEnmAXLyFUw= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200312045724-11d5b4c81c7d/go.mod h1:o4KQGtdN14AW+yjsvvwRTJJuXz8XRtIHtEnmAXLyFUw= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200331025713-a30bf2db82d4/go.mod h1:Sl4aGygMT6LrqrWclx+PTx3U+LnKx/seiNR+3G19Ar8= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200501065659-ab2804fb9c9d/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200505023115-26f46d2f7ef8/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200512131952-2bc93b1c0c88/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200515010526-7d3b6ebf133d/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200616133436-c1934b75d054/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200616195046-dc31b401abb5/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200618134242-20370b0cb4b2/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200619180055-7c47624df98f/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200729194436-6467de6f59a7/go.mod h1:njjCfa9FT2d7l9Bc6FUM5FLjQPp3cFF28FI3qnDFljA= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200804011535-6c149bb5ef0d/go.mod h1:njjCfa9FT2d7l9Bc6FUM5FLjQPp3cFF28FI3qnDFljA= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200825202427-b303f430e36d/go.mod h1:njjCfa9FT2d7l9Bc6FUM5FLjQPp3cFF28FI3qnDFljA= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200904185747-39188db58858/go.mod h1:Cj7w3i3Rnn0Xh82ur9kSqwfTHTeVxaDqrfMjpcNT6bE= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20201110124207-079ba7bd75cd/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4fOWvOPXz4eW1wZW4PmDk9uLelYpA= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20201201161351-ac6f37ff4c2a/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4fOWvOPXz4eW1wZW4PmDk9uLelYpA= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20201208233053-a543418bbed2/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4fOWvOPXz4eW1wZW4PmDk9uLelYpA= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20210105154028-b0ab187a4818/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4fOWvOPXz4eW1wZW4PmDk9uLelYpA= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20210106214847-113979e3529a/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4fOWvOPXz4eW1wZW4PmDk9uLelYpA= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20210108195828-e2f9c7f1fc8e/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4fOWvOPXz4eW1wZW4PmDk9uLelYpA= -golang.org/x/tools v0.1.0/go.mod h1:xkSsbof2nBLbhDlRMhhhyNLN/zl3eTqcnHD5viDpcZ0= -golang.org/x/tools v0.1.5/go.mod h1:o0xws9oXOQQZyjljx8fwUC0k7L1pTE6eaCbjGeHmOkk= golang.org/x/tools v0.1.8/go.mod h1:nABZi5QlRsZVlzPpHl034qft6wpY4eDcsTt5AaioBiU= golang.org/x/tools v0.1.12/go.mod h1:hNGJHUnrk76NpqgfD5Aqm5Crs+Hm0VOH/i9J2+nxYbc= golang.org/x/tools v0.5.0/go.mod h1:N+Kgy78s5I24c24dU8OfWNEotWjutIs8SnJvn5IDq+k= -golang.org/x/tools v0.14.0 h1:jvNa2pY0M4r62jkRQ6RwEZZyPcymeL9XZMLBbV7U2nc= -golang.org/x/tools v0.14.0/go.mod h1:uYBEerGOWcJyEORxN+Ek8+TT266gXkNlHdJBwexUsBg= +golang.org/x/tools v0.17.0 h1:FvmRgNOcs3kOa+T20R1uhfP9F6HgG2mfxDv1vrx1Htc= +golang.org/x/tools v0.17.0/go.mod h1:xsh6VxdV005rRVaS6SSAf9oiAqljS7UZUacMZ8Bnsps= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191011141410-1b5146add898/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191204190536-9bdfabe68543/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= @@ -1117,24 +1014,15 @@ google.golang.org/api v0.14.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsb google.golang.org/api v0.15.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsbkAI= google.golang.org/api v0.17.0/go.mod h1:BwFmGc8tA3vsd7r/7kR8DY7iEEGSU04BFxCo5jP/sfE= google.golang.org/api v0.18.0/go.mod h1:BwFmGc8tA3vsd7r/7kR8DY7iEEGSU04BFxCo5jP/sfE= -google.golang.org/api v0.19.0/go.mod h1:BwFmGc8tA3vsd7r/7kR8DY7iEEGSU04BFxCo5jP/sfE= google.golang.org/api v0.20.0/go.mod h1:BwFmGc8tA3vsd7r/7kR8DY7iEEGSU04BFxCo5jP/sfE= -google.golang.org/api v0.22.0/go.mod h1:BwFmGc8tA3vsd7r/7kR8DY7iEEGSU04BFxCo5jP/sfE= -google.golang.org/api v0.24.0/go.mod h1:lIXQywCXRcnZPGlsd8NbLnOjtAoL6em04bJ9+z0MncE= -google.golang.org/api v0.28.0/go.mod h1:lIXQywCXRcnZPGlsd8NbLnOjtAoL6em04bJ9+z0MncE= -google.golang.org/api v0.29.0/go.mod h1:Lcubydp8VUV7KeIHD9z2Bys/sm/vGKnG1UHuDBSrHWM= -google.golang.org/api v0.30.0/go.mod h1:QGmEvQ87FHZNiUVJkT14jQNYJ4ZJjdRF23ZXz5138Fc= -google.golang.org/api v0.35.0/go.mod h1:/XrVsuzM0rZmrsbjJutiuftIzeuTQcEeaYcSk/mQ1dg= -google.golang.org/api v0.36.0/go.mod h1:+z5ficQTmoYpPn8LCUNVpK5I7hwkpjbcgqA7I34qYtE= -google.golang.org/api v0.40.0/go.mod h1:fYKFpnQN0DsDSKRVRcQSDQNtqWPfM9i+zNPxepjRCQ8= google.golang.org/appengine v1.1.0/go.mod h1:EbEs0AVv82hx2wNQdGPgUI5lhzA/G0D9YwlJXL52JkM= google.golang.org/appengine v1.4.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= google.golang.org/appengine v1.5.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.1/go.mod h1:i06prIuMbXzDqacNJfV5OdTW448YApPu5ww/cMBSeb0= google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.5/go.mod h1:8WjMMxjGQR8xUklV/ARdw2HLXBOI7O7uCIDZVag1xfc= google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.6/go.mod h1:8WjMMxjGQR8xUklV/ARdw2HLXBOI7O7uCIDZVag1xfc= -google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.7 h1:FZR1q0exgwxzPzp/aF+VccGrSfxfPpkBqjIIEq3ru6c= -google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.7/go.mod h1:8WjMMxjGQR8xUklV/ARdw2HLXBOI7O7uCIDZVag1xfc= +google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.8 h1:IhEN5q69dyKagZPYMSdIjS2HqprW324FRQZJcGqPAsM= +google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.8/go.mod h1:1jJ3jBArFh5pcgW8gCtRJnepW8FzD1V44FJffLiz/Ds= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20180817151627-c66870c02cf8/go.mod h1:JiN7NxoALGmiZfu7CAH4rXhgtRTLTxftemlI0sWmxmc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190307195333-5fe7a883aa19/go.mod h1:VzzqZJRnGkLBvHegQrXjBqPurQTc5/KpmUdxsrq26oE= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190418145605-e7d98fc518a7/go.mod h1:VzzqZJRnGkLBvHegQrXjBqPurQTc5/KpmUdxsrq26oE= @@ -1152,48 +1040,22 @@ google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200122232147-0452cf42e150/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvx google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200204135345-fa8e72b47b90/go.mod h1:GmwEX6Z4W5gMy59cAlVYjN9JhxgbQH6Gn+gFDQe2lzA= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200212174721-66ed5ce911ce/go.mod h1:55QSHmfGQM9UVYDPBsyGGes0y52j32PQ3BqQfXhyH3c= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200224152610-e50cd9704f63/go.mod h1:55QSHmfGQM9UVYDPBsyGGes0y52j32PQ3BqQfXhyH3c= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200228133532-8c2c7df3a383/go.mod h1:55QSHmfGQM9UVYDPBsyGGes0y52j32PQ3BqQfXhyH3c= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200305110556-506484158171/go.mod h1:55QSHmfGQM9UVYDPBsyGGes0y52j32PQ3BqQfXhyH3c= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200312145019-da6875a35672/go.mod h1:55QSHmfGQM9UVYDPBsyGGes0y52j32PQ3BqQfXhyH3c= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200331122359-1ee6d9798940/go.mod h1:55QSHmfGQM9UVYDPBsyGGes0y52j32PQ3BqQfXhyH3c= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200430143042-b979b6f78d84/go.mod h1:55QSHmfGQM9UVYDPBsyGGes0y52j32PQ3BqQfXhyH3c= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200511104702-f5ebc3bea380/go.mod h1:55QSHmfGQM9UVYDPBsyGGes0y52j32PQ3BqQfXhyH3c= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200515170657-fc4c6c6a6587/go.mod h1:YsZOwe1myG/8QRHRsmBRE1LrgQY60beZKjly0O1fX9U= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200526211855-cb27e3aa2013/go.mod h1:NbSheEEYHJ7i3ixzK3sjbqSGDJWnxyFXZblF3eUsNvo= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200618031413-b414f8b61790/go.mod h1:jDfRM7FcilCzHH/e9qn6dsT145K34l5v+OpcnNgKAAA= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200729003335-053ba62fc06f/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200804131852-c06518451d9c/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200825200019-8632dd797987/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200904004341-0bd0a958aa1d/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20201109203340-2640f1f9cdfb/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20201110150050-8816d57aaa9a/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20201201144952-b05cb90ed32e/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20201210142538-e3217bee35cc/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20201214200347-8c77b98c765d/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20210108203827-ffc7fda8c3d7/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20210226172003-ab064af71705/go.mod h1:FWY/as6DDZQgahTzZj3fqbO1CbirC29ZNUFHwi0/+no= -google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20230822172742-b8732ec3820d h1:uvYuEyMHKNt+lT4K3bN6fGswmK8qSvcreM3BwjDh+y4= -google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20230822172742-b8732ec3820d/go.mod h1:+Bk1OCOj40wS2hwAMA+aCW9ypzm63QTBBHp6lQ3p+9M= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20231120223509-83a465c0220f h1:ultW7fxlIvee4HYrtnaRPon9HpEgFk5zYpmfMgtKB5I= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20231120223509-83a465c0220f/go.mod h1:L9KNLi232K1/xB6f7AlSX692koaRnKaWSR0stBki0Yc= google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZiDr8c= google.golang.org/grpc v1.20.1/go.mod h1:10oTOabMzJvdu6/UiuZezV6QK5dSlG84ov/aaiqXj38= google.golang.org/grpc v1.21.0/go.mod h1:oYelfM1adQP15Ek0mdvEgi9Df8B9CZIaU1084ijfRaM= google.golang.org/grpc v1.21.1/go.mod h1:oYelfM1adQP15Ek0mdvEgi9Df8B9CZIaU1084ijfRaM= google.golang.org/grpc v1.23.0/go.mod h1:Y5yQAOtifL1yxbo5wqy6BxZv8vAUGQwXBOALyacEbxg= google.golang.org/grpc v1.23.1/go.mod h1:Y5yQAOtifL1yxbo5wqy6BxZv8vAUGQwXBOALyacEbxg= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.1/go.mod h1:c3i+UQWmh7LiEpx4sFZnkU36qjEYZ0imhYfXVyQciAY= google.golang.org/grpc v1.26.0/go.mod h1:qbnxyOmOxrQa7FizSgH+ReBfzJrCY1pSN7KXBS8abTk= google.golang.org/grpc v1.27.0/go.mod h1:qbnxyOmOxrQa7FizSgH+ReBfzJrCY1pSN7KXBS8abTk= google.golang.org/grpc v1.27.1/go.mod h1:qbnxyOmOxrQa7FizSgH+ReBfzJrCY1pSN7KXBS8abTk= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.28.0/go.mod h1:rpkK4SK4GF4Ach/+MFLZUBavHOvF2JJB5uozKKal+60= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.29.1/go.mod h1:itym6AZVZYACWQqET3MqgPpjcuV5QH3BxFS3IjizoKk= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.30.0/go.mod h1:N36X2cJ7JwdamYAgDz+s+rVMFjt3numwzf/HckM8pak= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.31.0/go.mod h1:N36X2cJ7JwdamYAgDz+s+rVMFjt3numwzf/HckM8pak= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.31.1/go.mod h1:N36X2cJ7JwdamYAgDz+s+rVMFjt3numwzf/HckM8pak= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.33.2/go.mod h1:JMHMWHQWaTccqQQlmk3MJZS+GWXOdAesneDmEnv2fbc= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.34.0/go.mod h1:WotjhfgOW/POjDeRt8vscBtXq+2VjORFy659qA51WJ8= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.35.0/go.mod h1:qjiiYl8FncCW8feJPdyg3v6XW24KsRHe+dy9BAGRRjU= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.59.0 h1:Z5Iec2pjwb+LEOqzpB2MR12/eKFhDPhuqW91O+4bwUk= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.59.0/go.mod h1:aUPDwccQo6OTjy7Hct4AfBPD1GptF4fyUjIkQ9YtF98= +google.golang.org/grpc v1.61.0 h1:TOvOcuXn30kRao+gfcvsebNEa5iZIiLkisYEkf7R7o0= +google.golang.org/grpc v1.61.0/go.mod h1:VUbo7IFqmF1QtCAstipjG0GIoq49KvMe9+h1jFLBNJs= google.golang.org/protobuf v0.0.0-20200109180630-ec00e32a8dfd/go.mod h1:DFci5gLYBciE7Vtevhsrf46CRTquxDuWsQurQQe4oz8= google.golang.org/protobuf v0.0.0-20200221191635-4d8936d0db64/go.mod h1:kwYJMbMJ01Woi6D6+Kah6886xMZcty6N08ah7+eCXa0= google.golang.org/protobuf v0.0.0-20200228230310-ab0ca4ff8a60/go.mod h1:cfTl7dwQJ+fmap5saPgwCLgHXTUD7jkjRqWcaiX5VyM= @@ -1259,31 +1121,30 @@ honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190418001031-e561f6794a2a/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWh honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190523083050-ea95bdfd59fc/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4= honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2019.2.3/go.mod h1:a3bituU0lyd329TUQxRnasdCoJDkEUEAqEt0JzvZhAg= honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2020.1.3/go.mod h1:X/FiERA/W4tHapMX5mGpAtMSVEeEUOyHaw9vFzvIQ3k= -honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2020.1.4/go.mod h1:X/FiERA/W4tHapMX5mGpAtMSVEeEUOyHaw9vFzvIQ3k= k8s.io/api v0.18.2/go.mod h1:SJCWI7OLzhZSvbY7U8zwNl9UA4o1fizoug34OV/2r78= k8s.io/api v0.20.1/go.mod h1:KqwcCVogGxQY3nBlRpwt+wpAMF/KjaCc7RpywacvqUo= -k8s.io/api v0.28.3 h1:Gj1HtbSdB4P08C8rs9AR94MfSGpRhJgsS+GF9V26xMM= -k8s.io/api v0.28.3/go.mod h1:MRCV/jr1dW87/qJnZ57U5Pak65LGmQVkKTzf3AtKFHc= +k8s.io/api v0.29.1 h1:DAjwWX/9YT7NQD4INu49ROJuZAAAP/Ijki48GUPzxqw= +k8s.io/api v0.29.1/go.mod h1:7Kl10vBRUXhnQQI8YR/R327zXC8eJ7887/+Ybta+RoQ= k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.18.2/go.mod h1:q3faSnRGmYimiocj6cHQ1I3WpLqmDgJFlKL37fC4ZvY= k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.20.1/go.mod h1:ntnrZV+6a3dB504qwC5PN/Yg9PBiDNt1EVqbW2kORVk= -k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.28.3 h1:Od7DEnhXHnHPZG+W9I97/fSQkVpVPQx2diy+2EtmY08= -k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.28.3/go.mod h1:NE1XJZ4On0hS11aWWJUTNkmVB03j9LM7gJSisbRt8Lc= +k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.29.1 h1:S9xOtyk9M3Sk1tIpQMu9wXHm5O2MX6Y1kIpPMimZBZw= +k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.29.1/go.mod h1:zZECpujY5yTW58co8V2EQR4BD6A9pktVgHhvc0uLfeU= k8s.io/apimachinery v0.18.2/go.mod h1:9SnR/e11v5IbyPCGbvJViimtJ0SwHG4nfZFjU77ftcA= k8s.io/apimachinery v0.20.1/go.mod h1:WlLqWAHZGg07AeltaI0MV5uk1Omp8xaN0JGLY6gkRpU= -k8s.io/apimachinery v0.28.3 h1:B1wYx8txOaCQG0HmYF6nbpU8dg6HvA06x5tEffvOe7A= -k8s.io/apimachinery v0.28.3/go.mod h1:uQTKmIqs+rAYaq+DFaoD2X7pcjLOqbQX2AOiO0nIpb8= +k8s.io/apimachinery v0.29.1 h1:KY4/E6km/wLBguvCZv8cKTeOwwOBqFNjwJIdMkMbbRc= +k8s.io/apimachinery v0.29.1/go.mod h1:6HVkd1FwxIagpYrHSwJlQqZI3G9LfYWRPAkUvLnXTKU= k8s.io/apiserver v0.18.2/go.mod h1:Xbh066NqrZO8cbsoenCwyDJ1OSi8Ag8I2lezeHxzwzw= k8s.io/apiserver v0.20.1/go.mod h1:ro5QHeQkgMS7ZGpvf4tSMx6bBOgPfE+f52KwvXfScaU= k8s.io/client-go v0.18.2/go.mod h1:Xcm5wVGXX9HAA2JJ2sSBUn3tCJ+4SVlCbl2MNNv+CIU= k8s.io/client-go v0.20.1/go.mod h1:/zcHdt1TeWSd5HoUe6elJmHSQ6uLLgp4bIJHVEuy+/Y= -k8s.io/client-go v0.28.3 h1:2OqNb72ZuTZPKCl+4gTKvqao0AMOl9f3o2ijbAj3LI4= -k8s.io/client-go v0.28.3/go.mod h1:LTykbBp9gsA7SwqirlCXBWtK0guzfhpoW4qSm7i9dxo= +k8s.io/client-go v0.29.1 h1:19B/+2NGEwnFLzt0uB5kNJnfTsbV8w6TgQRz9l7ti7A= +k8s.io/client-go v0.29.1/go.mod h1:TDG/psL9hdet0TI9mGyHJSgRkW3H9JZk2dNEUS7bRks= k8s.io/code-generator v0.18.2/go.mod h1:+UHX5rSbxmR8kzS+FAv7um6dtYrZokQvjHpDSYRVkTc= k8s.io/code-generator v0.20.1/go.mod h1:UsqdF+VX4PU2g46NC2JRs4gc+IfrctnwHb76RNbWHJg= k8s.io/component-base v0.18.2/go.mod h1:kqLlMuhJNHQ9lz8Z7V5bxUUtjFZnrypArGl58gmDfUM= k8s.io/component-base v0.20.1/go.mod h1:guxkoJnNoh8LNrbtiQOlyp2Y2XFCZQmrcg2n/DeYNLk= -k8s.io/component-base v0.28.3 h1:rDy68eHKxq/80RiMb2Ld/tbH8uAE75JdCqJyi6lXMzI= -k8s.io/component-base v0.28.3/go.mod h1:fDJ6vpVNSk6cRo5wmDa6eKIG7UlIQkaFmZN2fYgIUD8= +k8s.io/component-base v0.29.1 h1:MUimqJPCRnnHsskTTjKD+IC1EHBbRCVyi37IoFBrkYw= +k8s.io/component-base v0.29.1/go.mod h1:fP9GFjxYrLERq1GcWWZAE3bqbNcDKDytn2srWuHTtKc= k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20190128074634-0689ccc1d7d6/go.mod h1:ezvh/TsK7cY6rbqRK0oQQ8IAqLxYwwyPxAX1Pzy0ii0= k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20200114144118-36b2048a9120/go.mod h1:ezvh/TsK7cY6rbqRK0oQQ8IAqLxYwwyPxAX1Pzy0ii0= k8s.io/gengo v0.0.0-20200413195148-3a45101e95ac/go.mod h1:ezvh/TsK7cY6rbqRK0oQQ8IAqLxYwwyPxAX1Pzy0ii0= @@ -1294,12 +1155,12 @@ k8s.io/klog v1.0.0/go.mod h1:4Bi6QPql/J/LkTDqv7R/cd3hPo4k2DG6Ptcz060Ez5I= k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:PBfzABfn139FHAV07az/IF9Wp1bkk3vpT2XSJ76fSDE= k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.2.0/go.mod h1:Od+F08eJP+W3HUb4pSrPpgp9DGU4GzlpG/TmITuYh/Y= k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.4.0/go.mod h1:Od+F08eJP+W3HUb4pSrPpgp9DGU4GzlpG/TmITuYh/Y= -k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.100.1 h1:7WCHKK6K8fNhTqfBhISHQ97KrnJNFZMcQvKp7gP/tmg= -k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.100.1/go.mod h1:y1WjHnz7Dj687irZUWR/WLkLc5N1YHtjLdmgWjndZn0= +k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.110.1 h1:U/Af64HJf7FcwMcXyKm2RPM22WZzyR7OSpYj5tg3cL0= +k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.110.1/go.mod h1:YGtd1984u+GgbuZ7e08/yBuAfKLSO0+uR1Fhi6ExXjo= k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20200121204235-bf4fb3bd569c/go.mod h1:GRQhZsXIAJ1xR0C9bd8UpWHZ5plfAS9fzPjJuQ6JL3E= k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20201113171705-d219536bb9fd/go.mod h1:WOJ3KddDSol4tAGcJo0Tvi+dK12EcqSLqcWsryKMpfM= -k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20230717233707-2695361300d9 h1:LyMgNKD2P8Wn1iAwQU5OhxCKlKJy0sHc+PcDwFB24dQ= -k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20230717233707-2695361300d9/go.mod h1:wZK2AVp1uHCp4VamDVgBP2COHZjqD1T68Rf0CM3YjSM= +k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20231010175941-2dd684a91f00 h1:aVUu9fTY98ivBPKR9Y5w/AuzbMm96cd3YHRTU83I780= +k8s.io/kube-openapi v0.0.0-20231010175941-2dd684a91f00/go.mod h1:AsvuZPBlUDVuCdzJ87iajxtXuR9oktsTctW/R9wwouA= k8s.io/utils v0.0.0-20200324210504-a9aa75ae1b89/go.mod h1:sZAwmy6armz5eXlNoLmJcl4F1QuKu7sr+mFQ0byX7Ew= k8s.io/utils v0.0.0-20201110183641-67b214c5f920/go.mod h1:jPW/WVKK9YHAvNhRxK0md/EJ228hCsBRufyofKtW8HA= k8s.io/utils v0.0.0-20230726121419-3b25d923346b h1:sgn3ZU783SCgtaSJjpcVVlRqd6GSnlTLKgpAAttJvpI= @@ -1310,19 +1171,19 @@ rsc.io/sampler v1.3.0/go.mod h1:T1hPZKmBbMNahiBKFy5HrXp6adAjACjK9JXDnKaTXpA= sigs.k8s.io/apiserver-network-proxy/konnectivity-client v0.0.7/go.mod h1:PHgbrJT7lCHcxMU+mDHEm+nx46H4zuuHZkDP6icnhu0= sigs.k8s.io/apiserver-network-proxy/konnectivity-client v0.0.14/go.mod h1:LEScyzhFmoF5pso/YSeBstl57mOzx9xlU9n85RGrDQg= sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.8.0/go.mod h1:v9Lbj5oX443uR7GXYY46E0EE2o7k2YxQ58GxVNeXSW4= -sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.16.3 h1:2TuvuokmfXvDUamSx1SuAOO3eTyye+47mJCigwG62c4= -sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.16.3/go.mod h1:j7bialYoSn142nv9sCOJmQgDXQXxnroFU4VnX/brVJ0= +sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.17.0 h1:fjJQf8Ukya+VjogLO6/bNX9HE6Y2xpsO5+fyS26ur/s= +sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.17.0/go.mod h1:+MngTvIQQQhfXtwfdGw/UOQ/aIaqsYywfCINOtwMO/s= sigs.k8s.io/controller-tools v0.4.1/go.mod h1:G9rHdZMVlBDocIxGkK3jHLWqcTMNvveypYJwrvYKjWU= -sigs.k8s.io/controller-tools v0.13.0 h1:NfrvuZ4bxyolhDBt/rCZhDnx3M2hzlhgo5n3Iv2RykI= -sigs.k8s.io/controller-tools v0.13.0/go.mod h1:5vw3En2NazbejQGCeWKRrE7q4P+CW8/klfVqP8QZkgA= +sigs.k8s.io/controller-tools v0.14.0 h1:rnNoCC5wSXlrNoBKKzL70LNJKIQKEzT6lloG6/LF73A= +sigs.k8s.io/controller-tools v0.14.0/go.mod h1:TV7uOtNNnnR72SpzhStvPkoS/U5ir0nMudrkrC4M9Sc= sigs.k8s.io/json v0.0.0-20221116044647-bc3834ca7abd h1:EDPBXCAspyGV4jQlpZSudPeMmr1bNJefnuqLsRAsHZo= sigs.k8s.io/json v0.0.0-20221116044647-bc3834ca7abd/go.mod h1:B8JuhiUyNFVKdsE8h686QcCxMaH6HrOAZj4vswFpcB0= sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v3 v3.0.0-20200116222232-67a7b8c61874/go.mod h1:PlARxl6Hbt/+BC80dRLi1qAmnMqwqDg62YvvVkZjemw= sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v3 v3.0.0/go.mod h1:PlARxl6Hbt/+BC80dRLi1qAmnMqwqDg62YvvVkZjemw= sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.0.2/go.mod h1:bJZC9H9iH24zzfZ/41RGcq60oK1F7G282QMXDPYydCw= -sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.2.3 h1:PRbqxJClWWYMNV1dhaG4NsibJbArud9kFxnAMREiWFE= -sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.2.3/go.mod h1:qjx8mGObPmV2aSZepjQjbmb2ihdVs8cGKBraizNC69E= +sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.4.1 h1:150L+0vs/8DA78h1u02ooW1/fFq/Lwr+sGiqlzvrtq4= +sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.4.1/go.mod h1:N8hJocpFajUSSeSJ9bOZ77VzejKZaXsTtZo4/u7Io08= sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.1.0/go.mod h1:UJmg0vDUVViEyp3mgSv9WPwZCDxu4rQW1olrI1uml+o= sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.2.0/go.mod h1:yfXDCHCao9+ENCvLSE62v9VSji2MKu5jeNfTrofGhJc= -sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.3.0 h1:a2VclLzOGrwOHDiV8EfBGhvjHvP46CtW5j6POvhYGGo= -sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.3.0/go.mod h1:GeOyir5tyXNByN85N/dRIT9es5UQNerPYEKK56eTBm8= +sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.4.0 h1:Mk1wCc2gy/F0THH0TAp1QYyJNzRm2KCLy3o5ASXVI5E= +sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.4.0/go.mod h1:Ejl7/uTz7PSA4eKMyQCUTnhZYNmLIl+5c2lQPGR2BPY= diff --git a/package/crds/acm.aws.crossplane.io_certificates.yaml b/package/crds/acm.aws.crossplane.io_certificates.yaml index 6ef8adc53f..21a0014121 100644 --- a/package/crds/acm.aws.crossplane.io_certificates.yaml +++ b/package/crds/acm.aws.crossplane.io_certificates.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: certificates.acm.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: acm.aws.crossplane.io @@ -39,18 +39,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: 'Certificate is a managed resource that represents an AWS Certificate - Manager. Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource.' + description: |- + Certificate is a managed resource that represents an AWS Certificate Manager. + Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -59,13 +65,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -90,21 +97,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -118,8 +125,9 @@ spec: to an AWS ACMPCA CertificateAuthority to retrieve its Arn properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -132,21 +140,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -165,8 +173,9 @@ spec: with an ACM certificate. type: string domainValidationOptions: - description: The domain name that you want ACM to use to send - you emails so that you can validate domain ownership. + description: |- + The domain name that you want ACM to use to send you emails so that you can + validate domain ownership. items: description: DomainValidationOption validate domain ownership. properties: @@ -226,19 +235,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -251,9 +262,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -263,21 +275,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -287,17 +299,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -307,21 +321,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -336,21 +350,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -361,14 +376,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -402,14 +418,15 @@ spec: - INELIGIBLE type: string resourceRecord: - description: 'Contains the CNAME record that you add to your DNS - database for domain validation. For more information, see Use - DNS to Validate Domain Ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-validate-dns.html). - Note: The CNAME information that you need does not include the - name of your domain. If you include your domain name in the - DNS database CNAME record, validation fails. For example, if - the name is "_a79865eb4cd1a6ab990a45779b4e0b96.yourdomain.com", - only "_a79865eb4cd1a6ab990a45779b4e0b96" must be used.' + description: |- + Contains the CNAME record that you add to your DNS database for domain + validation. For more information, see Use DNS to Validate Domain Ownership + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-validate-dns.html). + Note: The CNAME information that you need does not include the name of your + domain. If you include your domain name in the DNS database CNAME record, + validation fails. For example, if the name is + "_a79865eb4cd1a6ab990a45779b4e0b96.yourdomain.com", only + "_a79865eb4cd1a6ab990a45779b4e0b96" must be used. properties: name: description: The name of the DNS record to create in your @@ -451,14 +468,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -468,8 +494,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -481,6 +508,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -512,14 +546,19 @@ spec: Manager. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -528,13 +567,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -559,21 +599,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -587,8 +627,9 @@ spec: to an AWS ACMPCA CertificateAuthority to retrieve its Arn properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -601,21 +642,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -627,8 +668,9 @@ spec: with an ACM certificate. type: string domainValidationOptions: - description: The domain name that you want ACM to use to send - you emails so that you can validate domain ownership. + description: |- + The domain name that you want ACM to use to send you emails so that you can + validate domain ownership. items: description: DomainValidationOption validate domain ownership. properties: @@ -645,35 +687,36 @@ spec: type: object type: array keyAlgorithm: - description: 'Specifies the algorithm of the public and private - key pair that your certificate uses to encrypt data. RSA is - the default key algorithm for ACM certificates. Elliptic Curve - Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) keys are smaller, offering - security comparable to RSA keys but with greater computing efficiency. - However, ECDSA is not supported by all network clients. Some - AWS services may require RSA keys, or only support ECDSA keys - of a particular size, while others allow the use of either RSA - and ECDSA keys to ensure that compatibility is not broken. Check - the requirements for the AWS service where you plan to deploy - your certificate. Default: RSA_2048 Note: ACM can request the - issue of new certificates using the following algorithms: "RSA_2048", - "EC_prime256v1" and "EC_secp384r1". The remaining algorithms - are supported only for imported certificates. See also AWS docs: - https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-certificate.html#algorithms.title' + description: |- + Specifies the algorithm of the public and private key pair that your certificate + uses to encrypt data. RSA is the default key algorithm for ACM certificates. + Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) keys are smaller, offering + security comparable to RSA keys but with greater computing efficiency. However, + ECDSA is not supported by all network clients. Some AWS services may require RSA + keys, or only support ECDSA keys of a particular size, while others allow the + use of either RSA and ECDSA keys to ensure that compatibility is not broken. + Check the requirements for the AWS service where you plan to deploy your + certificate. + Default: RSA_2048 + Note: ACM can request the issue of new certificates using the following algorithms: + "RSA_2048", "EC_prime256v1" and "EC_secp384r1". + The remaining algorithms are supported only for imported certificates. + See also AWS docs: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-certificate.html#algorithms.title type: string options: - description: Currently, you can use this parameter to specify - whether to add the certificate to a certificate transparency - log. Certificate transparency makes it possible to detect SSL/TLS - certificates that have been mistakenly or maliciously issued. - Certificates that have not been logged typically produce an - error message in a browser. For more information, see Opting - Out of Certificate Transparency Logging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-bestpractices.html#best-practices-transparency). + description: |- + Currently, you can use this parameter to specify whether to add the certificate + to a certificate transparency log. Certificate transparency makes it possible to + detect SSL/TLS certificates that have been mistakenly or maliciously issued. + Certificates that have not been logged typically produce an error message in a + browser. For more information, see Opting Out of Certificate Transparency + Logging + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-bestpractices.html#best-practices-transparency). properties: certificateTransparencyLoggingPreference: - description: You can opt out of certificate transparency logging - by specifying the DISABLED option. Opt in by specifying - ENABLED. + description: |- + You can opt out of certificate transparency logging by specifying the DISABLED + option. Opt in by specifying ENABLED. enum: - ENABLED - DISABLED @@ -722,19 +765,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -747,9 +792,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -759,21 +805,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -783,17 +829,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -803,21 +851,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -832,21 +880,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -857,14 +906,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -898,14 +948,15 @@ spec: - INELIGIBLE type: string resourceRecord: - description: 'Contains the CNAME record that you add to your DNS - database for domain validation. For more information, see Use - DNS to Validate Domain Ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-validate-dns.html). - Note: The CNAME information that you need does not include the - name of your domain. If you include your domain name in the - DNS database CNAME record, validation fails. For example, if - the name is "_a79865eb4cd1a6ab990a45779b4e0b96.yourdomain.com", - only "_a79865eb4cd1a6ab990a45779b4e0b96" must be used.' + description: |- + Contains the CNAME record that you add to your DNS database for domain + validation. For more information, see Use DNS to Validate Domain Ownership + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-validate-dns.html). + Note: The CNAME information that you need does not include the name of your + domain. If you include your domain name in the DNS database CNAME record, + validation fails. For example, if the name is + "_a79865eb4cd1a6ab990a45779b4e0b96.yourdomain.com", only + "_a79865eb4cd1a6ab990a45779b4e0b96" must be used. properties: name: description: The name of the DNS record to create in your @@ -947,14 +998,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -964,8 +1024,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -977,6 +1038,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/acmpca.aws.crossplane.io_certificateauthorities.yaml b/package/crds/acmpca.aws.crossplane.io_certificateauthorities.yaml index 0eda59d5b7..d3b49ea561 100644 --- a/package/crds/acmpca.aws.crossplane.io_certificateauthorities.yaml +++ b/package/crds/acmpca.aws.crossplane.io_certificateauthorities.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: certificateauthorities.acmpca.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: acmpca.aws.crossplane.io @@ -40,19 +40,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: 'CertificateAuthority is a managed resource that represents an - AWS CertificateAuthority Manager. Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version - of this resource.' + description: |- + CertificateAuthority is a managed resource that represents an AWS CertificateAuthority Manager. + Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -61,13 +66,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -190,9 +196,10 @@ spec: - enabled type: object status: - description: Status of the certificate authority. This value cannot - be configured at creation, but can be updated to set a CA to - ACTIVE or DISABLED. + description: |- + Status of the certificate authority. + This value cannot be configured at creation, but can be updated to set a + CA to ACTIVE or DISABLED. enum: - ACTIVE - DISABLED @@ -230,19 +237,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -255,9 +264,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -267,21 +277,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -291,17 +301,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -311,21 +323,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -340,21 +352,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -365,14 +378,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -412,14 +426,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -429,8 +452,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -442,6 +466,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -473,14 +504,19 @@ spec: AWS CertificateAuthority Manager. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -489,13 +525,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -618,9 +655,10 @@ spec: - enabled type: object status: - description: Status of the certificate authority. This value cannot - be configured at creation, but can be updated to set a CA to - ACTIVE or DISABLED. + description: |- + Status of the certificate authority. + This value cannot be configured at creation, but can be updated to set a + CA to ACTIVE or DISABLED. enum: - ACTIVE - DISABLED @@ -658,19 +696,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -683,9 +723,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -695,21 +736,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -719,17 +760,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -739,21 +782,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -768,21 +811,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -793,14 +837,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -840,14 +885,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -857,8 +911,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -870,6 +925,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/acmpca.aws.crossplane.io_certificateauthoritypermissions.yaml b/package/crds/acmpca.aws.crossplane.io_certificateauthoritypermissions.yaml index 4114aa4d16..1079378d5d 100644 --- a/package/crds/acmpca.aws.crossplane.io_certificateauthoritypermissions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/acmpca.aws.crossplane.io_certificateauthoritypermissions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: certificateauthoritypermissions.acmpca.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: acmpca.aws.crossplane.io @@ -35,14 +35,19 @@ spec: an AWS CertificateAuthorityPermission Manager. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -52,13 +57,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -89,21 +95,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -117,8 +123,9 @@ spec: to an CertificateAuthority to retrieve its Arn properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -131,21 +138,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -154,8 +161,9 @@ spec: type: object principal: default: acm.amazonaws.com - description: The AWS service or identity that receives the permission. - At this time, the only valid principal is acm.amazonaws.com. + description: |- + The AWS service or identity that receives the permission. At this + time, the only valid principal is acm.amazonaws.com. type: string region: description: Region is the region of CertificateAuthorityPermission. @@ -170,19 +178,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -195,9 +205,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -207,21 +218,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -231,17 +242,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -251,21 +264,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -280,21 +293,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -305,14 +319,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -337,14 +352,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -354,8 +378,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -367,6 +392,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -392,14 +424,19 @@ spec: an AWS CertificateAuthorityPermission Manager. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -409,13 +446,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -446,21 +484,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -474,8 +512,9 @@ spec: to an CertificateAuthority to retrieve its Arn properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -488,21 +527,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -511,8 +550,9 @@ spec: type: object principal: default: acm.amazonaws.com - description: The AWS service or identity that receives the permission. - At this time, the only valid principal is acm.amazonaws.com. + description: |- + The AWS service or identity that receives the permission. At this + time, the only valid principal is acm.amazonaws.com. type: string region: description: Region is the region of CertificateAuthorityPermission. @@ -527,19 +567,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -552,9 +594,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -564,21 +607,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -588,17 +631,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -608,21 +653,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -637,21 +682,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -662,14 +708,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -694,14 +741,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -711,8 +767,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -724,6 +781,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_apikeys.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_apikeys.yaml index c416fe0b04..a912bb9293 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_apikeys.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_apikeys.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: apikeys.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: APIKey is the Schema for the APIKeys API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,8 +74,9 @@ spec: description: APIKeyParameters defines the desired state of APIKey properties: customerID: - description: An Amazon Web Services Marketplace customer identifier, - when integrating with the Amazon Web Services SaaS Marketplace. + description: |- + An Amazon Web Services Marketplace customer identifier, when integrating + with the Amazon Web Services SaaS Marketplace. type: string description: description: The description of the ApiKey. @@ -78,9 +85,10 @@ spec: description: Specifies whether the ApiKey can be used by callers. type: boolean generateDistinctID: - description: Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the key identifier - is distinct from the created API key value. This parameter is - deprecated and should not be used. + description: |- + Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the key identifier is distinct from + the created API key value. This parameter is deprecated and should not be + used. type: boolean name: description: The name of the ApiKey. @@ -91,10 +99,10 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The key-value map of strings. The valid character - set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters - and must not start with aws:. The tag value can be up to 256 - characters. + description: |- + The key-value map of strings. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. + The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:. The + tag value can be up to 256 characters. type: object value: description: Specifies a value of the API key. @@ -105,19 +113,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -130,9 +140,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -142,21 +153,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -166,17 +177,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -186,21 +199,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -215,21 +228,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -240,14 +254,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -292,14 +307,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -309,8 +333,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -322,6 +347,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_authorizers.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_authorizers.yaml index e87e060183..9b046064dd 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_authorizers.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_authorizers.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: authorizers.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Authorizer is the Schema for the Authorizers API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,67 +74,65 @@ spec: description: AuthorizerParameters defines the desired state of Authorizer properties: authType: - description: Optional customer-defined field, used in OpenAPI - imports and exports without functional impact. + description: |- + Optional customer-defined field, used in OpenAPI imports and exports without + functional impact. type: string authorizerCredentials: - description: Specifies the required credentials as an IAM role - for API Gateway to invoke the authorizer. To specify an IAM - role for API Gateway to assume, use the role's Amazon Resource - Name (ARN). To use resource-based permissions on the Lambda - function, specify null. + description: |- + Specifies the required credentials as an IAM role for API Gateway to invoke + the authorizer. To specify an IAM role for API Gateway to assume, use the + role's Amazon Resource Name (ARN). To use resource-based permissions on the + Lambda function, specify null. type: string authorizerResultTtlInSeconds: - description: The TTL in seconds of cached authorizer results. - If it equals 0, authorization caching is disabled. If it is - greater than 0, API Gateway will cache authorizer responses. - If this field is not set, the default value is 300. The maximum + description: |- + The TTL in seconds of cached authorizer results. If it equals 0, authorization + caching is disabled. If it is greater than 0, API Gateway will cache authorizer + responses. If this field is not set, the default value is 300. The maximum value is 3600, or 1 hour. format: int64 type: integer authorizerURI: - description: Specifies the authorizer's Uniform Resource Identifier - (URI). For TOKEN or REQUEST authorizers, this must be a well-formed - Lambda function URI, for example, arn:aws:apigateway:us-west-2:lambda:path/2015-03-31/functions/arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:{account_id}:function:{lambda_function_name}/invocations. + description: |- + Specifies the authorizer's Uniform Resource Identifier (URI). For TOKEN or + REQUEST authorizers, this must be a well-formed Lambda function URI, for + example, arn:aws:apigateway:us-west-2:lambda:path/2015-03-31/functions/arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:{account_id}:function:{lambda_function_name}/invocations. In general, the URI has this form arn:aws:apigateway:{region}:lambda:path/{service_api}, - where {region} is the same as the region hosting the Lambda - function, path indicates that the remaining substring in the - URI should be treated as the path to the resource, including - the initial /. For Lambda functions, this is usually of the - form /2015-03-31/functions/[FunctionARN]/invocations. + where {region} is the same as the region hosting the Lambda function, path + indicates that the remaining substring in the URI should be treated as the + path to the resource, including the initial /. For Lambda functions, this + is usually of the form /2015-03-31/functions/[FunctionARN]/invocations. type: string identitySource: - description: The identity source for which authorization is requested. - For a TOKEN or COGNITO_USER_POOLS authorizer, this is required - and specifies the request header mapping expression for the - custom header holding the authorization token submitted by the - client. For example, if the token header name is Auth, the header - mapping expression is method.request.header.Auth. For the REQUEST - authorizer, this is required when authorization caching is enabled. - The value is a comma-separated string of one or more mapping - expressions of the specified request parameters. For example, - if an Auth header, a Name query string parameter are defined - as identity sources, this value is method.request.header.Auth, - method.request.querystring.Name. These parameters will be used - to derive the authorization caching key and to perform runtime - validation of the REQUEST authorizer by verifying all of the - identity-related request parameters are present, not null and - non-empty. Only when this is true does the authorizer invoke - the authorizer Lambda function, otherwise, it returns a 401 - Unauthorized response without calling the Lambda function. The - valid value is a string of comma-separated mapping expressions - of the specified request parameters. When the authorization - caching is not enabled, this property is optional. + description: |- + The identity source for which authorization is requested. For a TOKEN or + COGNITO_USER_POOLS authorizer, this is required and specifies the request + header mapping expression for the custom header holding the authorization + token submitted by the client. For example, if the token header name is Auth, + the header mapping expression is method.request.header.Auth. For the REQUEST + authorizer, this is required when authorization caching is enabled. The value + is a comma-separated string of one or more mapping expressions of the specified + request parameters. For example, if an Auth header, a Name query string parameter + are defined as identity sources, this value is method.request.header.Auth, + method.request.querystring.Name. These parameters will be used to derive + the authorization caching key and to perform runtime validation of the REQUEST + authorizer by verifying all of the identity-related request parameters are + present, not null and non-empty. Only when this is true does the authorizer + invoke the authorizer Lambda function, otherwise, it returns a 401 Unauthorized + response without calling the Lambda function. The valid value is a string + of comma-separated mapping expressions of the specified request parameters. + When the authorization caching is not enabled, this property is optional. type: string identityValidationExpression: - description: A validation expression for the incoming identity - token. For TOKEN authorizers, this value is a regular expression. - For COGNITO_USER_POOLS authorizers, API Gateway will match the - aud field of the incoming token from the client against the - specified regular expression. It will invoke the authorizer's - Lambda function when there is a match. Otherwise, it will return - a 401 Unauthorized response without calling the Lambda function. - The validation expression does not apply to the REQUEST authorizer. + description: |- + A validation expression for the incoming identity token. For TOKEN authorizers, + this value is a regular expression. For COGNITO_USER_POOLS authorizers, API + Gateway will match the aud field of the incoming token from the client against + the specified regular expression. It will invoke the authorizer's Lambda + function when there is a match. Otherwise, it will return a 401 Unauthorized + response without calling the Lambda function. The validation expression does + not apply to the REQUEST authorizer. type: string name: description: The name of the authorizer. @@ -140,8 +144,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -151,21 +156,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -175,12 +180,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -193,21 +200,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -215,11 +222,11 @@ spec: type: object type: object type_: - description: The authorizer type. Valid values are TOKEN for a - Lambda function using a single authorization token submitted - in a custom header, REQUEST for a Lambda function using incoming - request parameters, and COGNITO_USER_POOLS for using an Amazon - Cognito user pool. + description: |- + The authorizer type. Valid values are TOKEN for a Lambda function using a + single authorization token submitted in a custom header, REQUEST for a Lambda + function using incoming request parameters, and COGNITO_USER_POOLS for using + an Amazon Cognito user pool. type: string required: - name @@ -229,19 +236,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -254,9 +263,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -266,21 +276,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -290,17 +300,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -310,21 +322,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -339,21 +351,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -364,14 +377,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -396,10 +410,10 @@ spec: description: The identifier for the authorizer resource. type: string providerARNs: - description: 'A list of the Amazon Cognito user pool ARNs for - the COGNITO_USER_POOLS authorizer. Each element is of this format: - arn:aws:cognito-idp:{region}:{account_id}:userpool/{user_pool_id}. - For a TOKEN or REQUEST authorizer, this is not defined.' + description: |- + A list of the Amazon Cognito user pool ARNs for the COGNITO_USER_POOLS authorizer. + Each element is of this format: arn:aws:cognito-idp:{region}:{account_id}:userpool/{user_pool_id}. + For a TOKEN or REQUEST authorizer, this is not defined. items: type: string type: array @@ -410,14 +424,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -427,8 +450,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -440,6 +464,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_basepathmappings.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_basepathmappings.yaml index fdfed47ced..4de38cccbd 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_basepathmappings.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_basepathmappings.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: basepathmappings.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: BasePathMapping is the Schema for the BasePathMappings API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,11 +75,11 @@ spec: BasePathMapping properties: basePath: - description: The base path name that callers of the API must provide - as part of the URL after the domain name. This value must be - unique for all of the mappings across a single API. Specify - '(none)' if you do not want callers to specify a base path name - after the domain name. + description: |- + The base path name that callers of the API must provide as part of the URL + after the domain name. This value must be unique for all of the mappings + across a single API. Specify '(none)' if you do not want callers to specify + a base path name after the domain name. type: string domainName: description: The domain name of the BasePathMapping resource to @@ -87,8 +93,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -98,21 +105,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -122,12 +129,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -140,21 +149,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -162,9 +171,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object stage: - description: The name of the API's stage that you want to use - for this mapping. Specify '(none)' if you want callers to explicitly - specify the stage name after any base path name. + description: |- + The name of the API's stage that you want to use for this mapping. Specify + '(none)' if you want callers to explicitly specify the stage name after any + base path name. type: string required: - domainName @@ -173,19 +183,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -198,9 +210,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -210,21 +223,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -234,17 +247,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -254,21 +269,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -283,21 +298,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -308,14 +324,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -347,14 +364,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -364,8 +390,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -377,6 +404,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_deployments.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_deployments.yaml index 183ef8182a..f2c5fcbb67 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_deployments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_deployments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: deployments.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Deployment is the Schema for the Deployments API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -72,13 +78,14 @@ spec: in the input. type: boolean cacheClusterSize: - description: The stage's cache capacity in GB. For more information - about choosing a cache size, see Enabling API caching to enhance - responsiveness (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/api-gateway-caching.html). + description: |- + The stage's cache capacity in GB. For more information about choosing a cache + size, see Enabling API caching to enhance responsiveness (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/api-gateway-caching.html). type: string canarySettings: - description: The input configuration for the canary deployment - when the deployment is a canary release deployment. + description: |- + The input configuration for the canary deployment when the deployment is + a canary release deployment. properties: percentTraffic: type: number @@ -99,8 +106,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -110,21 +118,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -134,12 +142,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -152,21 +162,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -188,10 +198,10 @@ spec: variables: additionalProperties: type: string - description: A map that defines the stage variables for the Stage - resource that is associated with the new deployment. Variable - names can have alphanumeric and underscore characters, and the - values must match [A-Za-z0-9-._~:/?#&=,]+. + description: |- + A map that defines the stage variables for the Stage resource that is associated + with the new deployment. Variable names can have alphanumeric and underscore + characters, and the values must match [A-Za-z0-9-._~:/?#&=,]+. type: object required: - region @@ -199,19 +209,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -224,9 +236,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -236,21 +249,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -260,17 +273,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -280,21 +295,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -309,21 +324,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -334,14 +350,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -372,8 +389,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object type: object - description: A summary of the RestApi at the date and time that - the deployment resource was created. + description: |- + A summary of the RestApi at the date and time that the deployment resource + was created. type: object createdDate: description: The date and time that the deployment resource was @@ -390,14 +408,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -407,8 +434,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -420,6 +448,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_documentationparts.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_documentationparts.yaml index 5e288ca0bb..2c2636d66c 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_documentationparts.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_documentationparts.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: documentationparts.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DocumentationPart is the Schema for the DocumentationParts API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,8 +75,9 @@ spec: of DocumentationPart properties: location: - description: The location of the targeted API entity of the to-be-created - documentation part. + description: |- + The location of the targeted API entity of the to-be-created documentation + part. properties: method: type: string @@ -84,10 +91,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object properties: - description: The new documentation content map of the targeted - API entity. Enclosed key-value pairs are API-specific, but only - OpenAPI-compliant key-value pairs can be exported and, hence, - published. + description: |- + The new documentation content map of the targeted API entity. Enclosed key-value + pairs are API-specific, but only OpenAPI-compliant key-value pairs can be + exported and, hence, published. type: string region: description: Region is which region the DocumentationPart will @@ -97,8 +104,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -108,21 +116,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -132,12 +140,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -150,21 +160,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -179,19 +189,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -204,9 +216,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -216,21 +229,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -240,17 +253,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -260,21 +275,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -289,21 +304,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -314,14 +330,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -344,8 +361,9 @@ spec: of DocumentationPart properties: id: - description: The DocumentationPart identifier, generated by API - Gateway when the DocumentationPart is created. + description: |- + The DocumentationPart identifier, generated by API Gateway when the DocumentationPart + is created. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -354,14 +372,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -371,8 +398,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -384,6 +412,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_documentationversions.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_documentationversions.yaml index 27a45460e5..82d0cd044d 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_documentationversions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_documentationversions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: documentationversions.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -83,8 +89,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -94,21 +101,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -118,12 +125,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -136,21 +145,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -168,19 +177,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -193,9 +204,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -205,21 +217,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -229,17 +241,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -249,21 +263,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -278,21 +292,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -303,14 +318,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -347,14 +363,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -364,8 +389,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -377,6 +403,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_domainnames.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_domainnames.yaml index ca9258b86e..618e678566 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_domainnames.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_domainnames.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: domainnames.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DomainName is the Schema for the DomainNames API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,39 +74,43 @@ spec: description: DomainNameParameters defines the desired state of DomainName properties: certificateARN: - description: The reference to an Amazon Web Services-managed certificate - that will be used by edge-optimized endpoint for this domain - name. Certificate Manager is the only supported source. + description: |- + The reference to an Amazon Web Services-managed certificate that will be + used by edge-optimized endpoint for this domain name. Certificate Manager + is the only supported source. type: string certificateBody: - description: '[Deprecated] The body of the server certificate - that will be used by edge-optimized endpoint for this domain - name provided by your certificate authority.' + description: |- + [Deprecated] The body of the server certificate that will be used by edge-optimized + endpoint for this domain name provided by your certificate authority. type: string certificateChain: - description: '[Deprecated] The intermediate certificates and optionally - the root certificate, one after the other without any blank - lines, used by an edge-optimized endpoint for this domain name. - If you include the root certificate, your certificate chain - must start with intermediate certificates and end with the root - certificate. Use the intermediate certificates that were provided - by your certificate authority. Do not include any intermediaries - that are not in the chain of trust path.' + description: |- + [Deprecated] The intermediate certificates and optionally the root certificate, + one after the other without any blank lines, used by an edge-optimized endpoint + for this domain name. If you include the root certificate, your certificate + chain must start with intermediate certificates and end with the root certificate. + Use the intermediate certificates that were provided by your certificate + authority. Do not include any intermediaries that are not in the chain of + trust path. type: string certificateName: - description: The user-friendly name of the certificate that will - be used by edge-optimized endpoint for this domain name. + description: |- + The user-friendly name of the certificate that will be used by edge-optimized + endpoint for this domain name. type: string certificatePrivateKey: - description: '[Deprecated] Your edge-optimized endpoint''s domain - name certificate''s private key.' + description: |- + [Deprecated] Your edge-optimized endpoint's domain name certificate's private + key. type: string domainName: description: The name of the DomainName resource. type: string endpointConfiguration: - description: The endpoint configuration of this DomainName showing - the endpoint types of the domain name. + description: |- + The endpoint configuration of this DomainName showing the endpoint types + of the domain name. properties: types: items: @@ -119,35 +129,37 @@ spec: type: string type: object ownershipVerificationCertificateARN: - description: The ARN of the public certificate issued by ACM to - validate ownership of your custom domain. Only required when - configuring mutual TLS and using an ACM imported or private - CA certificate ARN as the regionalCertificateArn. + description: |- + The ARN of the public certificate issued by ACM to validate ownership of + your custom domain. Only required when configuring mutual TLS and using an + ACM imported or private CA certificate ARN as the regionalCertificateArn. type: string region: description: Region is which region the DomainName will be created. type: string regionalCertificateARN: - description: The reference to an Amazon Web Services-managed certificate - that will be used by regional endpoint for this domain name. - Certificate Manager is the only supported source. + description: |- + The reference to an Amazon Web Services-managed certificate that will be + used by regional endpoint for this domain name. Certificate Manager is the + only supported source. type: string regionalCertificateName: - description: The user-friendly name of the certificate that will - be used by regional endpoint for this domain name. + description: |- + The user-friendly name of the certificate that will be used by regional endpoint + for this domain name. type: string securityPolicy: - description: The Transport Layer Security (TLS) version + cipher - suite for this DomainName. The valid values are TLS_1_0 and - TLS_1_2. + description: |- + The Transport Layer Security (TLS) version + cipher suite for this DomainName. + The valid values are TLS_1_0 and TLS_1_2. type: string tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The key-value map of strings. The valid character - set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters - and must not start with aws:. The tag value can be up to 256 - characters. + description: |- + The key-value map of strings. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. + The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:. The + tag value can be up to 256 characters. type: object required: - domainName @@ -156,19 +168,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -181,9 +195,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -193,21 +208,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -217,17 +232,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -237,21 +254,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -266,21 +283,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -291,14 +309,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -320,46 +339,50 @@ spec: description: DomainNameObservation defines the observed state of DomainName properties: certificateUploadDate: - description: The timestamp when the certificate that was used - by edge-optimized endpoint for this domain name was uploaded. + description: |- + The timestamp when the certificate that was used by edge-optimized endpoint + for this domain name was uploaded. format: date-time type: string distributionDomainName: - description: The domain name of the Amazon CloudFront distribution - associated with this custom domain name for an edge-optimized - endpoint. You set up this association when adding a DNS record - pointing the custom domain name to this distribution name. For - more information about CloudFront distributions, see the Amazon + description: |- + The domain name of the Amazon CloudFront distribution associated with this + custom domain name for an edge-optimized endpoint. You set up this association + when adding a DNS record pointing the custom domain name to this distribution + name. For more information about CloudFront distributions, see the Amazon CloudFront documentation. type: string distributionHostedZoneID: - description: The region-agnostic Amazon Route 53 Hosted Zone ID - of the edge-optimized endpoint. The valid value is Z2FDTNDATAQYW2 - for all the regions. For more information, see Set up a Regional - Custom Domain Name and AWS Regions and Endpoints for API Gateway. + description: |- + The region-agnostic Amazon Route 53 Hosted Zone ID of the edge-optimized + endpoint. The valid value is Z2FDTNDATAQYW2 for all the regions. For more + information, see Set up a Regional Custom Domain Name and AWS Regions and + Endpoints for API Gateway. type: string domainNameStatus: - description: The status of the DomainName migration. The valid - values are AVAILABLE and UPDATING. If the status is UPDATING, - the domain cannot be modified further until the existing operation - is complete. If it is AVAILABLE, the domain can be updated. + description: |- + The status of the DomainName migration. The valid values are AVAILABLE and + UPDATING. If the status is UPDATING, the domain cannot be modified further + until the existing operation is complete. If it is AVAILABLE, the domain + can be updated. type: string domainNameStatusMessage: - description: An optional text message containing detailed information - about status of the DomainName migration. + description: |- + An optional text message containing detailed information about status of + the DomainName migration. type: string regionalDomainName: - description: The domain name associated with the regional endpoint - for this custom domain name. You set up this association by - adding a DNS record that points the custom domain name to this - regional domain name. The regional domain name is returned by - API Gateway when you create a regional endpoint. + description: |- + The domain name associated with the regional endpoint for this custom domain + name. You set up this association by adding a DNS record that points the + custom domain name to this regional domain name. The regional domain name + is returned by API Gateway when you create a regional endpoint. type: string regionalHostedZoneID: - description: The region-specific Amazon Route 53 Hosted Zone ID - of the regional endpoint. For more information, see Set up a - Regional Custom Domain Name and AWS Regions and Endpoints for - API Gateway. + description: |- + The region-specific Amazon Route 53 Hosted Zone ID of the regional endpoint. + For more information, see Set up a Regional Custom Domain Name and AWS Regions + and Endpoints for API Gateway. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -368,14 +391,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -385,8 +417,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -398,6 +431,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_gatewayresponses.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_gatewayresponses.yaml index 3f3cdea227..7491e02bf8 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_gatewayresponses.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_gatewayresponses.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: gatewayresponses.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: GatewayResponse is the Schema for the GatewayResponses API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -75,15 +81,16 @@ spec: responseParameters: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Response parameters (paths, query strings and headers) - of the GatewayResponse as a string-to-string map of key-value - pairs. + description: |- + Response parameters (paths, query strings and headers) of the GatewayResponse + as a string-to-string map of key-value pairs. type: object responseTemplates: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Response templates of the GatewayResponse as a string-to-string - map of key-value pairs. + description: |- + Response templates of the GatewayResponse as a string-to-string map of key-value + pairs. type: object responseType: description: The response type of the associated GatewayResponse @@ -92,8 +99,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -103,21 +111,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -127,12 +135,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -145,21 +155,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -176,19 +186,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -201,9 +213,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -213,21 +226,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -237,17 +250,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -257,21 +272,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -286,21 +301,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -311,14 +327,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -341,10 +358,10 @@ spec: of GatewayResponse properties: defaultResponse: - description: A Boolean flag to indicate whether this GatewayResponse - is the default gateway response (true) or not (false). A default - gateway response is one generated by API Gateway without any - customization by an API developer. + description: |- + A Boolean flag to indicate whether this GatewayResponse is the default gateway + response (true) or not (false). A default gateway response is one generated + by API Gateway without any customization by an API developer. type: boolean type: object conditions: @@ -353,14 +370,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -370,8 +396,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -383,6 +410,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_integrationresponses.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_integrationresponses.yaml index 0f4befff23..b12bdd21b4 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_integrationresponses.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_integrationresponses.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: integrationresponses.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -70,12 +76,13 @@ spec: of IntegrationResponse properties: contentHandling: - description: "Specifies how to handle response payload content - type conversions. Supported values are CONVERT_TO_BINARY and - CONVERT_TO_TEXT, with the following behaviors: \n If this property - is not defined, the response payload will be passed through - from the integration response to the method response without - modification." + description: |- + Specifies how to handle response payload content type conversions. Supported + values are CONVERT_TO_BINARY and CONVERT_TO_TEXT, with the following behaviors: + + + If this property is not defined, the response payload will be passed through + from the integration response to the method response without modification. type: string httpMethod: description: Specifies a put integration response request's HTTP @@ -89,8 +96,9 @@ spec: description: ResourceID is the ID for the Resource. type: string resourceIdRef: - description: ResourceIDRef is a reference to an Parent used to - set the ResourceID. + description: |- + ResourceIDRef is a reference to an Parent used to set + the ResourceID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -100,21 +108,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -124,12 +132,14 @@ spec: - name type: object resourceIdSelector: - description: ResourceIDSelector selects references to Parent used + description: |- + ResourceIDSelector selects references to Parent used to set the ResourceID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -142,21 +152,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -166,17 +176,17 @@ spec: responseParameters: additionalProperties: type: string - description: A key-value map specifying response parameters that - are passed to the method response from the back end. The key - is a method response header parameter name and the mapped value - is an integration response header value, a static value enclosed - within a pair of single quotes, or a JSON expression from the - integration response body. The mapping key must match the pattern - of method.response.header.{name}, where name is a valid and - unique header name. The mapped non-static value must match the - pattern of integration.response.header.{name} or integration.response.body.{JSON-expression}, - where name must be a valid and unique response header name and - JSON-expression a valid JSON expression without the $ prefix. + description: |- + A key-value map specifying response parameters that are passed to the method + response from the back end. The key is a method response header parameter + name and the mapped value is an integration response header value, a static + value enclosed within a pair of single quotes, or a JSON expression from + the integration response body. The mapping key must match the pattern of + method.response.header.{name}, where name is a valid and unique header name. + The mapped non-static value must match the pattern of integration.response.header.{name} + or integration.response.body.{JSON-expression}, where name must be a valid + and unique response header name and JSON-expression a valid JSON expression + without the $ prefix. type: object responseTemplates: additionalProperties: @@ -187,8 +197,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -198,21 +209,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -222,12 +233,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -240,21 +253,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -266,8 +279,9 @@ spec: response. type: string statusCode: - description: Specifies the status code that is used to map the - integration response to an existing MethodResponse. + description: |- + Specifies the status code that is used to map the integration response to + an existing MethodResponse. type: string required: - httpMethod @@ -277,19 +291,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -302,9 +318,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -314,21 +331,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -338,17 +355,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -358,21 +377,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -387,21 +406,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -412,14 +432,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -447,14 +468,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -464,8 +494,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -477,6 +508,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_integrations.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_integrations.yaml index a74d64f1ee..275f526e8c 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_integrations.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_integrations.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: integrations.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Integration is the Schema for the Integrations API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,37 +74,41 @@ spec: description: IntegrationParameters defines the desired state of Integration properties: cacheKeyParameters: - description: A list of request parameters whose values API Gateway - caches. To be valid values for cacheKeyParameters, these parameters - must also be specified for Method requestParameters. + description: |- + A list of request parameters whose values API Gateway caches. To be valid + values for cacheKeyParameters, these parameters must also be specified for + Method requestParameters. items: type: string type: array cacheNamespace: - description: Specifies a group of related cached parameters. By - default, API Gateway uses the resource ID as the cacheNamespace. - You can specify the same cacheNamespace across resources to - return the same cached data for requests to different resources. + description: |- + Specifies a group of related cached parameters. By default, API Gateway uses + the resource ID as the cacheNamespace. You can specify the same cacheNamespace + across resources to return the same cached data for requests to different + resources. type: string connectionID: - description: The ID of the VpcLink used for the integration. Specify - this value only if you specify VPC_LINK as the connection type. + description: |- + The ID of the VpcLink used for the integration. Specify this value only if + you specify VPC_LINK as the connection type. type: string connectionType: - description: The type of the network connection to the integration - endpoint. The valid value is INTERNET for connections through - the public routable internet or VPC_LINK for private connections - between API Gateway and a network load balancer in a VPC. The - default value is INTERNET. + description: |- + The type of the network connection to the integration endpoint. The valid + value is INTERNET for connections through the public routable internet or + VPC_LINK for private connections between API Gateway and a network load balancer + in a VPC. The default value is INTERNET. type: string contentHandling: - description: "Specifies how to handle request payload content - type conversions. Supported values are CONVERT_TO_BINARY and - CONVERT_TO_TEXT, with the following behaviors: \n If this property - is not defined, the request payload will be passed through from - the method request to integration request without modification, - provided that the passthroughBehavior is configured to support - payload pass-through." + description: |- + Specifies how to handle request payload content type conversions. Supported + values are CONVERT_TO_BINARY and CONVERT_TO_TEXT, with the following behaviors: + + + If this property is not defined, the request payload will be passed through + from the method request to integration request without modification, provided + that the passthroughBehavior is configured to support payload pass-through. type: string credentials: description: Specifies whether credentials are required for a @@ -111,11 +121,11 @@ spec: description: The HTTP method for the integration. type: string passthroughBehavior: - description: 'Specifies the pass-through behavior for incoming - requests based on the Content-Type header in the request, and - the available mapping templates specified as the requestTemplates - property on the Integration resource. There are three valid - values: WHEN_NO_MATCH, WHEN_NO_TEMPLATES, and NEVER.' + description: |- + Specifies the pass-through behavior for incoming requests based on the Content-Type + header in the request, and the available mapping templates specified as the + requestTemplates property on the Integration resource. There are three valid + values: WHEN_NO_MATCH, WHEN_NO_TEMPLATES, and NEVER. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Integration will be created. @@ -123,30 +133,31 @@ spec: requestParameters: additionalProperties: type: string - description: A key-value map specifying request parameters that - are passed from the method request to the back end. The key - is an integration request parameter name and the associated - value is a method request parameter value or static value that - must be enclosed within single quotes and pre-encoded as required - by the back end. The method request parameter value must match - the pattern of method.request.{location}.{name}, where location - is querystring, path, or header and name must be a valid and - unique method request parameter name. + description: |- + A key-value map specifying request parameters that are passed from the method + request to the back end. The key is an integration request parameter name + and the associated value is a method request parameter value or static value + that must be enclosed within single quotes and pre-encoded as required by + the back end. The method request parameter value must match the pattern of + method.request.{location}.{name}, where location is querystring, path, or + header and name must be a valid and unique method request parameter name. type: object requestTemplates: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Represents a map of Velocity templates that are applied - on the request payload based on the value of the Content-Type - header sent by the client. The content type value is the key - in this map, and the template (as a String) is the value. + description: |- + Represents a map of Velocity templates that are applied on the request payload + based on the value of the Content-Type header sent by the client. The content + type value is the key in this map, and the template (as a String) is the + value. type: object resourceId: description: ResourceID is the ID for the Resource. type: string resourceIdRef: - description: ResourceIDRef is a reference to an Parent used to - set the ResourceID. + description: |- + ResourceIDRef is a reference to an Parent used to set + the ResourceID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -156,21 +167,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -180,12 +191,14 @@ spec: - name type: object resourceIdSelector: - description: ResourceIDSelector selects references to Parent used + description: |- + ResourceIDSelector selects references to Parent used to set the ResourceID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -198,21 +211,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -223,8 +236,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -234,21 +248,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -258,12 +272,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -276,21 +292,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -298,8 +314,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object timeoutInMillis: - description: Custom timeout between 50 and 29,000 milliseconds. - The default value is 29,000 milliseconds or 29 seconds. + description: |- + Custom timeout between 50 and 29,000 milliseconds. The default value is 29,000 + milliseconds or 29 seconds. format: int64 type: integer tlsConfig: @@ -311,28 +328,25 @@ spec: description: Specifies a put integration input's type. type: string uri: - description: Specifies Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the - integration endpoint. For HTTP or HTTP_PROXY integrations, the - URI must be a fully formed, encoded HTTP(S) URL according to - the RFC-3986 specification, for either standard integration, - where connectionType is not VPC_LINK, or private integration, - where connectionType is VPC_LINK. For a private HTTP integration, - the URI is not used for routing. For AWS or AWS_PROXY integrations, - the URI is of the form arn:aws:apigateway:{region}:{subdomain.service|service}:path|action/{service_api}. - Here, {Region} is the API Gateway region (e.g., us-east-1); - {service} is the name of the integrated Amazon Web Services - service (e.g., s3); and {subdomain} is a designated subdomain - supported by certain Amazon Web Services service for fast host-name - lookup. action can be used for an Amazon Web Services service - action-based API, using an Action={name}&{p1}={v1}&p2={v2}... - query string. The ensuing {service_api} refers to a supported - action {name} plus any required input parameters. Alternatively, - path can be used for an Amazon Web Services service path-based - API. The ensuing service_api refers to the path to an Amazon - Web Services service resource, including the region of the integrated - Amazon Web Services service, if applicable. For example, for - integration with the S3 API of GetObject, the uri can be either - arn:aws:apigateway:us-west-2:s3:action/GetObject&Bucket={bucket}&Key={key} + description: |- + Specifies Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the integration endpoint. + For HTTP or HTTP_PROXY integrations, the URI must be a fully formed, encoded + HTTP(S) URL according to the RFC-3986 specification, for either standard + integration, where connectionType is not VPC_LINK, or private integration, + where connectionType is VPC_LINK. For a private HTTP integration, the URI + is not used for routing. For AWS or AWS_PROXY integrations, the URI is of + the form arn:aws:apigateway:{region}:{subdomain.service|service}:path|action/{service_api}. + Here, {Region} is the API Gateway region (e.g., us-east-1); {service} is + the name of the integrated Amazon Web Services service (e.g., s3); and {subdomain} + is a designated subdomain supported by certain Amazon Web Services service + for fast host-name lookup. action can be used for an Amazon Web Services + service action-based API, using an Action={name}&{p1}={v1}&p2={v2}... query + string. The ensuing {service_api} refers to a supported action {name} plus + any required input parameters. Alternatively, path can be used for an Amazon + Web Services service path-based API. The ensuing service_api refers to the + path to an Amazon Web Services service resource, including the region of + the integrated Amazon Web Services service, if applicable. For example, for + integration with the S3 API of GetObject, the uri can be either arn:aws:apigateway:us-west-2:s3:action/GetObject&Bucket={bucket}&Key={key} or arn:aws:apigateway:us-west-2:s3:path/{bucket}/{key}. type: string required: @@ -343,19 +357,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -368,9 +384,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -380,21 +397,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -404,17 +421,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -424,21 +443,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -453,21 +472,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -478,14 +498,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -513,14 +534,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -530,8 +560,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -543,6 +574,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_methodresponses.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_methodresponses.yaml index dfbd9a4bdc..90599ae16c 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_methodresponses.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_methodresponses.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: methodresponses.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: MethodResponse is the Schema for the MethodResponses API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -79,8 +85,9 @@ spec: description: ResourceID is the ID for the Resource. type: string resourceIdRef: - description: ResourceIDRef is a reference to an Resource used - to set the ResourceID. + description: |- + ResourceIDRef is a reference to an Resource used to set + the ResourceID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -90,21 +97,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -114,12 +121,14 @@ spec: - name type: object resourceIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to Resource - used to set the ResourceID. + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to Resource used + to set the ResourceID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -132,21 +141,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -156,35 +165,34 @@ spec: responseModels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Specifies the Model resources used for the response's - content type. Response models are represented as a key/value - map, with a content type as the key and a Model name as the - value. + description: |- + Specifies the Model resources used for the response's content type. Response + models are represented as a key/value map, with a content type as the key + and a Model name as the value. type: object responseParameters: additionalProperties: type: boolean - description: A key-value map specifying required or optional response - parameters that API Gateway can send back to the caller. A key - defines a method response header name and the associated value - is a Boolean flag indicating whether the method response parameter - is required or not. The method response header names must match - the pattern of method.response.header.{name}, where name is - a valid and unique header name. The response parameter names - defined here are available in the integration response to be - mapped from an integration response header expressed in integration.response.header.{name}, - a static value enclosed within a pair of single quotes (e.g., - 'application/json'), or a JSON expression from the back-end - response payload in the form of integration.response.body.{JSON-expression}, - where JSON-expression is a valid JSON expression without the - $ prefix.) + description: |- + A key-value map specifying required or optional response parameters that + API Gateway can send back to the caller. A key defines a method response + header name and the associated value is a Boolean flag indicating whether + the method response parameter is required or not. The method response header + names must match the pattern of method.response.header.{name}, where name + is a valid and unique header name. The response parameter names defined here + are available in the integration response to be mapped from an integration + response header expressed in integration.response.header.{name}, a static + value enclosed within a pair of single quotes (e.g., 'application/json'), + or a JSON expression from the back-end response payload in the form of integration.response.body.{JSON-expression}, + where JSON-expression is a valid JSON expression without the $ prefix.) type: object restApiId: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -194,21 +202,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -218,12 +226,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -236,21 +246,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -268,19 +278,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -293,9 +305,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -305,21 +318,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -329,17 +342,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -349,21 +364,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -378,21 +393,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -403,14 +419,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -438,14 +455,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -455,8 +481,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -468,6 +495,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_methods.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_methods.yaml index 763265d622..74eeb4244f 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_methods.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_methods.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: methods.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Method is the Schema for the Methods API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,37 +77,37 @@ spec: description: Specifies whether the method required a valid ApiKey. type: boolean authorizationScopes: - description: A list of authorization scopes configured on the - method. The scopes are used with a COGNITO_USER_POOLS authorizer - to authorize the method invocation. The authorization works - by matching the method scopes against the scopes parsed from - the access token in the incoming request. The method invocation - is authorized if any method scopes matches a claimed scope in - the access token. Otherwise, the invocation is not authorized. - When the method scope is configured, the client must provide - an access token instead of an identity token for authorization - purposes. + description: |- + A list of authorization scopes configured on the method. The scopes are used + with a COGNITO_USER_POOLS authorizer to authorize the method invocation. + The authorization works by matching the method scopes against the scopes + parsed from the access token in the incoming request. The method invocation + is authorized if any method scopes matches a claimed scope in the access + token. Otherwise, the invocation is not authorized. When the method scope + is configured, the client must provide an access token instead of an identity + token for authorization purposes. items: type: string type: array authorizationType: - description: The method's authorization type. Valid values are - NONE for open access, AWS_IAM for using AWS IAM permissions, - CUSTOM for using a custom authorizer, or COGNITO_USER_POOLS + description: |- + The method's authorization type. Valid values are NONE for open access, AWS_IAM + for using AWS IAM permissions, CUSTOM for using a custom authorizer, or COGNITO_USER_POOLS for using a Cognito user pool. type: string authorizerID: - description: Specifies the identifier of an Authorizer to use - on this Method, if the type is CUSTOM or COGNITO_USER_POOLS. - The authorizer identifier is generated by API Gateway when you - created the authorizer. + description: |- + Specifies the identifier of an Authorizer to use on this Method, if the type + is CUSTOM or COGNITO_USER_POOLS. The authorizer identifier is generated by + API Gateway when you created the authorizer. type: string authorizerId: description: AuthorizerID is the ID for the Authorizer. type: string authorizerIdRef: - description: AuthorizerIDRef is a reference to an Authorizer used - to set the AuthorizerID. + description: |- + AuthorizerIDRef is a reference to an Authorizer used to set + the AuthorizerID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -111,21 +117,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -135,12 +141,14 @@ spec: - name type: object authorizerIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to Authorizer - used to set the AuthorizerID. + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to Authorizer used + to set the AuthorizerID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -153,21 +161,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -178,9 +186,10 @@ spec: description: Specifies the method request's HTTP method type. type: string operationName: - description: A human-friendly operation identifier for the method. - For example, you can assign the operationName of ListPets for - the GET /pets method in the PetStore example. + description: |- + A human-friendly operation identifier for the method. For example, you can + assign the operationName of ListPets for the GET /pets method in the PetStore + example. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Method will be created. @@ -188,24 +197,23 @@ spec: requestModels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Specifies the Model resources used for the request's - content type. Request models are represented as a key/value - map, with a content type as the key and a Model name as the - value. + description: |- + Specifies the Model resources used for the request's content type. Request + models are represented as a key/value map, with a content type as the key + and a Model name as the value. type: object requestParameters: additionalProperties: type: boolean - description: A key-value map defining required or optional method - request parameters that can be accepted by API Gateway. A key - defines a method request parameter name matching the pattern - of method.request.{location}.{name}, where location is querystring, - path, or header and name is a valid and unique parameter name. - The value associated with the key is a Boolean flag indicating - whether the parameter is required (true) or optional (false). - The method request parameter names defined here are available - in Integration to be mapped to integration request parameters - or body-mapping templates. + description: |- + A key-value map defining required or optional method request parameters that + can be accepted by API Gateway. A key defines a method request parameter + name matching the pattern of method.request.{location}.{name}, where location + is querystring, path, or header and name is a valid and unique parameter + name. The value associated with the key is a Boolean flag indicating whether + the parameter is required (true) or optional (false). The method request + parameter names defined here are available in Integration to be mapped to + integration request parameters or body-mapping templates. type: object requestValidatorID: description: The identifier of a RequestValidator for validating @@ -215,8 +223,9 @@ spec: description: RequestValidatorID is the ID for the RequestValidator. type: string requestValidatorIdRef: - description: RequestValidatorIDRef is a reference to an RequestValidator - used to set the RequestValidatorID. + description: |- + RequestValidatorIDRef is a reference to an RequestValidator used to set + the RequestValidatorID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -226,21 +235,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -250,12 +259,14 @@ spec: - name type: object requestValidatorIdSelector: - description: RequestValidatorIDSelector selects references to - RequestValidator used to set the RequestValidatorID. + description: |- + RequestValidatorIDSelector selects references to RequestValidator used + to set the RequestValidatorID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -268,21 +279,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -293,8 +304,9 @@ spec: description: ResourceID is the ID for the Resource. type: string resourceIdRef: - description: ResourceIDRef is a reference to an Resource used - to set the ResourceID. + description: |- + ResourceIDRef is a reference to an Resource used to set + the ResourceID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -304,21 +316,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -328,12 +340,14 @@ spec: - name type: object resourceIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to Resource - used to set the ResourceID. + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to Resource used + to set the ResourceID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -346,21 +360,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -371,8 +385,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -382,21 +397,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -406,12 +421,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -424,21 +441,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -453,19 +470,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -478,9 +497,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -490,21 +510,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -514,17 +534,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -534,21 +556,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -563,21 +585,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -588,14 +611,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -622,14 +646,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -639,8 +672,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -652,6 +686,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_models.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_models.yaml index 56bb735d85..5705358ab9 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_models.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_models.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: models.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Model is the Schema for the Models API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -83,8 +89,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -94,21 +101,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -118,12 +125,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -136,21 +145,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -158,8 +167,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object schema: - description: The schema for the model. For application/json models, - this should be JSON schema draft 4 model. + description: |- + The schema for the model. For application/json models, this should be JSON + schema draft 4 model. type: string required: - contentType @@ -169,19 +179,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -194,9 +206,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -206,21 +219,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -230,17 +243,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -250,21 +265,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -279,21 +294,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -304,14 +320,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -342,14 +359,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -359,8 +385,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -372,6 +399,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_requestvalidators.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_requestvalidators.yaml index ef41d4818f..f16571caae 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_requestvalidators.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_requestvalidators.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: requestvalidators.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: RequestValidator is the Schema for the RequestValidators API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -79,8 +85,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -90,21 +97,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -114,12 +121,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -132,21 +141,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -154,13 +163,14 @@ spec: type: object type: object validateRequestBody: - description: A Boolean flag to indicate whether to validate request - body according to the configured model schema for the method - (true) or not (false). + description: |- + A Boolean flag to indicate whether to validate request body according to + the configured model schema for the method (true) or not (false). type: boolean validateRequestParameters: - description: A Boolean flag to indicate whether to validate request - parameters, true, or not false. + description: |- + A Boolean flag to indicate whether to validate request parameters, true, + or not false. type: boolean required: - region @@ -168,19 +178,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -193,9 +205,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -205,21 +218,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -229,17 +242,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -249,21 +264,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -278,21 +293,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -303,14 +319,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -342,14 +359,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -359,8 +385,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -372,6 +399,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_resources.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_resources.yaml index e5f5db91e5..008a2d508f 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_resources.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_resources.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: resources.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Resource is the Schema for the Resources API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,7 +77,8 @@ spec: description: ParentID is the ID for the Parent. type: string parentResourceIdRef: - description: ParentIDRef is a reference to an Parent used to set + description: |- + ParentIDRef is a reference to an Parent used to set the ParentID. properties: name: @@ -82,21 +89,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: - name type: object parentResourceIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to Parent used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to Parent used to set the ParentID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -155,8 +164,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -166,21 +176,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -190,12 +200,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -208,21 +220,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -236,19 +248,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -261,9 +275,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -273,21 +288,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -297,17 +312,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -317,21 +334,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -346,21 +363,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -371,14 +389,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -415,14 +434,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -432,8 +460,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -445,6 +474,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_restapis.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_restapis.yaml index 71c873b3e1..4b94b1d3f0 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_restapis.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_restapis.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: restapis.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: RestAPI is the Schema for the RestAPIS API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,15 +74,16 @@ spec: description: RestAPIParameters defines the desired state of RestAPI properties: apiKeySource: - description: 'The source of the API key for metering requests - according to a usage plan. Valid values are: HEADER to read - the API key from the X-API-Key header of a request. AUTHORIZER - to read the API key from the UsageIdentifierKey from a custom - authorizer.' + description: |- + The source of the API key for metering requests according to a usage plan. + Valid values are: HEADER to read the API key from the X-API-Key header of + a request. AUTHORIZER to read the API key from the UsageIdentifierKey from + a custom authorizer. type: string binaryMediaTypes: - description: The list of binary media types supported by the RestApi. - By default, the RestApi supports only UTF-8-encoded text payloads. + description: |- + The list of binary media types supported by the RestApi. By default, the + RestApi supports only UTF-8-encoded text payloads. items: type: string type: array @@ -87,15 +94,16 @@ spec: description: The description of the RestApi. type: string disableExecuteAPIEndpoint: - description: Specifies whether clients can invoke your API by - using the default execute-api endpoint. By default, clients - can invoke your API with the default https://{api_id}.execute-api.{region}.amazonaws.com - endpoint. To require that clients use a custom domain name to - invoke your API, disable the default endpoint + description: |- + Specifies whether clients can invoke your API by using the default execute-api + endpoint. By default, clients can invoke your API with the default https://{api_id}.execute-api.{region}.amazonaws.com + endpoint. To require that clients use a custom domain name to invoke your + API, disable the default endpoint type: boolean endpointConfiguration: - description: The endpoint configuration of this RestApi showing - the endpoint types of the API. + description: |- + The endpoint configuration of this RestApi showing the endpoint types of + the API. properties: types: items: @@ -107,20 +115,21 @@ spec: type: array type: object minimumCompressionSize: - description: A nullable integer that is used to enable compression - (with non-negative between 0 and 10485760 (10M) bytes, inclusive) - or disable compression (with a null value) on an API. When compression - is enabled, compression or decompression is not applied on the - payload if the payload size is smaller than this value. Setting - it to zero allows compression for any payload size. + description: |- + A nullable integer that is used to enable compression (with non-negative + between 0 and 10485760 (10M) bytes, inclusive) or disable compression (with + a null value) on an API. When compression is enabled, compression or decompression + is not applied on the payload if the payload size is smaller than this value. + Setting it to zero allows compression for any payload size. format: int64 type: integer name: description: The name of the RestApi. type: string policy: - description: A stringified JSON policy document that applies to - this RestApi regardless of the caller and Method configuration. + description: |- + A stringified JSON policy document that applies to this RestApi regardless + of the caller and Method configuration. type: string region: description: Region is which region the RestAPI will be created. @@ -128,10 +137,10 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The key-value map of strings. The valid character - set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters - and must not start with aws:. The tag value can be up to 256 - characters. + description: |- + The key-value map of strings. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. + The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:. The + tag value can be up to 256 characters. type: object version: description: A version identifier for the API. @@ -143,19 +152,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -168,9 +179,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -180,21 +192,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -204,17 +216,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -224,21 +238,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -253,21 +267,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -278,14 +293,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -311,15 +327,17 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string id: - description: The API's identifier. This identifier is unique across - all of your APIs in API Gateway. + description: |- + The API's identifier. This identifier is unique across all of your APIs in + API Gateway. type: string rootResourceID: description: The API's root resource ID. type: string warnings: - description: The warning messages reported when failonwarnings - is turned on during API import. + description: |- + The warning messages reported when failonwarnings is turned on during API + import. items: type: string type: array @@ -330,14 +348,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -347,8 +374,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -360,6 +388,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_stages.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_stages.yaml index d4c1693694..49f2df6a97 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_stages.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_stages.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: stages.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Stage is the Schema for the Stages API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,9 +77,9 @@ spec: description: Whether cache clustering is enabled for the stage. type: boolean cacheClusterSize: - description: The stage's cache capacity in GB. For more information - about choosing a cache size, see Enabling API caching to enhance - responsiveness (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/api-gateway-caching.html). + description: |- + The stage's cache capacity in GB. For more information about choosing a cache + size, see Enabling API caching to enhance responsiveness (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/api-gateway-caching.html). type: string canarySettings: description: CustomStageCanarySettings includes the custom field @@ -83,8 +89,9 @@ spec: description: DeploymentID is the ID for the Deployment. type: string deploymentIdRef: - description: DeploymentIDRef is a reference to an Deployment - used to set the DeploymentID. + description: |- + DeploymentIDRef is a reference to an Deployment used to set + the DeploymentID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -94,21 +101,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -118,13 +125,14 @@ spec: - name type: object deploymentIdSelector: - description: DeploymentIDSelector selects references to Deployment - used to set the DeploymentID. + description: |- + DeploymentIDSelector selects references to Deployment used + to set the DeploymentID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -137,21 +145,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -171,8 +179,9 @@ spec: description: DeploymentID is the ID for the Deployment. type: string deploymentIdRef: - description: DeploymentIDRef is a reference to an Deployment used - to set the DeploymentID. + description: |- + DeploymentIDRef is a reference to an Deployment used to set + the DeploymentID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -182,21 +191,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -206,12 +215,14 @@ spec: - name type: object deploymentIdSelector: - description: DeploymentIDSelector selects references to Deployment - used to set the DeploymentID. + description: |- + DeploymentIDSelector selects references to Deployment used + to set the DeploymentID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -224,21 +235,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -258,8 +269,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to - set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -269,21 +281,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -293,12 +305,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -311,21 +325,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -333,17 +347,17 @@ spec: type: object type: object stageName: - description: The name for the Stage resource. Stage names can - only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens, and underscores. - Maximum length is 128 characters. + description: |- + The name for the Stage resource. Stage names can only contain alphanumeric + characters, hyphens, and underscores. Maximum length is 128 characters. type: string tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The key-value map of strings. The valid character - set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters - and must not start with aws:. The tag value can be up to 256 - characters. + description: |- + The key-value map of strings. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. + The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:. The + tag value can be up to 256 characters. type: object tracingEnabled: description: Specifies whether active tracing with X-ray is enabled @@ -352,9 +366,10 @@ spec: variables: additionalProperties: type: string - description: A map that defines the stage variables for the new - Stage resource. Variable names can have alphanumeric and underscore - characters, and the values must match [A-Za-z0-9-._~:/?#&=,]+. + description: |- + A map that defines the stage variables for the new Stage resource. Variable + names can have alphanumeric and underscore characters, and the values must + match [A-Za-z0-9-._~:/?#&=,]+. type: object required: - region @@ -363,19 +378,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -388,9 +405,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -400,21 +418,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -424,17 +442,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -444,21 +464,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -473,21 +493,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -498,14 +519,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -594,11 +616,11 @@ spec: unauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategy: type: string type: object - description: A map that defines the method settings for a Stage - resource. Keys (designated as /{method_setting_key below) are - method paths defined as {resource_path}/{http_method} for an - individual method override, or /\*/\* for overriding all methods - in the stage. + description: |- + A map that defines the method settings for a Stage resource. Keys (designated + as /{method_setting_key below) are method paths defined as {resource_path}/{http_method} + for an individual method override, or /\*/\* for overriding all methods in + the stage. type: object webACLARN: description: The ARN of the WebAcl associated with the Stage. @@ -610,14 +632,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -627,8 +658,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -640,6 +672,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_usageplankeys.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_usageplankeys.yaml index 03f316f0e7..ba7f54e34f 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_usageplankeys.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_usageplankeys.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: usageplankeys.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: UsagePlanKey is the Schema for the UsagePlanKeys API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -81,8 +87,9 @@ spec: description: UsagePlanID is the ID for the UsagePlan. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: UsagePlanIDRef is a reference to an UsagePlan used - to set the UsagePlanID. + description: |- + UsagePlanIDRef is a reference to an UsagePlan used to set + the UsagePlanID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -92,21 +99,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -116,12 +123,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: UsagePlanIdSelector selects references to UsagePlan - used to set the UsagePlanID. + description: |- + UsagePlanIdSelector selects references to UsagePlan used + to set the UsagePlanID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -134,21 +143,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -163,19 +172,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -188,9 +199,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -200,21 +212,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -224,17 +236,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -244,21 +258,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -273,21 +287,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -298,14 +313,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -347,14 +363,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -364,8 +389,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -377,6 +403,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_usageplans.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_usageplans.yaml index 4c43e61d49..606882037e 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_usageplans.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_usageplans.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: usageplans.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: UsagePlan is the Schema for the UsagePlans API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -77,8 +83,9 @@ spec: description: RestAPIID is the ID for the RestAPI. type: string restApiIdRef: - description: RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used - to set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestAPIIDRef is a reference to an RestAPI used to set + the RestAPIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -88,22 +95,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -113,13 +119,14 @@ spec: - name type: object restApiIdSelector: - description: RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI - used to set the RestAPIID. + description: |- + RestApiIdSelector selects references to RestAPI used + to set the RestAPIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -132,22 +139,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -192,10 +198,10 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The key-value map of strings. The valid character - set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters - and must not start with aws:. The tag value can be up to 256 - characters. + description: |- + The key-value map of strings. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. + The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:. The + tag value can be up to 256 characters. type: object throttle: description: The throttling limits of the usage plan. @@ -213,19 +219,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -238,9 +246,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -250,21 +259,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -274,17 +283,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -294,21 +305,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -323,21 +334,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -348,14 +360,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -400,9 +413,9 @@ spec: description: The identifier of a UsagePlan resource. type: string productCode: - description: The Amazon Web Services Marketplace product identifier - to associate with the usage plan as a SaaS product on the Amazon - Web Services Marketplace. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services Marketplace product identifier to associate with + the usage plan as a SaaS product on the Amazon Web Services Marketplace. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -411,14 +424,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -428,8 +450,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -441,6 +464,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_vpclinks.yaml b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_vpclinks.yaml index 2ba02c081b..fadca966ab 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_vpclinks.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigateway.aws.crossplane.io_vpclinks.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: vpclinks.apigateway.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigateway.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: VPCLink is the Schema for the VPCLinks API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -79,15 +85,16 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The key-value map of strings. The valid character - set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. The tag key can be up to 128 characters - and must not start with aws:. The tag value can be up to 256 - characters. + description: |- + The key-value map of strings. The valid character set is [a-zA-Z+-=._:/]. + The tag key can be up to 128 characters and must not start with aws:. The + tag value can be up to 256 characters. type: object targetARNs: - description: The ARN of the network load balancer of the VPC targeted - by the VPC link. The network load balancer must be owned by - the same Amazon Web Services account of the API owner. + description: |- + The ARN of the network load balancer of the VPC targeted by the VPC link. + The network load balancer must be owned by the same Amazon Web Services account + of the API owner. items: type: string type: array @@ -99,19 +106,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -124,9 +133,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -136,21 +146,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -160,17 +170,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -180,21 +192,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -209,21 +221,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -234,14 +247,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -263,14 +277,15 @@ spec: description: VPCLinkObservation defines the observed state of VPCLink properties: id: - description: The identifier of the VpcLink. It is used in an Integration - to reference this VpcLink. + description: |- + The identifier of the VpcLink. It is used in an Integration to reference + this VpcLink. type: string status: - description: The status of the VPC link. The valid values are - AVAILABLE, PENDING, DELETING, or FAILED. Deploying an API will - wait if the status is PENDING and will fail if the status is - DELETING. + description: |- + The status of the VPC link. The valid values are AVAILABLE, PENDING, DELETING, + or FAILED. Deploying an API will wait if the status is PENDING and will fail + if the status is DELETING. type: string statusMessage: description: A description about the VPC link status. @@ -282,14 +297,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -299,8 +323,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -312,6 +337,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_apimappings.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_apimappings.yaml index 29015d59a5..23fefb0948 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_apimappings.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_apimappings.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: apimappings.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: APIMapping is the Schema for the APIMappings API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -82,21 +89,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -151,8 +160,9 @@ spec: description: DomainName is the DomainName for the DomainName. type: string domainNameRef: - description: DomainNameRef is a reference to a DomainName used - to set the DomainName. + description: |- + DomainNameRef is a reference to a DomainName used to set + the DomainName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -162,21 +172,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -186,12 +196,14 @@ spec: - name type: object domainNameSelector: - description: DomainNameSelector selects references to DomainName - used to set the DomainName. + description: |- + DomainNameSelector selects references to DomainName used + to set the DomainName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -204,21 +216,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -232,7 +244,8 @@ spec: description: Stage is the name for the Stage. type: string stageRef: - description: StageDRef is a reference to an Stage used to set + description: |- + StageDRef is a reference to an Stage used to set the Stage. properties: name: @@ -243,21 +256,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -267,12 +280,14 @@ spec: - name type: object stageSelector: - description: StageSelector selects references to Stage used to - set the Stage. + description: |- + StageSelector selects references to Stage used + to set the Stage. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -285,21 +300,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -312,19 +327,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -337,9 +354,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -349,21 +367,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -373,17 +391,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -393,21 +413,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -422,21 +442,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -447,14 +468,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -488,14 +510,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -505,8 +536,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -518,6 +550,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_apis.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_apis.yaml index c3b43b607d..db2bea1173 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_apis.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_apis.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: apis.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: API is the Schema for the APIS API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -138,19 +144,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -163,9 +171,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -175,21 +184,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -199,17 +208,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -219,21 +230,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -248,21 +259,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -273,14 +285,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -325,14 +338,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -342,8 +364,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -355,6 +378,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_authorizers.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_authorizers.yaml index 42f33d8def..2d397b769f 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_authorizers.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_authorizers.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: authorizers.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Authorizer is the Schema for the Authorizers API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -82,21 +89,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -189,19 +198,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -214,9 +225,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -226,21 +238,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -250,17 +262,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -270,21 +284,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -299,21 +313,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -324,14 +339,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -361,14 +377,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -378,8 +403,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -391,6 +417,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_deployments.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_deployments.yaml index a26da0f0bd..9fb165932e 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_deployments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_deployments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: deployments.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Deployment is the Schema for the Deployments API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -82,21 +89,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -153,7 +162,8 @@ spec: stageName: type: string stageNameRef: - description: StageNameRef is a reference to an Stage used to set + description: |- + StageNameRef is a reference to an Stage used to set the StageName. properties: name: @@ -164,21 +174,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -188,12 +198,14 @@ spec: - name type: object stageNameSelector: - description: StageNameSelector selects references to Stage used + description: |- + StageNameSelector selects references to Stage used to set the StageName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -206,21 +218,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -233,19 +245,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -258,9 +272,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -270,21 +285,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -294,17 +309,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -314,21 +331,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -343,21 +360,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -368,14 +386,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -414,14 +433,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -431,8 +459,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -444,6 +473,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_domainnames.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_domainnames.yaml index 1fc24dd168..957bd1e3d1 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_domainnames.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_domainnames.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: domainnames.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DomainName is the Schema for the DomainNames API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -82,12 +88,11 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string domainNameStatus: - description: The status of the domain name migration. The - valid values are AVAILABLE, UPDATING, PENDING_CERTIFICATE_REIMPORT, - and PENDING_OWNERSHIP_VERIFICATION. If the status is UPDATING, - the domain cannot be modified further until the existing - operation is complete. If it is AVAILABLE, the domain - can be updated. + description: |- + The status of the domain name migration. The valid values are AVAILABLE, + UPDATING, PENDING_CERTIFICATE_REIMPORT, and PENDING_OWNERSHIP_VERIFICATION. + If the status is UPDATING, the domain cannot be modified further until the + existing operation is complete. If it is AVAILABLE, the domain can be updated. type: string domainNameStatusMessage: type: string @@ -100,9 +105,9 @@ spec: description: Represents an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). type: string securityPolicy: - description: The Transport Layer Security (TLS) version - of the security policy for this domain name. The valid - values are TLS_1_0 and TLS_1_2. + description: |- + The Transport Layer Security (TLS) version of the security policy for this + domain name. The valid values are TLS_1_0 and TLS_1_2. type: string type: object type: array @@ -129,19 +134,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -154,9 +161,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -166,21 +174,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -190,17 +198,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -210,21 +220,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -239,21 +249,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -264,14 +275,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -303,14 +315,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -320,8 +341,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -333,6 +355,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_integrationresponses.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_integrationresponses.yaml index e216f306f7..8cda62ce16 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_integrationresponses.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_integrationresponses.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: integrationresponses.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -73,8 +79,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -84,21 +91,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -108,12 +115,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -126,21 +135,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -153,8 +162,9 @@ spec: description: IntegrationID is the ID for the Integration. type: string integrationIdRef: - description: IntegrationIDRef is a reference to an Integration - used to set the IntegrationID. + description: |- + IntegrationIDRef is a reference to an Integration used to set + the IntegrationID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -164,21 +174,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -188,12 +198,14 @@ spec: - name type: object integrationIdSelector: - description: IntegrationIDSelector selects references to Integration - used to set the IntegrationID. + description: |- + IntegrationIDSelector selects references to Integration used + to set the IntegrationID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -206,21 +218,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -250,19 +262,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -275,9 +289,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -287,21 +302,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -311,17 +326,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -331,21 +348,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -360,21 +377,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -385,14 +403,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -423,14 +442,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -440,8 +468,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -453,6 +482,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_integrations.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_integrations.yaml index e8626b2058..abc63e36f3 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_integrations.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_integrations.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: integrations.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Integration is the Schema for the Integrations API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -82,21 +89,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -184,9 +193,9 @@ spec: parameter transform operation. properties: headerEntry: - description: HeaderEntries is the array of header changes - you'd like to make. For details, see Transforming API - responses in https://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/http-api-parameter-mapping.html + description: |- + HeaderEntries is the array of header changes you'd like to make. + For details, see Transforming API responses in https://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/http-api-parameter-mapping.html items: description: HeaderEntry can be used to represent a single header transform. @@ -195,9 +204,9 @@ spec: description: Name is the name of the header. type: string operation: - description: Operation is what you'd like to do with - given header. Only append, overwrite and remove - values are supported. + description: |- + Operation is what you'd like to do with given header. Only append, overwrite + and remove values are supported. enum: - append - overwrite @@ -213,17 +222,17 @@ spec: type: object type: array overwriteStatusCodeEntry: - description: OverwriteStatusCode is the status code you'd - like the response to have, overwriting the one in the - original response. For details, see Transforming API responses - in https://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/http-api-parameter-mapping.html + description: |- + OverwriteStatusCode is the status code you'd like the response to have, + overwriting the one in the original response. + For details, see Transforming API responses in https://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/http-api-parameter-mapping.html type: string type: object - description: Supported only for HTTP APIs. You use response parameters - to transform the HTTP response from a backend integration before - returning the response to clients. Specify a key-value map from - a selection key to response parameters. The selection key must - be a valid HTTP status code within the range of 200-599. + description: |- + Supported only for HTTP APIs. You use response parameters to transform the + HTTP response from a backend integration before returning the response to + clients. Specify a key-value map from a selection key to response parameters. + The selection key must be a valid HTTP status code within the range of 200-599. type: object templateSelectionExpression: type: string @@ -243,19 +252,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -268,9 +279,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -280,21 +292,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -304,17 +316,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -324,21 +338,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -353,21 +367,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -378,14 +393,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -420,14 +436,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -437,8 +462,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -450,6 +476,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_models.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_models.yaml index a1c5d09d31..c08a6e6ed7 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_models.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_models.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: models.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Model is the Schema for the Models API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -82,21 +89,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -164,19 +173,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -189,9 +200,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -201,21 +213,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -225,17 +237,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -245,21 +259,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -274,21 +288,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -299,14 +314,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -336,14 +352,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -353,8 +378,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -366,6 +392,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_routeresponses.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_routeresponses.yaml index c5643f20e3..8664d64ef5 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_routeresponses.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_routeresponses.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: routeresponses.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: RouteResponse is the Schema for the RouteResponses API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -72,8 +78,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -83,21 +90,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -107,12 +114,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -125,21 +134,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -167,7 +176,8 @@ spec: description: RouteID is the ID for the Route. type: string routeIdRef: - description: RouteIDRef is a reference to an Route used to set + description: |- + RouteIDRef is a reference to an Route used to set the RouteID. properties: name: @@ -178,21 +188,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -202,12 +212,14 @@ spec: - name type: object routeIdSelector: - description: RouteIDSelector selects references to Route used + description: |- + RouteIDSelector selects references to Route used to set the RouteID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -220,21 +232,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -250,19 +262,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -275,9 +289,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -287,21 +302,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -311,17 +326,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -331,21 +348,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -360,21 +377,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -385,14 +403,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -423,14 +442,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -440,8 +468,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -453,6 +482,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_routes.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_routes.yaml index a7c920a30a..6cb8678ce8 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_routes.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_routes.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: routes.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Route is the Schema for the Routes API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -82,21 +89,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -156,8 +165,9 @@ spec: authorizerID: type: string authorizerIDRef: - description: AuthorizerIDRef is a reference to an Authorizer used - to set the AuthorizerID. + description: |- + AuthorizerIDRef is a reference to an Authorizer used to set + the AuthorizerID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -167,21 +177,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -191,12 +201,14 @@ spec: - name type: object authorizerIDSelector: - description: AuthorizerIDSelector selects references to Authorizer - used to set the AuthorizerID. + description: |- + AuthorizerIDSelector selects references to Authorizer used + to set the AuthorizerID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -209,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -253,9 +265,9 @@ spec: routeResponseSelectionExpression: type: string target: - description: Target for the route, of the form integrations/IntegrationID, - where IntegrationID is the identifier of an AWS API Gateway - Integration + description: |- + Target for the route, of the form integrations/IntegrationID, + where IntegrationID is the identifier of an AWS API Gateway Integration type: string targetRef: description: TargetRef is a reference to an Integration ID @@ -268,21 +280,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -295,8 +307,9 @@ spec: description: TargetSelector is a selector for an Integration ID properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -309,21 +322,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -337,19 +350,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -362,9 +377,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -374,21 +390,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -398,17 +414,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -418,21 +436,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -447,21 +465,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -472,14 +491,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -513,14 +533,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -530,8 +559,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -543,6 +573,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_stages.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_stages.yaml index 230c3f547d..aee0c3d268 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_stages.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_stages.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: stages.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Stage is the Schema for the Stages API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -80,8 +86,9 @@ spec: description: APIID is the ID for the API. type: string apiIdRef: - description: APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - APIID. + description: |- + APIIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the APIID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -91,21 +98,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -115,12 +122,14 @@ spec: - name type: object apiIdSelector: - description: APIIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the APIID. + description: |- + APIIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the APIID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -133,21 +142,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -211,19 +220,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -236,9 +247,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -248,21 +260,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -272,17 +284,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -292,21 +306,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -321,21 +335,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -346,14 +361,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -393,14 +409,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -410,8 +435,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -423,6 +449,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_vpclinks.yaml b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_vpclinks.yaml index 957c0b14ae..c49ff9a002 100644 --- a/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_vpclinks.yaml +++ b/package/crds/apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io_vpclinks.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: vpclinks.apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: apigatewayv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -36,14 +36,19 @@ spec: description: VPCLink is the Schema for the VPCLinks API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -52,13 +57,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -72,8 +78,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the VPCLink will be created. type: string securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -85,21 +92,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -110,12 +117,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -128,21 +137,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -155,8 +164,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array subnetIdRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used - to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -168,21 +178,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -193,12 +203,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used + description: |- + SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -211,21 +223,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -248,19 +260,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -273,9 +287,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -285,21 +300,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -309,17 +324,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -329,21 +346,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -358,21 +375,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -383,14 +401,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -437,14 +456,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -454,8 +482,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -467,6 +496,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -494,14 +530,19 @@ spec: description: VPCLink is the Schema for the VPCLinks API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -510,13 +551,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -530,8 +572,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the VPCLink will be created. type: string securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -543,21 +586,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -568,12 +611,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -586,21 +631,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -613,8 +658,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array subnetIdRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used - to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -626,21 +672,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -651,12 +697,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used + description: |- + SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -669,21 +717,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -706,19 +754,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -731,9 +781,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -743,21 +794,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -767,17 +818,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -787,21 +840,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -816,21 +869,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -841,14 +895,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -895,14 +950,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -912,8 +976,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -925,6 +990,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/athena.aws.crossplane.io_workgroups.yaml b/package/crds/athena.aws.crossplane.io_workgroups.yaml index 3a51df5a41..670c57e6a5 100644 --- a/package/crds/athena.aws.crossplane.io_workgroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/athena.aws.crossplane.io_workgroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: workgroups.athena.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: athena.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: WorkGroup is the Schema for the WorkGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,16 +74,15 @@ spec: description: WorkGroupParameters defines the desired state of WorkGroup properties: configuration: - description: Contains configuration information for creating an - Athena SQL workgroup or Spark enabled Athena workgroup. Athena - SQL workgroup configuration includes the location in Amazon - S3 where query and calculation results are stored, the encryption - configuration, if any, used for encrypting query results, whether - the Amazon CloudWatch Metrics are enabled for the workgroup, - the limit for the amount of bytes scanned (cutoff) per query, - if it is specified, and whether workgroup's settings (specified - with EnforceWorkGroupConfiguration) in the WorkGroupConfiguration - override client-side settings. See WorkGroupConfiguration$EnforceWorkGroupConfiguration. + description: |- + Contains configuration information for creating an Athena SQL workgroup or + Spark enabled Athena workgroup. Athena SQL workgroup configuration includes + the location in Amazon S3 where query and calculation results are stored, + the encryption configuration, if any, used for encrypting query results, + whether the Amazon CloudWatch Metrics are enabled for the workgroup, the + limit for the amount of bytes scanned (cutoff) per query, if it is specified, + and whether workgroup's settings (specified with EnforceWorkGroupConfiguration) + in the WorkGroupConfiguration override client-side settings. See WorkGroupConfiguration$EnforceWorkGroupConfiguration. properties: additionalConfiguration: type: string @@ -85,9 +90,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer customerContentEncryptionConfiguration: - description: Specifies the KMS key that is used to encrypt - the user's data stores in Athena. This setting does not - apply to Athena SQL workgroups. + description: |- + Specifies the KMS key that is used to encrypt the user's data stores in Athena. + This setting does not apply to Athena SQL workgroups. properties: kmsKey: type: string @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ spec: enforceWorkGroupConfiguration: type: boolean engineVersion: - description: The Athena engine version for running queries, - or the PySpark engine version for running sessions. + description: |- + The Athena engine version for running queries, or the PySpark engine version + for running sessions. properties: effectiveEngineVersion: type: string @@ -112,28 +118,27 @@ spec: requesterPaysEnabled: type: boolean resultConfiguration: - description: The location in Amazon S3 where query and calculation - results are stored and the encryption option, if any, used - for query and calculation results. These are known as "client-side - settings". If workgroup settings override client-side settings, - then the query uses the workgroup settings. + description: |- + The location in Amazon S3 where query and calculation results are stored + and the encryption option, if any, used for query and calculation results. + These are known as "client-side settings". If workgroup settings override + client-side settings, then the query uses the workgroup settings. properties: aclConfiguration: - description: Indicates that an Amazon S3 canned ACL should - be set to control ownership of stored query results. - When Athena stores query results in Amazon S3, the canned - ACL is set with the x-amz-acl request header. For more - information about S3 Object Ownership, see Object Ownership - settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html#object-ownership-overview) + description: |- + Indicates that an Amazon S3 canned ACL should be set to control ownership + of stored query results. When Athena stores query results in Amazon S3, the + canned ACL is set with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information + about S3 Object Ownership, see Object Ownership settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html#object-ownership-overview) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. properties: s3ACLOption: type: string type: object encryptionConfiguration: - description: If query and calculation results are encrypted - in Amazon S3, indicates the encryption option used (for - example, SSE_KMS or CSE_KMS) and key information. + description: |- + If query and calculation results are encrypted in Amazon S3, indicates the + encryption option used (for example, SSE_KMS or CSE_KMS) and key information. properties: encryptionOption: type: string @@ -169,19 +174,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -194,9 +201,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -206,21 +214,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -230,17 +238,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -250,21 +260,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -279,21 +289,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -304,14 +315,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -338,14 +350,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -355,8 +376,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -368,6 +390,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/autoscaling.aws.crossplane.io_autoscalinggroups.yaml b/package/crds/autoscaling.aws.crossplane.io_autoscalinggroups.yaml index c73748dbb7..91caa2134d 100644 --- a/package/crds/autoscaling.aws.crossplane.io_autoscalinggroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/autoscaling.aws.crossplane.io_autoscalinggroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: autoscalinggroups.autoscaling.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: autoscaling.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: AutoScalingGroup is the Schema for the AutoScalingGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,124 +75,155 @@ spec: of AutoScalingGroup properties: availabilityZones: - description: A list of Availability Zones where instances in the - Auto Scaling group can be created. Used for launching into the - default VPC subnet in each Availability Zone when not using - the VPCZoneIdentifier property, or for attaching a network interface - when an existing network interface ID is specified in a launch + description: |- + A list of Availability Zones where instances in the Auto Scaling group can + be created. Used for launching into the default VPC subnet in each Availability + Zone when not using the VPCZoneIdentifier property, or for attaching a network + interface when an existing network interface ID is specified in a launch template. items: type: string type: array capacityRebalance: - description: Indicates whether Capacity Rebalancing is enabled. - Otherwise, Capacity Rebalancing is disabled. When you turn on - Capacity Rebalancing, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling attempts to launch - a Spot Instance whenever Amazon EC2 notifies that a Spot Instance - is at an elevated risk of interruption. After launching a new - instance, it then terminates an old instance. For more information, - see Use Capacity Rebalancing to handle Amazon EC2 Spot Interruptions - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-capacity-rebalancing.html) + description: |- + Indicates whether Capacity Rebalancing is enabled. Otherwise, Capacity Rebalancing + is disabled. When you turn on Capacity Rebalancing, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling + attempts to launch a Spot Instance whenever Amazon EC2 notifies that a Spot + Instance is at an elevated risk of interruption. After launching a new instance, + it then terminates an old instance. For more information, see Use Capacity + Rebalancing to handle Amazon EC2 Spot Interruptions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-capacity-rebalancing.html) in the in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. type: boolean context: description: Reserved. type: string defaultCooldown: - description: "Only needed if you use simple scaling policies. - \n The amount of time, in seconds, between one scaling activity - ending and another one starting due to simple scaling policies. - For more information, see Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto - Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. \n Default: 300 seconds" + description: |- + Only needed if you use simple scaling policies. + + + The amount of time, in seconds, between one scaling activity ending and another + one starting due to simple scaling policies. For more information, see Scaling + cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html) + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + + + Default: 300 seconds format: int64 type: integer defaultInstanceWarmup: - description: "The amount of time, in seconds, until a new instance - is considered to have finished initializing and resource consumption - to become stable after it enters the InService state. \n During - an instance refresh, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits for the warm-up - period after it replaces an instance before it moves on to replacing - the next instance. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling also waits for the - warm-up period before aggregating the metrics for new instances - with existing instances in the Amazon CloudWatch metrics that - are used for scaling, resulting in more reliable usage data. - For more information, see Set the default instance warmup for - an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-default-instance-warmup.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. \n To manage various - warm-up settings at the group level, we recommend that you set - the default instance warmup, even if it is set to 0 seconds. - To remove a value that you previously set, include the property - but specify -1 for the value. However, we strongly recommend - keeping the default instance warmup enabled by specifying a - value of 0 or other nominal value. \n Default: None" + description: |- + The amount of time, in seconds, until a new instance is considered to have + finished initializing and resource consumption to become stable after it + enters the InService state. + + + During an instance refresh, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits for the warm-up + period after it replaces an instance before it moves on to replacing the + next instance. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling also waits for the warm-up period + before aggregating the metrics for new instances with existing instances + in the Amazon CloudWatch metrics that are used for scaling, resulting in + more reliable usage data. For more information, see Set the default instance + warmup for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-default-instance-warmup.html) + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + + + To manage various warm-up settings at the group level, we recommend that + you set the default instance warmup, even if it is set to 0 seconds. To remove + a value that you previously set, include the property but specify -1 for + the value. However, we strongly recommend keeping the default instance warmup + enabled by specifying a value of 0 or other nominal value. + + + Default: None format: int64 type: integer desiredCapacity: - description: The desired capacity is the initial capacity of the - Auto Scaling group at the time of its creation and the capacity - it attempts to maintain. It can scale beyond this capacity if - you configure auto scaling. This number must be greater than - or equal to the minimum size of the group and less than or equal - to the maximum size of the group. If you do not specify a desired - capacity, the default is the minimum size of the group. + description: |- + The desired capacity is the initial capacity of the Auto Scaling group at + the time of its creation and the capacity it attempts to maintain. It can + scale beyond this capacity if you configure auto scaling. This number must + be greater than or equal to the minimum size of the group and less than or + equal to the maximum size of the group. If you do not specify a desired capacity, + the default is the minimum size of the group. format: int64 type: integer desiredCapacityType: - description: "The unit of measurement for the value specified - for desired capacity. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling supports DesiredCapacityType - for attribute-based instance type selection only. For more information, - see Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance - type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. \n By default, Amazon - EC2 Auto Scaling specifies units, which translates into number - of instances. \n Valid values: units | vcpu | memory-mib" + description: |- + The unit of measurement for the value specified for desired capacity. Amazon + EC2 Auto Scaling supports DesiredCapacityType for attribute-based instance + type selection only. For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling group + using attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + + + By default, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling specifies units, which translates into + number of instances. + + + Valid values: units | vcpu | memory-mib type: string healthCheckGracePeriod: - description: "The amount of time, in seconds, that Amazon EC2 - Auto Scaling waits before checking the health status of an EC2 - instance that has come into service and marking it unhealthy - due to a failed health check. This is useful if your instances - do not immediately pass their health checks after they enter - the InService state. For more information, see Set the health - check grace period for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/health-check-grace-period.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. \n Default: 0 seconds" + description: |- + The amount of time, in seconds, that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits before + checking the health status of an EC2 instance that has come into service + and marking it unhealthy due to a failed health check. This is useful if + your instances do not immediately pass their health checks after they enter + the InService state. For more information, see Set the health check grace + period for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/health-check-grace-period.html) + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + + + Default: 0 seconds format: int64 type: integer healthCheckType: - description: "A comma-separated value string of one or more health - check types. \n The valid values are EC2, ELB, and VPC_LATTICE. - EC2 is the default health check and cannot be disabled. For - more information, see Health checks for Auto Scaling instances - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/healthcheck.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. \n Only specify EC2 - if you must clear a value that was previously set." + description: |- + A comma-separated value string of one or more health check types. + + + The valid values are EC2, ELB, and VPC_LATTICE. EC2 is the default health + check and cannot be disabled. For more information, see Health checks for + Auto Scaling instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/healthcheck.html) + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + + + Only specify EC2 if you must clear a value that was previously set. type: string instanceID: - description: The ID of the instance used to base the launch configuration - on. If specified, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses the configuration - values from the specified instance to create a new launch configuration. - To get the instance ID, use the Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html) - API operation. For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling - group using an EC2 instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-from-instance.html) + description: |- + The ID of the instance used to base the launch configuration on. If specified, + Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses the configuration values from the specified + instance to create a new launch configuration. To get the instance ID, use + the Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html) + API operation. For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling group using + an EC2 instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-from-instance.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. type: string launchConfigurationName: - description: "The name of the launch configuration to use to launch - instances. \n Conditional: You must specify either a launch - template (LaunchTemplate or MixedInstancesPolicy) or a launch - configuration (LaunchConfigurationName or InstanceId)." + description: |- + The name of the launch configuration to use to launch instances. + + + Conditional: You must specify either a launch template (LaunchTemplate or + MixedInstancesPolicy) or a launch configuration (LaunchConfigurationName + or InstanceId). type: string launchTemplate: - description: "Information used to specify the launch template - and version to use to launch instances. \n Conditional: You - must specify either a launch template (LaunchTemplate or MixedInstancesPolicy) - or a launch configuration (LaunchConfigurationName or InstanceId). - \n The launch template that is specified must be configured - for use with an Auto Scaling group. For more information, see - Creating a launch template for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-template.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide." + description: |- + Information used to specify the launch template and version to use to launch + instances. + + + Conditional: You must specify either a launch template (LaunchTemplate or + MixedInstancesPolicy) or a launch configuration (LaunchConfigurationName + or InstanceId). + + + The launch template that is specified must be configured for use with an + Auto Scaling group. For more information, see Creating a launch template + for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-template.html) + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. properties: launchTemplateID: type: string @@ -196,8 +233,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object lifecycleHookSpecificationList: - description: One or more lifecycle hooks to add to the Auto Scaling - group before instances are launched. + description: |- + One or more lifecycle hooks to add to the Auto Scaling group before instances + are launched. items: properties: defaultResult: @@ -218,30 +256,32 @@ spec: type: object type: array loadBalancerNames: - description: A list of Classic Load Balancers associated with - this Auto Scaling group. For Application Load Balancers, Network - Load Balancers, and Gateway Load Balancers, specify the TargetGroupARNs - property instead. + description: |- + A list of Classic Load Balancers associated with this Auto Scaling group. + For Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and Gateway Load + Balancers, specify the TargetGroupARNs property instead. items: type: string type: array maxInstanceLifetime: - description: The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an instance - can be in service. The default is null. If specified, the value - must be either 0 or a number equal to or greater than 86,400 - seconds (1 day). For more information, see Replacing Auto Scaling - instances based on maximum instance lifetime (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-max-instance-lifetime.html) + description: |- + The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an instance can be in service. + The default is null. If specified, the value must be either 0 or a number + equal to or greater than 86,400 seconds (1 day). For more information, see + Replacing Auto Scaling instances based on maximum instance lifetime (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-max-instance-lifetime.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. format: int64 type: integer maxSize: - description: "The maximum size of the group. \n With a mixed instances - policy that uses instance weighting, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling - may need to go above MaxSize to meet your capacity requirements. - In this event, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will never go above MaxSize - by more than your largest instance weight (weights that define - how many units each instance contributes to the desired capacity - of the group)." + description: |- + The maximum size of the group. + + + With a mixed instances policy that uses instance weighting, Amazon EC2 Auto + Scaling may need to go above MaxSize to meet your capacity requirements. + In this event, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will never go above MaxSize by more + than your largest instance weight (weights that define how many units each + instance contributes to the desired capacity of the group). format: int64 type: integer minSize: @@ -249,16 +289,16 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer mixedInstancesPolicy: - description: The mixed instances policy. For more information, - see Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase - options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html) + description: |- + The mixed instances policy. For more information, see Auto Scaling groups + with multiple instance types and purchase options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. properties: instancesDistribution: - description: Use this structure to specify the distribution - of On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances and the allocation - strategies used to fulfill On-Demand and Spot capacities - for a mixed instances policy. + description: |- + Use this structure to specify the distribution of On-Demand Instances and + Spot Instances and the allocation strategies used to fulfill On-Demand and + Spot capacities for a mixed instances policy. properties: onDemandAllocationStrategy: type: string @@ -277,13 +317,14 @@ spec: type: string type: object launchTemplate: - description: Use this structure to specify the launch templates - and instance types (overrides) for a mixed instances policy. + description: |- + Use this structure to specify the launch templates and instance types (overrides) + for a mixed instances policy. properties: launchTemplateSpecification: - description: Describes the launch template and the version - of the launch template that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling - uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more information + description: |- + Describes the launch template and the version of the launch template that + Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more information about launch templates, see Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. properties: @@ -298,42 +339,46 @@ spec: items: properties: instanceRequirements: - description: "The attributes for the instance types - for a mixed instances policy. Amazon EC2 Auto - Scaling uses your specified requirements to identify - instance types. Then, it uses your On-Demand and - Spot allocation strategies to launch instances - from these instance types. \n When you specify - multiple attributes, you get instance types that - satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you - specify multiple values for an attribute, you - get instance types that satisfy any of the specified - values. \n To limit the list of instance types - from which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can identify - matching instance types, you can use one of the - following parameters, but not both in the same - request: \n * AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance - types to include in the list. All other instance - types are ignored, even if they match your specified - attributes. \n * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance - types to exclude from the list, even if they match - your specified attributes. \n You must specify - VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes - are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute - is set to its default. \n For more information, - see Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based + description: |- + The attributes for the instance types for a mixed instances policy. Amazon + EC2 Auto Scaling uses your specified requirements to identify instance types. + Then, it uses your On-Demand and Spot allocation strategies to launch instances + from these instance types. + + + When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy + all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, + you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. + + + To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can + identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, + but not both in the same request: + + + * AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All + other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + + + * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, + even if they match your specified attributes. + + + You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes are optional. + Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. + + + For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For - help determining which instance types match your - attributes before you apply them to your Auto - Scaling group, see Preview instance types with - specified attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances." + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For help determining which instance + types match your attributes before you apply them to your Auto Scaling group, + see Preview instance types with specified attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. properties: acceleratorCount: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the AcceleratorCount object when you specify - InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the AcceleratorCount object when you + specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -351,10 +396,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array acceleratorTotalMemoryMiB: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB object when - you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto - Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB object + when you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -374,10 +418,9 @@ spec: bareMetal: type: string baselineEBSBandwidthMbps: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps object when - you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto - Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps object + when you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -407,9 +450,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array memoryGiBPerVCPU: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the MemoryGiBPerVCpu object when you specify - InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the MemoryGiBPerVCpu object when you + specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: type: number @@ -417,8 +460,8 @@ spec: type: number type: object memoryMiB: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the MemoryMiB object when you specify + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the MemoryMiB object when you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: @@ -429,18 +472,17 @@ spec: type: integer type: object networkBandwidthGbps: - description: "Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the NetworkBandwidthGbps object when you - specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling - group. \n Setting the minimum bandwidth does - not guarantee that your instance will achieve - the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify - instance types that support the specified - minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth - of your instance might go below the specified - minimum at times. For more information, see - Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances." + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the NetworkBandwidthGbps object when + you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. + + + Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will + achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that + support the specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your + instance might go below the specified minimum at times. For more information, + see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. properties: max: type: number @@ -448,10 +490,9 @@ spec: type: number type: object networkInterfaceCount: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the NetworkInterfaceCount object when - you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto - Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the NetworkInterfaceCount object when + you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -469,10 +510,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer totalLocalStorageGB: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the TotalLocalStorageGB object when you - specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling - group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the TotalLocalStorageGB object when + you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: type: number @@ -480,8 +520,8 @@ spec: type: number type: object vCPUCount: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the VCpuCount object when you specify + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the VCpuCount object when you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: @@ -495,11 +535,10 @@ spec: instanceType: type: string launchTemplateSpecification: - description: Describes the launch template and the - version of the launch template that Amazon EC2 - Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. - For more information about launch templates, see - Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) + description: |- + Describes the launch template and the version of the launch template that + Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more information + about launch templates, see Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. properties: launchTemplateID: @@ -516,44 +555,47 @@ spec: type: object type: object newInstancesProtectedFromScaleIn: - description: Indicates whether newly launched instances are protected - from termination by Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling when scaling in. - For more information about preventing instances from terminating - on scale in, see Using instance scale-in protection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-protection.html) + description: |- + Indicates whether newly launched instances are protected from termination + by Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling when scaling in. For more information about preventing + instances from terminating on scale in, see Using instance scale-in protection + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-protection.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. type: boolean placementGroup: - description: "The name of the placement group into which to launch - your instances. For more information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. \n A cluster - placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a - single Availability Zone. You cannot specify multiple Availability - Zones and a cluster placement group." + description: |- + The name of the placement group into which to launch your instances. For + more information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + + + A cluster placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a single + Availability Zone. You cannot specify multiple Availability Zones and a cluster + placement group. type: string region: description: Region is which region the AutoScalingGroup will be created. type: string serviceLinkedRoleARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service-linked - role that the Auto Scaling group uses to call other Amazon Web - Services service on your behalf. By default, Amazon EC2 Auto - Scaling uses a service-linked role named AWSServiceRoleForAutoScaling, - which it creates if it does not exist. For more information, - see Service-linked roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-service-linked-role.html) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service-linked role that the Auto Scaling + group uses to call other Amazon Web Services service on your behalf. By default, + Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses a service-linked role named AWSServiceRoleForAutoScaling, + which it creates if it does not exist. For more information, see Service-linked + roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-service-linked-role.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. type: string tags: - description: One or more tags. You can tag your Auto Scaling group - and propagate the tags to the Amazon EC2 instances it launches. - Tags are not propagated to Amazon EBS volumes. To add tags to - Amazon EBS volumes, specify the tags in a launch template but - use caution. If the launch template specifies an instance tag - with a key that is also specified for the Auto Scaling group, - Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling overrides the value of that instance - tag with the value specified by the Auto Scaling group. For - more information, see Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html) + description: |- + One or more tags. You can tag your Auto Scaling group and propagate the tags + to the Amazon EC2 instances it launches. Tags are not propagated to Amazon + EBS volumes. To add tags to Amazon EBS volumes, specify the tags in a launch + template but use caution. If the launch template specifies an instance tag + with a key that is also specified for the Auto Scaling group, Amazon EC2 + Auto Scaling overrides the value of that instance tag with the value specified + by the Auto Scaling group. For more information, see Tag Auto Scaling groups + and instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. items: properties: @@ -570,35 +612,37 @@ spec: type: object type: array targetGroupARNs: - description: The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the Elastic Load - Balancing target groups to associate with the Auto Scaling group. - Instances are registered as targets with the target groups. - The target groups receive incoming traffic and route requests - to one or more registered targets. For more information, see - Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the - instances in your Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the Elastic Load Balancing target groups + to associate with the Auto Scaling group. Instances are registered as targets + with the target groups. The target groups receive incoming traffic and route + requests to one or more registered targets. For more information, see Use + Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your + Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. items: type: string type: array terminationPolicies: - description: "A policy or a list of policies that are used to - select the instance to terminate. These policies are executed - in the order that you list them. For more information, see Work - with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-termination-policies.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. \n Valid values: - Default | AllocationStrategy | ClosestToNextInstanceHour | NewestInstance - | OldestInstance | OldestLaunchConfiguration | OldestLaunchTemplate - | arn:aws:lambda:region:account-id:function:my-function:my-alias" + description: |- + A policy or a list of policies that are used to select the instance to terminate. + These policies are executed in the order that you list them. For more information, + see Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-termination-policies.html) + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + + + Valid values: Default | AllocationStrategy | ClosestToNextInstanceHour | + NewestInstance | OldestInstance | OldestLaunchConfiguration | OldestLaunchTemplate + | arn:aws:lambda:region:account-id:function:my-function:my-alias items: type: string type: array vpcZoneIdentifier: - description: A comma-separated list of subnet IDs for a virtual - private cloud (VPC) where instances in the Auto Scaling group - can be created. If you specify VPCZoneIdentifier with AvailabilityZones, - the subnets that you specify must reside in those Availability - Zones. + description: |- + A comma-separated list of subnet IDs for a virtual private cloud (VPC) where + instances in the Auto Scaling group can be created. If you specify VPCZoneIdentifier + with AvailabilityZones, the subnets that you specify must reside in those + Availability Zones. type: string required: - maxSize @@ -608,19 +652,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -633,9 +679,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -645,21 +692,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -669,17 +716,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -689,21 +738,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -718,21 +767,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -743,14 +793,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -837,10 +888,10 @@ spec: launchConfigurationName: type: string launchTemplate: - description: Describes the launch template and the version - of the launch template that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses - to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more information about - launch templates, see Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) + description: |- + Describes the launch template and the version of the launch template that + Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more information + about launch templates, see Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. properties: launchTemplateID: @@ -877,9 +928,11 @@ spec: type: string type: array maxInstanceLifetime: - description: "The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an - instance can be in service. \n Valid Range: Minimum value of - 0." + description: |- + The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an instance can be in service. + + + Valid Range: Minimum value of 0. format: int64 type: integer maxSize: @@ -894,10 +947,10 @@ spec: description: The mixed instances policy for the group. properties: instancesDistribution: - description: Use this structure to specify the distribution - of On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances and the allocation - strategies used to fulfill On-Demand and Spot capacities - for a mixed instances policy. + description: |- + Use this structure to specify the distribution of On-Demand Instances and + Spot Instances and the allocation strategies used to fulfill On-Demand and + Spot capacities for a mixed instances policy. properties: onDemandAllocationStrategy: type: string @@ -916,13 +969,14 @@ spec: type: string type: object launchTemplate: - description: Use this structure to specify the launch templates - and instance types (overrides) for a mixed instances policy. + description: |- + Use this structure to specify the launch templates and instance types (overrides) + for a mixed instances policy. properties: launchTemplateSpecification: - description: Describes the launch template and the version - of the launch template that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling - uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more information + description: |- + Describes the launch template and the version of the launch template that + Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more information about launch templates, see Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. properties: @@ -937,42 +991,46 @@ spec: items: properties: instanceRequirements: - description: "The attributes for the instance types - for a mixed instances policy. Amazon EC2 Auto - Scaling uses your specified requirements to identify - instance types. Then, it uses your On-Demand and - Spot allocation strategies to launch instances - from these instance types. \n When you specify - multiple attributes, you get instance types that - satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you - specify multiple values for an attribute, you - get instance types that satisfy any of the specified - values. \n To limit the list of instance types - from which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can identify - matching instance types, you can use one of the - following parameters, but not both in the same - request: \n * AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance - types to include in the list. All other instance - types are ignored, even if they match your specified - attributes. \n * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance - types to exclude from the list, even if they match - your specified attributes. \n You must specify - VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes - are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute - is set to its default. \n For more information, - see Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based + description: |- + The attributes for the instance types for a mixed instances policy. Amazon + EC2 Auto Scaling uses your specified requirements to identify instance types. + Then, it uses your On-Demand and Spot allocation strategies to launch instances + from these instance types. + + + When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy + all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, + you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. + + + To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can + identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, + but not both in the same request: + + + * AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All + other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + + + * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, + even if they match your specified attributes. + + + You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes are optional. + Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. + + + For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For - help determining which instance types match your - attributes before you apply them to your Auto - Scaling group, see Preview instance types with - specified attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances." + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For help determining which instance + types match your attributes before you apply them to your Auto Scaling group, + see Preview instance types with specified attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. properties: acceleratorCount: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the AcceleratorCount object when you specify - InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the AcceleratorCount object when you + specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -990,10 +1048,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array acceleratorTotalMemoryMiB: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB object when - you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto - Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB object + when you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -1013,10 +1070,9 @@ spec: bareMetal: type: string baselineEBSBandwidthMbps: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps object when - you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto - Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps object + when you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -1046,9 +1102,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array memoryGiBPerVCPU: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the MemoryGiBPerVCpu object when you specify - InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the MemoryGiBPerVCpu object when you + specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: type: number @@ -1056,8 +1112,8 @@ spec: type: number type: object memoryMiB: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the MemoryMiB object when you specify + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the MemoryMiB object when you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: @@ -1068,18 +1124,17 @@ spec: type: integer type: object networkBandwidthGbps: - description: "Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the NetworkBandwidthGbps object when you - specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling - group. \n Setting the minimum bandwidth does - not guarantee that your instance will achieve - the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify - instance types that support the specified - minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth - of your instance might go below the specified - minimum at times. For more information, see - Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances." + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the NetworkBandwidthGbps object when + you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. + + + Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will + achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that + support the specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your + instance might go below the specified minimum at times. For more information, + see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. properties: max: type: number @@ -1087,10 +1142,9 @@ spec: type: number type: object networkInterfaceCount: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the NetworkInterfaceCount object when - you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto - Scaling group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the NetworkInterfaceCount object when + you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -1108,10 +1162,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer totalLocalStorageGB: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the TotalLocalStorageGB object when you - specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling - group. + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the TotalLocalStorageGB object when + you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: type: number @@ -1119,8 +1172,8 @@ spec: type: number type: object vCPUCount: - description: Specifies the minimum and maximum - for the VCpuCount object when you specify + description: |- + Specifies the minimum and maximum for the VCpuCount object when you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. properties: max: @@ -1134,11 +1187,10 @@ spec: instanceType: type: string launchTemplateSpecification: - description: Describes the launch template and the - version of the launch template that Amazon EC2 - Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. - For more information about launch templates, see - Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) + description: |- + Describes the launch template and the version of the launch template that + Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more information + about launch templates, see Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. properties: launchTemplateID: @@ -1155,8 +1207,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object newInstancesProtectedFromScaleIn: - description: Indicates whether newly launched instances are protected - from termination by Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling when scaling in. + description: |- + Indicates whether newly launched instances are protected from termination + by Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling when scaling in. type: boolean placementGroup: description: The name of the placement group into which to launch @@ -1168,13 +1221,14 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer serviceLinkedRoleARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service-linked - role that the Auto Scaling group uses to call other Amazon Web - Services on your behalf. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service-linked role that the Auto Scaling + group uses to call other Amazon Web Services on your behalf. type: string status: - description: The current state of the group when the DeleteAutoScalingGroup - operation is in progress. + description: |- + The current state of the group when the DeleteAutoScalingGroup operation + is in progress. type: string suspendedProcesses: description: The suspended processes associated with the group. @@ -1232,10 +1286,12 @@ spec: description: The warm pool for the group. properties: instanceReusePolicy: - description: "Describes an instance reuse policy for a warm - pool. \n For more information, see Warm pools for Amazon - EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html) - in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide." + description: |- + Describes an instance reuse policy for a warm pool. + + + For more information, see Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html) + in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. properties: reuseOnScaleIn: type: boolean @@ -1262,14 +1318,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1279,8 +1344,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1292,6 +1358,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_providerconfigs.yaml b/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_providerconfigs.yaml index 3ffe01e7c2..b55d4fe8ab 100644 --- a/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_providerconfigs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_providerconfigs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: providerconfigs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: aws.crossplane.io @@ -33,14 +33,19 @@ spec: to AWS API. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -58,19 +63,24 @@ spec: description: AssumeRoleARN to assume with provider credentials type: string tags: - description: Tags is list of session tags that you want to pass. - Each session tag consists of a key name and an associated value. - For more information about session tags, see Tagging STS Sessions + description: |- + Tags is list of session tags that you want to pass. Each session tag consists of a key + name and an associated value. For more information about session tags, see + Tagging STS Sessions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html). items: description: Tag is session tag that can be used to assume an IAM Role properties: key: - description: Name of the tag. Key is a required field + description: |- + Name of the tag. + Key is a required field type: string value: - description: Value of the tag. Value is a required field + description: |- + Value of the tag. + Value is a required field type: string required: - key @@ -78,19 +88,19 @@ spec: type: object type: array transitiveTagKeys: - description: TransitiveTagKeys is a list of keys for session tags - that you want to set as transitive. If you set a tag key as - transitive, the corresponding key and value passes to subsequent - sessions in a role chain. For more information, see Chaining - Roles with Session Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining). + description: |- + TransitiveTagKeys is a list of keys for session tags that you want to set as transitive. If you set a + tag key as transitive, the corresponding key and value passes to subsequent + sessions in a role chain. For more information, see Chaining Roles with Session Tags + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining). items: type: string type: array type: object assumeRoleARN: - description: AssumeRoleARN to assume with provider credentials This - setting will be deprecated. Use the roleARN field under assumeRole - instead. + description: |- + AssumeRoleARN to assume with provider credentials + This setting will be deprecated. Use the roleARN field under assumeRole instead. type: string assumeRoleWithWebIdentity: description: AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity defines the options for assuming @@ -108,8 +118,9 @@ spec: description: Credentials required to authenticate to this provider. properties: env: - description: Env is a reference to an environment variable that - contains credentials that must be used to connect to the provider. + description: |- + Env is a reference to an environment variable that contains credentials + that must be used to connect to the provider. properties: name: description: Name is the name of an environment variable. @@ -118,8 +129,9 @@ spec: - name type: object fs: - description: Fs is a reference to a filesystem location that contains - credentials that must be used to connect to the provider. + description: |- + Fs is a reference to a filesystem location that contains credentials that + must be used to connect to the provider. properties: path: description: Path is a filesystem path. @@ -128,8 +140,9 @@ spec: - path type: object secretRef: - description: A SecretRef is a reference to a secret key that contains - the credentials that must be used to connect to the provider. + description: |- + A SecretRef is a reference to a secret key that contains the credentials + that must be used to connect to the provider. properties: key: description: The key to select. @@ -158,56 +171,69 @@ spec: - source type: object endpoint: - description: Endpoint is where you can override the default endpoint - configuration of AWS calls made by the provider. + description: |- + Endpoint is where you can override the default endpoint configuration + of AWS calls made by the provider. properties: hostnameImmutable: - description: "Specifies if the endpoint's hostname can be modified - by the SDK's API client. \n If the hostname is mutable the SDK - API clients may modify any part of the hostname based on the - requirements of the API, (e.g. adding, or removing content in - the hostname). Such as, Amazon S3 API client prefixing \"bucketname\" - to the hostname, or changing the hostname service name component - from \"s3.\" to \"s3-accesspoint.dualstack.\" for the dualstack - endpoint of an S3 Accesspoint resource. \n Care should be taken - when providing a custom endpoint for an API. If the endpoint - hostname is mutable, and the client cannot modify the endpoint - correctly, the operation call will most likely fail, or have - undefined behavior. \n If hostname is immutable, the SDK API - clients will not modify the hostname of the URL. This may cause - the API client not to function correctly if the API requires - the operation specific hostname values to be used by the client. - \n This flag does not modify the API client's behavior if this - endpoint will be used instead of Endpoint Discovery, or if the - endpoint will be used to perform Endpoint Discovery. That behavior - is configured via the API Client's Options. Note that this is - effective only for resources that use AWS SDK v2." + description: |- + Specifies if the endpoint's hostname can be modified by the SDK's API + client. + + + If the hostname is mutable the SDK API clients may modify any part of + the hostname based on the requirements of the API, (e.g. adding, or + removing content in the hostname). Such as, Amazon S3 API client + prefixing "bucketname" to the hostname, or changing the + hostname service name component from "s3." to "s3-accesspoint.dualstack." + for the dualstack endpoint of an S3 Accesspoint resource. + + + Care should be taken when providing a custom endpoint for an API. If the + endpoint hostname is mutable, and the client cannot modify the endpoint + correctly, the operation call will most likely fail, or have undefined + behavior. + + + If hostname is immutable, the SDK API clients will not modify the + hostname of the URL. This may cause the API client not to function + correctly if the API requires the operation specific hostname values + to be used by the client. + + + This flag does not modify the API client's behavior if this endpoint + will be used instead of Endpoint Discovery, or if the endpoint will be + used to perform Endpoint Discovery. That behavior is configured via the + API Client's Options. + Note that this is effective only for resources that use AWS SDK v2. type: boolean partitionId: description: The AWS partition the endpoint belongs to. type: string signingMethod: - description: The signing method that should be used for signing - the requests to the endpoint. + description: |- + The signing method that should be used for signing the requests to the + endpoint. type: string signingName: - description: The service name that should be used for signing - the requests to the endpoint. + description: |- + The service name that should be used for signing the requests to the + endpoint. type: string signingRegion: - description: The region that should be used for signing the request - to the endpoint. For IAM, which doesn't have any region, us-east-1 - is used to sign the requests, which is the only signing region - of IAM. + description: |- + The region that should be used for signing the request to the endpoint. + For IAM, which doesn't have any region, us-east-1 is used to sign the + requests, which is the only signing region of IAM. type: string source: - description: The source of the Endpoint. By default, this will - be ServiceMetadata. When providing a custom endpoint, you should - set the source as Custom. If source is not provided when providing - a custom endpoint, the SDK may not perform required host mutations - correctly. Source should be used along with HostnameImmutable - property as per the usage requirement. Note that this is effective - only for resources that use AWS SDK v2. + description: |- + The source of the Endpoint. By default, this will be ServiceMetadata. + When providing a custom endpoint, you should set the source as Custom. + If source is not provided when providing a custom endpoint, the SDK may not + perform required host mutations correctly. Source should be used along with + HostnameImmutable property as per the usage requirement. + Note that this is effective only for resources that use AWS SDK v2. enum: - ServiceMetadata - Custom @@ -221,17 +247,17 @@ spec: URL resolver. properties: host: - description: Host is the address of the main host that - the resolver will use to prepend protocol, service and - region configurations. For example, the final URL for - EC2 in us-east-1 looks like https://ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com - You would need to use "amazonaws.com" as Host and "https" - as protocol to have the resolver construct it. + description: |- + Host is the address of the main host that the resolver will use to + prepend protocol, service and region configurations. + For example, the final URL for EC2 in us-east-1 looks like https://ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com + You would need to use "amazonaws.com" as Host and "https" as protocol + to have the resolver construct it. type: string protocol: - description: Protocol is the HTTP protocol that will be - used in the URL. Currently, only http and https are - supported. + description: |- + Protocol is the HTTP protocol that will be used in the URL. Currently, + only http and https are supported. enum: - http - https @@ -241,16 +267,17 @@ spec: - protocol type: object static: - description: Static is the full URL you'd like the AWS SDK - to use. Recommended for using tools like localstack where - a single host is exposed for all services and regions. + description: |- + Static is the full URL you'd like the AWS SDK to use. + Recommended for using tools like localstack where a single host is exposed + for all services and regions. type: string type: - description: You can provide a static URL that will be used - regardless of the service and region by choosing Static - type. Alternatively, you can provide configuration for dynamically - resolving the URL with the config you provide once you set - the type as Dynamic. + description: |- + You can provide a static URL that will be used regardless of the service + and region by choosing Static type. Alternatively, you can provide + configuration for dynamically resolving the URL with the config you provide + once you set the type as Dynamic. enum: - Static - Dynamic @@ -262,9 +289,9 @@ spec: - url type: object externalID: - description: ExternalID is the external ID used when assuming role. - This setting will be deprecated. Use the externalID field under - assumeRole instead. + description: |- + ExternalID is the external ID used when assuming role. + This setting will be deprecated. Use the externalID field under assumeRole instead. type: string required: - credentials @@ -278,14 +305,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -295,8 +331,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime diff --git a/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_providerconfigusages.yaml b/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_providerconfigusages.yaml index 7f92d721ce..57904fc1f6 100644 --- a/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_providerconfigusages.yaml +++ b/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_providerconfigusages.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: providerconfigusages.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: A ProviderConfigUsage indicates that a resource is using a ProviderConfig. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -59,19 +64,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile - will fail if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means - this reference will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve - the reference only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent diff --git a/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_storeconfigs.yaml b/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_storeconfigs.yaml index a7334d5ad6..d4e586747e 100644 --- a/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_storeconfigs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/aws.crossplane.io_storeconfigs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: storeconfigs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: aws.crossplane.io @@ -35,14 +35,19 @@ spec: details. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -50,24 +55,26 @@ spec: description: A StoreConfigSpec defines the desired state of a ProviderConfig. properties: defaultScope: - description: DefaultScope used for scoping secrets for "cluster-scoped" - resources. If store type is "Kubernetes", this would mean the default - namespace to store connection secrets for cluster scoped resources. + description: |- + DefaultScope used for scoping secrets for "cluster-scoped" resources. + If store type is "Kubernetes", this would mean the default namespace to + store connection secrets for cluster scoped resources. In case of "Vault", this would be used as the default parent path. Typically, should be set as Crossplane installation namespace. type: string kubernetes: - description: Kubernetes configures a Kubernetes secret store. If the - "type" is "Kubernetes" but no config provided, in cluster config + description: |- + Kubernetes configures a Kubernetes secret store. + If the "type" is "Kubernetes" but no config provided, in cluster config will be used. properties: auth: description: Credentials used to connect to the Kubernetes API. properties: env: - description: Env is a reference to an environment variable - that contains credentials that must be used to connect to - the provider. + description: |- + Env is a reference to an environment variable that contains credentials + that must be used to connect to the provider. properties: name: description: Name is the name of an environment variable. @@ -76,9 +83,9 @@ spec: - name type: object fs: - description: Fs is a reference to a filesystem location that - contains credentials that must be used to connect to the - provider. + description: |- + Fs is a reference to a filesystem location that contains credentials that + must be used to connect to the provider. properties: path: description: Path is a filesystem path. @@ -87,9 +94,9 @@ spec: - path type: object secretRef: - description: A SecretRef is a reference to a secret key that - contains the credentials that must be used to connect to - the provider. + description: |- + A SecretRef is a reference to a secret key that contains the credentials + that must be used to connect to the provider. properties: key: description: The key to select. @@ -145,9 +152,10 @@ spec: type: object type: default: Kubernetes - description: Type configures which secret store to be used. Only the - configuration block for this store will be used and others will - be ignored if provided. Default is Kubernetes. + description: |- + Type configures which secret store to be used. Only the configuration + block for this store will be used and others will be ignored if provided. + Default is Kubernetes. enum: - Kubernetes - Vault @@ -165,14 +173,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -182,8 +199,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime diff --git a/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_computeenvironments.yaml b/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_computeenvironments.yaml index 5110aabfd4..4c3c3adfd2 100644 --- a/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_computeenvironments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_computeenvironments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: computeenvironments.batch.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: batch.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -70,10 +76,10 @@ spec: of ComputeEnvironment properties: computeResources: - description: Details about the compute resources managed by the - compute environment. This parameter is required for managed - compute environments. For more information, see Compute Environments - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/compute_environments.html) + description: |- + Details about the compute resources managed by the compute environment. This + parameter is required for managed compute environments. For more information, + see Compute Environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/compute_environments.html) in the Batch User Guide. properties: allocationStrategy: @@ -99,15 +105,18 @@ spec: type: string type: array launchTemplate: - description: "An object that represents a launch template - that's associated with a compute resource. You must specify - either the launch template ID or launch template name in - the request, but not both. \n If security groups are specified - using both the securityGroupIds parameter of CreateComputeEnvironment - and the launch template, the values in the securityGroupIds - parameter of CreateComputeEnvironment will be used. \n This - object isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate - resources." + description: |- + An object that represents a launch template that's associated with a compute + resource. You must specify either the launch template ID or launch template + name in the request, but not both. + + + If security groups are specified using both the securityGroupIds parameter + of CreateComputeEnvironment and the launch template, the values in the securityGroupIds + parameter of CreateComputeEnvironment will be used. + + + This object isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources. properties: launchTemplateID: type: string @@ -132,18 +141,21 @@ spec: type: string type: object desiredState: - description: "Custom parameter to control the state of the compute - environment. The valid values are ENABLED or DISABLED. \n If - the state is ENABLED, then the Batch scheduler can attempt to - place jobs from an associated job queue on the compute resources - within the environment. If the compute environment is managed, - then it can scale its instances out or in automatically, based - on the job queue demand. \n If the state is DISABLED, then the - Batch scheduler doesn't attempt to place jobs within the environment. - Jobs in a STARTING or RUNNING state continue to progress normally. - Managed compute environments in the DISABLED state don't scale - out. However, they scale in to minvCpus value after instances - become idle." + description: |- + Custom parameter to control the state of the compute environment. The valid values are ENABLED or DISABLED. + + + If the state is ENABLED, then the Batch scheduler can attempt to place jobs + from an associated job queue on the compute resources within the environment. + If the compute environment is managed, then it can scale its instances out + or in automatically, based on the job queue demand. + + + If the state is DISABLED, then the Batch scheduler doesn't attempt to place + jobs within the environment. Jobs in a STARTING or RUNNING state continue + to progress normally. Managed compute environments in the DISABLED state + don't scale out. However, they scale in to minvCpus value after instances + become idle. enum: - ENABLED - DISABLED @@ -158,20 +170,24 @@ spec: type: string type: object instanceRole: - description: "The Amazon ECS instance profile applied to Amazon - EC2 instances in a compute environment. You can specify the - short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an instance - profile. For example, ecsInstanceRole or arn:aws:iam:::instance-profile/ecsInstanceRole + description: |- + The Amazon ECS instance profile applied to Amazon EC2 instances in a compute + environment. You can specify the short name or full Amazon Resource Name + (ARN) of an instance profile. For example, ecsInstanceRole or arn:aws:iam:::instance-profile/ecsInstanceRole . For more information, see Amazon ECS Instance Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/instance_IAM_role.html) - in the Batch User Guide. Only applicable to MANGED CE of type - EC2 or SPOT. This field can be updated for CE only with Allocation - Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED. \n - This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on - Fargate resources, and shouldn't be specified." + in the Batch User Guide. + Only applicable to MANGED CE of type EC2 or SPOT. + This field can be updated for CE only + with Allocation Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources, + and shouldn't be specified. type: string instanceRoleRef: - description: InstanceRoleRef is a reference to the IAM InstanceProfile - used to set the InstanceRole. + description: |- + InstanceRoleRef is a reference to the IAM InstanceProfile used to set + the InstanceRole. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -181,21 +197,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -205,12 +221,14 @@ spec: - name type: object instanceRoleSelector: - description: InstanceRoleSelector selects references to the IAM - InstanceProfile used to set the InstanceRole. + description: |- + InstanceRoleSelector selects references to the IAM InstanceProfile used + to set the InstanceRole. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -223,21 +241,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -249,8 +267,9 @@ spec: be created. type: string securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -262,21 +281,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -287,12 +306,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -305,21 +326,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -327,41 +348,36 @@ spec: type: object type: object securityGroupIds: - description: The Amazon EC2 security groups associated with instances - launched in the compute environment. One or more security groups - must be specified, either in securityGroupIds or using a launch - template referenced in launchTemplate. This parameter is required - for jobs that are running on Fargate resources and must contain - at least one security group. Fargate doesn't support launch - templates. If security groups are specified using both securityGroupIds - and launchTemplate, the values in securityGroupIds are used. - For a MANGED CE of type EC2 or SPOT to be able to update this - field Allocation Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED - is required. + description: |- + The Amazon EC2 security groups associated with instances launched in the + compute environment. One or more security groups must be specified, either + in securityGroupIds or using a launch template referenced in launchTemplate. + This parameter is required for jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and must contain at least one security group. Fargate doesn't support launch + templates. If security groups are specified using both securityGroupIds and + launchTemplate, the values in securityGroupIds are used. + For a MANGED CE of type EC2 or SPOT to be able to update this field + Allocation Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED is required. items: type: string type: array serviceRoleARN: - description: The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role - that allows Batch to make calls to other Amazon Web Services - services on your behalf. For more information, see Batch service - IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/service_IAM_role.html) - If the compute environment has a service-linked role, it can't - be changed to use a regular IAM role. Likewise, if the compute - environment has a regular IAM role, it can't be changed to use - a service-linked role. If your specified role has a path other - than /, then you must either specify the full role ARN (this - is recommended) or prefix the role name with the path. Depending - on how you created your Batch service role, its ARN might contain - the service-role path prefix. When you only specify the name - of the service role, Batch assumes that your ARN doesn't use - the service-role path prefix. Because of this, we recommend - that you specify the full ARN of your service role when you - create compute environments + description: |- + The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows Batch to + make calls to other Amazon Web Services services on your behalf. For more + information, see Batch service IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/service_IAM_role.html) + If the compute environment has a service-linked role, it can't be changed to use a regular IAM role. + Likewise, if the compute environment has a regular IAM role, it can't be changed to use a service-linked role. + If your specified role has a path other than /, then you must either specify the full role ARN (this is recommended) + or prefix the role name with the path. + Depending on how you created your Batch service role, its ARN might contain the service-role path prefix. + When you only specify the name of the service role, Batch assumes that your ARN doesn't use the service-role path prefix. + Because of this, we recommend that you specify the full ARN of your service role when you create compute environments type: string serviceRoleARNRef: - description: ServiceRoleARNRef is a reference to an ARN of the - IAM role used to set the ServiceRoleARN. + description: |- + ServiceRoleARNRef is a reference to an ARN of the IAM role used to set + the ServiceRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -371,21 +387,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -395,12 +411,14 @@ spec: - name type: object serviceRoleARNSelector: - description: ServiceRoleARNSelector selects references to an ARN - of the IAM role used to set the ServiceRoleARN. + description: |- + ServiceRoleARNSelector selects references to an ARN of the IAM role used + to set the ServiceRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -413,21 +431,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -435,8 +453,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object spotIAMFleetRoleRef: - description: SpotIAMFleetRoleRef is a reference to an ARN of the - IAM role used to set the SpotIAMFleetRole. + description: |- + SpotIAMFleetRoleRef is a reference to an ARN of the IAM role used to set + the SpotIAMFleetRole. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -446,21 +465,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -470,28 +489,34 @@ spec: - name type: object spotIamFleetRole: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon EC2 - Spot Fleet IAM role applied to a SPOT compute environment. This - role is required if the allocation strategy set to BEST_FIT - or if the allocation strategy isn't specified. For more information, + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon EC2 Spot Fleet IAM role applied + to a SPOT compute environment. This role is required if the allocation strategy + set to BEST_FIT or if the allocation strategy isn't specified. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Spot Fleet Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/spot_fleet_IAM_role.html) - in the Batch User Guide. \n This parameter isn't applicable - to jobs that are running on Fargate resources, and shouldn't - be specified. \n To tag your Spot Instances on creation, the - Spot Fleet IAM role specified here must use the newer AmazonEC2SpotFleetTaggingRole - managed policy. The previously recommended AmazonEC2SpotFleetRole - managed policy doesn't have the required permissions to tag - Spot Instances. For more information, see Spot Instances not - tagged on creation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/troubleshooting.html#spot-instance-no-tag) - in the Batch User Guide." + in the Batch User Guide. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources, + and shouldn't be specified. + + + To tag your Spot Instances on creation, the Spot Fleet IAM role specified + here must use the newer AmazonEC2SpotFleetTaggingRole managed policy. The + previously recommended AmazonEC2SpotFleetRole managed policy doesn't have + the required permissions to tag Spot Instances. For more information, see + Spot Instances not tagged on creation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/troubleshooting.html#spot-instance-no-tag) + in the Batch User Guide. type: string spotIamFleetRoleSelector: - description: SpotIAMFleetRoleSelector selects references to an - ARN of the IAM role used to set the SpotIAMFleetRole. + description: |- + SpotIAMFleetRoleSelector selects references to an ARN of the IAM role used + to set the SpotIAMFleetRole. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -504,21 +529,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -526,8 +551,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnetIdRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to SubnetIDs - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to SubnetIDs used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -539,21 +565,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -564,12 +590,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDSelector selects references to SubnetIDs - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDSelector selects references to SubnetIDs used + to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -582,21 +610,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -604,58 +632,66 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnetIds: - description: The VPC subnets where the compute resources are launched. - These subnets must be within the same VPC. Fargate compute resources - can contain up to 16 subnets. For more information, see VPCs - and Subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Subnets.html) - in the Amazon VPC User Guide. (Subnets is originally a field - of ComputeResources) Subnets is a required field for CE type - MANAGED. For a MANGED CE of type EC2 or SPOT to be able to update - this field Allocation Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED - is required. + description: |- + The VPC subnets where the compute resources are launched. These subnets must + be within the same VPC. Fargate compute resources can contain up to 16 subnets. + For more information, see VPCs and Subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Subnets.html) + in the Amazon VPC User Guide. + (Subnets is originally a field of ComputeResources) + Subnets is a required field for CE type MANAGED. + For a MANGED CE of type EC2 or SPOT to be able to update this field + Allocation Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED is required. items: type: string type: array tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: "The tags that you apply to the compute environment - to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag - consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, - see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) - in Amazon Web Services General Reference. \n These tags can - be updated or removed using the TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/APIReference/API_TagResource.html) + description: |- + The tags that you apply to the compute environment to help you categorize + and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. + For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) + in Amazon Web Services General Reference. + + + These tags can be updated or removed using the TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/APIReference/API_TagResource.html) and UntagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/APIReference/API_UntagResource.html) - API operations. These tags don't propagate to the underlying - compute resources." + API operations. These tags don't propagate to the underlying compute resources. type: object type_: - description: 'The type of the compute environment: MANAGED or - UNMANAGED. For more information, see Compute Environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/compute_environments.html) - in the Batch User Guide.' + description: |- + The type of the compute environment: MANAGED or UNMANAGED. For more information, + see Compute Environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/compute_environments.html) + in the Batch User Guide. type: string unmanagedvCPUs: - description: "The maximum number of vCPUs for an unmanaged compute - environment. This parameter is only used for fair share scheduling - to reserve vCPU capacity for new share identifiers. If this - parameter isn't provided for a fair share job queue, no vCPU - capacity is reserved. \n This parameter is only supported when - the type parameter is set to UNMANAGED." + description: |- + The maximum number of vCPUs for an unmanaged compute environment. This parameter + is only used for fair share scheduling to reserve vCPU capacity for new share + identifiers. If this parameter isn't provided for a fair share job queue, + no vCPU capacity is reserved. + + + This parameter is only supported when the type parameter is set to UNMANAGED. format: int64 type: integer updatePolicy: - description: "Specifies the infrastructure update policy for the - compute environment. For more information about infrastructure - updates, see Updating compute environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/updating-compute-environments.html) - in the Batch User Guide. Only applicable to MANGED CE of type - EC2 or SPOT. This field requires an update request to be set - and it can be updated for CE only with Allocation Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE - or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED. \n JobExecutionTimeoutMinutes specifies - the job timeout (in minutes) when the compute environment infrastructure - is updated. The default value is 30. \n TerminateJobsOnUpdate - specifies whether jobs are automatically terminated when the - computer environment infrastructure is updated. The default - value is false." + description: |- + Specifies the infrastructure update policy for the compute environment. For + more information about infrastructure updates, see Updating compute environments + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/updating-compute-environments.html) + in the Batch User Guide. + Only applicable to MANGED CE of type EC2 or SPOT. + This field requires an update request to be set and it can be updated for CE only + with Allocation Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED. + + + JobExecutionTimeoutMinutes specifies the job timeout (in minutes) when the compute environment + infrastructure is updated. The default value is 30. + + + TerminateJobsOnUpdate specifies whether jobs are automatically terminated when the computer + environment infrastructure is updated. The default value is false. properties: jobExecutionTimeoutMinutes: format: int64 @@ -664,23 +700,27 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object updateToLatestImageVersion: - description: "Specifies whether the AMI ID is updated to the latest - one that's supported by Batch when the compute environment has - an infrastructure update. The default value is false. Only applicable - to MANGED CE of type EC2 or SPOT. This field requires an update - request to be set and it can be updated for CE only with Allocation - Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED. Also - to get this field changed, you need to include another change - to trigger an update. \n If an AMI ID is specified in the imageIdOverride - parameters or by the launch template specified in the launchTemplate - parameter, this parameter is ignored. For more information on - updating AMI IDs during an infrastructure update, see Updating - the AMI ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/updating-compute-environments.html#updating-compute-environments-ami) - in the Batch User Guide. \n When updating a compute environment, - changing this setting requires an infrastructure update of the - compute environment. For more information, see Updating compute + description: |- + Specifies whether the AMI ID is updated to the latest one that's supported + by Batch when the compute environment has an infrastructure update. + The default value is false. + Only applicable to MANGED CE of type EC2 or SPOT. + This field requires an update request to be set and it can be updated for CE only + with Allocation Strategy BEST_FIT_PROGRESSIVE or SPOT_CAPACITY_OPTIMIZED. + Also to get this field changed, you need to include another change to trigger an update. + + + If an AMI ID is specified in the imageIdOverride parameters or + by the launch template specified in the launchTemplate parameter, this parameter + is ignored. For more information on updating AMI IDs during an infrastructure + update, see Updating the AMI ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/updating-compute-environments.html#updating-compute-environments-ami) + in the Batch User Guide. + + + When updating a compute environment, changing this setting requires an infrastructure + update of the compute environment. For more information, see Updating compute environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/updating-compute-environments.html) - in the Batch User Guide." + in the Batch User Guide. type: boolean required: - region @@ -689,19 +729,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -714,9 +756,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -726,21 +769,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -750,17 +793,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -770,21 +815,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -799,21 +844,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -824,14 +870,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -857,33 +904,43 @@ spec: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the compute environment. type: string computeEnvironmentName: - description: The name of the compute environment. It can be up - to 128 characters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase - letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). + description: |- + The name of the compute environment. It can be up to 128 characters long. + It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and + underscores (_). type: string ecsClusterARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the underlying - Amazon ECS cluster that the compute environment uses. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the underlying Amazon ECS cluster that + the compute environment uses. type: string state: - description: "The state of the compute environment. The valid - values are ENABLED or DISABLED. \n If the state is ENABLED, - then the Batch scheduler can attempt to place jobs from an associated - job queue on the compute resources within the environment. If - the compute environment is managed, then it can scale its instances - out or in automatically based on the job queue demand. \n If - the state is DISABLED, then the Batch scheduler doesn't attempt - to place jobs within the environment. Jobs in a STARTING or - RUNNING state continue to progress normally. Managed compute - environments in the DISABLED state don't scale out. \n Compute - environments in a DISABLED state may continue to incur billing - charges. To prevent additional charges, turn off and then delete - the compute environment. For more information, see State (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/compute_environment_parameters.html#compute_environment_state) - in the Batch User Guide. \n When an instance is idle, the instance - scales down to the minvCpus value. However, the instance size - doesn't change. For example, consider a c5.8xlarge instance - with a minvCpus value of 4 and a desiredvCpus value of 36. This - instance doesn't scale down to a c5.large instance." + description: |- + The state of the compute environment. The valid values are ENABLED or DISABLED. + + + If the state is ENABLED, then the Batch scheduler can attempt to place jobs + from an associated job queue on the compute resources within the environment. + If the compute environment is managed, then it can scale its instances out + or in automatically based on the job queue demand. + + + If the state is DISABLED, then the Batch scheduler doesn't attempt to place + jobs within the environment. Jobs in a STARTING or RUNNING state continue + to progress normally. Managed compute environments in the DISABLED state + don't scale out. + + + Compute environments in a DISABLED state may continue to incur billing charges. + To prevent additional charges, turn off and then delete the compute environment. + For more information, see State (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/compute_environment_parameters.html#compute_environment_state) + in the Batch User Guide. + + + When an instance is idle, the instance scales down to the minvCpus value. + However, the instance size doesn't change. For example, consider a c5.8xlarge + instance with a minvCpus value of 4 and a desiredvCpus value of 36. This + instance doesn't scale down to a c5.large instance. type: string status: description: The current status of the compute environment (for @@ -896,14 +953,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -913,8 +979,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -926,6 +993,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobdefinitions.yaml b/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobdefinitions.yaml index ac18932fa6..04056d244f 100644 --- a/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobdefinitions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobdefinitions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: jobdefinitions.batch.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: batch.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: Batch JobDefinition. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -70,15 +76,19 @@ spec: Batch JobDefinition properties: containerProperties: - description: "An object with various properties specific to single-node - container-based jobs. If the job definition's type parameter - is container, then you must specify either containerProperties - or nodeProperties. \n If the job runs on Fargate resources, - then you must not specify nodeProperties; use only containerProperties." + description: |- + An object with various properties specific to single-node container-based + jobs. If the job definition's type parameter is container, then you must + specify either containerProperties or nodeProperties. + + + If the job runs on Fargate resources, then you must not specify nodeProperties; + use only containerProperties. properties: command: - description: The command that's passed to the container. This - parameter maps to Cmd in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The command that's passed to the container. This parameter maps to Cmd in + the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the COMMAND parameter to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). For more information, see https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd @@ -87,30 +97,38 @@ spec: type: string type: array environment: - description: "The environment variables to pass to a container. - This parameter maps to Env in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The environment variables to pass to a container. This parameter maps to + Env in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --env option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n We don't recommend using plaintext environment variables - for sensitive information, such as credential data. \n Environment - variables must not start with AWS_BATCH; this naming convention - is reserved for variables that are set by the Batch service." + + + We don't recommend using plaintext environment variables for sensitive information, + such as credential data. + + + Environment variables must not start with AWS_BATCH; this naming convention + is reserved for variables that are set by the Batch service. items: description: KeyValuePair defines a key-value pair object. properties: name: - description: The name of the key-value pair. For environment - variables, this is the name of the environment variable. + description: |- + The name of the key-value pair. For environment variables, this is the name + of the environment variable. type: string value: - description: The value of the key-value pair. For environment - variables, this is the value of the environment variable. + description: |- + The value of the key-value pair. For environment variables, this is the value + of the environment variable. type: string type: object type: array executionRoleARNRef: - description: ExecutionRoleARNRef is a reference to an ARN - of the IAM role used to set the ExecutionRoleARN. + description: |- + ExecutionRoleARNRef is a reference to an ARN of the IAM role used to set + the ExecutionRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -120,21 +138,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -144,13 +162,14 @@ spec: - name type: object executionRoleARNSelector: - description: ExecutionRoleARNSelector selects references to - an ARN of the IAM role used to set the ExecutionRoleARN. + description: |- + ExecutionRoleARNSelector selects references to an ARN of the IAM role used + to set the ExecutionRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -163,21 +182,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -185,60 +204,72 @@ spec: type: object type: object executionRoleArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution - role that Batch can assume. For jobs that run on Fargate - resources, you must provide an execution role. For more - information, see Batch execution IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/execution-IAM-role.html) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution role that Batch can assume. + For jobs that run on Fargate resources, you must provide an execution role. + For more information, see Batch execution IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/execution-IAM-role.html) in the Batch User Guide. type: string fargatePlatformConfiguration: - description: The platform configuration for jobs that are - running on Fargate resources. Jobs that are running on EC2 - resources must not specify this parameter. + description: |- + The platform configuration for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. + Jobs that are running on EC2 resources must not specify this parameter. properties: platformVersion: - description: The Fargate platform version where the jobs - are running. A platform version is specified only for - jobs that are running on Fargate resources. If one isn't - specified, the LATEST platform version is used by default. - This uses a recent, approved version of the Fargate - platform for compute resources. For more information, - see Fargate platform versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html) + description: |- + The Fargate platform version where the jobs are running. A platform version + is specified only for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. If one + isn't specified, the LATEST platform version is used by default. This uses + a recent, approved version of the Fargate platform for compute resources. + For more information, see Fargate platform versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. type: string type: object image: - description: "The image used to start a container. This string - is passed directly to the Docker daemon. Images in the Docker - Hub registry are available by default. Other repositories - are specified with repository-url/image:tag . Up to 255 - letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, hyphens, underscores, - colons, periods, forward slashes, and number signs are allowed. - This parameter maps to Image in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The image used to start a container. This string is passed directly to the + Docker daemon. Images in the Docker Hub registry are available by default. + Other repositories are specified with repository-url/image:tag . Up to 255 + letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, hyphens, underscores, colons, + periods, forward slashes, and number signs are allowed. This parameter maps + to Image in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the IMAGE parameter of docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n Docker image architecture must match the processor architecture - of the compute resources that they're scheduled on. For - example, ARM-based Docker images can only run on ARM-based - compute resources. \n * Images in Amazon ECR repositories - use the full registry and repository URI (for example, 012345678910.dkr.ecr..amazonaws.com/). - \n * Images in official repositories on Docker Hub use a - single name (for example, ubuntu or mongo). \n * Images - in other repositories on Docker Hub are qualified with an - organization name (for example, amazon/amazon-ecs-agent). - \n * Images in other online repositories are qualified further - by a domain name (for example, quay.io/assemblyline/ubuntu)." + + + Docker image architecture must match the processor architecture of the compute + resources that they're scheduled on. For example, ARM-based Docker images + can only run on ARM-based compute resources. + + + * Images in Amazon ECR repositories use the full registry and repository + URI (for example, 012345678910.dkr.ecr..amazonaws.com/). + + + * Images in official repositories on Docker Hub use a single name (for + example, ubuntu or mongo). + + + * Images in other repositories on Docker Hub are qualified with an organization + name (for example, amazon/amazon-ecs-agent). + + + * Images in other online repositories are qualified further by a domain + name (for example, quay.io/assemblyline/ubuntu). type: string instanceType: - description: "The instance type to use for a multi-node parallel - job. All node groups in a multi-node parallel job must use - the same instance type. \n This parameter isn't applicable - to single-node container jobs or jobs that run on Fargate - resources, and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The instance type to use for a multi-node parallel job. All node groups in + a multi-node parallel job must use the same instance type. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to single-node container jobs or jobs that + run on Fargate resources, and shouldn't be provided. type: string jobRoleARNRef: - description: JobRoleARNRef is a reference to an ARN of the - IAM role used to set the JobRoleARN. + description: |- + JobRoleARNRef is a reference to an ARN of the IAM role used to set + the JobRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -248,21 +279,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -272,13 +303,14 @@ spec: - name type: object jobRoleARNSelector: - description: JobRoleARNSelector selects references to an ARN - of the IAM role used to set the JobRoleARN. + description: |- + JobRoleARNSelector selects references to an ARN of the IAM role used + to set the JobRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -291,21 +323,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -313,44 +345,51 @@ spec: type: object type: object jobRoleArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role - that the container can assume for Amazon Web Services permissions. - For more information, see IAM Roles for Tasks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-iam-roles.html) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the container can assume + for Amazon Web Services permissions. For more information, see IAM Roles + for Tasks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-iam-roles.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. type: string linuxParameters: - description: Linux-specific modifications that are applied - to the container, such as details for device mappings. + description: |- + Linux-specific modifications that are applied to the container, such as details + for device mappings. properties: devices: - description: "Any host devices to expose to the container. - This parameter maps to Devices in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + Any host devices to expose to the container. This parameter maps to Devices + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --device option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are - running on Fargate resources and shouldn't be provided." + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. items: - description: "Device defines a container instance host - device. \n This object isn't applicable to jobs that - are running on Fargate resources and shouldn't be - provided." + description: |- + Device defines a container instance host device. + + + This object isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. properties: containerPath: - description: The path inside the container that's - used to expose the host device. By default, the - hostPath value is used. + description: |- + The path inside the container that's used to expose the host device. By default, + the hostPath value is used. type: string hostPath: - description: "The path for the device on the host - container instance. \n HostPath is a required - field" + description: |- + The path for the device on the host container instance. + + + HostPath is a required field type: string permissions: - description: The explicit permissions to provide - to the container for the device. By default, the - container has permissions for read, write, and - mknod for the device. + description: |- + The explicit permissions to provide to the container for the device. By default, + the container has permissions for read, write, and mknod for the device. items: type: string type: array @@ -359,110 +398,124 @@ spec: type: object type: array initProcessEnabled: - description: 'If true, run an init process inside the - container that forwards signals and reaps processes. - This parameter maps to the --init option to docker run - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). This - parameter requires version 1.25 of the Docker Remote - API or greater on your container instance. To check - the Docker Remote API version on your container instance, - log into your container instance and run the following - command: sudo docker version | grep "Server API version"' + description: |- + If true, run an init process inside the container that forwards signals and + reaps processes. This parameter maps to the --init option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + This parameter requires version 1.25 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. To check the Docker Remote API version on your + container instance, log into your container instance and run the following + command: sudo docker version | grep "Server API version" type: boolean maxSwap: - description: "The total amount of swap memory (in MiB) - a container can use. This parameter is translated to - the --memory-swap option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/) - where the value is the sum of the container memory plus - the maxSwap value. For more information, see --memory-swap - details (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/resource_constraints/#--memory-swap-details) - in the Docker documentation. \n If a maxSwap value of - 0 is specified, the container doesn't use swap. Accepted - values are 0 or any positive integer. If the maxSwap - parameter is omitted, the container doesn't use the - swap configuration for the container instance it is - running on. A maxSwap value must be set for the swappiness - parameter to be used. \n This parameter isn't applicable - to jobs that are running on Fargate resources and shouldn't - be provided." + description: |- + The total amount of swap memory (in MiB) a container can use. This parameter + is translated to the --memory-swap option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/) + where the value is the sum of the container memory plus the maxSwap value. + For more information, see --memory-swap details (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/resource_constraints/#--memory-swap-details) + in the Docker documentation. + + + If a maxSwap value of 0 is specified, the container doesn't use swap. Accepted + values are 0 or any positive integer. If the maxSwap parameter is omitted, + the container doesn't use the swap configuration for the container instance + it is running on. A maxSwap value must be set for the swappiness parameter + to be used. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. format: int64 type: integer sharedMemorySize: - description: "The value for the size (in MiB) of the /dev/shm - volume. This parameter maps to the --shm-size option - to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are - running on Fargate resources and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The value for the size (in MiB) of the /dev/shm volume. This parameter maps + to the --shm-size option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. format: int64 type: integer swappiness: - description: "This allows you to tune a container's memory - swappiness behavior. A swappiness value of 0 causes - swapping not to happen unless absolutely necessary. - A swappiness value of 100 causes pages to be swapped - very aggressively. Accepted values are whole numbers - between 0 and 100. If the swappiness parameter isn't - specified, a default value of 60 is used. If a value - isn't specified for maxSwap, then this parameter is - ignored. If maxSwap is set to 0, the container doesn't - use swap. This parameter maps to the --memory-swappiness - option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n Consider the following when you use a per-container - swap configuration. \n * Swap space must be enabled - and allocated on the container instance for the containers - to use. The Amazon ECS optimized AMIs don't have swap - enabled by default. You must enable swap on the instance - to use this feature. For more information, see Instance - Store Swap Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-store-swap-volumes.html) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances or - How do I allocate memory to work as swap space in an - Amazon EC2 instance by using a swap file? (http://aws.amazon.com/premiumsupport/knowledge-center/ec2-memory-swap-file/) - \n * The swap space parameters are only supported for - job definitions using EC2 resources. \n * If the maxSwap - and swappiness parameters are omitted from a job definition, - each container will have a default swappiness value - of 60, and the total swap usage will be limited to two - times the memory reservation of the container. \n This - parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running - on Fargate resources and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + This allows you to tune a container's memory swappiness behavior. A swappiness + value of 0 causes swapping not to happen unless absolutely necessary. A swappiness + value of 100 causes pages to be swapped very aggressively. Accepted values + are whole numbers between 0 and 100. If the swappiness parameter isn't specified, + a default value of 60 is used. If a value isn't specified for maxSwap, then + this parameter is ignored. If maxSwap is set to 0, the container doesn't + use swap. This parameter maps to the --memory-swappiness option to docker + run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + + + Consider the following when you use a per-container swap configuration. + + + * Swap space must be enabled and allocated on the container instance for + the containers to use. The Amazon ECS optimized AMIs don't have swap enabled + by default. You must enable swap on the instance to use this feature. + For more information, see Instance Store Swap Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-store-swap-volumes.html) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances or How do I allocate + memory to work as swap space in an Amazon EC2 instance by using a swap + file? (http://aws.amazon.com/premiumsupport/knowledge-center/ec2-memory-swap-file/) + + + * The swap space parameters are only supported for job definitions using + EC2 resources. + + + * If the maxSwap and swappiness parameters are omitted from a job definition, + each container will have a default swappiness value of 60, and the total + swap usage will be limited to two times the memory reservation of the + container. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. format: int64 type: integer tmpfs: - description: "The container path, mount options, and size - (in MiB) of the tmpfs mount. This parameter maps to - the --tmpfs option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are - running on Fargate resources and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The container path, mount options, and size (in MiB) of the tmpfs mount. + This parameter maps to the --tmpfs option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. items: - description: "Tmpfs defines the container path, mount - options, and size of the tmpfs mount. \n This object - isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate - resources." + description: |- + Tmpfs defines the container path, mount options, and size of the tmpfs mount. + + + This object isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources. properties: containerPath: - description: "The absolute file path in the container - where the tmpfs volume is mounted. \n ContainerPath - is a required field" + description: |- + The absolute file path in the container where the tmpfs volume is mounted. + + + ContainerPath is a required field type: string mountOptions: - description: "The list of tmpfs volume mount options. - \n Valid values: \"defaults\" | \"ro\" | \"rw\" - | \"suid\" | \"nosuid\" | \"dev\" | \"nodev\" - | \"exec\" | \"noexec\" | \"sync\" | \"async\" - | \"dirsync\" | \"remount\" | \"mand\" | \"nomand\" - | \"atime\" | \"noatime\" | \"diratime\" | \"nodiratime\" - | \"bind\" | \"rbind\" | \"unbindable\" | \"runbindable\" - | \"private\" | \"rprivate\" | \"shared\" | \"rshared\" - | \"slave\" | \"rslave\" | \"relatime\" | \"norelatime\" - | \"strictatime\" | \"nostrictatime\" | \"mode\" - | \"uid\" | \"gid\" | \"nr_inodes\" | \"nr_blocks\" - | \"mpol\"" + description: |- + The list of tmpfs volume mount options. + + + Valid values: "defaults" | "ro" | "rw" | "suid" | "nosuid" | "dev" | "nodev" + | "exec" | "noexec" | "sync" | "async" | "dirsync" | "remount" | "mand" | + "nomand" | "atime" | "noatime" | "diratime" | "nodiratime" | "bind" | "rbind" + | "unbindable" | "runbindable" | "private" | "rprivate" | "shared" | "rshared" + | "slave" | "rslave" | "relatime" | "norelatime" | "strictatime" | "nostrictatime" + | "mode" | "uid" | "gid" | "nr_inodes" | "nr_blocks" | "mpol" items: type: string type: array size: - description: "The size (in MiB) of the tmpfs volume. - \n Size is a required field" + description: |- + The size (in MiB) of the tmpfs volume. + + + Size is a required field format: int64 type: integer required: @@ -472,84 +525,127 @@ spec: type: array type: object logConfiguration: - description: "The log configuration specification for the - container. \n This parameter maps to LogConfig in the Create - a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The log configuration specification for the container. + + + This parameter maps to LogConfig in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --log-driver option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - By default, containers use the same logging driver that - the Docker daemon uses. However the container might use - a different logging driver than the Docker daemon by specifying - a log driver with this parameter in the container definition. - To use a different logging driver for a container, the log - system must be configured properly on the container instance - (or on a different log server for remote logging options). - For more information on the options for different supported - log drivers, see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) - in the Docker documentation. \n Batch currently supports - a subset of the logging drivers available to the Docker - daemon (shown in the LogConfiguration data type). \n This - parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API - or greater on your container instance. To check the Docker - Remote API version on your container instance, log into - your container instance and run the following command: sudo - docker version | grep \"Server API version\" \n The Amazon - ECS container agent running on a container instance must - register the logging drivers available on that instance - with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS environment variable - before containers placed on that instance can use these - log configuration options. For more information, see Amazon - ECS Container Agent Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide." + By default, containers use the same logging driver that the Docker daemon + uses. However the container might use a different logging driver than the + Docker daemon by specifying a log driver with this parameter in the container + definition. To use a different logging driver for a container, the log system + must be configured properly on the container instance (or on a different + log server for remote logging options). For more information on the options + for different supported log drivers, see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + Batch currently supports a subset of the logging drivers available to the + Docker daemon (shown in the LogConfiguration data type). + + + This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. To check the Docker Remote API version on your + container instance, log into your container instance and run the following + command: sudo docker version | grep "Server API version" + + + The Amazon ECS container agent running on a container instance must register + the logging drivers available on that instance with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS + environment variable before containers placed on that instance can use these + log configuration options. For more information, see Amazon ECS Container + Agent Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: logDriver: - description: "The log driver to use for the container. - The valid values listed for this parameter are log drivers - that the Amazon ECS container agent can communicate - with by default. \n The supported log drivers are awslogs, - fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, logentries, syslog, - and splunk. \n Jobs that are running on Fargate resources - are restricted to the awslogs and splunk log drivers. - \n awslogs \n Specifies the Amazon CloudWatch Logs logging - driver. For more information, see Using the awslogs - Log Driver (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/using_awslogs.html) - in the Batch User Guide and Amazon CloudWatch Logs logging - driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/awslogs/) - in the Docker documentation. \n fluentd \n Specifies - the Fluentd logging driver. For more information, including - usage and options, see Fluentd logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/fluentd/) - in the Docker documentation. \n gelf \n Specifies the - Graylog Extended Format (GELF) logging driver. For more - information, including usage and options, see Graylog - Extended Format logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/gelf/) - in the Docker documentation. \n journald \n Specifies - the journald logging driver. For more information, including - usage and options, see Journald logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/journald/) - in the Docker documentation. \n json-file \n Specifies - the JSON file logging driver. For more information, - including usage and options, see JSON File logging driver - (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/json-file/) - in the Docker documentation. \n splunk \n Specifies - the Splunk logging driver. For more information, including - usage and options, see Splunk logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/splunk/) - in the Docker documentation. \n syslog \n Specifies - the syslog logging driver. For more information, including - usage and options, see Syslog logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/syslog/) - in the Docker documentation. \n If you have a custom - driver that's not listed earlier that you want to work - with the Amazon ECS container agent, you can fork the - Amazon ECS container agent project that's available - on GitHub (https://github.com/aws/amazon-ecs-agent) - and customize it to work with that driver. We encourage - you to submit pull requests for changes that you want - to have included. However, Amazon Web Services doesn't - currently support running modified copies of this software. - \n This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker - Remote API or greater on your container instance. To - check the Docker Remote API version on your container - instance, log into your container instance and run the - following command: sudo docker version | grep \"Server - API version\" \n LogDriver is a required field" + description: |- + The log driver to use for the container. The valid values listed for this + parameter are log drivers that the Amazon ECS container agent can communicate + with by default. + + + The supported log drivers are awslogs, fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, + logentries, syslog, and splunk. + + + Jobs that are running on Fargate resources are restricted to the awslogs + and splunk log drivers. + + + awslogs + + + Specifies the Amazon CloudWatch Logs logging driver. For more information, + see Using the awslogs Log Driver (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/using_awslogs.html) + in the Batch User Guide and Amazon CloudWatch Logs logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/awslogs/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + fluentd + + + Specifies the Fluentd logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see Fluentd logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/fluentd/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + gelf + + + Specifies the Graylog Extended Format (GELF) logging driver. For more information, + including usage and options, see Graylog Extended Format logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/gelf/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + journald + + + Specifies the journald logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see Journald logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/journald/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + json-file + + + Specifies the JSON file logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see JSON File logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/json-file/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + splunk + + + Specifies the Splunk logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see Splunk logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/splunk/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + syslog + + + Specifies the syslog logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see Syslog logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/syslog/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + If you have a custom driver that's not listed earlier that you want to work + with the Amazon ECS container agent, you can fork the Amazon ECS container + agent project that's available on GitHub (https://github.com/aws/amazon-ecs-agent) + and customize it to work with that driver. We encourage you to submit pull + requests for changes that you want to have included. However, Amazon Web + Services doesn't currently support running modified copies of this software. + + + This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. To check the Docker Remote API version on your + container instance, log into your container instance and run the following + command: sudo docker version | grep "Server API version" + + + LogDriver is a required field enum: - json-file - syslog @@ -562,47 +658,56 @@ spec: options: additionalProperties: type: string - description: 'The configuration options to send to the - log driver. This parameter requires version 1.19 of - the Docker Remote API or greater on your container instance. - To check the Docker Remote API version on your container - instance, log into your container instance and run the - following command: sudo docker version | grep "Server - API version"' + description: |- + The configuration options to send to the log driver. This parameter requires + version 1.19 of the Docker Remote API or greater on your container instance. + To check the Docker Remote API version on your container instance, log into + your container instance and run the following command: sudo docker version + | grep "Server API version" type: object secretOptions: - description: The secrets to pass to the log configuration. - For more information, see Specifying Sensitive Data - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) + description: |- + The secrets to pass to the log configuration. For more information, see Specifying + Sensitive Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) in the Batch User Guide. items: - description: "Secret defines the secret to expose to - your container. Secrets can be exposed to a container - in the following ways: \n - To inject sensitive data - into your containers as environment variables, use - the secrets container definition parameter. \n - To - reference sensitive information in the log configuration - of a container, use the secretOptions container definition - parameter. \n For more information, see Specifying - sensitive data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) - in the Batch User Guide." + description: |- + Secret defines the secret to expose to your container. Secrets can + be exposed to a container in the following ways: + + + - To inject sensitive data into your containers as environment variables, + use the secrets container definition parameter. + + + - To reference sensitive information in the log configuration of a container, + use the secretOptions container definition parameter. + + + For more information, see Specifying sensitive data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) + in the Batch User Guide. properties: name: - description: "The name of the secret. \n Name is - a required field" + description: |- + The name of the secret. + + + Name is a required field type: string valueFrom: - description: "The secret to expose to the container. - The supported values are either the full ARN of - the Secrets Manager secret or the full ARN of - the parameter in the Amazon Web Services Systems - Manager Parameter Store. \n If the Amazon Web - Services Systems Manager Parameter Store parameter - exists in the same Region as the job you're launching, - then you can use either the full ARN or name of - the parameter. If the parameter exists in a different - Region, then the full ARN must be specified. \n - ValueFrom is a required field" + description: |- + The secret to expose to the container. The supported values are either the + full ARN of the Secrets Manager secret or the full ARN of the parameter in + the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter Store. + + + If the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter Store parameter exists + in the same Region as the job you're launching, then you can use either the + full ARN or name of the parameter. If the parameter exists in a different + Region, then the full ARN must be specified. + + + ValueFrom is a required field type: string required: - name @@ -613,27 +718,25 @@ spec: - logDriver type: object mountPoints: - description: The mount points for data volumes in your container. - This parameter maps to Volumes in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The mount points for data volumes in your container. This parameter maps + to Volumes in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --volume option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). items: - description: MountPoint defines the details on a Docker - volume mount point that's used in a job's container properties. - This parameter maps to Volumes in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/api/docker_remote_api_v1.19/#create-a-container) - section of the Docker Remote API and the --volume option - to docker run. + description: |- + MountPoint defines the details on a Docker volume mount point that's used in a job's container properties. + This parameter maps to Volumes in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/api/docker_remote_api_v1.19/#create-a-container) + section of the Docker Remote API and the --volume option to docker run. properties: containerPath: description: The path on the container where the host volume is mounted. type: string readOnly: - description: If this value is true, the container has - read-only access to the volume. Otherwise, the container - can write to the volume. The default value is false. + description: |- + If this value is true, the container has read-only access to the volume. + Otherwise, the container can write to the volume. The default value is false. type: boolean sourceVolume: description: The name of the volume to mount. @@ -641,18 +744,17 @@ spec: type: object type: array networkConfiguration: - description: The network configuration for jobs that are running - on Fargate resources. Jobs that are running on EC2 resources - must not specify this parameter. + description: |- + The network configuration for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. + Jobs that are running on EC2 resources must not specify this parameter. properties: assignPublicIp: - description: Indicates whether the job should have a public - IP address. For a job that is running on Fargate resources - in a private subnet to send outbound traffic to the - internet (for example, to pull container images), the - private subnet requires a NAT gateway be attached to - route requests to the internet. For more information, - see Amazon ECS task networking (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-networking.html). + description: |- + Indicates whether the job should have a public IP address. For a job that + is running on Fargate resources in a private subnet to send outbound traffic + to the internet (for example, to pull container images), the private subnet + requires a NAT gateway be attached to route requests to the internet. For + more information, see Amazon ECS task networking (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-networking.html). The default value is "DISABLED". enum: - ENABLED @@ -660,105 +762,198 @@ spec: type: string type: object privileged: - description: "When this parameter is true, the container is - given elevated permissions on the host container instance - (similar to the root user). This parameter maps to Privileged - in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + When this parameter is true, the container is given elevated permissions + on the host container instance (similar to the root user). This parameter + maps to Privileged in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --privileged option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - The default value is false. \n This parameter isn't applicable - to jobs that are running on Fargate resources and shouldn't - be provided, or specified as false." + The default value is false. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided, or specified as false. type: boolean readonlyRootFilesystem: - description: When this parameter is true, the container is - given read-only access to its root file system. This parameter - maps to ReadonlyRootfs in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) - section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) - and the --read-only option to docker run. + description: |- + When this parameter is true, the container is given read-only access to its + root file system. This parameter maps to ReadonlyRootfs in the Create a container + (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of + the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the + --read-only option to docker run. type: boolean resourceRequirements: - description: The type and amount of resources to assign to - a container. The supported resources include GPU, MEMORY, - and VCPU. + description: |- + The type and amount of resources to assign to a container. The supported + resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. items: - description: ResourceRequirement defines the type and amount - of a resource to assign to a container. The supported + description: |- + ResourceRequirement defines the type and amount of a resource to assign to a container. The supported resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. properties: resourceType: - description: "The type of resource to assign to a container. - The supported resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. - \n Type is a required field" + description: |- + The type of resource to assign to a container. The supported resources include + GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. + + + Type is a required field enum: - GPU - MEMORY - VCPU type: string value: - description: "The quantity of the specified resource - to reserve for the container. The values vary based - on the type specified. \n type=\"GPU\" \n The number - of physical GPUs to reserve for the container. The - number of GPUs reserved for all containers in a job - shouldn't exceed the number of available GPUs on the - compute resource that the job is launched on. \n GPUs - are not available for jobs that are running on Fargate - resources. \n type=\"MEMORY\" \n The memory hard limit - (in MiB) present to the container. This parameter - is supported for jobs that are running on EC2 resources. - If your container attempts to exceed the memory specified, - the container is terminated. This parameter maps to - Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The quantity of the specified resource to reserve for the container. The + values vary based on the type specified. + + + type="GPU" + + + The number of physical GPUs to reserve for the container. The number of GPUs + reserved for all containers in a job shouldn't exceed the number of available + GPUs on the compute resource that the job is launched on. + + + GPUs are not available for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. + + + type="MEMORY" + + + The memory hard limit (in MiB) present to the container. This parameter is + supported for jobs that are running on EC2 resources. If your container attempts + to exceed the memory specified, the container is terminated. This parameter + maps to Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --memory option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - You must specify at least 4 MiB of memory for a job. - This is required but can be specified in several places - for multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs. It must be specified - for each node at least once. This parameter maps to - Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + You must specify at least 4 MiB of memory for a job. This is required but + can be specified in several places for multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs. It + must be specified for each node at least once. This parameter maps to Memory + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --memory option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n If you're trying to maximize your resource utilization - by providing your jobs as much memory as possible - for a particular instance type, see Memory Management - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/memory-management.html) - in the Batch User Guide. \n For jobs that are running - on Fargate resources, then value is the hard limit - (in MiB), and must match one of the supported values - and the VCPU values must be one of the values supported - for that memory value. \n value = 512 \n VCPU = 0.25 - \n value = 1024 \n VCPU = 0.25 or 0.5 \n value = 2048 - \n VCPU = 0.25, 0.5, or 1 \n value = 3072 \n VCPU - = 0.5, or 1 \n value = 4096 \n VCPU = 0.5, 1, or 2 - \n value = 5120, 6144, or 7168 \n VCPU = 1 or 2 \n - value = 8192 \n VCPU = 1, 2, or 4 \n value = 9216, - 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 - \n VCPU = 2 or 4 \n value = 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, - 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, - 29696, or 30720 \n VCPU = 4 \n type=\"VCPU\" \n The - number of vCPUs reserved for the container. This parameter - maps to CpuShares in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + + + If you're trying to maximize your resource utilization by providing your + jobs as much memory as possible for a particular instance type, see Memory + Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/memory-management.html) + in the Batch User Guide. + + + For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, then value is the hard limit + (in MiB), and must match one of the supported values and the VCPU values + must be one of the values supported for that memory value. + + + value = 512 + + + VCPU = 0.25 + + + value = 1024 + + + VCPU = 0.25 or 0.5 + + + value = 2048 + + + VCPU = 0.25, 0.5, or 1 + + + value = 3072 + + + VCPU = 0.5, or 1 + + + value = 4096 + + + VCPU = 0.5, 1, or 2 + + + value = 5120, 6144, or 7168 + + + VCPU = 1 or 2 + + + value = 8192 + + + VCPU = 1, 2, or 4 + + + value = 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 + + + VCPU = 2 or 4 + + + value = 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, + 27648, 28672, 29696, or 30720 + + + VCPU = 4 + + + type="VCPU" + + + The number of vCPUs reserved for the container. This parameter maps to CpuShares + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --cpu-shares option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - Each vCPU is equivalent to 1,024 CPU shares. For EC2 - resources, you must specify at least one vCPU. This - is required but can be specified in several places; - it must be specified for each node at least once. - \n For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, - then value must match one of the supported values - and the MEMORY values must be one of the values supported - for that VCPU value. The supported values are 0.25, - 0.5, 1, 2, and 4 \n value = 0.25 \n MEMORY = 512, - 1024, or 2048 \n value = 0.5 \n MEMORY = 1024, 2048, - 3072, or 4096 \n value = 1 \n MEMORY = 2048, 3072, - 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, or 8192 \n value = 2 \n MEMORY - = 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, - 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 \n value = 4 - \n MEMORY = 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, - 14336, 15360, 16384, 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, - 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, 29696, - or 30720 \n Value is a required field" + Each vCPU is equivalent to 1,024 CPU shares. For EC2 resources, you must + specify at least one vCPU. This is required but can be specified in several + places; it must be specified for each node at least once. + + + For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, then value must match one + of the supported values and the MEMORY values must be one of the values supported + for that VCPU value. The supported values are 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and 4 + + + value = 0.25 + + + MEMORY = 512, 1024, or 2048 + + + value = 0.5 + + + MEMORY = 1024, 2048, 3072, or 4096 + + + value = 1 + + + MEMORY = 2048, 3072, 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, or 8192 + + + value = 2 + + + MEMORY = 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, + 14336, 15360, or 16384 + + + value = 4 + + + MEMORY = 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, 16384, 17408, + 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, + 29696, or 30720 + + + Value is a required field type: string required: - resourceType @@ -766,35 +961,48 @@ spec: type: object type: array secrets: - description: The secrets for the container. For more information, - see Specifying sensitive data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) + description: |- + The secrets for the container. For more information, see Specifying sensitive + data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) in the Batch User Guide. items: - description: "Secret defines the secret to expose to your - container. Secrets can be exposed to a container in the - following ways: \n - To inject sensitive data into your - containers as environment variables, use the secrets container - definition parameter. \n - To reference sensitive information - in the log configuration of a container, use the secretOptions - container definition parameter. \n For more information, - see Specifying sensitive data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) - in the Batch User Guide." + description: |- + Secret defines the secret to expose to your container. Secrets can + be exposed to a container in the following ways: + + + - To inject sensitive data into your containers as environment variables, + use the secrets container definition parameter. + + + - To reference sensitive information in the log configuration of a container, + use the secretOptions container definition parameter. + + + For more information, see Specifying sensitive data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) + in the Batch User Guide. properties: name: - description: "The name of the secret. \n Name is a required - field" + description: |- + The name of the secret. + + + Name is a required field type: string valueFrom: - description: "The secret to expose to the container. - The supported values are either the full ARN of the - Secrets Manager secret or the full ARN of the parameter - in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter - Store. \n If the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager - Parameter Store parameter exists in the same Region - as the job you're launching, then you can use either - the full ARN or name of the parameter. If the parameter - exists in a different Region, then the full ARN must - be specified. \n ValueFrom is a required field" + description: |- + The secret to expose to the container. The supported values are either the + full ARN of the Secrets Manager secret or the full ARN of the parameter in + the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter Store. + + + If the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter Store parameter exists + in the same Region as the job you're launching, then you can use either the + full ARN or name of the parameter. If the parameter exists in a different + Region, then the full ARN must be specified. + + + ValueFrom is a required field type: string required: - name @@ -802,29 +1010,43 @@ spec: type: object type: array ulimits: - description: "A list of ulimits to set in the container. This - parameter maps to Ulimits in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + A list of ulimits to set in the container. This parameter maps to Ulimits + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --ulimit option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running - on Fargate resources and shouldn't be provided." + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. items: - description: "Ulimit defines the ulimit settings to pass - to the container. \n This object isn't applicable to jobs - that are running on Fargate resources." + description: |- + Ulimit defines the ulimit settings to pass to the container. + + + This object isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources. properties: hardLimit: - description: "The hard limit for the ulimit type. \n - HardLimit is a required field" + description: |- + The hard limit for the ulimit type. + + + HardLimit is a required field format: int64 type: integer name: - description: "The type of the ulimit. \n Name is a required - field" + description: |- + The type of the ulimit. + + + Name is a required field type: string softLimit: - description: "The soft limit for the ulimit type. \n - SoftLimit is a required field" + description: |- + The soft limit for the ulimit type. + + + SoftLimit is a required field format: int64 type: integer required: @@ -834,8 +1056,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array user: - description: The user name to use inside the container. This - parameter maps to User in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The user name to use inside the container. This parameter maps to User in + the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --user option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). type: string @@ -846,30 +1069,29 @@ spec: container properties. properties: efsVolumeConfiguration: - description: This parameter is specified when you are - using an Amazon Elastic File System file system for - job storage. Jobs that are running on Fargate resources - must specify a platformVersion of at least 1.4.0. + description: |- + This parameter is specified when you are using an Amazon Elastic File System + file system for job storage. Jobs that are running on Fargate resources must + specify a platformVersion of at least 1.4.0. properties: authorizationConfig: description: The authorization configuration details for the Amazon EFS file system. properties: accessPointId: - description: The Amazon EFS access point ID - to use. If an access point is specified, the - root directory value specified in the EFSVolumeConfiguration - must either be omitted or set to / which will - enforce the path set on the EFS access point. - If an access point is used, transit encryption - must be enabled in the EFSVolumeConfiguration. - For more information, see Working with Amazon + description: |- + The Amazon EFS access point ID to use. If an access point is specified, the + root directory value specified in the EFSVolumeConfiguration must either + be omitted or set to / which will enforce the path set on the EFS access + point. If an access point is used, transit encryption must be enabled in + the EFSVolumeConfiguration. For more information, see Working with Amazon EFS Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/efs-access-points.html) in the Amazon Elastic File System User Guide. type: string accessPointIdRef: - description: AccessPointIDRef are references - to AccessPoint used to set the AccessPointID. + description: |- + AccessPointIDRef are references to AccessPoint used to set + the AccessPointID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -879,25 +1101,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means - this reference will be a no-op if - it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve - the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -907,12 +1125,13 @@ spec: - name type: object accessPointIdSelector: - description: AccessPointIDSelector selects references - to AccessPoint used to set the AccessPointID. + description: |- + AccessPointIDSelector selects references to AccessPoint used + to set the AccessPointID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -926,25 +1145,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means - this reference will be a no-op if - it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve - the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -952,29 +1167,30 @@ spec: type: object type: object iam: - description: Whether or not to use the Batch - job IAM role defined in a job definition when - mounting the Amazon EFS file system. If enabled, - transit encryption must be enabled in the - EFSVolumeConfiguration. If this parameter - is omitted, the default value of DISABLED - is used. For more information, see Using Amazon + description: |- + Whether or not to use the Batch job IAM role defined in a job definition + when mounting the Amazon EFS file system. If enabled, transit encryption + must be enabled in the EFSVolumeConfiguration. If this parameter is omitted, + the default value of DISABLED is used. For more information, see Using Amazon EFS Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/efs-volumes.html#efs-volume-accesspoints) - in the Batch User Guide. EFS IAM authorization - requires that TransitEncryption be ENABLED - and that a JobRoleArn is specified. + in the Batch User Guide. EFS IAM authorization requires that TransitEncryption + be ENABLED and that a JobRoleArn is specified. enum: - ENABLED - DISABLED type: string type: object fileSystemId: - description: "The Amazon EFS file system ID to use. - \n FileSystemID is a required field" + description: |- + The Amazon EFS file system ID to use. + + + FileSystemID is a required field type: string fileSystemIdRef: - description: FileSystemIDRef are references to Filesystem - used to set the FileSystemID. + description: |- + FileSystemIDRef are references to Filesystem used to set + the FileSystemID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -984,25 +1200,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1012,13 +1224,14 @@ spec: - name type: object fileSystemIdSelector: - description: FileSystemIDSelector selects references - to Filesystem used to set the FileSystemID. + description: |- + FileSystemIDSelector selects references to Filesystem used + to set the FileSystemID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the - selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1031,25 +1244,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1057,105 +1266,115 @@ spec: type: object type: object rootDirectory: - description: "The directory within the Amazon EFS - file system to mount as the root directory inside - the host. If this parameter is omitted, the root - of the Amazon EFS volume is used instead. Specifying - / has the same effect as omitting this parameter. - The maximum length is 4,096 characters. \n If - an EFS access point is specified in the authorizationConfig, - the root directory parameter must either be omitted - or set to /, which enforces the path set on the - Amazon EFS access point." + description: |- + The directory within the Amazon EFS file system to mount as the root directory + inside the host. If this parameter is omitted, the root of the Amazon EFS + volume is used instead. Specifying / has the same effect as omitting this + parameter. The maximum length is 4,096 characters. + + + If an EFS access point is specified in the authorizationConfig, the root + directory parameter must either be omitted or set to /, which enforces the + path set on the Amazon EFS access point. type: string transitEncryption: - description: Determines whether to enable encryption - for Amazon EFS data in transit between the Amazon - ECS host and the Amazon EFS server. Transit encryption - must be enabled if Amazon EFS IAM authorization - is used. If this parameter is omitted, the default - value of DISABLED is used. For more information, - see Encrypting data in transit (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/encryption-in-transit.html) + description: |- + Determines whether to enable encryption for Amazon EFS data in transit between + the Amazon ECS host and the Amazon EFS server. Transit encryption must be + enabled if Amazon EFS IAM authorization is used. If this parameter is omitted, + the default value of DISABLED is used. For more information, see Encrypting + data in transit (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/encryption-in-transit.html) in the Amazon Elastic File System User Guide. enum: - ENABLED - DISABLED type: string transitEncryptionPort: - description: The port to use when sending encrypted - data between the Amazon ECS host and the Amazon - EFS server. If you don't specify a transit encryption - port, it uses the port selection strategy that - the Amazon EFS mount helper uses. The value must - be between 0 and 65,535. For more information, - see EFS Mount Helper (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/efs-mount-helper.html) - in the Amazon Elastic File System User Guide. + description: |- + The port to use when sending encrypted data between the Amazon ECS host and + the Amazon EFS server. If you don't specify a transit encryption port, it + uses the port selection strategy that the Amazon EFS mount helper uses. The + value must be between 0 and 65,535. For more information, see EFS Mount Helper + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/efs-mount-helper.html) in the + Amazon Elastic File System User Guide. format: int64 type: integer type: object host: - description: "The contents of the host parameter determine - whether your data volume persists on the host container - instance and where it is stored. If the host parameter - is empty, then the Docker daemon assigns a host path - for your data volume. However, the data isn't guaranteed - to persist after the containers associated with it - stop running. \n This parameter isn't applicable to - jobs that are running on Fargate resources and shouldn't - be provided." + description: |- + The contents of the host parameter determine whether your data volume persists + on the host container instance and where it is stored. If the host parameter + is empty, then the Docker daemon assigns a host path for your data volume. + However, the data isn't guaranteed to persist after the containers associated + with it stop running. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. properties: sourcePath: - description: "The path on the host container instance - that's presented to the container. If this parameter - is empty, then the Docker daemon has assigned - a host path for you. If this parameter contains - a file location, then the data volume persists - at the specified location on the host container - instance until you delete it manually. If the - source path location doesn't exist on the host - container instance, the Docker daemon creates - it. If the location does exist, the contents of - the source path folder are exported. \n This parameter - isn't applicable to jobs that run on Fargate resources - and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The path on the host container instance that's presented to the container. + If this parameter is empty, then the Docker daemon has assigned a host path + for you. If this parameter contains a file location, then the data volume + persists at the specified location on the host container instance until you + delete it manually. If the source path location doesn't exist on the host + container instance, the Docker daemon creates it. If the location does exist, + the contents of the source path folder are exported. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that run on Fargate resources and + shouldn't be provided. type: string type: object name: - description: The name of the volume. Up to 255 letters - (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, hyphens, and underscores - are allowed. This name is referenced in the sourceVolume + description: |- + The name of the volume. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, + hyphens, and underscores are allowed. This name is referenced in the sourceVolume parameter of container definition mountPoints. type: string type: object type: array type: object jobDefinitionType: - description: "The type of job definition. For more information - about multi-node parallel jobs, see Creating a multi-node parallel - job definition (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/multi-node-job-def.html) - in the Batch User Guide. \n If the job is run on Fargate resources, - then multinode isn't supported. \n Type is a required field" + description: |- + The type of job definition. For more information about multi-node parallel + jobs, see Creating a multi-node parallel job definition (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/multi-node-job-def.html) + in the Batch User Guide. + + + If the job is run on Fargate resources, then multinode isn't supported. + + + Type is a required field enum: - container - multinode type: string nodeProperties: - description: "An object with various properties specific to multi-node - parallel jobs. \n If the job runs on Fargate resources, then - you must not specify nodeProperties; use containerProperties - instead." + description: |- + An object with various properties specific to multi-node parallel jobs. + + + If the job runs on Fargate resources, then you must not specify nodeProperties; + use containerProperties instead. properties: mainNode: - description: "Specifies the node index for the main node of - a multi-node parallel job. This node index value must be - fewer than the number of nodes. \n MainNode is a required - field" + description: |- + Specifies the node index for the main node of a multi-node parallel job. + This node index value must be fewer than the number of nodes. + + + MainNode is a required field format: int64 type: integer nodeRangeProperties: - description: "A list of node ranges and their properties associated - with a multi-node parallel job. \n NodeRangeProperties is - a required field" + description: |- + A list of node ranges and their properties associated with a multi-node parallel + job. + + + NodeRangeProperties is a required field items: description: NodeRangeProperty defines the properties of the node range for a multi-node parallel job. @@ -1164,9 +1383,9 @@ spec: description: The container details for the node range. properties: command: - description: The command that's passed to the container. - This parameter maps to Cmd in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The command that's passed to the container. This parameter maps to Cmd in + the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the COMMAND parameter to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). For more information, see https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd @@ -1175,35 +1394,39 @@ spec: type: string type: array environment: - description: "The environment variables to pass - to a container. This parameter maps to Env in - the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The environment variables to pass to a container. This parameter maps to + Env in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --env option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n We don't recommend using plaintext environment - variables for sensitive information, such as credential - data. \n Environment variables must not start - with AWS_BATCH; this naming convention is reserved - for variables that are set by the Batch service." + + + We don't recommend using plaintext environment variables for sensitive information, + such as credential data. + + + Environment variables must not start with AWS_BATCH; this naming convention + is reserved for variables that are set by the Batch service. items: description: KeyValuePair defines a key-value pair object. properties: name: - description: The name of the key-value pair. - For environment variables, this is the name + description: |- + The name of the key-value pair. For environment variables, this is the name of the environment variable. type: string value: - description: The value of the key-value pair. - For environment variables, this is the value + description: |- + The value of the key-value pair. For environment variables, this is the value of the environment variable. type: string type: object type: array executionRoleARNRef: - description: ExecutionRoleARNRef is a reference - to an ARN of the IAM role used to set the ExecutionRoleARN. + description: |- + ExecutionRoleARNRef is a reference to an ARN of the IAM role used to set + the ExecutionRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1213,25 +1436,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1241,13 +1460,14 @@ spec: - name type: object executionRoleARNSelector: - description: ExecutionRoleARNSelector selects references - to an ARN of the IAM role used to set the ExecutionRoleARN. + description: |- + ExecutionRoleARNSelector selects references to an ARN of the IAM role used + to set the ExecutionRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the - selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1260,25 +1480,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1286,70 +1502,72 @@ spec: type: object type: object executionRoleArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - execution role that Batch can assume. For jobs - that run on Fargate resources, you must provide - an execution role. For more information, see Batch - execution IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/execution-IAM-role.html) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution role that Batch can assume. + For jobs that run on Fargate resources, you must provide an execution role. + For more information, see Batch execution IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/execution-IAM-role.html) in the Batch User Guide. type: string fargatePlatformConfiguration: - description: The platform configuration for jobs - that are running on Fargate resources. Jobs that - are running on EC2 resources must not specify - this parameter. + description: |- + The platform configuration for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. + Jobs that are running on EC2 resources must not specify this parameter. properties: platformVersion: - description: The Fargate platform version where - the jobs are running. A platform version is - specified only for jobs that are running on - Fargate resources. If one isn't specified, - the LATEST platform version is used by default. - This uses a recent, approved version of the - Fargate platform for compute resources. For - more information, see Fargate platform versions - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide. + description: |- + The Fargate platform version where the jobs are running. A platform version + is specified only for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. If one + isn't specified, the LATEST platform version is used by default. This uses + a recent, approved version of the Fargate platform for compute resources. + For more information, see Fargate platform versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. type: string type: object image: - description: "The image used to start a container. - This string is passed directly to the Docker daemon. - Images in the Docker Hub registry are available - by default. Other repositories are specified with - repository-url/image:tag . Up to 255 letters (uppercase - and lowercase), numbers, hyphens, underscores, - colons, periods, forward slashes, and number signs - are allowed. This parameter maps to Image in the - Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The image used to start a container. This string is passed directly to the + Docker daemon. Images in the Docker Hub registry are available by default. + Other repositories are specified with repository-url/image:tag . Up to 255 + letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, hyphens, underscores, colons, + periods, forward slashes, and number signs are allowed. This parameter maps + to Image in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the IMAGE parameter of docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n Docker image architecture must match the processor - architecture of the compute resources that they're - scheduled on. For example, ARM-based Docker images - can only run on ARM-based compute resources. \n - * Images in Amazon ECR repositories use the full - registry and repository URI (for example, 012345678910.dkr.ecr..amazonaws.com/). - \n * Images in official repositories on Docker - Hub use a single name (for example, ubuntu or - mongo). \n * Images in other repositories on Docker - Hub are qualified with an organization name (for - example, amazon/amazon-ecs-agent). \n * Images - in other online repositories are qualified further - by a domain name (for example, quay.io/assemblyline/ubuntu)." + + + Docker image architecture must match the processor architecture of the compute + resources that they're scheduled on. For example, ARM-based Docker images + can only run on ARM-based compute resources. + + + * Images in Amazon ECR repositories use the full registry and repository + URI (for example, 012345678910.dkr.ecr..amazonaws.com/). + + + * Images in official repositories on Docker Hub use a single name (for + example, ubuntu or mongo). + + + * Images in other repositories on Docker Hub are qualified with an organization + name (for example, amazon/amazon-ecs-agent). + + + * Images in other online repositories are qualified further by a domain + name (for example, quay.io/assemblyline/ubuntu). type: string instanceType: - description: "The instance type to use for a multi-node - parallel job. All node groups in a multi-node - parallel job must use the same instance type. - \n This parameter isn't applicable to single-node - container jobs or jobs that run on Fargate resources, - and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The instance type to use for a multi-node parallel job. All node groups in + a multi-node parallel job must use the same instance type. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to single-node container jobs or jobs that + run on Fargate resources, and shouldn't be provided. type: string jobRoleARNRef: - description: JobRoleARNRef is a reference to an - ARN of the IAM role used to set the JobRoleARN. + description: |- + JobRoleARNRef is a reference to an ARN of the IAM role used to set + the JobRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1359,25 +1577,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1387,13 +1601,14 @@ spec: - name type: object jobRoleARNSelector: - description: JobRoleARNSelector selects references - to an ARN of the IAM role used to set the JobRoleARN. + description: |- + JobRoleARNSelector selects references to an ARN of the IAM role used + to set the JobRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the - selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1406,25 +1621,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1432,49 +1643,51 @@ spec: type: object type: object jobRoleArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - IAM role that the container can assume for Amazon - Web Services permissions. For more information, - see IAM Roles for Tasks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-iam-roles.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that the container can assume + for Amazon Web Services permissions. For more information, see IAM Roles + for Tasks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-iam-roles.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. type: string linuxParameters: - description: Linux-specific modifications that are - applied to the container, such as details for - device mappings. + description: |- + Linux-specific modifications that are applied to the container, such as details + for device mappings. properties: devices: - description: "Any host devices to expose to - the container. This parameter maps to Devices + description: |- + Any host devices to expose to the container. This parameter maps to Devices in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --device option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs - that are running on Fargate resources and - shouldn't be provided." + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. items: - description: "Device defines a container instance - host device. \n This object isn't applicable - to jobs that are running on Fargate resources - and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + Device defines a container instance host device. + + + This object isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. properties: containerPath: - description: The path inside the container - that's used to expose the host device. - By default, the hostPath value is used. + description: |- + The path inside the container that's used to expose the host device. By default, + the hostPath value is used. type: string hostPath: - description: "The path for the device - on the host container instance. \n HostPath - is a required field" + description: |- + The path for the device on the host container instance. + + + HostPath is a required field type: string permissions: - description: The explicit permissions - to provide to the container for the - device. By default, the container has - permissions for read, write, and mknod - for the device. + description: |- + The explicit permissions to provide to the container for the device. By default, + the container has permissions for read, write, and mknod for the device. items: type: string type: array @@ -1483,127 +1696,124 @@ spec: type: object type: array initProcessEnabled: - description: 'If true, run an init process inside - the container that forwards signals and reaps - processes. This parameter maps to the --init - option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - This parameter requires version 1.25 of the - Docker Remote API or greater on your container - instance. To check the Docker Remote API version - on your container instance, log into your - container instance and run the following command: - sudo docker version | grep "Server API version"' + description: |- + If true, run an init process inside the container that forwards signals and + reaps processes. This parameter maps to the --init option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + This parameter requires version 1.25 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. To check the Docker Remote API version on your + container instance, log into your container instance and run the following + command: sudo docker version | grep "Server API version" type: boolean maxSwap: - description: "The total amount of swap memory - (in MiB) a container can use. This parameter - is translated to the --memory-swap option - to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/) - where the value is the sum of the container - memory plus the maxSwap value. For more information, - see --memory-swap details (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/resource_constraints/#--memory-swap-details) - in the Docker documentation. \n If a maxSwap - value of 0 is specified, the container doesn't - use swap. Accepted values are 0 or any positive - integer. If the maxSwap parameter is omitted, - the container doesn't use the swap configuration - for the container instance it is running on. - A maxSwap value must be set for the swappiness - parameter to be used. \n This parameter isn't - applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate - resources and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The total amount of swap memory (in MiB) a container can use. This parameter + is translated to the --memory-swap option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/) + where the value is the sum of the container memory plus the maxSwap value. + For more information, see --memory-swap details (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/resource_constraints/#--memory-swap-details) + in the Docker documentation. + + + If a maxSwap value of 0 is specified, the container doesn't use swap. Accepted + values are 0 or any positive integer. If the maxSwap parameter is omitted, + the container doesn't use the swap configuration for the container instance + it is running on. A maxSwap value must be set for the swappiness parameter + to be used. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. format: int64 type: integer sharedMemorySize: - description: "The value for the size (in MiB) - of the /dev/shm volume. This parameter maps + description: |- + The value for the size (in MiB) of the /dev/shm volume. This parameter maps to the --shm-size option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs - that are running on Fargate resources and - shouldn't be provided." + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. format: int64 type: integer swappiness: - description: "This allows you to tune a container's - memory swappiness behavior. A swappiness value - of 0 causes swapping not to happen unless - absolutely necessary. A swappiness value of - 100 causes pages to be swapped very aggressively. - Accepted values are whole numbers between - 0 and 100. If the swappiness parameter isn't - specified, a default value of 60 is used. - If a value isn't specified for maxSwap, then - this parameter is ignored. If maxSwap is set - to 0, the container doesn't use swap. This - parameter maps to the --memory-swappiness - option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n Consider the following when you use a per-container - swap configuration. \n * Swap space must be - enabled and allocated on the container instance - for the containers to use. The Amazon ECS - optimized AMIs don't have swap enabled by - default. You must enable swap on the instance - to use this feature. For more information, - see Instance Store Swap Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-store-swap-volumes.html) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances - or How do I allocate memory to work as swap - space in an Amazon EC2 instance by using a - swap file? (http://aws.amazon.com/premiumsupport/knowledge-center/ec2-memory-swap-file/) - \n * The swap space parameters are only supported - for job definitions using EC2 resources. \n - * If the maxSwap and swappiness parameters - are omitted from a job definition, each container - will have a default swappiness value of 60, - and the total swap usage will be limited to - two times the memory reservation of the container. - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs - that are running on Fargate resources and - shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + This allows you to tune a container's memory swappiness behavior. A swappiness + value of 0 causes swapping not to happen unless absolutely necessary. A swappiness + value of 100 causes pages to be swapped very aggressively. Accepted values + are whole numbers between 0 and 100. If the swappiness parameter isn't specified, + a default value of 60 is used. If a value isn't specified for maxSwap, then + this parameter is ignored. If maxSwap is set to 0, the container doesn't + use swap. This parameter maps to the --memory-swappiness option to docker + run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + + + Consider the following when you use a per-container swap configuration. + + + * Swap space must be enabled and allocated on the container instance for + the containers to use. The Amazon ECS optimized AMIs don't have swap enabled + by default. You must enable swap on the instance to use this feature. + For more information, see Instance Store Swap Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-store-swap-volumes.html) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances or How do I allocate + memory to work as swap space in an Amazon EC2 instance by using a swap + file? (http://aws.amazon.com/premiumsupport/knowledge-center/ec2-memory-swap-file/) + + + * The swap space parameters are only supported for job definitions using + EC2 resources. + + + * If the maxSwap and swappiness parameters are omitted from a job definition, + each container will have a default swappiness value of 60, and the total + swap usage will be limited to two times the memory reservation of the + container. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. format: int64 type: integer tmpfs: - description: "The container path, mount options, - and size (in MiB) of the tmpfs mount. This - parameter maps to the --tmpfs option to docker - run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs - that are running on Fargate resources and - shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The container path, mount options, and size (in MiB) of the tmpfs mount. + This parameter maps to the --tmpfs option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. items: - description: "Tmpfs defines the container - path, mount options, and size of the tmpfs - mount. \n This object isn't applicable to - jobs that are running on Fargate resources." + description: |- + Tmpfs defines the container path, mount options, and size of the tmpfs mount. + + + This object isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources. properties: containerPath: - description: "The absolute file path in - the container where the tmpfs volume - is mounted. \n ContainerPath is a required - field" + description: |- + The absolute file path in the container where the tmpfs volume is mounted. + + + ContainerPath is a required field type: string mountOptions: - description: "The list of tmpfs volume - mount options. \n Valid values: \"defaults\" - | \"ro\" | \"rw\" | \"suid\" | \"nosuid\" - | \"dev\" | \"nodev\" | \"exec\" | \"noexec\" - | \"sync\" | \"async\" | \"dirsync\" - | \"remount\" | \"mand\" | \"nomand\" - | \"atime\" | \"noatime\" | \"diratime\" - | \"nodiratime\" | \"bind\" | \"rbind\" - | \"unbindable\" | \"runbindable\" | - \"private\" | \"rprivate\" | \"shared\" - | \"rshared\" | \"slave\" | \"rslave\" - | \"relatime\" | \"norelatime\" | \"strictatime\" - | \"nostrictatime\" | \"mode\" | \"uid\" - | \"gid\" | \"nr_inodes\" | \"nr_blocks\" - | \"mpol\"" + description: |- + The list of tmpfs volume mount options. + + + Valid values: "defaults" | "ro" | "rw" | "suid" | "nosuid" | "dev" | "nodev" + | "exec" | "noexec" | "sync" | "async" | "dirsync" | "remount" | "mand" | + "nomand" | "atime" | "noatime" | "diratime" | "nodiratime" | "bind" | "rbind" + | "unbindable" | "runbindable" | "private" | "rprivate" | "shared" | "rshared" + | "slave" | "rslave" | "relatime" | "norelatime" | "strictatime" | "nostrictatime" + | "mode" | "uid" | "gid" | "nr_inodes" | "nr_blocks" | "mpol" items: type: string type: array size: - description: "The size (in MiB) of the - tmpfs volume. \n Size is a required - field" + description: |- + The size (in MiB) of the tmpfs volume. + + + Size is a required field format: int64 type: integer required: @@ -1613,99 +1823,127 @@ spec: type: array type: object logConfiguration: - description: "The log configuration specification - for the container. \n This parameter maps to LogConfig - in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The log configuration specification for the container. + + + This parameter maps to LogConfig in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --log-driver option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - By default, containers use the same logging driver - that the Docker daemon uses. However the container - might use a different logging driver than the - Docker daemon by specifying a log driver with - this parameter in the container definition. To - use a different logging driver for a container, - the log system must be configured properly on - the container instance (or on a different log - server for remote logging options). For more information - on the options for different supported log drivers, - see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) - in the Docker documentation. \n Batch currently - supports a subset of the logging drivers available - to the Docker daemon (shown in the LogConfiguration - data type). \n This parameter requires version - 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater on your - container instance. To check the Docker Remote - API version on your container instance, log into - your container instance and run the following - command: sudo docker version | grep \"Server API - version\" \n The Amazon ECS container agent running - on a container instance must register the logging - drivers available on that instance with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS - environment variable before containers placed - on that instance can use these log configuration - options. For more information, see Amazon ECS - Container Agent Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide." + By default, containers use the same logging driver that the Docker daemon + uses. However the container might use a different logging driver than the + Docker daemon by specifying a log driver with this parameter in the container + definition. To use a different logging driver for a container, the log system + must be configured properly on the container instance (or on a different + log server for remote logging options). For more information on the options + for different supported log drivers, see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + Batch currently supports a subset of the logging drivers available to the + Docker daemon (shown in the LogConfiguration data type). + + + This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. To check the Docker Remote API version on your + container instance, log into your container instance and run the following + command: sudo docker version | grep "Server API version" + + + The Amazon ECS container agent running on a container instance must register + the logging drivers available on that instance with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS + environment variable before containers placed on that instance can use these + log configuration options. For more information, see Amazon ECS Container + Agent Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: logDriver: - description: "The log driver to use for the - container. The valid values listed for this - parameter are log drivers that the Amazon - ECS container agent can communicate with by - default. \n The supported log drivers are - awslogs, fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, - logentries, syslog, and splunk. \n Jobs that - are running on Fargate resources are restricted - to the awslogs and splunk log drivers. \n - awslogs \n Specifies the Amazon CloudWatch - Logs logging driver. For more information, + description: |- + The log driver to use for the container. The valid values listed for this + parameter are log drivers that the Amazon ECS container agent can communicate + with by default. + + + The supported log drivers are awslogs, fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, + logentries, syslog, and splunk. + + + Jobs that are running on Fargate resources are restricted to the awslogs + and splunk log drivers. + + + awslogs + + + Specifies the Amazon CloudWatch Logs logging driver. For more information, see Using the awslogs Log Driver (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/using_awslogs.html) - in the Batch User Guide and Amazon CloudWatch - Logs logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/awslogs/) - in the Docker documentation. \n fluentd \n - Specifies the Fluentd logging driver. For - more information, including usage and options, - see Fluentd logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/fluentd/) - in the Docker documentation. \n gelf \n Specifies - the Graylog Extended Format (GELF) logging - driver. For more information, including usage - and options, see Graylog Extended Format logging - driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/gelf/) - in the Docker documentation. \n journald \n - Specifies the journald logging driver. For - more information, including usage and options, - see Journald logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/journald/) - in the Docker documentation. \n json-file - \n Specifies the JSON file logging driver. - For more information, including usage and - options, see JSON File logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/json-file/) - in the Docker documentation. \n splunk \n - Specifies the Splunk logging driver. For more - information, including usage and options, - see Splunk logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/splunk/) - in the Docker documentation. \n syslog \n - Specifies the syslog logging driver. For more - information, including usage and options, - see Syslog logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/syslog/) - in the Docker documentation. \n If you have - a custom driver that's not listed earlier - that you want to work with the Amazon ECS - container agent, you can fork the Amazon ECS - container agent project that's available on - GitHub (https://github.com/aws/amazon-ecs-agent) - and customize it to work with that driver. - We encourage you to submit pull requests for - changes that you want to have included. However, - Amazon Web Services doesn't currently support - running modified copies of this software. - \n This parameter requires version 1.18 of - the Docker Remote API or greater on your container - instance. To check the Docker Remote API version - on your container instance, log into your - container instance and run the following command: - sudo docker version | grep \"Server API version\" - \n LogDriver is a required field" + in the Batch User Guide and Amazon CloudWatch Logs logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/awslogs/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + fluentd + + + Specifies the Fluentd logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see Fluentd logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/fluentd/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + gelf + + + Specifies the Graylog Extended Format (GELF) logging driver. For more information, + including usage and options, see Graylog Extended Format logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/gelf/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + journald + + + Specifies the journald logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see Journald logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/journald/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + json-file + + + Specifies the JSON file logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see JSON File logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/json-file/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + splunk + + + Specifies the Splunk logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see Splunk logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/splunk/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + syslog + + + Specifies the syslog logging driver. For more information, including usage + and options, see Syslog logging driver (https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/logging/syslog/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + If you have a custom driver that's not listed earlier that you want to work + with the Amazon ECS container agent, you can fork the Amazon ECS container + agent project that's available on GitHub (https://github.com/aws/amazon-ecs-agent) + and customize it to work with that driver. We encourage you to submit pull + requests for changes that you want to have included. However, Amazon Web + Services doesn't currently support running modified copies of this software. + + + This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. To check the Docker Remote API version on your + container instance, log into your container instance and run the following + command: sudo docker version | grep "Server API version" + + + LogDriver is a required field enum: - json-file - syslog @@ -1718,53 +1956,56 @@ spec: options: additionalProperties: type: string - description: 'The configuration options to send - to the log driver. This parameter requires - version 1.19 of the Docker Remote API or greater - on your container instance. To check the Docker - Remote API version on your container instance, - log into your container instance and run the - following command: sudo docker version | grep - "Server API version"' + description: |- + The configuration options to send to the log driver. This parameter requires + version 1.19 of the Docker Remote API or greater on your container instance. + To check the Docker Remote API version on your container instance, log into + your container instance and run the following command: sudo docker version + | grep "Server API version" type: object secretOptions: - description: The secrets to pass to the log - configuration. For more information, see Specifying + description: |- + The secrets to pass to the log configuration. For more information, see Specifying Sensitive Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) in the Batch User Guide. items: - description: "Secret defines the secret to - expose to your container. Secrets can be - exposed to a container in the following - ways: \n - To inject sensitive data into - your containers as environment variables, - use the secrets container definition parameter. - \n - To reference sensitive information - in the log configuration of a container, - use the secretOptions container definition - parameter. \n For more information, see - Specifying sensitive data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) - in the Batch User Guide." + description: |- + Secret defines the secret to expose to your container. Secrets can + be exposed to a container in the following ways: + + + - To inject sensitive data into your containers as environment variables, + use the secrets container definition parameter. + + + - To reference sensitive information in the log configuration of a container, + use the secretOptions container definition parameter. + + + For more information, see Specifying sensitive data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) + in the Batch User Guide. properties: name: - description: "The name of the secret. - \n Name is a required field" + description: |- + The name of the secret. + + + Name is a required field type: string valueFrom: - description: "The secret to expose to - the container. The supported values - are either the full ARN of the Secrets - Manager secret or the full ARN of the - parameter in the Amazon Web Services - Systems Manager Parameter Store. \n - If the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager - Parameter Store parameter exists in - the same Region as the job you're launching, - then you can use either the full ARN - or name of the parameter. If the parameter - exists in a different Region, then the - full ARN must be specified. \n ValueFrom - is a required field" + description: |- + The secret to expose to the container. The supported values are either the + full ARN of the Secrets Manager secret or the full ARN of the parameter in + the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter Store. + + + If the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter Store parameter exists + in the same Region as the job you're launching, then you can use either the + full ARN or name of the parameter. If the parameter exists in a different + Region, then the full ARN must be specified. + + + ValueFrom is a required field type: string required: - name @@ -1775,28 +2016,25 @@ spec: - logDriver type: object mountPoints: - description: The mount points for data volumes in - your container. This parameter maps to Volumes - in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The mount points for data volumes in your container. This parameter maps + to Volumes in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --volume option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). items: - description: MountPoint defines the details on - a Docker volume mount point that's used in a - job's container properties. This parameter maps - to Volumes in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/api/docker_remote_api_v1.19/#create-a-container) - section of the Docker Remote API and the --volume - option to docker run. + description: |- + MountPoint defines the details on a Docker volume mount point that's used in a job's container properties. + This parameter maps to Volumes in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/api/docker_remote_api_v1.19/#create-a-container) + section of the Docker Remote API and the --volume option to docker run. properties: containerPath: description: The path on the container where the host volume is mounted. type: string readOnly: - description: If this value is true, the container - has read-only access to the volume. Otherwise, - the container can write to the volume. The - default value is false. + description: |- + If this value is true, the container has read-only access to the volume. + Otherwise, the container can write to the volume. The default value is false. type: boolean sourceVolume: description: The name of the volume to mount. @@ -1804,21 +2042,17 @@ spec: type: object type: array networkConfiguration: - description: The network configuration for jobs - that are running on Fargate resources. Jobs that - are running on EC2 resources must not specify - this parameter. + description: |- + The network configuration for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. + Jobs that are running on EC2 resources must not specify this parameter. properties: assignPublicIp: - description: Indicates whether the job should - have a public IP address. For a job that is - running on Fargate resources in a private - subnet to send outbound traffic to the internet - (for example, to pull container images), the - private subnet requires a NAT gateway be attached - to route requests to the internet. For more - information, see Amazon ECS task networking - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-networking.html). + description: |- + Indicates whether the job should have a public IP address. For a job that + is running on Fargate resources in a private subnet to send outbound traffic + to the internet (for example, to pull container images), the private subnet + requires a NAT gateway be attached to route requests to the internet. For + more information, see Amazon ECS task networking (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-networking.html). The default value is "DISABLED". enum: - ENABLED @@ -1826,124 +2060,198 @@ spec: type: string type: object privileged: - description: "When this parameter is true, the container - is given elevated permissions on the host container - instance (similar to the root user). This parameter + description: |- + When this parameter is true, the container is given elevated permissions + on the host container instance (similar to the root user). This parameter maps to Privileged in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --privileged option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - The default value is false. \n This parameter - isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate - resources and shouldn't be provided, or specified - as false." + The default value is false. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided, or specified as false. type: boolean readonlyRootFilesystem: - description: When this parameter is true, the container - is given read-only access to its root file system. - This parameter maps to ReadonlyRootfs in the Create - a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) - section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) - and the --read-only option to docker run. + description: |- + When this parameter is true, the container is given read-only access to its + root file system. This parameter maps to ReadonlyRootfs in the Create a container + (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of + the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the + --read-only option to docker run. type: boolean resourceRequirements: - description: The type and amount of resources to - assign to a container. The supported resources - include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. + description: |- + The type and amount of resources to assign to a container. The supported + resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. items: - description: ResourceRequirement defines the type - and amount of a resource to assign to a container. - The supported resources include GPU, MEMORY, - and VCPU. + description: |- + ResourceRequirement defines the type and amount of a resource to assign to a container. The supported + resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. properties: resourceType: - description: "The type of resource to assign - to a container. The supported resources - include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. \n Type is - a required field" + description: |- + The type of resource to assign to a container. The supported resources include + GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. + + + Type is a required field enum: - GPU - MEMORY - VCPU type: string value: - description: "The quantity of the specified - resource to reserve for the container. The + description: |- + The quantity of the specified resource to reserve for the container. The values vary based on the type specified. - \n type=\"GPU\" \n The number of physical - GPUs to reserve for the container. The number - of GPUs reserved for all containers in a - job shouldn't exceed the number of available - GPUs on the compute resource that the job - is launched on. \n GPUs are not available - for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. - \n type=\"MEMORY\" \n The memory hard limit - (in MiB) present to the container. This - parameter is supported for jobs that are - running on EC2 resources. If your container - attempts to exceed the memory specified, - the container is terminated. This parameter - maps to Memory in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + + + type="GPU" + + + The number of physical GPUs to reserve for the container. The number of GPUs + reserved for all containers in a job shouldn't exceed the number of available + GPUs on the compute resource that the job is launched on. + + + GPUs are not available for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. + + + type="MEMORY" + + + The memory hard limit (in MiB) present to the container. This parameter is + supported for jobs that are running on EC2 resources. If your container attempts + to exceed the memory specified, the container is terminated. This parameter + maps to Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --memory option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - You must specify at least 4 MiB of memory - for a job. This is required but can be specified - in several places for multi-node parallel - (MNP) jobs. It must be specified for each - node at least once. This parameter maps - to Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + You must specify at least 4 MiB of memory for a job. This is required but + can be specified in several places for multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs. It + must be specified for each node at least once. This parameter maps to Memory + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --memory option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n If you're trying to maximize your resource - utilization by providing your jobs as much - memory as possible for a particular instance - type, see Memory Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/memory-management.html) - in the Batch User Guide. \n For jobs that - are running on Fargate resources, then value - is the hard limit (in MiB), and must match - one of the supported values and the VCPU - values must be one of the values supported - for that memory value. \n value = 512 \n - VCPU = 0.25 \n value = 1024 \n VCPU = 0.25 - or 0.5 \n value = 2048 \n VCPU = 0.25, 0.5, - or 1 \n value = 3072 \n VCPU = 0.5, or 1 - \n value = 4096 \n VCPU = 0.5, 1, or 2 \n - value = 5120, 6144, or 7168 \n VCPU = 1 - or 2 \n value = 8192 \n VCPU = 1, 2, or - 4 \n value = 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, - 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 \n VCPU = - 2 or 4 \n value = 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, - 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, - 27648, 28672, 29696, or 30720 \n VCPU = - 4 \n type=\"VCPU\" \n The number of vCPUs - reserved for the container. This parameter - maps to CpuShares in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + + + If you're trying to maximize your resource utilization by providing your + jobs as much memory as possible for a particular instance type, see Memory + Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/memory-management.html) + in the Batch User Guide. + + + For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, then value is the hard limit + (in MiB), and must match one of the supported values and the VCPU values + must be one of the values supported for that memory value. + + + value = 512 + + + VCPU = 0.25 + + + value = 1024 + + + VCPU = 0.25 or 0.5 + + + value = 2048 + + + VCPU = 0.25, 0.5, or 1 + + + value = 3072 + + + VCPU = 0.5, or 1 + + + value = 4096 + + + VCPU = 0.5, 1, or 2 + + + value = 5120, 6144, or 7168 + + + VCPU = 1 or 2 + + + value = 8192 + + + VCPU = 1, 2, or 4 + + + value = 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 + + + VCPU = 2 or 4 + + + value = 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, + 27648, 28672, 29696, or 30720 + + + VCPU = 4 + + + type="VCPU" + + + The number of vCPUs reserved for the container. This parameter maps to CpuShares + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) - and the --cpu-shares option to docker run - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - Each vCPU is equivalent to 1,024 CPU shares. - For EC2 resources, you must specify at least - one vCPU. This is required but can be specified - in several places; it must be specified - for each node at least once. \n For jobs - that are running on Fargate resources, then - value must match one of the supported values - and the MEMORY values must be one of the - values supported for that VCPU value. The - supported values are 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and - 4 \n value = 0.25 \n MEMORY = 512, 1024, - or 2048 \n value = 0.5 \n MEMORY = 1024, - 2048, 3072, or 4096 \n value = 1 \n MEMORY - = 2048, 3072, 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, or - 8192 \n value = 2 \n MEMORY = 4096, 5120, - 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, - 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 \n value = - 4 \n MEMORY = 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, - 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, 16384, 17408, - 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, - 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, 29696, - or 30720 \n Value is a required field" + and the --cpu-shares option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + Each vCPU is equivalent to 1,024 CPU shares. For EC2 resources, you must + specify at least one vCPU. This is required but can be specified in several + places; it must be specified for each node at least once. + + + For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, then value must match one + of the supported values and the MEMORY values must be one of the values supported + for that VCPU value. The supported values are 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and 4 + + + value = 0.25 + + + MEMORY = 512, 1024, or 2048 + + + value = 0.5 + + + MEMORY = 1024, 2048, 3072, or 4096 + + + value = 1 + + + MEMORY = 2048, 3072, 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, or 8192 + + + value = 2 + + + MEMORY = 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, + 14336, 15360, or 16384 + + + value = 4 + + + MEMORY = 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, 16384, 17408, + 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, + 29696, or 30720 + + + Value is a required field type: string required: - resourceType @@ -1951,41 +2259,48 @@ spec: type: object type: array secrets: - description: The secrets for the container. For - more information, see Specifying sensitive data - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) + description: |- + The secrets for the container. For more information, see Specifying sensitive + data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) in the Batch User Guide. items: - description: "Secret defines the secret to expose - to your container. Secrets can be exposed to - a container in the following ways: \n - To inject - sensitive data into your containers as environment - variables, use the secrets container definition - parameter. \n - To reference sensitive information - in the log configuration of a container, use - the secretOptions container definition parameter. - \n For more information, see Specifying sensitive - data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) - in the Batch User Guide." + description: |- + Secret defines the secret to expose to your container. Secrets can + be exposed to a container in the following ways: + + + - To inject sensitive data into your containers as environment variables, + use the secrets container definition parameter. + + + - To reference sensitive information in the log configuration of a container, + use the secretOptions container definition parameter. + + + For more information, see Specifying sensitive data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/specifying-sensitive-data.html) + in the Batch User Guide. properties: name: - description: "The name of the secret. \n Name - is a required field" + description: |- + The name of the secret. + + + Name is a required field type: string valueFrom: - description: "The secret to expose to the - container. The supported values are either - the full ARN of the Secrets Manager secret - or the full ARN of the parameter in the - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter - Store. \n If the Amazon Web Services Systems - Manager Parameter Store parameter exists - in the same Region as the job you're launching, - then you can use either the full ARN or - name of the parameter. If the parameter - exists in a different Region, then the full - ARN must be specified. \n ValueFrom is a - required field" + description: |- + The secret to expose to the container. The supported values are either the + full ARN of the Secrets Manager secret or the full ARN of the parameter in + the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter Store. + + + If the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Parameter Store parameter exists + in the same Region as the job you're launching, then you can use either the + full ARN or name of the parameter. If the parameter exists in a different + Region, then the full ARN must be specified. + + + ValueFrom is a required field type: string required: - name @@ -1993,32 +2308,43 @@ spec: type: object type: array ulimits: - description: "A list of ulimits to set in the container. - This parameter maps to Ulimits in the Create a - container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + A list of ulimits to set in the container. This parameter maps to Ulimits + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --ulimit option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that - are running on Fargate resources and shouldn't - be provided." + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. items: - description: "Ulimit defines the ulimit settings - to pass to the container. \n This object isn't - applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate - resources." + description: |- + Ulimit defines the ulimit settings to pass to the container. + + + This object isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources. properties: hardLimit: - description: "The hard limit for the ulimit - type. \n HardLimit is a required field" + description: |- + The hard limit for the ulimit type. + + + HardLimit is a required field format: int64 type: integer name: - description: "The type of the ulimit. \n Name - is a required field" + description: |- + The type of the ulimit. + + + Name is a required field type: string softLimit: - description: "The soft limit for the ulimit - type. \n SoftLimit is a required field" + description: |- + The soft limit for the ulimit type. + + + SoftLimit is a required field format: int64 type: integer required: @@ -2028,9 +2354,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array user: - description: The user name to use inside the container. - This parameter maps to User in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The user name to use inside the container. This parameter maps to User in + the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --user option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). type: string @@ -2041,35 +2367,29 @@ spec: in a job's container properties. properties: efsVolumeConfiguration: - description: This parameter is specified when - you are using an Amazon Elastic File System - file system for job storage. Jobs that are - running on Fargate resources must specify - a platformVersion of at least 1.4.0. + description: |- + This parameter is specified when you are using an Amazon Elastic File System + file system for job storage. Jobs that are running on Fargate resources must + specify a platformVersion of at least 1.4.0. properties: authorizationConfig: description: The authorization configuration details for the Amazon EFS file system. properties: accessPointId: - description: The Amazon EFS access - point ID to use. If an access point - is specified, the root directory - value specified in the EFSVolumeConfiguration - must either be omitted or set to - / which will enforce the path set - on the EFS access point. If an access - point is used, transit encryption - must be enabled in the EFSVolumeConfiguration. - For more information, see Working - with Amazon EFS Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/efs-access-points.html) - in the Amazon Elastic File System - User Guide. + description: |- + The Amazon EFS access point ID to use. If an access point is specified, the + root directory value specified in the EFSVolumeConfiguration must either + be omitted or set to / which will enforce the path set on the EFS access + point. If an access point is used, transit encryption must be enabled in + the EFSVolumeConfiguration. For more information, see Working with Amazon + EFS Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/efs-access-points.html) + in the Amazon Elastic File System User Guide. type: string accessPointIdRef: - description: AccessPointIDRef are - references to AccessPoint used to - set the AccessPointID. + description: |- + AccessPointIDRef are references to AccessPoint used to set + the AccessPointID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced @@ -2080,31 +2400,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this - reference is required. The - default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will - be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies - when this reference should - be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve - the reference only when - the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' - to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2114,15 +2424,14 @@ spec: - name type: object accessPointIdSelector: - description: AccessPointIDSelector - selects references to AccessPoint - used to set the AccessPointID. + description: |- + AccessPointIDSelector selects references to AccessPoint used + to set the AccessPointID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef - ensures an object with the same - controller reference as the - selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -2136,31 +2445,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this - reference is required. The - default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will - be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies - when this reference should - be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve - the reference only when - the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' - to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2168,33 +2467,30 @@ spec: type: object type: object iam: - description: Whether or not to use - the Batch job IAM role defined in - a job definition when mounting the - Amazon EFS file system. If enabled, - transit encryption must be enabled - in the EFSVolumeConfiguration. If - this parameter is omitted, the default - value of DISABLED is used. For more - information, see Using Amazon EFS - Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/efs-volumes.html#efs-volume-accesspoints) - in the Batch User Guide. EFS IAM - authorization requires that TransitEncryption - be ENABLED and that a JobRoleArn - is specified. + description: |- + Whether or not to use the Batch job IAM role defined in a job definition + when mounting the Amazon EFS file system. If enabled, transit encryption + must be enabled in the EFSVolumeConfiguration. If this parameter is omitted, + the default value of DISABLED is used. For more information, see Using Amazon + EFS Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/efs-volumes.html#efs-volume-accesspoints) + in the Batch User Guide. EFS IAM authorization requires that TransitEncryption + be ENABLED and that a JobRoleArn is specified. enum: - ENABLED - DISABLED type: string type: object fileSystemId: - description: "The Amazon EFS file system - ID to use. \n FileSystemID is a required - field" + description: |- + The Amazon EFS file system ID to use. + + + FileSystemID is a required field type: string fileSystemIdRef: - description: FileSystemIDRef are references - to Filesystem used to set the FileSystemID. + description: |- + FileSystemIDRef are references to Filesystem used to set + the FileSystemID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced @@ -2205,26 +2501,20 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies - when this reference should be - resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve - the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always @@ -2235,15 +2525,14 @@ spec: - name type: object fileSystemIdSelector: - description: FileSystemIDSelector selects - references to Filesystem used to set - the FileSystemID. + description: |- + FileSystemIDSelector selects references to Filesystem used + to set the FileSystemID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller - reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -2256,26 +2545,20 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies - when this reference should be - resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve - the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always @@ -2284,112 +2567,99 @@ spec: type: object type: object rootDirectory: - description: "The directory within the - Amazon EFS file system to mount as the - root directory inside the host. If this - parameter is omitted, the root of the - Amazon EFS volume is used instead. Specifying - / has the same effect as omitting this - parameter. The maximum length is 4,096 - characters. \n If an EFS access point - is specified in the authorizationConfig, - the root directory parameter must either - be omitted or set to /, which enforces - the path set on the Amazon EFS access - point." + description: |- + The directory within the Amazon EFS file system to mount as the root directory + inside the host. If this parameter is omitted, the root of the Amazon EFS + volume is used instead. Specifying / has the same effect as omitting this + parameter. The maximum length is 4,096 characters. + + + If an EFS access point is specified in the authorizationConfig, the root + directory parameter must either be omitted or set to /, which enforces the + path set on the Amazon EFS access point. type: string transitEncryption: - description: Determines whether to enable - encryption for Amazon EFS data in transit - between the Amazon ECS host and the - Amazon EFS server. Transit encryption - must be enabled if Amazon EFS IAM authorization - is used. If this parameter is omitted, - the default value of DISABLED is used. - For more information, see Encrypting + description: |- + Determines whether to enable encryption for Amazon EFS data in transit between + the Amazon ECS host and the Amazon EFS server. Transit encryption must be + enabled if Amazon EFS IAM authorization is used. If this parameter is omitted, + the default value of DISABLED is used. For more information, see Encrypting data in transit (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/encryption-in-transit.html) - in the Amazon Elastic File System User - Guide. + in the Amazon Elastic File System User Guide. enum: - ENABLED - DISABLED type: string transitEncryptionPort: - description: The port to use when sending - encrypted data between the Amazon ECS - host and the Amazon EFS server. If you - don't specify a transit encryption port, - it uses the port selection strategy - that the Amazon EFS mount helper uses. - The value must be between 0 and 65,535. - For more information, see EFS Mount - Helper (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/efs-mount-helper.html) - in the Amazon Elastic File System User - Guide. + description: |- + The port to use when sending encrypted data between the Amazon ECS host and + the Amazon EFS server. If you don't specify a transit encryption port, it + uses the port selection strategy that the Amazon EFS mount helper uses. The + value must be between 0 and 65,535. For more information, see EFS Mount Helper + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/efs-mount-helper.html) in the + Amazon Elastic File System User Guide. format: int64 type: integer type: object host: - description: "The contents of the host parameter - determine whether your data volume persists - on the host container instance and where - it is stored. If the host parameter is empty, - then the Docker daemon assigns a host path - for your data volume. However, the data - isn't guaranteed to persist after the containers - associated with it stop running. \n This - parameter isn't applicable to jobs that - are running on Fargate resources and shouldn't - be provided." + description: |- + The contents of the host parameter determine whether your data volume persists + on the host container instance and where it is stored. If the host parameter + is empty, then the Docker daemon assigns a host path for your data volume. + However, the data isn't guaranteed to persist after the containers associated + with it stop running. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources + and shouldn't be provided. properties: sourcePath: - description: "The path on the host container - instance that's presented to the container. - If this parameter is empty, then the - Docker daemon has assigned a host path - for you. If this parameter contains - a file location, then the data volume - persists at the specified location on - the host container instance until you - delete it manually. If the source path - location doesn't exist on the host container - instance, the Docker daemon creates - it. If the location does exist, the - contents of the source path folder are - exported. \n This parameter isn't applicable - to jobs that run on Fargate resources - and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The path on the host container instance that's presented to the container. + If this parameter is empty, then the Docker daemon has assigned a host path + for you. If this parameter contains a file location, then the data volume + persists at the specified location on the host container instance until you + delete it manually. If the source path location doesn't exist on the host + container instance, the Docker daemon creates it. If the location does exist, + the contents of the source path folder are exported. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that run on Fargate resources and + shouldn't be provided. type: string type: object name: - description: The name of the volume. Up to - 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, - hyphens, and underscores are allowed. This - name is referenced in the sourceVolume parameter - of container definition mountPoints. + description: |- + The name of the volume. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, + hyphens, and underscores are allowed. This name is referenced in the sourceVolume + parameter of container definition mountPoints. type: string type: object type: array type: object targetNodes: - description: "The range of nodes, using node index values. - A range of 0:3 indicates nodes with index values of - 0 through 3. If the starting range value is omitted - (:n), then 0 is used to start the range. If the ending - range value is omitted (n:), then the highest possible - node index is used to end the range. Your accumulative - node ranges must account for all nodes (0:n). You - can nest node ranges, for example 0:10 and 4:5, in - which case the 4:5 range properties override the 0:10 - properties. \n TargetNodes is a required field" + description: |- + The range of nodes, using node index values. A range of 0:3 indicates nodes + with index values of 0 through 3. If the starting range value is omitted + (:n), then 0 is used to start the range. If the ending range value is omitted + (n:), then the highest possible node index is used to end the range. Your + accumulative node ranges must account for all nodes (0:n). You can nest node + ranges, for example 0:10 and 4:5, in which case the 4:5 range properties + override the 0:10 properties. + + + TargetNodes is a required field type: string required: - targetNodes type: object type: array numNodes: - description: "The number of nodes associated with a multi-node - parallel job. \n NumNodes is a required field" + description: |- + The number of nodes associated with a multi-node parallel job. + + + NumNodes is a required field format: int64 type: integer required: @@ -2400,89 +2670,87 @@ spec: parameters: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Default parameter substitution placeholders to set - in the job definition. Parameters are specified as a key-value - pair mapping. Parameters in a SubmitJob request override any - corresponding parameter defaults from the job definition. + description: |- + Default parameter substitution placeholders to set in the job definition. + Parameters are specified as a key-value pair mapping. Parameters in a SubmitJob + request override any corresponding parameter defaults from the job definition. type: object platformCapabilities: - description: The platform capabilities required by the job definition. - If no value is specified, it defaults to EC2. To run the job - on Fargate resources, specify FARGATE. + description: |- + The platform capabilities required by the job definition. If no value is + specified, it defaults to EC2. To run the job on Fargate resources, specify + FARGATE. items: type: string type: array propagateTags: - description: Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the - job or job definition to the corresponding Amazon ECS task. - If no value is specified, the tags are not propagated. Tags - can only be propagated to the tasks during task creation. For - tags with the same name, job tags are given priority over job - definitions tags. If the total number of combined tags from - the job and job definition is over 50, the job is moved to the - FAILED state. + description: |- + Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the job or job definition to + the corresponding Amazon ECS task. If no value is specified, the tags are + not propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the tasks during task creation. + For tags with the same name, job tags are given priority over job definitions + tags. If the total number of combined tags from the job and job definition + is over 50, the job is moved to the FAILED state. type: boolean region: description: Region is which region the Function will be created. type: string retryStrategy: - description: The retry strategy to use for failed jobs that are - submitted with this job definition. Any retry strategy that's - specified during a SubmitJob operation overrides the retry strategy - defined here. If a job is terminated due to a timeout, it isn't - retried. + description: |- + The retry strategy to use for failed jobs that are submitted with this job + definition. Any retry strategy that's specified during a SubmitJob operation + overrides the retry strategy defined here. If a job is terminated due to + a timeout, it isn't retried. properties: attempts: - description: The number of times to move a job to the RUNNABLE - status. You can specify between 1 and 10 attempts. If the - value of attempts is greater than one, the job is retried - on failure the same number of attempts as the value. + description: |- + The number of times to move a job to the RUNNABLE status. You can specify + between 1 and 10 attempts. If the value of attempts is greater than one, + the job is retried on failure the same number of attempts as the value. format: int64 type: integer evaluateOnExit: - description: Array of up to 5 objects that specify conditions - under which the job should be retried or failed. If this - parameter is specified, then the attempts parameter must - also be specified. + description: |- + Array of up to 5 objects that specify conditions under which the job should + be retried or failed. If this parameter is specified, then the attempts parameter + must also be specified. items: - description: EvaluateOnExit specifies a set of conditions - to be met, and an action to take (RETRY or EXIT) if all - conditions are met. + description: |- + EvaluateOnExit specifies a set of conditions to be met, and an action to take (RETRY or + EXIT) if all conditions are met. properties: action: - description: Specifies the action to take if all of - the specified conditions (onStatusReason, onReason, - and onExitCode) are met. The values aren't case sensitive. - (AWS gives lowercase back!) Action is a required field + description: |- + Specifies the action to take if all of the specified conditions (onStatusReason, + onReason, and onExitCode) are met. The values aren't case sensitive. + (AWS gives lowercase back!) + Action is a required field enum: - retry - exit type: string onExitCode: - description: Contains a glob pattern to match against - the decimal representation of the ExitCode returned - for a job. The pattern can be up to 512 characters - in length. It can contain only numbers, and can optionally - end with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of - the string needs to be an exact match. + description: |- + Contains a glob pattern to match against the decimal representation of the + ExitCode returned for a job. The pattern can be up to 512 characters in length. + It can contain only numbers, and can optionally end with an asterisk (*) + so that only the start of the string needs to be an exact match. type: string onReason: - description: Contains a glob pattern to match against - the Reason returned for a job. The pattern can be - up to 512 characters in length. It can contain letters, - numbers, periods (.), colons (:), and white space - (including spaces and tabs). It can optionally end - with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of the - string needs to be an exact match. + description: |- + Contains a glob pattern to match against the Reason returned for a job. The + pattern can be up to 512 characters in length. It can contain letters, numbers, + periods (.), colons (:), and white space (including spaces and tabs). It + can optionally end with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of the string + needs to be an exact match. type: string onStatusReason: - description: Contains a glob pattern to match against - the StatusReason returned for a job. The pattern can - be up to 512 characters in length. It can contain - letters, numbers, periods (.), colons (:), and white - space (including spaces or tabs). It can optionally - end with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of - the string needs to be an exact match. + description: |- + Contains a glob pattern to match against the StatusReason returned for a + job. The pattern can be up to 512 characters in length. It can contain letters, + numbers, periods (.), colons (:), and white space (including spaces or tabs). + It can optionally end with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of the + string needs to be an exact match. type: string required: - action @@ -2492,27 +2760,27 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The tags that you apply to the job definition to - help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists - of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging - Amazon Web Services Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/using-tags.html) + description: |- + The tags that you apply to the job definition to help you categorize and + organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. + For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/using-tags.html) in Batch User Guide. type: object timeout: - description: The timeout configuration for jobs that are submitted - with this job definition, after which Batch terminates your - jobs if they have not finished. If a job is terminated due to - a timeout, it isn't retried. The minimum value for the timeout - is 60 seconds. Any timeout configuration that's specified during - a SubmitJob operation overrides the timeout configuration defined - here. For more information, see Job Timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/job_timeouts.html) + description: |- + The timeout configuration for jobs that are submitted with this job definition, + after which Batch terminates your jobs if they have not finished. If a job + is terminated due to a timeout, it isn't retried. The minimum value for the + timeout is 60 seconds. Any timeout configuration that's specified during + a SubmitJob operation overrides the timeout configuration defined here. For + more information, see Job Timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/job_timeouts.html) in the Batch User Guide. properties: attemptDurationSeconds: - description: The time duration in seconds (measured from the - job attempt's startedAt timestamp) after which Batch terminates - your jobs if they have not finished. The minimum value for - the timeout is 60 seconds. + description: |- + The time duration in seconds (measured from the job attempt's startedAt timestamp) + after which Batch terminates your jobs if they have not finished. The minimum + value for the timeout is 60 seconds. format: int64 type: integer type: object @@ -2523,19 +2791,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -2548,9 +2818,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -2560,21 +2831,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2584,17 +2855,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -2604,21 +2877,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2633,21 +2906,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -2658,14 +2932,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -2705,14 +2980,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -2722,8 +3006,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -2735,6 +3020,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobqueues.yaml b/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobqueues.yaml index 9d228aa6a5..9e48e3017e 100644 --- a/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobqueues.yaml +++ b/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobqueues.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: jobqueues.batch.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: batch.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: JobQueue is the Schema for the JobQueues API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,30 +74,37 @@ spec: description: JobQueueParameters defines the desired state of JobQueue properties: computeEnvironmentOrder: - description: "The set of compute environments mapped to a job - queue and their order relative to each other. The job scheduler - uses this parameter to determine which compute environment should - run a specific job. Compute environments must be in the VALID - state before you can associate them with a job queue. You can - associate up to three compute environments with a job queue. - All of the compute environments must be either EC2 (EC2 or SPOT) - or Fargate (FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT); EC2 and Fargate compute - environments can't be mixed. \n All compute environments that - are associated with a job queue must share the same architecture. - Batch doesn't support mixing compute environment architecture - types in a single job queue. \n ComputeEnvironmentOrder is a - required field" + description: |- + The set of compute environments mapped to a job queue and their order relative + to each other. The job scheduler uses this parameter to determine which compute + environment should run a specific job. Compute environments must be in the + VALID state before you can associate them with a job queue. You can associate + up to three compute environments with a job queue. All of the compute environments + must be either EC2 (EC2 or SPOT) or Fargate (FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT); EC2 + and Fargate compute environments can't be mixed. + + + All compute environments that are associated with a job queue must share + the same architecture. Batch doesn't support mixing compute environment architecture + types in a single job queue. + + + ComputeEnvironmentOrder is a required field items: description: CustomComputeEnvironmentOrder includes custom additional fields for ComputeEnvironmentOrder properties: computeEnvironment: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the compute - environment. \n ComputeEnvironment is a required field" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the compute environment. + + + ComputeEnvironment is a required field type: string computeEnvironmentRef: - description: ComputeEnvironmentRef is a reference to ComputeEnvironment - used to set the ComputeEnvironment. + description: |- + ComputeEnvironmentRef is a reference to ComputeEnvironment used to set + the ComputeEnvironment. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -101,22 +114,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -126,13 +138,14 @@ spec: - name type: object computeEnvironmentSelector: - description: ComputeEnvironmentsSelector selects a reference - to ComputeEnvironment used to set the ComputeEnvironment. + description: |- + ComputeEnvironmentsSelector selects a reference to ComputeEnvironment used + to set the ComputeEnvironment. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -145,22 +158,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -168,12 +180,14 @@ spec: type: object type: object order: - description: "The order of the compute environment. Compute - environments are tried in ascending order. For example, - if two compute environments are associated with a job - queue, the compute environment with a lower order integer - value is tried for job placement first. \n Order is a - required field" + description: |- + The order of the compute environment. Compute environments are tried in ascending + order. For example, if two compute environments are associated with a job + queue, the compute environment with a lower order integer value is tried + for job placement first. + + + Order is a required field format: int64 type: integer required: @@ -181,47 +195,46 @@ spec: type: object type: array desiredState: - description: "Custom parameter to control the state of the job - queue. The valid values are ENABLED or DISABLED. \n The state - of the job queue. If the job queue state is ENABLED, it is able - to accept jobs. If the job queue state is DISABLED, new jobs - can't be added to the queue, but jobs already in the queue can - finish." + description: |- + Custom parameter to control the state of the job queue. The valid values are ENABLED or DISABLED. + + + The state of the job queue. If the job queue state is ENABLED, it is able to accept jobs. + If the job queue state is DISABLED, new jobs can't be added to the queue, but jobs already in the queue can finish. enum: - ENABLED - DISABLED type: string priority: - description: The priority of the job queue. Job queues with a - higher priority (or a higher integer value for the priority - parameter) are evaluated first when associated with the same - compute environment. Priority is determined in descending order. - For example, a job queue with a priority value of 10 is given - scheduling preference over a job queue with a priority value - of 1. All of the compute environments must be either EC2 (EC2 - or SPOT) or Fargate (FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT); EC2 and Fargate - compute environments can't be mixed. + description: |- + The priority of the job queue. Job queues with a higher priority (or a higher + integer value for the priority parameter) are evaluated first when associated + with the same compute environment. Priority is determined in descending order. + For example, a job queue with a priority value of 10 is given scheduling + preference over a job queue with a priority value of 1. All of the compute + environments must be either EC2 (EC2 or SPOT) or Fargate (FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT); + EC2 and Fargate compute environments can't be mixed. format: int64 type: integer region: description: Region is which region the JobQueue will be created. type: string schedulingPolicyARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the fair share - scheduling policy. If this parameter is specified, the job queue - uses a fair share scheduling policy. If this parameter isn't - specified, the job queue uses a first in, first out (FIFO) scheduling - policy. After a job queue is created, you can replace but can't - remove the fair share scheduling policy. The format is aws:Partition:batch:Region:Account:scheduling-policy/Name + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the fair share scheduling policy. If this + parameter is specified, the job queue uses a fair share scheduling policy. + If this parameter isn't specified, the job queue uses a first in, first out + (FIFO) scheduling policy. After a job queue is created, you can replace but + can't remove the fair share scheduling policy. The format is aws:Partition:batch:Region:Account:scheduling-policy/Name . An example is aws:aws:batch:us-west-2:123456789012:scheduling-policy/MySchedulingPolicy. type: string tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The tags that you apply to the job queue to help - you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists - of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging - your Batch resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/using-tags.html) + description: |- + The tags that you apply to the job queue to help you categorize and organize + your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more + information, see Tagging your Batch resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/using-tags.html) in Batch User Guide. type: object required: @@ -232,19 +245,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -257,9 +272,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -269,21 +285,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -293,17 +309,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -313,21 +331,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -342,21 +360,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -367,14 +386,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -402,10 +422,10 @@ spec: description: The name of the job queue. type: string state: - description: Describes the ability of the queue to accept new - jobs. If the job queue state is ENABLED, it can accept jobs. - If the job queue state is DISABLED, new jobs can't be added - to the queue, but jobs already in the queue can finish. + description: |- + Describes the ability of the queue to accept new jobs. If the job queue state + is ENABLED, it can accept jobs. If the job queue state is DISABLED, new jobs + can't be added to the queue, but jobs already in the queue can finish. type: string status: description: The status of the job queue (for example, CREATING @@ -418,14 +438,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -435,8 +464,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -448,6 +478,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobs.yaml b/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobs.yaml index 2edf923379..7bddc59d73 100644 --- a/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/batch.aws.crossplane.io_jobs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: jobs.batch.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: batch.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: A Job is a managed resource that represents an AWS Batch Job. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,11 +74,12 @@ spec: description: JobParameters define the desired state of a Batch Job properties: arrayProperties: - description: The array properties for the submitted job, such - as the size of the array. The array size can be between 2 and - 10,000. If you specify array properties for a job, it becomes - an array job. For more information, see Array Jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/array_jobs.html) - in the Batch User Guide. + description: |- + The array properties for the submitted job, such as the size of the array. + The array size can be between 2 and 10,000. If you specify array properties + for a job, it becomes an array job. For more information, see Array Jobs + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/array_jobs.html) in the + Batch User Guide. properties: size: description: The size of the array job. @@ -80,129 +87,226 @@ spec: type: integer type: object containerOverrides: - description: A list of container overrides in the JSON format - that specify the name of a container in the specified job definition - and the overrides it should receive. You can override the default - command for a container, which is specified in the job definition - or the Docker image, with a command override. You can also override - existing environment variables on a container or add new environment + description: |- + A list of container overrides in the JSON format that specify the name of + a container in the specified job definition and the overrides it should receive. + You can override the default command for a container, which is specified + in the job definition or the Docker image, with a command override. You can + also override existing environment variables on a container or add new environment variables to it with an environment override. properties: command: - description: The command to send to the container that overrides - the default command from the Docker image or the job definition. + description: |- + The command to send to the container that overrides the default command from + the Docker image or the job definition. items: type: string type: array environment: - description: "The environment variables to send to the container. - You can add new environment variables, which are added to - the container at launch, or you can override the existing - environment variables from the Docker image or the job definition. - \n Environment variables must not start with AWS_BATCH; - this naming convention is reserved for variables that are - set by the Batch service." + description: |- + The environment variables to send to the container. You can add new environment + variables, which are added to the container at launch, or you can override + the existing environment variables from the Docker image or the job definition. + + + Environment variables must not start with AWS_BATCH; this naming convention + is reserved for variables that are set by the Batch service. items: description: KeyValuePair defines a key-value pair object. properties: name: - description: The name of the key-value pair. For environment - variables, this is the name of the environment variable. + description: |- + The name of the key-value pair. For environment variables, this is the name + of the environment variable. type: string value: - description: The value of the key-value pair. For environment - variables, this is the value of the environment variable. + description: |- + The value of the key-value pair. For environment variables, this is the value + of the environment variable. type: string type: object type: array instanceType: - description: "The instance type to use for a multi-node parallel - job. \n This parameter isn't applicable to single-node container - jobs or jobs that run on Fargate resources, and shouldn't - be provided." + description: |- + The instance type to use for a multi-node parallel job. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to single-node container jobs or jobs that + run on Fargate resources, and shouldn't be provided. type: string resourceRequirements: - description: The type and amount of resources to assign to - a container. This overrides the settings in the job definition. - The supported resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. + description: |- + The type and amount of resources to assign to a container. This overrides + the settings in the job definition. The supported resources include GPU, + MEMORY, and VCPU. items: - description: ResourceRequirement defines the type and amount - of a resource to assign to a container. The supported + description: |- + ResourceRequirement defines the type and amount of a resource to assign to a container. The supported resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. properties: resourceType: - description: "The type of resource to assign to a container. - The supported resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. - \n Type is a required field" + description: |- + The type of resource to assign to a container. The supported resources include + GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. + + + Type is a required field enum: - GPU - MEMORY - VCPU type: string value: - description: "The quantity of the specified resource - to reserve for the container. The values vary based - on the type specified. \n type=\"GPU\" \n The number - of physical GPUs to reserve for the container. The - number of GPUs reserved for all containers in a job - shouldn't exceed the number of available GPUs on the - compute resource that the job is launched on. \n GPUs - are not available for jobs that are running on Fargate - resources. \n type=\"MEMORY\" \n The memory hard limit - (in MiB) present to the container. This parameter - is supported for jobs that are running on EC2 resources. - If your container attempts to exceed the memory specified, - the container is terminated. This parameter maps to - Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + description: |- + The quantity of the specified resource to reserve for the container. The + values vary based on the type specified. + + + type="GPU" + + + The number of physical GPUs to reserve for the container. The number of GPUs + reserved for all containers in a job shouldn't exceed the number of available + GPUs on the compute resource that the job is launched on. + + + GPUs are not available for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. + + + type="MEMORY" + + + The memory hard limit (in MiB) present to the container. This parameter is + supported for jobs that are running on EC2 resources. If your container attempts + to exceed the memory specified, the container is terminated. This parameter + maps to Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --memory option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - You must specify at least 4 MiB of memory for a job. - This is required but can be specified in several places - for multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs. It must be specified - for each node at least once. This parameter maps to - Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + You must specify at least 4 MiB of memory for a job. This is required but + can be specified in several places for multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs. It + must be specified for each node at least once. This parameter maps to Memory + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --memory option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n If you're trying to maximize your resource utilization - by providing your jobs as much memory as possible - for a particular instance type, see Memory Management - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/memory-management.html) - in the Batch User Guide. \n For jobs that are running - on Fargate resources, then value is the hard limit - (in MiB), and must match one of the supported values - and the VCPU values must be one of the values supported - for that memory value. \n value = 512 \n VCPU = 0.25 - \n value = 1024 \n VCPU = 0.25 or 0.5 \n value = 2048 - \n VCPU = 0.25, 0.5, or 1 \n value = 3072 \n VCPU - = 0.5, or 1 \n value = 4096 \n VCPU = 0.5, 1, or 2 - \n value = 5120, 6144, or 7168 \n VCPU = 1 or 2 \n - value = 8192 \n VCPU = 1, 2, or 4 \n value = 9216, - 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 - \n VCPU = 2 or 4 \n value = 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, - 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, - 29696, or 30720 \n VCPU = 4 \n type=\"VCPU\" \n The - number of vCPUs reserved for the container. This parameter - maps to CpuShares in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + + + If you're trying to maximize your resource utilization by providing your + jobs as much memory as possible for a particular instance type, see Memory + Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/memory-management.html) + in the Batch User Guide. + + + For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, then value is the hard limit + (in MiB), and must match one of the supported values and the VCPU values + must be one of the values supported for that memory value. + + + value = 512 + + + VCPU = 0.25 + + + value = 1024 + + + VCPU = 0.25 or 0.5 + + + value = 2048 + + + VCPU = 0.25, 0.5, or 1 + + + value = 3072 + + + VCPU = 0.5, or 1 + + + value = 4096 + + + VCPU = 0.5, 1, or 2 + + + value = 5120, 6144, or 7168 + + + VCPU = 1 or 2 + + + value = 8192 + + + VCPU = 1, 2, or 4 + + + value = 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 + + + VCPU = 2 or 4 + + + value = 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, + 27648, 28672, 29696, or 30720 + + + VCPU = 4 + + + type="VCPU" + + + The number of vCPUs reserved for the container. This parameter maps to CpuShares + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --cpu-shares option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - Each vCPU is equivalent to 1,024 CPU shares. For EC2 - resources, you must specify at least one vCPU. This - is required but can be specified in several places; - it must be specified for each node at least once. - \n For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, - then value must match one of the supported values - and the MEMORY values must be one of the values supported - for that VCPU value. The supported values are 0.25, - 0.5, 1, 2, and 4 \n value = 0.25 \n MEMORY = 512, - 1024, or 2048 \n value = 0.5 \n MEMORY = 1024, 2048, - 3072, or 4096 \n value = 1 \n MEMORY = 2048, 3072, - 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, or 8192 \n value = 2 \n MEMORY - = 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, - 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 \n value = 4 - \n MEMORY = 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, - 14336, 15360, 16384, 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, - 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, 29696, - or 30720 \n Value is a required field" + Each vCPU is equivalent to 1,024 CPU shares. For EC2 resources, you must + specify at least one vCPU. This is required but can be specified in several + places; it must be specified for each node at least once. + + + For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, then value must match one + of the supported values and the MEMORY values must be one of the values supported + for that VCPU value. The supported values are 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and 4 + + + value = 0.25 + + + MEMORY = 512, 1024, or 2048 + + + value = 0.5 + + + MEMORY = 1024, 2048, 3072, or 4096 + + + value = 1 + + + MEMORY = 2048, 3072, 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, or 8192 + + + value = 2 + + + MEMORY = 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, + 14336, 15360, or 16384 + + + value = 4 + + + MEMORY = 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, 16384, 17408, + 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, + 29696, or 30720 + + + Value is a required field type: string required: - resourceType @@ -211,14 +315,14 @@ spec: type: array type: object dependsOn: - description: A list of dependencies for the job. A job can depend - upon a maximum of 20 jobs. You can specify a SEQUENTIAL type - dependency without specifying a job ID for array jobs so that - each child array job completes sequentially, starting at index - 0. You can also specify an N_TO_N type dependency with a job - ID for array jobs. In that case, each index child of this job - must wait for the corresponding index child of each dependency - to complete before it can begin. + description: |- + A list of dependencies for the job. A job can depend upon a maximum of 20 + jobs. You can specify a SEQUENTIAL type dependency without specifying a job + ID for array jobs so that each child array job completes sequentially, starting + at index 0. You can also specify an N_TO_N type dependency with a job ID + for array jobs. In that case, each index child of this job must wait for + the corresponding index child of each dependency to complete before it can + begin. items: description: JobDependency defines an Batch job dependency. properties: @@ -237,22 +341,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -265,9 +368,9 @@ spec: description: JobIDSelector selects references to an JobID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -280,22 +383,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -311,11 +413,13 @@ spec: type: object type: array jobDefinition: - description: "The job definition used by this job. This value - can be one of name, name:revision, or the Amazon Resource Name - (ARN) for the job definition. If name is specified without a - revision then the latest active revision is used. \n JobDefinition - is a required field" + description: |- + The job definition used by this job. This value can be one of name, name:revision, + or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the job definition. If name is specified + without a revision then the latest active revision is used. + + + JobDefinition is a required field type: string jobDefinitionRef: description: JobDefinitionRef is a reference to an JobDefinition. @@ -328,21 +432,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -355,8 +459,9 @@ spec: description: JobDefinitionSelector selects references to an JobDefinition. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -369,21 +474,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -391,9 +496,12 @@ spec: type: object type: object jobQueue: - description: "The job queue where the job is submitted. You can - specify either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of - the queue. \n JobQueue is a required field" + description: |- + The job queue where the job is submitted. You can specify either the name + or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the queue. + + + JobQueue is a required field type: string jobQueueRef: description: JobQueueRef is a reference to an JobQueue. @@ -406,21 +514,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -433,8 +541,9 @@ spec: description: JobQueueSelector selects references to an JobQueue. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -447,21 +556,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -469,159 +578,238 @@ spec: type: object type: object nodeOverrides: - description: "A list of node overrides in JSON format that specify - the node range to target and the container overrides for that - node range. \n This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that - are running on Fargate resources; use containerOverrides instead." + description: |- + A list of node overrides in JSON format that specify the node range to target + and the container overrides for that node range. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources; + use containerOverrides instead. properties: nodePropertyOverrides: description: The node property overrides for the job. items: - description: NodePropertyOverride defines any node overrides - to a job definition that's used in a SubmitJob API operation. + description: |- + NodePropertyOverride defines any node overrides to a job definition that's used in + a SubmitJob API operation. properties: containerOverrides: description: The overrides that should be sent to a node range. properties: command: - description: The command to send to the container - that overrides the default command from the Docker - image or the job definition. + description: |- + The command to send to the container that overrides the default command from + the Docker image or the job definition. items: type: string type: array environment: - description: "The environment variables to send - to the container. You can add new environment - variables, which are added to the container at - launch, or you can override the existing environment - variables from the Docker image or the job definition. - \n Environment variables must not start with AWS_BATCH; - this naming convention is reserved for variables - that are set by the Batch service." + description: |- + The environment variables to send to the container. You can add new environment + variables, which are added to the container at launch, or you can override + the existing environment variables from the Docker image or the job definition. + + + Environment variables must not start with AWS_BATCH; this naming convention + is reserved for variables that are set by the Batch service. items: description: KeyValuePair defines a key-value pair object. properties: name: - description: The name of the key-value pair. - For environment variables, this is the name + description: |- + The name of the key-value pair. For environment variables, this is the name of the environment variable. type: string value: - description: The value of the key-value pair. - For environment variables, this is the value + description: |- + The value of the key-value pair. For environment variables, this is the value of the environment variable. type: string type: object type: array instanceType: - description: "The instance type to use for a multi-node - parallel job. \n This parameter isn't applicable - to single-node container jobs or jobs that run - on Fargate resources, and shouldn't be provided." + description: |- + The instance type to use for a multi-node parallel job. + + + This parameter isn't applicable to single-node container jobs or jobs that + run on Fargate resources, and shouldn't be provided. type: string resourceRequirements: - description: The type and amount of resources to - assign to a container. This overrides the settings - in the job definition. The supported resources - include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. + description: |- + The type and amount of resources to assign to a container. This overrides + the settings in the job definition. The supported resources include GPU, + MEMORY, and VCPU. items: - description: ResourceRequirement defines the type - and amount of a resource to assign to a container. - The supported resources include GPU, MEMORY, - and VCPU. + description: |- + ResourceRequirement defines the type and amount of a resource to assign to a container. The supported + resources include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. properties: resourceType: - description: "The type of resource to assign - to a container. The supported resources - include GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. \n Type is - a required field" + description: |- + The type of resource to assign to a container. The supported resources include + GPU, MEMORY, and VCPU. + + + Type is a required field enum: - GPU - MEMORY - VCPU type: string value: - description: "The quantity of the specified - resource to reserve for the container. The + description: |- + The quantity of the specified resource to reserve for the container. The values vary based on the type specified. - \n type=\"GPU\" \n The number of physical - GPUs to reserve for the container. The number - of GPUs reserved for all containers in a - job shouldn't exceed the number of available - GPUs on the compute resource that the job - is launched on. \n GPUs are not available - for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. - \n type=\"MEMORY\" \n The memory hard limit - (in MiB) present to the container. This - parameter is supported for jobs that are - running on EC2 resources. If your container - attempts to exceed the memory specified, - the container is terminated. This parameter - maps to Memory in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + + + type="GPU" + + + The number of physical GPUs to reserve for the container. The number of GPUs + reserved for all containers in a job shouldn't exceed the number of available + GPUs on the compute resource that the job is launched on. + + + GPUs are not available for jobs that are running on Fargate resources. + + + type="MEMORY" + + + The memory hard limit (in MiB) present to the container. This parameter is + supported for jobs that are running on EC2 resources. If your container attempts + to exceed the memory specified, the container is terminated. This parameter + maps to Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --memory option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - You must specify at least 4 MiB of memory - for a job. This is required but can be specified - in several places for multi-node parallel - (MNP) jobs. It must be specified for each - node at least once. This parameter maps - to Memory in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + You must specify at least 4 MiB of memory for a job. This is required but + can be specified in several places for multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs. It + must be specified for each node at least once. This parameter maps to Memory + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) and the --memory option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n If you're trying to maximize your resource - utilization by providing your jobs as much - memory as possible for a particular instance - type, see Memory Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/memory-management.html) - in the Batch User Guide. \n For jobs that - are running on Fargate resources, then value - is the hard limit (in MiB), and must match - one of the supported values and the VCPU - values must be one of the values supported - for that memory value. \n value = 512 \n - VCPU = 0.25 \n value = 1024 \n VCPU = 0.25 - or 0.5 \n value = 2048 \n VCPU = 0.25, 0.5, - or 1 \n value = 3072 \n VCPU = 0.5, or 1 - \n value = 4096 \n VCPU = 0.5, 1, or 2 \n - value = 5120, 6144, or 7168 \n VCPU = 1 - or 2 \n value = 8192 \n VCPU = 1, 2, or - 4 \n value = 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, - 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 \n VCPU = - 2 or 4 \n value = 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, - 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, - 27648, 28672, 29696, or 30720 \n VCPU = - 4 \n type=\"VCPU\" \n The number of vCPUs - reserved for the container. This parameter - maps to CpuShares in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) + + + If you're trying to maximize your resource utilization by providing your + jobs as much memory as possible for a particular instance type, see Memory + Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/memory-management.html) + in the Batch User Guide. + + + For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, then value is the hard limit + (in MiB), and must match one of the supported values and the VCPU values + must be one of the values supported for that memory value. + + + value = 512 + + + VCPU = 0.25 + + + value = 1024 + + + VCPU = 0.25 or 0.5 + + + value = 2048 + + + VCPU = 0.25, 0.5, or 1 + + + value = 3072 + + + VCPU = 0.5, or 1 + + + value = 4096 + + + VCPU = 0.5, 1, or 2 + + + value = 5120, 6144, or 7168 + + + VCPU = 1 or 2 + + + value = 8192 + + + VCPU = 1, 2, or 4 + + + value = 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 + + + VCPU = 2 or 4 + + + value = 17408, 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, + 27648, 28672, 29696, or 30720 + + + VCPU = 4 + + + type="VCPU" + + + The number of vCPUs reserved for the container. This parameter maps to CpuShares + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/#create-a-container) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.23/) - and the --cpu-shares option to docker run - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - Each vCPU is equivalent to 1,024 CPU shares. - For EC2 resources, you must specify at least - one vCPU. This is required but can be specified - in several places; it must be specified - for each node at least once. \n For jobs - that are running on Fargate resources, then - value must match one of the supported values - and the MEMORY values must be one of the - values supported for that VCPU value. The - supported values are 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and - 4 \n value = 0.25 \n MEMORY = 512, 1024, - or 2048 \n value = 0.5 \n MEMORY = 1024, - 2048, 3072, or 4096 \n value = 1 \n MEMORY - = 2048, 3072, 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, or - 8192 \n value = 2 \n MEMORY = 4096, 5120, - 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, - 13312, 14336, 15360, or 16384 \n value = - 4 \n MEMORY = 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, - 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, 16384, 17408, - 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, - 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, 29696, - or 30720 \n Value is a required field" + and the --cpu-shares option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + Each vCPU is equivalent to 1,024 CPU shares. For EC2 resources, you must + specify at least one vCPU. This is required but can be specified in several + places; it must be specified for each node at least once. + + + For jobs that are running on Fargate resources, then value must match one + of the supported values and the MEMORY values must be one of the values supported + for that VCPU value. The supported values are 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and 4 + + + value = 0.25 + + + MEMORY = 512, 1024, or 2048 + + + value = 0.5 + + + MEMORY = 1024, 2048, 3072, or 4096 + + + value = 1 + + + MEMORY = 2048, 3072, 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, or 8192 + + + value = 2 + + + MEMORY = 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, + 14336, 15360, or 16384 + + + value = 4 + + + MEMORY = 8192, 9216, 10240, 11264, 12288, 13312, 14336, 15360, 16384, 17408, + 18432, 19456, 20480, 21504, 22528, 23552, 24576, 25600, 26624, 27648, 28672, + 29696, or 30720 + + + Value is a required field type: string required: - resourceType @@ -630,111 +818,117 @@ spec: type: array type: object targetNodes: - description: "The range of nodes, using node index values, - that's used to override. A range of 0:3 indicates - nodes with index values of 0 through 3. If the starting - range value is omitted (:n), then 0 is used to start - the range. If the ending range value is omitted (n:), - then the highest possible node index is used to end - the range. \n TargetNodes is a required field" + description: |- + The range of nodes, using node index values, that's used to override. A range + of 0:3 indicates nodes with index values of 0 through 3. If the starting + range value is omitted (:n), then 0 is used to start the range. If the ending + range value is omitted (n:), then the highest possible node index is used + to end the range. + + + TargetNodes is a required field type: string required: - targetNodes type: object type: array numNodes: - description: "The number of nodes to use with a multi-node - parallel job. This value overrides the number of nodes that - are specified in the job definition. To use this override: - \n * There must be at least one node range in your job definition - that has an open upper boundary (such as : or n:). \n * - The lower boundary of the node range specified in the job - definition must be fewer than the number of nodes specified - in the override. \n * The main node index specified in the - job definition must be fewer than the number of nodes specified - in the override." + description: |- + The number of nodes to use with a multi-node parallel job. This value overrides + the number of nodes that are specified in the job definition. To use this + override: + + + * There must be at least one node range in your job definition that has + an open upper boundary (such as : or n:). + + + * The lower boundary of the node range specified in the job definition + must be fewer than the number of nodes specified in the override. + + + * The main node index specified in the job definition must be fewer than + the number of nodes specified in the override. format: int64 type: integer type: object parameters: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Additional parameters passed to the job that replace - parameter substitution placeholders that are set in the job - definition. Parameters are specified as a key and value pair - mapping. Parameters in a SubmitJob request override any corresponding - parameter defaults from the job definition. + description: |- + Additional parameters passed to the job that replace parameter substitution + placeholders that are set in the job definition. Parameters are specified + as a key and value pair mapping. Parameters in a SubmitJob request override + any corresponding parameter defaults from the job definition. type: object propagateTags: - description: Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the - job or job definition to the corresponding Amazon ECS task. - If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. Tags can - only be propagated to the tasks during task creation. For tags - with the same name, job tags are given priority over job definitions - tags. If the total number of combined tags from the job and - job definition is over 50, the job is moved to the FAILED state. - When specified, this overrides the tag propagation setting in - the job definition. + description: |- + Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the job or job definition to + the corresponding Amazon ECS task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't + propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the tasks during task creation. + For tags with the same name, job tags are given priority over job definitions + tags. If the total number of combined tags from the job and job definition + is over 50, the job is moved to the FAILED state. When specified, this overrides + the tag propagation setting in the job definition. type: boolean region: description: Region is which region the Function will be created. type: string retryStrategy: - description: The retry strategy to use for failed jobs from this - SubmitJob operation. When a retry strategy is specified here, - it overrides the retry strategy defined in the job definition. + description: |- + The retry strategy to use for failed jobs from this SubmitJob operation. + When a retry strategy is specified here, it overrides the retry strategy + defined in the job definition. properties: attempts: - description: The number of times to move a job to the RUNNABLE - status. You can specify between 1 and 10 attempts. If the - value of attempts is greater than one, the job is retried - on failure the same number of attempts as the value. + description: |- + The number of times to move a job to the RUNNABLE status. You can specify + between 1 and 10 attempts. If the value of attempts is greater than one, + the job is retried on failure the same number of attempts as the value. format: int64 type: integer evaluateOnExit: - description: Array of up to 5 objects that specify conditions - under which the job should be retried or failed. If this - parameter is specified, then the attempts parameter must - also be specified. + description: |- + Array of up to 5 objects that specify conditions under which the job should + be retried or failed. If this parameter is specified, then the attempts parameter + must also be specified. items: - description: EvaluateOnExit specifies a set of conditions - to be met, and an action to take (RETRY or EXIT) if all - conditions are met. + description: |- + EvaluateOnExit specifies a set of conditions to be met, and an action to take (RETRY or + EXIT) if all conditions are met. properties: action: - description: Specifies the action to take if all of - the specified conditions (onStatusReason, onReason, - and onExitCode) are met. The values aren't case sensitive. - (AWS gives lowercase back!) Action is a required field + description: |- + Specifies the action to take if all of the specified conditions (onStatusReason, + onReason, and onExitCode) are met. The values aren't case sensitive. + (AWS gives lowercase back!) + Action is a required field enum: - retry - exit type: string onExitCode: - description: Contains a glob pattern to match against - the decimal representation of the ExitCode returned - for a job. The pattern can be up to 512 characters - in length. It can contain only numbers, and can optionally - end with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of - the string needs to be an exact match. + description: |- + Contains a glob pattern to match against the decimal representation of the + ExitCode returned for a job. The pattern can be up to 512 characters in length. + It can contain only numbers, and can optionally end with an asterisk (*) + so that only the start of the string needs to be an exact match. type: string onReason: - description: Contains a glob pattern to match against - the Reason returned for a job. The pattern can be - up to 512 characters in length. It can contain letters, - numbers, periods (.), colons (:), and white space - (including spaces and tabs). It can optionally end - with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of the - string needs to be an exact match. + description: |- + Contains a glob pattern to match against the Reason returned for a job. The + pattern can be up to 512 characters in length. It can contain letters, numbers, + periods (.), colons (:), and white space (including spaces and tabs). It + can optionally end with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of the string + needs to be an exact match. type: string onStatusReason: - description: Contains a glob pattern to match against - the StatusReason returned for a job. The pattern can - be up to 512 characters in length. It can contain - letters, numbers, periods (.), colons (:), and white - space (including spaces or tabs). It can optionally - end with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of - the string needs to be an exact match. + description: |- + Contains a glob pattern to match against the StatusReason returned for a + job. The pattern can be up to 512 characters in length. It can contain letters, + numbers, periods (.), colons (:), and white space (including spaces or tabs). + It can optionally end with an asterisk (*) so that only the start of the + string needs to be an exact match. type: string required: - action @@ -744,28 +938,28 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The tags that you apply to the job request to help - you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists - of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging - Amazon Web Services Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) + description: |- + The tags that you apply to the job request to help you categorize and organize + your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more + information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) in Amazon Web Services General Reference. type: object timeout: - description: The timeout configuration for this SubmitJob operation. - You can specify a timeout duration after which Batch terminates - your jobs if they haven't finished. If a job is terminated due - to a timeout, it isn't retried. The minimum value for the timeout - is 60 seconds. This configuration overrides any timeout configuration - specified in the job definition. For array jobs, child jobs - have the same timeout configuration as the parent job. For more - information, see Job Timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/job_timeouts.html) + description: |- + The timeout configuration for this SubmitJob operation. You can specify a + timeout duration after which Batch terminates your jobs if they haven't finished. + If a job is terminated due to a timeout, it isn't retried. The minimum value + for the timeout is 60 seconds. This configuration overrides any timeout configuration + specified in the job definition. For array jobs, child jobs have the same + timeout configuration as the parent job. For more information, see Job Timeouts + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/job_timeouts.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: attemptDurationSeconds: - description: The time duration in seconds (measured from the - job attempt's startedAt timestamp) after which Batch terminates - your jobs if they have not finished. The minimum value for - the timeout is 60 seconds. + description: |- + The time duration in seconds (measured from the job attempt's startedAt timestamp) + after which Batch terminates your jobs if they have not finished. The minimum + value for the timeout is 60 seconds. format: int64 type: integer type: object @@ -775,19 +969,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -800,9 +996,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -812,21 +1009,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -836,17 +1033,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -856,21 +1055,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -885,21 +1084,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -910,14 +1110,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -943,9 +1144,9 @@ spec: job. properties: index: - description: The job index within the array that's associated - with this job. This parameter is returned for array job - children. + description: |- + The job index within the array that's associated with this job. This parameter + is returned for array job children. format: int64 type: integer size: @@ -957,9 +1158,9 @@ spec: additionalProperties: format: int64 type: integer - description: A summary of the number of array job children - in each available job status. This parameter is returned - for parent array jobs. + description: |- + A summary of the number of array job children in each available job status. + This parameter is returned for parent array jobs. type: object type: object attempts: @@ -971,8 +1172,9 @@ spec: description: Details about the container in this job attempt. properties: containerInstanceArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon - ECS container instance that hosts the job attempt. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon ECS container instance that + hosts the job attempt. type: string exitCode: description: The exit code for the job attempt. A non-zero @@ -980,18 +1182,18 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer logStreamName: - description: The name of the CloudWatch Logs log stream - associated with the container. The log group for Batch - jobs is /aws/batch/job. Each container attempt receives + description: |- + The name of the CloudWatch Logs log stream associated with the container. + The log group for Batch jobs is /aws/batch/job. Each container attempt receives a log stream name when they reach the RUNNING status. type: string networkInterfaces: description: The network interfaces associated with the job attempt. items: - description: NetworkInterface defines the elastic - network interface for a multi-node parallel job - node for observation. + description: |- + NetworkInterface defines the elastic network interface for a multi-node parallel + job node for observation. properties: attachmentId: description: The attachment ID for the network @@ -1008,42 +1210,43 @@ spec: type: object type: array reason: - description: A short (255 max characters) human-readable - string to provide additional details about a running - or stopped container. + description: |- + A short (255 max characters) human-readable string to provide additional + details about a running or stopped container. type: string taskArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon - ECS task that's associated with the job attempt. Each - container attempt receives a task ARN when they reach + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon ECS task that's associated with + the job attempt. Each container attempt receives a task ARN when they reach the STARTING status. type: string type: object startedAt: - description: The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when - the attempt was started (when the attempt transitioned - from the STARTING state to the RUNNING state). + description: |- + The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when the attempt was started (when + the attempt transitioned from the STARTING state to the RUNNING state). format: int64 type: integer statusReason: - description: A short, human-readable string to provide additional - details about the current status of the job attempt. + description: |- + A short, human-readable string to provide additional details about the current + status of the job attempt. type: string stoppedAt: - description: The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when - the attempt was stopped (when the attempt transitioned - from the RUNNING state to a terminal state, such as SUCCEEDED - or FAILED). + description: |- + The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when the attempt was stopped (when + the attempt transitioned from the RUNNING state to a terminal state, such + as SUCCEEDED or FAILED). format: int64 type: integer type: object type: array createdAt: - description: The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when the - job was created. For non-array jobs and parent array jobs, this - is when the job entered the SUBMITTED state (at the time SubmitJob - was called). For array child jobs, this is when the child job - was spawned by its parent and entered the PENDING state. + description: |- + The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when the job was created. For non-array + jobs and parent array jobs, this is when the job entered the SUBMITTED state + (at the time SubmitJob was called). For array child jobs, this is when the + child job was spawned by its parent and entered the PENDING state. format: int64 type: integer jobArn: @@ -1053,26 +1256,31 @@ spec: description: The ID for the job. type: string startedAt: - description: The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when the - job was started (when the job transitioned from the STARTING - state to the RUNNING state). This parameter isn't provided for - child jobs of array jobs or multi-node parallel jobs. + description: |- + The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when the job was started (when the + job transitioned from the STARTING state to the RUNNING state). This parameter + isn't provided for child jobs of array jobs or multi-node parallel jobs. format: int64 type: integer status: - description: "The current status for the job. \n If your jobs - don't progress to STARTING, see Jobs Stuck in RUNNABLE Status + description: |- + The current status for the job. + + + If your jobs don't progress to STARTING, see Jobs Stuck in RUNNABLE Status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/troubleshooting.html#job_stuck_in_runnable) - in the troubleshooting section of the Batch User Guide." + in the troubleshooting section of the Batch User Guide. type: string statusReason: - description: A short, human-readable string to provide additional - details about the current status of the job. + description: |- + A short, human-readable string to provide additional details about the current + status of the job. type: string stoppedAt: - description: The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when the - job was stopped (when the job transitioned from the RUNNING - state to a terminal state, such as SUCCEEDED or FAILED). + description: |- + The Unix timestamp (in milliseconds) for when the job was stopped (when the + job transitioned from the RUNNING state to a terminal state, such as SUCCEEDED + or FAILED). format: int64 type: integer type: object @@ -1082,14 +1290,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1099,8 +1316,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1112,6 +1330,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_cacheclusters.yaml b/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_cacheclusters.yaml index 615f1029b0..6020d6ed4f 100644 --- a/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_cacheclusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_cacheclusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: cacheclusters.cache.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cache.aws.crossplane.io @@ -34,18 +34,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A CacheCluster is a managed resource that represents an AWS ElastiCache + description: |- + A CacheCluster is a managed resource that represents an AWS ElastiCache Cache Cluster. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,44 +60,47 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: 'CacheClusterParameters define the desired state of an - AWS ElastiCache Cache Cluster. Most fields map directly to an AWS - ReplicationGroup: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReplicationGroup.html#API_CreateReplicationGroup_RequestParameters' + description: |- + CacheClusterParameters define the desired state of an AWS ElastiCache + Cache Cluster. Most fields map directly to an AWS ReplicationGroup: + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReplicationGroup.html#API_CreateReplicationGroup_RequestParameters properties: applyImmediately: - description: If true, this parameter causes the modifications - in this request and any pending modifications to be applied, - asynchronously and as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow - setting for the cluster. If false, changes to the cluster are - applied on the next maintenance reboot, or the next failure - reboot, whichever occurs first. + description: |- + If true, this parameter causes the modifications in this request and any + pending modifications to be applied, asynchronously and as soon as possible, + regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the cluster. + If false, changes to the cluster are applied on the next maintenance reboot, + or the next failure reboot, whichever occurs first. type: boolean authToken: description: The password used to access a password protected server. type: string authTokenUpdateStrategy: - description: 'Specifies the strategy to use to update the AUTH - token. This parameter must be specified with the auth-token - parameter. Possible values:' + description: |- + Specifies the strategy to use to update the AUTH token. This parameter must + be specified with the auth-token parameter. Possible values: type: string azMode: - description: Specifies whether the nodes in this Memcached cluster - are created in a single Availability Zone or created across - multiple Availability Zones in the cluster's region. This parameter - is only supported for Memcached clusters. + description: |- + Specifies whether the nodes in this Memcached cluster are created in a single + Availability Zone or created across multiple Availability Zones in the cluster's + region. + This parameter is only supported for Memcached clusters. type: string cacheNodeIdsToRemove: description: A list of cache node IDs to be removed. @@ -103,9 +112,9 @@ spec: node group (shard). type: string cacheParameterGroupName: - description: The name of the parameter group to associate with - this cluster. If this argument is omitted, the default parameter - group for the specified engine is used. + description: |- + The name of the parameter group to associate with this cluster. If this argument + is omitted, the default parameter group for the specified engine is used. type: string cacheSecurityGroupNames: description: A list of security group names to associate with @@ -127,21 +136,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -155,8 +164,9 @@ spec: name of a CacheSubnetGroup properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -169,21 +179,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -199,9 +209,9 @@ spec: for this cluster. type: string notificationTopicArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Simple - Notification Service (SNS) topic to which notifications are - sent. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Simple Notification Service + (SNS) topic to which notifications are sent. type: string notificationTopicArnRef: description: NotificationTopicARNRef references an SNS Topic to @@ -215,21 +225,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -243,8 +253,9 @@ spec: to an SNS Topic to retrieve its NotificationTopicARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -257,21 +268,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -289,8 +300,9 @@ spec: format: int32 type: integer preferredAvailabilityZone: - description: 'The EC2 Availability Zone in which the cluster is - created. Default: System chosen Availability Zone.' + description: |- + The EC2 Availability Zone in which the cluster is created. + Default: System chosen Availability Zone. type: string preferredAvailabilityZones: description: A list of the Availability Zones in which cache nodes @@ -299,8 +311,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance - on the cluster is performed. + description: |- + Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cluster is + performed. type: string region: description: Region is the region you'd like your CacheSubnetGroup @@ -323,21 +336,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -352,8 +365,9 @@ spec: ID of a Security Group properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -366,21 +380,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -394,24 +408,27 @@ spec: type: string type: array snapshotArns: - description: A single-element string list containing an Amazon - Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a Redis RDB snapshot - file stored in Amazon S3. + description: |- + A single-element string list containing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that + uniquely identifies a Redis RDB snapshot file stored in Amazon S3. items: type: string type: array snapshotName: - description: The name of a Redis snapshot from which to restore - data into the new node group (shard). + description: |- + The name of a Redis snapshot from which to restore data into the new node + group (shard). type: string snapshotRetentionLimit: - description: The number of days for which ElastiCache retains - automatic snapshots before deleting them. + description: |- + The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic snapshots before + deleting them. format: int32 type: integer snapshotWindow: - description: The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache - begins taking a daily snapshot of your node group (shard). + description: |- + The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache begins taking a daily + snapshot of your node group (shard). type: string tags: description: A list of cost allocation tags to be added to this @@ -438,19 +455,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -463,9 +482,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -475,21 +495,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -499,17 +519,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -519,21 +541,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -548,21 +570,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -573,14 +596,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -599,16 +623,19 @@ spec: description: A CacheClusterStatus defines the observed state of a CacheCluster. properties: atProvider: - description: CacheClusterObservation contains the observation of the - status of the given Cache Cluster. + description: |- + CacheClusterObservation contains the observation of the status of + the given Cache Cluster. properties: atRestEncryptionEnabled: - description: 'A flag that enables encryption at-rest when set - to true. Default: false' + description: |- + A flag that enables encryption at-rest when set to true. + Default: false type: boolean authTokenEnabled: - description: 'A flag that enables using an AuthToken (password) - when issuing Redis commands. Default: false' + description: |- + A flag that enables using an AuthToken (password) when issuing Redis commands. + Default: false type: boolean cacheClusterStatus: description: The current state of this cluster. @@ -622,10 +649,9 @@ spec: description: The cache node identifier. type: string cacheNodeStatus: - description: 'The current state of this cache node, one - of the following values: available, creating, deleted, - deleting, incompatible-network, modifying, rebooting cluster - nodes, restore-failed, or snapshotting.' + description: |- + The current state of this cache node, one of the following values: available, creating, + deleted, deleting, incompatible-network, modifying, rebooting cluster nodes, restore-failed, or snapshotting. type: string customerAvailabilityZone: description: The Availability Zone where this node was created @@ -657,8 +683,9 @@ spec: description: Status of the cache parameter group. properties: cacheNodeIdsToReboot: - description: A list of the cache node IDs which need to be - rebooted for parameter changes to be applied. + description: |- + A list of the cache node IDs which need to be rebooted for parameter changes + to be applied. items: type: string type: array @@ -670,14 +697,15 @@ spec: type: string type: object clientDownloadLandingPage: - description: The URL of the web page where you can download the - latest ElastiCache client library. + description: |- + The URL of the web page where you can download the latest ElastiCache client + library. type: string configurationEndpoint: - description: Represents a Memcached cluster endpoint which, if - Automatic Discovery is enabled on the cluster, can be used by - an application to connect to any node in the cluster. The configuration - endpoint will always have .cfg in it. + description: |- + Represents a Memcached cluster endpoint which, if Automatic Discovery is + enabled on the cluster, can be used by an application to connect to any node + in the cluster. The configuration endpoint will always have .cfg in it. properties: address: description: Address is the DNS hostname of the cache node. @@ -688,9 +716,10 @@ spec: type: integer type: object notificationConfiguration: - description: Describes a notification topic and its status. Notification - topics are used for publishing ElastiCache events to subscribers - using Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS). + description: |- + Describes a notification topic and its status. Notification topics are used + for publishing ElastiCache events to subscribers using Amazon Simple Notification + Service (SNS). properties: topicArn: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies @@ -701,15 +730,17 @@ spec: type: string type: object pendingModifiedValues: - description: A group of settings that are applied to the cluster - in the future, or that are currently being applied. + description: |- + A group of settings that are applied to the cluster in the future, or that + are currently being applied. properties: authTokenStatus: description: The auth token status type: string cacheNodeIdsToRemove: - description: A list of cache node IDs that are being removed - (or will be removed) from the cluster. + description: |- + A list of cache node IDs that are being removed (or will be removed) from + the cluster. items: type: string type: array @@ -737,14 +768,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -754,8 +794,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -767,6 +808,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_cachesubnetgroups.yaml b/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_cachesubnetgroups.yaml index a0f47adc61..1e30f6a887 100644 --- a/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_cachesubnetgroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_cachesubnetgroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: cachesubnetgroups.cache.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cache.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: Subnet Group for ElasticCache. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -90,21 +96,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -119,8 +125,9 @@ spec: each retrieve the subnetID from the referenced Subnet properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -133,21 +140,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -166,19 +173,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -191,9 +200,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -203,21 +213,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -227,17 +237,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -247,21 +259,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -276,21 +288,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -301,14 +314,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -332,8 +346,9 @@ spec: external resource properties: vpcId: - description: The Amazon Virtual Private Cloud identifier (VPC - ID) of the cache subnet group. + description: |- + The Amazon Virtual Private Cloud identifier (VPC ID) of the cache subnet + group. type: string required: - vpcId @@ -344,14 +359,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -361,8 +385,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -374,6 +399,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_replicationgroups.yaml b/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_replicationgroups.yaml index 8b8295a23d..660c408b55 100644 --- a/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_replicationgroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cache.aws.crossplane.io_replicationgroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: replicationgroups.cache.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cache.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,18 +37,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A ReplicationGroup is a managed resource that represents an AWS - ElastiCache Replication Group. + description: |- + A ReplicationGroup is a managed resource that represents an AWS ElastiCache + Replication Group. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,84 +63,107 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: 'ReplicationGroupParameters define the desired state - of an AWS ElastiCache Replication Group. Most fields map directly - to an AWS ReplicationGroup: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReplicationGroup.html#API_CreateReplicationGroup_RequestParameters' + description: |- + ReplicationGroupParameters define the desired state of an AWS ElastiCache + Replication Group. Most fields map directly to an AWS ReplicationGroup: + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReplicationGroup.html#API_CreateReplicationGroup_RequestParameters properties: applyModificationsImmediately: - description: "If true, this parameter causes the modifications - in this request and any pending modifications to be applied, - asynchronously and as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow - setting for the replication group. \n If false, changes to the - nodes in the replication group are applied on the next maintenance - reboot, or the next failure reboot, whichever occurs first." + description: |- + If true, this parameter causes the modifications in this request and any + pending modifications to be applied, asynchronously and as soon as possible, + regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the replication + group. + + + If false, changes to the nodes in the replication group are applied on the + next maintenance reboot, or the next failure reboot, whichever occurs first. type: boolean atRestEncryptionEnabled: - description: "AtRestEncryptionEnabled enables encryption at rest - when set to true. \n You cannot modify the value of AtRestEncryptionEnabled - after the replication group is created. To enable encryption - at rest on a replication group you must set AtRestEncryptionEnabled - to true when you create the replication group. \n Only available - when creating a replication group in an Amazon VPC using redis - version 3.2.6 or 4.x." + description: |- + AtRestEncryptionEnabled enables encryption at rest when set to true. + + + You cannot modify the value of AtRestEncryptionEnabled after the replication + group is created. To enable encryption at rest on a replication group you + must set AtRestEncryptionEnabled to true when you create the replication + group. + + + Only available when creating a replication group in an Amazon VPC + using redis version 3.2.6 or 4.x. type: boolean authEnabled: - description: "AuthEnabled enables mandatory authentication when - connecting to the managed replication group. AuthEnabled requires - TransitEncryptionEnabled to be true. \n While ReplicationGroupSpec - mirrors the fields of the upstream replication group object - as closely as possible, we expose a boolean here rather than - requiring the operator pass in a string authentication token. - Crossplane will generate a token automatically and expose it - via a Secret." + description: |- + AuthEnabled enables mandatory authentication when connecting to the + managed replication group. AuthEnabled requires TransitEncryptionEnabled + to be true. + + + While ReplicationGroupSpec mirrors the fields of the upstream replication + group object as closely as possible, we expose a boolean here rather than + requiring the operator pass in a string authentication token. Crossplane + will generate a token automatically and expose it via a Secret. type: boolean automaticFailoverEnabled: - description: "AutomaticFailoverEnabled specifies whether a read-only - replica is automatically promoted to read/write primary if the - existing primary fails. Must be set to true if Multi-AZ is enabled - for this replication group. If false, Multi-AZ cannot be enabled - for this replication group. \n AutomaticFailoverEnabled must - be enabled for Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication groups. - \n Amazon ElastiCache for Redis does not support Multi-AZ with - automatic failover on: * Redis versions earlier than 2.8.6. + description: |- + AutomaticFailoverEnabled specifies whether a read-only replica is + automatically promoted to read/write primary if the existing primary + fails. Must be set to true if Multi-AZ is enabled for this replication group. + If false, Multi-AZ cannot be enabled for this replication group. + + + AutomaticFailoverEnabled must be enabled for Redis (cluster mode enabled) + replication groups. + + + Amazon ElastiCache for Redis does not support Multi-AZ with automatic + failover on: + * Redis versions earlier than 2.8.6. * Redis (cluster mode disabled): T1 and T2 cache node types. - * Redis (cluster mode enabled): T1 node types." + * Redis (cluster mode enabled): T1 node types. type: boolean cacheNodeType: - description: 'CacheNodeType specifies the compute and memory capacity - of the nodes in the node group (shard). For a complete listing - of node types and specifications, see: * Amazon ElastiCache - Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + description: |- + CacheNodeType specifies the compute and memory capacity of the nodes in + the node group (shard). + For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see: + * Amazon ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) * Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/mem-ug/ParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - * Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/red-ug/ParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific)' + * Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/red-ug/ParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific) type: string cacheParameterGroupName: - description: "CacheParameterGroupName specifies the name of the - parameter group to associate with this replication group. If - this argument is omitted, the default cache parameter group - for the specified engine is used. \n If you are running Redis - version 3.2.4 or later, only one node group (shard), and want - to use a default parameter group, we recommend that you specify - the parameter group by name. * To create a Redis (cluster mode - disabled) replication group, use CacheParameterGroupName=default.redis3.2. + description: |- + CacheParameterGroupName specifies the name of the parameter group to + associate with this replication group. If this argument is omitted, the + default cache parameter group for the specified engine is used. + + + If you are running Redis version 3.2.4 or later, only one node group (shard), + and want to use a default parameter group, we recommend that you specify + the parameter group by name. + * To create a Redis (cluster mode disabled) replication group, + use CacheParameterGroupName=default.redis3.2. * To create a Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication group, - use CacheParameterGroupName=default.redis3.2.cluster.on." + use CacheParameterGroupName=default.redis3.2.cluster.on. type: string cacheSecurityGroupNameRefs: - description: CacheSecurityGroupNameRefs are references to SecurityGroups - used to set the CacheSecurityGroupNames. + description: |- + CacheSecurityGroupNameRefs are references to SecurityGroups used to set + the CacheSecurityGroupNames. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -146,21 +175,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -175,8 +204,9 @@ spec: to SecurityGroups. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -189,21 +219,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -211,22 +241,24 @@ spec: type: object type: object cacheSecurityGroupNames: - description: CacheSecurityGroupNames specifies a list of cache - security group names to associate with this replication group. - Only for EC2-Classic mode. + description: |- + CacheSecurityGroupNames specifies a list of cache security group names to + associate with this replication group. Only for EC2-Classic mode. items: type: string type: array cacheSubnetGroupName: - description: CacheSubnetGroupName specifies the name of the cache - subnet group to be used for the replication group. If you're - going to launch your cluster in an Amazon VPC, you need to create - a subnet group before you start creating a cluster. For more - information, see Subnets and Subnet Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/red-ug/SubnetGroups.html). + description: |- + CacheSubnetGroupName specifies the name of the cache subnet group to be + used for the replication group. If you're going to launch your cluster in + an Amazon VPC, you need to create a subnet group before you start + creating a cluster. For more information, see Subnets and Subnet Groups + (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/red-ug/SubnetGroups.html). type: string cacheSubnetGroupNameRef: - description: CacheSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a Subnet - Group used to set the CacheSubnetGroupName. + description: |- + CacheSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a Subnet Group used to set + the CacheSubnetGroupName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -236,21 +268,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -260,13 +292,15 @@ spec: - name type: object cacheSubnetGroupNameRefs: - description: "DeprecatedCacheSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference - to a Subnet Group used to set the CacheSubnetGroupName. \n Deprecated: - Use CacheSubnetGroupNameRef. This field exists because we introduced - it with the JSON tag cacheSubnetGroupNameRefs (plural) when - it should have been cacheSubnetGroupNameRef (singular). This - is a bug that we need to avoid a breaking change to this v1beta1 - API." + description: |- + DeprecatedCacheSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a Subnet Group + used to set the CacheSubnetGroupName. + + + Deprecated: Use CacheSubnetGroupNameRef. This field exists because we + introduced it with the JSON tag cacheSubnetGroupNameRefs (plural) + when it should have been cacheSubnetGroupNameRef (singular). This is + a bug that we need to avoid a breaking change to this v1beta1 API. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -276,21 +310,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -304,8 +338,9 @@ spec: to a CacheSubnetGroup. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -318,21 +353,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -340,70 +375,81 @@ spec: type: object type: object engine: - description: Engine is the name of the cache engine (memcached - or redis) to be used for the clusters in this replication group. + description: |- + Engine is the name of the cache engine (memcached or redis) to be used + for the clusters in this replication group. type: string engineVersion: - description: "EngineVersion specifies the version number of the - cache engine to be used for the clusters in this replication - group. To view the supported cache engine versions, use the - DescribeCacheEngineVersions operation. \n Important: You can - upgrade to a newer engine version (see Selecting a Cache Engine - and Version (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/red-ug/SelectEngine.html#VersionManagement)) - in the ElastiCache User Guide, but you cannot downgrade to an - earlier engine version. If you want to use an earlier engine - version, you must delete the existing cluster or replication - group and create it anew with the earlier engine version." + description: |- + EngineVersion specifies the version number of the cache engine to be + used for the clusters in this replication group. To view the supported + cache engine versions, use the DescribeCacheEngineVersions operation. + + + Important: You can upgrade to a newer engine version (see Selecting a Cache + Engine and Version (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/red-ug/SelectEngine.html#VersionManagement)) + in the ElastiCache User Guide, but you cannot downgrade to an earlier engine + version. If you want to use an earlier engine version, you must delete the + existing cluster or replication group and create it anew with the earlier + engine version. type: string multiAZEnabled: - description: MultiAZEnabled specifies if Multi-AZ is enabled to - enhance fault tolerance You must have nodes across two or more - Availability Zones in order to enable this feature. If this - feature is set, automaticFailoverEnabled must be set to true. + description: |- + MultiAZEnabled specifies if Multi-AZ is enabled to enhance fault tolerance + You must have nodes across two or more Availability Zones in order to enable + this feature. + If this feature is set, automaticFailoverEnabled must be set to true. type: boolean nodeGroupConfiguration: - description: "NodeGroupConfigurationSpec specifies a list of node - group (shard) configuration options. \n If you're creating a - Redis (cluster mode disabled) or a Redis (cluster mode enabled) - replication group, you can use this parameter to individually - configure each node group (shard), or you can omit this parameter. - However, when seeding a Redis (cluster mode enabled) cluster - from a S3 rdb file, you must configure each node group (shard) - using this parameter because you must specify the slots for - each node group." + description: |- + NodeGroupConfigurationSpec specifies a list of node group (shard) + configuration options. + + + If you're creating a Redis (cluster mode disabled) or a Redis (cluster mode + enabled) replication group, you can use this parameter to individually configure + each node group (shard), or you can omit this parameter. However, when seeding + a Redis (cluster mode enabled) cluster from a S3 rdb file, you must configure + each node group (shard) using this parameter because you must specify the + slots for each node group. items: description: A NodeGroupConfigurationSpec specifies the desired state of a node group. properties: primaryAvailabilityZone: - description: PrimaryAvailabilityZone specifies the Availability - Zone where the primary node of this node group (shard) - is launched. + description: |- + PrimaryAvailabilityZone specifies the Availability Zone where the primary + node of this node group (shard) is launched. type: string replicaAvailabilityZones: - description: ReplicaAvailabilityZones specifies a list of - Availability Zones to be used for the read replicas. The - number of Availability Zones in this list must match the - value of ReplicaCount or ReplicasPerNodeGroup if not specified. + description: |- + ReplicaAvailabilityZones specifies a list of Availability Zones to be + used for the read replicas. The number of Availability Zones in this list + must match the value of ReplicaCount or ReplicasPerNodeGroup if not + specified. items: type: string type: array replicaCount: - description: ReplicaCount specifies the number of read replica - nodes in this node group (shard). + description: |- + ReplicaCount specifies the number of read replica nodes in this node + group (shard). type: integer slots: - description: "Slots specifies the keyspace for a particular - node group. Keyspaces range from 0 to 16,383. The string - is in the format startkey-endkey. \n Example: \"0-3999\"" + description: |- + Slots specifies the keyspace for a particular node group. Keyspaces range + from 0 to 16,383. The string is in the format startkey-endkey. + + + Example: "0-3999" type: string type: object type: array notificationTopicArn: - description: NotificationTopicARN specifies the Amazon Resource - Name (ARN) of the Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic - to which notifications are sent. The Amazon SNS topic owner - must be the same as the cluster owner. + description: |- + NotificationTopicARN specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the + Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic to which notifications are + sent. The Amazon SNS topic owner must be the same as the cluster owner. type: string notificationTopicArnRef: description: NotificationTopicARNRef references an SNS Topic to @@ -417,21 +463,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -445,8 +491,9 @@ spec: to an SNS Topic to retrieve its NotificationTopicARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -459,21 +506,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -481,78 +528,105 @@ spec: type: object type: object notificationTopicStatus: - description: "NotificationTopicStatus is the status of the Amazon - SNS notification topic for the replication group. Notifications - are sent only if the status is active. \n Valid values: active - | inactive" + description: |- + NotificationTopicStatus is the status of the Amazon SNS notification + topic for the replication group. Notifications are sent only if the status + is active. + + + Valid values: active | inactive type: string numCacheClusters: - description: "NumCacheClusters specifies the number of clusters - this replication group initially has. This parameter is not - used if there is more than one node group (shard). You should - use ReplicasPerNodeGroup instead. \n If AutomaticFailoverEnabled - is true, the value of this parameter must be at least 2. If - AutomaticFailoverEnabled is false you can omit this parameter - (it will default to 1), or you can explicitly set it to a value - between 2 and 6. \n The maximum permitted value for NumCacheClusters - is 6 (1 primary plus 5 replicas)." + description: |- + NumCacheClusters specifies the number of clusters this replication group + initially has. This parameter is not used if there is more than one node + group (shard). You should use ReplicasPerNodeGroup instead. + + + If AutomaticFailoverEnabled is true, the value of this parameter must be + at least 2. If AutomaticFailoverEnabled is false you can omit this + parameter (it will default to 1), or you can explicitly set it to a value + between 2 and 6. + + + The maximum permitted value for NumCacheClusters is 6 (1 primary plus 5 replicas). maximum: 6 type: integer numNodeGroups: - description: "NumNodeGroups specifies the number of node groups - (shards) for this Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication group. - For Redis (cluster mode disabled) either omit this parameter - or set it to 1. \n Default: 1" + description: |- + NumNodeGroups specifies the number of node groups (shards) for this Redis + (cluster mode enabled) replication group. For Redis (cluster mode + disabled) either omit this parameter or set it to 1. + + + Default: 1 type: integer port: - description: Port number on which each member of the replication - group accepts connections. + description: |- + Port number on which each member of the replication group accepts + connections. type: integer preferredCacheClusterAzs: - description: "PreferredCacheClusterAZs specifies a list of EC2 - Availability Zones in which the replication group's clusters - are created. The order of the Availability Zones in the list - is the order in which clusters are allocated. The primary cluster - is created in the first AZ in the list. \n This parameter is - not used if there is more than one node group (shard). You should - use NodeGroupConfigurationSpec instead. \n If you are creating - your replication group in an Amazon VPC (recommended), you can - only locate clusters in Availability Zones associated with the - subnets in the selected subnet group. \n The number of Availability - Zones listed must equal the value of NumCacheClusters. \n Default: - system chosen Availability Zones." + description: |- + PreferredCacheClusterAZs specifies a list of EC2 Availability Zones in + which the replication group's clusters are created. The order of the + Availability Zones in the list is the order in which clusters are + allocated. The primary cluster is created in the first AZ in the list. + + + This parameter is not used if there is more than one node group (shard). + You should use NodeGroupConfigurationSpec instead. + + + If you are creating your replication group in an Amazon VPC (recommended), + you can only locate clusters in Availability Zones associated with the subnets + in the selected subnet group. + + + The number of Availability Zones listed must equal the value of NumCacheClusters. + + + Default: system chosen Availability Zones. items: type: string type: array preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: "PreferredMaintenanceWindow specifies the weekly - time range during which maintenance on the cluster is performed. - It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi - (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute - period. \n Example: sun:23:00-mon:01:30" + description: |- + PreferredMaintenanceWindow specifies the weekly time range during which + maintenance on the cluster is performed. It is specified as a range in + the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi (24H Clock UTC). The minimum + maintenance window is a 60 minute period. + + + Example: sun:23:00-mon:01:30 type: string primaryClusterId: - description: "PrimaryClusterId is the identifier of the cluster - that serves as the primary for this replication group. This - cluster must already exist and have a status of available. \n - This parameter is not required if NumCacheClusters, NumNodeGroups - or ReplicasPerNodeGroup is specified." + description: |- + PrimaryClusterId is the identifier of the cluster that serves as the + primary for this replication group. This cluster must already exist + and have a status of available. + + + This parameter is not required if NumCacheClusters, NumNodeGroups or + ReplicasPerNodeGroup is specified. type: string region: description: Region is the region you'd like your ReplicationGroup to be created in. type: string replicasPerNodeGroup: - description: ReplicasPerNodeGroup specifies the number of replica - nodes in each node group (shard). Valid values are 0 to 5. + description: |- + ReplicasPerNodeGroup specifies the number of replica nodes in each node + group (shard). Valid values are 0 to 5. type: integer replicationGroupDescription: description: ReplicationGroupDescription is the description for the replication group. type: string securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs are references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs are references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -564,21 +638,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -589,12 +663,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -607,21 +683,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -629,55 +705,61 @@ spec: type: object type: object securityGroupIds: - description: SecurityGroupIDs specifies one or more Amazon VPC - security groups associated with this replication group. Use - this parameter only when you are creating a replication group - in an Amazon VPC. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDs specifies one or more Amazon VPC security groups + associated with this replication group. Use this parameter only when you + are creating a replication group in an Amazon VPC. items: type: string type: array snapshotArns: - description: 'SnapshotARNs specifies a list of Amazon Resource - Names (ARN) that uniquely identify the Redis RDB snapshot files - stored in Amazon S3. The snapshot files are used to populate - the new replication group. The Amazon S3 object name in the - ARN cannot contain any commas. The new replication group will - have the number of node groups (console: shards) specified by - the parameter NumNodeGroups or the number of node groups configured - by NodeGroupConfigurationSpec regardless of the number of ARNs - specified here.' + description: |- + SnapshotARNs specifies a list of Amazon Resource Names (ARN) that + uniquely identify the Redis RDB snapshot files stored in Amazon S3. The + snapshot files are used to populate the new replication group. The Amazon + S3 object name in the ARN cannot contain any commas. The new replication + group will have the number of node groups (console: shards) specified by + the parameter NumNodeGroups or the number of node groups configured by + NodeGroupConfigurationSpec regardless of the number of ARNs specified here. items: type: string type: array snapshotName: - description: SnapshotName specifies the name of a snapshot from - which to restore data into the new replication group. The snapshot - status changes to restoring while the new replication group - is being created. + description: |- + SnapshotName specifies the name of a snapshot from which to restore data + into the new replication group. The snapshot status changes to restoring + while the new replication group is being created. type: string snapshotRetentionLimit: - description: 'SnapshotRetentionLimit specifies the number of days - for which ElastiCache retains automatic snapshots before deleting - them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit to 5, a - snapshot that was taken today is retained for 5 days before - being deleted. Default: 0 (i.e., automatic backups are disabled - for this cluster).' + description: |- + SnapshotRetentionLimit specifies the number of days for which ElastiCache + retains automatic snapshots before deleting them. For example, if you set + SnapshotRetentionLimit to 5, a snapshot that was taken today is retained + for 5 days before being deleted. + Default: 0 (i.e., automatic backups are disabled for this cluster). type: integer snapshotWindow: - description: "SnapshotWindow specifies the daily time range (in - UTC) during which ElastiCache begins taking a daily snapshot - of your node group (shard). \n Example: 05:00-09:00 \n If you - do not specify this parameter, ElastiCache automatically chooses - an appropriate time range." + description: |- + SnapshotWindow specifies the daily time range (in UTC) during which + ElastiCache begins taking a daily snapshot of your node group (shard). + + + Example: 05:00-09:00 + + + If you do not specify this parameter, ElastiCache automatically chooses an + appropriate time range. type: string snapshottingClusterID: - description: SnapshottingClusterID is used as the daily snapshot - source for the replication group. This parameter cannot be set - for Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication groups. + description: |- + SnapshottingClusterID is used as the daily snapshot source for the replication + group. This parameter cannot be set for Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication + groups. type: string tags: - description: A list of cost allocation tags to be added to this - resource. A tag is a key-value pair. + description: |- + A list of cost allocation tags to be added to this resource. A tag is a key-value + pair. items: description: A Tag is used to tag the ElastiCache resources in AWS. @@ -694,19 +776,32 @@ spec: type: object type: array transitEncryptionEnabled: - description: "TransitEncryptionEnabled enables in-transit encryption - when set to true. \n You cannot modify the value of TransitEncryptionEnabled - after the cluster is created. To enable in-transit encryption - on a cluster you must TransitEncryptionEnabled to true when - you create a cluster. \n This parameter is valid only if the - Engine parameter is redis, the EngineVersion parameter is 3.2.6 - or 4.x, and the cluster is being created in an Amazon VPC. \n - If you enable in-transit encryption, you must also specify a - value for CacheSubnetGroup. \n Required: Only available when - creating a replication group in an Amazon VPC using redis version - 3.2.6 or 4.x. \n Default: false \n For HIPAA compliance, you - must specify TransitEncryptionEnabled as true, an AuthToken, - and a CacheSubnetGroup." + description: |- + TransitEncryptionEnabled enables in-transit encryption when set to true. + + + You cannot modify the value of TransitEncryptionEnabled after the cluster + is created. To enable in-transit encryption on a cluster you must + TransitEncryptionEnabled to true when you create a cluster. + + + This parameter is valid only if the Engine parameter is redis, the EngineVersion + parameter is 3.2.6 or 4.x, and the cluster is being created in an Amazon + VPC. + + + If you enable in-transit encryption, you must also specify a value for CacheSubnetGroup. + + + Required: Only available when creating a replication group in an Amazon VPC + using redis version 3.2.6 or 4.x. + + + Default: false + + + For HIPAA compliance, you must specify TransitEncryptionEnabled as true, + an AuthToken, and a CacheSubnetGroup. type: boolean required: - applyModificationsImmediately @@ -717,19 +812,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -742,9 +839,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -754,21 +852,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -778,17 +876,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -798,21 +898,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -827,21 +927,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -852,14 +953,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -879,23 +981,25 @@ spec: ReplicationGroup. properties: atProvider: - description: ReplicationGroupObservation contains the observation - of the status of the given ReplicationGroup. + description: |- + ReplicationGroupObservation contains the observation of the status of + the given ReplicationGroup. properties: automaticFailoverStatus: - description: AutomaticFailover indicates the status of Multi-AZ - with automatic failover for this Redis replication group. + description: |- + AutomaticFailover indicates the status of Multi-AZ with automatic failover + for this Redis replication group. type: string clusterEnabled: - description: 'ClusterEnabled is a flag indicating whether or not - this replication group is cluster enabled; i.e., whether its - data can be partitioned across multiple shards (API/CLI: node - groups).' + description: |- + ClusterEnabled is a flag indicating whether or not this replication group + is cluster enabled; i.e., whether its data can be partitioned across + multiple shards (API/CLI: node groups). type: boolean configurationEndpoint: - description: ConfigurationEndpoint for this replication group. - Use the configuration endpoint to connect to this replication - group. + description: |- + ConfigurationEndpoint for this replication group. Use the configuration + endpoint to connect to this replication group. properties: address: description: Address is the DNS hostname of the cache node. @@ -906,61 +1010,66 @@ spec: type: integer type: object memberClusters: - description: MemberClusters is the list of names of all the cache - clusters that are part of this replication group. + description: |- + MemberClusters is the list of names of all the cache clusters that are + part of this replication group. items: type: string type: array nodeGroups: - description: NodeGroups is a list of node groups in this replication - group. For Redis (cluster mode disabled) replication groups, - this is a single-element list. For Redis (cluster mode enabled) - replication groups, the list contains an entry for each node - group (shard). + description: |- + NodeGroups is a list of node groups in this replication group. + For Redis (cluster mode disabled) replication groups, this is a + single-element list. For Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication groups, + the list contains an entry for each node group (shard). items: - description: NodeGroup represents a collection of cache nodes - in a replication group. One node in the node group is the - read/write primary node. All the other nodes are read-only - Replica nodes. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticache-2015-02-02/NodeGroup + description: |- + NodeGroup represents a collection of cache nodes in a replication group. + One node in the node group is the read/write primary node. All the other + nodes are read-only Replica nodes. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticache-2015-02-02/NodeGroup properties: nodeGroupID: - description: NodeGroupID is the identifier for the node - group (shard). A Redis (cluster mode disabled) replication - group contains only 1 node group; therefore, the node - group ID is 0001. A Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication - group contains 1 to 15 node groups numbered 0001 to 0015. + description: |- + NodeGroupID is the identifier for the node group (shard). A Redis + (cluster mode disabled) replication group contains only 1 node group; + therefore, the node group ID is 0001. A Redis (cluster mode enabled) + replication group contains 1 to 15 node groups numbered 0001 to 0015. type: string nodeGroupMembers: - description: NodeGroupMembers is a list containing information - about individual nodes within the node group (shard). + description: |- + NodeGroupMembers is a list containing information about individual nodes + within the node group (shard). items: - description: NodeGroupMember represents a single node - within a node group (shard). Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticache-2015-02-02/NodeGroupMember + description: |- + NodeGroupMember represents a single node within a node group (shard). + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticache-2015-02-02/NodeGroupMember properties: cacheClusterId: description: CacheClusterID is the ID of the cluster to which the node belongs. type: string cacheNodeId: - description: CacheNodeID is the ID of the node within - its cluster. A node ID is a numeric identifier (0001, - 0002, etc.). + description: |- + CacheNodeID is the ID of the node within its cluster. A node ID is a + numeric identifier (0001, 0002, etc.). type: string currentRole: - description: CurrentRole is the role that is currently - assigned to the node - primary or replica. This - member is only applicable for Redis (cluster mode + description: |- + CurrentRole is the role that is currently assigned to the node - primary + or replica. This member is only applicable for Redis (cluster mode disabled) replication groups. type: string preferredAvailabilityZone: - description: PreferredAvailabilityZone is the name - of the Availability Zone in which the node is located. + description: |- + PreferredAvailabilityZone is the name of the Availability Zone in + which the node is located. type: string readEndpoint: - description: ReadEndpoint is the information required - for client programs to connect to a node for read - operations. The read endpoint is only applicable - on Redis (cluster mode disabled) clusters. + description: |- + ReadEndpoint is the information required for client programs to connect to a + node for read operations. The read endpoint is only applicable on Redis + (cluster mode disabled) clusters. properties: address: description: Address is the DNS hostname of the @@ -974,8 +1083,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array primaryEndpoint: - description: PrimaryEndpoint is the endpoint of the primary - node in this node group (shard). + description: |- + PrimaryEndpoint is the endpoint of the primary node in this + node group (shard). properties: address: description: Address is the DNS hostname of the cache @@ -996,18 +1106,19 @@ spec: type: object type: array pendingModifiedValues: - description: PendingModifiedValues is a group of settings to be - applied to the replication group, either immediately or during - the next maintenance window. + description: |- + PendingModifiedValues is a group of settings to be applied to the + replication group, either immediately or during the next maintenance window. properties: automaticFailoverStatus: - description: AutomaticFailoverStatus indicates the status - of Multi-AZ with automatic failover for this Redis replication - group. + description: |- + AutomaticFailoverStatus indicates the status of Multi-AZ with automatic + failover for this Redis replication group. type: string primaryClusterId: - description: PrimaryClusterID that is applied immediately - or during the next maintenance window. + description: |- + PrimaryClusterID that is applied immediately or during the next + maintenance window. type: string resharding: description: Resharding is the status of an online resharding @@ -1018,8 +1129,9 @@ spec: operation. properties: progressPercentage: - description: ProgressPercentage is the percentage - of the slot migration that is complete. + description: |- + ProgressPercentage is the percentage of the slot migration + that is complete. type: integer required: - progressPercentage @@ -1029,8 +1141,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object status: - description: Status is the current state of this replication group - - creating, available, modifying, deleting, create-failed, snapshotting. + description: |- + Status is the current state of this replication group - creating, + available, modifying, deleting, create-failed, snapshotting. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -1039,14 +1152,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1056,8 +1178,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1069,6 +1192,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_cachepolicies.yaml b/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_cachepolicies.yaml index e30d12fb2a..2ddc083fc9 100644 --- a/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_cachepolicies.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_cachepolicies.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: cachepolicies.cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: CachePolicy is the Schema for the CachePolicies API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -84,23 +90,24 @@ spec: name: type: string parametersInCacheKeyAndForwardedToOrigin: - description: "This object determines the values that CloudFront - includes in the cache key. These values can include HTTP - headers, cookies, and URL query strings. CloudFront uses - the cache key to find an object in its cache that it can - return to the viewer. \n The headers, cookies, and query - strings that are included in the cache key are also included - in requests that CloudFront sends to the origin. CloudFront - sends a request when it can't find an object in its cache - that matches the request's cache key. If you want to send - values to the origin but not include them in the cache key, - use OriginRequestPolicy." + description: |- + This object determines the values that CloudFront includes in the cache key. + These values can include HTTP headers, cookies, and URL query strings. CloudFront + uses the cache key to find an object in its cache that it can return to the + viewer. + + + The headers, cookies, and query strings that are included in the cache key + are also included in requests that CloudFront sends to the origin. CloudFront + sends a request when it can't find an object in its cache that matches the + request's cache key. If you want to send values to the origin but not include + them in the cache key, use OriginRequestPolicy. properties: cookiesConfig: - description: An object that determines whether any cookies - in viewer requests (and if so, which cookies) are included - in the cache key and in requests that CloudFront sends - to the origin. + description: |- + An object that determines whether any cookies in viewer requests (and if + so, which cookies) are included in the cache key and in requests that CloudFront + sends to the origin. properties: cookieBehavior: type: string @@ -121,9 +128,9 @@ spec: enableAcceptEncodingGzip: type: boolean headersConfig: - description: An object that determines whether any HTTP - headers (and if so, which headers) are included in the - cache key and in requests that CloudFront sends to the + description: |- + An object that determines whether any HTTP headers (and if so, which headers) + are included in the cache key and in requests that CloudFront sends to the origin. properties: headerBehavior: @@ -138,9 +145,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object queryStringsConfig: - description: An object that determines whether any URL - query strings in viewer requests (and if so, which query - strings) are included in the cache key and in requests + description: |- + An object that determines whether any URL query strings in viewer requests + (and if so, which query strings) are included in the cache key and in requests that CloudFront sends to the origin. properties: queryStringBehavior: @@ -169,19 +176,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -194,9 +203,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -206,21 +216,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -230,17 +240,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -250,21 +262,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -279,21 +291,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -304,14 +317,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -337,20 +351,28 @@ spec: description: A cache policy. properties: cachePolicyConfig: - description: "A cache policy configuration. \n This configuration - determines the following: \n * The values that CloudFront - includes in the cache key. These values can include HTTP - headers, cookies, and URL query strings. CloudFront uses - the cache key to find an object in its cache that it can - return to the viewer. \n * The default, minimum, and maximum - time to live (TTL) values that you want objects to stay - in the CloudFront cache. \n The headers, cookies, and query - strings that are included in the cache key are also included - in requests that CloudFront sends to the origin. CloudFront - sends a request when it can't find a valid object in its - cache that matches the request's cache key. If you want - to send values to the origin but not include them in the - cache key, use OriginRequestPolicy." + description: |- + A cache policy configuration. + + + This configuration determines the following: + + + * The values that CloudFront includes in the cache key. These values can + include HTTP headers, cookies, and URL query strings. CloudFront uses + the cache key to find an object in its cache that it can return to the + viewer. + + + * The default, minimum, and maximum time to live (TTL) values that you + want objects to stay in the CloudFront cache. + + + The headers, cookies, and query strings that are included in the cache key + are also included in requests that CloudFront sends to the origin. CloudFront + sends a request when it can't find a valid object in its cache that matches + the request's cache key. If you want to send values to the origin but not + include them in the cache key, use OriginRequestPolicy. properties: comment: type: string @@ -366,23 +388,24 @@ spec: name: type: string parametersInCacheKeyAndForwardedToOrigin: - description: "This object determines the values that CloudFront - includes in the cache key. These values can include - HTTP headers, cookies, and URL query strings. CloudFront - uses the cache key to find an object in its cache that - it can return to the viewer. \n The headers, cookies, - and query strings that are included in the cache key - are also included in requests that CloudFront sends - to the origin. CloudFront sends a request when it can't - find an object in its cache that matches the request's - cache key. If you want to send values to the origin - but not include them in the cache key, use OriginRequestPolicy." + description: |- + This object determines the values that CloudFront includes in the cache key. + These values can include HTTP headers, cookies, and URL query strings. CloudFront + uses the cache key to find an object in its cache that it can return to the + viewer. + + + The headers, cookies, and query strings that are included in the cache key + are also included in requests that CloudFront sends to the origin. CloudFront + sends a request when it can't find an object in its cache that matches the + request's cache key. If you want to send values to the origin but not include + them in the cache key, use OriginRequestPolicy. properties: cookiesConfig: - description: An object that determines whether any - cookies in viewer requests (and if so, which cookies) - are included in the cache key and in requests that - CloudFront sends to the origin. + description: |- + An object that determines whether any cookies in viewer requests (and if + so, which cookies) are included in the cache key and in requests that CloudFront + sends to the origin. properties: cookieBehavior: type: string @@ -403,10 +426,10 @@ spec: enableAcceptEncodingGzip: type: boolean headersConfig: - description: An object that determines whether any - HTTP headers (and if so, which headers) are included - in the cache key and in requests that CloudFront - sends to the origin. + description: |- + An object that determines whether any HTTP headers (and if so, which headers) + are included in the cache key and in requests that CloudFront sends to the + origin. properties: headerBehavior: type: string @@ -420,10 +443,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object queryStringsConfig: - description: An object that determines whether any - URL query strings in viewer requests (and if so, - which query strings) are included in the cache key - and in requests that CloudFront sends to the origin. + description: |- + An object that determines whether any URL query strings in viewer requests + (and if so, which query strings) are included in the cache key and in requests + that CloudFront sends to the origin. properties: queryStringBehavior: type: string @@ -461,14 +484,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -478,8 +510,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -491,6 +524,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_cloudfrontoriginaccessidentities.yaml b/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_cloudfrontoriginaccessidentities.yaml index 5be79ca7f4..ffc3525591 100644 --- a/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_cloudfrontoriginaccessidentities.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_cloudfrontoriginaccessidentities.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: cloudfrontoriginaccessidentities.cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -87,19 +93,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -112,9 +120,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -148,17 +157,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -168,21 +179,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -197,21 +208,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -222,14 +234,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -256,9 +269,9 @@ spec: description: The origin access identity's information. properties: cloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig: - description: Origin access identity configuration. Send a - GET request to the /CloudFront API version/CloudFront/identity - ID/config resource. + description: |- + Origin access identity configuration. Send a GET request to the /CloudFront + API version/CloudFront/identity ID/config resource. properties: comment: type: string @@ -283,14 +296,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -300,8 +322,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -313,6 +336,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_distributions.yaml b/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_distributions.yaml index 875d70a91f..dd291324a7 100644 --- a/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_distributions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_distributions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: distributions.cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Distribution is the Schema for the Distributions API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: The distribution's configuration information. properties: aliases: - description: A complex type that contains information about - CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this distribution. + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), + if any, for this distribution. properties: items: items: @@ -87,32 +94,42 @@ spec: items: properties: allowedMethods: - description: "A complex type that controls which - HTTP methods CloudFront processes and forwards - to your Amazon S3 bucket or your custom origin. - There are three choices: \n * CloudFront forwards - only GET and HEAD requests. \n * CloudFront forwards - only GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. \n * CloudFront - forwards GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, PUT, PATCH, POST, - and DELETE requests. \n If you pick the third - choice, you may need to restrict access to your - Amazon S3 bucket or to your custom origin so users - can't perform operations that you don't want them - to. For example, you might not want users to have - permissions to delete objects from your origin." + description: |- + A complex type that controls which HTTP methods CloudFront processes and + forwards to your Amazon S3 bucket or your custom origin. There are three + choices: + + + * CloudFront forwards only GET and HEAD requests. + + + * CloudFront forwards only GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. + + + * CloudFront forwards GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, PUT, PATCH, POST, and DELETE + requests. + + + If you pick the third choice, you may need to restrict access to your Amazon + S3 bucket or to your custom origin so users can't perform operations that + you don't want them to. For example, you might not want users to have permissions + to delete objects from your origin. properties: cachedMethods: - description: "A complex type that controls whether - CloudFront caches the response to requests - using the specified HTTP methods. There are - two choices: \n * CloudFront caches responses - to GET and HEAD requests. \n * CloudFront - caches responses to GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS - requests. \n If you pick the second choice - for your Amazon S3 Origin, you may need to - forward Access-Control-Request-Method, Access-Control-Request-Headers, - and Origin headers for the responses to be - cached correctly." + description: |- + A complex type that controls whether CloudFront caches the response to requests + using the specified HTTP methods. There are two choices: + + + * CloudFront caches responses to GET and HEAD requests. + + + * CloudFront caches responses to GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. + + + If you pick the second choice for your Amazon S3 Origin, you may need to + forward Access-Control-Request-Method, Access-Control-Request-Headers, and + Origin headers for the responses to be cached correctly. properties: items: items: @@ -134,36 +151,43 @@ spec: fieldLevelEncryptionID: type: string forwardedValues: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want to - include values in the cache key, use a cache policy. - For more information, see Creating cache policies - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-the-cache-key.html#cache-key-create-cache-policy) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n If - you want to send values to the origin but not - include them in the cache key, use an origin request - policy. For more information, see Creating origin + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include values in the cache key, use a cache policy. For more + information, see Creating cache policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-the-cache-key.html#cache-key-create-cache-policy) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + If you want to send values to the origin but not include them in the cache + key, use an origin request policy. For more information, see Creating origin request policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-origin-requests.html#origin-request-create-origin-request-policy) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n A - complex type that specifies how CloudFront handles - query strings, cookies, and HTTP headers." + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + A complex type that specifies how CloudFront handles query strings, cookies, + and HTTP headers. properties: cookies: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want - to include cookies in the cache key, use CookiesConfig - in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. \n If - you want to send cookies to the origin but - not include them in the cache key, use CookiesConfig - in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. - \n A complex type that specifies whether you - want CloudFront to forward cookies to the - origin and, if so, which ones. For more information - about forwarding cookies to the origin, see - Caching Content Based on Cookies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/Cookies.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include cookies in the cache key, use CookiesConfig in a cache + policy. See CachePolicy. + + + If you want to send cookies to the origin but not include them in the cache + key, use CookiesConfig in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. + + + A complex type that specifies whether you want CloudFront to forward cookies + to the origin and, if so, which ones. For more information about forwarding + cookies to the origin, see Caching Content Based on Cookies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/Cookies.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: forward: type: string @@ -191,19 +215,21 @@ spec: queryString: type: boolean queryStringCacheKeys: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want - to include query strings in the cache key, - use QueryStringsConfig in a cache policy. - See CachePolicy. \n If you want to send query - strings to the origin but not include them - in the cache key, use QueryStringsConfig in - an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. - \n A complex type that contains information - about the query string parameters that you - want CloudFront to use for caching for a cache - behavior." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include query strings in the cache key, use QueryStringsConfig + in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. + + + If you want to send query strings to the origin but not include them in the + cache key, use QueryStringsConfig in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. + + + A complex type that contains information about the query string parameters + that you want CloudFront to use for caching for a cache behavior. properties: items: items: @@ -212,11 +238,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object functionAssociations: - description: A list of CloudFront functions that - are associated with a cache behavior in a CloudFront - distribution. CloudFront functions must be published - to the LIVE stage to associate them with a cache - behavior. + description: |- + A list of CloudFront functions that are associated with a cache behavior + in a CloudFront distribution. CloudFront functions must be published to the + LIVE stage to associate them with a cache behavior. properties: items: items: @@ -229,19 +254,20 @@ spec: type: array type: object lambdaFunctionAssociations: - description: "A complex type that specifies a list - of Lambda@Edge functions associations for a cache - behavior. \n If you want to invoke one or more - Lambda@Edge functions triggered by requests that - match the PathPattern of the cache behavior, specify - the applicable values for Quantity and Items. - Note that there can be up to 4 LambdaFunctionAssociation - items in this list (one for each possible value - of EventType) and each EventType can be associated - with only one function. \n If you don't want to - invoke any Lambda@Edge functions for the requests - that match PathPattern, specify 0 for Quantity - and omit Items." + description: |- + A complex type that specifies a list of Lambda@Edge functions associations + for a cache behavior. + + + If you want to invoke one or more Lambda@Edge functions triggered by requests + that match the PathPattern of the cache behavior, specify the applicable + values for Quantity and Items. Note that there can be up to 4 LambdaFunctionAssociation + items in this list (one for each possible value of EventType) and each EventType + can be associated with only one function. + + + If you don't want to invoke any Lambda@Edge functions for the requests that + match PathPattern, specify 0 for Quantity and omit Items. properties: items: items: @@ -274,9 +300,9 @@ spec: targetOriginID: type: string trustedKeyGroups: - description: A list of key groups whose public keys - CloudFront can use to verify the signatures of - signed URLs and signed cookies. + description: |- + A list of key groups whose public keys CloudFront can use to verify the signatures + of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -286,9 +312,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object trustedSigners: - description: A list of Amazon Web Services accounts - whose public keys CloudFront can use to verify - the signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. + description: |- + A list of Amazon Web Services accounts whose public keys CloudFront can use + to verify the signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -309,13 +335,20 @@ spec: continuousDeploymentPolicyID: type: string customErrorResponses: - description: "A complex type that controls: \n * Whether CloudFront - replaces HTTP status codes in the 4xx and 5xx range with - custom error messages before returning the response to the - viewer. \n * How long CloudFront caches HTTP status codes - in the 4xx and 5xx range. \n For more information about - custom error pages, see Customizing Error Responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/custom-error-pages.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + A complex type that controls: + + + * Whether CloudFront replaces HTTP status codes in the 4xx and 5xx range + with custom error messages before returning the response to the viewer. + + + * How long CloudFront caches HTTP status codes in the 4xx and 5xx range. + + + For more information about custom error pages, see Customizing Error Responses + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/custom-error-pages.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: items: items: @@ -334,37 +367,49 @@ spec: type: array type: object defaultCacheBehavior: - description: A complex type that describes the default cache - behavior if you don't specify a CacheBehavior element or - if request URLs don't match any of the values of PathPattern - in CacheBehavior elements. You must create exactly one default + description: |- + A complex type that describes the default cache behavior if you don't specify + a CacheBehavior element or if request URLs don't match any of the values + of PathPattern in CacheBehavior elements. You must create exactly one default cache behavior. properties: allowedMethods: - description: "A complex type that controls which HTTP - methods CloudFront processes and forwards to your Amazon - S3 bucket or your custom origin. There are three choices: - \n * CloudFront forwards only GET and HEAD requests. - \n * CloudFront forwards only GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS - requests. \n * CloudFront forwards GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, - PUT, PATCH, POST, and DELETE requests. \n If you pick - the third choice, you may need to restrict access to - your Amazon S3 bucket or to your custom origin so users - can't perform operations that you don't want them to. - For example, you might not want users to have permissions - to delete objects from your origin." + description: |- + A complex type that controls which HTTP methods CloudFront processes and + forwards to your Amazon S3 bucket or your custom origin. There are three + choices: + + + * CloudFront forwards only GET and HEAD requests. + + + * CloudFront forwards only GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. + + + * CloudFront forwards GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, PUT, PATCH, POST, and DELETE + requests. + + + If you pick the third choice, you may need to restrict access to your Amazon + S3 bucket or to your custom origin so users can't perform operations that + you don't want them to. For example, you might not want users to have permissions + to delete objects from your origin. properties: cachedMethods: - description: "A complex type that controls whether - CloudFront caches the response to requests using - the specified HTTP methods. There are two choices: - \n * CloudFront caches responses to GET and HEAD - requests. \n * CloudFront caches responses to GET, - HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. \n If you pick the second - choice for your Amazon S3 Origin, you may need to - forward Access-Control-Request-Method, Access-Control-Request-Headers, - and Origin headers for the responses to be cached - correctly." + description: |- + A complex type that controls whether CloudFront caches the response to requests + using the specified HTTP methods. There are two choices: + + + * CloudFront caches responses to GET and HEAD requests. + + + * CloudFront caches responses to GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. + + + If you pick the second choice for your Amazon S3 Origin, you may need to + forward Access-Control-Request-Method, Access-Control-Request-Headers, and + Origin headers for the responses to be cached correctly. properties: items: items: @@ -386,35 +431,43 @@ spec: fieldLevelEncryptionID: type: string forwardedValues: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend that - you use a cache policy or an origin request policy instead - of this field. \n If you want to include values in the - cache key, use a cache policy. For more information, - see Creating cache policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-the-cache-key.html#cache-key-create-cache-policy) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n If you - want to send values to the origin but not include them - in the cache key, use an origin request policy. For - more information, see Creating origin request policies - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-origin-requests.html#origin-request-create-origin-request-policy) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n A complex - type that specifies how CloudFront handles query strings, - cookies, and HTTP headers." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include values in the cache key, use a cache policy. For more + information, see Creating cache policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-the-cache-key.html#cache-key-create-cache-policy) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + If you want to send values to the origin but not include them in the cache + key, use an origin request policy. For more information, see Creating origin + request policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-origin-requests.html#origin-request-create-origin-request-policy) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + A complex type that specifies how CloudFront handles query strings, cookies, + and HTTP headers. properties: cookies: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want to - include cookies in the cache key, use CookiesConfig - in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. \n If you want - to send cookies to the origin but not include them - in the cache key, use CookiesConfig in an origin - request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. \n A complex - type that specifies whether you want CloudFront - to forward cookies to the origin and, if so, which - ones. For more information about forwarding cookies - to the origin, see Caching Content Based on Cookies - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/Cookies.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include cookies in the cache key, use CookiesConfig in a cache + policy. See CachePolicy. + + + If you want to send cookies to the origin but not include them in the cache + key, use CookiesConfig in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. + + + A complex type that specifies whether you want CloudFront to forward cookies + to the origin and, if so, which ones. For more information about forwarding + cookies to the origin, see Caching Content Based on Cookies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/Cookies.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: forward: type: string @@ -441,17 +494,21 @@ spec: queryString: type: boolean queryStringCacheKeys: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want to - include query strings in the cache key, use QueryStringsConfig - in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. \n If you want - to send query strings to the origin but not include - them in the cache key, use QueryStringsConfig in - an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. - \n A complex type that contains information about - the query string parameters that you want CloudFront - to use for caching for a cache behavior." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include query strings in the cache key, use QueryStringsConfig + in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. + + + If you want to send query strings to the origin but not include them in the + cache key, use QueryStringsConfig in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. + + + A complex type that contains information about the query string parameters + that you want CloudFront to use for caching for a cache behavior. properties: items: items: @@ -460,10 +517,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object functionAssociations: - description: A list of CloudFront functions that are associated - with a cache behavior in a CloudFront distribution. - CloudFront functions must be published to the LIVE stage - to associate them with a cache behavior. + description: |- + A list of CloudFront functions that are associated with a cache behavior + in a CloudFront distribution. CloudFront functions must be published to the + LIVE stage to associate them with a cache behavior. properties: items: items: @@ -476,17 +533,20 @@ spec: type: array type: object lambdaFunctionAssociations: - description: "A complex type that specifies a list of - Lambda@Edge functions associations for a cache behavior. - \n If you want to invoke one or more Lambda@Edge functions - triggered by requests that match the PathPattern of - the cache behavior, specify the applicable values for - Quantity and Items. Note that there can be up to 4 LambdaFunctionAssociation - items in this list (one for each possible value of EventType) - and each EventType can be associated with only one function. - \n If you don't want to invoke any Lambda@Edge functions - for the requests that match PathPattern, specify 0 for - Quantity and omit Items." + description: |- + A complex type that specifies a list of Lambda@Edge functions associations + for a cache behavior. + + + If you want to invoke one or more Lambda@Edge functions triggered by requests + that match the PathPattern of the cache behavior, specify the applicable + values for Quantity and Items. Note that there can be up to 4 LambdaFunctionAssociation + items in this list (one for each possible value of EventType) and each EventType + can be associated with only one function. + + + If you don't want to invoke any Lambda@Edge functions for the requests that + match PathPattern, specify 0 for Quantity and omit Items. properties: items: items: @@ -517,9 +577,9 @@ spec: targetOriginID: type: string trustedKeyGroups: - description: A list of key groups whose public keys CloudFront - can use to verify the signatures of signed URLs and - signed cookies. + description: |- + A list of key groups whose public keys CloudFront can use to verify the signatures + of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -529,9 +589,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object trustedSigners: - description: A list of Amazon Web Services accounts whose - public keys CloudFront can use to verify the signatures - of signed URLs and signed cookies. + description: |- + A list of Amazon Web Services accounts whose public keys CloudFront can use + to verify the signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -573,17 +633,15 @@ spec: items: properties: failoverCriteria: - description: A complex data type that includes information - about the failover criteria for an origin group, - including the status codes for which CloudFront - will failover from the primary origin to the second - origin. + description: |- + A complex data type that includes information about the failover criteria + for an origin group, including the status codes for which CloudFront will + failover from the primary origin to the second origin. properties: statusCodes: - description: A complex data type for the status - codes that you specify that, when returned - by a primary origin, trigger CloudFront to - failover to a second origin. + description: |- + A complex data type for the status codes that you specify that, when returned + by a primary origin, trigger CloudFront to failover to a second origin. properties: items: description: List of status codes for origin @@ -643,10 +701,10 @@ spec: type: array type: object customOriginConfig: - description: A custom origin. A custom origin is - any origin that is not an Amazon S3 bucket, with - one exception. An Amazon S3 bucket that is configured - with static website hosting (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) + description: |- + A custom origin. A custom origin is any origin that is not an Amazon S3 bucket, + with one exception. An Amazon S3 bucket that is configured with static website + hosting (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) is a custom origin. properties: httpPort: @@ -664,10 +722,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer originSSLProtocols: - description: A complex type that contains information - about the SSL/TLS protocols that CloudFront - can use when establishing an HTTPS connection - with your origin. + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about the SSL/TLS protocols that + CloudFront can use when establishing an HTTPS connection with your origin. properties: items: items: @@ -684,11 +741,13 @@ spec: originPath: type: string originShield: - description: "CloudFront Origin Shield. \n Using - Origin Shield can help reduce the load on your - origin. For more information, see Using Origin - Shield (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/origin-shield.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + CloudFront Origin Shield. + + + Using Origin Shield can help reduce the load on your origin. For more information, + see Using Origin Shield (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/origin-shield.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -696,11 +755,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object s3OriginConfig: - description: A complex type that contains information - about the Amazon S3 origin. If the origin is a - custom origin or an S3 bucket that is configured - as a website endpoint, use the CustomOriginConfig - element instead. + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about the Amazon S3 origin. If the + origin is a custom origin or an S3 bucket that is configured as a website + endpoint, use the CustomOriginConfig element instead. properties: originAccessIdentity: type: string @@ -711,13 +769,14 @@ spec: priceClass: type: string restrictions: - description: A complex type that identifies ways in which - you want to restrict distribution of your content. + description: |- + A complex type that identifies ways in which you want to restrict distribution + of your content. properties: geoRestriction: - description: A complex type that controls the countries - in which your content is distributed. CloudFront determines - the location of your users using MaxMind GeoIP databases. + description: |- + A complex type that controls the countries in which your content is distributed. + CloudFront determines the location of your users using MaxMind GeoIP databases. properties: items: items: @@ -730,42 +789,53 @@ spec: staging: type: boolean viewerCertificate: - description: "A complex type that determines the distribution's - SSL/TLS configuration for communicating with viewers. \n - If the distribution doesn't use Aliases (also known as alternate - domain names or CNAMEs)—that is, if the distribution uses - the CloudFront domain name such as d111111abcdef8.cloudfront.net—set - CloudFrontDefaultCertificate to true and leave all other - fields empty. \n If the distribution uses Aliases (alternate - domain names or CNAMEs), use the fields in this type to - specify the following settings: \n * Which viewers the distribution - accepts HTTPS connections from: only viewers that support - server name indication (SNI) (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Server_Name_Indication) - (recommended), or all viewers including those that don't - support SNI. To accept HTTPS connections from only viewers - that support SNI, set SSLSupportMethod to sni-only. This - is recommended. Most browsers and clients support SNI. To - accept HTTPS connections from all viewers, including those - that don't support SNI, set SSLSupportMethod to vip. This - is not recommended, and results in additional monthly charges - from CloudFront. \n * The minimum SSL/TLS protocol version - that the distribution can use to communicate with viewers. - To specify a minimum version, choose a value for MinimumProtocolVersion. - For more information, see Security Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValues-security-policy) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n * The location - of the SSL/TLS certificate, Certificate Manager (ACM) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-overview.html) - (recommended) or Identity and Access Management (IAM) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html). - You specify the location by setting a value in one of the - following fields (not both): ACMCertificateArn IAMCertificateId - \n All distributions support HTTPS connections from viewers. - To require viewers to use HTTPS only, or to redirect them - from HTTP to HTTPS, use ViewerProtocolPolicy in the CacheBehavior - or DefaultCacheBehavior. To specify how CloudFront should - use SSL/TLS to communicate with your custom origin, use - CustomOriginConfig. \n For more information, see Using HTTPS - with CloudFront (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/using-https.html) + description: |- + A complex type that determines the distribution's SSL/TLS configuration for + communicating with viewers. + + + If the distribution doesn't use Aliases (also known as alternate domain names + or CNAMEs)—that is, if the distribution uses the CloudFront domain name + such as d111111abcdef8.cloudfront.net—set CloudFrontDefaultCertificate + to true and leave all other fields empty. + + + If the distribution uses Aliases (alternate domain names or CNAMEs), use + the fields in this type to specify the following settings: + + + * Which viewers the distribution accepts HTTPS connections from: only + viewers that support server name indication (SNI) (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Server_Name_Indication) + (recommended), or all viewers including those that don't support SNI. + To accept HTTPS connections from only viewers that support SNI, set SSLSupportMethod + to sni-only. This is recommended. Most browsers and clients support SNI. + To accept HTTPS connections from all viewers, including those that don't + support SNI, set SSLSupportMethod to vip. This is not recommended, and + results in additional monthly charges from CloudFront. + + + * The minimum SSL/TLS protocol version that the distribution can use to + communicate with viewers. To specify a minimum version, choose a value + for MinimumProtocolVersion. For more information, see Security Policy + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValues-security-policy) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + * The location of the SSL/TLS certificate, Certificate Manager (ACM) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-overview.html) + (recommended) or Identity and Access Management (IAM) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html). + You specify the location by setting a value in one of the following fields + (not both): ACMCertificateArn IAMCertificateId + + + All distributions support HTTPS connections from viewers. To require viewers + to use HTTPS only, or to redirect them from HTTP to HTTPS, use ViewerProtocolPolicy + in the CacheBehavior or DefaultCacheBehavior. To specify how CloudFront should + use SSL/TLS to communicate with your custom origin, use CustomOriginConfig. + + + For more information, see Using HTTPS with CloudFront (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/using-https.html) and Using Alternate Domain Names and HTTPS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/using-https-alternate-domain-names.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: aCMCertificateARN: type: string @@ -795,19 +865,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -820,9 +892,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -832,21 +905,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -856,17 +929,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -876,21 +951,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -905,21 +980,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -930,14 +1006,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -963,9 +1040,9 @@ spec: description: The distribution's information. properties: activeTrustedKeyGroups: - description: A list of key groups, and the public keys in - each key group, that CloudFront can use to verify the signatures - of signed URLs and signed cookies. + description: |- + A list of key groups, and the public keys in each key group, that CloudFront + can use to verify the signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -992,10 +1069,10 @@ spec: type: integer type: object activeTrustedSigners: - description: A list of Amazon Web Services accounts and the - active CloudFront key pairs in each account that CloudFront - can use to verify the signatures of signed URLs and signed - cookies. + description: |- + A list of Amazon Web Services accounts and the active CloudFront key pairs + in each account that CloudFront can use to verify the signatures of signed + URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -1036,9 +1113,9 @@ spec: description: A distribution configuration. properties: aliases: - description: A complex type that contains information - about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), if any, for this - distribution. + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), + if any, for this distribution. properties: items: items: @@ -1053,34 +1130,42 @@ spec: items: properties: allowedMethods: - description: "A complex type that controls which - HTTP methods CloudFront processes and forwards - to your Amazon S3 bucket or your custom origin. - There are three choices: \n * CloudFront forwards - only GET and HEAD requests. \n * CloudFront - forwards only GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. - \n * CloudFront forwards GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, - PUT, PATCH, POST, and DELETE requests. \n - If you pick the third choice, you may need - to restrict access to your Amazon S3 bucket - or to your custom origin so users can't perform - operations that you don't want them to. For - example, you might not want users to have - permissions to delete objects from your origin." + description: |- + A complex type that controls which HTTP methods CloudFront processes and + forwards to your Amazon S3 bucket or your custom origin. There are three + choices: + + + * CloudFront forwards only GET and HEAD requests. + + + * CloudFront forwards only GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. + + + * CloudFront forwards GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, PUT, PATCH, POST, and DELETE + requests. + + + If you pick the third choice, you may need to restrict access to your Amazon + S3 bucket or to your custom origin so users can't perform operations that + you don't want them to. For example, you might not want users to have permissions + to delete objects from your origin. properties: cachedMethods: - description: "A complex type that controls - whether CloudFront caches the response - to requests using the specified HTTP methods. - There are two choices: \n * CloudFront - caches responses to GET and HEAD requests. - \n * CloudFront caches responses to GET, - HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. \n If you - pick the second choice for your Amazon - S3 Origin, you may need to forward Access-Control-Request-Method, - Access-Control-Request-Headers, and Origin - headers for the responses to be cached - correctly." + description: |- + A complex type that controls whether CloudFront caches the response to requests + using the specified HTTP methods. There are two choices: + + + * CloudFront caches responses to GET and HEAD requests. + + + * CloudFront caches responses to GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. + + + If you pick the second choice for your Amazon S3 Origin, you may need to + forward Access-Control-Request-Method, Access-Control-Request-Headers, and + Origin headers for the responses to be cached correctly. properties: items: items: @@ -1102,39 +1187,43 @@ spec: fieldLevelEncryptionID: type: string forwardedValues: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want - to include values in the cache key, use a - cache policy. For more information, see Creating - cache policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-the-cache-key.html#cache-key-create-cache-policy) + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include values in the cache key, use a cache policy. For more + information, see Creating cache policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-the-cache-key.html#cache-key-create-cache-policy) in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. - \n If you want to send values to the origin - but not include them in the cache key, use - an origin request policy. For more information, - see Creating origin request policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-origin-requests.html#origin-request-create-origin-request-policy) + + + If you want to send values to the origin but not include them in the cache + key, use an origin request policy. For more information, see Creating origin + request policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-origin-requests.html#origin-request-create-origin-request-policy) in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. - \n A complex type that specifies how CloudFront - handles query strings, cookies, and HTTP headers." + + + A complex type that specifies how CloudFront handles query strings, cookies, + and HTTP headers. properties: cookies: - description: "This field is deprecated. - We recommend that you use a cache policy - or an origin request policy instead of - this field. \n If you want to include - cookies in the cache key, use CookiesConfig - in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. \n - If you want to send cookies to the origin - but not include them in the cache key, - use CookiesConfig in an origin request - policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. \n A - complex type that specifies whether you - want CloudFront to forward cookies to - the origin and, if so, which ones. For - more information about forwarding cookies - to the origin, see Caching Content Based - on Cookies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/Cookies.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include cookies in the cache key, use CookiesConfig in a cache + policy. See CachePolicy. + + + If you want to send cookies to the origin but not include them in the cache + key, use CookiesConfig in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. + + + A complex type that specifies whether you want CloudFront to forward cookies + to the origin and, if so, which ones. For more information about forwarding + cookies to the origin, see Caching Content Based on Cookies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/Cookies.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: forward: type: string @@ -1163,20 +1252,21 @@ spec: queryString: type: boolean queryStringCacheKeys: - description: "This field is deprecated. - We recommend that you use a cache policy - or an origin request policy instead of - this field. \n If you want to include - query strings in the cache key, use QueryStringsConfig - in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. \n - If you want to send query strings to the - origin but not include them in the cache - key, use QueryStringsConfig in an origin - request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. - \n A complex type that contains information - about the query string parameters that - you want CloudFront to use for caching - for a cache behavior." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include query strings in the cache key, use QueryStringsConfig + in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. + + + If you want to send query strings to the origin but not include them in the + cache key, use QueryStringsConfig in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. + + + A complex type that contains information about the query string parameters + that you want CloudFront to use for caching for a cache behavior. properties: items: items: @@ -1185,11 +1275,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object functionAssociations: - description: A list of CloudFront functions - that are associated with a cache behavior - in a CloudFront distribution. CloudFront functions - must be published to the LIVE stage to associate - them with a cache behavior. + description: |- + A list of CloudFront functions that are associated with a cache behavior + in a CloudFront distribution. CloudFront functions must be published to the + LIVE stage to associate them with a cache behavior. properties: items: items: @@ -1202,20 +1291,20 @@ spec: type: array type: object lambdaFunctionAssociations: - description: "A complex type that specifies - a list of Lambda@Edge functions associations - for a cache behavior. \n If you want to invoke - one or more Lambda@Edge functions triggered - by requests that match the PathPattern of - the cache behavior, specify the applicable - values for Quantity and Items. Note that there - can be up to 4 LambdaFunctionAssociation items - in this list (one for each possible value - of EventType) and each EventType can be associated - with only one function. \n If you don't want - to invoke any Lambda@Edge functions for the - requests that match PathPattern, specify 0 - for Quantity and omit Items." + description: |- + A complex type that specifies a list of Lambda@Edge functions associations + for a cache behavior. + + + If you want to invoke one or more Lambda@Edge functions triggered by requests + that match the PathPattern of the cache behavior, specify the applicable + values for Quantity and Items. Note that there can be up to 4 LambdaFunctionAssociation + items in this list (one for each possible value of EventType) and each EventType + can be associated with only one function. + + + If you don't want to invoke any Lambda@Edge functions for the requests that + match PathPattern, specify 0 for Quantity and omit Items. properties: items: items: @@ -1248,8 +1337,8 @@ spec: targetOriginID: type: string trustedKeyGroups: - description: A list of key groups whose public - keys CloudFront can use to verify the signatures + description: |- + A list of key groups whose public keys CloudFront can use to verify the signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: @@ -1260,9 +1349,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object trustedSigners: - description: A list of Amazon Web Services accounts - whose public keys CloudFront can use to verify - the signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. + description: |- + A list of Amazon Web Services accounts whose public keys CloudFront can use + to verify the signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -1283,14 +1372,20 @@ spec: continuousDeploymentPolicyID: type: string customErrorResponses: - description: "A complex type that controls: \n * Whether - CloudFront replaces HTTP status codes in the 4xx and - 5xx range with custom error messages before returning - the response to the viewer. \n * How long CloudFront - caches HTTP status codes in the 4xx and 5xx range. \n - For more information about custom error pages, see Customizing - Error Responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/custom-error-pages.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + A complex type that controls: + + + * Whether CloudFront replaces HTTP status codes in the 4xx and 5xx range + with custom error messages before returning the response to the viewer. + + + * How long CloudFront caches HTTP status codes in the 4xx and 5xx range. + + + For more information about custom error pages, see Customizing Error Responses + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/custom-error-pages.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: items: items: @@ -1309,38 +1404,49 @@ spec: type: array type: object defaultCacheBehavior: - description: A complex type that describes the default - cache behavior if you don't specify a CacheBehavior - element or if request URLs don't match any of the values - of PathPattern in CacheBehavior elements. You must create - exactly one default cache behavior. + description: |- + A complex type that describes the default cache behavior if you don't specify + a CacheBehavior element or if request URLs don't match any of the values + of PathPattern in CacheBehavior elements. You must create exactly one default + cache behavior. properties: allowedMethods: - description: "A complex type that controls which HTTP - methods CloudFront processes and forwards to your - Amazon S3 bucket or your custom origin. There are - three choices: \n * CloudFront forwards only GET - and HEAD requests. \n * CloudFront forwards only - GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. \n * CloudFront - forwards GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, PUT, PATCH, POST, and - DELETE requests. \n If you pick the third choice, - you may need to restrict access to your Amazon S3 - bucket or to your custom origin so users can't perform - operations that you don't want them to. For example, - you might not want users to have permissions to - delete objects from your origin." + description: |- + A complex type that controls which HTTP methods CloudFront processes and + forwards to your Amazon S3 bucket or your custom origin. There are three + choices: + + + * CloudFront forwards only GET and HEAD requests. + + + * CloudFront forwards only GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. + + + * CloudFront forwards GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, PUT, PATCH, POST, and DELETE + requests. + + + If you pick the third choice, you may need to restrict access to your Amazon + S3 bucket or to your custom origin so users can't perform operations that + you don't want them to. For example, you might not want users to have permissions + to delete objects from your origin. properties: cachedMethods: - description: "A complex type that controls whether - CloudFront caches the response to requests using - the specified HTTP methods. There are two choices: - \n * CloudFront caches responses to GET and - HEAD requests. \n * CloudFront caches responses - to GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. \n If you - pick the second choice for your Amazon S3 Origin, - you may need to forward Access-Control-Request-Method, - Access-Control-Request-Headers, and Origin headers - for the responses to be cached correctly." + description: |- + A complex type that controls whether CloudFront caches the response to requests + using the specified HTTP methods. There are two choices: + + + * CloudFront caches responses to GET and HEAD requests. + + + * CloudFront caches responses to GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests. + + + If you pick the second choice for your Amazon S3 Origin, you may need to + forward Access-Control-Request-Method, Access-Control-Request-Headers, and + Origin headers for the responses to be cached correctly. properties: items: items: @@ -1362,36 +1468,43 @@ spec: fieldLevelEncryptionID: type: string forwardedValues: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want to - include values in the cache key, use a cache policy. - For more information, see Creating cache policies - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-the-cache-key.html#cache-key-create-cache-policy) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n If - you want to send values to the origin but not include - them in the cache key, use an origin request policy. - For more information, see Creating origin request - policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-origin-requests.html#origin-request-create-origin-request-policy) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n A complex - type that specifies how CloudFront handles query - strings, cookies, and HTTP headers." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include values in the cache key, use a cache policy. For more + information, see Creating cache policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-the-cache-key.html#cache-key-create-cache-policy) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + If you want to send values to the origin but not include them in the cache + key, use an origin request policy. For more information, see Creating origin + request policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/controlling-origin-requests.html#origin-request-create-origin-request-policy) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + A complex type that specifies how CloudFront handles query strings, cookies, + and HTTP headers. properties: cookies: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want - to include cookies in the cache key, use CookiesConfig - in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. \n If you - want to send cookies to the origin but not include - them in the cache key, use CookiesConfig in - an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. - \n A complex type that specifies whether you - want CloudFront to forward cookies to the origin - and, if so, which ones. For more information - about forwarding cookies to the origin, see - Caching Content Based on Cookies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/Cookies.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include cookies in the cache key, use CookiesConfig in a cache + policy. See CachePolicy. + + + If you want to send cookies to the origin but not include them in the cache + key, use CookiesConfig in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. + + + A complex type that specifies whether you want CloudFront to forward cookies + to the origin and, if so, which ones. For more information about forwarding + cookies to the origin, see Caching Content Based on Cookies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/Cookies.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: forward: type: string @@ -1418,18 +1531,21 @@ spec: queryString: type: boolean queryStringCacheKeys: - description: "This field is deprecated. We recommend - that you use a cache policy or an origin request - policy instead of this field. \n If you want - to include query strings in the cache key, use - QueryStringsConfig in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. - \n If you want to send query strings to the - origin but not include them in the cache key, - use QueryStringsConfig in an origin request - policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. \n A complex - type that contains information about the query - string parameters that you want CloudFront to - use for caching for a cache behavior." + description: |- + This field is deprecated. We recommend that you use a cache policy or an + origin request policy instead of this field. + + + If you want to include query strings in the cache key, use QueryStringsConfig + in a cache policy. See CachePolicy. + + + If you want to send query strings to the origin but not include them in the + cache key, use QueryStringsConfig in an origin request policy. See OriginRequestPolicy. + + + A complex type that contains information about the query string parameters + that you want CloudFront to use for caching for a cache behavior. properties: items: items: @@ -1438,11 +1554,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object functionAssociations: - description: A list of CloudFront functions that are - associated with a cache behavior in a CloudFront - distribution. CloudFront functions must be published - to the LIVE stage to associate them with a cache - behavior. + description: |- + A list of CloudFront functions that are associated with a cache behavior + in a CloudFront distribution. CloudFront functions must be published to the + LIVE stage to associate them with a cache behavior. properties: items: items: @@ -1455,18 +1570,20 @@ spec: type: array type: object lambdaFunctionAssociations: - description: "A complex type that specifies a list - of Lambda@Edge functions associations for a cache - behavior. \n If you want to invoke one or more Lambda@Edge - functions triggered by requests that match the PathPattern - of the cache behavior, specify the applicable values - for Quantity and Items. Note that there can be up - to 4 LambdaFunctionAssociation items in this list - (one for each possible value of EventType) and each - EventType can be associated with only one function. - \n If you don't want to invoke any Lambda@Edge functions - for the requests that match PathPattern, specify - 0 for Quantity and omit Items." + description: |- + A complex type that specifies a list of Lambda@Edge functions associations + for a cache behavior. + + + If you want to invoke one or more Lambda@Edge functions triggered by requests + that match the PathPattern of the cache behavior, specify the applicable + values for Quantity and Items. Note that there can be up to 4 LambdaFunctionAssociation + items in this list (one for each possible value of EventType) and each EventType + can be associated with only one function. + + + If you don't want to invoke any Lambda@Edge functions for the requests that + match PathPattern, specify 0 for Quantity and omit Items. properties: items: items: @@ -1497,9 +1614,9 @@ spec: targetOriginID: type: string trustedKeyGroups: - description: A list of key groups whose public keys - CloudFront can use to verify the signatures of signed - URLs and signed cookies. + description: |- + A list of key groups whose public keys CloudFront can use to verify the signatures + of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -1509,9 +1626,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object trustedSigners: - description: A list of Amazon Web Services accounts - whose public keys CloudFront can use to verify the - signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. + description: |- + A list of Amazon Web Services accounts whose public keys CloudFront can use + to verify the signatures of signed URLs and signed cookies. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -1553,17 +1670,15 @@ spec: items: properties: failoverCriteria: - description: A complex data type that includes - information about the failover criteria for - an origin group, including the status codes - for which CloudFront will failover from the - primary origin to the second origin. + description: |- + A complex data type that includes information about the failover criteria + for an origin group, including the status codes for which CloudFront will + failover from the primary origin to the second origin. properties: statusCodes: - description: A complex data type for the - status codes that you specify that, when - returned by a primary origin, trigger - CloudFront to failover to a second origin. + description: |- + A complex data type for the status codes that you specify that, when returned + by a primary origin, trigger CloudFront to failover to a second origin. properties: items: description: List of status codes for @@ -1624,11 +1739,10 @@ spec: type: array type: object customOriginConfig: - description: A custom origin. A custom origin - is any origin that is not an Amazon S3 bucket, - with one exception. An Amazon S3 bucket that - is configured with static website hosting - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) + description: |- + A custom origin. A custom origin is any origin that is not an Amazon S3 bucket, + with one exception. An Amazon S3 bucket that is configured with static website + hosting (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) is a custom origin. properties: httpPort: @@ -1646,10 +1760,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer originSSLProtocols: - description: A complex type that contains - information about the SSL/TLS protocols - that CloudFront can use when establishing - an HTTPS connection with your origin. + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about the SSL/TLS protocols that + CloudFront can use when establishing an HTTPS connection with your origin. properties: items: items: @@ -1666,11 +1779,13 @@ spec: originPath: type: string originShield: - description: "CloudFront Origin Shield. \n Using - Origin Shield can help reduce the load on - your origin. For more information, see Using - Origin Shield (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/origin-shield.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + CloudFront Origin Shield. + + + Using Origin Shield can help reduce the load on your origin. For more information, + see Using Origin Shield (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/origin-shield.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -1678,11 +1793,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object s3OriginConfig: - description: A complex type that contains information - about the Amazon S3 origin. If the origin - is a custom origin or an S3 bucket that is - configured as a website endpoint, use the - CustomOriginConfig element instead. + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about the Amazon S3 origin. If the + origin is a custom origin or an S3 bucket that is configured as a website + endpoint, use the CustomOriginConfig element instead. properties: originAccessIdentity: type: string @@ -1693,14 +1807,14 @@ spec: priceClass: type: string restrictions: - description: A complex type that identifies ways in which - you want to restrict distribution of your content. + description: |- + A complex type that identifies ways in which you want to restrict distribution + of your content. properties: geoRestriction: - description: A complex type that controls the countries - in which your content is distributed. CloudFront - determines the location of your users using MaxMind - GeoIP databases. + description: |- + A complex type that controls the countries in which your content is distributed. + CloudFront determines the location of your users using MaxMind GeoIP databases. properties: items: items: @@ -1713,46 +1827,53 @@ spec: staging: type: boolean viewerCertificate: - description: "A complex type that determines the distribution's - SSL/TLS configuration for communicating with viewers. - \n If the distribution doesn't use Aliases (also known - as alternate domain names or CNAMEs)—that is, if the - distribution uses the CloudFront domain name such as - d111111abcdef8.cloudfront.net—set CloudFrontDefaultCertificate - to true and leave all other fields empty. \n If the - distribution uses Aliases (alternate domain names or - CNAMEs), use the fields in this type to specify the - following settings: \n * Which viewers the distribution - accepts HTTPS connections from: only viewers that support - server name indication (SNI) (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Server_Name_Indication) - (recommended), or all viewers including those that don't - support SNI. To accept HTTPS connections from only viewers - that support SNI, set SSLSupportMethod to sni-only. - This is recommended. Most browsers and clients support - SNI. To accept HTTPS connections from all viewers, including - those that don't support SNI, set SSLSupportMethod to - vip. This is not recommended, and results in additional - monthly charges from CloudFront. \n * The minimum SSL/TLS - protocol version that the distribution can use to communicate - with viewers. To specify a minimum version, choose a - value for MinimumProtocolVersion. For more information, - see Security Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValues-security-policy) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n * The location - of the SSL/TLS certificate, Certificate Manager (ACM) - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-overview.html) - (recommended) or Identity and Access Management (IAM) - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html). - You specify the location by setting a value in one of - the following fields (not both): ACMCertificateArn IAMCertificateId - \n All distributions support HTTPS connections from - viewers. To require viewers to use HTTPS only, or to - redirect them from HTTP to HTTPS, use ViewerProtocolPolicy - in the CacheBehavior or DefaultCacheBehavior. To specify - how CloudFront should use SSL/TLS to communicate with - your custom origin, use CustomOriginConfig. \n For more - information, see Using HTTPS with CloudFront (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/using-https.html) + description: |- + A complex type that determines the distribution's SSL/TLS configuration for + communicating with viewers. + + + If the distribution doesn't use Aliases (also known as alternate domain names + or CNAMEs)—that is, if the distribution uses the CloudFront domain name + such as d111111abcdef8.cloudfront.net—set CloudFrontDefaultCertificate + to true and leave all other fields empty. + + + If the distribution uses Aliases (alternate domain names or CNAMEs), use + the fields in this type to specify the following settings: + + + * Which viewers the distribution accepts HTTPS connections from: only + viewers that support server name indication (SNI) (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Server_Name_Indication) + (recommended), or all viewers including those that don't support SNI. + To accept HTTPS connections from only viewers that support SNI, set SSLSupportMethod + to sni-only. This is recommended. Most browsers and clients support SNI. + To accept HTTPS connections from all viewers, including those that don't + support SNI, set SSLSupportMethod to vip. This is not recommended, and + results in additional monthly charges from CloudFront. + + + * The minimum SSL/TLS protocol version that the distribution can use to + communicate with viewers. To specify a minimum version, choose a value + for MinimumProtocolVersion. For more information, see Security Policy + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/distribution-web-values-specify.html#DownloadDistValues-security-policy) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + * The location of the SSL/TLS certificate, Certificate Manager (ACM) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-overview.html) + (recommended) or Identity and Access Management (IAM) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html). + You specify the location by setting a value in one of the following fields + (not both): ACMCertificateArn IAMCertificateId + + + All distributions support HTTPS connections from viewers. To require viewers + to use HTTPS only, or to redirect them from HTTP to HTTPS, use ViewerProtocolPolicy + in the CacheBehavior or DefaultCacheBehavior. To specify how CloudFront should + use SSL/TLS to communicate with your custom origin, use CustomOriginConfig. + + + For more information, see Using HTTPS with CloudFront (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/using-https.html) and Using Alternate Domain Names and HTTPS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/using-https-alternate-domain-names.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: aCMCertificateARN: type: string @@ -1799,14 +1920,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1816,8 +1946,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1829,6 +1960,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_responseheaderspolicies.yaml b/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_responseheaderspolicies.yaml index c909c20821..d03cbf8aa8 100644 --- a/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_responseheaderspolicies.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io_responseheaderspolicies.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: responseheaderspolicies.cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cloudfront.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -74,29 +80,34 @@ spec: will be created. type: string responseHeadersPolicyConfig: - description: Contains metadata about the response headers policy, - and a set of configurations that specify the HTTP headers. + description: |- + Contains metadata about the response headers policy, and a set of configurations + that specify the HTTP headers. properties: comment: type: string corsConfig: - description: "A configuration for a set of HTTP response headers - that are used for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS). - CloudFront adds these headers to HTTP responses that it - sends for CORS requests that match a cache behavior associated - with this response headers policy. \n For more information - about CORS, see Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A configuration for a set of HTTP response headers that are used for cross-origin + resource sharing (CORS). CloudFront adds these headers to HTTP responses + that it sends for CORS requests that match a cache behavior associated with + this response headers policy. + + + For more information about CORS, see Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) + (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS) in the MDN Web Docs. properties: accessControlAllowCredentials: type: boolean accessControlAllowHeaders: - description: "A list of HTTP header names that CloudFront - includes as values for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers - HTTP response header. \n For more information about - the Access-Control-Allow-Headers HTTP response header, - see Access-Control-Allow-Headers (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Headers) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A list of HTTP header names that CloudFront includes as values for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers + HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Access-Control-Allow-Headers HTTP response + header, see Access-Control-Allow-Headers (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Headers) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: items: items: @@ -104,12 +115,14 @@ spec: type: array type: object accessControlAllowMethods: - description: "A list of HTTP methods that CloudFront includes - as values for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods HTTP - response header. \n For more information about the Access-Control-Allow-Methods - HTTP response header, see Access-Control-Allow-Methods - (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Methods) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A list of HTTP methods that CloudFront includes as values for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods + HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Access-Control-Allow-Methods HTTP response + header, see Access-Control-Allow-Methods (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Methods) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: items: items: @@ -117,12 +130,14 @@ spec: type: array type: object accessControlAllowOrigins: - description: "A list of origins (domain names) that CloudFront - can use as the value for the Access-Control-Allow-Origin - HTTP response header. \n For more information about - the Access-Control-Allow-Origin HTTP response header, - see Access-Control-Allow-Origin (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Origin) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A list of origins (domain names) that CloudFront can use as the value for + the Access-Control-Allow-Origin HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Access-Control-Allow-Origin HTTP response + header, see Access-Control-Allow-Origin (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Origin) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: items: items: @@ -130,12 +145,14 @@ spec: type: array type: object accessControlExposeHeaders: - description: "A list of HTTP headers that CloudFront includes - as values for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers HTTP - response header. \n For more information about the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - HTTP response header, see Access-Control-Expose-Headers - (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Expose-Headers) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A list of HTTP headers that CloudFront includes as values for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Access-Control-Expose-Headers HTTP response + header, see Access-Control-Expose-Headers (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Expose-Headers) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: items: items: @@ -149,10 +166,10 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object customHeadersConfig: - description: A list of HTTP response header names and their - values. CloudFront includes these headers in HTTP responses - that it sends for requests that match a cache behavior that's - associated with this response headers policy. + description: |- + A list of HTTP response header names and their values. CloudFront includes + these headers in HTTP responses that it sends for requests that match a cache + behavior that's associated with this response headers policy. properties: items: items: @@ -169,9 +186,10 @@ spec: name: type: string removeHeadersConfig: - description: A list of HTTP header names that CloudFront removes - from HTTP responses to requests that match the cache behavior - that this response headers policy is attached to. + description: |- + A list of HTTP header names that CloudFront removes from HTTP responses to + requests that match the cache behavior that this response headers policy + is attached to. properties: items: items: @@ -185,18 +203,20 @@ spec: type: integer type: object securityHeadersConfig: - description: A configuration for a set of security-related - HTTP response headers. CloudFront adds these headers to - HTTP responses that it sends for requests that match a cache - behavior associated with this response headers policy. + description: |- + A configuration for a set of security-related HTTP response headers. CloudFront + adds these headers to HTTP responses that it sends for requests that match + a cache behavior associated with this response headers policy. properties: contentSecurityPolicy: - description: "The policy directives and their values that - CloudFront includes as values for the Content-Security-Policy - HTTP response header. \n For more information about - the Content-Security-Policy HTTP response header, see - Content-Security-Policy (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Content-Security-Policy) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + The policy directives and their values that CloudFront includes as values + for the Content-Security-Policy HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Content-Security-Policy HTTP response header, + see Content-Security-Policy (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Content-Security-Policy) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: contentSecurityPolicy: type: string @@ -204,22 +224,27 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object contentTypeOptions: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes the - X-Content-Type-Options HTTP response header with its - value set to nosniff. \n For more information about - the X-Content-Type-Options HTTP response header, see - X-Content-Type-Options (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-Content-Type-Options) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the X-Content-Type-Options HTTP response + header with its value set to nosniff. + + + For more information about the X-Content-Type-Options HTTP response header, + see X-Content-Type-Options (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-Content-Type-Options) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: override: type: boolean type: object frameOptions: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes the - X-Frame-Options HTTP response header and the header's - value. \n For more information about the X-Frame-Options - HTTP response header, see X-Frame-Options (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-Frame-Options) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the X-Frame-Options HTTP response + header and the header's value. + + + For more information about the X-Frame-Options HTTP response header, see + X-Frame-Options (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-Frame-Options) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: frameOption: type: string @@ -227,11 +252,14 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object referrerPolicy: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes the - Referrer-Policy HTTP response header and the header's - value. \n For more information about the Referrer-Policy - HTTP response header, see Referrer-Policy (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Referrer-Policy) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the Referrer-Policy HTTP response + header and the header's value. + + + For more information about the Referrer-Policy HTTP response header, see + Referrer-Policy (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Referrer-Policy) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: override: type: boolean @@ -239,12 +267,14 @@ spec: type: string type: object strictTransportSecurity: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes the - Strict-Transport-Security HTTP response header and the - header's value. \n For more information about the Strict-Transport-Security - HTTP response header, see Strict-Transport-Security - (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Strict-Transport-Security) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the Strict-Transport-Security HTTP + response header and the header's value. + + + For more information about the Strict-Transport-Security HTTP response header, + see Strict-Transport-Security (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Strict-Transport-Security) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: accessControlMaxAgeSec: format: int64 @@ -257,11 +287,14 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object xSSProtection: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes the - X-XSS-Protection HTTP response header and the header's - value. \n For more information about the X-XSS-Protection - HTTP response header, see X-XSS-Protection (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-XSS-Protection) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the X-XSS-Protection HTTP response + header and the header's value. + + + For more information about the X-XSS-Protection HTTP response header, see + X-XSS-Protection (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-XSS-Protection) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: modeBlock: type: boolean @@ -274,20 +307,20 @@ spec: type: object type: object serverTimingHeadersConfig: - description: "A configuration for enabling the Server-Timing - header in HTTP responses sent from CloudFront. CloudFront - adds this header to HTTP responses that it sends in response - to requests that match a cache behavior that's associated - with this response headers policy. \n You can use the Server-Timing - header to view metrics that can help you gain insights about - the behavior and performance of CloudFront. For example, - you can see which cache layer served a cache hit, or the - first byte latency from the origin when there was a cache - miss. You can use the metrics in the Server-Timing header - to troubleshoot issues or test the efficiency of your CloudFront - configuration. For more information, see Server-Timing header - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/understanding-response-headers-policies.html#server-timing-header) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + description: |- + A configuration for enabling the Server-Timing header in HTTP responses sent + from CloudFront. CloudFront adds this header to HTTP responses that it sends + in response to requests that match a cache behavior that's associated with + this response headers policy. + + + You can use the Server-Timing header to view metrics that can help you gain + insights about the behavior and performance of CloudFront. For example, you + can see which cache layer served a cache hit, or the first byte latency from + the origin when there was a cache miss. You can use the metrics in the Server-Timing + header to troubleshoot issues or test the efficiency of your CloudFront configuration. + For more information, see Server-Timing header (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/understanding-response-headers-policies.html#server-timing-header) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -302,19 +335,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -327,9 +362,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -339,21 +375,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -363,17 +399,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -383,21 +421,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -412,21 +450,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -437,14 +476,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -483,32 +523,37 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string responseHeadersPolicyConfig: - description: "A response headers policy configuration. \n - A response headers policy configuration contains metadata - about the response headers policy, and configurations for - sets of HTTP response headers." + description: |- + A response headers policy configuration. + + + A response headers policy configuration contains metadata about the response + headers policy, and configurations for sets of HTTP response headers. properties: comment: type: string corsConfig: - description: "A configuration for a set of HTTP response - headers that are used for cross-origin resource sharing - (CORS). CloudFront adds these headers to HTTP responses - that it sends for CORS requests that match a cache behavior - associated with this response headers policy. \n For - more information about CORS, see Cross-Origin Resource - Sharing (CORS) (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A configuration for a set of HTTP response headers that are used for cross-origin + resource sharing (CORS). CloudFront adds these headers to HTTP responses + that it sends for CORS requests that match a cache behavior associated with + this response headers policy. + + + For more information about CORS, see Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) + (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS) in the MDN Web Docs. properties: accessControlAllowCredentials: type: boolean accessControlAllowHeaders: - description: "A list of HTTP header names that CloudFront - includes as values for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers - HTTP response header. \n For more information about - the Access-Control-Allow-Headers HTTP response header, - see Access-Control-Allow-Headers (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Headers) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A list of HTTP header names that CloudFront includes as values for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers + HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Access-Control-Allow-Headers HTTP response + header, see Access-Control-Allow-Headers (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Headers) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: items: items: @@ -516,12 +561,14 @@ spec: type: array type: object accessControlAllowMethods: - description: "A list of HTTP methods that CloudFront - includes as values for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods - HTTP response header. \n For more information about - the Access-Control-Allow-Methods HTTP response header, - see Access-Control-Allow-Methods (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Methods) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A list of HTTP methods that CloudFront includes as values for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods + HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Access-Control-Allow-Methods HTTP response + header, see Access-Control-Allow-Methods (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Methods) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: items: items: @@ -529,12 +576,14 @@ spec: type: array type: object accessControlAllowOrigins: - description: "A list of origins (domain names) that - CloudFront can use as the value for the Access-Control-Allow-Origin - HTTP response header. \n For more information about - the Access-Control-Allow-Origin HTTP response header, - see Access-Control-Allow-Origin (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Origin) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + A list of origins (domain names) that CloudFront can use as the value for + the Access-Control-Allow-Origin HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Access-Control-Allow-Origin HTTP response + header, see Access-Control-Allow-Origin (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Origin) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: items: items: @@ -542,12 +591,14 @@ spec: type: array type: object accessControlExposeHeaders: - description: "A list of HTTP headers that CloudFront - includes as values for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - HTTP response header. \n For more information about - the Access-Control-Expose-Headers HTTP response + description: |- + A list of HTTP headers that CloudFront includes as values for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Access-Control-Expose-Headers HTTP response header, see Access-Control-Expose-Headers (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Expose-Headers) - in the MDN Web Docs." + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: items: items: @@ -561,11 +612,10 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object customHeadersConfig: - description: A list of HTTP response header names and - their values. CloudFront includes these headers in HTTP - responses that it sends for requests that match a cache - behavior that's associated with this response headers - policy. + description: |- + A list of HTTP response header names and their values. CloudFront includes + these headers in HTTP responses that it sends for requests that match a cache + behavior that's associated with this response headers policy. properties: items: items: @@ -582,10 +632,10 @@ spec: name: type: string removeHeadersConfig: - description: A list of HTTP header names that CloudFront - removes from HTTP responses to requests that match the - cache behavior that this response headers policy is - attached to. + description: |- + A list of HTTP header names that CloudFront removes from HTTP responses to + requests that match the cache behavior that this response headers policy + is attached to. properties: items: items: @@ -599,19 +649,20 @@ spec: type: integer type: object securityHeadersConfig: - description: A configuration for a set of security-related - HTTP response headers. CloudFront adds these headers - to HTTP responses that it sends for requests that match - a cache behavior associated with this response headers - policy. + description: |- + A configuration for a set of security-related HTTP response headers. CloudFront + adds these headers to HTTP responses that it sends for requests that match + a cache behavior associated with this response headers policy. properties: contentSecurityPolicy: - description: "The policy directives and their values - that CloudFront includes as values for the Content-Security-Policy - HTTP response header. \n For more information about - the Content-Security-Policy HTTP response header, + description: |- + The policy directives and their values that CloudFront includes as values + for the Content-Security-Policy HTTP response header. + + + For more information about the Content-Security-Policy HTTP response header, see Content-Security-Policy (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Content-Security-Policy) - in the MDN Web Docs." + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: contentSecurityPolicy: type: string @@ -619,23 +670,27 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object contentTypeOptions: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes - the X-Content-Type-Options HTTP response header - with its value set to nosniff. \n For more information - about the X-Content-Type-Options HTTP response header, + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the X-Content-Type-Options HTTP response + header with its value set to nosniff. + + + For more information about the X-Content-Type-Options HTTP response header, see X-Content-Type-Options (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-Content-Type-Options) - in the MDN Web Docs." + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: override: type: boolean type: object frameOptions: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes - the X-Frame-Options HTTP response header and the - header's value. \n For more information about the - X-Frame-Options HTTP response header, see X-Frame-Options - (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-Frame-Options) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the X-Frame-Options HTTP response + header and the header's value. + + + For more information about the X-Frame-Options HTTP response header, see + X-Frame-Options (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-Frame-Options) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: frameOption: type: string @@ -643,12 +698,14 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object referrerPolicy: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes - the Referrer-Policy HTTP response header and the - header's value. \n For more information about the - Referrer-Policy HTTP response header, see Referrer-Policy - (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Referrer-Policy) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the Referrer-Policy HTTP response + header and the header's value. + + + For more information about the Referrer-Policy HTTP response header, see + Referrer-Policy (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Referrer-Policy) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: override: type: boolean @@ -656,12 +713,14 @@ spec: type: string type: object strictTransportSecurity: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes - the Strict-Transport-Security HTTP response header - and the header's value. \n For more information - about the Strict-Transport-Security HTTP response - header, see Strict-Transport-Security (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Strict-Transport-Security) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the Strict-Transport-Security HTTP + response header and the header's value. + + + For more information about the Strict-Transport-Security HTTP response header, + see Strict-Transport-Security (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Strict-Transport-Security) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: accessControlMaxAgeSec: format: int64 @@ -674,12 +733,14 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object xSSProtection: - description: "Determines whether CloudFront includes - the X-XSS-Protection HTTP response header and the - header's value. \n For more information about the - X-XSS-Protection HTTP response header, see X-XSS-Protection - (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-XSS-Protection) - in the MDN Web Docs." + description: |- + Determines whether CloudFront includes the X-XSS-Protection HTTP response + header and the header's value. + + + For more information about the X-XSS-Protection HTTP response header, see + X-XSS-Protection (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/X-XSS-Protection) + in the MDN Web Docs. properties: modeBlock: type: boolean @@ -692,20 +753,20 @@ spec: type: object type: object serverTimingHeadersConfig: - description: "A configuration for enabling the Server-Timing - header in HTTP responses sent from CloudFront. CloudFront - adds this header to HTTP responses that it sends in - response to requests that match a cache behavior that's - associated with this response headers policy. \n You - can use the Server-Timing header to view metrics that - can help you gain insights about the behavior and performance - of CloudFront. For example, you can see which cache - layer served a cache hit, or the first byte latency - from the origin when there was a cache miss. You can - use the metrics in the Server-Timing header to troubleshoot - issues or test the efficiency of your CloudFront configuration. + description: |- + A configuration for enabling the Server-Timing header in HTTP responses sent + from CloudFront. CloudFront adds this header to HTTP responses that it sends + in response to requests that match a cache behavior that's associated with + this response headers policy. + + + You can use the Server-Timing header to view metrics that can help you gain + insights about the behavior and performance of CloudFront. For example, you + can see which cache layer served a cache hit, or the first byte latency from + the origin when there was a cache miss. You can use the metrics in the Server-Timing + header to troubleshoot issues or test the efficiency of your CloudFront configuration. For more information, see Server-Timing header (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/understanding-response-headers-policies.html#server-timing-header) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide." + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -721,14 +782,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -738,8 +808,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -751,6 +822,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cloudsearch.aws.crossplane.io_domains.yaml b/package/crds/cloudsearch.aws.crossplane.io_domains.yaml index 37d24b28a6..be62bc44cb 100644 --- a/package/crds/cloudsearch.aws.crossplane.io_domains.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cloudsearch.aws.crossplane.io_domains.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: domains.cloudsearch.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cloudsearch.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Domain is the Schema for the Domains API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -85,10 +91,10 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer domainName: - description: A name for the domain you are creating. Allowed characters - are a-z (lower-case letters), 0-9, and hyphen (-). Domain names - must start with a letter or number and be at least 3 and no - more than 28 characters long. + description: |- + A name for the domain you are creating. Allowed characters are a-z (lower-case + letters), 0-9, and hyphen (-). Domain names must start with a letter or number + and be at least 3 and no more than 28 characters long. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Domain will be created. @@ -100,19 +106,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -125,9 +133,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -137,21 +146,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -161,17 +170,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -181,21 +192,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -210,21 +221,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -235,14 +247,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -266,25 +279,26 @@ spec: arn: type: string created: - description: True if the search domain is created. It can take - several minutes to initialize a domain when CreateDomain is - called. Newly created search domains are returned from DescribeDomains - with a false value for Created until domain creation is complete. + description: |- + True if the search domain is created. It can take several minutes to initialize + a domain when CreateDomain is called. Newly created search domains are returned + from DescribeDomains with a false value for Created until domain creation + is complete. type: boolean deleted: - description: True if the search domain has been deleted. The system - must clean up resources dedicated to the search domain when - DeleteDomain is called. Newly deleted search domains are returned - from DescribeDomains with a true value for IsDeleted for several - minutes until resource cleanup is complete. + description: |- + True if the search domain has been deleted. The system must clean up resources + dedicated to the search domain when DeleteDomain is called. Newly deleted + search domains are returned from DescribeDomains with a true value for IsDeleted + for several minutes until resource cleanup is complete. type: boolean docService: description: The service endpoint for updating documents in a search domain. properties: endpoint: - description: The endpoint to which service requests can be - submitted. For example, search-imdb-movies-oopcnjfn6ugofer3zx5iadxxca.eu-west-1.cloudsearch.amazonaws.com + description: |- + The endpoint to which service requests can be submitted. For example, search-imdb-movies-oopcnjfn6ugofer3zx5iadxxca.eu-west-1.cloudsearch.amazonaws.com or doc-imdb-movies-oopcnjfn6ugofer3zx5iadxxca.eu-west-1.cloudsearch.amazonaws.com. type: string type: object @@ -304,8 +318,9 @@ spec: current domain configuration. type: boolean requiresIndexDocuments: - description: True if IndexDocuments needs to be called to activate - the current domain configuration. + description: |- + True if IndexDocuments needs to be called to activate the current domain + configuration. type: boolean searchInstanceCount: description: The number of search instances that are available @@ -326,8 +341,8 @@ spec: from a search domain. properties: endpoint: - description: The endpoint to which service requests can be - submitted. For example, search-imdb-movies-oopcnjfn6ugofer3zx5iadxxca.eu-west-1.cloudsearch.amazonaws.com + description: |- + The endpoint to which service requests can be submitted. For example, search-imdb-movies-oopcnjfn6ugofer3zx5iadxxca.eu-west-1.cloudsearch.amazonaws.com or doc-imdb-movies-oopcnjfn6ugofer3zx5iadxxca.eu-west-1.cloudsearch.amazonaws.com. type: string type: object @@ -338,14 +353,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -355,8 +379,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -368,6 +393,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cloudwatchlogs.aws.crossplane.io_loggroups.yaml b/package/crds/cloudwatchlogs.aws.crossplane.io_loggroups.yaml index 51fdb9cdb2..ee49e3effc 100644 --- a/package/crds/cloudwatchlogs.aws.crossplane.io_loggroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cloudwatchlogs.aws.crossplane.io_loggroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: loggroups.cloudwatchlogs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cloudwatchlogs.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: LogGroup is the Schema for the LogGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,9 +74,10 @@ spec: description: LogGroupParameters defines the desired state of LogGroup properties: kmsKeyID: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK to use - when encrypting log data. For more information, see Amazon Resource - Names - AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-kms). + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK to use when encrypting log data. + For more information, see Amazon Resource Names - AWS Key Management Service + (AWS KMS) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-kms). type: string kmsKeyIDRef: description: KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to a KMS Key used to set @@ -84,21 +91,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -112,8 +119,9 @@ spec: used to set KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -126,21 +134,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -154,9 +162,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the LogGroup will be created. type: string retentionInDays: - description: The number of days to retain the log events in the - specified log group. If you select 0, the events in the log - group are always retained and never expire. + description: |- + The number of days to retain the log events in the specified log group. + If you select 0, the events in the log group are always retained and never expire. enum: - 0 - 1 @@ -181,16 +189,18 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: "The key-value pairs to use for the tags. \n You - can grant users access to certain log groups while preventing - them from accessing other log groups. To do so, tag your groups - and use IAM policies that refer to those tags. To assign tags - when you create a log group, you must have either the logs:TagResource - or logs:TagLogGroup permission. For more information about tagging, - see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html). - For more information about using tags to control access, see - Controlling access to Amazon Web Services resources using tags - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html)." + description: |- + The key-value pairs to use for the tags. + + + You can grant users access to certain log groups while preventing them from + accessing other log groups. To do so, tag your groups and use IAM policies + that refer to those tags. To assign tags when you create a log group, you + must have either the logs:TagResource or logs:TagLogGroup permission. For + more information about tagging, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html). For more + information about using tags to control access, see Controlling access to + Amazon Web Services resources using tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html). type: object required: - logGroupName @@ -199,19 +209,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -224,9 +236,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -236,21 +249,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -260,17 +273,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -280,21 +295,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -309,21 +324,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -334,14 +350,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -366,13 +383,15 @@ spec: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the log group. type: string creationTime: - description: The creation time of the log group, expressed as - the number of milliseconds after Jan 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC. + description: |- + The creation time of the log group, expressed as the number of milliseconds + after Jan 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC. format: int64 type: integer kmsKeyID: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to - use when encrypting log data. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to use when encrypting log + data. type: string logGroupName: description: The name of the log group. @@ -395,14 +414,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -412,8 +440,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -425,6 +454,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cognitoidentity.aws.crossplane.io_identitypools.yaml b/package/crds/cognitoidentity.aws.crossplane.io_identitypools.yaml index a9954499d0..e47d3b74ad 100644 --- a/package/crds/cognitoidentity.aws.crossplane.io_identitypools.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cognitoidentity.aws.crossplane.io_identitypools.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: identitypools.cognitoidentity.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cognitoidentity.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: IdentityPool is the Schema for the IdentityPools API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,9 +74,9 @@ spec: description: IdentityPoolParameters defines the desired state of IdentityPool properties: allowClassicFlow: - description: Enables or disables the Basic (Classic) authentication - flow. For more information, see Identity Pools (Federated Identities) - Authentication Flow (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/authentication-flow.html) + description: |- + Enables or disables the Basic (Classic) authentication flow. For more information, + see Identity Pools (Federated Identities) Authentication Flow (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/authentication-flow.html) in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide. type: boolean allowUnauthenticatedIdentities: @@ -99,22 +105,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -127,9 +132,9 @@ spec: description: ClientIDSelector selects references to ClientID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -142,22 +147,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -179,22 +183,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -208,9 +211,9 @@ spec: ProviderName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -223,22 +226,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -252,13 +254,15 @@ spec: type: object type: array developerProviderName: - description: "The \"domain\" by which Cognito will refer to your - users. This name acts as a placeholder that allows your backend - and the Cognito service to communicate about the developer provider. - For the DeveloperProviderName, you can use letters as well as - period (.), underscore (_), and dash (-). \n Once you have set - a developer provider name, you cannot change it. Please take - care in setting this parameter." + description: |- + The "domain" by which Cognito will refer to your users. This name acts as + a placeholder that allows your backend and the Cognito service to communicate + about the developer provider. For the DeveloperProviderName, you can use + letters as well as period (.), underscore (_), and dash (-). + + + Once you have set a developer provider name, you cannot change it. Please + take care in setting this parameter. type: string identityPoolName: description: A string that you provide. @@ -266,10 +270,10 @@ spec: identityPoolTags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Tags to assign to the identity pool. A tag is a label - that you can apply to identity pools to categorize and manage - them in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, environment, - or other criteria. + description: |- + Tags to assign to the identity pool. A tag is a label that you can apply + to identity pools to categorize and manage them in different ways, such as + by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria. type: object openIdConnectProviderARNRefs: description: OpenIDConnectProviderARNRefs is a list of references @@ -285,21 +289,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -314,8 +318,9 @@ spec: to OpenIDConnectProviderARNs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -328,21 +333,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -359,8 +364,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the IdentityPool will be created. type: string samlProviderARNs: - description: An array of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SAML - provider for your identity pool. + description: |- + An array of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SAML provider for your identity + pool. items: type: string type: array @@ -378,19 +384,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -403,9 +411,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -415,21 +424,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -439,17 +448,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -459,21 +470,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -488,21 +499,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -513,14 +525,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -568,22 +581,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -596,9 +608,9 @@ spec: description: ClientIDSelector selects references to ClientID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -611,22 +623,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -648,22 +659,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -677,9 +687,9 @@ spec: ProviderName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -692,22 +702,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -735,14 +744,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -752,8 +770,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -765,6 +784,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_groups.yaml b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_groups.yaml index 9c81e344cc..48b8a6bce6 100644 --- a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_groups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_groups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: groups.cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Group is the Schema for the Groups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,21 +77,24 @@ spec: description: A string containing the description of the group. type: string precedence: - description: "A non-negative integer value that specifies the - precedence of this group relative to the other groups that a - user can belong to in the user pool. Zero is the highest precedence - value. Groups with lower Precedence values take precedence over - groups with higher or null Precedence values. If a user belongs - to two or more groups, it is the group with the lowest precedence + description: |- + A non-negative integer value that specifies the precedence of this group + relative to the other groups that a user can belong to in the user pool. + Zero is the highest precedence value. Groups with lower Precedence values + take precedence over groups with higher or null Precedence values. If a user + belongs to two or more groups, it is the group with the lowest precedence value whose role ARN is given in the user's tokens for the cognito:roles - and cognito:preferred_role claims. \n Two groups can have the - same Precedence value. If this happens, neither group takes - precedence over the other. If two groups with the same Precedence - have the same role ARN, that role is used in the cognito:preferred_role - claim in tokens for users in each group. If the two groups have - different role ARNs, the cognito:preferred_role claim isn't - set in users' tokens. \n The default Precedence value is null. - The maximum Precedence value is 2^31-1." + and cognito:preferred_role claims. + + + Two groups can have the same Precedence value. If this happens, neither group + takes precedence over the other. If two groups with the same Precedence have + the same role ARN, that role is used in the cognito:preferred_role claim + in tokens for users in each group. If the two groups have different role + ARNs, the cognito:preferred_role claim isn't set in users' tokens. + + + The default Precedence value is null. The maximum Precedence value is 2^31-1. format: int64 type: integer region: @@ -105,21 +114,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -133,8 +142,9 @@ spec: instance. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -147,21 +157,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -182,21 +192,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -210,8 +220,9 @@ spec: instance. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -224,21 +235,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -251,19 +262,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -276,9 +289,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -288,21 +302,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -312,17 +326,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -332,21 +348,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -361,21 +377,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -386,14 +403,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -415,7 +433,8 @@ spec: description: GroupObservation defines the observed state of Group properties: creationDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) format, when the item was created. format: date-time type: string @@ -423,7 +442,8 @@ spec: description: The name of the group. type: string lastModifiedDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) format, when the item was modified. format: date-time type: string @@ -440,14 +460,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -457,8 +486,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -470,6 +500,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_groupusermemberships.yaml b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_groupusermemberships.yaml index 345415c5b4..fb2d04f05e 100644 --- a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_groupusermemberships.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_groupusermemberships.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: groupusermemberships.cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,34 +37,42 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: An GroupUserMembership is a managed resource that represents - an AWS Cognito User group membership. + description: |- + An GroupUserMembership is a managed resource that represents an AWS Cognito + User group membership. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object spec: - description: An GroupUserMembershipSpec defines the desired state of an + description: |- + An GroupUserMembershipSpec defines the desired state of an GroupUserMembership. properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -74,8 +82,9 @@ spec: of an AWS GroupUserMembership. properties: groupname: - description: Groupname is the Amazon Cognito Group Name (Group) - of the Cognito User-Pool group you want to add User to. + description: |- + Groupname is the Amazon Cognito Group Name (Group) of the Cognito User-Pool group you want to + add User to. type: string groupnameRef: description: GroupnameRef references to an Group to retrieve its @@ -89,21 +98,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -117,8 +126,9 @@ spec: to retrieve its groupName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -131,21 +141,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -156,8 +166,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Group will be created. type: string userPoolId: - description: UserPoolID is the Amazon Cognito Group Name (Group) - of the Cognito User-Pool group you want to add User to. + description: |- + UserPoolID is the Amazon Cognito Group Name (Group) of the Cognito User-Pool group you want to + add User to. type: string userPoolIdRef: description: UserPoolIDRef references to an Group to retrieve @@ -171,21 +182,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -199,8 +210,9 @@ spec: to retrieve its userPoolId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -213,21 +225,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -243,19 +255,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -268,9 +282,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -280,21 +295,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -304,17 +319,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -324,21 +341,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -353,21 +370,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -378,14 +396,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -401,16 +420,18 @@ spec: - forProvider type: object status: - description: An GroupUserMembershipStatus represents the observed state - of an GroupUserMembership. + description: |- + An GroupUserMembershipStatus represents the observed state of an + GroupUserMembership. properties: atProvider: description: GroupUserMembershipObservation keeps the state for the external resource properties: groupname: - description: Groupname is the name of the attached group. If nil, - the group is not yet attached + description: |- + Groupname is the name of the attached group. If nil, the group + is not yet attached type: string type: object conditions: @@ -419,14 +440,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -436,8 +466,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -449,6 +480,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_identityproviders.yaml b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_identityproviders.yaml index aae8720c5e..a3cdfe42ac 100644 --- a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_identityproviders.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_identityproviders.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: identityproviders.cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: IdentityProvider is the Schema for the IdentityProviders API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -80,21 +86,30 @@ spec: type: string type: array providerDetailsSecretRef: - description: "ProviderDetailsSecretRef contins a reference to - a secret containing keys according to ProviderDetails. The following - list describes the provider detail keys for each identity provider - type. \n * For Google and Login with Amazon: client_id client_secret - authorize_scopes \n * For Facebook: client_id client_secret - authorize_scopes api_version \n * For Sign in with Apple: client_id - team_id key_id private_key authorize_scopes \n * For OIDC providers: - client_id client_secret attributes_request_method oidc_issuer - authorize_scopes authorize_url if not available from discovery - URL specified by oidc_issuer key token_url if not available - from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key attributes_url - if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer - key jwks_uri if not available from discovery URL specified by - oidc_issuer key \n * For SAML providers: MetadataFile OR MetadataURL - IDPSignout optional" + description: |- + ProviderDetailsSecretRef contins a reference to a secret containing keys according to ProviderDetails. + The following list describes the provider + detail keys for each identity provider type. + + + * For Google and Login with Amazon: client_id client_secret authorize_scopes + + + * For Facebook: client_id client_secret authorize_scopes api_version + + + * For Sign in with Apple: client_id team_id key_id private_key authorize_scopes + + + * For OIDC providers: client_id client_secret attributes_request_method + oidc_issuer authorize_scopes authorize_url if not available from discovery + URL specified by oidc_issuer key token_url if not available from discovery + URL specified by oidc_issuer key attributes_url if not available from + discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key jwks_uri if not available from + discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key + + + * For SAML providers: MetadataFile OR MetadataURL IDPSignout optional properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -127,21 +142,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -155,8 +170,9 @@ spec: instance. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -169,21 +185,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -197,19 +213,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -222,9 +240,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -234,21 +253,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -258,17 +277,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -278,21 +299,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -307,21 +328,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -332,14 +354,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -362,12 +385,14 @@ spec: of IdentityProvider properties: creationDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) format, when the item was created. format: date-time type: string lastModifiedDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) format, when the item was modified. format: date-time type: string @@ -384,14 +409,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -401,8 +435,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -414,6 +449,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_resourceservers.yaml b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_resourceservers.yaml index 7b064b8472..1a7a75be46 100644 --- a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_resourceservers.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_resourceservers.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: resourceservers.cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: ResourceServer is the Schema for the ResourceServers API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,9 +75,9 @@ spec: ResourceServer properties: identifier: - description: A unique resource server identifier for the resource - server. This could be an HTTPS endpoint where the resource server - is located, such as https://my-weather-api.example.com. + description: |- + A unique resource server identifier for the resource server. This could be + an HTTPS endpoint where the resource server is located, such as https://my-weather-api.example.com. type: string name: description: A friendly name for the resource server. @@ -108,21 +114,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -136,8 +142,9 @@ spec: instance. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -150,21 +157,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -180,19 +187,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -205,9 +214,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -217,21 +227,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -241,17 +251,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -261,21 +273,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -290,21 +302,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -315,14 +328,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -350,14 +364,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -367,8 +390,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -380,6 +404,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpoolclients.yaml b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpoolclients.yaml index de3e7be946..5e0c8e3ec9 100644 --- a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpoolclients.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpoolclients.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: userpoolclients.cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: UserPoolClient is the Schema for the UserPoolClients API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,60 +75,98 @@ spec: UserPoolClient properties: accessTokenValidity: - description: "The access token time limit. After this limit expires, - your user can't use their access token. To specify the time - unit for AccessTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or - days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request. \n + description: |- + The access token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use + their access token. To specify the time unit for AccessTokenValidity as seconds, + minutes, hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request. + + For example, when you set AccessTokenValidity to 10 and TokenValidityUnits - to hours, your user can authorize access with their access token - for 10 hours. \n The default time unit for AccessTokenValidity - in an API request is hours. Valid range is displayed below in - seconds. \n If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration - of your app client, your access tokens are valid for one hour." + to hours, your user can authorize access with their access token for 10 hours. + + + The default time unit for AccessTokenValidity in an API request is hours. + Valid range is displayed below in seconds. + + + If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your + access tokens are valid for one hour. format: int64 type: integer allowedOAuthFlows: - description: "The allowed OAuth flows. \n code \n Use a code grant - flow, which provides an authorization code as the response. - This code can be exchanged for access tokens with the /oauth2/token - endpoint. \n implicit \n Issue the access token (and, optionally, - ID token, based on scopes) directly to your user. \n client_credentials - \n Issue the access token from the /oauth2/token endpoint directly - to a non-person user using a combination of the client ID and - client secret." + description: |- + The allowed OAuth flows. + + + code + + + Use a code grant flow, which provides an authorization code as the response. + This code can be exchanged for access tokens with the /oauth2/token endpoint. + + + implicit + + + Issue the access token (and, optionally, ID token, based on scopes) directly + to your user. + + + client_credentials + + + Issue the access token from the /oauth2/token endpoint directly to a non-person + user using a combination of the client ID and client secret. items: type: string type: array allowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient: - description: "Set to true to use OAuth 2.0 features in your user - pool app client. \n AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient must be - true before you can configure the following features in your - app client. \n * CallBackURLs: Callback URLs. \n * LogoutURLs: - Sign-out redirect URLs. \n * AllowedOAuthScopes: OAuth 2.0 scopes. - \n * AllowedOAuthFlows: Support for authorization code, implicit, - and client credentials OAuth 2.0 grants. \n To use OAuth 2.0 - features, configure one of these features in the Amazon Cognito - console or set AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient to true in a - CreateUserPoolClient or UpdateUserPoolClient API request. If - you don't set a value for AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient in - a request with the CLI or SDKs, it defaults to false." + description: |- + Set to true to use OAuth 2.0 features in your user pool app client. + + + AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient must be true before you can configure the + following features in your app client. + + + * CallBackURLs: Callback URLs. + + + * LogoutURLs: Sign-out redirect URLs. + + + * AllowedOAuthScopes: OAuth 2.0 scopes. + + + * AllowedOAuthFlows: Support for authorization code, implicit, and client + credentials OAuth 2.0 grants. + + + To use OAuth 2.0 features, configure one of these features in the Amazon + Cognito console or set AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient to true in a CreateUserPoolClient + or UpdateUserPoolClient API request. If you don't set a value for AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient + in a request with the CLI or SDKs, it defaults to false. type: boolean allowedOAuthScopes: - description: The allowed OAuth scopes. Possible values provided - by OAuth are phone, email, openid, and profile. Possible values - provided by Amazon Web Services are aws.cognito.signin.user.admin. - Custom scopes created in Resource Servers are also supported. + description: |- + The allowed OAuth scopes. Possible values provided by OAuth are phone, email, + openid, and profile. Possible values provided by Amazon Web Services are + aws.cognito.signin.user.admin. Custom scopes created in Resource Servers + are also supported. items: type: string type: array analyticsConfiguration: - description: "The user pool analytics configuration for collecting - metrics and sending them to your Amazon Pinpoint campaign. \n - In Amazon Web Services Regions where Amazon Pinpoint isn't available, - user pools only support sending events to Amazon Pinpoint projects - in Amazon Web Services Region us-east-1. In Regions where Amazon - Pinpoint is available, user pools support sending events to - Amazon Pinpoint projects within that same Region." + description: |- + The user pool analytics configuration for collecting metrics and sending + them to your Amazon Pinpoint campaign. + + + In Amazon Web Services Regions where Amazon Pinpoint isn't available, user + pools only support sending events to Amazon Pinpoint projects in Amazon Web + Services Region us-east-1. In Regions where Amazon Pinpoint is available, + user pools support sending events to Amazon Pinpoint projects within that + same Region. properties: applicationARN: type: string @@ -136,22 +180,38 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object authSessionValidity: - description: Amazon Cognito creates a session token for each API - request in an authentication flow. AuthSessionValidity is the - duration, in minutes, of that session token. Your user pool - native user must respond to each authentication challenge before - the session expires. + description: |- + Amazon Cognito creates a session token for each API request in an authentication + flow. AuthSessionValidity is the duration, in minutes, of that session token. + Your user pool native user must respond to each authentication challenge + before the session expires. format: int64 type: integer callbackURLs: - description: "A list of allowed redirect (callback) URLs for the - IdPs. \n A redirect URI must: \n * Be an absolute URI. \n * - Be registered with the authorization server. \n * Not include - a fragment component. \n See OAuth 2.0 - Redirection Endpoint - (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-3.1.2). \n Amazon - Cognito requires HTTPS over HTTP except for http://localhost - for testing purposes only. \n App callback URLs such as myapp://example - are also supported." + description: |- + A list of allowed redirect (callback) URLs for the IdPs. + + + A redirect URI must: + + + * Be an absolute URI. + + + * Be registered with the authorization server. + + + * Not include a fragment component. + + + See OAuth 2.0 - Redirection Endpoint (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-3.1.2). + + + Amazon Cognito requires HTTPS over HTTP except for http://localhost for testing + purposes only. + + + App callback URLs such as myapp://example are also supported. items: type: string type: array @@ -160,73 +220,117 @@ spec: like to create. type: string defaultRedirectURI: - description: "The default redirect URI. Must be in the CallbackURLs - list. \n A redirect URI must: \n * Be an absolute URI. \n * - Be registered with the authorization server. \n * Not include - a fragment component. \n See OAuth 2.0 - Redirection Endpoint - (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-3.1.2). \n Amazon - Cognito requires HTTPS over HTTP except for http://localhost - for testing purposes only. \n App callback URLs such as myapp://example - are also supported." + description: |- + The default redirect URI. Must be in the CallbackURLs list. + + + A redirect URI must: + + + * Be an absolute URI. + + + * Be registered with the authorization server. + + + * Not include a fragment component. + + + See OAuth 2.0 - Redirection Endpoint (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-3.1.2). + + + Amazon Cognito requires HTTPS over HTTP except for http://localhost for testing + purposes only. + + + App callback URLs such as myapp://example are also supported. type: string enablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData: - description: Activates the propagation of additional user context - data. For more information about propagation of user context - data, see Adding advanced security to a user pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pool-settings-advanced-security.html). + description: |- + Activates the propagation of additional user context data. For more information + about propagation of user context data, see Adding advanced security to a + user pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pool-settings-advanced-security.html). If you don’t include this parameter, you can't send device fingerprint - information, including source IP address, to Amazon Cognito - advanced security. You can only activate EnablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData - in an app client that has a client secret. + information, including source IP address, to Amazon Cognito advanced security. + You can only activate EnablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData in an app + client that has a client secret. type: boolean enableTokenRevocation: - description: "Activates or deactivates token revocation. For more - information about revoking tokens, see RevokeToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito-user-identity-pools/latest/APIReference/API_RevokeToken.html). - \n If you don't include this parameter, token revocation is - automatically activated for the new user pool client." + description: |- + Activates or deactivates token revocation. For more information about revoking + tokens, see RevokeToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito-user-identity-pools/latest/APIReference/API_RevokeToken.html). + + + If you don't include this parameter, token revocation is automatically activated + for the new user pool client. type: boolean explicitAuthFlows: - description: "The authentication flows that you want your user - pool client to support. For each app client in your user pool, - you can sign in your users with any combination of one or more - flows, including with a user name and Secure Remote Password - (SRP), a user name and password, or a custom authentication - process that you define with Lambda functions. \n If you don't - specify a value for ExplicitAuthFlows, your user client supports + description: |- + The authentication flows that you want your user pool client to support. + For each app client in your user pool, you can sign in your users with any + combination of one or more flows, including with a user name and Secure Remote + Password (SRP), a user name and password, or a custom authentication process + that you define with Lambda functions. + + + If you don't specify a value for ExplicitAuthFlows, your user client supports ALLOW_REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH, ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH, and ALLOW_CUSTOM_AUTH. - \n Valid values include: \n * ALLOW_ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: - Enable admin based user password authentication flow ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH. - This setting replaces the ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH setting. With this - authentication flow, your app passes a user name and password - to Amazon Cognito in the request, instead of using the Secure - Remote Password (SRP) protocol to securely transmit the password. - \n * ALLOW_CUSTOM_AUTH: Enable Lambda trigger based authentication. - \n * ALLOW_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Enable user password-based authentication. - In this flow, Amazon Cognito receives the password in the request - instead of using the SRP protocol to verify passwords. \n * - ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH: Enable SRP-based authentication. \n * ALLOW_REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH: - Enable authflow to refresh tokens. \n In some environments, - you will see the values ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH, CUSTOM_AUTH_FLOW_ONLY, - or USER_PASSWORD_AUTH. You can't assign these legacy ExplicitAuthFlows - values to user pool clients at the same time as values that - begin with ALLOW_, like ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH." + + + Valid values include: + + + * ALLOW_ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Enable admin based user password authentication + flow ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH. This setting replaces the ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH + setting. With this authentication flow, your app passes a user name and + password to Amazon Cognito in the request, instead of using the Secure + Remote Password (SRP) protocol to securely transmit the password. + + + * ALLOW_CUSTOM_AUTH: Enable Lambda trigger based authentication. + + + * ALLOW_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Enable user password-based authentication. + In this flow, Amazon Cognito receives the password in the request instead + of using the SRP protocol to verify passwords. + + + * ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH: Enable SRP-based authentication. + + + * ALLOW_REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH: Enable authflow to refresh tokens. + + + In some environments, you will see the values ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH, CUSTOM_AUTH_FLOW_ONLY, + or USER_PASSWORD_AUTH. You can't assign these legacy ExplicitAuthFlows values + to user pool clients at the same time as values that begin with ALLOW_, like + ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH. items: type: string type: array generateSecret: - description: Boolean to specify whether you want to generate a - secret for the user pool client being created. + description: |- + Boolean to specify whether you want to generate a secret for the user pool + client being created. type: boolean idTokenValidity: - description: "The ID token time limit. After this limit expires, - your user can't use their ID token. To specify the time unit - for IdTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or days, set - a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request. \n For example, - when you set IdTokenValidity as 10 and TokenValidityUnits as - hours, your user can authenticate their session with their ID - token for 10 hours. \n The default time unit for IdTokenValidity - in an API request is hours. Valid range is displayed below in - seconds. \n If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration - of your app client, your ID tokens are valid for one hour." + description: |- + The ID token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use their + ID token. To specify the time unit for IdTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, + hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request. + + + For example, when you set IdTokenValidity as 10 and TokenValidityUnits as + hours, your user can authenticate their session with their ID token for 10 + hours. + + + The default time unit for IdTokenValidity in an API request is hours. Valid + range is displayed below in seconds. + + + If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your + ID tokens are valid for one hour. format: int64 type: integer logoutURLs: @@ -235,18 +339,25 @@ spec: type: string type: array preventUserExistenceErrors: - description: "Errors and responses that you want Amazon Cognito - APIs to return during authentication, account confirmation, - and password recovery when the user doesn't exist in the user - pool. When set to ENABLED and the user doesn't exist, authentication - returns an error indicating either the username or password - was incorrect. Account confirmation and password recovery return - a response indicating a code was sent to a simulated destination. - When set to LEGACY, those APIs return a UserNotFoundException - exception if the user doesn't exist in the user pool. \n Valid - values include: \n * ENABLED - This prevents user existence-related - errors. \n * LEGACY - This represents the early behavior of - Amazon Cognito where user existence related errors aren't prevented." + description: |- + Errors and responses that you want Amazon Cognito APIs to return during authentication, + account confirmation, and password recovery when the user doesn't exist in + the user pool. When set to ENABLED and the user doesn't exist, authentication + returns an error indicating either the username or password was incorrect. + Account confirmation and password recovery return a response indicating a + code was sent to a simulated destination. When set to LEGACY, those APIs + return a UserNotFoundException exception if the user doesn't exist in the + user pool. + + + Valid values include: + + + * ENABLED - This prevents user existence-related errors. + + + * LEGACY - This represents the early behavior of Amazon Cognito where + user existence related errors aren't prevented. type: string readAttributes: description: The read attributes. @@ -254,19 +365,26 @@ spec: type: string type: array refreshTokenValidity: - description: "The refresh token time limit. After this limit expires, - your user can't use their refresh token. To specify the time - unit for RefreshTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or - days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request. \n + description: |- + The refresh token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use + their refresh token. To specify the time unit for RefreshTokenValidity as + seconds, minutes, hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your + API request. + + For example, when you set RefreshTokenValidity as 10 and TokenValidityUnits - as days, your user can refresh their session and retrieve new - access and ID tokens for 10 days. \n The default time unit for - RefreshTokenValidity in an API request is days. You can't set - RefreshTokenValidity to 0. If you do, Amazon Cognito overrides - the value with the default value of 30 days. Valid range is - displayed below in seconds. \n If you don't specify otherwise - in the configuration of your app client, your refresh tokens - are valid for 30 days." + as days, your user can refresh their session and retrieve new access and + ID tokens for 10 days. + + + The default time unit for RefreshTokenValidity in an API request is days. + You can't set RefreshTokenValidity to 0. If you do, Amazon Cognito overrides + the value with the default value of 30 days. Valid range is displayed below + in seconds. + + + If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your + refresh tokens are valid for 30 days. format: int64 type: integer region: @@ -274,18 +392,18 @@ spec: created. type: string supportedIdentityProviders: - description: 'A list of provider names for the identity providers - (IdPs) that are supported on this client. The following are - supported: COGNITO, Facebook, Google, SignInWithApple, and LoginWithAmazon. - You can also specify the names that you configured for the SAML - and OIDC IdPs in your user pool, for example MySAMLIdP or MyOIDCIdP.' + description: |- + A list of provider names for the identity providers (IdPs) that are supported + on this client. The following are supported: COGNITO, Facebook, Google, SignInWithApple, + and LoginWithAmazon. You can also specify the names that you configured for + the SAML and OIDC IdPs in your user pool, for example MySAMLIdP or MyOIDCIdP. items: type: string type: array tokenValidityUnits: - description: The units in which the validity times are represented. - The default unit for RefreshToken is days, and default for ID - and access tokens are hours. + description: |- + The units in which the validity times are represented. The default unit for + RefreshToken is days, and default for ID and access tokens are hours. properties: accessToken: type: string @@ -308,21 +426,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -336,8 +454,9 @@ spec: instance. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -350,21 +469,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -372,15 +491,17 @@ spec: type: object type: object writeAttributes: - description: "The user pool attributes that the app client can - write to. \n If your app client allows users to sign in through - an IdP, this array must include all attributes that you have - mapped to IdP attributes. Amazon Cognito updates mapped attributes - when users sign in to your application through an IdP. If your - app client does not have write access to a mapped attribute, - Amazon Cognito throws an error when it tries to update the attribute. - For more information, see Specifying IdP Attribute Mappings - for Your user pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pools-specifying-attribute-mapping.html)." + description: |- + The user pool attributes that the app client can write to. + + + If your app client allows users to sign in through an IdP, this array must + include all attributes that you have mapped to IdP attributes. Amazon Cognito + updates mapped attributes when users sign in to your application through + an IdP. If your app client does not have write access to a mapped attribute, + Amazon Cognito throws an error when it tries to update the attribute. For + more information, see Specifying IdP Attribute Mappings for Your user pool + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pools-specifying-attribute-mapping.html). items: type: string type: array @@ -391,19 +512,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -416,9 +539,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -428,21 +552,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -452,17 +576,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -472,21 +598,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -501,21 +627,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -526,14 +653,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -563,12 +691,14 @@ spec: client type. type: string creationDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) format, when the item was created. format: date-time type: string lastModifiedDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) format, when the item was modified. format: date-time type: string @@ -582,14 +712,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -599,8 +738,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -612,6 +752,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpooldomains.yaml b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpooldomains.yaml index cbebcc45a2..8245acee15 100644 --- a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpooldomains.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpooldomains.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: userpooldomains.cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: UserPoolDomain is the Schema for the UserPoolDomains API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,13 +75,18 @@ spec: UserPoolDomain properties: customDomainConfig: - description: "The configuration for a custom domain that hosts - the sign-up and sign-in webpages for your application. \n Provide - this parameter only if you want to use a custom domain for your - user pool. Otherwise, you can exclude this parameter and use - the Amazon Cognito hosted domain instead. \n For more information - about the hosted domain and custom domains, see Configuring - a User Pool Domain (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pools-assign-domain.html)." + description: |- + The configuration for a custom domain that hosts the sign-up and sign-in + webpages for your application. + + + Provide this parameter only if you want to use a custom domain for your user + pool. Otherwise, you can exclude this parameter and use the Amazon Cognito + hosted domain instead. + + + For more information about the hosted domain and custom domains, see Configuring + a User Pool Domain (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pools-assign-domain.html). properties: certificateARN: type: string @@ -98,21 +109,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -126,8 +137,9 @@ spec: instance. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -140,21 +152,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -167,19 +179,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -192,9 +206,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -204,21 +219,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -228,17 +243,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -248,21 +265,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -277,21 +294,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -302,14 +320,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -332,9 +351,9 @@ spec: of UserPoolDomain properties: cloudFrontDomain: - description: The Amazon CloudFront endpoint that you use as the - target of the alias that you set up with your Domain Name Service - (DNS) provider. + description: |- + The Amazon CloudFront endpoint that you use as the target of the alias that + you set up with your Domain Name Service (DNS) provider. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -343,14 +362,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -360,8 +388,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -373,6 +402,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpools.yaml b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpools.yaml index 799a26d3a1..ff1ccde8c6 100644 --- a/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpools.yaml +++ b/package/crds/cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io_userpools.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: userpools.cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: cognitoidentityprovider.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: UserPool is the Schema for the UserPools API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,15 +74,14 @@ spec: description: UserPoolParameters defines the desired state of UserPool properties: accountRecoverySetting: - description: The available verified method a user can use to recover - their password when they call ForgotPassword. You can use this - setting to define a preferred method when a user has more than - one method available. With this setting, SMS doesn't qualify - for a valid password recovery mechanism if the user also has - SMS multi-factor authentication (MFA) activated. In the absence - of this setting, Amazon Cognito uses the legacy behavior to - determine the recovery method where SMS is preferred through - email. + description: |- + The available verified method a user can use to recover their password when + they call ForgotPassword. You can use this setting to define a preferred + method when a user has more than one method available. With this setting, + SMS doesn't qualify for a valid password recovery mechanism if the user also + has SMS multi-factor authentication (MFA) activated. In the absence of this + setting, Amazon Cognito uses the legacy behavior to determine the recovery + method where SMS is preferred through email. properties: recoveryMechanisms: items: @@ -106,8 +111,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object aliasAttributes: - description: 'Attributes supported as an alias for this user pool. - Possible values: phone_number, email, or preferred_username.' + description: |- + Attributes supported as an alias for this user pool. Possible values: phone_number, + email, or preferred_username. items: type: string type: array @@ -118,21 +124,25 @@ spec: type: string type: array deletionProtection: - description: "When active, DeletionProtection prevents accidental - deletion of your user pool. Before you can delete a user pool - that you have protected against deletion, you must deactivate - this feature. \n When you try to delete a protected user pool - in a DeleteUserPool API request, Amazon Cognito returns an InvalidParameterException - error. To delete a protected user pool, send a new DeleteUserPool - request after you deactivate deletion protection in an UpdateUserPool - API request." + description: |- + When active, DeletionProtection prevents accidental deletion of your user + pool. Before you can delete a user pool that you have protected against deletion, + you must deactivate this feature. + + + When you try to delete a protected user pool in a DeleteUserPool API request, + Amazon Cognito returns an InvalidParameterException error. To delete a protected + user pool, send a new DeleteUserPool request after you deactivate deletion + protection in an UpdateUserPool API request. type: string deviceConfiguration: - description: "The device-remembering configuration for a user - pool. A null value indicates that you have deactivated device - remembering in your user pool. \n When you provide a value for - any DeviceConfiguration field, you activate the Amazon Cognito - device-remembering feature." + description: |- + The device-remembering configuration for a user pool. A null value indicates + that you have deactivated device remembering in your user pool. + + + When you provide a value for any DeviceConfiguration field, you activate + the Amazon Cognito device-remembering feature. properties: challengeRequiredOnNewDevice: type: boolean @@ -140,10 +150,10 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object emailConfiguration: - description: The email configuration of your user pool. The email - configuration type sets your preferred sending method, Amazon - Web Services Region, and sender for messages from your user - pool. + description: |- + The email configuration of your user pool. The email configuration type sets + your preferred sending method, Amazon Web Services Region, and sender for + messages from your user pool. properties: configurationSet: type: string @@ -165,14 +175,20 @@ spec: (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito-user-identity-pools/latest/APIReference/API_VerificationMessageTemplateType.html). type: string lambdaConfig: - description: "The Lambda trigger configuration information for - the new user pool. \n In a push model, event sources (such as - Amazon S3 and custom applications) need permission to invoke - a function. So you must make an extra call to add permission - for these event sources to invoke your Lambda function. \n For - more information on using the Lambda API to add permission, - see AddPermission (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/API_AddPermission.html). - \n For adding permission using the CLI, see add-permission (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/lambda/add-permission.html)." + description: |- + The Lambda trigger configuration information for the new user pool. + + + In a push model, event sources (such as Amazon S3 and custom applications) + need permission to invoke a function. So you must make an extra call to add + permission for these event sources to invoke your Lambda function. + + + For more information on using the Lambda API to add permission, see AddPermission + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/API_AddPermission.html). + + + For adding permission using the CLI, see add-permission (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/lambda/add-permission.html). properties: createAuthChallenge: type: string @@ -245,8 +261,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the UserPool will be created. type: string schema: - description: An array of schema attributes for the new user pool. - These attributes can be standard or custom attributes. + description: |- + An array of schema attributes for the new user pool. These attributes can + be standard or custom attributes. items: properties: attributeDataType: @@ -258,8 +275,9 @@ spec: name: type: string numberAttributeConstraints: - description: The minimum and maximum values of an attribute - that is of the number data type. + description: |- + The minimum and maximum values of an attribute that is of the number data + type. properties: maxValue: type: string @@ -282,13 +300,13 @@ spec: description: A string representing the SMS authentication message. type: string smsConfiguration: - description: The SMS configuration with the settings that your - Amazon Cognito user pool must use to send an SMS message from - your Amazon Web Services account through Amazon Simple Notification - Service. To send SMS messages with Amazon SNS in the Amazon - Web Services Region that you want, the Amazon Cognito user pool - uses an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role in your Amazon - Web Services account. + description: |- + The SMS configuration with the settings that your Amazon Cognito user pool + must use to send an SMS message from your Amazon Web Services account through + Amazon Simple Notification Service. To send SMS messages with Amazon SNS + in the Amazon Web Services Region that you want, the Amazon Cognito user + pool uses an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role in your Amazon Web + Services account. properties: externalID: type: string @@ -308,11 +326,11 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object userAttributeUpdateSettings: - description: The settings for updates to user attributes. These - settings include the property AttributesRequireVerificationBeforeUpdate, - a user-pool setting that tells Amazon Cognito how to handle - changes to the value of your users' email address and phone - number attributes. For more information, see Verifying updates + description: |- + The settings for updates to user attributes. These settings include the property + AttributesRequireVerificationBeforeUpdate, a user-pool setting that tells + Amazon Cognito how to handle changes to the value of your users' email address + and phone number attributes. For more information, see Verifying updates to email addresses and phone numbers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/user-pool-settings-email-phone-verification.html#user-pool-settings-verifications-verify-attribute-updates). properties: attributesRequireVerificationBeforeUpdate: @@ -321,12 +339,14 @@ spec: type: array type: object userPoolAddOns: - description: "User pool add-ons. Contains settings for activation - of advanced security features. To log user security information - but take no action, set to AUDIT. To configure automatic security - responses to risky traffic to your user pool, set to ENFORCED. - \n For more information, see Adding advanced security to a user - pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pool-settings-advanced-security.html)." + description: |- + User pool add-ons. Contains settings for activation of advanced security + features. To log user security information but take no action, set to AUDIT. + To configure automatic security responses to risky traffic to your user pool, + set to ENFORCED. + + + For more information, see Adding advanced security to a user pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pool-settings-advanced-security.html). properties: advancedSecurityMode: type: string @@ -334,38 +354,40 @@ spec: userPoolTags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The tag keys and values to assign to the user pool. - A tag is a label that you can use to categorize and manage user - pools in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, environment, - or other criteria. + description: |- + The tag keys and values to assign to the user pool. A tag is a label that + you can use to categorize and manage user pools in different ways, such as + by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria. type: object usernameAttributes: - description: Specifies whether a user can use an email address - or phone number as a username when they sign up. + description: |- + Specifies whether a user can use an email address or phone number as a username + when they sign up. items: type: string type: array usernameConfiguration: - description: "Case sensitivity on the username input for the selected - sign-in option. When case sensitivity is set to False (case - insensitive), users can sign in with any combination of capital - and lowercase letters. For example, username, USERNAME, or UserName, - or for email, email@example.com or EMaiL@eXamplE.Com. For most - use cases, set case sensitivity to False (case insensitive) - as a best practice. When usernames and email addresses are case - insensitive, Amazon Cognito treats any variation in case as - the same user, and prevents a case variation from being assigned - to the same attribute for a different user. \n This configuration - is immutable after you set it. For more information, see UsernameConfigurationType - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito-user-identity-pools/latest/APIReference/API_UsernameConfigurationType.html)." + description: |- + Case sensitivity on the username input for the selected sign-in option. When + case sensitivity is set to False (case insensitive), users can sign in with + any combination of capital and lowercase letters. For example, username, + USERNAME, or UserName, or for email, email@example.com or EMaiL@eXamplE.Com. + For most use cases, set case sensitivity to False (case insensitive) as a + best practice. When usernames and email addresses are case insensitive, Amazon + Cognito treats any variation in case as the same user, and prevents a case + variation from being assigned to the same attribute for a different user. + + + This configuration is immutable after you set it. For more information, see + UsernameConfigurationType (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito-user-identity-pools/latest/APIReference/API_UsernameConfigurationType.html). properties: caseSensitive: type: boolean type: object verificationMessageTemplate: - description: The template for the verification message that the - user sees when the app requests permission to access the user's - information. + description: |- + The template for the verification message that the user sees when the app + requests permission to access the user's information. properties: defaultEmailOption: type: string @@ -387,19 +409,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -412,9 +436,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -424,21 +449,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -448,17 +473,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -468,21 +495,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -497,21 +524,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -522,14 +550,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -554,26 +583,29 @@ spec: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the user pool. type: string creationDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) format, when the item was created. format: date-time type: string customDomain: - description: "A custom domain name that you provide to Amazon - Cognito. This parameter applies only if you use a custom domain - to host the sign-up and sign-in pages for your application. - An example of a custom domain name might be auth.example.com. - \n For more information about adding a custom domain to your - user pool, see Using Your Own Domain for the Hosted UI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pools-add-custom-domain.html)." + description: |- + A custom domain name that you provide to Amazon Cognito. This parameter applies + only if you use a custom domain to host the sign-up and sign-in pages for + your application. An example of a custom domain name might be auth.example.com. + + + For more information about adding a custom domain to your user pool, see + Using Your Own Domain for the Hosted UI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-user-pools-add-custom-domain.html). type: string domain: description: The domain prefix, if the user pool has a domain associated with it. type: string emailConfigurationFailure: - description: Deprecated. Review error codes from API requests - with EventSource:cognito-idp.amazonaws.com in CloudTrail for - information about problems with user pool email configuration. + description: |- + Deprecated. Review error codes from API requests with EventSource:cognito-idp.amazonaws.com + in CloudTrail for information about problems with user pool email configuration. type: string estimatedNumberOfUsers: description: A number estimating the size of the user pool. @@ -583,7 +615,8 @@ spec: description: The ID of the user pool. type: string lastModifiedDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) format, when the item was modified. format: date-time type: string @@ -591,15 +624,17 @@ spec: description: The name of the user pool. type: string schemaAttributes: - description: "A list of the user attributes and their properties - in your user pool. The attribute schema contains standard attributes, - custom attributes with a custom: prefix, and developer attributes - with a dev: prefix. For more information, see User pool attributes - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/user-pool-settings-attributes.html). - \n Developer-only attributes are a legacy feature of user pools, - are read-only to all app clients. You can create and update - developer-only attributes only with IAM-authenticated API operations. - Use app client read/write permissions instead." + description: |- + A list of the user attributes and their properties in your user pool. The + attribute schema contains standard attributes, custom attributes with a custom: + prefix, and developer attributes with a dev: prefix. For more information, + see User pool attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/user-pool-settings-attributes.html). + + + Developer-only attributes are a legacy feature of user pools, are read-only + to all app clients. You can create and update developer-only attributes only + with IAM-authenticated API operations. Use app client read/write permissions + instead. items: properties: attributeDataType: @@ -611,8 +646,9 @@ spec: name: type: string numberAttributeConstraints: - description: The minimum and maximum values of an attribute - that is of the number data type. + description: |- + The minimum and maximum values of an attribute that is of the number data + type. properties: maxValue: type: string @@ -632,19 +668,30 @@ spec: type: object type: array smsConfigurationFailure: - description: "The reason why the SMS configuration can't send - the messages to your users. \n This message might include comma-separated - values to describe why your SMS configuration can't send messages - to user pool end users. \n InvalidSmsRoleAccessPolicyException - \n The Identity and Access Management role that Amazon Cognito - uses to send SMS messages isn't properly configured. For more - information, see SmsConfigurationType (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito-user-identity-pools/latest/APIReference/API_SmsConfigurationType.html). - \n SNSSandbox \n The Amazon Web Services account is in the SNS - SMS Sandbox and messages will only reach verified end users. - This parameter won’t get populated with SNSSandbox if the user - creating the user pool doesn’t have SNS permissions. To learn - how to move your Amazon Web Services account out of the sandbox, - see Moving out of the SMS sandbox (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-sms-sandbox-moving-to-production.html)." + description: |- + The reason why the SMS configuration can't send the messages to your users. + + + This message might include comma-separated values to describe why your SMS + configuration can't send messages to user pool end users. + + + InvalidSmsRoleAccessPolicyException + + + The Identity and Access Management role that Amazon Cognito uses to send + SMS messages isn't properly configured. For more information, see SmsConfigurationType + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito-user-identity-pools/latest/APIReference/API_SmsConfigurationType.html). + + + SNSSandbox + + + The Amazon Web Services account is in the SNS SMS Sandbox and messages will + only reach verified end users. This parameter won’t get populated with + SNSSandbox if the user creating the user pool doesn’t have SNS permissions. + To learn how to move your Amazon Web Services account out of the sandbox, + see Moving out of the SMS sandbox (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-sms-sandbox-moving-to-production.html). type: string status: description: The status of a user pool. @@ -656,14 +703,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -673,8 +729,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -686,6 +743,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/database.aws.crossplane.io_dbsubnetgroups.yaml b/package/crds/database.aws.crossplane.io_dbsubnetgroups.yaml index b9296fc9fc..3f3135951e 100644 --- a/package/crds/database.aws.crossplane.io_dbsubnetgroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/database.aws.crossplane.io_dbsubnetgroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbsubnetgroups.database.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: database.aws.crossplane.io @@ -31,18 +31,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A DBSubnetGroup is a managed resource that represents an AWS - VPC Database Subnet Group. + description: |- + A DBSubnetGroup is a managed resource that represents an AWS VPC Database + Subnet Group. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -51,20 +57,22 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: DBSubnetGroupParameters define the desired state of an - AWS VPC Database Subnet Group. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroupParameters define the desired state of an AWS VPC Database + Subnet Group. properties: description: description: The description for the DB subnet group. @@ -87,21 +95,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -116,8 +124,9 @@ spec: each retrieve the subnetID from the referenced Subnet properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -130,21 +139,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -157,28 +166,27 @@ spec: type: string type: array tags: - description: A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging - Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) + description: |- + A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. items: - description: Tag is a metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource - consisting of a key-value pair. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Tag + description: |- + Tag is a metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Tag properties: key: - description: 'A key is the required name of the tag. The - string value can be from 1 to 128 Unicode characters in - length and can''t be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The - string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, - digits, white-space, ''_'', ''.'', ''/'', ''='', ''+'', - ''-'' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").' + description: |- + A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to + 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". + The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, + '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). type: string value: - description: 'A value is the optional value of the tag. - The string value can be from 1 to 256 Unicode characters - in length and can''t be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". - The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, - digits, white-space, ''_'', ''.'', ''/'', ''='', ''+'', - ''-'' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").' + description: |- + A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 + to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or + "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, + white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). type: string type: object type: array @@ -188,19 +196,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -213,9 +223,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -225,21 +236,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -249,17 +260,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -269,21 +282,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -298,21 +311,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -323,14 +337,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -385,14 +400,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -402,8 +426,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -415,6 +440,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/database.aws.crossplane.io_rdsinstances.yaml b/package/crds/database.aws.crossplane.io_rdsinstances.yaml index 0400349722..2badfdd943 100644 --- a/package/crds/database.aws.crossplane.io_rdsinstances.yaml +++ b/package/crds/database.aws.crossplane.io_rdsinstances.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: rdsinstances.database.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: database.aws.crossplane.io @@ -40,18 +40,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: An RDSInstance is a managed resource that represents an AWS Relational + description: |- + An RDSInstance is a managed resource that represents an AWS Relational Database Service instance. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -60,121 +66,136 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: RDSInstanceParameters define the desired state of an - AWS Relational Database Service instance. + description: |- + RDSInstanceParameters define the desired state of an AWS Relational Database + Service instance. properties: allocatedStorage: - description: 'AllocatedStorage is the amount of storage (in gibibytes) - to allocate for the DB instance. Type: Integer Amazon Aurora - Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as - the amount of data in your database increases, though you are - only charged for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster - volume. MySQL Constraints to the amount of storage for each - storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage - (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS - storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic - storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. MariaDB - Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are - the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be - an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): - Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): - Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. PostgreSQL Constraints to - the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: - * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from - 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer - from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an - integer from 5 to 3072. Oracle Constraints to the amount of - storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose - (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * - Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 - to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer - from 10 to 3072. SQL Server Constraints to the amount of storage - for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) - storage (gp2): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an - integer from 200 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be - an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): - Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 - to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from - 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Enterprise and - Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024. Web - and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024.' + description: |- + AllocatedStorage is the amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. + Type: Integer + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of + data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space + that you use in an Aurora cluster volume. + MySQL + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. + * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. + MariaDB + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. + * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. + PostgreSQL + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. + * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. + Oracle + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. + * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. + SQL Server + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): + Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. + Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): + Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. + Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. + * Magnetic storage (standard): + Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024. + Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024. type: integer allowMajorVersionUpgrade: - description: 'AllowMajorVersionUpgrade indicates that major version - upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter doesn''t result - in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon - as possible. Constraints: This parameter must be set to true - when specifying a value for the EngineVersion parameter that - is a different major version than the DB instance''s current - version.' + description: |- + AllowMajorVersionUpgrade indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter + doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon + as possible. + Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for + the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB + instance's current version. type: boolean applyModificationsImmediately: - description: 'ApplyModificationsImmediately specifies whether - the modifications in this request and any pending modifications - are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of - the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB instance. - If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance - are applied during the next maintenance window. Some parameter - changes can cause an outage and are applied on the next call - to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure reboot. Review the - table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using the - Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. to see the impact that setting - ApplyImmediately to true or false has for each modified parameter - and to determine when the changes are applied. Default: false' + description: |- + ApplyModificationsImmediately specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications + are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow + setting for the DB instance. + If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied + during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage + and are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure + reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using + the Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. to see the impact that setting ApplyImmediately + to true or false has for each modified parameter and to determine when the + changes are applied. + Default: false type: boolean autoMinorVersionUpgrade: - description: 'AutoMinorVersionUpgrade indicates that minor engine - upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during - the maintenance window. Default: true' + description: |- + AutoMinorVersionUpgrade indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB + instance during the maintenance window. + Default: true type: boolean availabilityZone: - description: 'AvailabilityZone is the EC2 Availability Zone that - the DB instance is created in. For information on AWS Regions - and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). - Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint''s - AWS Region. Example: us-east-1d Constraint: The AvailabilityZone - parameter is ignored if the MultiAZ is set to true. The specified - Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current - endpoint.' + description: |- + AvailabilityZone is the EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information + on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones + (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). + Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS + Region. + Example: us-east-1d + Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter is ignored if the MultiAZ + is set to true. + The specified Availability Zone must be in the + same AWS Region as the current endpoint. type: string backupRetentionPeriod: - description: 'BackupRetentionPeriod is the number of days for - which automated backups are retained. Setting this parameter - to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter - to 0 disables automated backups. Amazon Aurora Not applicable. - The retention period for automated backups is managed by the - DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. Default: - 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 0 to 35 * Cannot be set - to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas' + description: |- + BackupRetentionPeriod is the number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this + parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to + 0 disables automated backups. + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by + the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. + Default: 1 + Constraints: + * Must be a value from 0 to 35 + * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas type: integer caCertificateIdentifier: description: CACertificateIdentifier indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. type: string characterSetName: - description: CharacterSetName indicates that the DB instance should - be associated with the specified CharacterSet for supported - engines, Amazon Aurora Not applicable. The character set is - managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. + description: |- + CharacterSetName indicates that the DB instance should be associated + with the specified CharacterSet for supported engines, + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more + information, see CreateDBCluster. type: string cloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration: - description: 'Deprecated: This field will be removed. Use `enableCloudwatchLogsExports` - instead. CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration is the configuration - setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch - Logs for a specific DB instance.' + description: |- + Deprecated: This field will be removed. Use `enableCloudwatchLogsExports` instead. + CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration is the configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch + Logs for a specific DB instance. properties: disableLogTypes: description: DisableLogTypes is the list of log types to disable. @@ -188,75 +209,93 @@ spec: type: array type: object copyTagsToSnapshot: - description: CopyTagsToSnapshot should be true to copy all tags - from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise - false. The default is false. + description: |- + CopyTagsToSnapshot should be true to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, + and otherwise false. The default is false. type: boolean dbClusterIdentifier: - description: 'DBClusterIdentifier is the identifier of the DB - cluster that the instance will belong to. For information on - creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster. Type: String' + description: |- + DBClusterIdentifier is the identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. + For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster. + Type: String type: string dbInstanceClass: - description: DBInstanceClass is the compute and memory capacity - of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. Not all DB instance - classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database - engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability + description: |- + DBInstanceClass is the compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. + Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all + database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. type: string dbName: - description: 'DBName is the meaning of this parameter differs - according to the database engine you use. Type: String MySQL - The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. - If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in - the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 64 letters - or numbers. * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database - engine MariaDB The name of the database to create when the DB - instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, no - database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must - contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. * Cannot be a word reserved - by the specified database engine PostgreSQL The name of the - database to create when the DB instance is created. If this - parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database - is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 - to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. * Must begin with a - letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can be letters, - underscores, or digits (0-9). * Cannot be a word reserved by - the specified database engine Oracle The Oracle System ID (SID) - of the created DB instance. If you specify null, the default - value ORCL is used. You can''t specify the string NULL, or any - other reserved word, for DBName. Default: ORCL Constraints: - * Cannot be longer than 8 characters SQL Server Not applicable. - Must be null. Amazon Aurora The name of the database to create - when the primary instance of the DB cluster is created. If this - parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB - instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. - * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine' + description: |- + DBName is the meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you + use. + Type: String + MySQL + The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this + parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. + Constraints: + * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. + * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine + MariaDB + The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this + parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. + Constraints: + * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. + * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine + PostgreSQL + The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this + parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in + the DB instance. + Constraints: + * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. + * Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can + be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). + * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine + Oracle + The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify null, + the default value ORCL is used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any + other reserved word, for DBName. + Default: ORCL + Constraints: + * Cannot be longer than 8 characters + SQL Server + Not applicable. Must be null. + Amazon Aurora + The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster + is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in + the DB instance. + Constraints: + * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. + * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine type: string dbParameterGroupName: - description: 'DBParameterGroupName is the name of the DB parameter - group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is - omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified engine - is used. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or - hyphens. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with - a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens' + description: |- + DBParameterGroupName is the name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If + this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified + engine is used. + Constraints: + * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. + * First character must be a letter + * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens type: string dbSecurityGroups: - description: 'DBSecurityGroups is a list of DB security groups - to associate with this DB instance. Default: The default DB - security group for the database engine.' + description: |- + DBSecurityGroups is a list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. + Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. items: type: string type: array dbSubnetGroupName: - description: DBSubnetGroupName is a DB subnet group to associate - with this DB instance. If there is no DB subnet group, then - it is a non-VPC DB instance. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroupName is a DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. + If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. type: string dbSubnetGroupNameRef: - description: DBSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBSubnetGroup - used to set DBSubnetGroupName. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBSubnetGroup used to set + DBSubnetGroupName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -266,21 +305,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -290,12 +329,14 @@ spec: - name type: object dbSubnetGroupNameSelector: - description: DBSubnetGroupNameSelector selects a reference to - a DBSubnetGroup used to set DBSubnetGroupName. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroupNameSelector selects a reference to a DBSubnetGroup used to + set DBSubnetGroupName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -308,21 +349,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -330,28 +371,31 @@ spec: type: object type: object deleteAutomatedBackups: - description: DeleteAutomatedBackups indicates whether to remove - automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. - The default is to remove automated backups immediately after - the DB instance is deleted. + description: |- + DeleteAutomatedBackups indicates whether to remove automated backups + immediately after the DB instance is deleted. The default is to + remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is + deleted. type: boolean deletionProtection: - description: DeletionProtection indicates if the DB instance should - have deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted - when this value is set to true. The default is false. For more - information, see Deleting a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). + description: |- + DeletionProtection indicates if the DB instance should have deletion protection enabled. The + database can't be deleted when this value is set to true. The default is + false. For more information, see Deleting a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). type: boolean domain: description: Domain specifies the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. type: string domainIAMRoleName: - description: DomainIAMRoleName specifies the name of the IAM role - to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. + description: |- + DomainIAMRoleName specifies the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the + Directory Service. type: string domainIAMRoleNameRef: - description: DomainIAMRoleNameRef is a reference to an IAMRole - used to set DomainIAMRoleName. + description: |- + DomainIAMRoleNameRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + DomainIAMRoleName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -361,21 +405,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -385,12 +429,14 @@ spec: - name type: object domainIAMRoleNameSelector: - description: DomainIAMRoleNameSelector selects a reference to - an IAMRole used to set DomainIAMRoleName. + description: |- + DomainIAMRoleNameSelector selects a reference to an IAMRole used to set + DomainIAMRoleName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -403,21 +449,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -425,108 +471,140 @@ spec: type: object type: object enableCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: EnableCloudwatchLogsExports is the list of log types - that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch Logs. The - values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more - information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch - Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) + description: |- + EnableCloudwatchLogsExports is the list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch + Logs. The values in the list depend on the DB engine being used. For more + information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. items: type: string type: array enableIAMDatabaseAuthentication: - description: 'EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication should be true to - enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts - to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM - database authentication for the following database engines: - Amazon Aurora Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database - accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, - see CreateDBCluster. MySQL * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 - or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: - false' + description: |- + EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication should be true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts + to database accounts, and otherwise false. + You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines: + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed + by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. + MySQL + * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher + * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher + Default: false type: boolean enablePerformanceInsights: - description: EnablePerformanceInsights should be true to enable - Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. - For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights - (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) + description: |- + EnablePerformanceInsights should be true to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. + For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) in the Amazon Relational Database Service User Guide. type: boolean engine: - description: 'Engine is the name of the database engine to be - used for this instance. Not every database engine is available - for every AWS Region. Valid Values: * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible - Aurora) * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) * aurora-postgresql - * mariadb * mysql * oracle-ee * oracle-se2 * oracle-se1 * oracle-se - * postgres * sqlserver-ee * sqlserver-se * sqlserver-ex * sqlserver-web - Engine is a required field' + description: |- + Engine is the name of the database engine to be used for this instance. + Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. + Valid Values: + * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) + * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) + * aurora-postgresql + * mariadb + * mysql + * oracle-ee + * oracle-se2 + * oracle-se1 + * oracle-se + * postgres + * sqlserver-ee + * sqlserver-se + * sqlserver-ex + * sqlserver-web + Engine is a required field type: string engineVersion: - description: "EngineVersion is the version number of the database - engine to use. For a list of valid engine versions, call DescribeDBEngineVersions. - The following are the database engines and links to information - about the major and minor versions that are available with Amazon - RDS. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. - Amazon Aurora Not applicable. The version number of the database - engine to be used by the DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. - For more information, see CreateDBCluster. MariaDB See MariaDB - on Amazon RDS Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Microsoft SQL Server See Version - and Feature Support on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.FeatureSupport) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. MySQL See MySQL on Amazon RDS - Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Oracle See Oracle Database Engine - Release Notes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. PostgreSQL See Supported PostgreSQL - Database Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts.General.DBVersions) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Note: Downgrades are not allowed - by AWS and attempts to set a lower version will be ignored." + description: |- + EngineVersion is the version number of the database engine to use. + For a list of valid engine versions, call DescribeDBEngineVersions. + The following are the database engines and links to information about the + major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database + engine is available for every AWS Region. + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the + DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. + MariaDB + See MariaDB on Amazon RDS Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + Microsoft SQL Server + See Version and Feature Support on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.FeatureSupport) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + MySQL + See MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + Oracle + See Oracle Database Engine Release Notes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + PostgreSQL + See Supported PostgreSQL Database Versions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts.General.DBVersions) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Note: Downgrades are not allowed by AWS and attempts to set a lower version + will be ignored. type: string finalDBSnapshotIdentifier: - description: 'The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created - when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. Specifying this parameter - and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter to true results - in an error. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. - * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen - or contain two consecutive hyphens * Cannot be specified when - deleting a Read Replica.' + description: |- + The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot + is set to false. + Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter + to true results in an error. + Constraints: + * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. + * First character must be a letter + * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + * Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. type: string iops: - description: "IOPS is the amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output - operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB - instance. For information about valid IOPS values, see Amazon - RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Constraints: Must be a multiple - between 1 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance. - Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if the - size of your DB instance is 500 GiB, then your IOPS value can - be 2000, 3000, 4000, or 5000. \n For valid IOPS values on DB - instances with storage type \"gp3\", see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#gp3-storage. - \n Note: controller considers 0 and null as equivalent" + description: |- + IOPS is the amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be + initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid IOPS + values, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance + (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + Constraints: Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage amount for + the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if + the size of your DB instance is 500 GiB, then your IOPS value can be 2000, + 3000, 4000, or 5000. + + + For valid IOPS values on DB instances with storage type "gp3", + see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#gp3-storage. + + + Note: controller considers 0 and null as equivalent type: integer kmsKeyId: - description: KMSKeyID for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key - identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account - that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB - instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the - ARN for the KM encryption key. Amazon Aurora Not applicable. - The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more - information, see CreateDBCluster. If the StorageEncrypted parameter - is true, and you do not specify a value for the KMSKeyID parameter, - then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS - creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your - AWS account has a different default encryption key for each - AWS Region. + description: |- + KMSKeyID for an encrypted DB instance. + The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption + key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns + the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can + use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For + more information, see CreateDBCluster. + If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value + for the KMSKeyID parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption + key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your + AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. type: string licenseModel: - description: 'LicenseModel information for this DB instance. Valid - values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license' + description: |- + LicenseModel information for this DB instance. + Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license type: string masterPasswordSecretRef: - description: MasterPasswordSecretRef references the secret that - contains the password used in the creation of this RDS instance. - If no reference is given, a password will be auto-generated. + description: |- + MasterPasswordSecretRef references the secret that contains the password used + in the creation of this RDS instance. If no reference is given, a password + will be auto-generated. properties: key: description: The key to select. @@ -543,42 +621,58 @@ spec: - namespace type: object masterUsername: - description: "MasterUsername is the name for the master user. - Amazon Aurora Not applicable. The name for the master user is - managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. - \n Constraints: \n * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. \n - * First character must be a letter. \n * Can't be a reserved - word for the chosen database engine." + description: |- + MasterUsername is the name for the master user. + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The name for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. + For more information, see CreateDBCluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. + + + * First character must be a letter. + + + * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. type: string maxAllocatedStorage: - description: "The upper limit to which Amazon RDS can automatically - scale the storage of the DB instance. \n For more information - about this setting, including limitations that apply to it, - see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage - autoscaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide." + description: |- + The upper limit to which Amazon RDS can automatically scale the storage of + the DB instance. + + + For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply + to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. type: integer monitoringInterval: - description: 'MonitoringInterval is the interval, in seconds, - between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected - for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring - metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If MonitoringRoleARN is - specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval to a value - other than 0. Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60' + description: |- + MonitoringInterval is the interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics + are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring + metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. + If MonitoringRoleARN is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval + to a value other than 0. + Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 type: integer monitoringRoleArn: - description: MonitoringRoleARN is the ARN for the IAM role that - permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch - Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For - information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up - and Enabling Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If MonitoringInterval is set to - a value other than 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleARN - value. + description: |- + MonitoringRoleARN is the ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics + to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. + For information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up and Enabling + Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply + a MonitoringRoleARN value. type: string monitoringRoleArnRef: - description: MonitoringRoleARNRef is a reference to an IAMRole - used to set MonitoringRoleARN. + description: |- + MonitoringRoleARNRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + MonitoringRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -588,21 +682,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -612,12 +706,14 @@ spec: - name type: object monitoringRoleArnSelector: - description: MonitoringRoleARNSelector selects a reference to - an IAMRole used to set MonitoringRoleARN. + description: |- + MonitoringRoleARNSelector selects a reference to an IAMRole used to set + MonitoringRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -630,21 +726,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -652,76 +748,98 @@ spec: type: object type: object multiAZ: - description: MultiAZ specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ - deployment. You can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter if - the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. + description: |- + MultiAZ specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the + AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. type: boolean optionGroupName: - description: OptionGroupName indicates that the DB instance should - be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options, - such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't - be removed from an option group, and that option group can't - be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB - instance + description: |- + OptionGroupName indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option + group. + Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, + can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed + from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance type: string performanceInsightsKMSKeyId: - description: PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyID is the AWS KMS key identifier - for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID - is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the + description: |- + PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyID is the AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The + KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. type: string performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod: - description: PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod is the amount - of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid - values are 7 or 731 (2 years). + description: |- + PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod is the amount of time, in days, to + retain Performance Insights data. Valid values + are 7 or 731 (2 years). type: integer port: - description: 'Port number on which the database accepts connections. - MySQL Default: 3306 Valid Values: 1150-65535 Type: Integer MariaDB - Default: 3306 Valid Values: 1150-65535 Type: Integer PostgreSQL - Default: 5432 Valid Values: 1150-65535 Type: Integer Oracle - Default: 1521 Valid Values: 1150-65535 SQL Server Default: 1433 - Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, - and 49152 through 49156. Amazon Aurora Default: 3306 Valid Values: - 1150-65535 Type: Integer' + description: |- + Port number on which the database accepts connections. + MySQL + Default: 3306 + Valid Values: 1150-65535 + Type: Integer + MariaDB + Default: 3306 + Valid Values: 1150-65535 + Type: Integer + PostgreSQL + Default: 5432 + Valid Values: 1150-65535 + Type: Integer + Oracle + Default: 1521 + Valid Values: 1150-65535 + SQL Server + Default: 1433 + Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through + 49156. + Amazon Aurora + Default: 3306 + Valid Values: 1150-65535 + Type: Integer type: integer preferredBackupWindow: - description: 'PreferredBackupWindow is the daily time range during - which automated backups are created if automated backups are - enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more + description: |- + PreferredBackupWindow is the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated + backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more information, see The Backup Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Amazon Aurora Not applicable. - The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. - The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an - 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks - available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB Instance Maintenance - Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Constraints: * Must be in the - format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time - (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. - * Must be at least 30 minutes.' + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting + the Preferred DB Instance Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + Constraints: + * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. + * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. + * Must be at least 30 minutes. type: string preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: 'PreferredMaintenanceWindow is the time range each - week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal - Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS - Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance). - Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi The default is a 30-minute window - selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS - Region, occurring on a random day of the week. Valid Days: Mon, - Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute - window.' + description: |- + PreferredMaintenanceWindow is the time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal + Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance + Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance). + Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. + Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. + Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. type: string processorFeatures: - description: ProcessorFeatures is the number of CPU cores and - the number of threads per core for the DB instance class of - the DB instance. + description: |- + ProcessorFeatures is the number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance + class of the DB instance. items: - description: ProcessorFeature is a processor feature entry. - For more information, see Configuring the Processor of the - DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ProcessorFeature + description: |- + ProcessorFeature is a processor feature entry. For more information, see + Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class + (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ProcessorFeature properties: name: description: Name of the processor feature. Valid names @@ -736,31 +854,34 @@ spec: type: object type: array promotionTier: - description: 'PromotionTier specifies the order in which an Aurora - Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure - of the existing primary instance. For more information, see Fault - Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. Default: 1 Valid Values: 0 - - 15' + description: |- + PromotionTier specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to + the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For + more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + Default: 1 + Valid Values: 0 - 15 type: integer publiclyAccessible: - description: 'PubliclyAccessible specifies the accessibility options - for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing - instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves - to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal + description: |- + PubliclyAccessible specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true + specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, + which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName - is specified. If DBSubnetGroupName is not specified, and PubliclyAccessible - is not specified, the following applies: * If the default VPC - in the target region doesn’t have an Internet gateway attached - to it, the DB instance is private. * If the default VPC in the - target region has an Internet gateway attached to it, the DB - instance is public. If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible - is not specified, the following applies: * If the subnets are - part of a VPC that doesn’t have an Internet gateway attached - to it, the DB instance is private. * If the subnets are part - of a VPC that has an Internet gateway attached to it, the DB - instance is public.' + is specified. + If DBSubnetGroupName is not specified, and PubliclyAccessible is not specified, + the following applies: + * If the default VPC in the target region doesn’t have an Internet gateway + attached to it, the DB instance is private. + * If the default VPC in the target region has an Internet gateway attached + to it, the DB instance is public. + If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible is not specified, + the following applies: + * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an Internet gateway + attached to it, the DB instance is private. + * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an Internet gateway attached + to it, the DB instance is public. type: boolean region: description: Region is the region you'd like your RDSInstance @@ -776,31 +897,31 @@ spec: in time restore. properties: restoreTime: - description: 'RestoreTime is the date and time (UTC) to - restore from. Must be before the latest restorable time - for the DB instance. Can''t be specified if the useLatestRestorableTime - parameter is enabled. Example: 2011-09-07T23:45:00Z' + description: |- + RestoreTime is the date and time (UTC) to restore from. + Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance. + Can't be specified if the useLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled. + Example: 2011-09-07T23:45:00Z format: date-time type: string sourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn: - description: 'SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn specifies - the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated - backups from which to restore. Example: arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE' + description: |- + SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups + from which to restore. Example: arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE type: string sourceDBInstanceIdentifier: - description: 'SourceDBInstanceIdentifier specifies the - identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. - Constraints: Must match the identifier of an existing - DB instance.' + description: |- + SourceDBInstanceIdentifier specifies the identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. Constraints: + Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. type: string sourceDbiResourceId: description: SourceDbiResourceID specifies the resource ID of the source DB instance from which to restore. type: string useLatestRestorableTime: - description: UseLatestRestorableTime indicates that the - DB instance is restored from the latest backup Can't - be specified if the restoreTime parameter is provided. + description: |- + UseLatestRestorableTime indicates that the DB instance is restored from the latest backup + Can't be specified if the restoreTime parameter is provided. type: boolean type: object s3: @@ -812,8 +933,9 @@ spec: the backup to restore. type: string bucketNameRef: - description: BucketNameRef is a reference to a Bucket - used to set BucketName. + description: |- + BucketNameRef is a reference to a Bucket used to set + BucketName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -823,23 +945,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -849,13 +969,14 @@ spec: - name type: object bucketNameSelector: - description: BucketNameSelector selects a reference to - a Bucket used to set BucketName. + description: |- + BucketNameSelector selects a reference to a Bucket used to + set BucketName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -868,23 +989,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -897,8 +1016,9 @@ spec: the S3 bucket. type: string ingestionRoleARNRef: - description: IngestionRoleARNRef is a reference to a IAM - Role used to set IngestionRoleARN. + description: |- + IngestionRoleARNRef is a reference to a IAM Role used to set + IngestionRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -908,23 +1028,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -934,13 +1052,14 @@ spec: - name type: object ingestionRoleARNSelector: - description: IngestionRoleARNSelector selects a reference - to a IAM Role used to set IngestionRoleARN. + description: |- + IngestionRoleARNSelector selects a reference to a IAM Role used to + set IngestionRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -953,23 +1072,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -981,12 +1098,14 @@ spec: within which the backup to restore is located. type: string sourceEngine: - description: SourceEngine is the engine used to create - the backup. Must be "mysql". + description: |- + SourceEngine is the engine used to create the backup. + Must be "mysql". type: string sourceEngineVersion: - description: 'SourceEngineVersion is the version of the - engine used to create the backup. Example: "5.7.30"' + description: |- + SourceEngineVersion is the version of the engine used to create the backup. + Example: "5.7.30" type: string required: - sourceEngine @@ -1004,9 +1123,9 @@ spec: - snapshotIdentifier type: object source: - description: Source is the type of the backup to restore when - creating a new RDS instance. S3, Snapshot and PointInTime - are supported. + description: |- + Source is the type of the backup to restore when creating a new RDS instance. + S3, Snapshot and PointInTime are supported. enum: - S3 - Snapshot @@ -1016,30 +1135,30 @@ spec: - source type: object scalingConfiguration: - description: ScalingConfiguration is the scaling properties of - the DB cluster. You can only modify scaling properties for DB - clusters in serverless DB engine mode. + description: |- + ScalingConfiguration is the scaling properties of the DB cluster. You can only modify scaling properties + for DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode. properties: autoPause: - description: AutoPause specifies whether to allow or disallow - automatic pause for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB - engine mode. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle - (it has no connections). If a DB cluster is paused for more - than seven days, the DB cluster might be backed up with - a snapshot. In this case, the DB cluster is restored when + description: |- + AutoPause specifies whether to allow or disallow automatic pause for an + Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. A DB cluster can be paused + only when it's idle (it has no connections). + If a DB cluster is paused for more than seven days, the DB cluster might + be backed up with a snapshot. In this case, the DB cluster is restored when there is a request to connect to it. type: boolean maxCapacity: - description: MaxCapacity is the maximum capacity for an Aurora - DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. Valid capacity - values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256. The maximum - capacity must be greater than or equal to the minimum capacity. + description: |- + MaxCapacity is the maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. + Valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256. + The maximum capacity must be greater than or equal to the minimum capacity. type: integer minCapacity: - description: MinCapacity is the minimum capacity for an Aurora - DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. Valid capacity - values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256. The minimum - capacity must be less than or equal to the maximum capacity. + description: |- + MinCapacity is the minimum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. + Valid capacity values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256. + The minimum capacity must be less than or equal to the maximum capacity. type: integer secondsUntilAutoPause: description: SecondsUntilAutoPause is the time, in seconds, @@ -1047,73 +1166,85 @@ spec: type: integer type: object skipFinalSnapshotBeforeDeletion: - description: 'Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created - before the DB instance is deleted. If true is specified, no - DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified, a DB snapshot - is created before the DB instance is deleted. Note that when - a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of ''failed'', - ''incompatible-restore'', or ''incompatible-network'', it can - only be deleted when the SkipFinalSnapshotBeforeDeletion parameter - is set to "true". Specify true when deleting a Read Replica. - The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if - SkipFinalSnapshotBeforeDeletion is false. Default: false' + description: |- + Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance + is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified, + a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. + Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', + 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted + when the SkipFinalSnapshotBeforeDeletion parameter is set to "true". + Specify true when deleting a Read Replica. + The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshotBeforeDeletion + is false. + Default: false type: boolean storageEncrypted: - description: 'StorageEncrypted specifies whether the DB instance - is encrypted. Amazon Aurora Not applicable. The encryption for - DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, - see CreateDBCluster. Default: false' + description: |- + StorageEncrypted specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. + For more information, see CreateDBCluster. + Default: false type: boolean storageThroughput: - description: "The storage throughput value for the DB instance. - \n This setting applies only to the gp3 storage type. \n This - setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances. - \n Note: controller considers 0 and null as equivalent" + description: |- + The storage throughput value for the DB instance. + + + This setting applies only to the gp3 storage type. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances. + + + Note: controller considers 0 and null as equivalent type: integer storageType: - description: 'StorageType specifies the storage type to be associated - with the DB instance. Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 If - you specify io1, you must also include a value for the IOPS - parameter. Default: io1 if the IOPS parameter is specified, - otherwise standard' + description: |- + StorageType specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. + Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 + If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the IOPS parameter. + Default: io1 if the IOPS parameter is specified, otherwise standard type: string tags: - description: Tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS - Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) + description: |- + Tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide. items: - description: Tag is a metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource - consisting of a key-value pair. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Tag + description: |- + Tag is a metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Tag properties: key: - description: 'A key is the required name of the tag. The - string value can be from 1 to 128 Unicode characters in - length and can''t be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The - string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, - digits, white-space, ''_'', ''.'', ''/'', ''='', ''+'', - ''-'' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").' + description: |- + A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to + 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". + The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, + '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). type: string value: - description: 'A value is the optional value of the tag. - The string value can be from 1 to 256 Unicode characters - in length and can''t be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". - The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, - digits, white-space, ''_'', ''.'', ''/'', ''='', ''+'', - ''-'' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").' + description: |- + A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 + to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or + "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, + white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). type: string type: object type: array timezone: - description: Timezone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter - is currently supported only by Microsoft SQL Server (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone). + description: |- + Timezone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported + only by Microsoft SQL Server (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone). type: string useDefaultProcessorFeatures: - description: A value that specifies that the DB instance class - of the DB instance uses its default processor features. + description: |- + A value that specifies that the DB instance class of the DB instance uses + its default processor features. type: boolean vpcSecurityGroupIDRefs: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDRefs are references to VPCSecurityGroups - used to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDRefs are references to VPCSecurityGroups used to set + the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -1125,21 +1256,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1150,12 +1281,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array vpcSecurityGroupIDSelector: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to - VPCSecurityGroups used to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to VPCSecurityGroups used + to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1168,21 +1301,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1190,12 +1323,12 @@ spec: type: object type: object vpcSecurityGroupIds: - description: 'VPCSecurityGroupIDs is a list of EC2 VPC security - groups to associate with this DB instance. Amazon Aurora Not - applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is - managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. - Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet - group''s VPC.' + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDs is a list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed + by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. + Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. items: type: string type: array @@ -1206,19 +1339,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1231,9 +1366,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1243,21 +1379,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1267,17 +1403,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1287,21 +1425,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1316,21 +1454,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1341,14 +1480,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1388,9 +1528,9 @@ spec: the DB instance. type: string dbInstancePort: - description: DBInstancePort specifies the port that the DB instance - listens on. If the DB instance is part of a DB cluster, this - can be a different port than the DB cluster port. + description: |- + DBInstancePort specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is + part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. type: integer dbInstanceStatus: description: DBInstanceStatus specifies the current state of this @@ -1400,11 +1540,18 @@ spec: description: DBParameterGroups provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. items: - description: "DBParameterGroupStatus is the status of the DB - parameter group. This data type is used as a response element - in the following actions: - CreateDBInstance - CreateDBInstanceReadReplica - - DeleteDBInstance - ModifyDBInstance - RebootDBInstance - - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot \n Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupStatus" + description: |- + DBParameterGroupStatus is the status of the DB parameter group. + This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: + - CreateDBInstance + - CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + - DeleteDBInstance + - ModifyDBInstance + - RebootDBInstance + - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + + + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupStatus properties: dbParameterGroupName: description: DBParameterGroupName is the name of the DP @@ -1417,20 +1564,25 @@ spec: type: object type: array dbResourceId: - description: DBResourceID is the AWS Region-unique, immutable - identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in - AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the - DB instance is accessed. + description: |- + DBResourceID is the AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier + is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB + instance is accessed. type: string dbSecurityGroups: - description: DBSecurityGroups provides List of DB security group - elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name and DBSecurityGroup.Status - subelements. + description: |- + DBSecurityGroups provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name + and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. items: - description: "DBSecurityGroupMembership is used as a response - element in the following actions: - ModifyDBInstance - RebootDBInstance - - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot - RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime - \n Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSecurityGroupMembership" + description: |- + DBSecurityGroupMembership is used as a response element in the following actions: + - ModifyDBInstance + - RebootDBInstance + - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + - RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + + + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSecurityGroupMembership properties: dbSecurityGroupName: description: DBSecurityGroupName is the name of the DB security @@ -1442,9 +1594,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array dbSubnetGroup: - description: DBSubnetGroup specifies information on the subnet - group associated with the DB instance, including the name, description, - and subnets in the subnet group. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroup specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, + including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. properties: dbSubnetGroupArn: description: DBSubnetGroupARN is the Amazon Resource Name @@ -1465,13 +1617,16 @@ spec: subnets: description: Subnets contains a list of Subnet elements. items: - description: SubnetInRDS is used as a response element in - the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Subnet + description: |- + SubnetInRDS is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups + action. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Subnet properties: subnetAvailabilityZone: - description: 'SubnetAvailabilityZone contains Availability - Zone information. This data type is used as an element - in the following data type: * OrderableDBInstanceOption' + description: |- + SubnetAvailabilityZone contains Availability Zone information. + This data type is used as an element in the following data type: + * OrderableDBInstanceOption properties: name: description: Name of the Availability Zone. @@ -1495,9 +1650,10 @@ spec: description: DomainMemberships is the Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. items: - description: DomainMembership is an Active Directory Domain - membership record associated with the DB instance. Please - also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DomainMembership + description: |- + DomainMembership is an Active Directory Domain membership record associated + with the DB instance. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DomainMembership properties: domain: description: Domain is the identifier of the Active Directory @@ -1508,22 +1664,24 @@ spec: the Active Directory Domain. type: string iamRoleName: - description: IAMRoleName is the name of the IAM role to - be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. + description: |- + IAMRoleName is the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls + to the Directory Service. type: string status: - description: Status of the DB instance's Active Directory - Domain membership, such as joined, pending-join, failed - etc). + description: |- + Status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such + as joined, pending-join, failed etc). type: string type: object type: array enabledCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: A list of log types that this DB instance is configured - to export to CloudWatch Logs. Log types vary by DB engine. For - information about the log types for each DB engine, see Amazon - RDS Database Log Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + description: |- + A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch + Logs. Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each + DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) in + the Amazon RDS User Guide. items: type: string type: array @@ -1546,9 +1704,10 @@ spec: description: Indicates the database engine version. type: string enhancedMonitoringResourceArn: - description: EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn is the Amazon Resource - Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that receives - the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. + description: |- + EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the + Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that receives the Enhanced Monitoring + metrics data for the DB instance. type: string instanceCreateTime: description: InstanceCreateTime provides the date and time the @@ -1556,39 +1715,40 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string latestRestorableTime: - description: LatestRestorableTime specifies the latest time to - which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. + description: |- + LatestRestorableTime specifies the latest time to which a database can be + restored with point-in-time restore. format: date-time type: string optionGroupMemberships: description: OptionGroupMemberships provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. items: - description: OptionGroupMembership provides information on the - option groups the DB instance is a member of. Please also - see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupMembership + description: |- + OptionGroupMembership provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupMembership properties: optionGroupName: description: OptionGroupName is the name of the option group that the instance belongs to. type: string status: - description: 'Status is the status of the DB instance''s - option group membership. Valid values are: in-sync, pending-apply, - pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, - applying, removing, and failed.' + description: |- + Status is the status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: + in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, + applying, removing, and failed. type: string type: object type: array pendingModifiedValues: - description: PendingModifiedValues specifies that changes to the - DB instance are pending. This element is only included when - changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. + description: |- + PendingModifiedValues specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only + included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. properties: allocatedStorage: - description: AllocatedStorage contains the new AllocatedStorage - size for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently - being applied. + description: |- + AllocatedStorage contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied + or is currently being applied. type: integer backupRetentionPeriod: description: BackupRetentionPeriod specifies the pending number @@ -1599,9 +1759,9 @@ spec: of the CA certificate for the DB instance. type: string dbInstanceClass: - description: DBInstanceClass contains the new DBInstanceClass - for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently - being applied. + description: |- + DBInstanceClass contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied + or is currently being applied. type: string dbSubnetGroupName: description: DBSubnetGroupName is the new DB subnet group @@ -1611,38 +1771,37 @@ spec: description: EngineVersion indicates the database engine version. type: string iops: - description: IOPS specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value - for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently - being applied. + description: |- + IOPS specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be + applied or is currently being applied. type: integer licenseModel: - description: 'LicenseModel is the license model for the DB - instance. Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license - | general-public-license' + description: |- + LicenseModel is the license model for the DB instance. + Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license type: string multiAZ: description: MultiAZ indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. type: boolean pendingCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: PendingCloudwatchLogsExports is a list of the - log types whose configuration is still pending. In other - words, these log types are in the process of being activated - or deactivated. + description: |- + PendingCloudwatchLogsExports is a list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, + these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. properties: logTypesToDisable: - description: LogTypesToDisable is list of log types that - are in the process of being enabled. After they are - enabled, these log types are exported to CloudWatch - Logs. + description: |- + LogTypesToDisable is list of log types that are in the process of being + enabled. After they are enabled, these log types are exported to + CloudWatch Logs. items: type: string type: array logTypesToEnable: - description: LogTypesToEnable is the log types that are - in the process of being deactivated. After they are - deactivated, these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch - Logs. + description: |- + LogTypesToEnable is the log types that are in the process of being + deactivated. After they are deactivated, these log types aren't exported + to CloudWatch Logs. items: type: string type: array @@ -1651,14 +1810,16 @@ spec: description: Port specifies the pending port for the DB instance. type: integer processorFeatures: - description: ProcessorFeatures is the number of CPU cores - and the number of threads per core for the DB instance class - of the DB instance. + description: |- + ProcessorFeatures is the number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance + class of the DB instance. items: - description: ProcessorFeature is a processor feature entry. - For more information, see Configuring the Processor of - the DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ProcessorFeature + description: |- + ProcessorFeature is a processor feature entry. For more information, see + Configuring the Processor of the DB Instance Class + (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html#USER_ConfigureProcessor) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ProcessorFeature properties: name: description: Name of the processor feature. Valid names @@ -1673,9 +1834,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array storageThroughput: - description: StorageThroughput indicates the new storage throughput - value for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently - being applied. + description: |- + StorageThroughput indicates the new storage throughput value for the DB instance + that will be applied or is currently being applied. type: integer storageType: description: StorageType specifies the storage type to be @@ -1683,58 +1844,61 @@ spec: type: string type: object performanceInsightsEnabled: - description: PerformanceInsightsEnabled is true if Performance - Insights is enabled for the DB instance, and otherwise false. + description: |- + PerformanceInsightsEnabled is true if Performance Insights is enabled for + the DB instance, and otherwise false. type: boolean readReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers: - description: ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers contains one or more - identifiers of Aurora DB clusters to which the RDS DB instance - is replicated as a Read Replica. For example, when you create - an Aurora Read Replica of an RDS MySQL DB instance, the Aurora - MySQL DB cluster for the Aurora Read Replica is shown. This - output does not contain information about cross region Aurora - Read Replicas. + description: |- + ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters to which the RDS DB + instance is replicated as a Read Replica. For example, when you create an + Aurora Read Replica of an RDS MySQL DB instance, the Aurora MySQL DB cluster + for the Aurora Read Replica is shown. This output does not contain information + about cross region Aurora Read Replicas. items: type: string type: array readReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers: - description: ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers contains one or - more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB - instance. + description: |- + ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this + DB instance. items: type: string type: array readReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier: - description: ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier contains the - identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is + description: |- + ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is a Read Replica. type: string secondaryAvailabilityZone: - description: SecondaryAvailabilityZone specifies the name of the - secondary Availability Zone for a DB instance with multi-AZ - support when it is present. + description: |- + SecondaryAvailabilityZone specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB + instance with multi-AZ support when it is present. type: string statusInfos: - description: StatusInfos is the status of a Read Replica. If the - instance is not a Read Replica, this is blank. + description: |- + StatusInfos is the status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this + is blank. items: - description: DBInstanceStatusInfo provides a list of status - information for a DB instance. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBInstanceStatusInfo + description: |- + DBInstanceStatusInfo provides a list of status information for a DB instance. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBInstanceStatusInfo properties: message: - description: Message is the details of the error if there - is an error for the instance. If the instance is not in - an error state, this value is blank. + description: |- + Message is the details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance + is not in an error state, this value is blank. type: string normal: - description: Normal is true if the instance is operating - normally, or false if the instance is in an error state. + description: |- + Normal is true if the instance is operating normally, or false + if the instance is in an error state. type: boolean status: - description: Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType - of read replica, the values can be replicating, replication - stop point set, replication stop point reached, error, - stopped, or terminated. + description: |- + Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can + be replicating, replication stop point set, replication stop point reached, + error, stopped, or terminated. type: string statusType: description: StatusType is currently "read replication." @@ -1742,12 +1906,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array vpcSecurityGroups: - description: VPCSecurityGroups provides a list of VPC security - group elements that the DB instance belongs to. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroups provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs + to. items: - description: VPCSecurityGroupMembership is used as a response - element for queries on VPC security group membership. Please - also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/VpcSecurityGroupMembership + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupMembership is used as a response element for queries on VPC security + group membership. + Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/VpcSecurityGroupMembership properties: status: description: Status is the status of the VPC security group. @@ -1765,14 +1931,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1782,8 +1957,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1795,6 +1971,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml b/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml index b1ceb93c6d..6d3e84f5e1 100644 --- a/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: clusters.dax.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: dax.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Cluster is the Schema for the Clusters API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,18 +74,23 @@ spec: description: ClusterParameters defines the desired state of Cluster properties: availabilityZones: - description: The Availability Zones (AZs) in which the cluster - nodes will reside after the cluster has been created or updated. - If provided, the length of this list must equal the ReplicationFactor - parameter. If you omit this parameter, DAX will spread the nodes - across Availability Zones for the highest availability. + description: |- + The Availability Zones (AZs) in which the cluster nodes will reside after + the cluster has been created or updated. If provided, the length of this + list must equal the ReplicationFactor parameter. If you omit this parameter, + DAX will spread the nodes across Availability Zones for the highest availability. items: type: string type: array clusterEndpointEncryptionType: - description: "The type of encryption the cluster's endpoint should - support. Values are: \n * NONE for no encryption \n * TLS for - Transport Layer Security" + description: |- + The type of encryption the cluster's endpoint should support. Values are: + + + * NONE for no encryption + + + * TLS for Transport Layer Security type: string description: description: A description of the cluster. @@ -88,8 +99,9 @@ spec: description: IAMRoleARN contains the ARN of an IAMRole type: string iamRoleARNRef: - description: IAMRoleARNRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to - set the IAMRoleARN. + description: |- + IAMRoleARNRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + the IAMRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -99,21 +111,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -123,12 +135,14 @@ spec: - name type: object iamRoleARNSelector: - description: IAMRoleARNRefSelector selects references to IAMRole - used to set the IAMRoleARN. + description: |- + IAMRoleARNRefSelector selects references to IAMRole used + to set the IAMRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -141,21 +155,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -167,9 +181,12 @@ spec: cluster. type: string notificationTopicARN: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS - topic to which notifications will be sent. \n The Amazon SNS - topic owner must be same as the DAX cluster owner." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which notifications + will be sent. + + + The Amazon SNS topic owner must be same as the DAX cluster owner. type: string notificationTopicArnRef: description: NotificationTopicARNRef references an SNS Topic to @@ -183,21 +200,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -211,8 +228,9 @@ spec: to an SNS Topic to retrieve its NotificationTopicARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -225,21 +243,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -250,8 +268,9 @@ spec: description: ParameterGroupName contains the name of the ParameterGroup type: string parameterGroupNameRef: - description: ParameterGroupNameRef is a reference to an ParameterGroup - used to set the ParameterGroupName. + description: |- + ParameterGroupNameRef is a reference to an ParameterGroup used to set + the ParameterGroupName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -261,21 +280,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -285,12 +304,14 @@ spec: - name type: object parameterGroupNameSelector: - description: ParameterGroupNameSelector selects references to - ParameterGroup used to set the ParameterGroupName. + description: |- + ParameterGroupNameSelector selects references to ParameterGroup used + to set the ParameterGroupName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -303,21 +324,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -325,34 +346,61 @@ spec: type: object type: object preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: "Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance - on the DAX cluster is performed. It is specified as a range - in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi (24H Clock UTC). The minimum - maintenance window is a 60 minute period. Valid values for ddd - are: \n * sun \n * mon \n * tue \n * wed \n * thu \n * fri \n - * sat \n Example: sun:05:00-sun:09:00 \n If you don't specify - a preferred maintenance window when you create or modify a cache - cluster, DAX assigns a 60-minute maintenance window on a randomly - selected day of the week." + description: |- + Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the DAX cluster + is performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. Valid + values for ddd are: + + + * sun + + + * mon + + + * tue + + + * wed + + + * thu + + + * fri + + + * sat + + + Example: sun:05:00-sun:09:00 + + + If you don't specify a preferred maintenance window when you create or modify + a cache cluster, DAX assigns a 60-minute maintenance window on a randomly + selected day of the week. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Cluster will be created. type: string replicationFactor: - description: "The number of nodes in the DAX cluster. A replication - factor of 1 will create a single-node cluster, without any read - replicas. For additional fault tolerance, you can create a multiple - node cluster with one or more read replicas. To do this, set - ReplicationFactor to a number between 3 (one primary and two - read replicas) and 10 (one primary and nine read replicas). - If the AvailabilityZones parameter is provided, its length must - equal the ReplicationFactor. \n AWS recommends that you have - at least two read replicas per cluster." + description: |- + The number of nodes in the DAX cluster. A replication factor of 1 will create + a single-node cluster, without any read replicas. For additional fault tolerance, + you can create a multiple node cluster with one or more read replicas. To + do this, set ReplicationFactor to a number between 3 (one primary and two + read replicas) and 10 (one primary and nine read replicas). If the AvailabilityZones + parameter is provided, its length must equal the ReplicationFactor. + + + AWS recommends that you have at least two read replicas per cluster. format: int64 type: integer securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -364,21 +412,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -389,12 +437,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -407,21 +457,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -444,8 +494,9 @@ spec: description: SubnetGroupName contains the name of the SubnetGroup type: string subnetGroupNameRef: - description: SubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to an SubnetGroup - used to set the SubnetGroupName. + description: |- + SubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to an SubnetGroup used to set + the SubnetGroupName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -455,21 +506,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -479,12 +530,14 @@ spec: - name type: object subnetGroupNameSelector: - description: SubnetGroupNameSelector selects references to SubnetGroup - used to set the SubnetGroupName. + description: |- + SubnetGroupNameSelector selects references to SubnetGroup used + to set the SubnetGroupName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -497,21 +550,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -536,19 +589,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -561,9 +616,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -573,21 +629,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -597,17 +653,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -617,21 +675,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -646,21 +704,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -671,14 +730,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -700,8 +760,9 @@ spec: description: ClusterObservation defines the observed state of Cluster properties: activeNodes: - description: The number of nodes in the cluster that are active - (i.e., capable of serving requests). + description: |- + The number of nodes in the cluster that are active (i.e., capable of serving + requests). format: int64 type: integer clusterARN: @@ -709,9 +770,10 @@ spec: the cluster. type: string clusterDiscoveryEndpoint: - description: The endpoint for this DAX cluster, consisting of - a DNS name, a port number, and a URL. Applications should use - the URL to configure the DAX client to find their cluster. + description: |- + The endpoint for this DAX cluster, consisting of a DNS name, a port number, + and a URL. Applications should use the URL to configure the DAX client to + find their cluster. properties: address: type: string @@ -725,9 +787,10 @@ spec: description: The name of the DAX cluster. type: string iamRoleARN: - description: A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies - an IAM role. At runtime, DAX will assume this role and use the - role's permissions to access DynamoDB on your behalf. + description: |- + A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies an IAM role. At runtime, + DAX will assume this role and use the role's permissions to access DynamoDB + on your behalf. type: string nodeIDsToRemove: description: A list of nodes to be removed from the cluster. @@ -741,8 +804,9 @@ spec: availabilityZone: type: string endpoint: - description: Represents the information required for client - programs to connect to the endpoint for a DAX cluster. + description: |- + Represents the information required for client programs to connect to the + endpoint for a DAX cluster. properties: address: type: string @@ -764,9 +828,10 @@ spec: type: object type: array notificationConfiguration: - description: Describes a notification topic and its status. Notification - topics are used for publishing DAX events to subscribers using - Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS). + description: |- + Describes a notification topic and its status. Notification topics are used + for publishing DAX events to subscribers using Amazon Simple Notification + Service (SNS). properties: topicARN: type: string @@ -797,8 +862,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array sseDescription: - description: The description of the server-side encryption status - on the specified DAX cluster. + description: |- + The description of the server-side encryption status on the specified DAX + cluster. properties: status: type: string @@ -820,14 +886,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -837,8 +912,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -850,6 +926,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_parametergroups.yaml b/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_parametergroups.yaml index 83c0afc2a7..09bfaebadf 100644 --- a/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_parametergroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_parametergroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: parametergroups.dax.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: dax.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: ParameterGroup is the Schema for the ParameterGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -72,11 +78,13 @@ spec: description: A description of the parameter group. type: string parameterNameValues: - description: "An array of name-value pairs for the parameters - in the group. Each element in the array represents a single - parameter. \n record-ttl-millis and query-ttl-millis are the - only supported parameter names. For more details, see Configuring - TTL Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/DAX.cluster-management.html#DAX.cluster-management.custom-settings.ttl)." + description: |- + An array of name-value pairs for the parameters in the group. Each element + in the array represents a single parameter. + + + record-ttl-millis and query-ttl-millis are the only supported parameter names. + For more details, see Configuring TTL Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/DAX.cluster-management.html#DAX.cluster-management.custom-settings.ttl). items: properties: parameterName: @@ -95,19 +103,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -120,9 +130,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -132,21 +143,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -156,17 +167,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -176,21 +189,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -205,21 +218,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -230,14 +244,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -269,14 +284,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -286,8 +310,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -299,6 +324,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_subnetgroups.yaml b/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_subnetgroups.yaml index b3596348f6..4a9fa66f59 100644 --- a/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_subnetgroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/dax.aws.crossplane.io_subnetgroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: subnetgroups.dax.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: dax.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: SubnetGroup is the Schema for the SubnetGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -74,8 +80,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the SubnetGroup will be created. type: string subnetIDRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used - to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -87,21 +94,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -112,12 +119,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIDSelector: - description: SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnets used + description: |- + SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnets used to set the SubnetIds. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -130,21 +139,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -162,19 +171,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -187,9 +198,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -199,21 +211,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -223,17 +235,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -243,21 +257,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -272,21 +286,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -297,14 +312,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -350,14 +366,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -367,8 +392,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -380,6 +406,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusterparametergroups.yaml b/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusterparametergroups.yaml index e31e384bce..e96c0c6f5e 100644 --- a/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusterparametergroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusterparametergroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbclusterparametergroups.docdb.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: docdb.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -77,18 +83,19 @@ spec: description: The description for the cluster parameter group. type: string parameters: - description: 'A list of parameters to associate with this DB parameter - group. The fields ApplyMethod, ParameterName and ParameterValue - are required for every parameter. Note: AWS actually only modifies - the ApplyMethod of a parameter, if the ParameterValue changes - too.' + description: |- + A list of parameters to associate with this DB parameter group. + The fields ApplyMethod, ParameterName and ParameterValue are required + for every parameter. + Note: AWS actually only modifies the ApplyMethod of a parameter, + if the ParameterValue changes too. items: description: CustomParameter are custom parameters for the Parameter properties: applyMethod: - description: The apply method of the parameter. AWS actually - only modifies to value set here, if the parameter value - changes too. + description: |- + The apply method of the parameter. + AWS actually only modifies to value set here, if the parameter value changes too. enum: - immediate - pending-reboot @@ -128,19 +135,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -153,9 +162,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -165,21 +175,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -189,17 +199,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -209,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -238,21 +250,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -263,14 +276,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -307,14 +321,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -324,8 +347,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -337,6 +361,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml b/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml index 095447dd49..dd96f9d203 100644 --- a/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbclusters.docdb.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: docdb.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DBCluster is the Schema for the DBClusters API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,35 +74,53 @@ spec: description: DBClusterParameters defines the desired state of DBCluster properties: applyImmediately: - description: "A value that specifies whether the changes in this - request and any pending changes are asynchronously applied as - soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow - setting for the cluster. If this parameter is set to false, - changes to the cluster are applied during the next maintenance - window. \n The ApplyImmediately parameter affects only the NewDBClusterIdentifier - and MasterUserPassword values. If you set this parameter value - to false, the changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword - values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other - changes are applied immediately, regardless of the value of - the ApplyImmediately parameter. \n Default: false" + description: |- + A value that specifies whether the changes in this request and any pending + changes are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the + PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the cluster. If this parameter is + set to false, changes to the cluster are applied during the next maintenance + window. + + + The ApplyImmediately parameter affects only the NewDBClusterIdentifier and + MasterUserPassword values. If you set this parameter value to false, the + changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword values are applied + during the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, + regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. + + + Default: false type: boolean autogeneratePassword: - description: "AutogeneratePassword indicates whether the controller - should generate a random password for the master user if one - is not provided via MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. \n If a password - is generated, it will be stored as a secret at the location - specified by MasterUserPasswordSecretRef." + description: |- + AutogeneratePassword indicates whether the controller should generate + a random password for the master user if one is not provided via + MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. + + + If a password is generated, it will + be stored as a secret at the location specified by MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. type: boolean availabilityZones: - description: A list of Amazon EC2 Availability Zones that instances - in the cluster can be created in. + description: |- + A list of Amazon EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the cluster can + be created in. items: type: string type: array backupRetentionPeriod: - description: "The number of days for which automated backups are - retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. \n Default: - 1 \n Constraints: \n * Must be a value from 1 to 35." + description: |- + The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify + a minimum value of 1. + + + Default: 1 + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be a value from 1 to 35. format: int64 type: integer dbClusterParameterGroupName: @@ -114,21 +138,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -141,8 +165,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -155,21 +180,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -177,9 +202,15 @@ spec: type: object type: object dbSubnetGroupName: - description: "A subnet group to associate with this cluster. \n - Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. - Must not be default. \n Example: mySubnetgroup" + description: |- + A subnet group to associate with this cluster. + + + Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be + default. + + + Example: mySubnetgroup type: string dbSubnetGroupNameRef: description: A Reference to a named object. @@ -192,21 +223,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -219,8 +250,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -233,21 +265,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -255,59 +287,84 @@ spec: type: object type: object deletionProtection: - description: Specifies whether this cluster can be deleted. If - DeletionProtection is enabled, the cluster cannot be deleted - unless it is modified and DeletionProtection is disabled. DeletionProtection - protects clusters from being accidentally deleted. + description: |- + Specifies whether this cluster can be deleted. If DeletionProtection is enabled, + the cluster cannot be deleted unless it is modified and DeletionProtection + is disabled. DeletionProtection protects clusters from being accidentally + deleted. type: boolean destinationRegion: description: DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. type: string enableCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: A list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting - to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. You can enable audit logs or profiler - logs. For more information, see Auditing Amazon DocumentDB Events - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/documentdb/latest/developerguide/event-auditing.html) + description: |- + A list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to Amazon CloudWatch + Logs. You can enable audit logs or profiler logs. For more information, see + Auditing Amazon DocumentDB Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/documentdb/latest/developerguide/event-auditing.html) and Profiling Amazon DocumentDB Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/documentdb/latest/developerguide/profiling.html). items: type: string type: array engine: - description: "The name of the database engine to be used for this - cluster. \n Valid values: docdb" + description: |- + The name of the database engine to be used for this cluster. + + + Valid values: docdb type: string engineVersion: - description: The version number of the database engine to use. - The --engine-version will default to the latest major engine - version. For production workloads, we recommend explicitly declaring - this parameter with the intended major engine version. + description: |- + The version number of the database engine to use. The --engine-version will + default to the latest major engine version. For production workloads, we + recommend explicitly declaring this parameter with the intended major engine + version. type: string finalDBSnapshotIdentifier: - description: "The cluster snapshot identifier of the new cluster - snapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. \n - Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot - parameter to true results in an error. \n Constraints: \n * - Must be from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. \n * The - first character must be a letter. \n * Cannot end with a hyphen - or contain two consecutive hyphens." + description: |- + The cluster snapshot identifier of the new cluster snapshot created when + SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. + + + Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter + to true results in an error. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. + + + * The first character must be a letter. + + + * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. type: string globalClusterIdentifier: description: The cluster identifier of the new global cluster. type: string kmsKeyID: - description: "The KMS key identifier for an encrypted cluster. - \n The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) - for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a cluster using - the same Amazon Web Services account that owns the KMS encryption - key that is used to encrypt the new cluster, you can use the - KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. - \n If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId: \n * If - the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, Amazon DocumentDB uses - your default encryption key. \n KMS creates the default encryption - key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services - account has a different default encryption key for each Amazon - Web Services Regions." + description: |- + The KMS key identifier for an encrypted cluster. + + + The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption + key. If you are creating a cluster using the same Amazon Web Services account + that owns the KMS encryption key that is used to encrypt the new cluster, + you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. + + + If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId: + + + * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, Amazon DocumentDB uses your + default encryption key. + + + KMS creates the default encryption key for your Amazon Web Services account. + Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default encryption key for + each Amazon Web Services Regions. type: string kmsKeyIDRef: description: 'TODO(haarchri): when resource is bumped to beta @@ -321,21 +378,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -349,8 +406,9 @@ spec: we will convert this field to kmsKeyIdSelector' properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -363,21 +421,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -385,11 +443,13 @@ spec: type: object type: object masterUserPasswordSecretRef: - description: "MasterUserPasswordSecretRef references the secret - that contains the password for the master database user. This - password can contain any printable ASCII character except forward - slash (/), double quote (\"), or the \"at\" symbol (@). \n Constraints: - Must contain from 8 to 100 characters." + description: |- + MasterUserPasswordSecretRef references the secret that contains the password for the master database user. This password can contain any + printable ASCII character except forward slash (/), double quote ("), or + the "at" symbol (@). + + + Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 100 characters. properties: key: description: The key to select. @@ -406,10 +466,20 @@ spec: - namespace type: object masterUsername: - description: "The name of the master user for the cluster. \n - Constraints: \n * Must be from 1 to 63 letters or numbers. \n - * The first character must be a letter. \n * Cannot be a reserved - word for the chosen database engine." + description: |- + The name of the master user for the cluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be from 1 to 63 letters or numbers. + + + * The first character must be a letter. + + + * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. type: string port: description: The port number on which the instances in the cluster @@ -420,22 +490,47 @@ spec: description: Not currently supported. type: string preferredBackupWindow: - description: "The daily time range during which automated backups - are created if automated backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod - parameter. \n The default is a 30-minute window selected at - random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services - Region. \n Constraints: \n * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. - \n * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). \n * Must - not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. \n * Must - be at least 30 minutes." + description: |- + The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated + backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. + + + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. + + + * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. + + + * Must be at least 30 minutes. type: string preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: "The weekly time range during which system maintenance - can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). \n Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi - \n The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from - an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, - occurring on a random day of the week. \n Valid days: Mon, Tue, - Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun \n Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window." + description: |- + The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal + Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + + + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of + the week. + + + Valid days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun + + + Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. type: string region: description: Region is which region the DBCluster will be created. @@ -449,38 +544,49 @@ spec: in time restore. properties: restoreTime: - description: 'RestoreTime is the date and time (UTC) to - restore from. Must be before the latest restorable time - for the DB instance. Can''t be specified if the useLatestRestorableTime - parameter is enabled. Example: 2011-09-07T23:45:00Z' + description: |- + RestoreTime is the date and time (UTC) to restore from. + Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance. + Can't be specified if the useLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled. + Example: 2011-09-07T23:45:00Z format: date-time type: string restoreType: - description: "The type of restore to be performed. You - can specify one of the following values: \n * full-copy - - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the - source DB cluster. \n * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster - is restored as a clone of the source DB cluster. \n - Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the - engine version of the source DB cluster is earlier than - 1.11. \n If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then - the new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the - source DB cluster. \n Valid for: Aurora DB clusters - and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following + values: + + + * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source + DB cluster. + + + * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source + DB cluster. + + + Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the engine version of the + source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. + + + If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored + as a full copy of the source DB cluster. + + + Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters enum: - full-copy - copy-on-write type: string sourceDBClusterIdentifier: - description: 'SourceDBClusterIdentifier specifies the - identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. - Constraints: Must match the identifier of an existing - DB instance.' + description: |- + SourceDBClusterIdentifier specifies the identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. Constraints: + Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. type: string useLatestRestorableTime: - description: UseLatestRestorableTime indicates that the - DB instance is restored from the latest backup Can't - be specified if the restoreTime parameter is provided. + description: |- + UseLatestRestorableTime indicates that the DB instance is restored from the latest backup + Can't be specified if the restoreTime parameter is provided. type: boolean type: object snapshot: @@ -495,9 +601,9 @@ spec: - snapshotIdentifier type: object source: - description: Source is the type of the backup to restore when - creating a new DBCluster or DBInstance. Snapshot and PointInTime - are supported. + description: |- + Source is the type of the backup to restore when creating a new DBCluster or DBInstance. + Snapshot and PointInTime are supported. enum: - Snapshot - PointInTime @@ -506,18 +612,23 @@ spec: - source type: object skipFinalSnapshot: - description: "Determines whether a final cluster snapshot is created - before the cluster is deleted. If true is specified, no cluster - snapshot is created. If false is specified, a cluster snapshot - is created before the DB cluster is deleted. \n If SkipFinalSnapshot - is false, you must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter. - \n Default: false" + description: |- + Determines whether a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster + is deleted. If true is specified, no cluster snapshot is created. If false + is specified, a cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. + + + If SkipFinalSnapshot is false, you must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier + parameter. + + + Default: false type: boolean sourceRegion: - description: SourceRegion is the source region where the resource - exists. This is not sent over the wire and is only used for - presigning. This value should always have the same region as - the source ARN. + description: |- + SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not + sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always + have the same region as the source ARN. type: string storageEncrypted: description: Specifies whether the cluster is encrypted. @@ -552,21 +663,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -581,8 +692,9 @@ spec: we will convert this field to vpcSecurityGroupIdSelector' properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -595,21 +707,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -623,19 +735,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -648,9 +762,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -660,21 +775,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -684,17 +799,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -704,21 +821,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -733,21 +850,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -758,14 +876,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -787,11 +906,11 @@ spec: description: DBClusterObservation defines the observed state of DBCluster properties: associatedRoles: - description: Provides a list of the Identity and Access Management - (IAM) roles that are associated with the cluster. (IAM) roles - that are associated with a cluster grant permission for the - cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services on your - behalf. + description: |- + Provides a list of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are + associated with the cluster. (IAM) roles that are associated with a cluster + grant permission for the cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services + on your behalf. items: properties: roleARN: @@ -805,16 +924,18 @@ spec: is associated. type: string clusterCreateTime: - description: Specifies the time when the cluster was created, - in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + description: |- + Specifies the time when the cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated + Time (UTC). format: date-time type: string dbClusterARN: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the cluster. type: string dbClusterIdentifier: - description: Contains a user-supplied cluster identifier. This - identifier is the unique key that identifies a cluster. + description: |- + Contains a user-supplied cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique + key that identifies a cluster. type: string dbClusterMembers: description: Provides the list of instances that make up the cluster. @@ -836,23 +957,26 @@ spec: for the cluster. type: string dbClusterResourceID: - description: The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable - identifier for the cluster. This identifier is found in CloudTrail - log entries whenever the KMS key for the cluster is accessed. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the cluster. + This identifier is found in CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for + the cluster is accessed. type: string dbSubnetGroup: - description: Specifies information on the subnet group that is - associated with the cluster, including the name, description, - and subnets in the subnet group. + description: |- + Specifies information on the subnet group that is associated with the cluster, + including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. type: string earliestRestorableTime: - description: The earliest time to which a database can be restored - with point-in-time restore. + description: |- + The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time + restore. format: date-time type: string enabledCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: A list of log types that this cluster is configured - to export to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. + description: |- + A list of log types that this cluster is configured to export to Amazon CloudWatch + Logs. items: type: string type: array @@ -865,8 +989,9 @@ spec: you create a hosted zone. type: string latestRestorableTime: - description: Specifies the latest time to which a database can - be restored with point-in-time restore. + description: |- + Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time + restore. format: date-time type: string multiAZ: @@ -877,35 +1002,39 @@ spec: description: Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. type: string readReplicaIdentifiers: - description: Contains one or more identifiers of the secondary - clusters that are associated with this cluster. + description: |- + Contains one or more identifiers of the secondary clusters that are associated + with this cluster. items: type: string type: array readerEndpoint: - description: "The reader endpoint for the cluster. The reader - endpoint for a cluster load balances connections across the - Amazon DocumentDB replicas that are available in a cluster. - As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, Amazon - DocumentDB distributes the connection requests among the Amazon - DocumentDB replicas in the cluster. This functionality can help - balance your read workload across multiple Amazon DocumentDB - replicas in your cluster. \n If a failover occurs, and the Amazon - DocumentDB replica that you are connected to is promoted to - be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue - sending your read workload to other Amazon DocumentDB replicas - in the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint." + description: |- + The reader endpoint for the cluster. The reader endpoint for a cluster load + balances connections across the Amazon DocumentDB replicas that are available + in a cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, + Amazon DocumentDB distributes the connection requests among the Amazon DocumentDB + replicas in the cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload + across multiple Amazon DocumentDB replicas in your cluster. + + + If a failover occurs, and the Amazon DocumentDB replica that you are connected + to is promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To + continue sending your read workload to other Amazon DocumentDB replicas in + the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint. type: string replicationSourceIdentifier: - description: Contains the identifier of the source cluster if - this cluster is a secondary cluster. + description: |- + Contains the identifier of the source cluster if this cluster is a secondary + cluster. type: string status: description: Specifies the current state of this cluster. type: string vpcSecurityGroups: - description: Provides a list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security - groups that the cluster belongs to. + description: |- + Provides a list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups that the cluster + belongs to. items: properties: status: @@ -921,14 +1050,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -938,8 +1076,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -951,6 +1090,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstances.yaml b/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstances.yaml index e2c92bff89..897ff3dfe1 100644 --- a/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstances.yaml +++ b/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstances.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbinstances.docdb.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: docdb.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DBInstance is the Schema for the DBInstances API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,33 +74,46 @@ spec: description: DBInstanceParameters defines the desired state of DBInstance properties: applyImmediately: - description: "Specifies whether the modifications in this request - and any pending modifications are asynchronously applied as - soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow - setting for the instance. \n If this parameter is set to false, - changes to the instance are applied during the next maintenance - window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and are applied - on the next reboot. \n Default: false" + description: |- + Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications + are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow + setting for the instance. + + + If this parameter is set to false, changes to the instance are applied during + the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and + are applied on the next reboot. + + + Default: false type: boolean autoMinorVersionUpgrade: - description: "This parameter does not apply to Amazon DocumentDB. - Amazon DocumentDB does not perform minor version upgrades regardless - of the value set. \n Default: false" + description: |- + This parameter does not apply to Amazon DocumentDB. Amazon DocumentDB does + not perform minor version upgrades regardless of the value set. + + + Default: false type: boolean availabilityZone: - description: "The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the instance - is created in. \n Default: A random, system-chosen Availability - Zone in the endpoint's Amazon Web Services Region. \n Example: - us-east-1d" + description: |- + The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the instance is created in. + + + Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon + Web Services Region. + + + Example: us-east-1d type: string caCertificateIdentifier: description: The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. type: string copyTagsToSnapshot: - description: A value that indicates whether to copy tags from - the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance. By default, - tags are not copied. + description: |- + A value that indicates whether to copy tags from the DB instance to snapshots + of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. type: boolean dbClusterIdentifier: description: The identifier of the cluster this instance will @@ -111,21 +130,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -138,8 +157,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -152,21 +172,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -178,45 +198,70 @@ spec: for example, db.r5.large. type: string enablePerformanceInsights: - description: A value that indicates whether to enable Performance - Insights for the DB Instance. For more information, see Using - Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/documentdb/latest/developerguide/performance-insights.html). + description: |- + A value that indicates whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB + Instance. For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/documentdb/latest/developerguide/performance-insights.html). type: boolean engine: - description: "The name of the database engine to be used for this - instance. \n Valid value: docdb" + description: |- + The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. + + + Valid value: docdb type: string performanceInsightsKMSKeyID: - description: "The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance - Insights data. \n The KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key - ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. \n If you do not - specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon - DocumentDB uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS - key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services - account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web - Services region." + description: |- + The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. + + + The KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for + the KMS key. + + + If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon + DocumentDB uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your + Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different + default KMS key for each Amazon Web Services region. type: string preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: "The time range each week during which system maintenance - can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). \n Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi - \n The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from - an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, - occurring on a random day of the week. \n Valid days: Mon, Tue, - Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun \n Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window." + description: |- + The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal + Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + + + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of + the week. + + + Valid days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun + + + Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. type: string promotionTier: - description: "A value that specifies the order in which an Amazon - DocumentDB replica is promoted to the primary instance after - a failure of the existing primary instance. \n Default: 1 \n - Valid values: 0-15" + description: |- + A value that specifies the order in which an Amazon DocumentDB replica is + promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary + instance. + + + Default: 1 + + + Valid values: 0-15 format: int64 type: integer region: description: Region is which region the DBInstance will be created. type: string tags: - description: The tags to be assigned to the instance. You can - assign up to 10 tags to an instance. + description: |- + The tags to be assigned to the instance. You can assign up to 10 tags to + an instance. items: properties: key: @@ -233,19 +278,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -258,9 +305,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -270,21 +318,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -294,17 +342,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -314,21 +364,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -343,21 +393,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -368,14 +419,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -406,23 +458,25 @@ spec: instance. type: string dbClusterIdentifier: - description: Contains the name of the cluster that the instance - is a member of if the instance is a member of a cluster. + description: |- + Contains the name of the cluster that the instance is a member of if the + instance is a member of a cluster. type: string dbInstanceARN: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the instance. type: string dbInstanceIdentifier: - description: Contains a user-provided database identifier. This - identifier is the unique key that identifies an instance. + description: |- + Contains a user-provided database identifier. This identifier is the unique + key that identifies an instance. type: string dbInstanceStatus: description: Specifies the current state of this database. type: string dbSubnetGroup: - description: Specifies information on the subnet group that is - associated with the instance, including the name, description, - and subnets in the subnet group. + description: |- + Specifies information on the subnet group that is associated with the instance, + including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. properties: dbSubnetGroupARN: type: string @@ -451,13 +505,15 @@ spec: type: string type: object dbiResourceID: - description: The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable - identifier for the instance. This identifier is found in CloudTrail - log entries whenever the KMS key for the instance is accessed. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the instance. + This identifier is found in CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for + the instance is accessed. type: string enabledCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: A list of log types that this instance is configured - to export to CloudWatch Logs. + description: |- + A list of log types that this instance is configured to export to CloudWatch + Logs. items: type: string type: array @@ -485,14 +541,15 @@ spec: for the encrypted instance. type: string latestRestorableTime: - description: Specifies the latest time to which a database can - be restored with point-in-time restore. + description: |- + Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time + restore. format: date-time type: string pendingModifiedValues: - description: Specifies that changes to the instance are pending. - This element is included only when changes are pending. Specific - changes are identified by subelements. + description: |- + Specifies that changes to the instance are pending. This element is included + only when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. properties: allocatedStorage: format: int64 @@ -520,9 +577,9 @@ spec: multiAZ: type: boolean pendingCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: A list of the log types whose configuration is - still pending. These log types are in the process of being - activated or deactivated. + description: |- + A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. These log types + are in the process of being activated or deactivated. properties: logTypesToDisable: items: @@ -540,18 +597,19 @@ spec: type: string type: object preferredBackupWindow: - description: Specifies the daily time range during which automated - backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined - by the BackupRetentionPeriod. + description: |- + Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created + if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. type: string publiclyAccessible: - description: Not supported. Amazon DocumentDB does not currently - support public endpoints. The value of PubliclyAccessible is - always false. + description: |- + Not supported. Amazon DocumentDB does not currently support public endpoints. + The value of PubliclyAccessible is always false. type: boolean statusInfos: - description: The status of a read replica. If the instance is - not a read replica, this is blank. + description: |- + The status of a read replica. If the instance is not a read replica, this + is blank. items: properties: message: @@ -568,8 +626,9 @@ spec: description: Specifies whether or not the instance is encrypted. type: boolean vpcSecurityGroups: - description: Provides a list of VPC security group elements that - the instance belongs to. + description: |- + Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the instance belongs + to. items: properties: status: @@ -585,14 +644,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -602,8 +670,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -615,6 +684,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbsubnetgroups.yaml b/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbsubnetgroups.yaml index 8bffa19754..24c3766a1a 100644 --- a/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbsubnetgroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/docdb.aws.crossplane.io_dbsubnetgroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbsubnetgroups.docdb.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: docdb.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DBSubnetGroup is the Schema for the DBSubnetGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -93,21 +99,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -122,8 +128,9 @@ spec: we will convert this field to subnetIdSelector' properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -136,21 +143,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -174,19 +181,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -199,9 +208,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -211,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -235,17 +245,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -255,21 +267,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -284,21 +296,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -309,14 +322,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -376,14 +390,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -393,8 +416,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -406,6 +430,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_backups.yaml b/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_backups.yaml index 40945b83d7..d7a9acd811 100644 --- a/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_backups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_backups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: backups.dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Backup is the Schema for the Backups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -78,8 +84,9 @@ spec: be taken. type: string tableNameRef: - description: TableNameRef points to the Table resource whose Name - will be used to fill TableName field. + description: |- + TableNameRef points to the Table resource whose Name will be used to fill + TableName field. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -89,21 +96,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -116,8 +123,9 @@ spec: description: TableNameSelector selects a Table resource. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -130,21 +138,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -158,19 +166,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -183,9 +193,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -195,21 +206,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -219,17 +230,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -239,21 +252,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -268,21 +281,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -293,14 +307,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -330,15 +345,15 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string backupExpiryDateTime: - description: Time at which the automatic on-demand backup created - by DynamoDB will expire. This SYSTEM on-demand backup expires - automatically 35 days after its creation. + description: |- + Time at which the automatic on-demand backup created by DynamoDB will expire. + This SYSTEM on-demand backup expires automatically 35 days after its creation. format: date-time type: string backupSizeBytes: - description: Size of the backup in bytes. DynamoDB updates this - value approximately every six hours. Recent changes might not - be reflected in this value. + description: |- + Size of the backup in bytes. DynamoDB updates this value approximately every + six hours. Recent changes might not be reflected in this value. format: int64 type: integer backupStatus: @@ -346,14 +361,20 @@ spec: ACTIVE, DELETED.' type: string backupType: - description: "BackupType: \n * USER - You create and manage these - using the on-demand backup feature. \n * SYSTEM - If you delete - a table with point-in-time recovery enabled, a SYSTEM backup - is automatically created and is retained for 35 days (at no - additional cost). System backups allow you to restore the deleted - table to the state it was in just before the point of deletion. - \n * AWS_BACKUP - On-demand backup created by you from Backup - service." + description: |- + BackupType: + + + * USER - You create and manage these using the on-demand backup feature. + + + * SYSTEM - If you delete a table with point-in-time recovery enabled, + a SYSTEM backup is automatically created and is retained for 35 days (at + no additional cost). System backups allow you to restore the deleted table + to the state it was in just before the point of deletion. + + + * AWS_BACKUP - On-demand backup created by you from Backup service. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -362,14 +383,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -379,8 +409,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -392,6 +423,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_globaltables.yaml b/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_globaltables.yaml index d4864a51ba..4ecdd71240 100644 --- a/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_globaltables.yaml +++ b/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_globaltables.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: globaltables.dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: GlobalTable is the Schema for the GlobalTables API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -85,19 +91,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -110,9 +118,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -122,21 +131,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -146,17 +155,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -166,21 +177,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -195,21 +206,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -220,14 +232,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -260,10 +273,20 @@ spec: description: The global table name. type: string globalTableStatus: - description: "The current state of the global table: \n * CREATING - - The global table is being created. \n * UPDATING - The global - table is being updated. \n * DELETING - The global table is - being deleted. \n * ACTIVE - The global table is ready for use." + description: |- + The current state of the global table: + + + * CREATING - The global table is being created. + + + * UPDATING - The global table is being updated. + + + * DELETING - The global table is being deleted. + + + * ACTIVE - The global table is ready for use. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -272,14 +295,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -289,8 +321,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -302,6 +335,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_tables.yaml b/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_tables.yaml index 4085cf7317..acd3c28f3f 100644 --- a/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_tables.yaml +++ b/package/crds/dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io_tables.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: tables.dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: dynamodb.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Table is the Schema for the Tables API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -79,43 +85,53 @@ spec: type: object type: array billingMode: - description: "Controls how you are charged for read and write - throughput and how you manage capacity. This setting can be - changed later. \n * PROVISIONED - We recommend using PROVISIONED - for predictable workloads. PROVISIONED sets the billing mode - to Provisioned Mode (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/HowItWorks.ReadWriteCapacityMode.html#HowItWorks.ProvisionedThroughput.Manual). - \n * PAY_PER_REQUEST - We recommend using PAY_PER_REQUEST for - unpredictable workloads. PAY_PER_REQUEST sets the billing mode - to On-Demand Mode (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/HowItWorks.ReadWriteCapacityMode.html#HowItWorks.OnDemand)." + description: |- + Controls how you are charged for read and write throughput and how you manage + capacity. This setting can be changed later. + + + * PROVISIONED - We recommend using PROVISIONED for predictable workloads. + PROVISIONED sets the billing mode to Provisioned Mode (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/HowItWorks.ReadWriteCapacityMode.html#HowItWorks.ProvisionedThroughput.Manual). + + + * PAY_PER_REQUEST - We recommend using PAY_PER_REQUEST for unpredictable + workloads. PAY_PER_REQUEST sets the billing mode to On-Demand Mode (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/HowItWorks.ReadWriteCapacityMode.html#HowItWorks.OnDemand). type: string deletionProtectionEnabled: - description: Indicates whether deletion protection is to be enabled - (true) or disabled (false) on the table. + description: |- + Indicates whether deletion protection is to be enabled (true) or disabled + (false) on the table. type: boolean globalSecondaryIndexes: - description: "One or more global secondary indexes (the maximum - is 20) to be created on the table. Each global secondary index - in the array includes the following: \n * IndexName - The name - of the global secondary index. Must be unique only for this - table. \n * KeySchema - Specifies the key schema for the global - secondary index. \n * Projection - Specifies attributes that - are copied (projected) from the table into the index. These - are in addition to the primary key attributes and index key - attributes, which are automatically projected. Each attribute - specification is composed of: ProjectionType - One of the following: - KEYS_ONLY - Only the index and primary keys are projected into - the index. INCLUDE - Only the specified table attributes are - projected into the index. The list of projected attributes is - in NonKeyAttributes. ALL - All of the table attributes are projected - into the index. NonKeyAttributes - A list of one or more non-key - attribute names that are projected into the secondary index. - The total count of attributes provided in NonKeyAttributes, - summed across all of the secondary indexes, must not exceed - 100. If you project the same attribute into two different indexes, - this counts as two distinct attributes when determining the - total. \n * ProvisionedThroughput - The provisioned throughput - settings for the global secondary index, consisting of read - and write capacity units." + description: |- + One or more global secondary indexes (the maximum is 20) to be created on + the table. Each global secondary index in the array includes the following: + + + * IndexName - The name of the global secondary index. Must be unique only + for this table. + + + * KeySchema - Specifies the key schema for the global secondary index. + + + * Projection - Specifies attributes that are copied (projected) from the + table into the index. These are in addition to the primary key attributes + and index key attributes, which are automatically projected. Each attribute + specification is composed of: ProjectionType - One of the following: KEYS_ONLY + - Only the index and primary keys are projected into the index. INCLUDE + - Only the specified table attributes are projected into the index. The + list of projected attributes is in NonKeyAttributes. ALL - All of the + table attributes are projected into the index. NonKeyAttributes - A list + of one or more non-key attribute names that are projected into the secondary + index. The total count of attributes provided in NonKeyAttributes, summed + across all of the secondary indexes, must not exceed 100. If you project + the same attribute into two different indexes, this counts as two distinct + attributes when determining the total. + + + * ProvisionedThroughput - The provisioned throughput settings for the + global secondary index, consisting of read and write capacity units. items: properties: indexName: @@ -130,10 +146,10 @@ spec: type: object type: array projection: - description: Represents attributes that are copied (projected) - from the table into an index. These are in addition to - the primary key attributes and index key attributes, which - are automatically projected. + description: |- + Represents attributes that are copied (projected) from the table into an + index. These are in addition to the primary key attributes and index key + attributes, which are automatically projected. properties: nonKeyAttributes: items: @@ -143,12 +159,14 @@ spec: type: string type: object provisionedThroughput: - description: "Represents the provisioned throughput settings - for a specified table or index. The settings can be modified - using the UpdateTable operation. \n For current minimum - and maximum provisioned throughput values, see Service, + description: |- + Represents the provisioned throughput settings for a specified table or index. + The settings can be modified using the UpdateTable operation. + + + For current minimum and maximum provisioned throughput values, see Service, Account, and Table Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Limits.html) - in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide." + in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. properties: readCapacityUnits: format: int64 @@ -160,29 +178,45 @@ spec: type: object type: array keySchema: - description: "Specifies the attributes that make up the primary - key for a table or an index. The attributes in KeySchema must - also be defined in the AttributeDefinitions array. For more - information, see Data Model (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/DataModel.html) - in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. \n Each KeySchemaElement - in the array is composed of: \n * AttributeName - The name of - this key attribute. \n * KeyType - The role that the key attribute - will assume: HASH - partition key RANGE - sort key \n The partition - key of an item is also known as its hash attribute. The term - \"hash attribute\" derives from the DynamoDB usage of an internal - hash function to evenly distribute data items across partitions, - based on their partition key values. \n The sort key of an item - is also known as its range attribute. The term \"range attribute\" - derives from the way DynamoDB stores items with the same partition - key physically close together, in sorted order by the sort key - value. \n For a simple primary key (partition key), you must - provide exactly one element with a KeyType of HASH. \n For a - composite primary key (partition key and sort key), you must - provide exactly two elements, in this order: The first element - must have a KeyType of HASH, and the second element must have - a KeyType of RANGE. \n For more information, see Working with - Tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/WorkingWithTables.html#WorkingWithTables.primary.key) - in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide." + description: |- + Specifies the attributes that make up the primary key for a table or an index. + The attributes in KeySchema must also be defined in the AttributeDefinitions + array. For more information, see Data Model (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/DataModel.html) + in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + + + Each KeySchemaElement in the array is composed of: + + + * AttributeName - The name of this key attribute. + + + * KeyType - The role that the key attribute will assume: HASH - partition + key RANGE - sort key + + + The partition key of an item is also known as its hash attribute. The term + "hash attribute" derives from the DynamoDB usage of an internal hash function + to evenly distribute data items across partitions, based on their partition + key values. + + + The sort key of an item is also known as its range attribute. The term "range + attribute" derives from the way DynamoDB stores items with the same partition + key physically close together, in sorted order by the sort key value. + + + For a simple primary key (partition key), you must provide exactly one element + with a KeyType of HASH. + + + For a composite primary key (partition key and sort key), you must provide + exactly two elements, in this order: The first element must have a KeyType + of HASH, and the second element must have a KeyType of RANGE. + + + For more information, see Working with Tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/WorkingWithTables.html#WorkingWithTables.primary.key) + in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. items: properties: attributeName: @@ -192,30 +226,37 @@ spec: type: object type: array localSecondaryIndexes: - description: "One or more local secondary indexes (the maximum - is 5) to be created on the table. Each index is scoped to a - given partition key value. There is a 10 GB size limit per partition - key value; otherwise, the size of a local secondary index is - unconstrained. \n Each local secondary index in the array includes - the following: \n * IndexName - The name of the local secondary - index. Must be unique only for this table. \n * KeySchema - - Specifies the key schema for the local secondary index. The - key schema must begin with the same partition key as the table. - \n * Projection - Specifies attributes that are copied (projected) - from the table into the index. These are in addition to the - primary key attributes and index key attributes, which are automatically - projected. Each attribute specification is composed of: ProjectionType - - One of the following: KEYS_ONLY - Only the index and primary - keys are projected into the index. INCLUDE - Only the specified - table attributes are projected into the index. The list of projected - attributes is in NonKeyAttributes. ALL - All of the table attributes - are projected into the index. NonKeyAttributes - A list of one - or more non-key attribute names that are projected into the - secondary index. The total count of attributes provided in NonKeyAttributes, - summed across all of the secondary indexes, must not exceed - 100. If you project the same attribute into two different indexes, - this counts as two distinct attributes when determining the - total." + description: |- + One or more local secondary indexes (the maximum is 5) to be created on the + table. Each index is scoped to a given partition key value. There is a 10 + GB size limit per partition key value; otherwise, the size of a local secondary + index is unconstrained. + + + Each local secondary index in the array includes the following: + + + * IndexName - The name of the local secondary index. Must be unique only + for this table. + + + * KeySchema - Specifies the key schema for the local secondary index. + The key schema must begin with the same partition key as the table. + + + * Projection - Specifies attributes that are copied (projected) from the + table into the index. These are in addition to the primary key attributes + and index key attributes, which are automatically projected. Each attribute + specification is composed of: ProjectionType - One of the following: KEYS_ONLY + - Only the index and primary keys are projected into the index. INCLUDE + - Only the specified table attributes are projected into the index. The + list of projected attributes is in NonKeyAttributes. ALL - All of the + table attributes are projected into the index. NonKeyAttributes - A list + of one or more non-key attribute names that are projected into the secondary + index. The total count of attributes provided in NonKeyAttributes, summed + across all of the secondary indexes, must not exceed 100. If you project + the same attribute into two different indexes, this counts as two distinct + attributes when determining the total. items: properties: indexName: @@ -230,10 +271,10 @@ spec: type: object type: array projection: - description: Represents attributes that are copied (projected) - from the table into an index. These are in addition to - the primary key attributes and index key attributes, which - are automatically projected. + description: |- + Represents attributes that are copied (projected) from the table into an + index. These are in addition to the primary key attributes and index key + attributes, which are automatically projected. properties: nonKeyAttributes: items: @@ -245,18 +286,23 @@ spec: type: object type: array pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled: - description: Indicates whether point in time recovery is enabled - (true) or disabled (false) on the table. + description: |- + Indicates whether point in time recovery is enabled (true) or disabled (false) + on the table. type: boolean provisionedThroughput: - description: "Represents the provisioned throughput settings for - a specified table or index. The settings can be modified using - the UpdateTable operation. \n If you set BillingMode as PROVISIONED, - you must specify this property. If you set BillingMode as PAY_PER_REQUEST, - you cannot specify this property. \n For current minimum and - maximum provisioned throughput values, see Service, Account, - and Table Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Limits.html) - in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide." + description: |- + Represents the provisioned throughput settings for a specified table or index. + The settings can be modified using the UpdateTable operation. + + + If you set BillingMode as PROVISIONED, you must specify this property. If + you set BillingMode as PAY_PER_REQUEST, you cannot specify this property. + + + For current minimum and maximum provisioned throughput values, see Service, + Account, and Table Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Limits.html) + in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. properties: readCapacityUnits: format: int64 @@ -280,18 +326,22 @@ spec: type: string type: object streamSpecification: - description: "The settings for DynamoDB Streams on the table. - These settings consist of: \n * StreamEnabled - Indicates whether - DynamoDB Streams is to be enabled (true) or disabled (false). - \n * StreamViewType - When an item in the table is modified, - StreamViewType determines what information is written to the - table's stream. Valid values for StreamViewType are: KEYS_ONLY - - Only the key attributes of the modified item are written to - the stream. NEW_IMAGE - The entire item, as it appears after - it was modified, is written to the stream. OLD_IMAGE - The entire - item, as it appeared before it was modified, is written to the - stream. NEW_AND_OLD_IMAGES - Both the new and the old item images - of the item are written to the stream." + description: |- + The settings for DynamoDB Streams on the table. These settings consist of: + + + * StreamEnabled - Indicates whether DynamoDB Streams is to be enabled + (true) or disabled (false). + + + * StreamViewType - When an item in the table is modified, StreamViewType + determines what information is written to the table's stream. Valid values + for StreamViewType are: KEYS_ONLY - Only the key attributes of the modified + item are written to the stream. NEW_IMAGE - The entire item, as it appears + after it was modified, is written to the stream. OLD_IMAGE - The entire + item, as it appeared before it was modified, is written to the stream. + NEW_AND_OLD_IMAGES - Both the new and the old item images of the item + are written to the stream. properties: streamEnabled: type: boolean @@ -303,8 +353,9 @@ spec: STANDARD and STANDARD_INFREQUENT_ACCESS. type: string tags: - description: A list of key-value pairs to label the table. For - more information, see Tagging for DynamoDB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Tagging.html). + description: |- + A list of key-value pairs to label the table. For more information, see Tagging + for DynamoDB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Tagging.html). items: properties: key: @@ -321,19 +372,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -346,9 +399,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -358,21 +412,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -382,17 +436,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -402,21 +458,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -431,21 +487,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -456,14 +513,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -506,32 +564,45 @@ spec: type: string type: object creationDateTime: - description: The date and time when the table was created, in - UNIX epoch time (http://www.epochconverter.com/) format. + description: |- + The date and time when the table was created, in UNIX epoch time (http://www.epochconverter.com/) + format. format: date-time type: string globalTableVersion: - description: Represents the version of global tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/GlobalTables.html) - in use, if the table is replicated across Amazon Web Services - Regions. + description: |- + Represents the version of global tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/GlobalTables.html) + in use, if the table is replicated across Amazon Web Services Regions. type: string itemCount: - description: The number of items in the specified table. DynamoDB - updates this value approximately every six hours. Recent changes - might not be reflected in this value. + description: |- + The number of items in the specified table. DynamoDB updates this value approximately + every six hours. Recent changes might not be reflected in this value. format: int64 type: integer latestStreamARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies - the latest stream for this table. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the latest stream + for this table. type: string latestStreamLabel: - description: "A timestamp, in ISO 8601 format, for this stream. - \n Note that LatestStreamLabel is not a unique identifier for - the stream, because it is possible that a stream from another - table might have the same timestamp. However, the combination - of the following three elements is guaranteed to be unique: - \n * Amazon Web Services customer ID \n * Table name \n * StreamLabel" + description: |- + A timestamp, in ISO 8601 format, for this stream. + + + Note that LatestStreamLabel is not a unique identifier for the stream, because + it is possible that a stream from another table might have the same timestamp. + However, the combination of the following three elements is guaranteed to + be unique: + + + * Amazon Web Services customer ID + + + * Table name + + + * StreamLabel type: string replicas: description: Represents replicas of the table. @@ -543,9 +614,9 @@ spec: indexName: type: string provisionedThroughputOverride: - description: Replica-specific provisioned throughput - settings. If not specified, uses the source table's - provisioned throughput settings. + description: |- + Replica-specific provisioned throughput settings. If not specified, uses + the source table's provisioned throughput settings. properties: readCapacityUnits: format: int64 @@ -556,9 +627,9 @@ spec: kmsMasterKeyID: type: string provisionedThroughputOverride: - description: Replica-specific provisioned throughput settings. - If not specified, uses the source table's provisioned - throughput settings. + description: |- + Replica-specific provisioned throughput settings. If not specified, uses + the source table's provisioned throughput settings. properties: readCapacityUnits: format: int64 @@ -634,25 +705,42 @@ spec: description: The name of the table. type: string tableSizeBytes: - description: The total size of the specified table, in bytes. - DynamoDB updates this value approximately every six hours. Recent - changes might not be reflected in this value. + description: |- + The total size of the specified table, in bytes. DynamoDB updates this value + approximately every six hours. Recent changes might not be reflected in this + value. format: int64 type: integer tableStatus: - description: "The current state of the table: \n * CREATING - - The table is being created. \n * UPDATING - The table/index - configuration is being updated. The table/index remains available - for data operations when UPDATING. \n * DELETING - The table - is being deleted. \n * ACTIVE - The table is ready for use. - \n * INACCESSIBLE_ENCRYPTION_CREDENTIALS - The KMS key used - to encrypt the table in inaccessible. Table operations may fail - due to failure to use the KMS key. DynamoDB will initiate the - table archival process when a table's KMS key remains inaccessible - for more than seven days. \n * ARCHIVING - The table is being - archived. Operations are not allowed until archival is complete. - \n * ARCHIVED - The table has been archived. See the ArchivalReason - for more information." + description: |- + The current state of the table: + + + * CREATING - The table is being created. + + + * UPDATING - The table/index configuration is being updated. The table/index + remains available for data operations when UPDATING. + + + * DELETING - The table is being deleted. + + + * ACTIVE - The table is ready for use. + + + * INACCESSIBLE_ENCRYPTION_CREDENTIALS - The KMS key used to encrypt the + table in inaccessible. Table operations may fail due to failure to use + the KMS key. DynamoDB will initiate the table archival process when a + table's KMS key remains inaccessible for more than seven days. + + + * ARCHIVING - The table is being archived. Operations are not allowed + until archival is complete. + + + * ARCHIVED - The table has been archived. See the ArchivalReason for more + information. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -661,14 +749,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -678,8 +775,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -691,6 +789,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_addresses.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_addresses.yaml index 23dd3c5947..a2de4b5284 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_addresses.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_addresses.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: addresses.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -41,14 +41,19 @@ spec: IP Address. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,13 +62,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -73,40 +79,48 @@ spec: Elastic IP properties: address: - description: '[EC2-VPC] The Elastic IP address to recover or an - IPv4 address from an address pool.' + description: |- + [EC2-VPC] The Elastic IP address to recover or an IPv4 address from an address + pool. type: string customerOwnedIPv4Pool: - description: The ID of a customer-owned address pool. Use this - parameter to let Amazon EC2 select an address from the address - pool. Alternatively, specify a specific address from the address - pool + description: |- + The ID of a customer-owned address pool. Use this parameter to let Amazon + EC2 select an address from the address pool. Alternatively, specify a specific + address from the address pool type: string domain: - description: 'Set to vpc to allocate the address for use with - instances in a VPC. Default: The address is for use with instances - in EC2-Classic.' + description: |- + Set to vpc to allocate the address for use with instances in a VPC. + Default: The address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic. enum: - vpc - standard type: string networkBorderGroup: - description: "The location from which the IP address is advertised. - Use this parameter to limit the address to this location. \n - A network border group is a unique set of Availability Zones - or Local Zones from where AWS advertises IP addresses and limits - the addresses to the group. IP addresses cannot move between - network border groups. \n Use DescribeAvailabilityZones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAvailabilityZones.html) - to view the network border groups. \n You cannot use a network - border group with EC2 Classic. If you attempt this operation - on EC2 classic, you will receive an InvalidParameterCombination - error. For more information, see Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html)." + description: |- + The location from which the IP address is advertised. Use this parameter + to limit the address to this location. + + + A network border group is a unique set of Availability Zones or Local Zones + from where AWS advertises IP addresses and limits the addresses to the group. + IP addresses cannot move between network border groups. + + + Use DescribeAvailabilityZones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAvailabilityZones.html) + to view the network border groups. + + + You cannot use a network border group with EC2 Classic. If you attempt this + operation on EC2 classic, you will receive an InvalidParameterCombination + error. For more information, see Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html). type: string publicIpv4Pool: - description: The ID of an address pool that you own. Use this - parameter to let Amazon EC2 select an address from the address - pool. To specify a specific address from the address pool, use - the Address parameter instead. + description: |- + The ID of an address pool that you own. Use this parameter to let Amazon + EC2 select an address from the address pool. To specify a specific address + from the address pool, use the Address parameter instead. type: string region: description: Region is the region you'd like your Address to be @@ -134,19 +148,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -159,9 +175,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -171,21 +188,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -195,17 +212,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -215,21 +234,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -244,21 +263,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -269,14 +289,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -302,8 +323,9 @@ spec: for use with EC2-VPC. type: string associationId: - description: The ID representing the association of the address - with an instance in a VPC. + description: |- + The ID representing the association of the address with an instance in a + VPC. type: string customerOwnedIp: description: The customer-owned IP address. @@ -312,9 +334,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of the customer-owned address pool. type: string domain: - description: Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for - use with instances in EC2-Classic (standard) or instances in - a VPC (vpc). + description: |- + Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic + (standard) or instances in a VPC (vpc). type: string instanceId: description: The ID of the instance that the address is associated @@ -352,14 +374,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -369,8 +400,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -382,6 +414,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_flowlogs.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_flowlogs.yaml index 51eb12aa63..16629f8106 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_flowlogs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_flowlogs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: flowlogs.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: FlowLog is the Schema for the FlowLogs API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,17 +74,18 @@ spec: description: FlowLogParameters defines the desired state of FlowLog properties: clientToken: - description: Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide - to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, - see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html). + description: |- + Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency + of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html). type: string cloudWatchLogDestination: description: The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of a CloudWatch Log Group. type: string cloudWatchLogDestinationRef: - description: CloudWatchLogDestinationRef is a reference to a CloudWatch - Log Group used to set the CloudWatchLogDestination. + description: |- + CloudWatchLogDestinationRef is a reference to a CloudWatch Log Group used to set + the CloudWatchLogDestination. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -88,21 +95,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -112,12 +119,14 @@ spec: - name type: object cloudWatchLogDestinationSelector: - description: CloudWatchLogDestinationSelector selects a reference - to a CloudWatch Log Group used to set the CloudWatchLogDestination. + description: |- + CloudWatchLogDestinationSelector selects a reference to a CloudWatch Log Group used + to set the CloudWatchLogDestination. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -130,21 +139,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -152,18 +161,21 @@ spec: type: object type: object deliverCrossAccountRole: - description: The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to - publish flow logs across accounts. + description: |- + The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs across + accounts. type: string deliverLogsPermissionArn: - description: The ARN for the IAM role that permits Amazon EC2 + description: |- + The ARN for the IAM role that permits Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to a CloudWatch Logs log group in your account. \n If you specify LogDestinationType as s3, do not specify DeliverLogsPermissionArn or LogGroupName. type: string deliverLogsPermissionArnRef: - description: DeliverLogsPermissionARNRef is a reference to DeliverLogsPermissionARN - used to set the DeliverLogsPermissionARN. + description: |- + DeliverLogsPermissionARNRef is a reference to DeliverLogsPermissionARN used to set + the DeliverLogsPermissionARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -173,21 +185,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -197,12 +209,14 @@ spec: - name type: object deliverLogsPermissionArnSelector: - description: DeliverLogsPermissionARNelector selects a reference - to DeliverLogsPermissionARN used to set the DeliverLogsPermissionARN. + description: |- + DeliverLogsPermissionARNelector selects a reference to DeliverLogsPermissionARN used + to set the DeliverLogsPermissionARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -215,21 +229,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -247,47 +261,66 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object logDestination: - description: "The destination for the flow log data. The meaning - of this parameter depends on the destination type. \n * If the - destination type is cloud-watch-logs, specify the ARN of a CloudWatch - Logs log group. For example: arn:aws:logs:region:account_id:log-group:my_group - Alternatively, use the LogGroupName parameter. \n * If the destination - type is s3, specify the ARN of an S3 bucket. For example: arn:aws:s3:::my_bucket/my_subfolder/ - The subfolder is optional. Note that you can't use AWSLogs as - a subfolder name. \n * If the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose, - specify the ARN of a Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. - For example: arn:aws:firehose:region:account_id:deliverystream:my_stream" + description: |- + The destination for the flow log data. The meaning of this parameter depends + on the destination type. + + + * If the destination type is cloud-watch-logs, specify the ARN of a CloudWatch + Logs log group. For example: arn:aws:logs:region:account_id:log-group:my_group + Alternatively, use the LogGroupName parameter. + + + * If the destination type is s3, specify the ARN of an S3 bucket. For + example: arn:aws:s3:::my_bucket/my_subfolder/ The subfolder is optional. + Note that you can't use AWSLogs as a subfolder name. + + + * If the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose, specify the ARN of + a Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. For example: arn:aws:firehose:region:account_id:deliverystream:my_stream type: string logDestinationType: - description: "The type of destination for the flow log data. \n - Default: cloud-watch-logs" + description: |- + The type of destination for the flow log data. + + + Default: cloud-watch-logs type: string logFormat: - description: "The fields to include in the flow log record. List - the fields in the order in which they should appear. If you - omit this parameter, the flow log is created using the default - format. If you specify this parameter, you must include at least - one field. For more information about the available fields, + description: |- + The fields to include in the flow log record. List the fields in the order + in which they should appear. If you omit this parameter, the flow log is + created using the default format. If you specify this parameter, you must + include at least one field. For more information about the available fields, see Flow log records (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html#flow-log-records) - in the Amazon VPC User Guide or Transit Gateway Flow Log records - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-flow-logs.html#flow-log-records) - in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. \n Specify - the fields using the ${field-id} format, separated by spaces." + in the Amazon VPC User Guide or Transit Gateway Flow Log records (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-flow-logs.html#flow-log-records) + in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. + + + Specify the fields using the ${field-id} format, separated by spaces. type: string logGroupName: - description: "The name of a new or existing CloudWatch Logs log - group where Amazon EC2 publishes your flow logs. \n This parameter - is valid only if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs." + description: |- + The name of a new or existing CloudWatch Logs log group where Amazon EC2 + publishes your flow logs. + + + This parameter is valid only if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs. type: string maxAggregationInterval: - description: "The maximum interval of time during which a flow - of packets is captured and aggregated into a flow log record. - The possible values are 60 seconds (1 minute) or 600 seconds - (10 minutes). This parameter must be 60 seconds for transit - gateway resource types. \n When a network interface is attached - to a Nitro-based instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances), - the aggregation interval is always 60 seconds or less, regardless - of the value that you specify. \n Default: 600" + description: |- + The maximum interval of time during which a flow of packets is captured and + aggregated into a flow log record. The possible values are 60 seconds (1 + minute) or 600 seconds (10 minutes). This parameter must be 60 seconds for + transit gateway resource types. + + + When a network interface is attached to a Nitro-based instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances), + the aggregation interval is always 60 seconds or less, regardless of the + value that you specify. + + + Default: 600 format: int64 type: integer networkInterfaceId: @@ -298,24 +331,28 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the FlowLog will be created. type: string resourceIDs: - description: "The ID of the subnet, network interface, or VPC - for which you want to create a flow log. \n Constraints: Maximum - of 1000 resources" + description: |- + The ID of the subnet, network interface, or VPC for which you want to create + a flow log. + + + Constraints: Maximum of 1000 resources items: type: string type: array resourceType: - description: The type of resource for which to create the flow - log. For example, if you specified a VPC ID for the ResourceId - property, specify VPC for this property. + description: |- + The type of resource for which to create the flow log. For example, if you + specified a VPC ID for the ResourceId property, specify VPC for this property. type: string s3BucketLogDestination: description: The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of a CloudWatch Log Group. type: string s3BucketLogDestinationRef: - description: S3BucketLogDestinationRef is a reference to a S3 - Bucket to set the S3BucketLogDestination. + description: |- + S3BucketLogDestinationRef is a reference to a S3 Bucket to set + the S3BucketLogDestination. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -325,21 +362,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -349,12 +386,14 @@ spec: - name type: object s3BucketLogDestinationSelector: - description: S3BucketLogDestinationSelector selects a reference - to a S3 Bucket used to set the S3BucketLogDestination. + description: |- + S3BucketLogDestinationSelector selects a reference to a S3 Bucket used + to set the S3BucketLogDestination. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -367,21 +406,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -389,19 +428,19 @@ spec: type: object type: object s3BucketSubfolder: - description: S3BucketSubfolder allows you to use a subfolder in - a S3Bucket, if S3BucketLogDestination is used to determin the - ARN of a Bucket managed by crossplane S3BucketSubfolder starts - and ends without an slash e.g. test/test2 You cannot use AWSLogs - as a subfolder name. This is a reserved term. + description: |- + S3BucketSubfolder allows you to use a subfolder in a S3Bucket, if S3BucketLogDestination is used to determin the ARN of a Bucket managed by crossplane + S3BucketSubfolder starts and ends without an slash e.g. test/test2 + You cannot use AWSLogs as a subfolder name. This is a reserved term. type: string subnetId: description: The ID of the one or more Subnets for which you want to create a flow log. type: string subnetIdRef: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a referenc to a SubnetID used to - set the SubnetID. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a referenc to a SubnetID used to set + the SubnetID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -411,21 +450,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -435,12 +474,14 @@ spec: - name type: object subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDSelector selects reference to a SubnetID - used to set the SubnetID. + description: |- + SubnetIDSelector selects reference to a SubnetID used + to set the SubnetID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -453,21 +494,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -485,18 +526,19 @@ spec: type: object type: array trafficType: - description: The type of traffic to monitor (accepted traffic, - rejected traffic, or all traffic). This parameter is not supported - for transit gateway resource types. It is required for the other - resource types. + description: |- + The type of traffic to monitor (accepted traffic, rejected traffic, or all + traffic). This parameter is not supported for transit gateway resource types. + It is required for the other resource types. type: string transitGatewayAttachmentId: description: The ID of the TransitGatewayAttachment for which you want to create a flow log. type: string transitGatewayAttachmentIdRef: - description: TransitGatewayAttachmentIDRef is a reference to an - API used to set the TransitGatewayAttachmentID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayAttachmentIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the TransitGatewayAttachmentID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -506,21 +548,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -530,12 +572,14 @@ spec: - name type: object transitGatewayAttachmentIdSelector: - description: TransitGatewayAttachmentIDSelector selects references - to API used to set the TransitGatewayAttachmentID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayAttachmentIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the TransitGatewayAttachmentID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -548,21 +592,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -574,8 +618,9 @@ spec: create a flow log. type: string transitGatewayIdRef: - description: TransitGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used - to set the TransitGatewayID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the TransitGatewayID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -585,21 +630,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -609,12 +654,14 @@ spec: - name type: object transitGatewayIdSelector: - description: TransitGatewayIDSelector selects references to API - used to set the TransitGatewayID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the TransitGatewayID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -627,21 +674,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -653,8 +700,9 @@ spec: flow log. type: string vpcIdRef: - description: VPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - VPCID. + description: |- + VPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the VPCID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -664,21 +712,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -688,12 +736,14 @@ spec: - name type: object vpcIdSelector: - description: VPCIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the VPCID. + description: |- + VPCIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the VPCID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -706,21 +756,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -733,19 +783,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -758,9 +810,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -770,21 +823,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -794,17 +847,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -814,21 +869,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -843,21 +898,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -868,14 +924,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -929,14 +986,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -946,8 +1012,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -959,6 +1026,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_instances.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_instances.yaml index 4c0bbf7841..35f86ad382 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_instances.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_instances.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: instances.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -41,14 +41,19 @@ spec: of AWS EC2 Instance properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,13 +62,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -72,22 +78,24 @@ spec: description: InstanceParameters define the desired state of the Instances properties: ElasticGpuSpecification: - description: An elastic GPU to associate with the instance. An - Elastic GPU is a GPU resource that you can attach to your Windows - instance to accelerate the graphics performance of your applications. - For more information, see Amazon EC2 Elastic GPUs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html) + description: |- + An elastic GPU to associate with the instance. An Elastic GPU is a GPU resource + that you can attach to your Windows instance to accelerate the graphics performance + of your applications. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Elastic GPUs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. items: description: ElasticGPUSpecification is a specification for an Elastic Graphics accelerator. properties: type: - description: "The type of Elastic Graphics accelerator. - For more information about the values to specify for Type, - see Elastic Graphics Basics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html#elastic-graphics-basics), - specifically the Elastic Graphics accelerator column, - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide for Windows - Instances. \n Type is a required field" + description: |- + The type of Elastic Graphics accelerator. For more information about the + values to specify for Type, see Elastic Graphics Basics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html#elastic-graphics-basics), + specifically the Elastic Graphics accelerator column, in the Amazon Elastic + Compute Cloud User Guide for Windows Instances. + + + Type is a required field type: string required: - type @@ -102,62 +110,68 @@ spec: description: The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh). type: string ebs: - description: Parameters used to automatically set up EBS - volumes when the instance is launched. + description: |- + Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is + launched. properties: deleteOnTermination: - description: Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted - on instance termination. For more information, see - Preserving Amazon EBS Volumes on Instance Termination + description: |- + Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. For + more information, see Preserving Amazon EBS Volumes on Instance Termination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/terminating-instances.html#preserving-volumes-on-termination) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. type: boolean encrypted: - description: "Indicates whether the encryption state - of an EBS volume is changed while being restored from - a backing snapshot. The effect of setting the encryption - state to true depends on the volume origin (new or - from a snapshot), starting encryption state, ownership, - and whether encryption by default is enabled. For - more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#encryption-parameters) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n - In no case can you remove encryption from an encrypted - volume. \n Encrypted volumes can only be attached - to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For - more information, see Supported Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances). - \n This parameter is not returned by ." + description: |- + Indicates whether the encryption state of an EBS volume is changed while + being restored from a backing snapshot. The effect of setting the encryption + state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting + encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. + For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#encryption-parameters) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + In no case can you remove encryption from an encrypted volume. + + + Encrypted volumes can only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS + encryption. For more information, see Supported Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances). + + + This parameter is not returned by . type: boolean iops: - description: "The number of I/O operations per second - (IOPS) that the volume supports. For io1 volumes, - this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned - for the volume. For gp2 volumes, this represents the - baseline performance of the volume and the rate at - which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. - For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume Types - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n - Constraints: Range is 100-16,000 IOPS for gp2 volumes - and 100 to 64,000IOPS for io1 volumes in most Regions. - Maximum io1 IOPS of 64,000 is guaranteed only on Nitro-based - instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances). - Other instance families guarantee performance up to - 32,000 IOPS. For more information, see Amazon EBS - Volume Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n - Condition: This parameter is required for requests - to create io1 volumes; it is not used in requests - to create gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes." + description: |- + The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. + For io1 volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned + for the volume. For gp2 volumes, this represents the baseline performance + of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for + bursting. For more information, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + Constraints: Range is 100-16,000 IOPS for gp2 volumes and 100 to 64,000IOPS + for io1 volumes in most Regions. Maximum io1 IOPS of 64,000 is guaranteed + only on Nitro-based instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances). + Other instance families guarantee performance up to 32,000 IOPS. For more + information, see Amazon EBS Volume Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create io1 volumes; + it is not used in requests to create gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes. format: int32 type: integer kmsKeyId: - description: "Identifier (key ID, key alias, ID ARN, - or alias ARN) for a customer managed CMK under which - the EBS volume is encrypted. \n This parameter is - only supported on BlockDeviceMapping objects called - by RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html), + description: |- + Identifier (key ID, key alias, ID ARN, or alias ARN) for a customer managed + CMK under which the EBS volume is encrypted. + + + This parameter is only supported on BlockDeviceMapping objects called by + RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html), RequestSpotFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html), - and RequestSpotInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotInstances.html)." + and RequestSpotInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotInstances.html). type: string kmsKeyIdRef: description: KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to a KMS Key @@ -171,23 +185,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -201,9 +213,9 @@ spec: a KMS Key used to set KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -216,23 +228,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -243,53 +253,67 @@ spec: description: The ID of the snapshot. type: string throughput: - description: "The throughput that the volume supports, - in MiB/s. \n Constraints: Up to 1,000MiB/s for gp3 - volumes. \n Condition: This parameter is optional - and only used to create gp3 volumes; it is not used - in requests to create gp2, st1, sc1, io1, or standard - volumes." + description: |- + The throughput that the volume supports, in MiB/s. + + + Constraints: Up to 1,000MiB/s for gp3 volumes. + + + Condition: This parameter is optional and only used to create gp3 volumes; + it is not used in requests to create gp2, st1, sc1, io1, or standard volumes. format: int32 type: integer volumeSize: - description: "The size of the volume, in GiB. \n Default: - If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and - don't specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot - size. \n Constraints: 1-16384 for General Purpose - SSD (gp2), 4-16384 for Provisioned IOPS SSD (io1), - 500-16384 for Throughput Optimized HDD (st1), 500-16384 - for Cold HDD (sc1), and 1-1024 for Magnetic (standard) - volumes. If you specify a snapshot, the volume size - must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size." + description: |- + The size of the volume, in GiB. + + + Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify + a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. + + + Constraints: 1-16384 for General Purpose SSD (gp2), 4-16384 for Provisioned + IOPS SSD (io1), 500-16384 for Throughput Optimized HDD (st1), 500-16384 for + Cold HDD (sc1), and 1-1024 for Magnetic (standard) volumes. If you specify + a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot + size. format: int32 type: integer volumeType: - description: "The volume type. If you set the type to - io1, you must also specify the Iops parameter. If - you set the type to gp2, st1, sc1, or standard, you - must omit the Iops parameter. \n Default: gp2" + description: |- + The volume type. If you set the type to io1, you must also specify the Iops + parameter. If you set the type to gp2, st1, sc1, or standard, you must omit + the Iops parameter. + + + Default: gp2 type: string required: - volumeSize type: object noDevice: - description: Suppresses the specified device included in - the block device mapping of the AMI. + description: |- + Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the + AMI. type: string virtualName: - description: "The virtual device name (ephemeralN). Instance - store volumes are numbered starting from 0. An instance - type with 2 available instance store volumes can specify - mappings for ephemeral0 and ephemeral1. The number of - available instance store volumes depends on the instance - type. After you connect to the instance, you must mount - the volume. \n NVMe instance store volumes are automatically - enumerated and assigned a device name. Including them - in your block device mapping has no effect. \n Constraints: - For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes - in the block device mapping for the instance. When you - launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes - specified in the block device mapping for the AMI." + description: |- + The virtual device name (ephemeralN). Instance store volumes are numbered + starting from 0. An instance type with 2 available instance store volumes + can specify mappings for ephemeral0 and ephemeral1. The number of available + instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to + the instance, you must mount the volume. + + + NVMe instance store volumes are automatically enumerated and assigned a device + name. Including them in your block device mapping has no effect. + + + Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in + the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, + we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping + for the AMI. type: string required: - deviceName @@ -297,11 +321,11 @@ spec: type: object type: array capacityReservationSpecification: - description: Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting - option. If you do not specify this parameter, the instance's - Capacity Reservation preference defaults to open, which enables - it to run in any open Capacity Reservation that has matching - attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + description: |- + Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option. If you do not + specify this parameter, the instance's Capacity Reservation preference defaults + to open, which enables it to run in any open Capacity Reservation that has + matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). properties: capacityReservationTarget: description: Information about the target Capacity Reservation. @@ -311,13 +335,17 @@ spec: type: string type: object capacityReservationsPreference: - description: "Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation - preferences. Possible preferences include: \n * open - The - instance can run in any open Capacity Reservation that has - matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability - Zone). \n * none - The instance avoids running in a Capacity - Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs - as an On-Demand Instance." + description: |- + Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences + include: + + + * open - The instance can run in any open Capacity Reservation that has + matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + + + * none - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if + one is available. The instance runs as an On-Demand Instance. enum: - open - none @@ -326,16 +354,21 @@ spec: - capacityReservationsPreference type: object clientToken: - description: "Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to - ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify - a client token, a randomly generated token is used for the request - to ensure idempotency. \n For more information, see Ensuring - Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html). - \n Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters" + description: |- + Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of + the request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token + is used for the request to ensure idempotency. + + + For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html). + + + Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters type: string cpuOptions: - description: The CPU options for the instance. For more information, - see Optimizing CPU Options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html) + description: |- + The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see Optimizing CPU + Options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. properties: coreCount: @@ -343,9 +376,9 @@ spec: format: int32 type: integer threadsPerCore: - description: The number of threads per CPU core. To disable - multithreading for the instance, specify a value of 1. Otherwise, - specify the default value of 2. + description: |- + The number of threads per CPU core. To disable multithreading for the instance, + specify a value of 1. Otherwise, specify the default value of 2. format: int32 type: integer required: @@ -353,71 +386,93 @@ spec: - threadsPerCore type: object creditSpecification: - description: "The credit option for CPU usage of the burstable - performance instance. Valid values are standard and unlimited. - To change this attribute after launch, use ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.html). + description: |- + The credit option for CPU usage of the burstable performance instance. Valid + values are standard and unlimited. To change this attribute after launch, + use ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.html). For more information, see Burstable Performance Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n Default: - standard (T2 instances) or unlimited (T3/T3a instances)" + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + Default: standard (T2 instances) or unlimited (T3/T3a instances) properties: cpuCredits: - description: "The credit option for CPU usage of a T2 or T3 - instance. Valid values are standard and unlimited. \n CPUCredits - is a required field" + description: |- + The credit option for CPU usage of a T2 or T3 instance. Valid values are + standard and unlimited. + + + CPUCredits is a required field type: string required: - cpuCredits type: object disableAPITermination: - description: "If you set this parameter to true, you can't terminate - the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, - you can. To change this attribute after launch, use ModifyInstanceAttribute - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceAttribute.html). - Alternatively, if you set InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior - to terminate, you can terminate the instance by running the - shutdown command from the instance. \n Default: false" + description: |- + If you set this parameter to true, you can't terminate the instance using + the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. To change this attribute + after launch, use ModifyInstanceAttribute (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceAttribute.html). + Alternatively, if you set InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior to terminate, + you can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command from the instance. + + + Default: false type: boolean ebsOptimized: - description: "Indicates whether the instance is optimized for - Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput - to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide - optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't - available with all instance types. Additional usage charges - apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. \n Default: false" + description: |- + Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization + provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration + stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't + available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using + an EBS-optimized instance. + + + Default: false type: boolean elasticInferenceAccelerators: - description: "An elastic inference accelerator to associate with - the instance. Elastic inference accelerators are a resource - you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances to accelerate your - Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. \n You cannot specify - accelerators from different generations in the same request." + description: |- + An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic + inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 instances + to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + + + You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. items: description: ElasticInferenceAccelerator describes an elastic inference accelerator. properties: count: - description: "The number of elastic inference accelerators - to attach to the instance. \n Default: 1" + description: |- + The number of elastic inference accelerators to attach to the instance. + + + Default: 1 format: int32 type: integer type: - description: "The type of elastic inference accelerator. - The possible values are eia1.medium, eia1.large, and eia1.xlarge. - \n Type is a required field" + description: |- + The type of elastic inference accelerator. The possible values are eia1.medium, + eia1.large, and eia1.xlarge. + + + Type is a required field type: string required: - type type: object type: array hibernationOptions: - description: Indicates whether an instance is enabled for hibernation. - For more information, see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) + description: |- + Indicates whether an instance is enabled for hibernation. For more information, + see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. properties: configured: - description: "If you set this parameter to true, your instance - is enabled for hibernation. \n Default: false" + description: |- + If you set this parameter to true, your instance is enabled for hibernation. + + + Default: false type: boolean type: object iamInstanceProfile: @@ -432,19 +487,25 @@ spec: type: string type: object imageId: - description: The ID of the AMI. An AMI ID is required to launch - an instance and must be specified here or in a launch template. + description: |- + The ID of the AMI. An AMI ID is required to launch an instance and must be + specified here or in a launch template. type: string instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior: - description: "Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates - when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating - system command for system shutdown). \n Default: stop" + description: |- + Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown + from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). + + + Default: stop type: string instanceMarketOptions: - description: "The market (purchasing) option for the instances. - \n For RunInstances, persistent Spot Instance requests are only - supported when InstanceInterruptionBehavior is set to either - hibernate or stop." + description: |- + The market (purchasing) option for the instances. + + + For RunInstances, persistent Spot Instance requests are only supported when + InstanceInterruptionBehavior is set to either hibernate or stop. properties: marketType: description: The market type. @@ -453,10 +514,10 @@ spec: description: The options for Spot Instances. properties: blockDurationMinutes: - description: The required duration for the Spot Instances - (also known as Spot blocks), in minutes. This value - must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300, or - 360). + description: |- + The required duration for the Spot Instances (also known as Spot blocks), + in minutes. This value must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300, + or 360). format: int32 type: integer instanceInterruptionBehavior: @@ -468,28 +529,27 @@ spec: - terminate type: string maxPrice: - description: The maximum hourly price you're willing to - pay for the Spot Instances. The default is the On-Demand - price. + description: |- + The maximum hourly price you're willing to pay for the Spot Instances. The + default is the On-Demand price. type: string spotInstanceType: - description: The Spot Instance request type. For RunInstances - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances), - persistent Spot Instance requests are only supported - when InstanceInterruptionBehavior is set to either hibernate - or stop. + description: |- + The Spot Instance request type. For RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances), + persistent Spot Instance requests are only supported when InstanceInterruptionBehavior + is set to either hibernate or stop. enum: - one-time - persistent type: string validUntil: - description: The end date of the request. For a one-time - request, the request remains active until all instances - launch, the request is canceled, or this date is reached. - If the request is persistent, it remains active until - it is canceled or this date and time is reached. The - default end date is 7 days from the current date. Must - be in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ) + description: |- + The end date of the request. For a one-time request, the request remains + active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date + is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled + or this date and time is reached. The default end date is 7 days from the + current date. + Must be in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ) format: date-time type: string required: @@ -501,29 +561,36 @@ spec: - spotOptions type: object instanceType: - description: "The instance type. For more information, see Instance - Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n Default: - m1.small" + description: |- + The instance type. For more information, see Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + Default: m1.small type: string ipv6AddressCount: - description: "[EC2-VPC] The number of IPv6 addresses to associate - with the primary network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 - addresses from the range of your subnet. You cannot specify - this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses - in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified - a minimum number of instances to launch. \n You cannot specify - this option and the network interfaces option in the same request." + description: |- + [EC2-VPC] The number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network + interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet. + You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses + in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum + number of instances to launch. + + + You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same + request. format: int32 type: integer ipv6Addresses: - description: "[EC2-VPC] The IPv6 addresses from the range of the - subnet to associate with the primary network interface. You - cannot specify this option and the option to assign a number - of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this - option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to - launch. \n You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces - option in the same request." + description: |- + [EC2-VPC] The IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet to associate with + the primary network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option + to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify + this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. + + + You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same + request. items: description: InstanceIPv6Address describes an IPv6 address. properties: @@ -535,24 +602,28 @@ spec: type: object type: array kernelId: - description: "The ID of the kernel. \n AWS recommends that you - use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, - see PV-GRUB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide." + description: |- + The ID of the kernel. + + + AWS recommends that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more + information, see PV-GRUB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. type: string keyName: - description: "The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair - using CreateKeyPair (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateKeyPair.html) + description: |- + The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using CreateKeyPair (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateKeyPair.html) or ImportKeyPair (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportKeyPair.html). - \n If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the - instance unless you choose an AMI that is configured to allow - users another way to log in." + + + If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless + you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in. type: string launchTemplate: - description: The launch template to use to launch the instances. - Any parameters that you specify in RunInstances override the - same parameters in the launch template. You can specify either - the name or ID of a launch template, but not both. + description: |- + The launch template to use to launch the instances. Any parameters that you + specify in RunInstances override the same parameters in the launch template. + You can specify either the name or ID of a launch template, but not both. properties: launchTemplateId: description: The ID of the launch template. @@ -561,8 +632,11 @@ spec: description: The name of the launch template. type: string version: - description: "The version number of the launch template. \n - Default: The default version for the launch template." + description: |- + The version number of the launch template. + + + Default: The default version for the launch template. type: string required: - launchTemplateId @@ -582,40 +656,51 @@ spec: type: object type: array metadataOptions: - description: The metadata options for the instance. For more information, - see Instance Metadata and User Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html). + description: |- + The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance + Metadata and User Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html). properties: httpEndpoint: - description: "This parameter enables or disables the HTTP - metadata endpoint on your instances. If the parameter is - not specified, the default state is enabled. \n If you specify - a value of disabled, you will not be able to access your - instance metadata." + description: |- + This parameter enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. + If the parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled. + + + If you specify a value of disabled, you will not be able to access your instance + metadata. enum: - enabled - disabled type: string httpPutResponseHopLimit: - description: "The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for - instance metadata requests. The larger the number, the further - instance metadata requests can travel. \n Default: 1 \n - Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64" + description: |- + The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The + larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. + + + Default: 1 + + + Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 format: int32 type: integer httpTokens: - description: "The state of token usage for your instance metadata - requests. If the parameter is not specified in the request, - the default state is optional. \n If the state is optional, - you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with or without - a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the - IAM role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role - credentials are returned. If you retrieve the IAM role credentials - using a valid signed token, the version 2.0 role credentials - are returned. \n If the state is required, you must send - a signed token header with any instance metadata retrieval - requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credentials - always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version - 1.0 credentials are not available." + description: |- + The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the parameter + is not specified in the request, the default state is optional. + + + If the state is optional, you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with + or without a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM + role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. + If you retrieve the IAM role credentials using a valid signed token, the + version 2.0 role credentials are returned. + + + If the state is required, you must send a signed token header with any instance + metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credentials + always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0 credentials are + not available. enum: - optional - required @@ -628,81 +713,91 @@ spec: for the instance. properties: enabled: - description: "Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. - Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. \n Enabled is a - required field" + description: |- + Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring + is enabled. + + + Enabled is a required field type: boolean required: - enabled type: object networkInterfaces: - description: The network interfaces to associate with the instance. - If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security - groups and subnets as part of the network interface. + description: |- + The network interfaces to associate with the instance. If you specify a network + interface, you must specify any security groups and subnets as part of the + network interface. items: description: InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification describes a network interface. properties: associatePublicIpAddress: - description: Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address - to an instance you launch in a VPC. The public IP address - can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, - and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not - an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network - interface in the request. If launching into a default - subnet, the default value is true. + description: |- + Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to an instance you launch + in a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface + for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing + one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If + launching into a default subnet, the default value is true. type: boolean deleteOnTermination: - description: If set to true, the interface is deleted when - the instance is terminated. You can specify true only - if creating a new network interface when launching an - instance. + description: |- + If set to true, the interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. + You can specify true only if creating a new network interface when launching + an instance. type: boolean description: - description: The description of the network interface. Applies - only if creating a network interface when launching an - instance. + description: |- + The description of the network interface. Applies only if creating a network + interface when launching an instance. type: string deviceIndex: - description: "The position of the network interface in the - attachment order. A primary network interface has a device - index of 0. \n If you specify a network interface when - launching an instance, you must specify the device index." + description: |- + The position of the network interface in the attachment order. A primary + network interface has a device index of 0. + + + If you specify a network interface when launching an instance, you must specify + the device index. format: int32 type: integer groups: - description: The IDs of the security groups for the network - interface. Applies only if creating a network interface - when launching an instance. + description: |- + The IDs of the security groups for the network interface. Applies only if + creating a network interface when launching an instance. items: type: string type: array interfaceType: - description: "The type of network interface. To create an - Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), specify efa. For more information, - see Elastic Fabric Adapter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n If - you are not creating an EFA, specify interface or omit - this parameter. \n Valid values: interface | efa" + description: |- + The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), + specify efa. For more information, see Elastic Fabric Adapter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + If you are not creating an EFA, specify interface or omit this parameter. + + + Valid values: interface | efa enum: - interface - efa type: string ipv6AddressCount: - description: A number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the - network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses - from the range of the subnet. You cannot specify this - option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses - in the same request. You can specify this option if you've - specified a minimum number of instances to launch. + description: |- + A number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. Amazon EC2 + chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet. You cannot specify + this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same + request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number + of instances to launch. format: int32 type: integer ipv6Addresses: - description: One or more IPv6 addresses to assign to the - network interface. You cannot specify this option and - the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the - same request. You cannot specify this option if you've - specified a minimum number of instances to launch. + description: |- + One or more IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. You cannot + specify this option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in + the same request. You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum + number of instances to launch. items: description: InstanceIPv6Address describes an IPv6 address. properties: @@ -714,15 +809,15 @@ spec: type: object type: array ipv6PrefixCount: - description: The number of IPv6 delegated prefixes to be - automatically assigned to the network interface. You cannot - use this option if you use the Ipv6Prefix option. + description: |- + The number of IPv6 delegated prefixes to be automatically assigned to the + network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the Ipv6Prefix option. format: int32 type: integer ipv6Prefixes: - description: One or more IPv6 delegated prefixes to be assigned - to the network interface. You cannot use this option if - you use the Ipv6PrefixCount option. + description: |- + One or more IPv6 delegated prefixes to be assigned to the network interface. You + cannot use this option if you use the Ipv6PrefixCount option. items: description: Ipv6PrefixSpecificationRequest describes the IPv4 prefix option for a network interface. @@ -735,32 +830,36 @@ spec: type: object type: array networkInterfaceId: - description: "The ID of the network interface. \n If you - are creating a Spot Fleet, omit this parameter because - you can’t specify a network interface ID in a launch specification." + description: |- + The ID of the network interface. + + + If you are creating a Spot Fleet, omit this parameter because you can’t + specify a network interface ID in a launch specification. type: string privateIpAddress: - description: The private IPv4 address of the network interface. - Applies only if creating a network interface when launching - an instance. You cannot specify this option if you're - launching more than one instance in a RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) + description: |- + The private IPv4 address of the network interface. Applies only if creating + a network interface when launching an instance. You cannot specify this option + if you're launching more than one instance in a RunInstances + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) request. type: string privateIpAddresses: - description: One or more private IPv4 addresses to assign - to the network interface. Only one private IPv4 address - can be designated as primary. You cannot specify this - option if you're launching more than one instance in a - RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) + description: |- + One or more private IPv4 addresses to assign to the network interface. Only + one private IPv4 address can be designated as primary. You cannot specify + this option if you're launching more than one instance in a RunInstances + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) request. items: description: PrivateIPAddressSpecification describes a secondary private IPv4 address for a network interface. properties: primary: - description: Indicates whether the private IPv4 address - is the primary private IPv4 address. Only one IPv4 - address can be designated as primary. + description: |- + Indicates whether the private IPv4 address is the primary private IPv4 address. + Only one IPv4 address can be designated as primary. type: boolean privateIPAddress: description: The private IPv4 addresses. @@ -770,18 +869,19 @@ spec: type: object type: array secondaryPrivateIpAddressCount: - description: The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses. - You can't specify this option and specify more than one - private IP address using the private IP addresses option. - You cannot specify this option if you're launching more - than one instance in a RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) + description: |- + The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses. You can't specify this option + and specify more than one private IP address using the private IP addresses + option. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one + instance in a RunInstances + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) request. format: int32 type: integer subnetId: - description: The ID of the subnet associated with the network - interface. Applies only if creating a network interface - when launching an instance. + description: |- + The ID of the subnet associated with the network interface. Applies only + if creating a network interface when launching an instance. type: string required: - deviceIndex @@ -793,93 +893,132 @@ spec: description: The placement for the instance. properties: affinity: - description: "The affinity setting for the instance on the - Dedicated Host. This parameter is not supported for the - ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - command. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host. This parameter + is not supported for the ImportInstance + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) + command. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string availabilityZone: - description: "The Availability Zone of the instance. \n If - not specified, an Availability Zone will be automatically - chosen for you based on the load balancing criteria for - the Region. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The Availability Zone of the instance. + + + If not specified, an Availability Zone will be automatically chosen for you + based on the load balancing criteria for the Region. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string groupName: description: The name of the placement group the instance is in. type: string hostId: - description: "The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance - resides. This parameter is not supported for the ImportInstance + description: |- + The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance resides. This parameter + is not supported for the ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - command. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + command. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string hostResourceGroupArn: - description: "The ARN of the host resource group in which - to launch the instances. If you specify a host resource - group ARN, omit the Tenancy parameter or set it to host. - \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The ARN of the host resource group in which to launch the instances. If you + specify a host resource group ARN, omit the Tenancy parameter or set it to + host. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string partitionNumber: - description: "The number of the partition the instance is - in. Valid only if the placement group strategy is set to - partition. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The number of the partition the instance is in. Valid only if the placement + group strategy is set to partition. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). format: int32 type: integer spreadDomain: - description: "Reserved for future use. \n This parameter is - not supported by CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + Reserved for future use. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string tenancy: - description: "The tenancy of the instance (if the instance - is running in a VPC). An instance with a tenancy of dedicated - runs on single-tenant hardware. The host tenancy is not - supported for the ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - command. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance + with a tenancy of dedicated runs on single-tenant hardware. The host tenancy + is not supported for the ImportInstance + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) + command. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string required: - groupName type: object privateIpAddress: - description: "[EC2-VPC] The primary IPv4 address. You must specify - a value from the IPv4 address range of the subnet. \n Only one - private IP address can be designated as primary. You can't specify - this option if you've specified the option to designate a private - IP address as the primary IP address in a network interface - specification. You cannot specify this option if you're launching - more than one instance in the request. \n You cannot specify - this option and the network interfaces option in the same request." + description: |- + [EC2-VPC] The primary IPv4 address. You must specify a value from the IPv4 + address range of the subnet. + + + Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. You can't specify + this option if you've specified the option to designate a private IP address + as the primary IP address in a network interface specification. You cannot + specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in the request. + + + You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same + request. type: string ramDiskId: - description: "The ID of the RAM disk to select. Some kernels require - additional drivers at launch. Check the kernel requirements - for information about whether you need to specify a RAM disk. - To find kernel requirements, go to the AWS Resource Center and - search for the kernel ID. \n AWS recommends that you use PV-GRUB - instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see - PV-GRUB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide." + description: |- + The ID of the RAM disk to select. Some kernels require additional drivers + at launch. Check the kernel requirements for information about whether you + need to specify a RAM disk. To find kernel requirements, go to the AWS Resource + Center and search for the kernel ID. + + + AWS recommends that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more + information, see PV-GRUB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. type: string region: description: Region is the region you'd like your Instance to be created in. type: string securityGroupIds: - description: "The IDs of the security groups. You can create a - security group using CreateSecurityGroup (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateSecurityGroup.html). - \n If you specify a network interface, you must specify any - security groups as part of the network interface." + description: |- + The IDs of the security groups. You can create a security group using CreateSecurityGroup + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateSecurityGroup.html). + + + If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups + as part of the network interface. items: type: string type: array securityGroupRefs: - description: SecurityGroupsRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupsRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -891,21 +1030,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -916,12 +1055,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupSelector: - description: SecurityGroupsSelector selects references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupsSelector selects references to SecurityGroups used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -934,21 +1075,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -956,9 +1097,12 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnetId: - description: "[EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet to launch the instance - into. \n If you specify a network interface, you must specify - any subnets as part of the network interface." + description: |- + [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet to launch the instance into. + + + If you specify a network interface, you must specify any subnets as part + of the network interface. type: string subnetIdRef: description: SubnetIDRef is a reference to a Subnet used to set @@ -972,21 +1116,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1000,8 +1144,9 @@ spec: used to set the SubnetID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1014,21 +1159,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1036,27 +1181,29 @@ spec: type: object type: object tagSpecifications: - description: The tags to apply to the resources during launch. - You can only tag instances and volumes on launch. The specified - tags are applied to all instances or volumes that are created - during launch. To tag a resource after it has been created, - see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + description: |- + The tags to apply to the resources during launch. You can only tag instances + and volumes on launch. The specified tags are applied to all instances or + volumes that are created during launch. To tag a resource after it has been + created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). items: description: TagSpecification defines the tags to apply to a resource when the resource is being created. properties: resourceType: - description: "The type of resource to tag. Currently, the - resource types that support tagging on creation are: capacity-reservation - | client-vpn-endpoint | dedicated-host | fleet | fpga-image - | instance | ipv4pool-ec2 | ipv6pool-ec2 | key-pair | - launch-template | natgateway | spot-fleet-request | placement-group - | snapshot | traffic-mirror-filter | traffic-mirror-session - | traffic-mirror-target | transit-gateway | transit-gateway-attachment - | transit-gateway-route-table | vpc-endpoint (for interface - VPC endpoints)| vpc-endpoint-service (for gateway VPC - endpoints) | volume | vpc-flow-log. \n To tag a resource - after it has been created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html)." + description: |- + The type of resource to tag. Currently, the resource types that support tagging + on creation are: capacity-reservation | client-vpn-endpoint | dedicated-host + | fleet | fpga-image | instance | ipv4pool-ec2 | ipv6pool-ec2 | key-pair + | launch-template | natgateway | spot-fleet-request | placement-group | snapshot + | traffic-mirror-filter | traffic-mirror-session | traffic-mirror-target + | transit-gateway | transit-gateway-attachment | transit-gateway-route-table + | vpc-endpoint (for interface VPC endpoints)| vpc-endpoint-service (for gateway + VPC endpoints) | volume | vpc-flow-log. + + + To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). enum: - capacity-reservation - client-vpn-endpoint @@ -1122,14 +1269,13 @@ spec: type: object type: array userData: - description: The user data to make available to the instance. - For more information, see Running Commands on Your Linux Instance - at Launch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) + description: |- + The user data to make available to the instance. For more information, see + Running Commands on Your Linux Instance at Launch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) (Linux) and Adding User Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html#instancedata-add-user-data) - (Windows). If you are using a command line tool, base64-encoding - is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. - Otherwise, you must provide base64-encoded text. User data is - limited to 16 KB. + (Windows). If you are using a command line tool, base64-encoding is performed + for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide + base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. pattern: ^(?:[A-Za-z0-9+/]{4})*(?:[A-Za-z0-9+/]{2}==|[A-Za-z0-9+/]{3}=)?$ type: string required: @@ -1139,19 +1285,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1164,9 +1312,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1176,21 +1325,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1200,17 +1349,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1220,21 +1371,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1249,21 +1400,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1274,14 +1426,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1300,9 +1453,9 @@ spec: description: An InstanceStatus represents the observed state of Instances. properties: atProvider: - description: InstanceObservation keeps the state for the external - resource. The below fields follow the Instance response object as - closely as possible. + description: |- + InstanceObservation keeps the state for the external resource. The below fields + follow the Instance response object as closely as possible. properties: amiLaunchIndex: format: int32 @@ -1318,8 +1471,9 @@ spec: description: The device name (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh). type: string ebs: - description: Parameters used to automatically set up EBS - volumes when the instance is launched. + description: |- + Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is + launched. properties: attachTime: description: The time stamp when the attachment initiated. @@ -1349,24 +1503,26 @@ spec: capacityReservationId: type: string capacityReservationSpecification: - description: CapacityReservationSpecificationResponse describes - the instance's Capacity Reservation targeting preferences. The - action returns the capacityReservationPreference response element - if the instance is configured to run in On-Demand capacity, - or if it is configured in run in any open Capacity Reservation - that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability - Zone). The action returns the capacityReservationTarget response - element if the instance explicily targets a specific Capacity - Reservation. + description: |- + CapacityReservationSpecificationResponse describes the instance's Capacity Reservation targeting + preferences. The action returns the capacityReservationPreference response element if the + instance is configured to run in On-Demand capacity, or if it is configured + in run in any open Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance + type, platform, Availability Zone). The action returns the capacityReservationTarget + response element if the instance explicily targets a specific Capacity Reservation. properties: capacityReservationPreference: - description: "Describes the instance's Capacity Reservation - preferences. Possible preferences include: \n * open - The - instance can run in any open Capacity Reservation that has - matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability - Zone). \n * none - The instance avoids running in a Capacity - Reservation even if one is available. The instance runs - in On-Demand capacity." + description: |- + Describes the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences + include: + + + * open - The instance can run in any open Capacity Reservation that has + matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + + + * none - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if + one is available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. type: string capacityReservationTarget: description: Information about the targeted Capacity Reservation. @@ -1381,18 +1537,18 @@ spec: clientToken: type: string cpuOptions: - description: CPUOptionsRequest defines the options for the instance. - Both the core count and threads per core must be specified in - the request. + description: |- + CPUOptionsRequest defines the options for the instance. Both the core count and threads per core + must be specified in the request. properties: coreCount: description: The number of CPU cores for the instance. format: int32 type: integer threadsPerCore: - description: The number of threads per CPU core. To disable - multithreading for the instance, specify a value of 1. Otherwise, - specify the default value of 2. + description: |- + The number of threads per CPU core. To disable multithreading for the instance, + specify a value of 1. Otherwise, specify the default value of 2. format: int32 type: integer required: @@ -1414,8 +1570,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of the association. type: string elasticGpuAssociationState: - description: The state of the association between the instance - and the Elastic Graphics accelerator. + description: |- + The state of the association between the instance and the Elastic Graphics + accelerator. type: string elasticGpuAssociationTime: description: The time the Elastic Graphics accelerator was @@ -1448,8 +1605,9 @@ spec: description: The state of the elastic inference accelerator. type: string elasticInferenceAcceleratorAssociationTime: - description: The time at which the elastic inference accelerator - is associated with an instance. + description: |- + The time at which the elastic inference accelerator is associated with an + instance. format: date-time type: string required: @@ -1462,15 +1620,18 @@ spec: enaSupport: type: boolean hibernationOptions: - description: HibernationOptionsRequest indicates whether your - instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter is valid - only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html#hibernating-prerequisites). + description: |- + HibernationOptionsRequest indicates whether your instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter + is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html#hibernating-prerequisites). For more information, see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. properties: configured: - description: "If you set this parameter to true, your instance - is enabled for hibernation. \n Default: false" + description: |- + If you set this parameter to true, your instance is enabled for hibernation. + + + Default: false type: boolean type: object hypervisor: @@ -1498,8 +1659,9 @@ spec: instanceLifecyle: type: string instanceType: - description: Supported instance family when set instanceInterruptionBehavior - to hibernate C3, C4, C5, M4, M5, R3, R4 + description: |- + Supported instance family when set instanceInterruptionBehavior to hibernate + C3, C4, C5, M4, M5, R3, R4 type: string kernelId: type: string @@ -1523,36 +1685,46 @@ spec: options for the instance. properties: httpEndpoint: - description: "This parameter enables or disables the HTTP - metadata endpoint on your instances. If the parameter is - not specified, the default state is enabled. \n If you specify - a value of disabled, you will not be able to access your - instance metadata." + description: |- + This parameter enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. + If the parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled. + + + If you specify a value of disabled, you will not be able to access your instance + metadata. enum: - enabled - disabled type: string httpPutResponseHopLimit: - description: "The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for - instance metadata requests. The larger the number, the further - instance metadata requests can travel. \n Default: 1 \n - Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64" + description: |- + The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The + larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. + + + Default: 1 + + + Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 format: int32 type: integer httpTokens: - description: "The state of token usage for your instance metadata - requests. If the parameter is not specified in the request, - the default state is optional. \n If the state is optional, - you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with or without - a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the - IAM role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role - credentials are returned. If you retrieve the IAM role credentials - using a valid signed token, the version 2.0 role credentials - are returned. \n If the state is required, you must send - a signed token header with any instance metadata retrieval - requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credentials - always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version - 1.0 credentials are not available." + description: |- + The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the parameter + is not specified in the request, the default state is optional. + + + If the state is optional, you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with + or without a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM + role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. + If you retrieve the IAM role credentials using a valid signed token, the + version 2.0 role credentials are returned. + + + If the state is required, you must send a signed token header with any instance + metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credentials + always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0 credentials are + not available. enum: - optional - required @@ -1564,8 +1736,9 @@ spec: description: Monitoring describes the monitoring of an instance. properties: state: - description: Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. - Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. + description: |- + Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring + is enabled. type: string required: - state @@ -1575,8 +1748,9 @@ spec: description: InstanceNetworkInterface describes a network interface. properties: association: - description: The association information for an Elastic - IPv4 associated with the network interface. + description: |- + The association information for an Elastic IPv4 associated with the network + interface. properties: ipOwnerId: description: The ID of the owner of the Elastic IP address. @@ -1633,8 +1807,11 @@ spec: type: object type: array interfaceType: - description: "Describes the type of network interface. \n - Valid values: interface | efa" + description: |- + Describes the type of network interface. + + + Valid values: interface | efa type: string ipv6Addresses: description: One or more IPv6 addresses associated with @@ -1690,8 +1867,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object primary: - description: Indicates whether this IPv4 address is - the primary private IP address of the network interface. + description: |- + Indicates whether this IPv4 address is the primary private IP address of + the network interface. type: boolean privateDnsName: description: The private IPv4 DNS name. @@ -1730,54 +1908,82 @@ spec: description: Placement describes the placement of an instance. properties: affinity: - description: "The affinity setting for the instance on the - Dedicated Host. This parameter is not supported for the - ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - command. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host. This parameter + is not supported for the ImportInstance + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) + command. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string availabilityZone: - description: "The Availability Zone of the instance. \n If - not specified, an Availability Zone will be automatically - chosen for you based on the load balancing criteria for - the Region. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The Availability Zone of the instance. + + + If not specified, an Availability Zone will be automatically chosen for you + based on the load balancing criteria for the Region. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string groupName: description: The name of the placement group the instance is in. type: string hostId: - description: "The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance - resides. This parameter is not supported for the ImportInstance + description: |- + The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance resides. This parameter + is not supported for the ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - command. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + command. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string hostResourceGroupArn: - description: "The ARN of the host resource group in which - to launch the instances. If you specify a host resource - group ARN, omit the Tenancy parameter or set it to host. - \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The ARN of the host resource group in which to launch the instances. If you + specify a host resource group ARN, omit the Tenancy parameter or set it to + host. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string partitionNumber: - description: "The number of the partition the instance is - in. Valid only if the placement group strategy is set to - partition. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The number of the partition the instance is in. Valid only if the placement + group strategy is set to partition. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). format: int32 type: integer spreadDomain: - description: "Reserved for future use. \n This parameter is - not supported by CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + Reserved for future use. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string tenancy: - description: "The tenancy of the instance (if the instance - is running in a VPC). An instance with a tenancy of dedicated - runs on single-tenant hardware. The host tenancy is not - supported for the ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - command. \n This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet)." + description: |- + The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance + with a tenancy of dedicated runs on single-tenant hardware. The host tenancy + is not supported for the ImportInstance + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) + command. + + + This parameter is not supported by CreateFleet + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet). type: string required: - groupName @@ -1841,31 +2047,58 @@ spec: description: The reason code for the state change. type: string message: - description: "The message for the state change. \n * Server.InsufficientInstanceCapacity: - There was insufficient capacity available to satisfy the - launch request. \n * Server.InternalError: An internal error - caused the instance to terminate during launch. \n * Server.ScheduledStop: - The instance was stopped due to a scheduled retirement. - \n * Server.SpotInstanceShutdown: The instance was stopped - because the number of Spot requests with a maximum price - equal to or higher than the Spot price exceeded available - capacity or because of an increase in the Spot price. \n - * Server.SpotInstanceTermination: The instance was terminated - because the number of Spot requests with a maximum price - equal to or higher than the Spot price exceeded available - capacity or because of an increase in the Spot price. \n - * Client.InstanceInitiatedShutdown: The instance was shut - down using the shutdown -h command from the instance. \n - * Client.InstanceTerminated: The instance was terminated - or rebooted during AMI creation. \n * Client.InternalError: - A client error caused the instance to terminate during launch. - \n * Client.InvalidSnapshot.NotFound: The specified snapshot - was not found. \n * Client.UserInitiatedHibernate: Hibernation - was initiated on the instance. \n * Client.UserInitiatedShutdown: - The instance was shut down using the Amazon EC2 API. \n - * Client.VolumeLimitExceeded: The limit on the number of - EBS volumes or total storage was exceeded. Decrease usage - or request an increase in your account limits." + description: |- + The message for the state change. + + + * Server.InsufficientInstanceCapacity: There was insufficient capacity + available to satisfy the launch request. + + + * Server.InternalError: An internal error caused the instance to terminate + during launch. + + + * Server.ScheduledStop: The instance was stopped due to a scheduled retirement. + + + * Server.SpotInstanceShutdown: The instance was stopped because the number + of Spot requests with a maximum price equal to or higher than the Spot + price exceeded available capacity or because of an increase in the Spot + price. + + + * Server.SpotInstanceTermination: The instance was terminated because + the number of Spot requests with a maximum price equal to or higher than + the Spot price exceeded available capacity or because of an increase in + the Spot price. + + + * Client.InstanceInitiatedShutdown: The instance was shut down using the + shutdown -h command from the instance. + + + * Client.InstanceTerminated: The instance was terminated or rebooted during + AMI creation. + + + * Client.InternalError: A client error caused the instance to terminate + during launch. + + + * Client.InvalidSnapshot.NotFound: The specified snapshot was not found. + + + * Client.UserInitiatedHibernate: Hibernation was initiated on the instance. + + + * Client.UserInitiatedShutdown: The instance was shut down using the Amazon + EC2 API. + + + * Client.VolumeLimitExceeded: The limit on the number of EBS volumes or + total storage was exceeded. Decrease usage or request an increase in your + account limits. type: string required: - code @@ -1910,14 +2143,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1927,8 +2169,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1940,6 +2183,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_internetgateways.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_internetgateways.yaml index 8d0ce6cf2c..45be3ec804 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_internetgateways.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_internetgateways.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: internetgateways.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,18 +37,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: An InternetGateway is a managed resource that represents an AWS - VPC Internet Gateway. + description: |- + An InternetGateway is a managed resource that represents an AWS VPC Internet + Gateway. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,20 +63,22 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: InternetGatewayParameters define the desired state of - an AWS VPC Internet Gateway. + description: |- + InternetGatewayParameters define the desired state of an AWS VPC Internet + Gateway. properties: region: description: Region is the region you'd like your VPC to be created @@ -106,21 +114,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -134,8 +142,9 @@ spec: retrieves its vpcId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -148,21 +157,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -173,19 +182,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -198,9 +209,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -210,21 +222,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -234,17 +246,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -254,21 +268,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -283,21 +297,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -308,14 +323,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -341,14 +357,15 @@ spec: attachments: description: Any VPCs attached to the internet gateway. items: - description: InternetGatewayAttachment describes the attachment - of a VPC to an internet gateway or an egress-only internet - gateway. + description: |- + InternetGatewayAttachment describes the attachment of a VPC to an internet + gateway or an egress-only internet gateway. properties: attachmentStatus: - description: The current state of the attachment. For an - internet gateway, the state is available when attached - to a VPC; otherwise, this value is not returned. + description: |- + The current state of the attachment. For an internet gateway, the state + is available when attached to a VPC; otherwise, this value is not + returned. enum: - available - attaching @@ -381,14 +398,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -398,8 +424,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -411,6 +438,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_launchtemplates.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_launchtemplates.yaml index b50f5f3e63..805cd94c8b 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_launchtemplates.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_launchtemplates.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: launchtemplates.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: LaunchTemplate is the Schema for the LaunchTemplates API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -107,14 +113,13 @@ spec: type: object type: array capacityReservationSpecification: - description: Describes an instance's Capacity Reservation - targeting option. You can specify only one option at a time. - Use the CapacityReservationPreference parameter to configure - the instance to run in On-Demand capacity or to run in any - open Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance - type, platform, Availability Zone). Use the CapacityReservationTarget - parameter to explicitly target a specific Capacity Reservation - or a Capacity Reservation group. + description: |- + Describes an instance's Capacity Reservation targeting option. You can specify + only one option at a time. Use the CapacityReservationPreference parameter + to configure the instance to run in On-Demand capacity or to run in any open + Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, + Availability Zone). Use the CapacityReservationTarget parameter to explicitly + target a specific Capacity Reservation or a Capacity Reservation group. properties: capacityReservationPreference: type: string @@ -129,8 +134,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object cpuOptions: - description: The CPU options for the instance. Both the core - count and threads per core must be specified in the request. + description: |- + The CPU options for the instance. Both the core count and threads per core + must be specified in the request. properties: amdSevSnp: type: string @@ -171,18 +177,18 @@ spec: type: object type: array enclaveOptions: - description: Indicates whether the instance is enabled for - Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. For more information, - see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) + description: |- + Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. + For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. properties: enabled: type: boolean type: object hibernationOptions: - description: Indicates whether the instance is configured - for hibernation. This parameter is valid only if the instance - meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html). + description: |- + Indicates whether the instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter + is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html). properties: configured: type: boolean @@ -222,41 +228,55 @@ spec: type: object type: object instanceRequirements: - description: "The attributes for the instance types. When - you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify - instance types with these attributes. \n You must specify - VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes are optional. + description: |- + The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, + Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. + + + You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. - \n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance - types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you - specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance - types that satisfy any of the specified values. \n To limit - the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify - matching instance types, you can use one of the following - parameters, but not both in the same request: \n * AllowedInstanceTypes - - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance - types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. - \n * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude - from the list, even if they match your specified attributes. - \n If you specify InstanceRequirements, you can't specify - InstanceType. \n Attribute-based instance type selection - is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, - and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the - launch template in the launch instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), + + + When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy + all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, + you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. + + + To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching + instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both + in the same request: + + + * AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All + other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + + + * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, + even if they match your specified attributes. + + + If you specify InstanceRequirements, you can't specify InstanceType. + + + Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto + Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan + to use the launch template in the launch instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or AWS::EC2::Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) - Amazon Web Services CloudFormation resource, you can't specify - InstanceRequirements. \n For more information, see Attribute-based - instance type selection for EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), + Amazon Web Services CloudFormation resource, you can't specify InstanceRequirements. + + + For more information, see Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 + Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide." + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: acceleratorCount: - description: The minimum and maximum number of accelerators - (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web Services Inferentia chips) - on an instance. To exclude accelerator-enabled instance - types, set Max to 0. + description: |- + The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web + Services Inferentia chips) on an instance. To exclude accelerator-enabled + instance types, set Max to 0. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -295,9 +315,9 @@ spec: bareMetal: type: string baselineEBSBandwidthMbps: - description: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth - to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see Amazon - EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) + description: |- + The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more + information, see Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: max: @@ -348,15 +368,17 @@ spec: type: integer type: object networkBandwidthGbps: - description: "The minimum and maximum amount of network - bandwidth, in gigabits per second (Gbps). \n Setting - the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance - will achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will - identify instance types that support the specified minimum - bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your instance - might go below the specified minimum at times. For more - information, see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide." + description: |- + The minimum and maximum amount of network bandwidth, in gigabits per second + (Gbps). + + + Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will + achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that + support the specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your + instance might go below the specified minimum at times. For more information, + see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: max: type: number @@ -422,8 +444,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object metadataOptions: - description: The metadata options for the instance. For more - information, see Instance metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) + description: |- + The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance + metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. properties: httpEndpoint: @@ -589,12 +612,15 @@ spec: created. type: string tagSpecifications: - description: "The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. - To tag the launch template, the resource type must be launch-template. - \n To specify the tags for the resources that are created when - an instance is launched, you must use the TagSpecifications - parameter in the launch template data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestLaunchTemplateData.html) - structure." + description: |- + The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, + the resource type must be launch-template. + + + To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is + launched, you must use the TagSpecifications parameter in the launch template + data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestLaunchTemplateData.html) + structure. items: properties: resourceType: @@ -632,19 +658,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -657,9 +685,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -669,21 +698,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -693,17 +722,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -713,21 +744,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -742,21 +773,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -767,14 +799,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -825,9 +858,10 @@ spec: type: array type: object warning: - description: If the launch template contains parameters or parameter - combinations that are not valid, an error code and an error - message are returned for each issue that's found. + description: |- + If the launch template contains parameters or parameter combinations that + are not valid, an error code and an error message are returned for each issue + that's found. properties: errors: items: @@ -846,14 +880,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -863,8 +906,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -876,6 +920,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_launchtemplateversions.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_launchtemplateversions.yaml index 16d9b95e44..e557c3f74b 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_launchtemplateversions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_launchtemplateversions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: launchtemplateversions.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -108,14 +114,13 @@ spec: type: object type: array capacityReservationSpecification: - description: Describes an instance's Capacity Reservation - targeting option. You can specify only one option at a time. - Use the CapacityReservationPreference parameter to configure - the instance to run in On-Demand capacity or to run in any - open Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance - type, platform, Availability Zone). Use the CapacityReservationTarget - parameter to explicitly target a specific Capacity Reservation - or a Capacity Reservation group. + description: |- + Describes an instance's Capacity Reservation targeting option. You can specify + only one option at a time. Use the CapacityReservationPreference parameter + to configure the instance to run in On-Demand capacity or to run in any open + Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, + Availability Zone). Use the CapacityReservationTarget parameter to explicitly + target a specific Capacity Reservation or a Capacity Reservation group. properties: capacityReservationPreference: type: string @@ -130,8 +135,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object cpuOptions: - description: The CPU options for the instance. Both the core - count and threads per core must be specified in the request. + description: |- + The CPU options for the instance. Both the core count and threads per core + must be specified in the request. properties: amdSevSnp: type: string @@ -172,18 +178,18 @@ spec: type: object type: array enclaveOptions: - description: Indicates whether the instance is enabled for - Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. For more information, - see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) + description: |- + Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. + For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. properties: enabled: type: boolean type: object hibernationOptions: - description: Indicates whether the instance is configured - for hibernation. This parameter is valid only if the instance - meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html). + description: |- + Indicates whether the instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter + is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html). properties: configured: type: boolean @@ -223,41 +229,55 @@ spec: type: object type: object instanceRequirements: - description: "The attributes for the instance types. When - you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify - instance types with these attributes. \n You must specify - VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes are optional. + description: |- + The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, + Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. + + + You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. - \n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance - types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you - specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance - types that satisfy any of the specified values. \n To limit - the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify - matching instance types, you can use one of the following - parameters, but not both in the same request: \n * AllowedInstanceTypes - - The instance types to include in the list. All other instance - types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. - \n * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude - from the list, even if they match your specified attributes. - \n If you specify InstanceRequirements, you can't specify - InstanceType. \n Attribute-based instance type selection - is only supported when using Auto Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, - and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to use the - launch template in the launch instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), + + + When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy + all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, + you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. + + + To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching + instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both + in the same request: + + + * AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All + other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + + + * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, + even if they match your specified attributes. + + + If you specify InstanceRequirements, you can't specify InstanceType. + + + Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto + Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan + to use the launch template in the launch instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html), or with the RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) API or AWS::EC2::Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) - Amazon Web Services CloudFormation resource, you can't specify - InstanceRequirements. \n For more information, see Attribute-based - instance type selection for EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), + Amazon Web Services CloudFormation resource, you can't specify InstanceRequirements. + + + For more information, see Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 + Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide." + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: acceleratorCount: - description: The minimum and maximum number of accelerators - (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web Services Inferentia chips) - on an instance. To exclude accelerator-enabled instance - types, set Max to 0. + description: |- + The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web + Services Inferentia chips) on an instance. To exclude accelerator-enabled + instance types, set Max to 0. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -296,9 +316,9 @@ spec: bareMetal: type: string baselineEBSBandwidthMbps: - description: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth - to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see Amazon - EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) + description: |- + The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more + information, see Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: max: @@ -349,15 +369,17 @@ spec: type: integer type: object networkBandwidthGbps: - description: "The minimum and maximum amount of network - bandwidth, in gigabits per second (Gbps). \n Setting - the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance - will achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will - identify instance types that support the specified minimum - bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your instance - might go below the specified minimum at times. For more - information, see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide." + description: |- + The minimum and maximum amount of network bandwidth, in gigabits per second + (Gbps). + + + Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will + achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that + support the specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your + instance might go below the specified minimum at times. For more information, + see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: max: type: number @@ -423,8 +445,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object metadataOptions: - description: The metadata options for the instance. For more - information, see Instance metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) + description: |- + The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance + metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. properties: httpEndpoint: @@ -587,8 +610,9 @@ spec: parameter in the request. type: string launchTemplateIdRef: - description: LaunchTemplateIDRef is a reference to an API used - to set the LaunchTemplateID. + description: |- + LaunchTemplateIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the LaunchTemplateID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -598,21 +622,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -622,12 +646,14 @@ spec: - name type: object launchTemplateIdSelector: - description: LaunchTemplateIDSelector selects references to API - used to set the LaunchTemplateID. + description: |- + LaunchTemplateIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the LaunchTemplateID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -640,21 +666,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -666,8 +692,9 @@ spec: this parameter in the request. type: string launchTemplateNameRef: - description: LaunchTemplateNameRef is a reference to an API used - to set the LaunchTemplateName. + description: |- + LaunchTemplateNameRef is a reference to an API used to set + the LaunchTemplateName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -677,21 +704,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -701,12 +728,14 @@ spec: - name type: object launchTemplateNameSelector: - description: LaunchTemplateNameSelector selects references to - API used to set the LaunchTemplateName. + description: |- + LaunchTemplateNameSelector selects references to API used + to set the LaunchTemplateName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -719,21 +748,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -745,19 +774,21 @@ spec: will be created. type: string resolveAlias: - description: "If true, and if a Systems Manager parameter is specified - for ImageId, the AMI ID is displayed in the response for imageID. - For more information, see Use a Systems Manager parameter instead - of an AMI ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n Default: - false" + description: |- + If true, and if a Systems Manager parameter is specified for ImageId, the + AMI ID is displayed in the response for imageID. For more information, see + Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + Default: false type: boolean sourceVersion: - description: The version number of the launch template version - on which to base the new version. The new version inherits the - same launch parameters as the source version, except for parameters - that you specify in LaunchTemplateData. Snapshots applied to - the block device mapping are ignored when creating a new version + description: |- + The version number of the launch template version on which to base the new + version. The new version inherits the same launch parameters as the source + version, except for parameters that you specify in LaunchTemplateData. Snapshots + applied to the block device mapping are ignored when creating a new version unless they are explicitly included. type: string versionDescription: @@ -770,19 +801,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -795,9 +828,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -807,21 +841,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -831,17 +865,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -851,21 +887,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -880,21 +916,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -905,14 +942,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1090,42 +1128,53 @@ spec: type: object type: object instanceRequirements: - description: "The attributes for the instance types. When - you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify - instance types with these attributes. \n You must specify - VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes are optional. + description: |- + The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, + Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. + + + You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB. All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. - \n When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance - types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. - If you specify multiple values for an attribute, you - get instance types that satisfy any of the specified - values. \n To limit the list of instance types from - which Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, - you can use one of the following parameters, but not - both in the same request: \n * AllowedInstanceTypes - - The instance types to include in the list. All other - instance types are ignored, even if they match your - specified attributes. \n * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The - instance types to exclude from the list, even if they - match your specified attributes. \n If you specify InstanceRequirements, - you can't specify InstanceType. \n Attribute-based instance - type selection is only supported when using Auto Scaling - groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. - If you plan to use the launch template in the launch - instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html) + + + When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy + all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, + you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. + + + To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching + instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both + in the same request: + + + * AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All + other instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + + + * ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, + even if they match your specified attributes. + + + If you specify InstanceRequirements, you can't specify InstanceType. + + + Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto + Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan + to use the launch template in the launch instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html) or with the RunInstances API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html), - you can't specify InstanceRequirements. \n For more - information, see Attribute-based instance type selection - for EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), - Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), + you can't specify InstanceRequirements. + + + For more information, see Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 + Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), + Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html), and Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide." + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: acceleratorCount: - description: The minimum and maximum number of accelerators - (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web Services Inferentia - chips) on an instance. + description: |- + The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web + Services Inferentia chips) on an instance. properties: max: format: int64 @@ -1164,9 +1213,9 @@ spec: bareMetal: type: string baselineEBSBandwidthMbps: - description: The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth - to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more information, see - Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) + description: |- + The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more + information, see Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: max: @@ -1217,16 +1266,17 @@ spec: type: integer type: object networkBandwidthGbps: - description: "The minimum and maximum amount of network - bandwidth, in gigabits per second (Gbps). \n Setting - the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your - instance will achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon - EC2 will identify instance types that support the - specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth - of your instance might go below the specified minimum - at times. For more information, see Available instance - bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) - in the Amazon EC2 User Guide." + description: |- + The minimum and maximum amount of network bandwidth, in gigabits per second + (Gbps). + + + Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will + achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that + support the specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your + instance might go below the specified minimum at times. For more information, + see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) + in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. properties: max: type: number @@ -1292,9 +1342,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object metadataOptions: - description: The metadata options for the instance. For - more information, see Instance metadata and user data - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) + description: |- + The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance + metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. properties: httpEndpoint: @@ -1467,10 +1517,10 @@ spec: type: integer type: object warning: - description: If the new version of the launch template contains - parameters or parameter combinations that are not valid, an - error code and an error message are returned for each issue - that's found. + description: |- + If the new version of the launch template contains parameters or parameter + combinations that are not valid, an error code and an error message are returned + for each issue that's found. properties: errors: items: @@ -1489,14 +1539,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1506,8 +1565,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1519,6 +1579,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_natgateways.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_natgateways.yaml index 924f6777a8..408898c0e8 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_natgateways.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_natgateways.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: natgateways.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -43,18 +43,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A NATGateway is a managed resource that represents an AWS VPC - NAT Gateway. + description: |- + A NATGateway is a managed resource that represents an AWS VPC NAT + Gateway. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -63,13 +69,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -93,21 +100,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -121,8 +128,9 @@ spec: and retrieves it's allocation id properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -135,21 +143,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -157,8 +165,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object connectivityType: - description: Indicates whether the NAT gateway supports public - or private connectivity. The default is public connectivity. + description: |- + Indicates whether the NAT gateway supports public or private connectivity. The + default is public connectivity. enum: - public - private @@ -183,21 +192,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -211,8 +220,9 @@ spec: and retrives it's subnet id properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -225,21 +235,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -268,19 +278,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -293,9 +305,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -305,21 +318,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -329,17 +342,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -349,21 +364,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -378,21 +393,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -403,14 +419,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -468,14 +485,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -485,8 +511,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -498,6 +525,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_routes.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_routes.yaml index 60d2300d09..9b7173428c 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_routes.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_routes.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: routes.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Route is the Schema for the Routes API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,22 +74,27 @@ spec: description: RouteParameters defines the desired state of Route properties: carrierGatewayID: - description: "The ID of the carrier gateway. \n You can only use - this option when the VPC contains a subnet which is associated - with a Wavelength Zone." + description: |- + The ID of the carrier gateway. + + + You can only use this option when the VPC contains a subnet which is associated + with a Wavelength Zone. type: string coreNetworkARN: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the core network. type: string destinationCIDRBlock: - description: The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination - match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. - We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for - example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18, we modify it to 100.68.0.0/18. + description: |- + The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing decisions + are based on the most specific match. We modify the specified CIDR block + to its canonical form; for example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18, we modify + it to 100.68.0.0/18. type: string destinationIPv6CIDRBlock: - description: The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. - Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. + description: |- + The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are + based on the most specific match. type: string destinationPrefixListID: description: The ID of a prefix list used for the destination @@ -97,7 +108,8 @@ spec: description: The ID of an internet gateway attached to your VPC. type: string gatewayIdRef: - description: GatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + description: |- + GatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the GatewayID. properties: name: @@ -108,21 +120,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -132,12 +144,14 @@ spec: - name type: object gatewayIdSelector: - description: GatewayIDSelector selects references to API used + description: |- + GatewayIDSelector selects references to API used to set the GatewayID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -150,21 +164,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -172,12 +186,13 @@ spec: type: object type: object instanceId: - description: The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation - fails if you specify an instance ID unless exactly one network - interface is attached. + description: |- + The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation fails if you specify + an instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached. type: string instanceIdRef: - description: InstanceIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + description: |- + InstanceIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the InstanceID. properties: name: @@ -188,21 +203,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -212,12 +227,14 @@ spec: - name type: object instanceIdSelector: - description: InstanceIDSelector selects references to API used + description: |- + InstanceIDSelector selects references to API used to set the InstanceID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -230,21 +247,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -258,8 +275,9 @@ spec: description: '[IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway.' type: string natGatewayIdRef: - description: NATGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used to - set the NATGatewayID. + description: |- + NATGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the NATGatewayID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -269,21 +287,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -293,12 +311,14 @@ spec: - name type: object natGatewayIdSelector: - description: NATGatewayIDSelector selects references to API used + description: |- + NATGatewayIDSelector selects references to API used to set the NATGatewayID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -311,21 +331,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -339,16 +359,18 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Route will be created. type: string routeTableId: - description: The ID of the route table for the route. provider-aws - currently provides both a standalone Route resource and a RouteTable - resource with routes defined in-line. At this time you cannot - use a RouteTable with in-line routes in conjunction with any - Route resources. Set the flag ignoreRoutes=true in RouteTable - to use Route resource + description: |- + The ID of the route table for the route. + provider-aws currently provides both a standalone Route resource + and a RouteTable resource with routes defined in-line. + At this time you cannot use a RouteTable with in-line routes + in conjunction with any Route resources. + Set the flag ignoreRoutes=true in RouteTable to use Route resource type: string routeTableIdRef: - description: RouteTableIDRef is a reference to an API used to - set the RouteTableID. + description: |- + RouteTableIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the RouteTableID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -358,21 +380,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -382,12 +404,14 @@ spec: - name type: object routeTableIdSelector: - description: RouteTableIDSelector selects references to API used + description: |- + RouteTableIDSelector selects references to API used to set the RouteTableID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -400,21 +424,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -425,8 +449,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of a transit gateway. type: string transitGatewayIdRef: - description: TransitGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used - to set the TransitGatewayID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the TransitGatewayID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -436,21 +461,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -460,12 +485,14 @@ spec: - name type: object transitGatewayIdSelector: - description: TransitGatewayIDSelector selects references to API - used to set the TransitGatewayID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the TransitGatewayID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -478,21 +505,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -507,8 +534,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of a VPC peering connection. type: string vpcPeeringConnectionIdRef: - description: VPCPeeringConnectionIDRef is a reference to an API - used to set the VPCPeeringConnectionID. + description: |- + VPCPeeringConnectionIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the VPCPeeringConnectionID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -518,21 +546,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -542,12 +570,14 @@ spec: - name type: object vpcPeeringConnectionIdSelector: - description: VPCPeeringConnectionIDSelector selects references - to API used to set the VPCPeeringConnectionID. + description: |- + VPCPeeringConnectionIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the VPCPeeringConnectionID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -560,21 +590,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -587,19 +617,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -612,9 +644,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -624,21 +657,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -648,17 +681,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -668,21 +703,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -697,21 +732,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -722,14 +758,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -761,14 +798,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -778,8 +824,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -791,6 +838,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_routetables.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_routetables.yaml index 3ce219484d..6163dfce27 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_routetables.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_routetables.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: routetables.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -41,14 +41,19 @@ spec: Route Table. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,13 +62,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -80,8 +86,9 @@ spec: route table and a subnet. properties: subnetId: - description: The ID of the subnet. A subnet ID is not returned - for an implicit association. + description: |- + The ID of the subnet. A subnet ID is not returned for an implicit + association. type: string subnetIdRef: description: A referencer to retrieve the ID of a subnet @@ -94,22 +101,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -123,9 +129,9 @@ spec: the ID of a subnet properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -138,22 +144,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -170,34 +175,37 @@ spec: in. type: string routes: - description: 'inline routes in the route table Deprecated: Routes - inline exists for historical compatibility and should not be - used. Please use separate route resource.' + description: |- + inline routes in the route table + Deprecated: Routes inline exists for historical compatibility + and should not be used. Please use separate route resource. items: - description: RouteBeta describes a route in a route table. provider-aws - currently provides both a standalone Route resource and a - RouteTable resource with routes defined in-line. At this time - you cannot use a Route Table with in-line routes in conjunction - with any Route resources. Doing so will cause a conflict of - rule settings and will overwrite rules. + description: |- + RouteBeta describes a route in a route table. + provider-aws currently provides both a standalone Route resource + and a RouteTable resource with routes defined in-line. + At this time you cannot use a Route Table with in-line routes + in conjunction with any Route resources. + Doing so will cause a conflict of rule settings and will overwrite rules. properties: destinationCidrBlock: - description: The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination - match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific - match. + description: |- + The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing + decisions are based on the most specific match. type: string destinationIpv6CidrBlock: - description: The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination - match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific - match. + description: |- + The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing + decisions are based on the most specific match. type: string egressOnlyInternetGatewayId: description: '[IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only internet gateway.' type: string gatewayId: - description: The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private - gateway attached to your VPC. + description: |- + The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your + VPC. type: string gatewayIdRef: description: A referencer to retrieve the ID of a gateway @@ -210,22 +218,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -239,9 +246,9 @@ spec: the ID of a gateway properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -254,22 +261,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -277,9 +283,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object instanceId: - description: The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation - fails if you specify an instance ID unless exactly one - network interface is attached. + description: |- + The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation fails if you specify + an instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached. type: string localGatewayId: description: The ID of the local gateway. @@ -298,22 +304,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -327,9 +332,9 @@ spec: the ID of a NAT gateway properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -342,22 +347,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -405,21 +409,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -433,8 +437,9 @@ spec: its vpcId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -447,21 +452,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -475,19 +480,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -500,9 +507,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -512,21 +520,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -536,17 +544,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -556,21 +566,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -585,21 +595,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -610,14 +621,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -656,8 +668,9 @@ spec: description: The state of the association. type: string subnetId: - description: The ID of the subnet. A subnet ID is not returned - for an implicit association. + description: |- + The ID of the subnet. A subnet ID is not returned for an implicit + association. type: string required: - main @@ -676,23 +689,24 @@ spec: table. properties: destinationCidrBlock: - description: The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination - match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific - match. + description: |- + The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing + decisions are based on the most specific match. type: string destinationIpv6CidrBlock: - description: The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination - match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific - match. + description: |- + The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing + decisions are based on the most specific match. type: string gatewayId: - description: The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private - gateway attached to your VPC. + description: |- + The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your + VPC. type: string instanceId: - description: The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation - fails if you specify an instance ID unless exactly one - network interface is attached. + description: |- + The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation fails if you specify + an instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached. type: string localGatewayId: description: The ID of the local gateway. @@ -704,10 +718,10 @@ spec: description: The ID of a network interface. type: string state: - description: The state of the route. The blackhole state - indicates that the route's target isn't available (for - example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, - or the specified NAT instance has been terminated). + description: |- + The state of the route. The blackhole state indicates that the route's + target isn't available (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached + to the VPC, or the specified NAT instance has been terminated). type: string transitGatewayId: description: The ID of a transit gateway. @@ -724,14 +738,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -741,8 +764,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -754,6 +778,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_securitygrouprules.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_securitygrouprules.yaml index a5f2a82ed5..26e35e2d15 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_securitygrouprules.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_securitygrouprules.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: securitygrouprules.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: SecurityGroupRule properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -87,14 +93,16 @@ spec: be created in. type: string securityGroupId: - description: If using a SecurityGroup managed by crossplane as - reference, enable ignoreIngress or ignoreEgress on the sg to - prevent the rules to be constantly created and deleted + description: |- + If using a SecurityGroup managed by crossplane as reference, + enable ignoreIngress or ignoreEgress on the sg to prevent the + rules to be constantly created and deleted type: string securityGroupIdRef: - description: If using a SecurityGroup managed by crossplane as - reference, enable ignoreIngress or ignoreEgress on the sg to - prevent the rules to be constantly created and deleted + description: |- + If using a SecurityGroup managed by crossplane as reference, + enable ignoreIngress or ignoreEgress on the sg to prevent the + rules to be constantly created and deleted properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -104,21 +112,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -131,8 +139,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -145,21 +154,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -179,21 +188,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -206,8 +215,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -220,21 +230,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -257,19 +267,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -282,9 +294,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -294,21 +307,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -318,17 +331,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -338,21 +353,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -367,21 +382,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -392,14 +408,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -432,14 +449,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -449,8 +475,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -462,6 +489,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_securitygroups.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_securitygroups.yaml index 60c5aa632a..9dd3850185 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_securitygroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_securitygroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: securitygroups.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,18 +37,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A SecurityGroup is a managed resource that represents an AWS - VPC Security Group. + description: |- + A SecurityGroup is a managed resource that represents an AWS VPC Security + Group. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,20 +63,22 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: SecurityGroupParameters define the desired state of an - AWS VPC Security Group. + description: |- + SecurityGroupParameters define the desired state of an AWS VPC Security + Group. properties: description: description: A description of the security group. @@ -83,22 +91,24 @@ spec: a security group rule. properties: fromPort: - description: The start of port range for the TCP and UDP - protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type number. A value of -1 - indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 - types, you must specify all codes. + description: |- + The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 + type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify + all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all codes. format: int32 type: integer ipProtocol: - description: "The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) - or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). - \n [VPC only] Use -1 to specify all protocols. When authorizing - security group rules, specifying -1 or a protocol number - other than tcp, udp, icmp, or icmpv6 allows traffic on - all ports, regardless of any port range you specify. For - tcp, udp, and icmp, you must specify a port range. For - icmpv6, the port range is optional; if you omit the port - range, traffic for all types and codes is allowed." + description: |- + The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers + (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). + + + [VPC only] Use -1 to specify all protocols. When authorizing security group + rules, specifying -1 or a protocol number other than tcp, udp, icmp, or icmpv6 + allows traffic on all ports, regardless of any port range you specify. For + tcp, udp, and icmp, you must specify a port range. For icmpv6, the port range + is optional; if you omit the port range, traffic for all types and codes + is allowed. type: string ipRanges: description: The IPv4 ranges. @@ -106,55 +116,69 @@ spec: description: IPRange describes an IPv4 range. properties: cidrIp: - description: The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify - a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. - To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix - length. + description: |- + The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security + group, not both. To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix length. type: string description: - description: "A description for the security group - rule that references this IPv4 address range. \n - Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed - characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*" + description: |- + A description for the security group rule that references this IPv4 address + range. + + + Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, + A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* type: string required: - cidrIp type: object type: array ipv6Ranges: - description: "The IPv6 ranges. \n [VPC only]" + description: |- + The IPv6 ranges. + + + [VPC only] items: description: IPv6Range describes an IPv6 range. properties: cidrIPv6: - description: The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify - a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. - To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix - length. + description: |- + The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security + group, not both. To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix length. type: string description: - description: "A description for the security group - rule that references this IPv6 address range. \n - Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed - characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*" + description: |- + A description for the security group rule that references this IPv6 address + range. + + + Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, + A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* type: string required: - cidrIPv6 type: object type: array prefixListIds: - description: "PrefixListIDs for an AWS service. With outbound - rules, this is the AWS service to access through a VPC - endpoint from instances associated with the security group. - \n [VPC only]" + description: |- + PrefixListIDs for an AWS service. With outbound rules, this + is the AWS service to access through a VPC endpoint from instances associated + with the security group. + + + [VPC only] items: description: PrefixListID describes a prefix list ID. properties: description: - description: "A description for the security group - rule that references this prefix list ID. \n Constraints: - Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters - are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*" + description: |- + A description for the security group rule that references this prefix list + ID. + + + Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, + A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$* type: string prefixListId: description: The ID of the prefix. @@ -164,26 +188,29 @@ spec: type: object type: array toPort: - description: The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, - or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 - codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must - specify all codes. + description: |- + The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. + A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 + types, you must specify all codes. format: int32 type: integer userIdGroupPairs: - description: UserIDGroupPairs are the source security group - and AWS account ID pairs. It contains one or more accounts - and security groups to allow flows from security groups - of other accounts. + description: |- + UserIDGroupPairs are the source security group and AWS account ID pairs. + It contains one or more accounts and security groups to allow flows from + security groups of other accounts. items: description: UserIDGroupPair describes a security group and AWS account ID pair. properties: description: - description: "A description for the security group - rule that references this user ID group pair. \n - Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed - characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*" + description: |- + A description for the security group rule that references this user ID group + pair. + + + Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, + A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$* type: string groupId: description: The ID of the security group. @@ -200,23 +227,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not - present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -230,9 +255,9 @@ spec: a security group to retrieve its GroupID properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -245,23 +270,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not - present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -269,22 +292,27 @@ spec: type: object type: object groupName: - description: "The name of the security group. In a - request, use this parameter for a security group - in EC2-Classic or a default VPC only. For a security - group in a nondefault VPC, use the security group - ID. \n For a referenced security group in another - VPC, this value is not returned if the referenced - security group is deleted." + description: |- + The name of the security group. In a request, use this parameter for a security + group in EC2-Classic or a default VPC only. For a security group in a nondefault + VPC, use the security group ID. + + + For a referenced security group in another VPC, this value is not returned + if the referenced security group is deleted. type: string userId: - description: "The ID of an AWS account. \n For a referenced - security group in another VPC, the account ID of - the referenced security group is returned in the - response. If the referenced security group is deleted, - this value is not returned. \n [EC2-Classic] Required - when adding or removing rules that reference a security - group in another AWS account." + description: |- + The ID of an AWS account. + + + For a referenced security group in another VPC, the account ID of the referenced + security group is returned in the response. If the referenced security group + is deleted, this value is not returned. + + + [EC2-Classic] Required when adding or removing rules that reference a security + group in another AWS account. type: string vpcId: description: The ID of the VPC for the referenced @@ -302,23 +330,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not - present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -332,9 +358,9 @@ spec: VPC to retrieve its vpcId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -347,23 +373,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not - present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -398,22 +422,24 @@ spec: a security group rule. properties: fromPort: - description: The start of port range for the TCP and UDP - protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type number. A value of -1 - indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 - types, you must specify all codes. + description: |- + The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 + type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify + all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all codes. format: int32 type: integer ipProtocol: - description: "The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) - or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). - \n [VPC only] Use -1 to specify all protocols. When authorizing - security group rules, specifying -1 or a protocol number - other than tcp, udp, icmp, or icmpv6 allows traffic on - all ports, regardless of any port range you specify. For - tcp, udp, and icmp, you must specify a port range. For - icmpv6, the port range is optional; if you omit the port - range, traffic for all types and codes is allowed." + description: |- + The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers + (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). + + + [VPC only] Use -1 to specify all protocols. When authorizing security group + rules, specifying -1 or a protocol number other than tcp, udp, icmp, or icmpv6 + allows traffic on all ports, regardless of any port range you specify. For + tcp, udp, and icmp, you must specify a port range. For icmpv6, the port range + is optional; if you omit the port range, traffic for all types and codes + is allowed. type: string ipRanges: description: The IPv4 ranges. @@ -421,55 +447,69 @@ spec: description: IPRange describes an IPv4 range. properties: cidrIp: - description: The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify - a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. - To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix - length. + description: |- + The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security + group, not both. To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix length. type: string description: - description: "A description for the security group - rule that references this IPv4 address range. \n - Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed - characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*" + description: |- + A description for the security group rule that references this IPv4 address + range. + + + Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, + A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* type: string required: - cidrIp type: object type: array ipv6Ranges: - description: "The IPv6 ranges. \n [VPC only]" + description: |- + The IPv6 ranges. + + + [VPC only] items: description: IPv6Range describes an IPv6 range. properties: cidrIPv6: - description: The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify - a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. - To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix - length. + description: |- + The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security + group, not both. To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix length. type: string description: - description: "A description for the security group - rule that references this IPv6 address range. \n - Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed - characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*" + description: |- + A description for the security group rule that references this IPv6 address + range. + + + Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, + A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* type: string required: - cidrIPv6 type: object type: array prefixListIds: - description: "PrefixListIDs for an AWS service. With outbound - rules, this is the AWS service to access through a VPC - endpoint from instances associated with the security group. - \n [VPC only]" + description: |- + PrefixListIDs for an AWS service. With outbound rules, this + is the AWS service to access through a VPC endpoint from instances associated + with the security group. + + + [VPC only] items: description: PrefixListID describes a prefix list ID. properties: description: - description: "A description for the security group - rule that references this prefix list ID. \n Constraints: - Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters - are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*" + description: |- + A description for the security group rule that references this prefix list + ID. + + + Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, + A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$* type: string prefixListId: description: The ID of the prefix. @@ -479,26 +519,29 @@ spec: type: object type: array toPort: - description: The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, - or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 - codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must - specify all codes. + description: |- + The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. + A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 + types, you must specify all codes. format: int32 type: integer userIdGroupPairs: - description: UserIDGroupPairs are the source security group - and AWS account ID pairs. It contains one or more accounts - and security groups to allow flows from security groups - of other accounts. + description: |- + UserIDGroupPairs are the source security group and AWS account ID pairs. + It contains one or more accounts and security groups to allow flows from + security groups of other accounts. items: description: UserIDGroupPair describes a security group and AWS account ID pair. properties: description: - description: "A description for the security group - rule that references this user ID group pair. \n - Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed - characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$*" + description: |- + A description for the security group rule that references this user ID group + pair. + + + Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, + A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$* type: string groupId: description: The ID of the security group. @@ -515,23 +558,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not - present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -545,9 +586,9 @@ spec: a security group to retrieve its GroupID properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -560,23 +601,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not - present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -584,22 +623,27 @@ spec: type: object type: object groupName: - description: "The name of the security group. In a - request, use this parameter for a security group - in EC2-Classic or a default VPC only. For a security - group in a nondefault VPC, use the security group - ID. \n For a referenced security group in another - VPC, this value is not returned if the referenced - security group is deleted." + description: |- + The name of the security group. In a request, use this parameter for a security + group in EC2-Classic or a default VPC only. For a security group in a nondefault + VPC, use the security group ID. + + + For a referenced security group in another VPC, this value is not returned + if the referenced security group is deleted. type: string userId: - description: "The ID of an AWS account. \n For a referenced - security group in another VPC, the account ID of - the referenced security group is returned in the - response. If the referenced security group is deleted, - this value is not returned. \n [EC2-Classic] Required - when adding or removing rules that reference a security - group in another AWS account." + description: |- + The ID of an AWS account. + + + For a referenced security group in another VPC, the account ID of the referenced + security group is returned in the response. If the referenced security group + is deleted, this value is not returned. + + + [EC2-Classic] Required when adding or removing rules that reference a security + group in another AWS account. type: string vpcId: description: The ID of the VPC for the referenced @@ -617,23 +661,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not - present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -647,9 +689,9 @@ spec: VPC to retrieve its vpcId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -662,23 +704,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means the - reconcile will fail if the reference cannot - be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not - present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -729,21 +769,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -757,8 +797,9 @@ spec: retrieves its vpcId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -771,21 +812,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -800,19 +841,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -825,9 +868,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -837,21 +881,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -861,17 +905,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -881,21 +927,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -910,21 +956,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -935,14 +982,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -979,9 +1027,9 @@ spec: description: Description of this rule. type: string fromPort: - description: The start of port range for the TCP and UDP - protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type. A value of -1 indicates - all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 + description: |- + The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type. A + value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all codes. format: int32 type: integer @@ -989,9 +1037,10 @@ spec: description: ID of the security group rule. type: string ipProtocol: - description: The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) - or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). - Use -1 to specify all protocols. + description: |- + The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers + (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). Use + -1 to specify all protocols. type: string prefixListId: description: The ID of the prefix list. @@ -1018,10 +1067,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object toPort: - description: The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, - or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 - codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must - specify all codes. + description: |- + The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. A + value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 + types, you must specify all codes. format: int32 type: integer type: object @@ -1040,9 +1089,9 @@ spec: description: Description of this rule. type: string fromPort: - description: The start of port range for the TCP and UDP - protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type. A value of -1 indicates - all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 + description: |- + The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type. A + value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all codes. format: int32 type: integer @@ -1050,9 +1099,10 @@ spec: description: ID of the security group rule. type: string ipProtocol: - description: The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) - or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). - Use -1 to specify all protocols. + description: |- + The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers + (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). Use + -1 to specify all protocols. type: string prefixListId: description: The ID of the prefix list. @@ -1079,10 +1129,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object toPort: - description: The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, - or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 - codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must - specify all codes. + description: |- + The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. A + value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 + types, you must specify all codes. format: int32 type: integer type: object @@ -1103,14 +1153,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1120,8 +1179,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1133,6 +1193,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_subnets.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_subnets.yaml index cfd34a9622..f89b6391e2 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_subnets.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_subnets.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: subnets.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -43,14 +43,19 @@ spec: description: A Subnet is a managed resource that represents an AWS VPC Subnet. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -59,13 +64,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -75,15 +81,15 @@ spec: Subnet. properties: assignIpv6AddressOnCreation: - description: Indicates whether a network interface created in - this subnet (including a network interface created by RunInstances) - receives an IPv6 address. + description: |- + Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a + network interface created by RunInstances) receives an IPv6 address. type: boolean availabilityZone: - description: 'The Availability Zone for the subnet. Default: AWS - selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your - VPC, we may not necessarily select a different zone for each - subnet.' + description: |- + The Availability Zone for the subnet. + Default: AWS selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your + VPC, we may not necessarily select a different zone for each subnet. type: string availabilityZoneId: description: The AZ ID or the Local Zone ID of the subnet. @@ -93,12 +99,14 @@ spec: in CIDR notation. For example, 10.0.0.0/18. type: string ipv6CIDRBlock: - description: The IPv6 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. - The subnet size must use a /64 prefix length. + description: |- + The IPv6 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. The subnet size + must use a /64 prefix length. type: string mapPublicIPOnLaunch: - description: Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet - receive a public IPv4 address. + description: |- + Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4 + address. type: boolean region: description: Region is the region you'd like your Subnet to be @@ -134,21 +142,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -162,8 +170,9 @@ spec: its vpcId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -176,21 +185,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -203,19 +212,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -228,9 +239,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -240,21 +252,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -264,17 +276,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -284,21 +298,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -313,21 +327,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -338,14 +353,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -391,14 +407,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -408,8 +433,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -421,6 +447,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayroutes.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayroutes.yaml index 2d8412f11b..0fb3db4752 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayroutes.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayroutes.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: transitgatewayroutes.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -74,8 +80,9 @@ spec: route. type: boolean destinationCIDRBlock: - description: The CIDR range used for destination matches. Routing - decisions are based on the most specific match. + description: |- + The CIDR range used for destination matches. Routing decisions are based + on the most specific match. type: string region: description: Region is which region the TransitGatewayRoute will @@ -85,8 +92,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of the attachment. type: string transitGatewayAttachmentIdRef: - description: TransitGatewayAttachmentIDRef is a reference to an - API used to set the TransitGatewayAttachmentID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayAttachmentIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the TransitGatewayAttachmentID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -96,21 +104,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -120,12 +128,14 @@ spec: - name type: object transitGatewayAttachmentIdSelector: - description: TransitGatewayAttachmentIDSelector selects references - to API used to set the TransitGatewayAttachmentID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayAttachmentIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the TransitGatewayAttachmentID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -138,21 +148,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -163,8 +173,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of the transit gateway route table. type: string transitGatewayRouteTableIdRef: - description: TransitGatewayRouteTableIDRef is a reference to an - API used to set the TransitGatewayRouteTableID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayRouteTableIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the TransitGatewayRouteTableID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -174,21 +185,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -198,12 +209,14 @@ spec: - name type: object transitGatewayRouteTableIdSelector: - description: TransitGatewayRouteTableIDSelector selects references - to API used to set the TransitGatewayRouteTableID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayRouteTableIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the TransitGatewayRouteTableID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -216,21 +229,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -244,19 +257,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -269,9 +284,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -281,21 +297,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -305,17 +321,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -325,21 +343,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -354,21 +372,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -379,14 +398,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -439,14 +459,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -456,8 +485,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -469,6 +499,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayroutetables.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayroutetables.yaml index 00347eaced..fe32c765d7 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayroutetables.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayroutetables.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: transitgatewayroutetables.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -105,8 +111,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of the transit gateway. type: string transitGatewayIdRef: - description: TransitGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used - to set the TransitGatewayID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the TransitGatewayID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -116,21 +123,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -140,12 +147,14 @@ spec: - name type: object transitGatewayIdSelector: - description: TransitGatewayIDSelector selects references to API - used to set the TransitGatewayID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the TransitGatewayID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -158,21 +167,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -185,19 +194,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -210,9 +221,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -222,21 +234,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -246,17 +258,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -266,21 +280,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -295,21 +309,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -320,14 +335,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -355,12 +371,14 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string defaultAssociationRouteTable: - description: Indicates whether this is the default association - route table for the transit gateway. + description: |- + Indicates whether this is the default association route table for the transit + gateway. type: boolean defaultPropagationRouteTable: - description: Indicates whether this is the default propagation - route table for the transit gateway. + description: |- + Indicates whether this is the default propagation route table for the transit + gateway. type: boolean state: description: The state of the transit gateway route table. @@ -388,14 +406,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -405,8 +432,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -418,6 +446,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgateways.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgateways.yaml index fb9f4f770c..f428bf137c 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgateways.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgateways.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: transitgateways.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: TransitGateway is the Schema for the TransitGateways API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -131,19 +137,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -156,9 +164,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -168,21 +177,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -192,17 +201,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -212,21 +223,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -241,21 +252,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -266,14 +278,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -329,14 +342,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -346,8 +368,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -359,6 +382,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayvpcattachments.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayvpcattachments.yaml index 50b94a5b98..62929c4ae1 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayvpcattachments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_transitgatewayvpcattachments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: transitgatewayvpcattachments.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -85,8 +91,9 @@ spec: will be created. type: string subnetIdRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to SubnetIDs - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to SubnetIDs used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -98,21 +105,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -123,12 +130,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDSelector selects references to SubnetIDs - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDSelector selects references to SubnetIDs used + to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -141,21 +150,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -163,10 +172,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnetIds: - description: The IDs of one or more subnets. You can specify only - one subnet per Availability Zone. You must specify at least - one subnet, but we recommend that you specify two subnets for - better availability. The transit gateway uses one IP address + description: |- + The IDs of one or more subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability + Zone. You must specify at least one subnet, but we recommend that you specify + two subnets for better availability. The transit gateway uses one IP address from each specified subnet. items: type: string @@ -202,8 +211,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of the transit gateway. type: string transitGatewayIdRef: - description: TransitGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used - to set the TransitGatewayID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the TransitGatewayID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -213,21 +223,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -237,12 +247,14 @@ spec: - name type: object transitGatewayIdSelector: - description: TransitGatewayIDSelector selects references to API - used to set the TransitGatewayID. + description: |- + TransitGatewayIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the TransitGatewayID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -255,21 +267,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -280,8 +292,9 @@ spec: description: The ID of the VPC. type: string vpcIdRef: - description: VPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - VPCID. + description: |- + VPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the VPCID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -291,21 +304,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -315,12 +328,14 @@ spec: - name type: object vpcIdSelector: - description: VPCIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the VPCID. + description: |- + VPCIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the VPCID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -333,21 +348,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -360,19 +375,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -385,9 +402,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -397,21 +415,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -421,17 +439,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -441,21 +461,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -470,21 +490,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -495,14 +516,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -530,8 +552,9 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string state: - description: The state of the VPC attachment. Note that the initiating - state has been deprecated. + description: |- + The state of the VPC attachment. Note that the initiating state has been + deprecated. type: string subnetIDs: description: The IDs of the subnets. @@ -568,14 +591,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -585,8 +617,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -598,6 +631,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_volumes.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_volumes.yaml index 8df964142d..1a72a5a9d6 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_volumes.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_volumes.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: volumes.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Volume is the Schema for the Volumes API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,49 +74,78 @@ spec: description: VolumeParameters defines the desired state of Volume properties: availabilityZone: - description: The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create - the volume. For example, us-east-1a. + description: |- + The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create the volume. For example, + us-east-1a. type: string encrypted: - description: "Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. - The effect of setting the encryption state to true depends on - the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption - state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. - For more information, see Encryption by default (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#encryption-by-default) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n Encrypted - Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support - Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance - types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances)." + description: |- + Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the + encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), + starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is + enabled. For more information, see Encryption by default (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#encryption-by-default) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon + EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances). type: boolean iops: - description: "The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). - For gp3, io1, and io2 volumes, this represents the number of - IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For gp2 volumes, this - represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate - at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. \n + description: |- + The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3, io1, and io2 volumes, + this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For + gp2 volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the + rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. + + The following are the supported values for each volume type: - \n * gp3: 3,000-16,000 IOPS \n * io1: 100-64,000 IOPS \n * io2: - 100-64,000 IOPS \n io1 and io2 volumes support up to 64,000 - IOPS only on Instances built on the Nitro System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances). + + + * gp3: 3,000-16,000 IOPS + + + * io1: 100-64,000 IOPS + + + * io2: 100-64,000 IOPS + + + io1 and io2 volumes support up to 64,000 IOPS only on Instances built on + the Nitro System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances). Other instance families support performance up to 32,000 IOPS. - \n This parameter is required for io1 and io2 volumes. The default - for gp3 volumes is 3,000 IOPS. This parameter is not supported - for gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes." + + + This parameter is required for io1 and io2 volumes. The default for gp3 volumes + is 3,000 IOPS. This parameter is not supported for gp2, st1, sc1, or standard + volumes. format: int64 type: integer kmsKeyId: - description: "The identifier of the AWS Key Management Service - (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) to use for Amazon EBS encryption. - If this parameter is not specified, your AWS managed CMK for - EBS is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must - be true. \n You can specify the CMK using any of the following: - \n * Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. - \n * Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias. \n * Key ARN. - For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. - \n * Alias ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias. - \n AWS authenticates the CMK asynchronously. Therefore, if you - specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can - appear to complete, but eventually fails." + description: |- + The identifier of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master + key (CMK) to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If this parameter is not specified, + your AWS managed CMK for EBS is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted + state must be true. + + + You can specify the CMK using any of the following: + + + * Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + + + * Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias. + + + * Key ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + + + * Alias ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias. + + + AWS authenticates the CMK asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID, + alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually + fails. type: string kmsKeyIdRef: description: KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to a KMS Key used to set @@ -124,21 +159,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -152,8 +187,9 @@ spec: used to set KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -166,21 +202,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -188,12 +224,12 @@ spec: type: object type: object multiAttachEnabled: - description: Indicates whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. - If you enable Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up - to 16 Instances built on the Nitro System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with - io1 and io2 volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS - Multi-Attach (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) + description: |- + Indicates whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach, + you can attach the volume to up to 16 Instances built on the Nitro System + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) + in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 + volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. type: boolean outpostARN: @@ -203,18 +239,32 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Volume will be created. type: string size: - description: "The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify - either a snapshot ID or a volume size. If you specify a snapshot, - the default is the snapshot size. You can specify a volume size - that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size. \n The following - are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type: \n * gp2 - and gp3: 1-16,384 \n * io1 and io2: 4-16,384 \n * st1 and sc1: - 125-16,384 \n * standard: 1-1,024" + description: |- + The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify either a snapshot ID or + a volume size. If you specify a snapshot, the default is the snapshot size. + You can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot + size. + + + The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type: + + + * gp2 and gp3: 1-16,384 + + + * io1 and io2: 4-16,384 + + + * st1 and sc1: 125-16,384 + + + * standard: 1-1,024 format: int64 type: integer snapshotID: - description: The snapshot from which to create the volume. You - must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size. + description: |- + The snapshot from which to create the volume. You must specify either a snapshot + ID or a volume size. type: string tagSpecifications: description: The tags to apply to the volume during creation. @@ -239,21 +289,45 @@ spec: description: Metadata tagging key value pairs type: object throughput: - description: "The throughput to provision for a volume, with a - maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. \n This parameter is valid only for - gp3 volumes. \n Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value - of 1000." + description: |- + The throughput to provision for a volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. + + + This parameter is valid only for gp3 volumes. + + + Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. format: int64 type: integer volumeType: - description: "The volume type. This parameter can be one of the - following values: \n * General Purpose SSD: gp2 | gp3 \n * Provisioned - IOPS SSD: io1 | io2 \n * Throughput Optimized HDD: st1 \n * - Cold HDD: sc1 \n * Magnetic: standard \n Throughput Optimized - HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes can't be used as boot volumes. - \n For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. \n Default: - gp2" + description: |- + The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values: + + + * General Purpose SSD: gp2 | gp3 + + + * Provisioned IOPS SSD: io1 | io2 + + + * Throughput Optimized HDD: st1 + + + * Cold HDD: sc1 + + + * Magnetic: standard + + + Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes can't be used as + boot volumes. + + + For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + + + Default: gp2 type: string required: - availabilityZone @@ -262,19 +336,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -287,9 +363,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -299,21 +376,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -323,17 +400,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -343,21 +422,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -372,21 +451,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -397,14 +477,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -453,9 +534,9 @@ spec: snapshot restore. type: boolean kmsKeyID: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Key Management - Service (KMS) KMS key that was used to protect the volume encryption - key for the volume. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key + that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the volume. type: string sseType: description: Reserved for future use. @@ -483,14 +564,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -500,8 +590,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -513,6 +604,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpccidrblocks.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpccidrblocks.yaml index 6ca1117348..c3e5cb41ef 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpccidrblocks.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpccidrblocks.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: vpccidrblocks.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -43,18 +43,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: 'A VPCCIDRBlock is a managed resource that represents an secondary - CIDR block for a VPC Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource.' + description: |- + A VPCCIDRBlock is a managed resource that represents an secondary CIDR block for a VPC + Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -63,13 +69,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -79,24 +86,32 @@ spec: VPC CIDR Block properties: amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock: - description: Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with - a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range - of IPv6 addresses, or the size of the CIDR block. + description: |- + Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for + the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IPv6 addresses, or the size of the + CIDR block. type: boolean cidrBlock: description: An IPv4 CIDR block to associate with the VPC. type: string ipv6CdirBlock: - description: "An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You - must also specify Ipv6Pool in the request. \n To let Amazon - choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter." + description: |- + An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool + in the request. + + + To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter. type: string ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup: - description: "The name of the location from which we advertise - the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this parameter to limit the CiDR block - to this location. \n You must set AmazonProvidedIpv6CIDRBlock - to true to use this parameter. \n You can have one IPv6 CIDR - block association per network border group." + description: |- + The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use + this parameter to limit the CiDR block to this location. + + + You must set AmazonProvidedIpv6CIDRBlock to true to use this parameter. + + + You can have one IPv6 CIDR block association per network border group. type: string ipv6Pool: description: The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate @@ -120,21 +135,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -148,8 +163,9 @@ spec: retrieves its vpcId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -162,21 +178,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -189,19 +205,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -214,9 +232,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -226,21 +245,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -250,17 +269,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -270,21 +291,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -299,21 +320,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -324,14 +346,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -399,14 +422,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -416,8 +448,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -429,6 +462,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -463,14 +503,19 @@ spec: CIDR block for a VPC properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -479,13 +524,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -495,24 +541,32 @@ spec: VPC CIDR Block properties: amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock: - description: Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with - a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range - of IPv6 addresses, or the size of the CIDR block. + description: |- + Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for + the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IPv6 addresses, or the size of the + CIDR block. type: boolean cidrBlock: description: An IPv4 CIDR block to associate with the VPC. type: string ipv6CdirBlock: - description: "An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You - must also specify Ipv6Pool in the request. \n To let Amazon - choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter." + description: |- + An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool + in the request. + + + To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter. type: string ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup: - description: "The name of the location from which we advertise - the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this parameter to limit the CiDR block - to this location. \n You must set AmazonProvidedIpv6CIDRBlock - to true to use this parameter. \n You can have one IPv6 CIDR - block association per network border group." + description: |- + The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use + this parameter to limit the CiDR block to this location. + + + You must set AmazonProvidedIpv6CIDRBlock to true to use this parameter. + + + You can have one IPv6 CIDR block association per network border group. type: string ipv6Pool: description: The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate @@ -536,21 +590,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -564,8 +618,9 @@ spec: retrieves its vpcId properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -578,21 +633,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -605,19 +660,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -630,9 +687,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -642,21 +700,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -666,17 +724,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -686,21 +746,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -715,21 +775,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -740,14 +801,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -815,14 +877,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -832,8 +903,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -845,6 +917,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcendpoints.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcendpoints.yaml index b0aac12efc..608041e4a9 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcendpoints.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcendpoints.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: vpcendpoints.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: VPCEndpoint is the Schema for the VPCEndpoints API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -79,31 +85,37 @@ spec: description: The IP address type for the endpoint. type: string policyDocument: - description: (Interface and gateway endpoints) A policy to attach - to the endpoint that controls access to the service. The policy - must be in valid JSON format. If this parameter is not specified, - we attach a default policy that allows full access to the service. + description: |- + (Interface and gateway endpoints) A policy to attach to the endpoint that + controls access to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format. + If this parameter is not specified, we attach a default policy that allows + full access to the service. type: string privateDNSEnabled: - description: "(Interface endpoint) Indicates whether to associate - a private hosted zone with the specified VPC. The private hosted - zone contains a record set for the default public DNS name for - the service for the Region (for example, kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com), - which resolves to the private IP addresses of the endpoint network - interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests to - the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public - DNS names that are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint - service. \n To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following - VPC attributes to true: enableDnsHostnames and enableDnsSupport. - Use ModifyVpcAttribute to set the VPC attributes. \n Default: - true" + description: |- + (Interface endpoint) Indicates whether to associate a private hosted zone + with the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record set for + the default public DNS name for the service for the Region (for example, + kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com), which resolves to the private IP addresses + of the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests + to the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS + names that are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service. + + + To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to + true: enableDnsHostnames and enableDnsSupport. Use ModifyVpcAttribute to + set the VPC attributes. + + + Default: true type: boolean region: description: Region is which region the VPCEndpoint will be created. type: string routeTableIdRefs: - description: RouteTableIDRefs is a list of references to RouteTables - used to set the RouteTableIDs. + description: |- + RouteTableIDRefs is a list of references to RouteTables used to set + the RouteTableIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -115,21 +127,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -140,12 +152,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array routeTableIdSelector: - description: RouteTableIDsSelector selects references to RouteTables - used to set the RouteTableIDs. + description: |- + RouteTableIDsSelector selects references to RouteTables used + to set the RouteTableIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -158,21 +172,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -185,8 +199,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -198,21 +213,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -223,12 +238,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -241,21 +258,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -263,8 +280,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object securityGroupIds: - description: (Interface endpoint) The ID of one or more security - groups to associate with the endpoint network interface. + description: |- + (Interface endpoint) The ID of one or more security groups to associate with + the endpoint network interface. items: type: string type: array @@ -284,8 +302,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used - to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -297,21 +316,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -322,12 +341,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used + description: |- + SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -340,21 +361,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -362,10 +383,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnetIds: - description: (Interface and Gateway Load Balancer endpoints) The - ID of one or more subnets in which to create an endpoint network - interface. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify - one subnet only. + description: |- + (Interface and Gateway Load Balancer endpoints) The ID of one or more subnets + in which to create an endpoint network interface. For a Gateway Load Balancer + endpoint, you can specify one subnet only. items: type: string type: array @@ -392,15 +413,20 @@ spec: description: Metadata tagging key value pairs type: object vpcEndpointType: - description: "The type of endpoint. \n Default: Gateway" + description: |- + The type of endpoint. + + + Default: Gateway type: string vpcId: description: The ID of the VPC. You must specify this parameter in the request. type: string vpcIdRef: - description: VPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - VPCID. + description: |- + VPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the VPCID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -410,21 +436,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -434,12 +460,14 @@ spec: - name type: object vpcIdSelector: - description: VPCIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the VPCID. + description: |- + VPCIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the VPCID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -452,21 +480,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -480,19 +508,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -505,9 +535,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -517,21 +548,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -541,17 +572,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -561,21 +594,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -590,21 +623,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -615,14 +649,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -659,8 +694,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array groups: - description: (Interface endpoint) Information about the security - groups that are associated with the network interface. + description: |- + (Interface endpoint) Information about the security groups that are associated + with the network interface. items: properties: groupID: @@ -728,14 +764,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -745,8 +790,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -758,6 +804,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcendpointserviceconfigurations.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcendpointserviceconfigurations.yaml index 7fa691da57..1a933802b8 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcendpointserviceconfigurations.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcendpointserviceconfigurations.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: vpcendpointserviceconfigurations.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,12 +77,14 @@ spec: desired state of VPCEndpointServiceConfiguration properties: acceptanceRequired: - description: Indicates whether requests from service consumers - to create an endpoint to your service must be accepted manually. + description: |- + Indicates whether requests from service consumers to create an endpoint to + your service must be accepted manually. type: boolean gatewayLoadBalancerARNRefs: - description: GatewayLoadBalancerARNRefs is a list of references - to GatewayLoadBalancerARNs used to set the GatewayLoadBalancerARNs. + description: |- + GatewayLoadBalancerARNRefs is a list of references to GatewayLoadBalancerARNs used to set + the GatewayLoadBalancerARNs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -88,21 +96,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -113,12 +121,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array gatewayLoadBalancerARNSelector: - description: GatewayLoadBalancerARNSelector selects references - to GatewayLoadBalancerARNs used to set the GatewayLoadBalancerARNs. + description: |- + GatewayLoadBalancerARNSelector selects references to GatewayLoadBalancerARNs used + to set the GatewayLoadBalancerARNs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -131,21 +141,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -159,8 +169,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array networkLoadBalancerARNRefs: - description: NetworkLoadBalancerARNRefs is a list of references - to NetworkLoadBalancerARNs used to set the NetworkLoadBalancerARNs. + description: |- + NetworkLoadBalancerARNRefs is a list of references to NetworkLoadBalancerARNs used to set + the NetworkLoadBalancerARNs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -172,21 +183,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -197,12 +208,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array networkLoadBalancerARNSelector: - description: NetworkLoadBalancerARNSelector selects references - to NetworkLoadBalancerARNs used to set the NetworkLoadBalancerARNs. + description: |- + NetworkLoadBalancerARNSelector selects references to NetworkLoadBalancerARNs used + to set the NetworkLoadBalancerARNs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -215,21 +228,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -237,14 +250,16 @@ spec: type: object type: object networkLoadBalancerARNs: - description: The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of one or more Network - Load Balancers for your service. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of one or more Network Load Balancers for + your service. items: type: string type: array privateDNSName: - description: (Interface endpoint configuration) The private DNS - name to assign to the VPC endpoint service. + description: |- + (Interface endpoint configuration) The private DNS name to assign to the + VPC endpoint service. type: string region: description: Region is which region the VPCEndpointServiceConfiguration @@ -289,19 +304,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -314,9 +331,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -326,21 +344,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -350,17 +368,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -370,21 +390,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -399,21 +419,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -424,14 +445,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -455,8 +477,9 @@ spec: observed state of VPCEndpointServiceConfiguration properties: clientToken: - description: Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide - to ensure the idempotency of the request. + description: |- + Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency + of the request. type: string serviceConfiguration: description: Information about the service configuration. @@ -532,14 +555,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -549,8 +581,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -562,6 +595,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcpeeringconnections.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcpeeringconnections.yaml index f76e38bfa1..a8a7a64a5c 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcpeeringconnections.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcpeeringconnections.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: vpcpeeringconnections.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -70,10 +76,10 @@ spec: of VPCPeeringConnection properties: acceptRequest: - description: Automatically accepts the peering connection. If - this is not set, the peering connection will be created, but - will be in pending-acceptance state. This will only lead to - an active connection if both VPCs are in the same tenant. + description: |- + Automatically accepts the peering connection. If this is not set, the peering connection + will be created, but will be in pending-acceptance state. This will only lead to an active + connection if both VPCs are in the same tenant. type: boolean accepterPeeringOptions: description: AccepterRequesterPeeringOptions describes the Accepter @@ -87,23 +93,28 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object peerOwnerID: - description: "The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner - of the accepter VPC. \n Default: Your Amazon Web Services account - ID" + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the accepter VPC. + + + Default: Your Amazon Web Services account ID type: string peerRegion: - description: "The Region code for the accepter VPC, if the accepter - VPC is located in a Region other than the Region in which you - make the request. \n Default: The Region in which you make the - request." + description: |- + The Region code for the accepter VPC, if the accepter VPC is located in a + Region other than the Region in which you make the request. + + + Default: The Region in which you make the request. type: string peerVPCID: - description: The ID of the VPC with which you are creating the - VPC peering connection. You must specify this parameter in the - request. + description: |- + The ID of the VPC with which you are creating the VPC peering connection. + You must specify this parameter in the request. type: string peerVPCIDRef: - description: PeerVPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + description: |- + PeerVPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the PeerVPCID. properties: name: @@ -114,21 +125,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -138,12 +149,14 @@ spec: - name type: object peerVPCIDSelector: - description: PeerVPCIDSelector selects references to API used + description: |- + PeerVPCIDSelector selects references to API used to set the PeerVPCID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -156,21 +169,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -224,8 +237,9 @@ spec: parameter in the request. type: string vpcIDRef: - description: VPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set the - VPCID. + description: |- + VPCIDRef is a reference to an API used to set + the VPCID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -235,21 +249,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -259,12 +273,14 @@ spec: - name type: object vpcIDSelector: - description: VPCIDSelector selects references to API used to set - the VPCID. + description: |- + VPCIDSelector selects references to API used + to set the VPCID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -277,21 +293,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -304,19 +320,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -329,9 +347,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -341,21 +360,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -365,17 +384,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -385,21 +406,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -414,21 +435,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -439,14 +461,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -470,8 +493,9 @@ spec: state of VPCPeeringConnection properties: accepterVPCInfo: - description: Information about the accepter VPC. CIDR block information - is only returned when describing an active VPC peering connection. + description: |- + Information about the accepter VPC. CIDR block information is only returned + when describing an active VPC peering connection. properties: cidrBlock: type: string @@ -512,8 +536,9 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string requesterVPCInfo: - description: Information about the requester VPC. CIDR block information - is only returned when describing an active VPC peering connection. + description: |- + Information about the requester VPC. CIDR block information is only returned + when describing an active VPC peering connection. properties: cidrBlock: type: string @@ -576,14 +601,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -593,8 +627,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -606,6 +641,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcs.yaml b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcs.yaml index 3aa938a5ca..9edf241db1 100644 --- a/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ec2.aws.crossplane.io_vpcs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: vpcs.ec2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ec2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -44,14 +44,19 @@ spec: Cloud. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -60,13 +65,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -76,13 +82,15 @@ spec: Private Cloud. properties: amazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock: - description: Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with - a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range - of IP addresses, or the size of the CIDR block. + description: |- + Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the + VPC. You cannot specify the range of IP addresses, or the size of the CIDR + block. type: boolean cidrBlock: - description: CIDRBlock is the IPv4 network range for the VPC, - in CIDR notation. For example, 10.0.0.0/16. + description: |- + CIDRBlock is the IPv4 network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For + example, 10.0.0.0/16. type: string enableDnsHostNames: description: Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC @@ -97,9 +105,10 @@ spec: VPC. type: string ipv6CidrBlock: - description: The IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You - must also specify Ipv6Pool in the request. To let Amazon choose - the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter. + description: |- + The IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool + in the request. To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this + parameter. type: string ipv6Pool: description: The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate @@ -132,19 +141,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -157,9 +168,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -169,21 +181,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -193,17 +205,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -213,21 +227,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -242,21 +256,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -267,14 +282,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -378,14 +394,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -395,8 +420,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -408,6 +434,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_lifecyclepolicies.yaml b/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_lifecyclepolicies.yaml index 76ae1efe2c..2bc652a015 100644 --- a/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_lifecyclepolicies.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_lifecyclepolicies.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: lifecyclepolicies.ecr.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ecr.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: LifecyclePolicy is the Schema for the LifecyclePolicies API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -76,9 +82,10 @@ spec: created. type: string registryID: - description: The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with - the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify - a registry, the default registry is assumed. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains + the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is + assumed. type: string repositoryName: description: RepositoryName is the name of the Repository that @@ -96,21 +103,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -124,8 +131,9 @@ spec: Repository the policy should attach to properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -138,21 +146,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -166,19 +174,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -191,9 +201,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -203,21 +214,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -227,17 +238,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -247,21 +260,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -276,21 +289,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -301,14 +315,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -340,14 +355,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -357,8 +381,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -370,6 +395,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_repositories.yaml b/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_repositories.yaml index acf2f8a204..1989bb97f3 100644 --- a/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_repositories.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_repositories.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: repositories.ecr.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ecr.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,18 +37,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: 'A Repository is a managed resource that represents an Elastic - Container Repository Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource.' + description: |- + A Repository is a managed resource that represents an Elastic Container Repository + Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -58,13 +64,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -77,27 +84,27 @@ spec: description: If a repository contains images, forces the deletion. type: boolean imageScanningConfiguration: - description: The image scanning configuration for the repository. - This determines whether images are scanned for known vulnerabilities - after being pushed to the repository. + description: |- + The image scanning configuration for the repository. This determines whether + images are scanned for known vulnerabilities after being pushed to the repository. properties: scanOnPush: - description: The setting that determines whether images are - scanned after being pushed to a repository. If set to true, - images will be scanned after being pushed. If this parameter - is not specified, it will default to false and images will - not be scanned unless a scan is manually started with the - StartImageScan API. + description: |- + The setting that determines whether images are scanned after being pushed + to a repository. If set to true, images will be scanned after being pushed. + If this parameter is not specified, it will default to false and images will + not be scanned unless a scan is manually started with the StartImageScan + API. type: boolean required: - scanOnPush type: object imageTagMutability: - description: The tag mutability setting for the repository. If - this parameter is omitted, the default setting of MUTABLE will - be used which will allow image tags to be overwritten. If IMMUTABLE - is specified, all image tags within the repository will be immutable - which will prevent them from being overwritten. + description: |- + The tag mutability setting for the repository. If this parameter is omitted, + the default setting of MUTABLE will be used which will allow image tags to + be overwritten. If IMMUTABLE is specified, all image tags within the repository + will be immutable which will prevent them from being overwritten. enum: - MUTABLE - IMMUTABLE @@ -128,19 +135,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -153,9 +162,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -165,21 +175,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -189,17 +199,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -209,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -238,21 +250,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -263,14 +276,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -303,18 +317,19 @@ spec: contains the repository. type: string repositoryArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the - repository. The ARN contains the arn:aws:ecr namespace, followed - by the region of the repository, AWS account ID of the repository - owner, repository namespace, and repository name. For example, - arn:aws:ecr:region:012345678910:repository/test. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the repository. The ARN contains + the arn:aws:ecr namespace, followed by the region of the repository, AWS + account ID of the repository owner, repository namespace, and repository + name. For example, arn:aws:ecr:region:012345678910:repository/test. type: string repositoryName: description: The name of the repository. type: string repositoryUri: - description: The URI for the repository. You can use this URI - for container image push and pull operations. + description: |- + The URI for the repository. You can use this URI for container image push + and pull operations. type: string required: - registryId @@ -325,14 +340,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -342,8 +366,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -355,6 +380,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -383,14 +415,19 @@ spec: Container Repository properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -400,13 +437,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -419,27 +457,27 @@ spec: description: If a repository contains images, forces the deletion. type: boolean imageScanningConfiguration: - description: The image scanning configuration for the repository. - This determines whether images are scanned for known vulnerabilities - after being pushed to the repository. + description: |- + The image scanning configuration for the repository. This determines whether + images are scanned for known vulnerabilities after being pushed to the repository. properties: scanOnPush: - description: The setting that determines whether images are - scanned after being pushed to a repository. If set to true, - images will be scanned after being pushed. If this parameter - is not specified, it will default to false and images will - not be scanned unless a scan is manually started with the - StartImageScan API. + description: |- + The setting that determines whether images are scanned after being pushed + to a repository. If set to true, images will be scanned after being pushed. + If this parameter is not specified, it will default to false and images will + not be scanned unless a scan is manually started with the StartImageScan + API. type: boolean required: - scanOnPush type: object imageTagMutability: - description: The tag mutability setting for the repository. If - this parameter is omitted, the default setting of MUTABLE will - be used which will allow image tags to be overwritten. If IMMUTABLE - is specified, all image tags within the repository will be immutable - which will prevent them from being overwritten. + description: |- + The tag mutability setting for the repository. If this parameter is omitted, + the default setting of MUTABLE will be used which will allow image tags to + be overwritten. If IMMUTABLE is specified, all image tags within the repository + will be immutable which will prevent them from being overwritten. enum: - MUTABLE - IMMUTABLE @@ -470,19 +508,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -495,9 +535,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -507,21 +548,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -531,17 +572,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -551,21 +594,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -580,21 +623,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -605,14 +649,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -645,18 +690,19 @@ spec: contains the repository. type: string repositoryArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the - repository. The ARN contains the arn:aws:ecr namespace, followed - by the region of the repository, AWS account ID of the repository - owner, repository namespace, and repository name. For example, - arn:aws:ecr:region:012345678910:repository/test. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the repository. The ARN contains + the arn:aws:ecr namespace, followed by the region of the repository, AWS + account ID of the repository owner, repository namespace, and repository + name. For example, arn:aws:ecr:region:012345678910:repository/test. type: string repositoryName: description: The name of the repository. type: string repositoryUri: - description: The URI for the repository. You can use this URI - for container image push and pull operations. + description: |- + The URI for the repository. You can use this URI for container image push + and pull operations. type: string required: - registryId @@ -667,14 +713,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -684,8 +739,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -697,6 +753,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_repositorypolicies.yaml b/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_repositorypolicies.yaml index 4c0fcf4c11..ecb3270443 100644 --- a/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_repositorypolicies.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ecr.aws.crossplane.io_repositorypolicies.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: repositorypolicies.ecr.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ecr.aws.crossplane.io @@ -34,19 +34,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: 'A RepositoryPolicy is a managed resource that represents an - Elastic Container Repository Policy Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version - of this resource.' + description: |- + A RepositoryPolicy is a managed resource that represents an Elastic Container Repository Policy + Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -56,13 +61,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -72,37 +78,39 @@ spec: an AWS Elastic Container Repository properties: force: - description: If the policy you are attempting to set on a repository - policy would prevent you from setting another policy in the - future, you must force the SetRepositoryPolicy operation. This - is intended to prevent accidental repository lock outs. + description: |- + If the policy you are attempting to set on a repository policy would prevent + you from setting another policy in the future, you must force the SetRepositoryPolicy + operation. This is intended to prevent accidental repository lock outs. type: boolean policy: - description: Policy is a well defined type which can be parsed - into an JSON Repository Policy either policy or rawPolicy must - be specified in the policy + description: |- + Policy is a well defined type which can be parsed into an JSON Repository Policy + either policy or rawPolicy must be specified in the policy properties: id: description: ID is the policy's optional identifier type: string statements: - description: Statements is the list of statement this policy - applies either jsonStatements or statements must be specified - in the policy + description: |- + Statements is the list of statement this policy applies + either jsonStatements or statements must be specified in the policy items: - description: RepositoryPolicyStatement defines an individual - statement within the RepositoryPolicyBody + description: |- + RepositoryPolicyStatement defines an individual statement within the + RepositoryPolicyBody properties: action: - description: Each element of the PolicyAction array - describes the specific action or actions that will - be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. + description: |- + Each element of the PolicyAction array describes the specific + action or actions that will be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. items: type: string type: array condition: - description: Condition specifies where conditions for - policy are in effect. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/list_amazonelasticcontainerregistry.html#amazonelasticcontainerregistry-policy-keys + description: |- + Condition specifies where conditions for policy are in effect. + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/list_amazonelasticcontainerregistry.html#amazonelasticcontainerregistry-policy-keys items: description: Condition represents a set of condition pairs for a Repository policy @@ -111,9 +119,9 @@ spec: description: Conditions represents each of the key/value pairs for the operator key items: - description: ConditionPair represents one condition - inside of the set of conditions for a Repository - policy + description: |- + ConditionPair represents one condition inside of the set of conditions for + a Repository policy properties: booleanValue: description: ConditionBooleanValue is the @@ -121,11 +129,9 @@ spec: the parent condition type: boolean dateValue: - description: ConditionDateValue is the expected - string value of the key from the parent - condition. The date value must be in ISO - 8601 format. The time is always midnight - UTC. + description: |- + ConditionDateValue is the expected string value of the key from the parent condition. The + date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. format: date-time type: string key: @@ -164,36 +170,38 @@ spec: type: object type: array effect: - description: The effect is required and specifies whether - the statement results in an allow or an explicit deny. - Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. + description: |- + The effect is required and specifies whether the statement results + in an allow or an explicit deny. Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. enum: - Allow - Deny type: string notAction: - description: Each element of the NotPolicyAction array - will allow the property to match all but the listed - actions. + description: |- + Each element of the NotPolicyAction array will allow the property to match + all but the listed actions. items: type: string type: array notPrincipal: - description: Used with the Repository policy to specify - the users which are not included in this policy + description: |- + Used with the Repository policy to specify the users which are not included + in this policy properties: allowAnon: - description: 'This flag indicates if the policy - should be made available to all anonymous users. - Principal: "*"' + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. Principal: "*" type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -215,26 +223,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -248,8 +251,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -263,26 +266,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -305,26 +303,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -338,8 +331,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -353,26 +346,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -392,28 +380,30 @@ spec: type: array type: object notResource: - description: This will explicitly match all resource - paths except the ones specified in this array + description: |- + This will explicitly match all resource paths except the ones + specified in this array items: type: string type: array principal: - description: Used with the Repository policy to specify - the principal that is allowed or denied access to - a resource. + description: |- + Used with the Repository policy to specify the principal that is allowed + or denied access to a resource. properties: allowAnon: - description: 'This flag indicates if the policy - should be made available to all anonymous users. - Principal: "*"' + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. Principal: "*" type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -435,26 +425,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -468,8 +453,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -483,26 +468,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -525,26 +505,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -558,8 +533,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -573,26 +548,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -617,8 +587,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array sid: - description: Optional identifier for this statement, - must be unique within the policy if provided. + description: |- + Optional identifier for this statement, must be unique within the + policy if provided. type: string required: - effect @@ -635,7 +606,8 @@ spec: - version type: object rawPolicy: - description: Policy stringified version of JSON repository policy + description: |- + Policy stringified version of JSON repository policy either policy or rawPolicy must be specified in the policy type: string region: @@ -643,19 +615,21 @@ spec: to be created in. type: string registryId: - description: The AWS account ID associated with the registry that - contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the - default registry is assumed. + description: |- + The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. + If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. type: string repositoryName: - description: "The name of the repository to receive the policy. - \n One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector - is required." + description: |- + The name of the repository to receive the policy. + + + One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector is required. type: string repositoryNameRef: - description: A referencer to retrieve the name of a repository - One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector - is required. + description: |- + A referencer to retrieve the name of a repository + One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector is required. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -665,21 +639,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -689,13 +663,14 @@ spec: - name type: object repositoryNameSelector: - description: A selector to select a referencer to retrieve the - name of a repository One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, - or RepositoryNameSelector is required. + description: |- + A selector to select a referencer to retrieve the name of a repository + One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector is required. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -708,21 +683,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -735,19 +710,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -760,9 +737,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -772,21 +750,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -796,17 +774,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -816,21 +796,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -845,21 +825,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -870,14 +851,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -906,14 +888,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -923,8 +914,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -936,6 +928,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -961,14 +960,19 @@ spec: Container Repository Policy properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -978,13 +982,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -994,37 +999,39 @@ spec: an AWS Elastic Container Repository properties: force: - description: If the policy you are attempting to set on a repository - policy would prevent you from setting another policy in the - future, you must force the SetRepositoryPolicy operation. This - is intended to prevent accidental repository lock outs. + description: |- + If the policy you are attempting to set on a repository policy would prevent + you from setting another policy in the future, you must force the SetRepositoryPolicy + operation. This is intended to prevent accidental repository lock outs. type: boolean policy: - description: Policy is a well defined type which can be parsed - into an JSON Repository Policy either policy or rawPolicy must - be specified in the policy + description: |- + Policy is a well defined type which can be parsed into an JSON Repository Policy + either policy or rawPolicy must be specified in the policy properties: id: description: ID is the policy's optional identifier type: string statements: - description: Statements is the list of statement this policy - applies either jsonStatements or statements must be specified - in the policy + description: |- + Statements is the list of statement this policy applies + either jsonStatements or statements must be specified in the policy items: - description: RepositoryPolicyStatement defines an individual - statement within the RepositoryPolicyBody + description: |- + RepositoryPolicyStatement defines an individual statement within the + RepositoryPolicyBody properties: action: - description: Each element of the PolicyAction array - describes the specific action or actions that will - be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. + description: |- + Each element of the PolicyAction array describes the specific + action or actions that will be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. items: type: string type: array condition: - description: Condition specifies where conditions for - policy are in effect. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/list_amazonelasticcontainerregistry.html#amazonelasticcontainerregistry-policy-keys + description: |- + Condition specifies where conditions for policy are in effect. + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/list_amazonelasticcontainerregistry.html#amazonelasticcontainerregistry-policy-keys items: description: Condition represents a set of condition pairs for a Repository policy @@ -1033,9 +1040,9 @@ spec: description: Conditions represents each of the key/value pairs for the operator key items: - description: ConditionPair represents one condition - inside of the set of conditions for a Repository - policy + description: |- + ConditionPair represents one condition inside of the set of conditions for + a Repository policy properties: booleanValue: description: ConditionBooleanValue is the @@ -1043,11 +1050,9 @@ spec: the parent condition type: boolean dateValue: - description: ConditionDateValue is the expected - string value of the key from the parent - condition. The date value must be in ISO - 8601 format. The time is always midnight - UTC. + description: |- + ConditionDateValue is the expected string value of the key from the parent condition. The + date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. format: date-time type: string key: @@ -1086,36 +1091,38 @@ spec: type: object type: array effect: - description: The effect is required and specifies whether - the statement results in an allow or an explicit deny. - Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. + description: |- + The effect is required and specifies whether the statement results + in an allow or an explicit deny. Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. enum: - Allow - Deny type: string notAction: - description: Each element of the NotPolicyAction array - will allow the property to match all but the listed - actions. + description: |- + Each element of the NotPolicyAction array will allow the property to match + all but the listed actions. items: type: string type: array notPrincipal: - description: Used with the Repository policy to specify - the users which are not included in this policy + description: |- + Used with the Repository policy to specify the users which are not included + in this policy properties: allowAnon: - description: 'This flag indicates if the policy - should be made available to all anonymous users. - Principal: "*"' + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. Principal: "*" type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -1137,26 +1144,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1170,8 +1172,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1185,26 +1187,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1227,26 +1224,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1260,8 +1252,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1275,26 +1267,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1314,28 +1301,30 @@ spec: type: array type: object notResource: - description: This will explicitly match all resource - paths except the ones specified in this array + description: |- + This will explicitly match all resource paths except the ones + specified in this array items: type: string type: array principal: - description: Used with the Repository policy to specify - the principal that is allowed or denied access to - a resource. + description: |- + Used with the Repository policy to specify the principal that is allowed + or denied access to a resource. properties: allowAnon: - description: 'This flag indicates if the policy - should be made available to all anonymous users. - Principal: "*"' + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. Principal: "*" type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -1357,26 +1346,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1390,8 +1374,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1405,26 +1389,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1447,26 +1426,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1480,8 +1454,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1495,26 +1469,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1539,8 +1508,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array sid: - description: Optional identifier for this statement, - must be unique within the policy if provided. + description: |- + Optional identifier for this statement, must be unique within the + policy if provided. type: string required: - effect @@ -1557,7 +1527,8 @@ spec: - version type: object rawPolicy: - description: Policy stringified version of JSON repository policy + description: |- + Policy stringified version of JSON repository policy either policy or rawPolicy must be specified in the policy type: string region: @@ -1565,19 +1536,21 @@ spec: to be created in. type: string registryId: - description: The AWS account ID associated with the registry that - contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the - default registry is assumed. + description: |- + The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. + If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. type: string repositoryName: - description: "The name of the repository to receive the policy. - \n One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector - is required." + description: |- + The name of the repository to receive the policy. + + + One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector is required. type: string repositoryNameRef: - description: A referencer to retrieve the name of a repository - One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector - is required. + description: |- + A referencer to retrieve the name of a repository + One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector is required. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1587,21 +1560,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1611,13 +1584,14 @@ spec: - name type: object repositoryNameSelector: - description: A selector to select a referencer to retrieve the - name of a repository One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, - or RepositoryNameSelector is required. + description: |- + A selector to select a referencer to retrieve the name of a repository + One of RepositoryName, RepositoryNameRef, or RepositoryNameSelector is required. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1630,21 +1604,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1657,19 +1631,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1682,9 +1658,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1694,21 +1671,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1718,17 +1695,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1738,21 +1717,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1767,21 +1746,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1792,14 +1772,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1828,14 +1809,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1845,8 +1835,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1858,6 +1849,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml b/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml index f225485e68..f288e13541 100644 --- a/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: clusters.ecs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ecs.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Cluster is the Schema for the Clusters API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,31 +74,38 @@ spec: description: ClusterParameters defines the desired state of Cluster properties: capacityProviders: - description: "The short name of one or more capacity providers - to associate with the cluster. A capacity provider must be associated - with a cluster before it can be included as part of the default - capacity provider strategy of the cluster or used in a capacity - provider strategy when calling the CreateService (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateService.html) + description: |- + The short name of one or more capacity providers to associate with the cluster. + A capacity provider must be associated with a cluster before it can be included + as part of the default capacity provider strategy of the cluster or used + in a capacity provider strategy when calling the CreateService (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateService.html) or RunTask (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_RunTask.html) - actions. \n If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto - Scaling group, the capacity provider must be created but not - associated with another cluster. New Auto Scaling group capacity - providers can be created with the CreateCapacityProvider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateCapacityProvider.html) - API operation. \n To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify - either the FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT capacity providers. The Fargate - capacity providers are available to all accounts and only need - to be associated with a cluster to be used. \n The PutCapacityProvider - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_PutCapacityProvider.html) - API operation is used to update the list of available capacity - providers for a cluster after the cluster is created." + actions. + + + If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the capacity + provider must be created but not associated with another cluster. New Auto + Scaling group capacity providers can be created with the CreateCapacityProvider + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateCapacityProvider.html) + API operation. + + + To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT + capacity providers. The Fargate capacity providers are available to all accounts + and only need to be associated with a cluster to be used. + + + The PutCapacityProvider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_PutCapacityProvider.html) + API operation is used to update the list of available capacity providers + for a cluster after the cluster is created. items: type: string type: array clusterName: - description: The name of your cluster. If you don't specify a - name for your cluster, you create a cluster that's named default. - Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, underscores, - and hyphens are allowed. + description: |- + The name of your cluster. If you don't specify a name for your cluster, you + create a cluster that's named default. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), + numbers, underscores, and hyphens are allowed. type: string configuration: description: The execute command configuration for the cluster. @@ -103,9 +116,9 @@ spec: kmsKeyID: type: string logConfiguration: - description: The log configuration for the results of - the execute command actions. The logs can be sent to - CloudWatch Logs or an Amazon S3 bucket. + description: |- + The log configuration for the results of the execute command actions. The + logs can be sent to CloudWatch Logs or an Amazon S3 bucket. properties: cloudWatchEncryptionEnabled: type: boolean @@ -123,15 +136,18 @@ spec: type: object type: object defaultCapacityProviderStrategy: - description: "The capacity provider strategy to set as the default - for the cluster. After a default capacity provider strategy - is set for a cluster, when you call the CreateService (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateService.html) + description: |- + The capacity provider strategy to set as the default for the cluster. After + a default capacity provider strategy is set for a cluster, when you call + the CreateService (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_CreateService.html) or RunTask (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_RunTask.html) - APIs with no capacity provider strategy or launch type specified, - the default capacity provider strategy for the cluster is used. - \n If a default capacity provider strategy isn't defined for - a cluster when it was created, it can be defined later with - the PutClusterCapacityProviders API operation." + APIs with no capacity provider strategy or launch type specified, the default + capacity provider strategy for the cluster is used. + + + If a default capacity provider strategy isn't defined for a cluster when + it was created, it can be defined later with the PutClusterCapacityProviders + API operation. items: properties: base: @@ -148,30 +164,32 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Cluster will be created. type: string serviceConnectDefaults: - description: "Use this parameter to set a default Service Connect - namespace. After you set a default Service Connect namespace, - any new services with Service Connect turned on that are created - in the cluster are added as client services in the namespace. - This setting only applies to new services that set the enabled - parameter to true in the ServiceConnectConfiguration. You can - set the namespace of each service individually in the ServiceConnectConfiguration - to override this default parameter. \n Tasks that run in a namespace - can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. - Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in - the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container - that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only - the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with - Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-connect.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + Use this parameter to set a default Service Connect namespace. After you + set a default Service Connect namespace, any new services with Service Connect + turned on that are created in the cluster are added as client services in + the namespace. This setting only applies to new services that set the enabled + parameter to true in the ServiceConnectConfiguration. You can set the namespace + of each service individually in the ServiceConnectConfiguration to override + this default parameter. + + + Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services + in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters + in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects + logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS + services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, + see Service Connect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-connect.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: namespace: type: string type: object settings: - description: The setting to use when creating a cluster. This - parameter is used to turn on CloudWatch Container Insights for - a cluster. If this value is specified, it overrides the containerInsights - value set with PutAccountSetting or PutAccountSettingDefault. + description: |- + The setting to use when creating a cluster. This parameter is used to turn + on CloudWatch Container Insights for a cluster. If this value is specified, + it overrides the containerInsights value set with PutAccountSetting or PutAccountSettingDefault. items: properties: name: @@ -181,24 +199,40 @@ spec: type: object type: array tags: - description: "The metadata that you apply to the cluster to help - you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key - and an optional value. You define both. \n The following basic - restrictions apply to tags: \n * Maximum number of tags per - resource - 50 \n * For each resource, each tag key must be unique, - and each tag key can have only one value. \n * Maximum key length - - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8 \n * Maximum value length - - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8 \n * If your tagging schema - is used across multiple services and resources, remember that - other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. - Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces - representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = - . _ : / @. \n * Tag keys and values are case-sensitive. \n * - Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination - of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved - for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys - or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count - against your tags per resource limit." + description: |- + The metadata that you apply to the cluster to help you categorize and organize + them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. + + + The following basic restrictions apply to tags: + + + * Maximum number of tags per resource - 50 + + + * For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can + have only one value. + + + * Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, + remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. + Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable + in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @. + + + * Tag keys and values are case-sensitive. + + + * Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such + as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web + Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. + Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit. items: properties: key: @@ -213,19 +247,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -238,9 +274,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -250,21 +287,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -274,17 +311,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -294,21 +333,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -323,21 +362,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -348,14 +388,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -377,14 +418,16 @@ spec: description: ClusterObservation defines the observed state of Cluster properties: activeServicesCount: - description: The number of services that are running on the cluster - in an ACTIVE state. You can view these services with ListServices. + description: |- + The number of services that are running on the cluster in an ACTIVE state. + You can view these services with ListServices. format: int64 type: integer attachments: - description: The resources attached to a cluster. When using a - capacity provider with a cluster, the capacity provider and - associated resources are returned as cluster attachments. + description: |- + The resources attached to a cluster. When using a capacity provider with + a cluster, the capacity provider and associated resources are returned as + cluster attachments. items: properties: details: @@ -405,17 +448,32 @@ spec: type: object type: array attachmentsStatus: - description: "The status of the capacity providers associated - with the cluster. The following are the states that are returned. - \n UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS \n The available capacity providers for - the cluster are updating. \n UPDATE_COMPLETE \n The capacity - providers have successfully updated. \n UPDATE_FAILED \n The - capacity provider updates failed." + description: |- + The status of the capacity providers associated with the cluster. The following + are the states that are returned. + + + UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS + + + The available capacity providers for the cluster are updating. + + + UPDATE_COMPLETE + + + The capacity providers have successfully updated. + + + UPDATE_FAILED + + + The capacity provider updates failed. type: string clusterARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the - cluster. For more information about the ARN format, see Amazon - Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-account-settings.html#ecs-resource-ids) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the cluster. For more information + about the ARN format, see Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-account-settings.html#ecs-resource-ids) in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide. type: string pendingTasksCount: @@ -424,9 +482,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer registeredContainerInstancesCount: - description: The number of container instances registered into - the cluster. This includes container instances in both ACTIVE - and DRAINING status. + description: |- + The number of container instances registered into the cluster. This includes + container instances in both ACTIVE and DRAINING status. format: int64 type: integer runningTasksCount: @@ -435,12 +493,33 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer statistics: - description: "Additional information about your clusters that - are separated by launch type. They include the following: \n - * runningEC2TasksCount \n * RunningFargateTasksCount \n * pendingEC2TasksCount - \n * pendingFargateTasksCount \n * activeEC2ServiceCount \n - * activeFargateServiceCount \n * drainingEC2ServiceCount \n - * drainingFargateServiceCount" + description: |- + Additional information about your clusters that are separated by launch type. + They include the following: + + + * runningEC2TasksCount + + + * RunningFargateTasksCount + + + * pendingEC2TasksCount + + + * pendingFargateTasksCount + + + * activeEC2ServiceCount + + + * activeFargateServiceCount + + + * drainingEC2ServiceCount + + + * drainingFargateServiceCount items: properties: name: @@ -450,21 +529,46 @@ spec: type: object type: array status: - description: "The status of the cluster. The following are the - possible states that are returned. \n ACTIVE \n The cluster - is ready to accept tasks and if applicable you can register - container instances with the cluster. \n PROVISIONING \n The - cluster has capacity providers that are associated with it and - the resources needed for the capacity provider are being created. - \n DEPROVISIONING \n The cluster has capacity providers that - are associated with it and the resources needed for the capacity - provider are being deleted. \n FAILED \n The cluster has capacity - providers that are associated with it and the resources needed - for the capacity provider have failed to create. \n INACTIVE - \n The cluster has been deleted. Clusters with an INACTIVE status - may remain discoverable in your account for a period of time. - However, this behavior is subject to change in the future. We - don't recommend that you rely on INACTIVE clusters persisting." + description: |- + The status of the cluster. The following are the possible states that are + returned. + + + ACTIVE + + + The cluster is ready to accept tasks and if applicable you can register container + instances with the cluster. + + + PROVISIONING + + + The cluster has capacity providers that are associated with it and the resources + needed for the capacity provider are being created. + + + DEPROVISIONING + + + The cluster has capacity providers that are associated with it and the resources + needed for the capacity provider are being deleted. + + + FAILED + + + The cluster has capacity providers that are associated with it and the resources + needed for the capacity provider have failed to create. + + + INACTIVE + + + The cluster has been deleted. Clusters with an INACTIVE status may remain + discoverable in your account for a period of time. However, this behavior + is subject to change in the future. We don't recommend that you rely on INACTIVE + clusters persisting. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -473,14 +577,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -490,8 +603,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -503,6 +617,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_services.yaml b/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_services.yaml index 38524b75b3..fce0c29c7b 100644 --- a/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_services.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_services.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: services.ecs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ecs.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Service is the Schema for the Services API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,12 +74,16 @@ spec: description: ServiceParameters defines the desired state of Service properties: capacityProviderStrategy: - description: "The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. - \n If a capacityProviderStrategy is specified, the launchType - parameter must be omitted. If no capacityProviderStrategy or - launchType is specified, the defaultCapacityProviderStrategy - for the cluster is used. \n A capacity provider strategy may - contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers." + description: |- + The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. + + + If a capacityProviderStrategy is specified, the launchType parameter must + be omitted. If no capacityProviderStrategy or launchType is specified, the + defaultCapacityProviderStrategy for the cluster is used. + + + A capacity provider strategy may contain a maximum of 6 capacity providers. items: properties: base: @@ -87,9 +97,10 @@ spec: type: object type: array cluster: - description: The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) - of the cluster on which to run your service. If you do not specify - a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. + description: |- + The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster on which + to run your service. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster + is assumed. type: string clusterRef: description: A Reference to a named object. @@ -102,21 +113,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -129,8 +140,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -143,21 +155,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -165,23 +177,28 @@ spec: type: object type: object deploymentConfiguration: - description: Optional deployment parameters that control how many - tasks run during the deployment and the ordering of stopping - and starting tasks. + description: |- + Optional deployment parameters that control how many tasks run during the + deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks. properties: alarms: - description: "One of the methods which provide a way for you - to quickly identify when a deployment has failed, and then - to optionally roll back the failure to the last working - deployment. \n When the alarms are generated, Amazon ECS - sets the service deployment to failed. Set the rollback - parameter to have Amazon ECS to roll back your service to - the last completed deployment after a failure. \n You can - only use the DeploymentAlarms method to detect failures - when the DeploymentController is set to ECS (rolling update). - \n For more information, see Rolling update (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-ecs.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide - ." + description: |- + One of the methods which provide a way for you to quickly identify when a + deployment has failed, and then to optionally roll back the failure to the + last working deployment. + + + When the alarms are generated, Amazon ECS sets the service deployment to + failed. Set the rollback parameter to have Amazon ECS to roll back your service + to the last completed deployment after a failure. + + + You can only use the DeploymentAlarms method to detect failures when the + DeploymentController is set to ECS (rolling update). + + + For more information, see Rolling update (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-ecs.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide . properties: alarmNames: items: @@ -193,19 +210,21 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object deploymentCircuitBreaker: - description: "The deployment circuit breaker can only be used - for services using the rolling update (ECS) deployment type. - \n The deployment circuit breaker determines whether a service - deployment will fail if the service can't reach a steady - state. If it is turned on, a service deployment will transition - to a failed state and stop launching new tasks. You can - also configure Amazon ECS to roll back your service to the - last completed deployment after a failure. For more information, - see Rolling update (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-ecs.html) + description: |- + The deployment circuit breaker can only be used for services using the rolling + update (ECS) deployment type. + + + The deployment circuit breaker determines whether a service deployment will + fail if the service can't reach a steady state. If it is turned on, a service + deployment will transition to a failed state and stop launching new tasks. + You can also configure Amazon ECS to roll back your service to the last completed + deployment after a failure. For more information, see Rolling update (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-ecs.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + For more information about API failure reasons, see API failure reasons (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/api_failures_messages.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. - \n For more information about API failure reasons, see API - failure reasons (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/api_failures_messages.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide." properties: enable: type: boolean @@ -220,145 +239,176 @@ spec: type: integer type: object deploymentController: - description: The deployment controller to use for the service. - If no deployment controller is specified, the default value - of ECS is used. + description: |- + The deployment controller to use for the service. If no deployment controller + is specified, the default value of ECS is used. properties: type_: type: string type: object desiredCount: - description: "The number of instantiations of the specified task - definition to place and keep running in your service. \n This - is required if schedulingStrategy is REPLICA or isn't specified. - If schedulingStrategy is DAEMON then this isn't required." + description: |- + The number of instantiations of the specified task definition to place and + keep running in your service. + + + This is required if schedulingStrategy is REPLICA or isn't specified. If + schedulingStrategy is DAEMON then this isn't required. format: int64 type: integer enableECSManagedTags: - description: "Specifies whether to turn on Amazon ECS managed - tags for the tasks within the service. For more information, - see Tagging your Amazon ECS resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-using-tags.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. \n - When you use Amazon ECS managed tags, you need to set the propagateTags - request parameter." + description: |- + Specifies whether to turn on Amazon ECS managed tags for the tasks within + the service. For more information, see Tagging your Amazon ECS resources + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-using-tags.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + When you use Amazon ECS managed tags, you need to set the propagateTags request + parameter. type: boolean enableExecuteCommand: - description: Determines whether the execute command functionality - is turned on for the service. If true, this enables execute - command functionality on all containers in the service tasks. + description: |- + Determines whether the execute command functionality is turned on for the + service. If true, this enables execute command functionality on all containers + in the service tasks. type: boolean forceDeletion: description: Force Service to be deleted, even with task Running or Pending type: boolean healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds: - description: "The period of time, in seconds, that the Amazon - ECS service scheduler ignores unhealthy Elastic Load Balancing - target health checks after a task has first started. This is - only used when your service is configured to use a load balancer. - If your service has a load balancer defined and you don't specify - a health check grace period value, the default value of 0 is - used. \n If you do not use an Elastic Load Balancing, we recommend - that you use the startPeriod in the task definition health check - parameters. For more information, see Health check (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_HealthCheck.html). - \n If your service's tasks take a while to start and respond - to Elastic Load Balancing health checks, you can specify a health - check grace period of up to 2,147,483,647 seconds (about 69 - years). During that time, the Amazon ECS service scheduler ignores - health check status. This grace period can prevent the service - scheduler from marking tasks as unhealthy and stopping them - before they have time to come up." + description: |- + The period of time, in seconds, that the Amazon ECS service scheduler ignores + unhealthy Elastic Load Balancing target health checks after a task has first + started. This is only used when your service is configured to use a load + balancer. If your service has a load balancer defined and you don't specify + a health check grace period value, the default value of 0 is used. + + + If you do not use an Elastic Load Balancing, we recommend that you use the + startPeriod in the task definition health check parameters. For more information, + see Health check (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_HealthCheck.html). + + + If your service's tasks take a while to start and respond to Elastic Load + Balancing health checks, you can specify a health check grace period of up + to 2,147,483,647 seconds (about 69 years). During that time, the Amazon ECS + service scheduler ignores health check status. This grace period can prevent + the service scheduler from marking tasks as unhealthy and stopping them before + they have time to come up. format: int64 type: integer launchType: - description: "The infrastructure that you run your service on. - For more information, see Amazon ECS launch types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/launch_types.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. \n - The FARGATE launch type runs your tasks on Fargate On-Demand - infrastructure. \n Fargate Spot infrastructure is available - for use but a capacity provider strategy must be used. For more - information, see Fargate capacity providers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/userguide/fargate-capacity-providers.html) - in the Amazon ECS User Guide for Fargate. \n The EC2 launch - type runs your tasks on Amazon EC2 instances registered to your - cluster. \n The EXTERNAL launch type runs your tasks on your - on-premises server or virtual machine (VM) capacity registered - to your cluster. \n A service can use either a launch type or - a capacity provider strategy. If a launchType is specified, - the capacityProviderStrategy parameter must be omitted." + description: |- + The infrastructure that you run your service on. For more information, see + Amazon ECS launch types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/launch_types.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + The FARGATE launch type runs your tasks on Fargate On-Demand infrastructure. + + + Fargate Spot infrastructure is available for use but a capacity provider + strategy must be used. For more information, see Fargate capacity providers + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/userguide/fargate-capacity-providers.html) + in the Amazon ECS User Guide for Fargate. + + + The EC2 launch type runs your tasks on Amazon EC2 instances registered to + your cluster. + + + The EXTERNAL launch type runs your tasks on your on-premises server or virtual + machine (VM) capacity registered to your cluster. + + + A service can use either a launch type or a capacity provider strategy. If + a launchType is specified, the capacityProviderStrategy parameter must be + omitted. type: string loadBalancers: - description: "A load balancer object representing the load balancers - to use with your service. For more information, see Service - Load Balancing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-load-balancing.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. \n - If the service is using the rolling update (ECS) deployment - controller and using either an Application Load Balancer or - Network Load Balancer, you must specify one or more target group - ARNs to attach to the service. The service-linked role is required - for services that make use of multiple target groups. For more - information, see Using service-linked roles for Amazon ECS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using-service-linked-roles.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. \n - If the service is using the CODE_DEPLOY deployment controller, - the service is required to use either an Application Load Balancer - or Network Load Balancer. When creating an CodeDeploy deployment - group, you specify two target groups (referred to as a targetGroupPair). - During a deployment, CodeDeploy determines which task set in - your service has the status PRIMARY and associates one target - group with it, and then associates the other target group with - the replacement task set. The load balancer can also have up - to two listeners: a required listener for production traffic - and an optional listener that allows you perform validation - tests with Lambda functions before routing production traffic - to it. \n After you create a service using the ECS deployment - controller, the load balancer name or target group ARN, container - name, and container port specified in the service definition - are immutable. If you are using the CODE_DEPLOY deployment controller, - these values can be changed when updating the service. \n For - Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers, this - object must contain the load balancer target group ARN, the - container name (as it appears in a container definition), and - the container port to access from the load balancer. The load - balancer name parameter must be omitted. When a task from this - service is placed on a container instance, the container instance - and port combination is registered as a target in the target - group specified here. \n For Classic Load Balancers, this object - must contain the load balancer name, the container name (as - it appears in a container definition), and the container port - to access from the load balancer. The target group ARN parameter - must be omitted. When a task from this service is placed on - a container instance, the container instance is registered with - the load balancer specified here. \n Services with tasks that - use the awsvpc network mode (for example, those with the Fargate - launch type) only support Application Load Balancers and Network - Load Balancers. Classic Load Balancers are not supported. Also, - when you create any target groups for these services, you must - choose ip as the target type, not instance, because tasks that - use the awsvpc network mode are associated with an elastic network - interface, not an Amazon EC2 instance." + description: |- + A load balancer object representing the load balancers to use with your service. + For more information, see Service Load Balancing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-load-balancing.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + If the service is using the rolling update (ECS) deployment controller and + using either an Application Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer, you must + specify one or more target group ARNs to attach to the service. The service-linked + role is required for services that make use of multiple target groups. For + more information, see Using service-linked roles for Amazon ECS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using-service-linked-roles.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + If the service is using the CODE_DEPLOY deployment controller, the service + is required to use either an Application Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer. + When creating an CodeDeploy deployment group, you specify two target groups + (referred to as a targetGroupPair). During a deployment, CodeDeploy determines + which task set in your service has the status PRIMARY and associates one + target group with it, and then associates the other target group with the + replacement task set. The load balancer can also have up to two listeners: + a required listener for production traffic and an optional listener that + allows you perform validation tests with Lambda functions before routing + production traffic to it. + + + After you create a service using the ECS deployment controller, the load + balancer name or target group ARN, container name, and container port specified + in the service definition are immutable. If you are using the CODE_DEPLOY + deployment controller, these values can be changed when updating the service. + + + For Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers, this object must + contain the load balancer target group ARN, the container name (as it appears + in a container definition), and the container port to access from the load + balancer. The load balancer name parameter must be omitted. When a task from + this service is placed on a container instance, the container instance and + port combination is registered as a target in the target group specified + here. + + + For Classic Load Balancers, this object must contain the load balancer name, + the container name (as it appears in a container definition), and the container + port to access from the load balancer. The target group ARN parameter must + be omitted. When a task from this service is placed on a container instance, + the container instance is registered with the load balancer specified here. + + + Services with tasks that use the awsvpc network mode (for example, those + with the Fargate launch type) only support Application Load Balancers and + Network Load Balancers. Classic Load Balancers are not supported. Also, when + you create any target groups for these services, you must choose ip as the + target type, not instance, because tasks that use the awsvpc network mode + are associated with an elastic network interface, not an Amazon EC2 instance. items: description: CustomLoadBalancer provides custom parameters for the LoadBalancer type properties: containerName: - description: The name of the container (as it appears in - a container definition) to associate with the load balancer. + description: |- + The name of the container (as it appears in a container definition) to associate + with the load balancer. type: string containerPort: - description: The port on the container to associate with - the load balancer. This port must correspond to a containerPort - in the task definition the tasks in the service are using. - For tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the container - instance they're launched on must allow ingress traffic - on the hostPort of the port mapping. + description: |- + The port on the container to associate with the load balancer. This port + must correspond to a containerPort in the task definition the tasks in the + service are using. For tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the container + instance they're launched on must allow ingress traffic on the hostPort of + the port mapping. format: int64 type: integer loadBalancerName: - description: "The name of the load balancer to associate - with the Amazon ECS service or task set. \n A load balancer - name is only specified when using a Classic Load Balancer. - If you are using an Application Load Balancer or a Network - Load Balancer the load balancer name parameter should - be omitted." + description: |- + The name of the load balancer to associate with the Amazon ECS service or + task set. + + + A load balancer name is only specified when using a Classic Load Balancer. + If you are using an Application Load Balancer or a Network Load Balancer + the load balancer name parameter should be omitted. type: string loadBalancerNameRef: description: A Reference to a named object. @@ -371,22 +421,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -399,9 +448,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -414,22 +463,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -437,27 +485,33 @@ spec: type: object type: object targetGroupARN: - description: "The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - Elastic Load Balancing target group or groups associated - with a service or task set. \n A target group ARN is only - specified when using an Application Load Balancer or Network - Load Balancer. If you're using a Classic Load Balancer, - omit the target group ARN. \n For services using the ECS - deployment controller, you can specify one or multiple - target groups. For more information, see Registering multiple - target groups with a service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/register-multiple-targetgroups.html) + description: |- + The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Elastic Load Balancing target + group or groups associated with a service or task set. + + + A target group ARN is only specified when using an Application Load Balancer + or Network Load Balancer. If you're using a Classic Load Balancer, omit the + target group ARN. + + + For services using the ECS deployment controller, you can specify one or + multiple target groups. For more information, see Registering multiple target + groups with a service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/register-multiple-targetgroups.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. - \n For services using the CODE_DEPLOY deployment controller, - you're required to define two target groups for the load - balancer. For more information, see Blue/green deployment - with CodeDeploy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-bluegreen.html) + + + For services using the CODE_DEPLOY deployment controller, you're required + to define two target groups for the load balancer. For more information, + see Blue/green deployment with CodeDeploy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/deployment-type-bluegreen.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. - \n If your service's task definition uses the awsvpc network - mode, you must choose ip as the target type, not instance. - Do this when creating your target groups because tasks - that use the awsvpc network mode are associated with an - elastic network interface, not an Amazon EC2 instance. - This network mode is required for the Fargate launch type." + + + If your service's task definition uses the awsvpc network mode, you must + choose ip as the target type, not instance. Do this when creating your target + groups because tasks that use the awsvpc network mode are associated with + an elastic network interface, not an Amazon EC2 instance. This network mode + is required for the Fargate launch type. type: string targetGroupARNRef: description: A Reference to a named object. @@ -470,22 +524,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -498,9 +551,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -513,22 +566,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -538,11 +590,11 @@ spec: type: object type: array networkConfiguration: - description: The network configuration for the service. This parameter - is required for task definitions that use the awsvpc network - mode to receive their own elastic network interface, and it - is not supported for other network modes. For more information, - see Task networking (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-networking.html) + description: |- + The network configuration for the service. This parameter is required for + task definitions that use the awsvpc network mode to receive their own elastic + network interface, and it is not supported for other network modes. For more + information, see Task networking (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-networking.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: awsvpcConfiguration: @@ -563,23 +615,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -593,9 +643,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -608,23 +658,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -647,23 +695,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -677,9 +723,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -692,23 +738,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -722,10 +766,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object placementConstraints: - description: An array of placement constraint objects to use for - tasks in your service. You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints - for each task. This limit includes constraints in the task definition - and those specified at runtime. + description: |- + An array of placement constraint objects to use for tasks in your service. + You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints for each task. This limit includes + constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime. items: properties: expression: @@ -735,9 +779,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array placementStrategy: - description: The placement strategy objects to use for tasks in - your service. You can specify a maximum of 5 strategy rules - for each service. + description: |- + The placement strategy objects to use for tasks in your service. You can + specify a maximum of 5 strategy rules for each service. items: properties: field: @@ -747,118 +791,141 @@ spec: type: object type: array platformVersion: - description: The platform version that your tasks in the service - are running on. A platform version is specified only for tasks - using the Fargate launch type. If one isn't specified, the LATEST - platform version is used. For more information, see Fargate - platform versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html) + description: |- + The platform version that your tasks in the service are running on. A platform + version is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch type. If one + isn't specified, the LATEST platform version is used. For more information, + see Fargate platform versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. type: string propagateTags: - description: "Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the - task definition to the task. If no value is specified, the tags - aren't propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the task during - task creation. To add tags to a task after task creation, use - the TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_TagResource.html) - API action. \n The default is NONE." + description: |- + Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the task definition to the task. + If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. Tags can only be propagated + to the task during task creation. To add tags to a task after task creation, + use the TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_TagResource.html) + API action. + + + The default is NONE. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Service will be created. type: string role: - description: "The name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - IAM role that allows Amazon ECS to make calls to your load balancer - on your behalf. This parameter is only permitted if you are - using a load balancer with your service and your task definition - doesn't use the awsvpc network mode. If you specify the role - parameter, you must also specify a load balancer object with - the loadBalancers parameter. \n If your account has already - created the Amazon ECS service-linked role, that role is used - for your service unless you specify a role here. The service-linked - role is required if your task definition uses the awsvpc network - mode or if the service is configured to use service discovery, - an external deployment controller, multiple target groups, or - Elastic Inference accelerators in which case you don't specify - a role here. For more information, see Using service-linked - roles for Amazon ECS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using-service-linked-roles.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. \n - If your specified role has a path other than /, then you must - either specify the full role ARN (this is recommended) or prefix - the role name with the path. For example, if a role with the - name bar has a path of /foo/ then you would specify /foo/bar - as the role name. For more information, see Friendly names and - paths (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-friendly-names) - in the IAM User Guide." + description: |- + The name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows Amazon + ECS to make calls to your load balancer on your behalf. This parameter is + only permitted if you are using a load balancer with your service and your + task definition doesn't use the awsvpc network mode. If you specify the role + parameter, you must also specify a load balancer object with the loadBalancers + parameter. + + + If your account has already created the Amazon ECS service-linked role, that + role is used for your service unless you specify a role here. The service-linked + role is required if your task definition uses the awsvpc network mode or + if the service is configured to use service discovery, an external deployment + controller, multiple target groups, or Elastic Inference accelerators in + which case you don't specify a role here. For more information, see Using + service-linked roles for Amazon ECS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using-service-linked-roles.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + If your specified role has a path other than /, then you must either specify + the full role ARN (this is recommended) or prefix the role name with the + path. For example, if a role with the name bar has a path of /foo/ then you + would specify /foo/bar as the role name. For more information, see Friendly + names and paths (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-friendly-names) + in the IAM User Guide. type: string schedulingStrategy: - description: "The scheduling strategy to use for the service. - For more information, see Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). - \n There are two service scheduler strategies available: \n - * REPLICA-The replica scheduling strategy places and maintains - the desired number of tasks across your cluster. By default, - the service scheduler spreads tasks across Availability Zones. - You can use task placement strategies and constraints to customize - task placement decisions. This scheduler strategy is required - if the service uses the CODE_DEPLOY or EXTERNAL deployment controller - types. \n * DAEMON-The daemon scheduling strategy deploys exactly - one task on each active container instance that meets all of - the task placement constraints that you specify in your cluster. - The service scheduler also evaluates the task placement constraints - for running tasks and will stop tasks that don't meet the placement - constraints. When you're using this strategy, you don't need - to specify a desired number of tasks, a task placement strategy, - or use Service Auto Scaling policies. Tasks using the Fargate - launch type or the CODE_DEPLOY or EXTERNAL deployment controller - types don't support the DAEMON scheduling strategy." + description: |- + The scheduling strategy to use for the service. For more information, see + Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs_services.html). + + + There are two service scheduler strategies available: + + + * REPLICA-The replica scheduling strategy places and maintains the desired + number of tasks across your cluster. By default, the service scheduler + spreads tasks across Availability Zones. You can use task placement strategies + and constraints to customize task placement decisions. This scheduler + strategy is required if the service uses the CODE_DEPLOY or EXTERNAL deployment + controller types. + + + * DAEMON-The daemon scheduling strategy deploys exactly one task on each + active container instance that meets all of the task placement constraints + that you specify in your cluster. The service scheduler also evaluates + the task placement constraints for running tasks and will stop tasks that + don't meet the placement constraints. When you're using this strategy, + you don't need to specify a desired number of tasks, a task placement + strategy, or use Service Auto Scaling policies. Tasks using the Fargate + launch type or the CODE_DEPLOY or EXTERNAL deployment controller types + don't support the DAEMON scheduling strategy. type: string serviceConnectConfiguration: - description: "The configuration for this service to discover and - connect to services, and be discovered by, and connected from, - other services within a namespace. \n Tasks that run in a namespace - can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. - Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in - the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container - that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only - the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with - Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-connect.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + The configuration for this service to discover and connect to services, and + be discovered by, and connected from, other services within a namespace. + + + Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services + in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters + in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects + logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS + services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, + see Service Connect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-connect.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: enabled: type: boolean logConfiguration: - description: "The log configuration for the container. This - parameter maps to LogConfig in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/#operation/ContainerCreate) + description: |- + The log configuration for the container. This parameter maps to LogConfig + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/#operation/ContainerCreate) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/) and the --log-driver option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/run/). - \n By default, containers use the same logging driver that - the Docker daemon uses. However, the container might use - a different logging driver than the Docker daemon by specifying - a log driver configuration in the container definition. - For more information about the options for different supported - log drivers, see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) - in the Docker documentation. \n Understand the following - when specifying a log configuration for your containers. - \n * Amazon ECS currently supports a subset of the logging - drivers available to the Docker daemon. Additional log drivers - may be available in future releases of the Amazon ECS container - agent. For tasks on Fargate, the supported log drivers are - awslogs, splunk, and awsfirelens. For tasks hosted on Amazon - EC2 instances, the supported log drivers are awslogs, fluentd, - gelf, json-file, journald, logentries,syslog, splunk, and - awsfirelens. \n * This parameter requires version 1.18 of - the Docker Remote API or greater on your container instance. - \n * For tasks that are hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, - the Amazon ECS container agent must register the available - logging drivers with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS environment - variable before containers placed on that instance can use - these log configuration options. For more information, see - Amazon ECS container agent configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. - \n * For tasks that are on Fargate, because you don't have - access to the underlying infrastructure your tasks are hosted - on, any additional software needed must be installed outside - of the task. For example, the Fluentd output aggregators - or a remote host running Logstash to send Gelf logs to." + + + By default, containers use the same logging driver that the Docker daemon + uses. However, the container might use a different logging driver than the + Docker daemon by specifying a log driver configuration in the container definition. + For more information about the options for different supported log drivers, + see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + Understand the following when specifying a log configuration for your containers. + + + * Amazon ECS currently supports a subset of the logging drivers available + to the Docker daemon. Additional log drivers may be available in future + releases of the Amazon ECS container agent. For tasks on Fargate, the + supported log drivers are awslogs, splunk, and awsfirelens. For tasks + hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the supported log drivers are awslogs, + fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, logentries,syslog, splunk, and awsfirelens. + + + * This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. + + + * For tasks that are hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the Amazon ECS container + agent must register the available logging drivers with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS + environment variable before containers placed on that instance can use + these log configuration options. For more information, see Amazon ECS + container agent configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + * For tasks that are on Fargate, because you don't have access to the + underlying infrastructure your tasks are hosted on, any additional software + needed must be installed outside of the task. For example, the Fluentd + output aggregators or a remote host running Logstash to send Gelf logs + to. properties: logDriver: type: string @@ -902,11 +969,13 @@ spec: type: array type: object serviceRegistries: - description: "The details of the service discovery registry to - associate with this service. For more information, see Service - discovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-discovery.html). - \n Each service may be associated with one service registry. - Multiple service registries for each service isn't supported." + description: |- + The details of the service discovery registry to associate with this service. + For more information, see Service discovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-discovery.html). + + + Each service may be associated with one service registry. Multiple service + registries for each service isn't supported. items: properties: containerName: @@ -922,25 +991,41 @@ spec: type: object type: array tags: - description: "The metadata that you apply to the service to help - you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key - and an optional value, both of which you define. When a service - is deleted, the tags are deleted as well. \n The following basic - restrictions apply to tags: \n * Maximum number of tags per - resource - 50 \n * For each resource, each tag key must be unique, - and each tag key can have only one value. \n * Maximum key length - - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8 \n * Maximum value length - - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8 \n * If your tagging schema - is used across multiple services and resources, remember that - other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. - Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces - representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = - . _ : / @. \n * Tag keys and values are case-sensitive. \n * - Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination - of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved - for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys - or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count - against your tags per resource limit." + description: |- + The metadata that you apply to the service to help you categorize and organize + them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you + define. When a service is deleted, the tags are deleted as well. + + + The following basic restrictions apply to tags: + + + * Maximum number of tags per resource - 50 + + + * For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can + have only one value. + + + * Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, + remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. + Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable + in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @. + + + * Tag keys and values are case-sensitive. + + + * Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such + as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web + Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. + Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit. items: properties: key: @@ -950,11 +1035,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array taskDefinition: - description: "The family and revision (family:revision) or full - ARN of the task definition to run in your service. If a revision - is not specified, the latest ACTIVE revision is used. \n A task - definition must be specified if the service is using either - the ECS or CODE_DEPLOY deployment controllers." + description: |- + The family and revision (family:revision) or full ARN of the task definition + to run in your service. If a revision is not specified, the latest ACTIVE + revision is used. + + + A task definition must be specified if the service is using either the ECS + or CODE_DEPLOY deployment controllers. type: string taskDefinitionRef: description: A Reference to a named object. @@ -967,21 +1055,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -994,8 +1082,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1008,21 +1097,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1035,19 +1124,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1060,9 +1151,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1072,21 +1164,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1096,17 +1188,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1116,21 +1210,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1145,21 +1239,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1170,14 +1265,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1274,60 +1370,66 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer serviceConnectConfiguration: - description: "The Service Connect configuration of your - Amazon ECS service. The configuration for this service - to discover and connect to services, and be discovered - by, and connected from, other services within a namespace. - \n Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to - connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect - to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. - Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects - logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks - that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service - Connect. For more information, see Service Connect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-connect.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + The Service Connect configuration of your Amazon ECS service. The configuration + for this service to discover and connect to services, and be discovered by, + and connected from, other services within a namespace. + + + Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services + in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters + in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects + logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS + services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, + see Service Connect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/service-connect.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: enabled: type: boolean logConfiguration: - description: "The log configuration for the container. - This parameter maps to LogConfig in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/#operation/ContainerCreate) + description: |- + The log configuration for the container. This parameter maps to LogConfig + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/#operation/ContainerCreate) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/) and the --log-driver option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/run/). - \n By default, containers use the same logging driver - that the Docker daemon uses. However, the container - might use a different logging driver than the Docker - daemon by specifying a log driver configuration in - the container definition. For more information about - the options for different supported log drivers, see - Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) - in the Docker documentation. \n Understand the following - when specifying a log configuration for your containers. - \n * Amazon ECS currently supports a subset of the - logging drivers available to the Docker daemon. Additional - log drivers may be available in future releases of - the Amazon ECS container agent. For tasks on Fargate, - the supported log drivers are awslogs, splunk, and - awsfirelens. For tasks hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, - the supported log drivers are awslogs, fluentd, gelf, - json-file, journald, logentries,syslog, splunk, and - awsfirelens. \n * This parameter requires version - 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater on your container - instance. \n * For tasks that are hosted on Amazon - EC2 instances, the Amazon ECS container agent must - register the available logging drivers with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS - environment variable before containers placed on that - instance can use these log configuration options. - For more information, see Amazon ECS container agent - configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide. \n * For tasks that are on Fargate, because - you don't have access to the underlying infrastructure - your tasks are hosted on, any additional software - needed must be installed outside of the task. For - example, the Fluentd output aggregators or a remote - host running Logstash to send Gelf logs to." + + + By default, containers use the same logging driver that the Docker daemon + uses. However, the container might use a different logging driver than the + Docker daemon by specifying a log driver configuration in the container definition. + For more information about the options for different supported log drivers, + see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + Understand the following when specifying a log configuration for your containers. + + + * Amazon ECS currently supports a subset of the logging drivers available + to the Docker daemon. Additional log drivers may be available in future + releases of the Amazon ECS container agent. For tasks on Fargate, the + supported log drivers are awslogs, splunk, and awsfirelens. For tasks + hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the supported log drivers are awslogs, + fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, logentries,syslog, splunk, and awsfirelens. + + + * This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. + + + * For tasks that are hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the Amazon ECS container + agent must register the available logging drivers with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS + environment variable before containers placed on that instance can use + these log configuration options. For more information, see Amazon ECS + container agent configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + * For tasks that are on Fargate, because you don't have access to the + underlying infrastructure your tasks are hosted on, any additional software + needed must be installed outside of the task. For example, the Fluentd + output aggregators or a remote host running Logstash to send Gelf logs + to. properties: logDriver: type: string @@ -1389,8 +1491,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array events: - description: The event stream for your service. A maximum of 100 - of the latest events are displayed. + description: |- + The event stream for your service. A maximum of 100 of the latest events + are displayed. items: properties: createdAt: @@ -1403,10 +1506,10 @@ spec: type: object type: array loadBalancers: - description: A list of Elastic Load Balancing load balancer objects. - It contains the load balancer name, the container name, and - the container port to access from the load balancer. The container - name is as it appears in a container definition. + description: |- + A list of Elastic Load Balancing load balancer objects. It contains the load + balancer name, the container name, and the container port to access from + the load balancer. The container name is as it appears in a container definition. items: properties: containerName: @@ -1421,9 +1524,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array networkConfiguration: - description: The VPC subnet and security group configuration for - tasks that receive their own elastic network interface by using - the awsvpc networking mode. + description: |- + The VPC subnet and security group configuration for tasks that receive their + own elastic network interface by using the awsvpc networking mode. properties: awsVPCConfiguration: description: An object representing the networking details @@ -1447,16 +1550,19 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer platformFamily: - description: "The operating system that your tasks in the service - run on. A platform family is specified only for tasks using - the Fargate launch type. \n All tasks that run as part of this - service must use the same platformFamily value as the service - (for example, LINUX)." + description: |- + The operating system that your tasks in the service run on. A platform family + is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch type. + + + All tasks that run as part of this service must use the same platformFamily + value as the service (for example, LINUX). type: string roleARN: - description: The ARN of the IAM role that's associated with the - service. It allows the Amazon ECS container agent to register - container instances with an Elastic Load Balancing load balancer. + description: |- + The ARN of the IAM role that's associated with the service. It allows the + Amazon ECS container agent to register container instances with an Elastic + Load Balancing load balancer. type: string runningCount: description: The number of tasks in the cluster that are in the @@ -1464,32 +1570,34 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer serviceARN: - description: The ARN that identifies the service. For more information - about the ARN format, see Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-account-settings.html#ecs-resource-ids) + description: |- + The ARN that identifies the service. For more information about the ARN format, + see Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-account-settings.html#ecs-resource-ids) in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide. type: string serviceName: - description: The name of your service. Up to 255 letters (uppercase - and lowercase), numbers, underscores, and hyphens are allowed. - Service names must be unique within a cluster. However, you - can have similarly named services in multiple clusters within - a Region or across multiple Regions. + description: |- + The name of your service. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, + underscores, and hyphens are allowed. Service names must be unique within + a cluster. However, you can have similarly named services in multiple clusters + within a Region or across multiple Regions. type: string status: description: The status of the service. The valid values are ACTIVE, DRAINING, or INACTIVE. type: string taskDefinition: - description: The task definition to use for tasks in the service. - This value is specified when the service is created with CreateService, - and it can be modified with UpdateService. + description: |- + The task definition to use for tasks in the service. This value is specified + when the service is created with CreateService, and it can be modified with + UpdateService. type: string taskSets: - description: Information about a set of Amazon ECS tasks in either - an CodeDeploy or an EXTERNAL deployment. An Amazon ECS task - set includes details such as the desired number of tasks, how - many tasks are running, and whether the task set serves production - traffic. + description: |- + Information about a set of Amazon ECS tasks in either an CodeDeploy or an + EXTERNAL deployment. An Amazon ECS task set includes details such as the + desired number of tasks, how many tasks are running, and whether the task + set serves production traffic. items: properties: capacityProviderStrategy: @@ -1563,9 +1671,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer scale: - description: A floating-point percentage of the desired - number of tasks to place and keep running in the task - set. + description: |- + A floating-point percentage of the desired number of tasks to place and keep + running in the task set. properties: unit: type: string @@ -1623,14 +1731,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1640,8 +1757,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1653,6 +1771,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_taskdefinitions.yaml b/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_taskdefinitions.yaml index d1fa515650..bd412adc41 100644 --- a/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_taskdefinitions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ecs.aws.crossplane.io_taskdefinitions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: taskdefinitions.ecs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ecs.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: TaskDefinition is the Schema for the TaskDefinitions API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,8 +75,9 @@ spec: TaskDefinition properties: containerDefinitions: - description: A list of container definitions in JSON format that - describe the different containers that make up your task. + description: |- + A list of container definitions in JSON format that describe the different + containers that make up your task. items: properties: command: @@ -145,10 +152,10 @@ spec: type: object type: array firelensConfiguration: - description: The FireLens configuration for the container. - This is used to specify and configure a log router for - container logs. For more information, see Custom log routing - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using_firelens.html) + description: |- + The FireLens configuration for the container. This is used to specify and + configure a log router for container logs. For more information, see Custom + log routing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using_firelens.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: options: @@ -159,60 +166,90 @@ spec: type: string type: object healthCheck: - description: "An object representing a container health - check. Health check parameters that are specified in a - container definition override any Docker health checks - that exist in the container image (such as those specified - in a parent image or from the image's Dockerfile). This - configuration maps to the HEALTHCHECK parameter of docker - run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). \n - The Amazon ECS container agent only monitors and reports - on the health checks specified in the task definition. - Amazon ECS does not monitor Docker health checks that - are embedded in a container image and not specified in - the container definition. Health check parameters that - are specified in a container definition override any Docker - health checks that exist in the container image. \n You - can view the health status of both individual containers - and a task with the DescribeTasks API operation or when - viewing the task details in the console. \n The health - check is designed to make sure that your containers survive - agent restarts, upgrades, or temporary unavailability. - \n The following describes the possible healthStatus values - for a container: \n * HEALTHY-The container health check - has passed successfully. \n * UNHEALTHY-The container - health check has failed. \n * UNKNOWN-The container health - check is being evaluated or there's no container health - check defined. \n The following describes the possible - healthStatus values for a task. The container health check - status of non-essential containers don't have an effect - on the health status of a task. \n * HEALTHY-All essential - containers within the task have passed their health checks. - \n * UNHEALTHY-One or more essential containers have failed - their health check. \n * UNKNOWN-The essential containers - within the task are still having their health checks evaluated, - there are only nonessential containers with health checks - defined, or there are no container health checks defined. - \n If a task is run manually, and not as part of a service, - the task will continue its lifecycle regardless of its - health status. For tasks that are part of a service, if - the task reports as unhealthy then the task will be stopped - and the service scheduler will replace it. \n The following - are notes about container health check support: \n * When - the Amazon ECS agent cannot connect to the Amazon ECS - service, the service reports the container as UNHEALTHY. - \n * The health check statuses are the \"last heard from\" - response from the Amazon ECS agent. There are no assumptions - made about the status of the container health checks. - \n * Container health checks require version 1.17.0 or - greater of the Amazon ECS container agent. For more information, - see Updating the Amazon ECS container agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-update.html). - \n * Container health checks are supported for Fargate - tasks if you're using platform version 1.1.0 or greater. - For more information, see Fargate platform versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html). - \n * Container health checks aren't supported for tasks - that are part of a service that's configured to use a - Classic Load Balancer." + description: |- + An object representing a container health check. Health check parameters + that are specified in a container definition override any Docker health checks + that exist in the container image (such as those specified in a parent image + or from the image's Dockerfile). This configuration maps to the HEALTHCHECK + parameter of docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). + + + The Amazon ECS container agent only monitors and reports on the health checks + specified in the task definition. Amazon ECS does not monitor Docker health + checks that are embedded in a container image and not specified in the container + definition. Health check parameters that are specified in a container definition + override any Docker health checks that exist in the container image. + + + You can view the health status of both individual containers and a task with + the DescribeTasks API operation or when viewing the task details in the console. + + + The health check is designed to make sure that your containers survive agent + restarts, upgrades, or temporary unavailability. + + + The following describes the possible healthStatus values for a container: + + + * HEALTHY-The container health check has passed successfully. + + + * UNHEALTHY-The container health check has failed. + + + * UNKNOWN-The container health check is being evaluated or there's no + container health check defined. + + + The following describes the possible healthStatus values for a task. The + container health check status of non-essential containers don't have an effect + on the health status of a task. + + + * HEALTHY-All essential containers within the task have passed their health + checks. + + + * UNHEALTHY-One or more essential containers have failed their health + check. + + + * UNKNOWN-The essential containers within the task are still having their + health checks evaluated, there are only nonessential containers with health + checks defined, or there are no container health checks defined. + + + If a task is run manually, and not as part of a service, the task will continue + its lifecycle regardless of its health status. For tasks that are part of + a service, if the task reports as unhealthy then the task will be stopped + and the service scheduler will replace it. + + + The following are notes about container health check support: + + + * When the Amazon ECS agent cannot connect to the Amazon ECS service, + the service reports the container as UNHEALTHY. + + + * The health check statuses are the "last heard from" response from the + Amazon ECS agent. There are no assumptions made about the status of the + container health checks. + + + * Container health checks require version 1.17.0 or greater of the Amazon + ECS container agent. For more information, see Updating the Amazon ECS + container agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-update.html). + + + * Container health checks are supported for Fargate tasks if you're using + platform version 1.1.0 or greater. For more information, see Fargate platform + versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html). + + + * Container health checks aren't supported for tasks that are part of + a service that's configured to use a Classic Load Balancer. properties: command: items: @@ -242,19 +279,18 @@ spec: type: string type: array linuxParameters: - description: The Linux-specific options that are applied - to the container, such as Linux KernelCapabilities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_KernelCapabilities.html). + description: |- + The Linux-specific options that are applied to the container, such as Linux + KernelCapabilities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_KernelCapabilities.html). properties: capabilities: - description: The Linux capabilities for the container - that are added to or dropped from the default configuration - provided by Docker. For more information about the - default capabilities and the non-default available - capabilities, see Runtime privilege and Linux capabilities - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#runtime-privilege-and-linux-capabilities) - in the Docker run reference. For more detailed information - about these Linux capabilities, see the capabilities(7) - (http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man7/capabilities.7.html) + description: |- + The Linux capabilities for the container that are added to or dropped from + the default configuration provided by Docker. For more information about + the default capabilities and the non-default available capabilities, see + Runtime privilege and Linux capabilities (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#runtime-privilege-and-linux-capabilities) + in the Docker run reference. For more detailed information about these Linux + capabilities, see the capabilities(7) (http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man7/capabilities.7.html) Linux manual page. properties: add: @@ -306,43 +342,49 @@ spec: type: array type: object logConfiguration: - description: "The log configuration for the container. This - parameter maps to LogConfig in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/#operation/ContainerCreate) + description: |- + The log configuration for the container. This parameter maps to LogConfig + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/#operation/ContainerCreate) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/) and the --log-driver option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/run/). - \n By default, containers use the same logging driver - that the Docker daemon uses. However, the container might - use a different logging driver than the Docker daemon - by specifying a log driver configuration in the container - definition. For more information about the options for - different supported log drivers, see Configure logging - drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) - in the Docker documentation. \n Understand the following - when specifying a log configuration for your containers. - \n * Amazon ECS currently supports a subset of the logging - drivers available to the Docker daemon. Additional log - drivers may be available in future releases of the Amazon - ECS container agent. For tasks on Fargate, the supported - log drivers are awslogs, splunk, and awsfirelens. For - tasks hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the supported log - drivers are awslogs, fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, - logentries,syslog, splunk, and awsfirelens. \n * This - parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API - or greater on your container instance. \n * For tasks - that are hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the Amazon ECS - container agent must register the available logging drivers - with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS environment variable - before containers placed on that instance can use these - log configuration options. For more information, see Amazon - ECS container agent configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. - \n * For tasks that are on Fargate, because you don't - have access to the underlying infrastructure your tasks - are hosted on, any additional software needed must be - installed outside of the task. For example, the Fluentd - output aggregators or a remote host running Logstash to - send Gelf logs to." + + + By default, containers use the same logging driver that the Docker daemon + uses. However, the container might use a different logging driver than the + Docker daemon by specifying a log driver configuration in the container definition. + For more information about the options for different supported log drivers, + see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + Understand the following when specifying a log configuration for your containers. + + + * Amazon ECS currently supports a subset of the logging drivers available + to the Docker daemon. Additional log drivers may be available in future + releases of the Amazon ECS container agent. For tasks on Fargate, the + supported log drivers are awslogs, splunk, and awsfirelens. For tasks + hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the supported log drivers are awslogs, + fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, logentries,syslog, splunk, and awsfirelens. + + + * This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. + + + * For tasks that are hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the Amazon ECS container + agent must register the available logging drivers with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS + environment variable before containers placed on that instance can use + these log configuration options. For more information, see Amazon ECS + container agent configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + * For tasks that are on Fargate, because you don't have access to the + underlying infrastructure your tasks are hosted on, any additional software + needed must be installed outside of the task. For example, the Fluentd + output aggregators or a remote host running Logstash to send Gelf logs + to. properties: logDriver: type: string @@ -473,56 +515,86 @@ spec: type: object type: array cpu: - description: "The number of CPU units used by the task. It can - be expressed as an integer using CPU units (for example, 1024) - or as a string using vCPUs (for example, 1 vCPU or 1 vcpu) in - a task definition. String values are converted to an integer - indicating the CPU units when the task definition is registered. - \n Task-level CPU and memory parameters are ignored for Windows - containers. We recommend specifying container-level resources - for Windows containers. \n If you're using the EC2 launch type, - this field is optional. Supported values are between 128 CPU - units (0.125 vCPUs) and 10240 CPU units (10 vCPUs). If you do - not specify a value, the parameter is ignored. \n If you're - using the Fargate launch type, this field is required and you - must use one of the following values, which determines your - range of supported values for the memory parameter: \n The CPU - units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers - on Fargate. \n * 256 (.25 vCPU) - Available memory values: 512 - (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB) \n * 512 (.5 vCPU) - Available - memory values: 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 - GB) \n * 1024 (1 vCPU) - Available memory values: 2048 (2 GB), - 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 GB), 7168 (7 - GB), 8192 (8 GB) \n * 2048 (2 vCPU) - Available memory values: - 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB) \n - * 4096 (4 vCPU) - Available memory values: 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 - (30 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB) \n * 8192 (8 vCPU) - Available - memory values: 16 GB and 60 GB in 4 GB increments This option - requires Linux platform 1.4.0 or later. \n * 16384 (16vCPU) - - Available memory values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments - This option requires Linux platform 1.4.0 or later." + description: |- + The number of CPU units used by the task. It can be expressed as an integer + using CPU units (for example, 1024) or as a string using vCPUs (for example, + 1 vCPU or 1 vcpu) in a task definition. String values are converted to an + integer indicating the CPU units when the task definition is registered. + + + Task-level CPU and memory parameters are ignored for Windows containers. + We recommend specifying container-level resources for Windows containers. + + + If you're using the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. Supported values + are between 128 CPU units (0.125 vCPUs) and 10240 CPU units (10 vCPUs). If + you do not specify a value, the parameter is ignored. + + + If you're using the Fargate launch type, this field is required and you must + use one of the following values, which determines your range of supported + values for the memory parameter: + + + The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers + on Fargate. + + + * 256 (.25 vCPU) - Available memory values: 512 (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), + 2048 (2 GB) + + + * 512 (.5 vCPU) - Available memory values: 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 + (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB) + + + * 1024 (1 vCPU) - Available memory values: 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 + (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 GB), 7168 (7 GB), 8192 (8 GB) + + + * 2048 (2 vCPU) - Available memory values: 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) + in increments of 1024 (1 GB) + + + * 4096 (4 vCPU) - Available memory values: 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 (30 GB) + in increments of 1024 (1 GB) + + + * 8192 (8 vCPU) - Available memory values: 16 GB and 60 GB in 4 GB increments + This option requires Linux platform 1.4.0 or later. + + + * 16384 (16vCPU) - Available memory values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments + This option requires Linux platform 1.4.0 or later. type: string ephemeralStorage: - description: "The amount of ephemeral storage to allocate for - the task. This parameter is used to expand the total amount - of ephemeral storage available, beyond the default amount, for - tasks hosted on Fargate. For more information, see Fargate task - storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/userguide/using_data_volumes.html) - in the Amazon ECS User Guide for Fargate. \n For tasks using - the Fargate launch type, the task requires the following platforms: - \n * Linux platform version 1.4.0 or later. \n * Windows platform - version 1.0.0 or later." + description: |- + The amount of ephemeral storage to allocate for the task. This parameter + is used to expand the total amount of ephemeral storage available, beyond + the default amount, for tasks hosted on Fargate. For more information, see + Fargate task storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/userguide/using_data_volumes.html) + in the Amazon ECS User Guide for Fargate. + + + For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the task requires the following + platforms: + + + * Linux platform version 1.4.0 or later. + + + * Windows platform version 1.0.0 or later. properties: sizeInGiB: format: int64 type: integer type: object executionRoleARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution - role that grants the Amazon ECS container agent permission to - make Amazon Web Services API calls on your behalf. The task - execution IAM role is required depending on the requirements - of your task. For more information, see Amazon ECS task execution + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution role that grants the + Amazon ECS container agent permission to make Amazon Web Services API calls + on your behalf. The task execution IAM role is required depending on the + requirements of your task. For more information, see Amazon ECS task execution IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task_execution_IAM_role.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. type: string @@ -537,21 +609,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -564,8 +636,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -578,21 +651,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -600,10 +673,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object family: - description: You must specify a family for a task definition. - You can use it track multiple versions of the same task definition. - The family is used as a name for your task definition. Up to - 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, underscores, + description: |- + You must specify a family for a task definition. You can use it track multiple + versions of the same task definition. The family is used as a name for your + task definition. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, underscores, and hyphens are allowed. type: string inferenceAccelerators: @@ -618,111 +691,157 @@ spec: type: object type: array ipcMode: - description: "The IPC resource namespace to use for the containers - in the task. The valid values are host, task, or none. If host - is specified, then all containers within the tasks that specified - the host IPC mode on the same container instance share the same - IPC resources with the host Amazon EC2 instance. If task is - specified, all containers within the specified task share the - same IPC resources. If none is specified, then IPC resources - within the containers of a task are private and not shared with - other containers in a task or on the container instance. If - no value is specified, then the IPC resource namespace sharing - depends on the Docker daemon setting on the container instance. - For more information, see IPC settings (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#ipc-settings---ipc) - in the Docker run reference. \n If the host IPC mode is used, - be aware that there is a heightened risk of undesired IPC namespace - expose. For more information, see Docker security (https://docs.docker.com/engine/security/security/). - \n If you are setting namespaced kernel parameters using systemControls - for the containers in the task, the following will apply to - your IPC resource namespace. For more information, see System - Controls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task_definition_parameters.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. \n - * For tasks that use the host IPC mode, IPC namespace related - systemControls are not supported. \n * For tasks that use the - task IPC mode, IPC namespace related systemControls will apply - to all containers within a task. \n This parameter is not supported - for Windows containers or tasks run on Fargate." + description: |- + The IPC resource namespace to use for the containers in the task. The valid + values are host, task, or none. If host is specified, then all containers + within the tasks that specified the host IPC mode on the same container instance + share the same IPC resources with the host Amazon EC2 instance. If task is + specified, all containers within the specified task share the same IPC resources. + If none is specified, then IPC resources within the containers of a task + are private and not shared with other containers in a task or on the container + instance. If no value is specified, then the IPC resource namespace sharing + depends on the Docker daemon setting on the container instance. For more + information, see IPC settings (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#ipc-settings---ipc) + in the Docker run reference. + + + If the host IPC mode is used, be aware that there is a heightened risk of + undesired IPC namespace expose. For more information, see Docker security + (https://docs.docker.com/engine/security/security/). + + + If you are setting namespaced kernel parameters using systemControls for + the containers in the task, the following will apply to your IPC resource + namespace. For more information, see System Controls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task_definition_parameters.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + * For tasks that use the host IPC mode, IPC namespace related systemControls + are not supported. + + + * For tasks that use the task IPC mode, IPC namespace related systemControls + will apply to all containers within a task. + + + This parameter is not supported for Windows containers or tasks run on Fargate. type: string memory: - description: "The amount of memory (in MiB) used by the task. - It can be expressed as an integer using MiB (for example ,1024) - or as a string using GB (for example, 1GB or 1 GB) in a task - definition. String values are converted to an integer indicating - the MiB when the task definition is registered. \n Task-level - CPU and memory parameters are ignored for Windows containers. - We recommend specifying container-level resources for Windows - containers. \n If using the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. - \n If using the Fargate launch type, this field is required - and you must use one of the following values. This determines - your range of supported values for the cpu parameter. \n The - CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers - on Fargate. \n * 512 (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB) - Available - cpu values: 256 (.25 vCPU) \n * 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 - (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB) - Available cpu values: 512 (.5 vCPU) \n - * 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 - GB), 7168 (7 GB), 8192 (8 GB) - Available cpu values: 1024 (1 - vCPU) \n * Between 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) in increments - of 1024 (1 GB) - Available cpu values: 2048 (2 vCPU) \n * Between - 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 (30 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB) - - Available cpu values: 4096 (4 vCPU) \n * Between 16 GB and 60 - GB in 4 GB increments - Available cpu values: 8192 (8 vCPU) - This option requires Linux platform 1.4.0 or later. \n * Between - 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments - Available cpu values: 16384 - (16 vCPU) This option requires Linux platform 1.4.0 or later." + description: |- + The amount of memory (in MiB) used by the task. It can be expressed as an + integer using MiB (for example ,1024) or as a string using GB (for example, + 1GB or 1 GB) in a task definition. String values are converted to an integer + indicating the MiB when the task definition is registered. + + + Task-level CPU and memory parameters are ignored for Windows containers. + We recommend specifying container-level resources for Windows containers. + + + If using the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. + + + If using the Fargate launch type, this field is required and you must use + one of the following values. This determines your range of supported values + for the cpu parameter. + + + The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers + on Fargate. + + + * 512 (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB) - Available cpu values: 256 (.25 + vCPU) + + + * 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB) - Available cpu values: + 512 (.5 vCPU) + + + * 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 GB), 7168 + (7 GB), 8192 (8 GB) - Available cpu values: 1024 (1 vCPU) + + + * Between 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB) - + Available cpu values: 2048 (2 vCPU) + + + * Between 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 (30 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB) - + Available cpu values: 4096 (4 vCPU) + + + * Between 16 GB and 60 GB in 4 GB increments - Available cpu values: 8192 + (8 vCPU) This option requires Linux platform 1.4.0 or later. + + + * Between 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments - Available cpu values: 16384 + (16 vCPU) This option requires Linux platform 1.4.0 or later. type: string networkMode: - description: "The Docker networking mode to use for the containers - in the task. The valid values are none, bridge, awsvpc, and - host. If no network mode is specified, the default is bridge. - \n For Amazon ECS tasks on Fargate, the awsvpc network mode - is required. For Amazon ECS tasks on Amazon EC2 Linux instances, - any network mode can be used. For Amazon ECS tasks on Amazon - EC2 Windows instances, or awsvpc can be used. If the - network mode is set to none, you cannot specify port mappings - in your container definitions, and the tasks containers do not - have external connectivity. The host and awsvpc network modes - offer the highest networking performance for containers because - they use the EC2 network stack instead of the virtualized network - stack provided by the bridge mode. \n With the host and awsvpc - network modes, exposed container ports are mapped directly to - the corresponding host port (for the host network mode) or the - attached elastic network interface port (for the awsvpc network - mode), so you cannot take advantage of dynamic host port mappings. - \n When using the host network mode, you should not run containers - using the root user (UID 0). It is considered best practice - to use a non-root user. \n If the network mode is awsvpc, the - task is allocated an elastic network interface, and you must - specify a NetworkConfiguration value when you create a service - or run a task with the task definition. For more information, - see Task Networking (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-networking.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. \n - If the network mode is host, you cannot run multiple instantiations - of the same task on a single container instance when port mappings - are used. \n For more information, see Network settings (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#network-settings) - in the Docker run reference." + description: |- + The Docker networking mode to use for the containers in the task. The valid + values are none, bridge, awsvpc, and host. If no network mode is specified, + the default is bridge. + + + For Amazon ECS tasks on Fargate, the awsvpc network mode is required. For + Amazon ECS tasks on Amazon EC2 Linux instances, any network mode can be used. + For Amazon ECS tasks on Amazon EC2 Windows instances, or awsvpc + can be used. If the network mode is set to none, you cannot specify port + mappings in your container definitions, and the tasks containers do not have + external connectivity. The host and awsvpc network modes offer the highest + networking performance for containers because they use the EC2 network stack + instead of the virtualized network stack provided by the bridge mode. + + + With the host and awsvpc network modes, exposed container ports are mapped + directly to the corresponding host port (for the host network mode) or the + attached elastic network interface port (for the awsvpc network mode), so + you cannot take advantage of dynamic host port mappings. + + + When using the host network mode, you should not run containers using the + root user (UID 0). It is considered best practice to use a non-root user. + + + If the network mode is awsvpc, the task is allocated an elastic network interface, + and you must specify a NetworkConfiguration value when you create a service + or run a task with the task definition. For more information, see Task Networking + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-networking.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + If the network mode is host, you cannot run multiple instantiations of the + same task on a single container instance when port mappings are used. + + + For more information, see Network settings (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#network-settings) + in the Docker run reference. type: string pidMode: - description: "The process namespace to use for the containers - in the task. The valid values are host or task. If host is specified, - then all containers within the tasks that specified the host - PID mode on the same container instance share the same process - namespace with the host Amazon EC2 instance. If task is specified, - all containers within the specified task share the same process - namespace. If no value is specified, the default is a private - namespace. For more information, see PID settings (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#pid-settings---pid) - in the Docker run reference. \n If the host PID mode is used, - be aware that there is a heightened risk of undesired process - namespace expose. For more information, see Docker security - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/security/security/). \n This - parameter is not supported for Windows containers or tasks run - on Fargate." + description: |- + The process namespace to use for the containers in the task. The valid values + are host or task. If host is specified, then all containers within the tasks + that specified the host PID mode on the same container instance share the + same process namespace with the host Amazon EC2 instance. If task is specified, + all containers within the specified task share the same process namespace. + If no value is specified, the default is a private namespace. For more information, + see PID settings (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#pid-settings---pid) + in the Docker run reference. + + + If the host PID mode is used, be aware that there is a heightened risk of + undesired process namespace expose. For more information, see Docker security + (https://docs.docker.com/engine/security/security/). + + + This parameter is not supported for Windows containers or tasks run on Fargate. type: string placementConstraints: - description: An array of placement constraint objects to use for - the task. You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints for each - task. This limit includes constraints in the task definition - and those specified at runtime. + description: |- + An array of placement constraint objects to use for the task. You can specify + a maximum of 10 constraints for each task. This limit includes constraints + in the task definition and those specified at runtime. items: properties: expression: @@ -732,16 +851,17 @@ spec: type: object type: array proxyConfiguration: - description: "The configuration details for the App Mesh proxy. - \n For tasks hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the container instances - require at least version 1.26.0 of the container agent and at - least version 1.26.0-1 of the ecs-init package to use a proxy - configuration. If your container instances are launched from - the Amazon ECS-optimized AMI version 20190301 or later, then - they contain the required versions of the container agent and - ecs-init. For more information, see Amazon ECS-optimized AMI - versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-ami-versions.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + The configuration details for the App Mesh proxy. + + + For tasks hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the container instances require + at least version 1.26.0 of the container agent and at least version 1.26.0-1 + of the ecs-init package to use a proxy configuration. If your container instances + are launched from the Amazon ECS-optimized AMI version 20190301 or later, + then they contain the required versions of the container agent and ecs-init. + For more information, see Amazon ECS-optimized AMI versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-ami-versions.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: containerName: type: string @@ -762,20 +882,22 @@ spec: created. type: string requiresCompatibilities: - description: The task launch type that Amazon ECS validates the - task definition against. A client exception is returned if the - task definition doesn't validate against the compatibilities - specified. If no value is specified, the parameter is omitted - from the response. + description: |- + The task launch type that Amazon ECS validates the task definition against. + A client exception is returned if the task definition doesn't validate against + the compatibilities specified. If no value is specified, the parameter is + omitted from the response. items: type: string type: array runtimePlatform: - description: "The operating system that your tasks definitions - run on. A platform family is specified only for tasks using - the Fargate launch type. \n When you specify a task definition - in a service, this value must match the runtimePlatform value - of the service." + description: |- + The operating system that your tasks definitions run on. A platform family + is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch type. + + + When you specify a task definition in a service, this value must match the + runtimePlatform value of the service. properties: cpuArchitecture: type: string @@ -783,24 +905,41 @@ spec: type: string type: object tags: - description: "The metadata that you apply to the task definition - to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists - of a key and an optional value. You define both of them. \n - The following basic restrictions apply to tags: \n * Maximum - number of tags per resource - 50 \n * For each resource, each - tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value. - \n * Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8 \n - * Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8 \n - * If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and - resources, remember that other services may have restrictions - on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, - numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following - characters: + - = . _ : / @. \n * Tag keys and values are case-sensitive. - \n * Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination - of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved - for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys - or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count - against your tags per resource limit." + description: |- + The metadata that you apply to the task definition to help you categorize + and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You + define both of them. + + + The following basic restrictions apply to tags: + + + * Maximum number of tags per resource - 50 + + + * For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can + have only one value. + + + * Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, + remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. + Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable + in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @. + + + * Tag keys and values are case-sensitive. + + + * Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such + as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web + Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. + Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit. items: properties: key: @@ -810,14 +949,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array taskRoleARN: - description: The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) - of the IAM role that containers in this task can assume. All - containers in this task are granted the permissions that are - specified in this role. For more information, see IAM Roles - for Tasks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-iam-roles.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. A list - of volume definitions in JSON format that containers in your - task may use. + description: |- + The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that containers + in this task can assume. All containers in this task are granted the permissions + that are specified in this role. For more information, see IAM Roles for + Tasks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-iam-roles.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + A list of volume definitions in JSON format that containers in your task + may use. type: string taskRoleARNRef: description: A Reference to a named object. @@ -830,21 +969,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -857,8 +996,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -871,21 +1011,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -898,11 +1038,11 @@ spec: Volume type properties: dockerVolumeConfiguration: - description: This parameter is specified when you are using - Docker volumes. Docker volumes are only supported when - you are using the EC2 launch type. Windows containers - only support the use of the local driver. To use bind - mounts, specify a host instead. + description: |- + This parameter is specified when you are using Docker volumes. Docker volumes + are only supported when you are using the EC2 launch type. Windows containers + only support the use of the local driver. To use bind mounts, specify a host + instead. properties: autoprovision: type: boolean @@ -920,9 +1060,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object efsVolumeConfiguration: - description: This parameter is specified when you are using - an Amazon Elastic File System file system for task storage. - For more information, see Amazon EFS Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/efs-volumes.html) + description: |- + This parameter is specified when you are using an Amazon Elastic File System + file system for task storage. For more information, see Amazon EFS Volumes + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/efs-volumes.html) in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: authorizationConfig: @@ -930,14 +1071,12 @@ spec: for the Amazon EFS file system. properties: accessPointID: - description: The Amazon EFS access point ID to use. - If an access point is specified, the root directory - value specified in the EFSVolumeConfiguration - must either be omitted or set to / which will - enforce the path set on the EFS access point. - If an access point is used, transit encryption - must be enabled in the EFSVolumeConfiguration. - For more information, see Working with Amazon + description: |- + The Amazon EFS access point ID to use. If an access point is specified, the + root directory value specified in the EFSVolumeConfiguration must either + be omitted or set to / which will enforce the path set on the EFS access + point. If an access point is used, transit encryption must be enabled in + the EFSVolumeConfiguration. For more information, see Working with Amazon EFS Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/efs-access-points.html) in the Amazon Elastic File System User Guide. type: string @@ -952,25 +1091,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -983,9 +1118,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the - selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -998,25 +1133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1024,15 +1155,13 @@ spec: type: object type: object iam: - description: Determines whether to use the Amazon - ECS task IAM role defined in a task definition - when mounting the Amazon EFS file system. If enabled, - transit encryption must be enabled in the EFSVolumeConfiguration. - If this parameter is omitted, the default value - of DISABLED is used. For more information, see - Using Amazon EFS Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/efs-volumes.html#efs-volume-accesspoints) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide. + description: |- + Determines whether to use the Amazon ECS task IAM role defined in a task + definition when mounting the Amazon EFS file system. If enabled, transit + encryption must be enabled in the EFSVolumeConfiguration. If this parameter + is omitted, the default value of DISABLED is used. For more information, + see Using Amazon EFS Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/efs-volumes.html#efs-volume-accesspoints) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. type: string type: object fileSystemID: @@ -1048,23 +1177,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1077,9 +1204,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1092,23 +1219,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1124,22 +1249,26 @@ spec: type: integer type: object fsxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration: - description: "This parameter is specified when you are using - Amazon FSx for Windows File Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/fsx/latest/WindowsGuide/what-is.html) - file system for task storage. \n For more information - and the input format, see Amazon FSx for Windows File + description: |- + This parameter is specified when you are using Amazon FSx for Windows File + Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/fsx/latest/WindowsGuide/what-is.html) + file system for task storage. + + + For more information and the input format, see Amazon FSx for Windows File Server Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/wfsx-volumes.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide." + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: authorizationConfig: - description: "The authorization configuration details - for Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system. - See FSxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_FSxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration.html) - in the Amazon ECS API Reference. \n For more information - and the input format, see Amazon FSx for Windows File + description: |- + The authorization configuration details for Amazon FSx for Windows File Server + file system. See FSxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_FSxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration.html) + in the Amazon ECS API Reference. + + + For more information and the input format, see Amazon FSx for Windows File Server Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/wfsx-volumes.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide." + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: credentialsParameter: type: string @@ -1172,19 +1301,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1197,9 +1328,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1209,21 +1341,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1233,17 +1365,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1253,21 +1387,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1282,21 +1416,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1307,14 +1442,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1418,12 +1554,11 @@ spec: type: object type: array firelensConfiguration: - description: The FireLens configuration for the container. - This is used to specify and configure a log router - for container logs. For more information, see Custom + description: |- + The FireLens configuration for the container. This is used to specify and + configure a log router for container logs. For more information, see Custom log routing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using_firelens.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide. + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: options: additionalProperties: @@ -1433,65 +1568,90 @@ spec: type: string type: object healthCheck: - description: "An object representing a container health - check. Health check parameters that are specified - in a container definition override any Docker health - checks that exist in the container image (such as - those specified in a parent image or from the image's - Dockerfile). This configuration maps to the HEALTHCHECK + description: |- + An object representing a container health check. Health check parameters + that are specified in a container definition override any Docker health checks + that exist in the container image (such as those specified in a parent image + or from the image's Dockerfile). This configuration maps to the HEALTHCHECK parameter of docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/). - \n The Amazon ECS container agent only monitors and - reports on the health checks specified in the task - definition. Amazon ECS does not monitor Docker health - checks that are embedded in a container image and - not specified in the container definition. Health - check parameters that are specified in a container - definition override any Docker health checks that - exist in the container image. \n You can view the - health status of both individual containers and a - task with the DescribeTasks API operation or when - viewing the task details in the console. \n The health - check is designed to make sure that your containers - survive agent restarts, upgrades, or temporary unavailability. - \n The following describes the possible healthStatus - values for a container: \n * HEALTHY-The container - health check has passed successfully. \n * UNHEALTHY-The - container health check has failed. \n * UNKNOWN-The - container health check is being evaluated or there's - no container health check defined. \n The following - describes the possible healthStatus values for a task. - The container health check status of non-essential - containers don't have an effect on the health status - of a task. \n * HEALTHY-All essential containers within - the task have passed their health checks. \n * UNHEALTHY-One - or more essential containers have failed their health - check. \n * UNKNOWN-The essential containers within - the task are still having their health checks evaluated, - there are only nonessential containers with health - checks defined, or there are no container health checks - defined. \n If a task is run manually, and not as - part of a service, the task will continue its lifecycle - regardless of its health status. For tasks that are - part of a service, if the task reports as unhealthy - then the task will be stopped and the service scheduler - will replace it. \n The following are notes about - container health check support: \n * When the Amazon - ECS agent cannot connect to the Amazon ECS service, - the service reports the container as UNHEALTHY. \n - * The health check statuses are the \"last heard from\" - response from the Amazon ECS agent. There are no assumptions - made about the status of the container health checks. - \n * Container health checks require version 1.17.0 - or greater of the Amazon ECS container agent. For - more information, see Updating the Amazon ECS container - agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-update.html). - \n * Container health checks are supported for Fargate - tasks if you're using platform version 1.1.0 or greater. - For more information, see Fargate platform versions - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html). - \n * Container health checks aren't supported for - tasks that are part of a service that's configured - to use a Classic Load Balancer." + + + The Amazon ECS container agent only monitors and reports on the health checks + specified in the task definition. Amazon ECS does not monitor Docker health + checks that are embedded in a container image and not specified in the container + definition. Health check parameters that are specified in a container definition + override any Docker health checks that exist in the container image. + + + You can view the health status of both individual containers and a task with + the DescribeTasks API operation or when viewing the task details in the console. + + + The health check is designed to make sure that your containers survive agent + restarts, upgrades, or temporary unavailability. + + + The following describes the possible healthStatus values for a container: + + + * HEALTHY-The container health check has passed successfully. + + + * UNHEALTHY-The container health check has failed. + + + * UNKNOWN-The container health check is being evaluated or there's no + container health check defined. + + + The following describes the possible healthStatus values for a task. The + container health check status of non-essential containers don't have an effect + on the health status of a task. + + + * HEALTHY-All essential containers within the task have passed their health + checks. + + + * UNHEALTHY-One or more essential containers have failed their health + check. + + + * UNKNOWN-The essential containers within the task are still having their + health checks evaluated, there are only nonessential containers with health + checks defined, or there are no container health checks defined. + + + If a task is run manually, and not as part of a service, the task will continue + its lifecycle regardless of its health status. For tasks that are part of + a service, if the task reports as unhealthy then the task will be stopped + and the service scheduler will replace it. + + + The following are notes about container health check support: + + + * When the Amazon ECS agent cannot connect to the Amazon ECS service, + the service reports the container as UNHEALTHY. + + + * The health check statuses are the "last heard from" response from the + Amazon ECS agent. There are no assumptions made about the status of the + container health checks. + + + * Container health checks require version 1.17.0 or greater of the Amazon + ECS container agent. For more information, see Updating the Amazon ECS + container agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-update.html). + + + * Container health checks are supported for Fargate tasks if you're using + platform version 1.1.0 or greater. For more information, see Fargate platform + versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html). + + + * Container health checks aren't supported for tasks that are part of + a service that's configured to use a Classic Load Balancer. properties: command: items: @@ -1521,20 +1681,18 @@ spec: type: string type: array linuxParameters: - description: The Linux-specific options that are applied - to the container, such as Linux KernelCapabilities - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_KernelCapabilities.html). + description: |- + The Linux-specific options that are applied to the container, such as Linux + KernelCapabilities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_KernelCapabilities.html). properties: capabilities: - description: The Linux capabilities for the container - that are added to or dropped from the default - configuration provided by Docker. For more information - about the default capabilities and the non-default - available capabilities, see Runtime privilege - and Linux capabilities (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#runtime-privilege-and-linux-capabilities) - in the Docker run reference. For more detailed - information about these Linux capabilities, see - the capabilities(7) (http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man7/capabilities.7.html) + description: |- + The Linux capabilities for the container that are added to or dropped from + the default configuration provided by Docker. For more information about + the default capabilities and the non-default available capabilities, see + Runtime privilege and Linux capabilities (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#runtime-privilege-and-linux-capabilities) + in the Docker run reference. For more detailed information about these Linux + capabilities, see the capabilities(7) (http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man7/capabilities.7.html) Linux manual page. properties: add: @@ -1586,44 +1744,49 @@ spec: type: array type: object logConfiguration: - description: "The log configuration for the container. - This parameter maps to LogConfig in the Create a container - (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/#operation/ContainerCreate) + description: |- + The log configuration for the container. This parameter maps to LogConfig + in the Create a container (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/#operation/ContainerCreate) section of the Docker Remote API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/api/v1.35/) and the --log-driver option to docker run (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/run/). - \n By default, containers use the same logging driver - that the Docker daemon uses. However, the container - might use a different logging driver than the Docker - daemon by specifying a log driver configuration in - the container definition. For more information about - the options for different supported log drivers, see - Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) - in the Docker documentation. \n Understand the following - when specifying a log configuration for your containers. - \n * Amazon ECS currently supports a subset of the - logging drivers available to the Docker daemon. Additional - log drivers may be available in future releases of - the Amazon ECS container agent. For tasks on Fargate, - the supported log drivers are awslogs, splunk, and - awsfirelens. For tasks hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, - the supported log drivers are awslogs, fluentd, gelf, - json-file, journald, logentries,syslog, splunk, and - awsfirelens. \n * This parameter requires version - 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater on your container - instance. \n * For tasks that are hosted on Amazon - EC2 instances, the Amazon ECS container agent must - register the available logging drivers with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS - environment variable before containers placed on that - instance can use these log configuration options. - For more information, see Amazon ECS container agent - configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide. \n * For tasks that are on Fargate, because - you don't have access to the underlying infrastructure - your tasks are hosted on, any additional software - needed must be installed outside of the task. For - example, the Fluentd output aggregators or a remote - host running Logstash to send Gelf logs to." + + + By default, containers use the same logging driver that the Docker daemon + uses. However, the container might use a different logging driver than the + Docker daemon by specifying a log driver configuration in the container definition. + For more information about the options for different supported log drivers, + see Configure logging drivers (https://docs.docker.com/engine/admin/logging/overview/) + in the Docker documentation. + + + Understand the following when specifying a log configuration for your containers. + + + * Amazon ECS currently supports a subset of the logging drivers available + to the Docker daemon. Additional log drivers may be available in future + releases of the Amazon ECS container agent. For tasks on Fargate, the + supported log drivers are awslogs, splunk, and awsfirelens. For tasks + hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the supported log drivers are awslogs, + fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, logentries,syslog, splunk, and awsfirelens. + + + * This parameter requires version 1.18 of the Docker Remote API or greater + on your container instance. + + + * For tasks that are hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the Amazon ECS container + agent must register the available logging drivers with the ECS_AVAILABLE_LOGGING_DRIVERS + environment variable before containers placed on that instance can use + these log configuration options. For more information, see Amazon ECS + container agent configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-config.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + + + * For tasks that are on Fargate, because you don't have access to the + underlying infrastructure your tasks are hosted on, any additional software + needed must be installed outside of the task. For example, the Fluentd + output aggregators or a remote host running Logstash to send Gelf logs + to. properties: logDriver: type: string @@ -1759,15 +1922,22 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string ephemeralStorage: - description: "The amount of ephemeral storage to allocate - for the task. This parameter is used to expand the total - amount of ephemeral storage available, beyond the default - amount, for tasks hosted on Fargate. For more information, - see Fargate task storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/userguide/using_data_volumes.html) - in the Amazon ECS User Guide for Fargate. \n For tasks using - the Fargate launch type, the task requires the following - platforms: \n * Linux platform version 1.4.0 or later. \n - * Windows platform version 1.0.0 or later." + description: |- + The amount of ephemeral storage to allocate for the task. This parameter + is used to expand the total amount of ephemeral storage available, beyond + the default amount, for tasks hosted on Fargate. For more information, see + Fargate task storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/userguide/using_data_volumes.html) + in the Amazon ECS User Guide for Fargate. + + + For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the task requires the following + platforms: + + + * Linux platform version 1.4.0 or later. + + + * Windows platform version 1.0.0 or later. properties: sizeInGiB: format: int64 @@ -1804,15 +1974,16 @@ spec: type: object type: array proxyConfiguration: - description: "The configuration details for the App Mesh proxy. - \n For tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the container - instances require at least version 1.26.0 of the container - agent and at least version 1.26.0-1 of the ecs-init package - to use a proxy configuration. If your container instances - are launched from the Amazon ECS optimized AMI version 20190301 - or later, then they contain the required versions of the - container agent and ecs-init. For more information, see - Amazon ECS-optimized Linux AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-optimized_AMI.html)" + description: |- + The configuration details for the App Mesh proxy. + + + For tasks that use the EC2 launch type, the container instances require at + least version 1.26.0 of the container agent and at least version 1.26.0-1 + of the ecs-init package to use a proxy configuration. If your container instances + are launched from the Amazon ECS optimized AMI version 20190301 or later, + then they contain the required versions of the container agent and ecs-init. + For more information, see Amazon ECS-optimized Linux AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-optimized_AMI.html) properties: containerName: type: string @@ -1854,10 +2025,12 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer runtimePlatform: - description: "Information about the platform for the Amazon - ECS service or task. \n For more information about RuntimePlatform, - see RuntimePlatform (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task_definition_parameters.html#runtime-platform) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + Information about the platform for the Amazon ECS service or task. + + + For more information about RuntimePlatform, see RuntimePlatform (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task_definition_parameters.html#runtime-platform) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: cpuArchitecture: type: string @@ -1874,11 +2047,11 @@ spec: items: properties: dockerVolumeConfiguration: - description: This parameter is specified when you're - using Docker volumes. Docker volumes are only supported - when you're using the EC2 launch type. Windows containers - only support the use of the local driver. To use bind - mounts, specify a host instead. + description: |- + This parameter is specified when you're using Docker volumes. Docker volumes + are only supported when you're using the EC2 launch type. Windows containers + only support the use of the local driver. To use bind mounts, specify a host + instead. properties: autoprovision: type: boolean @@ -1896,12 +2069,11 @@ spec: type: string type: object efsVolumeConfiguration: - description: This parameter is specified when you're - using an Amazon Elastic File System file system for - task storage. For more information, see Amazon EFS - volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/efs-volumes.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide. + description: |- + This parameter is specified when you're using an Amazon Elastic File System + file system for task storage. For more information, see Amazon EFS volumes + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/efs-volumes.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: authorizationConfig: description: The authorization configuration details @@ -1923,23 +2095,26 @@ spec: type: integer type: object fsxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration: - description: "This parameter is specified when you're - using Amazon FSx for Windows File Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/fsx/latest/WindowsGuide/what-is.html) - file system for task storage. \n For more information - and the input format, see Amazon FSx for Windows File + description: |- + This parameter is specified when you're using Amazon FSx for Windows File + Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/fsx/latest/WindowsGuide/what-is.html) + file system for task storage. + + + For more information and the input format, see Amazon FSx for Windows File Server volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/wfsx-volumes.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide." + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: authorizationConfig: - description: "The authorization configuration details - for Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system. - See FSxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_FSxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration.html) - in the Amazon ECS API Reference. \n For more information - and the input format, see Amazon FSx for Windows - File Server Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/wfsx-volumes.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer - Guide." + description: |- + The authorization configuration details for Amazon FSx for Windows File Server + file system. See FSxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_FSxWindowsFileServerVolumeConfiguration.html) + in the Amazon ECS API Reference. + + + For more information and the input format, see Amazon FSx for Windows File + Server Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/wfsx-volumes.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. properties: credentialsParameter: type: string @@ -1970,14 +2145,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1987,8 +2171,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -2000,6 +2185,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_accesspoints.yaml b/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_accesspoints.yaml index 634a569a06..1bcdf27558 100644 --- a/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_accesspoints.yaml +++ b/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_accesspoints.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: accesspoints.efs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: efs.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: AccessPoint is the Schema for the AccessPoints API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -72,8 +78,9 @@ spec: mount target. type: string fileSystemIDRef: - description: FileSystemIDRef are references to Filesystem used - to set the FileSystemID. + description: |- + FileSystemIDRef are references to Filesystem used to set + the FileSystemID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -83,21 +90,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -107,12 +114,14 @@ spec: - name type: object fileSystemIDSelector: - description: FileSystemIDSelector selects references to Filesystem - used to set the FileSystemID. + description: |- + FileSystemIDSelector selects references to Filesystem used + to set the FileSystemID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -125,21 +134,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -147,8 +156,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object posixUser: - description: The operating system user and group applied to all - file system requests made using the access point. + description: |- + The operating system user and group applied to all file system requests made + using the access point. properties: gid: format: int64 @@ -166,36 +176,38 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the AccessPoint will be created. type: string rootDirectory: - description: "Specifies the directory on the Amazon EFS file system - that the access point exposes as the root directory of your - file system to NFS clients using the access point. The clients - using the access point can only access the root directory and - below. If the RootDirectory > Path specified does not exist, - EFS creates it and applies the CreationInfo settings when a - client connects to an access point. When specifying a RootDirectory, - you must provide the Path, and the CreationInfo. \n Amazon EFS - creates a root directory only if you have provided the CreationInfo: - OwnUid, OwnGID, and permissions for the directory. If you do - not provide this information, Amazon EFS does not create the - root directory. If the root directory does not exist, attempts - to mount using the access point will fail." + description: |- + Specifies the directory on the Amazon EFS file system that the access point + exposes as the root directory of your file system to NFS clients using the + access point. The clients using the access point can only access the root + directory and below. If the RootDirectory > Path specified does not exist, + EFS creates it and applies the CreationInfo settings when a client connects + to an access point. When specifying a RootDirectory, you must provide the + Path, and the CreationInfo. + + + Amazon EFS creates a root directory only if you have provided the CreationInfo: + OwnUid, OwnGID, and permissions for the directory. If you do not provide + this information, Amazon EFS does not create the root directory. If the root + directory does not exist, attempts to mount using the access point will fail. properties: creationInfo: - description: "Required if the RootDirectory > Path specified - does not exist. Specifies the POSIX IDs and permissions - to apply to the access point's RootDirectory > Path. If - the access point root directory does not exist, EFS creates - it with these settings when a client connects to the access - point. When specifying CreationInfo, you must include values - for all properties. \n Amazon EFS creates a root directory - only if you have provided the CreationInfo: OwnUid, OwnGID, - and permissions for the directory. If you do not provide - this information, Amazon EFS does not create the root directory. - If the root directory does not exist, attempts to mount - using the access point will fail. \n If you do not provide - CreationInfo and the specified RootDirectory does not exist, - attempts to mount the file system using the access point - will fail." + description: |- + Required if the RootDirectory > Path specified does not exist. Specifies + the POSIX IDs and permissions to apply to the access point's RootDirectory + > Path. If the access point root directory does not exist, EFS creates it + with these settings when a client connects to the access point. When specifying + CreationInfo, you must include values for all properties. + + + Amazon EFS creates a root directory only if you have provided the CreationInfo: + OwnUid, OwnGID, and permissions for the directory. If you do not provide + this information, Amazon EFS does not create the root directory. If the root + directory does not exist, attempts to mount using the access point will fail. + + + If you do not provide CreationInfo and the specified RootDirectory does not + exist, attempts to mount the file system using the access point will fail. properties: ownerGid: format: int64 @@ -210,9 +222,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object tags: - description: Creates tags associated with the access point. Each - tag is a key-value pair, each key must be unique. For more information, - see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) + description: |- + Creates tags associated with the access point. Each tag is a key-value pair, + each key must be unique. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services + resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference Guide. items: properties: @@ -228,19 +241,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -253,9 +268,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -265,21 +281,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -289,17 +305,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -309,21 +327,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -338,21 +356,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -363,14 +382,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -425,14 +445,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -442,8 +471,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -455,6 +485,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_filesystems.yaml b/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_filesystems.yaml index 61600c4978..9012c91df4 100644 --- a/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_filesystems.yaml +++ b/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_filesystems.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: filesystems.efs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: efs.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: FileSystem is the Schema for the FileSystems API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,52 +74,72 @@ spec: description: FileSystemParameters defines the desired state of FileSystem properties: availabilityZoneName: - description: "Used to create a file system that uses One Zone - storage classes. It specifies the Amazon Web Services Availability - Zone in which to create the file system. Use the format us-east-1a - to specify the Availability Zone. For more information about - One Zone storage classes, see Using EFS storage classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/storage-classes.html) - in the Amazon EFS User Guide. \n One Zone storage classes are - not available in all Availability Zones in Amazon Web Services - Regions where Amazon EFS is available." + description: |- + Used to create a file system that uses One Zone storage classes. It specifies + the Amazon Web Services Availability Zone in which to create the file system. + Use the format us-east-1a to specify the Availability Zone. For more information + about One Zone storage classes, see Using EFS storage classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/storage-classes.html) + in the Amazon EFS User Guide. + + + One Zone storage classes are not available in all Availability Zones in Amazon + Web Services Regions where Amazon EFS is available. type: string backup: - description: "Specifies whether automatic backups are enabled - on the file system that you are creating. Set the value to true - to enable automatic backups. If you are creating a file system - that uses One Zone storage classes, automatic backups are enabled - by default. For more information, see Automatic backups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/awsbackup.html#automatic-backups) - in the Amazon EFS User Guide. \n Default is false. However, - if you specify an AvailabilityZoneName, the default is true. - \n Backup is not available in all Amazon Web Services Regions - where Amazon EFS is available." + description: |- + Specifies whether automatic backups are enabled on the file system that you + are creating. Set the value to true to enable automatic backups. If you are + creating a file system that uses One Zone storage classes, automatic backups + are enabled by default. For more information, see Automatic backups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/awsbackup.html#automatic-backups) + in the Amazon EFS User Guide. + + + Default is false. However, if you specify an AvailabilityZoneName, the default + is true. + + + Backup is not available in all Amazon Web Services Regions where Amazon EFS + is available. type: boolean encrypted: - description: A Boolean value that, if true, creates an encrypted - file system. When creating an encrypted file system, you have - the option of specifying an existing Key Management Service - key (KMS key). If you don't specify a KMS key, then the default - KMS key for Amazon EFS, /aws/elasticfilesystem, is used to protect + description: |- + A Boolean value that, if true, creates an encrypted file system. When creating + an encrypted file system, you have the option of specifying an existing Key + Management Service key (KMS key). If you don't specify a KMS key, then the + default KMS key for Amazon EFS, /aws/elasticfilesystem, is used to protect the encrypted file system. type: boolean kmsKeyID: - description: "The ID of the KMS key that you want to use to protect - the encrypted file system. This parameter is required only if - you want to use a non-default KMS key. If this parameter is - not specified, the default KMS key for Amazon EFS is used. You - can specify a KMS key ID using the following formats: \n * Key - ID - A unique identifier of the key, for example 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. - \n * ARN - An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the key, for example - arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. - \n * Key alias - A previously created display name for a key, - for example alias/projectKey1. \n * Key alias ARN - An ARN for - a key alias, for example arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:444455556666:alias/projectKey1. - \n If you use KmsKeyId, you must set the CreateFileSystemRequest$Encrypted - parameter to true. \n EFS accepts only symmetric KMS keys. You - cannot use asymmetric KMS keys with Amazon EFS file systems." + description: |- + The ID of the KMS key that you want to use to protect the encrypted file + system. This parameter is required only if you want to use a non-default + KMS key. If this parameter is not specified, the default KMS key for Amazon + EFS is used. You can specify a KMS key ID using the following formats: + + + * Key ID - A unique identifier of the key, for example 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + + + * ARN - An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the key, for example arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + + + * Key alias - A previously created display name for a key, for example + alias/projectKey1. + + + * Key alias ARN - An ARN for a key alias, for example arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:444455556666:alias/projectKey1. + + + If you use KmsKeyId, you must set the CreateFileSystemRequest$Encrypted parameter + to true. + + + EFS accepts only symmetric KMS keys. You cannot use asymmetric KMS keys with + Amazon EFS file systems. type: string kmsKeyIdRef: - description: KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to an Key used to set + description: |- + KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to an Key used to set the KMSKeyID. properties: name: @@ -124,21 +150,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -148,12 +174,14 @@ spec: - name type: object kmsKeyIdSelector: - description: KMSKeyIDSelector selects references to Key used to - set the KMSKeyID. + description: |- + KMSKeyIDSelector selects references to Key used + to set the KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -166,21 +194,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -188,21 +216,22 @@ spec: type: object type: object performanceMode: - description: "The performance mode of the file system. We recommend - generalPurpose performance mode for most file systems. File - systems using the maxIO performance mode can scale to higher - levels of aggregate throughput and operations per second with - a tradeoff of slightly higher latencies for most file operations. - The performance mode can't be changed after the file system - has been created. \n The maxIO mode is not supported on file - systems using One Zone storage classes." + description: |- + The performance mode of the file system. We recommend generalPurpose performance + mode for most file systems. File systems using the maxIO performance mode + can scale to higher levels of aggregate throughput and operations per second + with a tradeoff of slightly higher latencies for most file operations. The + performance mode can't be changed after the file system has been created. + + + The maxIO mode is not supported on file systems using One Zone storage classes. type: string provisionedThroughputInMibps: - description: The throughput, measured in MiB/s, that you want - to provision for a file system that you're creating. Valid values - are 1-1024. Required if ThroughputMode is set to provisioned. - The upper limit for throughput is 1024 MiB/s. You can get this - limit increased by contacting AWS Support. For more information, + description: |- + The throughput, measured in MiB/s, that you want to provision for a file + system that you're creating. Valid values are 1-1024. Required if ThroughputMode + is set to provisioned. The upper limit for throughput is 1024 MiB/s. You + can get this limit increased by contacting AWS Support. For more information, see Amazon EFS Limits That You Can Increase (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/limits.html#soft-limits) in the Amazon EFS User Guide. format: int64 @@ -211,11 +240,11 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the FileSystem will be created. type: string tags: - description: Use to create one or more tags associated with the - file system. Each tag is a user-defined key-value pair. Name - your file system on creation by including a "Key":"Name","Value":"{value}" - key-value pair. Each key must be unique. For more information, - see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) + description: |- + Use to create one or more tags associated with the file system. Each tag + is a user-defined key-value pair. Name your file system on creation by including + a "Key":"Name","Value":"{value}" key-value pair. Each key must be unique. + For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference Guide. items: properties: @@ -226,15 +255,17 @@ spec: type: object type: array throughputMode: - description: "Specifies the throughput mode for the file system. - The mode can be bursting, provisioned, or elastic. If you set - ThroughputMode to provisioned, you must also set a value for - ProvisionedThroughputInMibps. After you create the file system, - you can decrease your file system's throughput in Provisioned - Throughput mode or change between the throughput modes, with - certain time restrictions. For more information, see Specifying - throughput with provisioned mode (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/performance.html#provisioned-throughput) - in the Amazon EFS User Guide. \n Default is bursting." + description: |- + Specifies the throughput mode for the file system. The mode can be bursting, + provisioned, or elastic. If you set ThroughputMode to provisioned, you must + also set a value for ProvisionedThroughputInMibps. After you create the file + system, you can decrease your file system's throughput in Provisioned Throughput + mode or change between the throughput modes, with certain time restrictions. + For more information, see Specifying throughput with provisioned mode (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/efs/latest/ug/performance.html#provisioned-throughput) + in the Amazon EFS User Guide. + + + Default is bursting. type: string required: - region @@ -242,19 +273,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -267,9 +300,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -279,21 +313,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -303,17 +337,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -323,21 +359,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -352,21 +388,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -377,14 +414,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -406,11 +444,11 @@ spec: description: FileSystemObservation defines the observed state of FileSystem properties: availabilityZoneID: - description: The unique and consistent identifier of the Availability - Zone in which the file system's One Zone storage classes exist. - For example, use1-az1 is an Availability Zone ID for the us-east-1 - Amazon Web Services Region, and it has the same location in - every Amazon Web Services account. + description: |- + The unique and consistent identifier of the Availability Zone in which the + file system's One Zone storage classes exist. For example, use1-az1 is an + Availability Zone ID for the us-east-1 Amazon Web Services Region, and it + has the same location in every Amazon Web Services account. type: string creationTime: description: The time that the file system was created, in seconds @@ -421,9 +459,9 @@ spec: description: The opaque string specified in the request. type: string fileSystemARN: - description: 'The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the EFS file - system, in the format arn:aws:elasticfilesystem:region:account-id:file-system/file-system-id - . Example with sample data: arn:aws:elasticfilesystem:us-west-2:1111333322228888:file-system/fs-01234567' + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the EFS file system, in the format arn:aws:elasticfilesystem:region:account-id:file-system/file-system-id + . Example with sample data: arn:aws:elasticfilesystem:us-west-2:1111333322228888:file-system/fs-01234567 type: string fileSystemID: description: The ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon EFS. @@ -432,14 +470,15 @@ spec: description: The lifecycle phase of the file system. type: string name: - description: You can add tags to a file system, including a Name - tag. For more information, see CreateFileSystem. If the file - system has a Name tag, Amazon EFS returns the value in this - field. + description: |- + You can add tags to a file system, including a Name tag. For more information, + see CreateFileSystem. If the file system has a Name tag, Amazon EFS returns + the value in this field. type: string numberOfMountTargets: - description: The current number of mount targets that the file - system has. For more information, see CreateMountTarget. + description: |- + The current number of mount targets that the file system has. For more information, + see CreateMountTarget. format: int64 type: integer ownerID: @@ -447,17 +486,16 @@ spec: file system. type: string sizeInBytes: - description: The latest known metered size (in bytes) of data - stored in the file system, in its Value field, and the time - at which that size was determined in its Timestamp field. The - Timestamp value is the integer number of seconds since 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. - The SizeInBytes value doesn't represent the size of a consistent - snapshot of the file system, but it is eventually consistent - when there are no writes to the file system. That is, SizeInBytes - represents actual size only if the file system is not modified - for a period longer than a couple of hours. Otherwise, the value - is not the exact size that the file system was at any point - in time. + description: |- + The latest known metered size (in bytes) of data stored in the file system, + in its Value field, and the time at which that size was determined in its + Timestamp field. The Timestamp value is the integer number of seconds since + 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. The SizeInBytes value doesn't represent the size of + a consistent snapshot of the file system, but it is eventually consistent + when there are no writes to the file system. That is, SizeInBytes represents + actual size only if the file system is not modified for a period longer than + a couple of hours. Otherwise, the value is not the exact size that the file + system was at any point in time. properties: timestamp: format: date-time @@ -479,14 +517,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -496,8 +543,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -509,6 +557,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_mounttargets.yaml b/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_mounttargets.yaml index bce4352425..60da398c61 100644 --- a/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_mounttargets.yaml +++ b/package/crds/efs.aws.crossplane.io_mounttargets.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: mounttargets.efs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: efs.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: MountTarget is the Schema for the MountTargets API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -72,8 +78,9 @@ spec: mount target. type: string fileSystemIDRef: - description: FileSystemIDRef are references to Filesystem used - to set the FileSystemID. + description: |- + FileSystemIDRef are references to Filesystem used to set + the FileSystemID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -83,21 +90,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -107,12 +114,14 @@ spec: - name type: object fileSystemIDSelector: - description: FileSystemIDSelector selects references to Filesystem - used to set the FileSystemID. + description: |- + FileSystemIDSelector selects references to Filesystem used + to set the FileSystemID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -125,21 +134,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -154,14 +163,16 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the MountTarget will be created. type: string securityGroups: - description: Up to five VPC security group IDs, of the form sg-xxxxxxxx. - These must be for the same VPC as subnet specified. + description: |- + Up to five VPC security group IDs, of the form sg-xxxxxxxx. These must be + for the same VPC as subnet specified. items: type: string type: array securityGroupsRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs are references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs are references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -173,21 +184,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -198,12 +209,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupsSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to SecurityGroups used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -216,21 +229,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -241,7 +254,8 @@ spec: description: The ID of the subnet to add the mount target in. type: string subnetIDRef: - description: SubnetIDRef are references to Subnet used to set + description: |- + SubnetIDRef are references to Subnet used to set the SubnetID. properties: name: @@ -252,21 +266,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -276,12 +290,14 @@ spec: - name type: object subnetIDSelector: - description: SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnet used + description: |- + SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnet used to set the SubnetID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -294,21 +310,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -321,19 +337,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -346,9 +364,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -358,21 +377,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -382,17 +401,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -402,21 +423,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -431,21 +452,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -456,14 +478,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -486,18 +509,18 @@ spec: MountTarget properties: availabilityZoneID: - description: The unique and consistent identifier of the Availability - Zone that the mount target resides in. For example, use1-az1 - is an AZ ID for the us-east-1 Region and it has the same location - in every Amazon Web Services account. + description: |- + The unique and consistent identifier of the Availability Zone that the mount + target resides in. For example, use1-az1 is an AZ ID for the us-east-1 Region + and it has the same location in every Amazon Web Services account. type: string availabilityZoneName: - description: The name of the Availability Zone in which the mount - target is located. Availability Zones are independently mapped - to names for each Amazon Web Services account. For example, - the Availability Zone us-east-1a for your Amazon Web Services - account might not be the same location as us-east-1a for another - Amazon Web Services account. + description: |- + The name of the Availability Zone in which the mount target is located. Availability + Zones are independently mapped to names for each Amazon Web Services account. + For example, the Availability Zone us-east-1a for your Amazon Web Services + account might not be the same location as us-east-1a for another Amazon Web + Services account. type: string fileSystemID: description: The ID of the file system for which the mount target @@ -510,8 +533,9 @@ spec: description: System-assigned mount target ID. type: string networkInterfaceID: - description: The ID of the network interface that Amazon EFS created - when it created the mount target. + description: |- + The ID of the network interface that Amazon EFS created when it created the + mount target. type: string ownerID: description: Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the resource. @@ -530,14 +554,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -547,8 +580,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -560,6 +594,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_addons.yaml b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_addons.yaml index ecb8ffd561..9a8a082e84 100644 --- a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_addons.yaml +++ b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_addons.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: addons.eks.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: eks.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Addon is the Schema for the Addons API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,20 +74,23 @@ spec: description: AddonParameters defines the desired state of Addon properties: addonName: - description: The name of the add-on. The name must match one of - the names that DescribeAddonVersions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAddonVersions.html) + description: |- + The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names that DescribeAddonVersions + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAddonVersions.html) returns. type: string addonVersion: - description: The version of the add-on. The version must match - one of the versions returned by DescribeAddonVersions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAddonVersions.html). + description: |- + The version of the add-on. The version must match one of the versions returned + by DescribeAddonVersions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAddonVersions.html). type: string clusterName: description: The name of the cluster to create the add-on for. type: string clusterNameRef: - description: ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to - set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to set + the ClusterName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -91,21 +100,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -115,12 +124,14 @@ spec: - name type: object clusterNameSelector: - description: ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster - used to set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster used + to set the ClusterName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -133,21 +144,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -155,48 +166,60 @@ spec: type: object type: object configurationValues: - description: The set of configuration values for the add-on that's - created. The values that you provide are validated against the - schema in DescribeAddonConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAddonConfiguration.html). + description: |- + The set of configuration values for the add-on that's created. The values + that you provide are validated against the schema in DescribeAddonConfiguration + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAddonConfiguration.html). type: string region: description: Region is which region the Addon will be created. type: string resolveConflicts: - description: "How to resolve field value conflicts for an Amazon - EKS add-on. Conflicts are handled based on the value you choose: - \n * None – If the self-managed version of the add-on is installed - on your cluster, Amazon EKS doesn't change the value. Creation - of the add-on might fail. \n * Overwrite – If the self-managed - version of the add-on is installed on your cluster and the Amazon - EKS default value is different than the existing value, Amazon - EKS changes the value to the Amazon EKS default value. \n * - Preserve – Not supported. You can set this value when updating - an add-on though. For more information, see UpdateAddon (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateAddon.html). - \n If you don't currently have the self-managed version of the - add-on installed on your cluster, the Amazon EKS add-on is installed. - Amazon EKS sets all values to default values, regardless of - the option that you specify." + description: |- + How to resolve field value conflicts for an Amazon EKS add-on. Conflicts + are handled based on the value you choose: + + + * None – If the self-managed version of the add-on is installed on your + cluster, Amazon EKS doesn't change the value. Creation of the add-on might + fail. + + + * Overwrite – If the self-managed version of the add-on is installed + on your cluster and the Amazon EKS default value is different than the + existing value, Amazon EKS changes the value to the Amazon EKS default + value. + + + * Preserve – Not supported. You can set this value when updating an + add-on though. For more information, see UpdateAddon (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateAddon.html). + + + If you don't currently have the self-managed version of the add-on installed + on your cluster, the Amazon EKS add-on is installed. Amazon EKS sets all + values to default values, regardless of the option that you specify. type: string serviceAccountRoleARN: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM - role to bind to the add-on's service account. The role must - be assigned the IAM permissions required by the add-on. If you - don't specify an existing IAM role, then the add-on uses the - permissions assigned to the node IAM role. For more information, - see Amazon EKS node IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/create-node-role.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide. \n To specify an existing IAM - role, you must have an IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider created - for your cluster. For more information, see Enabling IAM roles - for service accounts on your cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/enable-iam-roles-for-service-accounts.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to bind to the add-on's + service account. The role must be assigned the IAM permissions required by + the add-on. If you don't specify an existing IAM role, then the add-on uses + the permissions assigned to the node IAM role. For more information, see + Amazon EKS node IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/create-node-role.html) + in the Amazon EKS User Guide. + + + To specify an existing IAM role, you must have an IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) + provider created for your cluster. For more information, see Enabling IAM + roles for service accounts on your cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/enable-iam-roles-for-service-accounts.html) + in the Amazon EKS User Guide. type: string tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The metadata to apply to the cluster to assist with - categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key - and an optional value. You define both. + description: |- + The metadata to apply to the cluster to assist with categorization and organization. + Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. type: object required: - addonName @@ -205,19 +228,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -230,9 +255,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -242,21 +268,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -266,17 +292,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -286,21 +314,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -315,21 +343,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -340,14 +369,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -424,14 +454,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -441,8 +480,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -454,6 +494,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml index 5bf7b5e1e6..4d54913314 100644 --- a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: clusters.eks.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: eks.aws.crossplane.io @@ -31,18 +31,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A Cluster is a managed resource that represents an AWS Elastic - Kubernetes Service cluster. + description: |- + A Cluster is a managed resource that represents an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service cluster. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -51,20 +57,22 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: ClusterParameters define the desired state of an AWS - Elastic Kubernetes Service cluster. + description: |- + ClusterParameters define the desired state of an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service cluster. properties: encryptionConfig: description: The encryption configuration for the cluster. @@ -73,17 +81,17 @@ spec: for a cluster. properties: provider: - description: AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer - master key (CMK). Either the ARN or the alias can be used. + description: |- + AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK). Either the + ARN or the alias can be used. properties: keyArn: - description: Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or alias of - the customer master key (CMK). The CMK must be symmetric, - created in the same region as the cluster, and if - the CMK was created in a different account, the user - must have access to the CMK. For more information, - see Allowing Users in Other Accounts to Use a CMK - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-modifying-external-accounts.html) + description: |- + Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or alias of the customer master key (CMK). The + CMK must be symmetric, created in the same region as the cluster, and if + the CMK was created in a different account, the user must have access to + the CMK. For more information, see Allowing Users in Other Accounts to Use + a CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-modifying-external-accounts.html) in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. type: string required: @@ -104,53 +112,62 @@ spec: description: The Kubernetes network configuration for the cluster. properties: ipFamily: - description: Specify which IP family is used to assign Kubernetes - pod and service IP addresses. If you don't specify a value, - ipv4 is used by default. You can only specify an IP family - when you create a cluster and can't change this value once - the cluster is created. If you specify ipv6, the VPC and - subnets that you specify for cluster creation must have - both IPv4 and IPv6 CIDR blocks assigned to them. You can't - specify ipv6 for clusters in China Regions. You can only - specify ipv6 for 1.21 and later clusters that use version - 1.10.1 or later of the Amazon VPC CNI add-on. If you specify - ipv6, then ensure that your VPC meets the requirements listed - in the considerations listed in Assigning IPv6 addresses - to pods and services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cni-ipv6.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide. Kubernetes assigns services - IPv6 addresses from the unique local address range (fc00::/7). - You can't specify a custom IPv6 CIDR block. Pod addresses - are assigned from the subnet's IPv6 CIDR. + description: |- + Specify which IP family is used to assign Kubernetes pod and service IP + addresses. If you don't specify a value, ipv4 is used by default. You can only + specify an IP family when you create a cluster and can't change this value once + the cluster is created. If you specify ipv6, the VPC and subnets that you + specify for cluster creation must have both IPv4 and IPv6 CIDR blocks assigned + to them. You can't specify ipv6 for clusters in China Regions. You can only + specify ipv6 for 1.21 and later clusters that use version 1.10.1 or later of the + Amazon VPC CNI add-on. If you specify ipv6, then ensure that your VPC meets the + requirements listed in the considerations listed in Assigning IPv6 addresses to + pods and services + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cni-ipv6.html) in the Amazon + EKS User Guide. Kubernetes assigns services IPv6 addresses from the unique local + address range (fc00::/7). You can't specify a custom IPv6 CIDR block. Pod + addresses are assigned from the subnet's IPv6 CIDR. type: string serviceIpv4Cidr: - description: "Don't specify a value if you select ipv6 for - ipFamily. The CIDR block to assign Kubernetes service IP - addresses from. If you don't specify a block, Kubernetes - assigns addresses from either the 10.100.0.0/16 or 172.20.0.0/16 - CIDR blocks. We recommend that you specify a block that - does not overlap with resources in other networks that are - peered or connected to your VPC. The block must meet the - following requirements: \n * Within one of the following - private IP address blocks: 10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, or - 192.168.0.0/16. \n * Doesn't overlap with any CIDR block - assigned to the VPC that you selected for VPC. \n * Between - /24 and /12. \n You can only specify a custom CIDR block - when you create a cluster and can't change this value once - the cluster is created." + description: |- + Don't specify a value if you select ipv6 for ipFamily. The CIDR block to assign + Kubernetes service IP addresses from. If you don't specify a block, Kubernetes + assigns addresses from either the 10.100.0.0/16 or 172.20.0.0/16 CIDR blocks. We + recommend that you specify a block that does not overlap with resources in other + networks that are peered or connected to your VPC. The block must meet the + following requirements: + + + * Within one of the following private IP address + blocks: 10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, or 192.168.0.0/16. + + + * Doesn't overlap with + any CIDR block assigned to the VPC that you selected for VPC. + + + * Between /24 and + /12. + + + You can only specify a custom CIDR block when you create a cluster and + can't change this value once the cluster is created. type: string required: - ipFamily type: object logging: - description: "Enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control - plane logs for your cluster to CloudWatch Logs. By default, - cluster control plane logs aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. - For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Control Plane Logs - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/control-plane-logs.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide . \n CloudWatch Logs ingestion, - archive storage, and data scanning rates apply to exported control - plane logs. For more information, see Amazon CloudWatch Pricing - (http://aws.amazon.com/cloudwatch/pricing/)." + description: |- + Enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control plane logs for your cluster + to CloudWatch Logs. By default, cluster control plane logs aren't exported + to CloudWatch Logs. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Control + Plane Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/control-plane-logs.html) + in the Amazon EKS User Guide . + + + CloudWatch Logs ingestion, archive storage, and data scanning rates apply + to exported control plane logs. For more information, see Amazon CloudWatch + Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/cloudwatch/pricing/). properties: clusterLogging: description: The cluster control plane logging configuration @@ -160,11 +177,11 @@ spec: enabled. properties: enabled: - description: If a log type is enabled, that log type - exports its control plane logs to CloudWatch Logs. - If a log type isn't enabled, that log type doesn't - export its control plane logs. Each individual log - type can be enabled or disabled independently. + description: |- + If a log type is enabled, that log type exports its control plane logs to + CloudWatch Logs. If a log type isn't enabled, that log type doesn't export + its control plane logs. Each individual log type can be enabled or disabled + independently. type: boolean types: description: The available cluster control plane log @@ -179,33 +196,50 @@ spec: - clusterLogging type: object outpostConfig: - description: An object representing the configuration of your - local Amazon EKS cluster on an Amazon Web Services Outpost. - Before creating a local cluster on an Outpost, review Creating - an Amazon EKS cluster on an Amazon Web Services Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/create-cluster-outpost.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide. This object isn't available for - creating Amazon EKS clusters on the Amazon Web Services cloud. + description: |- + An object representing the configuration of your local Amazon EKS cluster on an + Amazon Web Services Outpost. Before creating a local cluster on an Outpost, + review Creating an Amazon EKS cluster on an Amazon Web Services Outpost + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/create-cluster-outpost.html) + in the Amazon EKS User Guide. This object isn't available for creating Amazon + EKS clusters on the Amazon Web Services cloud. properties: controlPlaneInstanceType: - description: "The Amazon EC2 instance type that you want to - use for your local Amazon EKS cluster on Outposts. The instance - type that you specify is used for all Kubernetes control - plane instances. The instance type can't be changed after - cluster creation. Choose an instance type based on the number - of nodes that your cluster will have. If your cluster will - have: \n * 1–20 nodes, then we recommend specifying a large - instance type. \n * 21–100 nodes, then we recommend specifying - an xlarge instance type. \n * 101–250 nodes, then we recommend - specifying a 2xlarge instance type. \n For a list of the - available Amazon EC2 instance types, see Compute and storage - in Outposts rack features (http://aws.amazon.com/outposts/rack/features/). - The control plane is not automatically scaled by Amazon - EKS. \n This member is required." + description: |- + The Amazon EC2 instance type that you want to use for your local Amazon EKS + cluster on Outposts. The instance type that you specify is used for all + Kubernetes control plane instances. The instance type can't be changed after + cluster creation. Choose an instance type based on the number of nodes that your + cluster will have. If your cluster will have: + + + * 1–20 nodes, then we recommend + specifying a large instance type. + + + * 21–100 nodes, then we recommend specifying + an xlarge instance type. + + + * 101–250 nodes, then we recommend specifying a + 2xlarge instance type. + + + For a list of the available Amazon EC2 instance types, + see Compute and storage in Outposts rack features + (http://aws.amazon.com/outposts/rack/features/). The control plane is not + automatically scaled by Amazon EKS. + + + This member is required. type: string outpostArns: - description: "The ARN of the Outpost that you want to use - for your local Amazon EKS cluster on Outposts. Only a single - Outpost ARN is supported. \n This member is required." + description: |- + The ARN of the Outpost that you want to use for your local Amazon EKS cluster on + Outposts. Only a single Outpost ARN is supported. + + + This member is required. items: type: string type: array @@ -218,52 +252,55 @@ spec: created in. type: string resourcesVpcConfig: - description: "The VPC configuration used by the cluster control - plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources have specific requirements to - work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, see Cluster - VPC Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/network_reqs.html) + description: |- + The VPC configuration used by the cluster control plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources + have specific requirements to work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, + see Cluster VPC Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/network_reqs.html) and Cluster Security Group Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/sec-group-reqs.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide. You must specify at least two - subnets. You can specify up to five security groups, but we - recommend that you use a dedicated security group for your cluster - control plane. \n ResourcesVpcConfig is a required field" + in the Amazon EKS User Guide. You must specify at least two subnets. You + can specify up to five security groups, but we recommend that you use a dedicated + security group for your cluster control plane. + + + ResourcesVpcConfig is a required field properties: endpointPrivateAccess: - description: Set this value to true to enable private access - for your cluster's Kubernetes API server endpoint. If you - enable private access, Kubernetes API requests from within - your cluster's VPC use the private VPC endpoint. The default - value for this parameter is false, which disables private - access for your Kubernetes API server. For more information, - see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) + description: |- + Set this value to true to enable private access for your cluster's Kubernetes + API server endpoint. If you enable private access, Kubernetes API requests + from within your cluster's VPC use the private VPC endpoint. The default + value for this parameter is false, which disables private access for your + Kubernetes API server. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint + Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide. type: boolean endpointPublicAccess: - description: Set this value to false to disable public access - for your cluster's Kubernetes API server endpoint. If you - disable public access, your cluster's Kubernetes API server - can receive only requests from within the cluster VPC. The - default value for this parameter is true, which enables - public access for your Kubernetes API server. For more information, - see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) + description: |- + Set this value to false to disable public access for your cluster's Kubernetes + API server endpoint. If you disable public access, your cluster's Kubernetes + API server can receive only requests from within the cluster VPC. The default + value for this parameter is true, which enables public access for your Kubernetes + API server. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access + Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide. type: boolean publicAccessCidrs: - description: The CIDR blocks that are allowed access to your - cluster's public Kubernetes API server endpoint. Communication - to the endpoint from addresses outside of the CIDR blocks - that you specify is denied. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0. - If you've disabled private endpoint access and you have - worker nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure - that you specify the necessary CIDR blocks. For more information, - see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) + description: |- + The CIDR blocks that are allowed access to your cluster's public Kubernetes + API server endpoint. Communication to the endpoint from addresses outside + of the CIDR blocks that you specify is denied. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0. + If you've disabled private endpoint access and you have worker nodes or AWS + Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that you specify the necessary CIDR + blocks. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide. items: type: string type: array securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs are references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs are references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -275,22 +312,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -301,13 +337,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to - SecurityGroups used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to SecurityGroups used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -320,21 +357,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -342,17 +379,18 @@ spec: type: object type: object securityGroupIds: - description: Specify one or more security groups for the cross-account - elastic network interfaces that Amazon EKS creates to use - to allow communication between your worker nodes and the - Kubernetes control plane. If you don't specify a security - group, the default security group for your VPC is used. + description: |- + Specify one or more security groups for the cross-account elastic network + interfaces that Amazon EKS creates to use to allow communication between + your worker nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. If you don't specify + a security group, the default security group for your VPC is used. items: type: string type: array subnetIdRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs are references to Subnets used to - set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs are references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -364,22 +402,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -390,13 +427,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnets used + to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -409,21 +447,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -431,23 +469,27 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnetIds: - description: Specify subnets for your Amazon EKS worker nodes. - Amazon EKS creates cross-account elastic network interfaces - in these subnets to allow communication between your worker - nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. + description: |- + Specify subnets for your Amazon EKS worker nodes. Amazon EKS creates cross-account + elastic network interfaces in these subnets to allow communication between + your worker nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. items: type: string type: array type: object roleArn: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that - provides permissions for Amazon EKS to make calls to other AWS - API operations on your behalf. For more information, see Amazon - EKS Service IAM Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/service_IAM_role.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide . \n RoleArn is a required field" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that provides permissions + for Amazon EKS to make calls to other AWS API operations on your behalf. + For more information, see Amazon EKS Service IAM Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/service_IAM_role.html) + in the Amazon EKS User Guide . + + + RoleArn is a required field type: string roleArnRef: - description: RoleArnRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + description: |- + RoleArnRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set the RoleArn. properties: name: @@ -458,21 +500,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -482,12 +524,14 @@ spec: - name type: object roleArnSelector: - description: RoleArnSelector selects references to IAMRole used + description: |- + RoleArnSelector selects references to IAMRole used to set the RoleArn. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -500,21 +544,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -524,14 +568,15 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The metadata to apply to the cluster to assist with - categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key - and an optional value, both of which you define. + description: |- + The metadata to apply to the cluster to assist with categorization and organization. + Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. type: object version: - description: 'The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. - If you don''t specify a value here, the latest version available - in Amazon EKS is used. Example: 1.15' + description: |- + The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value + here, the latest version available in Amazon EKS is used. + Example: 1.15 type: string required: - resourcesVpcConfig @@ -539,19 +584,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -564,9 +611,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -576,21 +624,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -600,17 +648,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -620,21 +670,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -649,21 +699,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -674,14 +725,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -721,8 +773,9 @@ spec: description: The identity provider information for the cluster. properties: oidc: - description: The OpenID Connect (https://openid.net/connect/) - identity provider information for the cluster. + description: |- + The OpenID Connect (https://openid.net/connect/) identity provider information + for the cluster. properties: issuer: description: The issuer URL for the OpenID Connect identity @@ -734,69 +787,75 @@ spec: description: The Kubernetes network configuration for the cluster. properties: ipFamily: - description: The IP family used to assign Kubernetes pod and - service IP addresses. The IP family is always ipv4, unless - you have a 1.21 or later cluster running version 1.10.1 - or later of the Amazon VPC CNI add-on and specified ipv6 - when you created the cluster. + description: |- + The IP family used to assign Kubernetes pod and service IP addresses. The IP + family is always ipv4, unless you have a 1.21 or later cluster running version + 1.10.1 or later of the Amazon VPC CNI add-on and specified ipv6 when you created + the cluster. type: string serviceIpv4Cidr: - description: The CIDR block that Kubernetes pod and service - IP addresses are assigned from. Kubernetes assigns addresses - from an IPv4 CIDR block assigned to a subnet that the node - is in. If you didn't specify a CIDR block when you created - the cluster, then Kubernetes assigns addresses from either - the 10.100.0.0/16 or 172.20.0.0/16 CIDR blocks. If this - was specified, then it was specified when the cluster was + description: |- + The CIDR block that Kubernetes pod and service IP addresses are assigned from. + Kubernetes assigns addresses from an IPv4 CIDR block assigned to a subnet that + the node is in. If you didn't specify a CIDR block when you created the cluster, + then Kubernetes assigns addresses from either the 10.100.0.0/16 or 172.20.0.0/16 + CIDR blocks. If this was specified, then it was specified when the cluster was created and it can't be changed. type: string serviceIpv6Cidr: - description: The CIDR block that Kubernetes pod and service - IP addresses are assigned from if you created a 1.21 or - later cluster with version 1.10.1 or later of the Amazon - VPC CNI add-on and specified ipv6 for ipFamily when you - created the cluster. Kubernetes assigns service addresses - from the unique local address range (fc00::/7) because you - can't specify a custom IPv6 CIDR block when you create the - cluster. + description: |- + The CIDR block that Kubernetes pod and service IP addresses are assigned from if + you created a 1.21 or later cluster with version 1.10.1 or later of the Amazon + VPC CNI add-on and specified ipv6 for ipFamily when you created the cluster. + Kubernetes assigns service addresses from the unique local address range + (fc00::/7) because you can't specify a custom IPv6 CIDR block when you create + the cluster. type: string type: object outpostConfig: - description: An object representing the configuration of your - local Amazon EKS cluster on an Amazon Web Services Outpost. - This object isn't available for clusters on the Amazon Web Services - cloud. + description: |- + An object representing the configuration of your local Amazon EKS cluster on an + Amazon Web Services Outpost. This object isn't available for clusters on the + Amazon Web Services cloud. properties: controlPlaneInstanceType: - description: "The Amazon EC2 instance type used for the control - plane. The instance type is the same for all control plane - instances. \n This member is required." + description: |- + The Amazon EC2 instance type used for the control plane. The instance type is + the same for all control plane instances. + + + This member is required. type: string outpostArns: - description: "The ARN of the Outpost that you specified for - use with your local Amazon EKS cluster on Outposts. \n This - member is required." + description: |- + The ARN of the Outpost that you specified for use with your local Amazon EKS + cluster on Outposts. + + + This member is required. items: type: string type: array type: object platformVersion: - description: The platform version of your Amazon EKS cluster. - For more information, see Platform Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/platform-versions.html) + description: |- + The platform version of your Amazon EKS cluster. For more information, see + Platform Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/platform-versions.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide . type: string resourcesVpcConfig: - description: The VPC configuration used by the cluster control - plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources have specific requirements to - work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, see Cluster - VPC Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/network_reqs.html) + description: |- + The VPC configuration used by the cluster control plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources + have specific requirements to work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, + see Cluster VPC Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/network_reqs.html) and Cluster Security Group Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/sec-group-reqs.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide. properties: clusterSecurityGroupId: - description: The cluster security group that was created by - Amazon EKS for the cluster. Managed node groups use this - security group for control-plane-to-data-plane communication. + description: |- + The cluster security group that was created by Amazon EKS for the cluster. + Managed node groups use this security group for control-plane-to-data-plane + communication. type: string vpcId: description: The VPC associated with your cluster. @@ -806,8 +865,9 @@ spec: description: The current status of the cluster. type: string version: - description: The kubernetes version of your Amazon EKS cluster. - For more information, see Kubernetes Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/kubernetes-versions.html) + description: |- + The kubernetes version of your Amazon EKS cluster. For more information, see + Kubernetes Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/kubernetes-versions.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide . type: string type: object @@ -817,14 +877,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -834,8 +903,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -847,6 +917,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_fargateprofiles.yaml b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_fargateprofiles.yaml index ba1621556a..15ca54eb71 100644 --- a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_fargateprofiles.yaml +++ b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_fargateprofiles.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: fargateprofiles.eks.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: eks.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,19 +37,25 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: 'A FargateProfile is a managed resource that represents an AWS - Elastic Kubernetes Service FargateProfile. Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 - version of this resource.' + description: |- + A FargateProfile is a managed resource that represents an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service FargateProfile. + Deprecated: Please use v1beta1 version of this resource. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -59,29 +65,35 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: FargateProfileParameters define the desired state of - an AWS Elastic Kubernetes Service FargateProfile. All fields are - immutable as it is not possible to update a Fargate profile. + description: |- + FargateProfileParameters define the desired state of an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service FargateProfile. + All fields are immutable as it is not possible to update a Fargate profile. properties: clusterName: - description: "The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to apply the - Fargate profile to. \n ClusterName is a required field" + description: |- + The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to apply the Fargate profile to. + + + ClusterName is a required field type: string clusterNameRef: - description: ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to - set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to set + the ClusterName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -91,21 +103,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -115,12 +127,14 @@ spec: - name type: object clusterNameSelector: - description: ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster - used to set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster used + to set the ClusterName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -133,21 +147,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -155,21 +169,22 @@ spec: type: object type: object podExecutionRoleArn: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the pod execution - role to use for pods that match the selectors in the Fargate - profile. The pod execution role allows Fargate infrastructure - to register with your cluster as a node, and it provides read - access to Amazon ECR image repositories. For more information, - see Pod Execution Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/pod-execution-role.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide. \n At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, - podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to - be given" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the pod execution role to use for pods + that match the selectors in the Fargate profile. The pod execution role allows + Fargate infrastructure to register with your cluster as a node, and it provides + read access to Amazon ECR image repositories. For more information, see Pod + Execution Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/pod-execution-role.html) + in the Amazon EKS User Guide. + + + At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to be given type: string podExecutionRoleArnRef: - description: PodExecutionRoleArnRef is a reference to an IAMRole - used to set the PodExecutionRoleArn. At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, - podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to - be given + description: |- + PodExecutionRoleArnRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + the PodExecutionRoleArn. + At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to be given properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -179,21 +194,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -203,14 +218,15 @@ spec: - name type: object podExecutionRoleArnSelector: - description: PodExecutionRoleArnSelector selects references to - IAMRole used to set the PodExecutionRoleArn. At least one of - podExecutionRoleArn, podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector - has to be given + description: |- + PodExecutionRoleArnSelector selects references to IAMRole used + to set the PodExecutionRoleArn. + At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to be given properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -223,21 +239,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -249,10 +265,10 @@ spec: to be created in. type: string selectors: - description: The selectors to match for pods to use this Fargate - profile. Each selector must have an associated namespace. Optionally, - you can also specify labels for a namespace. You may specify - up to five selectors in a Fargate profile. + description: |- + The selectors to match for pods to use this Fargate profile. Each selector + must have an associated namespace. Optionally, you can also specify labels + for a namespace. You may specify up to five selectors in a Fargate profile. items: description: FargateProfileSelector is an object representing an AWS Fargate profile selector. @@ -260,9 +276,10 @@ spec: labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The Kubernetes labels that the selector should - match. A pod must contain all of the labels that are specified - in the selector for it to be considered a match. + description: |- + The Kubernetes labels that the selector should match. A pod must contain + all of the labels that are specified in the selector for it to be considered + a match. type: object namespace: description: The Kubernetes namespace that the selector @@ -284,21 +301,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -313,8 +330,9 @@ spec: to set the Subnets. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -327,21 +345,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -349,21 +367,21 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnets: - description: The IDs of subnets to launch your pods into. At this - time, pods running on Fargate are not assigned public IP addresses, - so only private subnets (with no direct route to an Internet - Gateway) are accepted for this parameter. + description: |- + The IDs of subnets to launch your pods into. At this time, pods running on + Fargate are not assigned public IP addresses, so only private subnets (with + no direct route to an Internet Gateway) are accepted for this parameter. items: type: string type: array tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The metadata to apply to the Fargate profile to assist - with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a - key and an optional value, both of which you define. Fargate - profile tags do not propagate to any other resources associated - with the Fargate profile, such as the pods that are scheduled + description: |- + The metadata to apply to the Fargate profile to assist with categorization + and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both + of which you define. Fargate profile tags do not propagate to any other resources + associated with the Fargate profile, such as the pods that are scheduled with it. type: object required: @@ -372,19 +390,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -397,9 +417,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -409,21 +430,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -433,17 +454,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -453,21 +476,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -482,21 +505,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -507,14 +531,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -556,14 +581,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -573,8 +607,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -586,6 +621,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -610,18 +652,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A FargateProfile is a managed resource that represents an AWS - Elastic Kubernetes Service FargateProfile. + description: |- + A FargateProfile is a managed resource that represents an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service FargateProfile. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -631,29 +679,35 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: FargateProfileParameters define the desired state of - an AWS Elastic Kubernetes Service FargateProfile. All fields are - immutable as it is not possible to update a Fargate profile. + description: |- + FargateProfileParameters define the desired state of an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service FargateProfile. + All fields are immutable as it is not possible to update a Fargate profile. properties: clusterName: - description: "The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to apply the - Fargate profile to. \n ClusterName is a required field" + description: |- + The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to apply the Fargate profile to. + + + ClusterName is a required field type: string clusterNameRef: - description: ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to - set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to set + the ClusterName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -663,21 +717,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -687,12 +741,14 @@ spec: - name type: object clusterNameSelector: - description: ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster - used to set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster used + to set the ClusterName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -705,21 +761,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -727,21 +783,22 @@ spec: type: object type: object podExecutionRoleArn: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the pod execution - role to use for pods that match the selectors in the Fargate - profile. The pod execution role allows Fargate infrastructure - to register with your cluster as a node, and it provides read - access to Amazon ECR image repositories. For more information, - see Pod Execution Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/pod-execution-role.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide. \n At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, - podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to - be given" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the pod execution role to use for pods + that match the selectors in the Fargate profile. The pod execution role allows + Fargate infrastructure to register with your cluster as a node, and it provides + read access to Amazon ECR image repositories. For more information, see Pod + Execution Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/pod-execution-role.html) + in the Amazon EKS User Guide. + + + At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to be given type: string podExecutionRoleArnRef: - description: PodExecutionRoleArnRef is a reference to an IAMRole - used to set the PodExecutionRoleArn. At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, - podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to - be given + description: |- + PodExecutionRoleArnRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + the PodExecutionRoleArn. + At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to be given properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -751,21 +808,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -775,14 +832,15 @@ spec: - name type: object podExecutionRoleArnSelector: - description: PodExecutionRoleArnSelector selects references to - IAMRole used to set the PodExecutionRoleArn. At least one of - podExecutionRoleArn, podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector - has to be given + description: |- + PodExecutionRoleArnSelector selects references to IAMRole used + to set the PodExecutionRoleArn. + At least one of podExecutionRoleArn, podExecutionRoleArnRef or podExecutionRoleArnSelector has to be given properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -795,21 +853,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -821,10 +879,10 @@ spec: to be created in. type: string selectors: - description: The selectors to match for pods to use this Fargate - profile. Each selector must have an associated namespace. Optionally, - you can also specify labels for a namespace. You may specify - up to five selectors in a Fargate profile. + description: |- + The selectors to match for pods to use this Fargate profile. Each selector + must have an associated namespace. Optionally, you can also specify labels + for a namespace. You may specify up to five selectors in a Fargate profile. items: description: FargateProfileSelector is an object representing an AWS Fargate profile selector. @@ -832,9 +890,10 @@ spec: labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The Kubernetes labels that the selector should - match. A pod must contain all of the labels that are specified - in the selector for it to be considered a match. + description: |- + The Kubernetes labels that the selector should match. A pod must contain + all of the labels that are specified in the selector for it to be considered + a match. type: object namespace: description: The Kubernetes namespace that the selector @@ -856,21 +915,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -885,8 +944,9 @@ spec: to set the Subnets. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -899,21 +959,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -921,21 +981,21 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnets: - description: The IDs of subnets to launch your pods into. At this - time, pods running on Fargate are not assigned public IP addresses, - so only private subnets (with no direct route to an Internet - Gateway) are accepted for this parameter. + description: |- + The IDs of subnets to launch your pods into. At this time, pods running on + Fargate are not assigned public IP addresses, so only private subnets (with + no direct route to an Internet Gateway) are accepted for this parameter. items: type: string type: array tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The metadata to apply to the Fargate profile to assist - with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a - key and an optional value, both of which you define. Fargate - profile tags do not propagate to any other resources associated - with the Fargate profile, such as the pods that are scheduled + description: |- + The metadata to apply to the Fargate profile to assist with categorization + and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both + of which you define. Fargate profile tags do not propagate to any other resources + associated with the Fargate profile, such as the pods that are scheduled with it. type: object required: @@ -944,19 +1004,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -969,9 +1031,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -981,21 +1044,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1005,17 +1068,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1025,21 +1090,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1054,21 +1119,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1079,14 +1145,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1128,14 +1195,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1145,8 +1221,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1158,6 +1235,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_identityproviderconfigs.yaml b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_identityproviderconfigs.yaml index 4185922422..4d534791e2 100644 --- a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_identityproviderconfigs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_identityproviderconfigs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: identityproviderconfigs.eks.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: eks.aws.crossplane.io @@ -34,18 +34,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: An IdentityProviderConfig is a managed resource that represents - an AWS Elastic Kubernetes Service IdentityProviderConfig. + description: |- + An IdentityProviderConfig is a managed resource that represents an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service IdentityProviderConfig. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,28 +61,31 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: IdentityProviderConfigParameters define the desired state - of an AWS Elastic Kubernetes Service Identity Provider. + description: |- + IdentityProviderConfigParameters define the desired state of an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service Identity Provider. properties: clusterName: description: The name of the cluster to associate the identity provider with. type: string clusterNameRef: - description: ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to - set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to set + the ClusterName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -86,21 +95,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -110,12 +119,14 @@ spec: - name type: object clusterNameSelector: - description: ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster - used to set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster used + to set the ClusterName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -128,21 +139,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -150,59 +161,60 @@ spec: type: object type: object oidc: - description: An object that represents an OpenID Connect (OIDC) - identity provider configuration. + description: |- + An object that represents an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider + configuration. properties: clientId: - description: This is also known as audience. The ID for the - client application that makes authentication requests to - the OpenID identity provider. + description: |- + This is also known as audience. The ID for the client application that makes + authentication requests to the OpenID identity provider. type: string groupsClaim: description: The JWT claim that the provider uses to return your groups. type: string groupsPrefix: - description: 'The prefix that is prepended to group claims - to prevent clashes with existing names (such as system: - groups). For example, the value oidc: will create group - names like oidc:engineering and oidc:infra.' + description: |- + The prefix that is prepended to group claims to prevent clashes with existing + names (such as system: groups). For example, the value oidc: will create group + names like oidc:engineering and oidc:infra. type: string issuerUrl: - description: The URL of the OpenID identity provider that - allows the API server to discover public signing keys for - verifying tokens. The URL must begin with https:// and should - correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OIDC ID tokens. - Per the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query - parameters are not. Typically the URL consists of only a - hostname, like https://server.example.org or https://example.com. - This URL should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration - and must be publicly accessible over the internet. + description: |- + The URL of the OpenID identity provider that allows the API server to discover + public signing keys for verifying tokens. The URL must begin with https:// and + should correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OIDC ID tokens. Per the + OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. + Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org + or https://example.com. This URL should point to the level below + .well-known/openid-configuration and must be publicly accessible over the + internet. type: string requiredClaims: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The key value pairs that describe required claims - in the identity token. If set, each claim is verified to - be present in the token with a matching value. For the maximum - number of claims that you can require, see Amazon EKS service - quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/service-quotas.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide. + description: |- + The key value pairs that describe required claims in the identity token. If set, + each claim is verified to be present in the token with a matching value. For the + maximum number of claims that you can require, see Amazon EKS service quotas + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/service-quotas.html) in the + Amazon EKS User Guide. type: object usernameClaim: - description: The JSON Web Token (JWT) claim to use as the - username. The default is sub, which is expected to be a - unique identifier of the end user. You can choose other - claims, such as email or name, depending on the OpenID identity - provider. Claims other than email are prefixed with the - issuer URL to prevent naming clashes with other plug-ins. + description: |- + The JSON Web Token (JWT) claim to use as the username. The default is sub, which + is expected to be a unique identifier of the end user. You can choose other + claims, such as email or name, depending on the OpenID identity provider. Claims + other than email are prefixed with the issuer URL to prevent naming clashes with + other plug-ins. type: string usernamePrefix: - description: The prefix that is prepended to username claims - to prevent clashes with existing names. If you do not provide - this field, and username is a value other than email, the - prefix defaults to issuerurl#. You can use the value - to - disable all prefixing. + description: |- + The prefix that is prepended to username claims to prevent clashes with existing + names. If you do not provide this field, and username is a value other than + email, the prefix defaults to issuerurl#. You can use the value - to disable all + prefixing. type: string required: - clientId @@ -215,9 +227,10 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The metadata to apply to the configuration to assist - with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a - key and an optional value, both of which you define. + description: |- + The metadata to apply to the configuration to assist with categorization and + organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which + you define. type: object required: - oidc @@ -226,19 +239,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -251,9 +266,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -263,21 +279,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -287,17 +303,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -307,21 +325,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -336,21 +354,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -361,14 +380,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -404,14 +424,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -421,8 +450,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -434,6 +464,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_nodegroups.yaml b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_nodegroups.yaml index 7f2a0bc28d..54e8c0a8ce 100644 --- a/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_nodegroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/eks.aws.crossplane.io_nodegroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: nodegroups.eks.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: eks.aws.crossplane.io @@ -34,18 +34,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A NodeGroup is a managed resource that represents an AWS Elastic - Kubernetes Service NodeGroup. + description: |- + A NodeGroup is a managed resource that represents an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service NodeGroup. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,29 +60,36 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: NodeGroupParameters define the desired state of an AWS - Elastic Kubernetes Service NodeGroup. + description: |- + NodeGroupParameters define the desired state of an AWS Elastic Kubernetes + Service NodeGroup. properties: amiType: - description: The AMI type for your node group. GPU instance can - use AL2_x86_64_GPU AMI type, which uses the Amazon EKS-optimized - Linux AMI with GPU support. Non-GPU instances can use AL2_x86_64 - (default) AMI type, which uses the Amazon EKS-optimized Linux - AMI or, BOTTLEROCKET_ARM_64 AMI type, which uses the Amazon - Bottlerocket AMI for ARM instances, or BOTTLEROCKET_x86_64 AMI - type, which uses the Amazon Bottlerocket AMI fir x86_64 instances. + description: |- + The AMI type for your node group. + GPU instance can use + AL2_x86_64_GPU AMI type, + which uses the Amazon EKS-optimized Linux AMI with GPU support. + Non-GPU instances can use + AL2_x86_64 (default) AMI type, + which uses the Amazon EKS-optimized Linux AMI or, + BOTTLEROCKET_ARM_64 AMI type, + which uses the Amazon Bottlerocket AMI for ARM instances, or + BOTTLEROCKET_x86_64 AMI type, + which uses the Amazon Bottlerocket AMI fir x86_64 instances. type: string capacityType: description: CapacityType for your node group. @@ -85,12 +98,16 @@ spec: - SPOT type: string clusterName: - description: "The name of the cluster to create the node group - in. \n ClusterName is a required field" + description: |- + The name of the cluster to create the node group in. + + + ClusterName is a required field type: string clusterNameRef: - description: ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to - set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameRef is a reference to a Cluster used to set + the ClusterName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -100,21 +117,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -124,12 +141,14 @@ spec: - name type: object clusterNameSelector: - description: ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster - used to set the ClusterName. + description: |- + ClusterNameSelector selects references to a Cluster used + to set the ClusterName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -142,21 +161,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -164,30 +183,33 @@ spec: type: object type: object diskSize: - description: The root device disk size (in GiB) for your node - group instances. The default disk size is 20 GiB. + description: |- + The root device disk size (in GiB) for your node group instances. The default + disk size is 20 GiB. format: int32 type: integer instanceTypes: - description: The instance type to use for your node group. Currently, - you can specify a single instance type for a node group. The - default value for this parameter is t3.medium. If you choose - a GPU instance type, be sure to specify the AL2_x86_64_GPU with - the amiType parameter. + description: |- + The instance type to use for your node group. Currently, you can specify + a single instance type for a node group. The default value for this parameter + is t3.medium. If you choose a GPU instance type, be sure to specify the AL2_x86_64_GPU + with the amiType parameter. items: type: string type: array labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The Kubernetes labels to be applied to the nodes - in the node group when they are created. + description: |- + The Kubernetes labels to be applied to the nodes in the node group when they + are created. type: object launchTemplate: - description: An object representing a node group's launch template - specification. If specified, then do not specify instanceTypes, - diskSize, or remoteAccess and make sure that the launch template - meets the requirements in launchTemplateSpecification. + description: |- + An object representing a node group's launch template specification. If + specified, then do not specify instanceTypes, diskSize, or remoteAccess and make + sure that the launch template meets the requirements in + launchTemplateSpecification. properties: id: description: The ID of the launch template. @@ -196,8 +218,9 @@ spec: description: The name of the launch template. type: string nameRef: - description: NameRef is a reference to a LaunchTemplate used - to set the Name. + description: |- + NameRef is a reference to a LaunchTemplate used to set + the Name. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -207,21 +230,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -231,13 +254,14 @@ spec: - name type: object nameSelector: - description: NameSelector selects references to a LaunchTemplate - used to set the Name. + description: |- + NameSelector selects references to a LaunchTemplate used + to set the Name. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -250,21 +274,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -272,13 +296,14 @@ spec: type: object type: object version: - description: The version of the launch template to use. If - no version is specified, then the template's default version - is used. + description: |- + The version of the launch template to use. If no version is specified, then the + template's default version is used. type: string versionRef: - description: VersionRef is a reference to a LaunchTemplateVersion - used to set the Version. + description: |- + VersionRef is a reference to a LaunchTemplateVersion used to set + the Version. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -288,21 +313,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -312,13 +337,14 @@ spec: - name type: object versionSelector: - description: VersionSelector selects references to a LaunchTemplateVersion - used to set the Version. + description: |- + VersionSelector selects references to a LaunchTemplateVersion used + to set the Version. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -331,21 +357,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -354,15 +380,18 @@ spec: type: object type: object nodeRole: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to - associate with your node group. The Amazon EKS worker node kubelet - daemon makes calls to AWS APIs on your behalf. Worker nodes - receive permissions for these API calls through an IAM instance - profile and associated policies. Before you can launch worker - nodes and register them into a cluster, you must create an IAM - role for those worker nodes to use when they are launched. For - more information, see Amazon EKS Worker Node IAM Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/worker_node_IAM_role.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide . \n NodeRole is a required field" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with your node + group. The Amazon EKS worker node kubelet daemon makes calls to AWS APIs + on your behalf. Worker nodes receive permissions for these API calls through + an IAM instance profile and associated policies. Before you can launch worker + nodes and register them into a cluster, you must create an IAM role for those + worker nodes to use when they are launched. For more information, see Amazon + EKS Worker Node IAM Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/worker_node_IAM_role.html) + in the Amazon EKS User Guide . + + + NodeRole is a required field type: string nodeRoleRef: description: NodeRoleRef is a reference to a Cluster used to set @@ -376,21 +405,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -400,12 +429,14 @@ spec: - name type: object nodeRoleSelector: - description: NodeRoleSelector selects references to a Cluster - used to set the NodeRole. + description: |- + NodeRoleSelector selects references to a Cluster used + to set the NodeRole. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -418,21 +449,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -444,11 +475,11 @@ spec: be created in. type: string releaseVersion: - description: The AMI version of the Amazon EKS-optimized AMI to - use with your node group. By default, the latest available AMI - version for the node group's current Kubernetes version is used. - For more information, see Amazon EKS-Optimized Linux AMI Versions - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/eks-linux-ami-versions.html) + description: |- + The AMI version of the Amazon EKS-optimized AMI to use with your node group. + By default, the latest available AMI version for the node group's current + Kubernetes version is used. For more information, see Amazon EKS-Optimized + Linux AMI Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/eks-linux-ami-versions.html) in the Amazon EKS User Guide. type: string remoteAccess: @@ -456,15 +487,16 @@ spec: your node group. properties: ec2SSHKey: - description: The Amazon EC2 SSH key that provides access for - SSH communication with the worker nodes in the managed node - group. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Key Pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) - in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide for Linux - Instances. + description: |- + The Amazon EC2 SSH key that provides access for SSH communication with the + worker nodes in the managed node group. For more information, see Amazon + EC2 Key Pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) + in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide for Linux Instances. type: string sourceSecurityGroupRefs: - description: SourceSecurityGroupRefs are references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SourceSecurityGroups. + description: |- + SourceSecurityGroupRefs are references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SourceSecurityGroups. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -476,22 +508,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -502,13 +533,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array sourceSecurityGroupSelector: - description: SourceSecurityGroupSelector selects references - to SecurityGroups used to set the SourceSecurityGroups. + description: |- + SourceSecurityGroupSelector selects references to SecurityGroups used + to set the SourceSecurityGroups. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -521,21 +553,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -543,40 +575,40 @@ spec: type: object type: object sourceSecurityGroups: - description: The security groups that are allowed SSH access - (port 22) to the worker nodes. If you specify an Amazon - EC2 SSH key but do not specify a source security group when - you create a managed node group, then port 22 on the worker - nodes is opened to the internet (0.0.0.0/0). For more information, - see Security Groups for Your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) + description: |- + The security groups that are allowed SSH access (port 22) to the worker nodes. + If you specify an Amazon EC2 SSH key but do not specify a source security + group when you create a managed node group, then port 22 on the worker nodes + is opened to the internet (0.0.0.0/0). For more information, see Security + Groups for Your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. items: type: string type: array type: object scalingConfig: - description: The scaling configuration details for the Auto Scaling - group that is created for your node group. + description: |- + The scaling configuration details for the Auto Scaling group that is created + for your node group. properties: desiredSize: - description: The current number of worker nodes that the managed - node group should maintain. This value should be left unset - if another controller, such as cluster-autoscaler, is expected - to manage the desired size of the node group. If not set, - the initial desired size will be the configured minimum - size of the node group. + description: |- + The current number of worker nodes that the managed node group should maintain. + This value should be left unset if another controller, such as cluster-autoscaler, + is expected to manage the desired size of the node group. If not set, the initial + desired size will be the configured minimum size of the node group. format: int32 type: integer maxSize: - description: The maximum number of worker nodes that the managed - node group can scale out to. Managed node groups can support - up to 100 nodes by default. + description: |- + The maximum number of worker nodes that the managed node group can scale + out to. Managed node groups can support up to 100 nodes by default. format: int32 type: integer minSize: - description: The minimum number of worker nodes that the managed - node group can scale in to. This number must be greater - than zero. + description: |- + The minimum number of worker nodes that the managed node group can scale + in to. This number must be greater than zero. format: int32 type: integer type: object @@ -594,21 +626,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -623,8 +655,9 @@ spec: to set the Subnets. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -637,21 +670,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -659,22 +692,25 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnets: - description: "The subnets to use for the Auto Scaling group that - is created for your node group. These subnets must have the - tag key kubernetes.io/cluster/CLUSTER_NAME with a value of shared, - where CLUSTER_NAME is replaced with the name of your cluster. - \n Subnets is a required field" + description: |- + The subnets to use for the Auto Scaling group that is created for your node + group. These subnets must have the tag key kubernetes.io/cluster/CLUSTER_NAME + with a value of shared, where CLUSTER_NAME is replaced with the name of your + cluster. + + + Subnets is a required field items: type: string type: array tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The metadata to apply to the node group to assist - with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a - key and an optional value, both of which you define. Node group - tags do not propagate to any other resources associated with - the node group, such as the Amazon EC2 instances or subnets. + description: |- + The metadata to apply to the node group to assist with categorization and + organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which + you define. Node group tags do not propagate to any other resources associated + with the node group, such as the Amazon EC2 instances or subnets. type: object taints: description: The Kubernetes taints to be applied to the nodes @@ -705,35 +741,36 @@ spec: should be updated. properties: force: - description: Force the update if the existing node group's - pods are unable to be drained due to a pod disruption budget - issue. If an update fails because pods could not be drained, - you can force the update after it fails to terminate the - old node whether any pods are running on the node. + description: |- + Force the update if the existing node group's pods are unable to be + drained due to a pod disruption budget issue. If an update fails because + pods could not be drained, you can force the update after it fails to + terminate the old node whether any pods are running on the node. type: boolean maxUnavailable: - description: The maximum number of nodes unavailable at once - during a version update. Nodes will be updated in parallel. - The maximum number is 100. This value or maxUnavailablePercentage - is required to have a value, but not both. + description: |- + The maximum number of nodes unavailable at once during a version update. + Nodes will be updated in parallel. The maximum number is 100. + This value or maxUnavailablePercentage is required to have a value, but + not both. format: int32 maximum: 100 minimum: 1 type: integer maxUnavailablePercentage: - description: The maximum percentage of nodes unavailable during - a version update. This percentage of nodes will be updated - in parallel, up to 100 nodes at once. This value or maxUnavailable - is required to have a value, but not both. + description: |- + The maximum percentage of nodes unavailable during a version update. This + percentage of nodes will be updated in parallel, up to 100 nodes at once. + This value or maxUnavailable is required to have a value, but not both. format: int32 maximum: 100 minimum: 1 type: integer type: object version: - description: The Kubernetes version to use for your managed nodes. - By default, the Kubernetes version of the cluster is used, and - this is the only accepted specified value. + description: |- + The Kubernetes version to use for your managed nodes. By default, the Kubernetes + version of the cluster is used, and this is the only accepted specified value. type: string required: - region @@ -741,19 +778,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -766,9 +805,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -778,21 +818,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -802,17 +842,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -822,21 +864,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -851,21 +893,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -876,14 +919,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -911,8 +955,9 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string modifiedAt: - description: The Unix epoch timestamp in seconds for when the - managed node group was last modified. + description: |- + The Unix epoch timestamp in seconds for when the managed node group was last + modified. format: date-time type: string nodeGroupArn: @@ -920,8 +965,9 @@ spec: managed node group. type: string nodeGroupHealth: - description: The health status of the node group. If there are - issues with your node group's health, they are listed here. + description: |- + The health status of the node group. If there are issues with your node group's + health, they are listed here. properties: issues: description: Any issues that are associated with the node @@ -930,48 +976,71 @@ spec: description: Issue is an issue with a NodeGroup. properties: code: - description: "A brief description of the error. \n * - AutoScalingGroupNotFound: We couldn't find the Auto - Scaling group associated with the managed node group. - You may be able to recreate an Auto Scaling group - with the same settings to recover. \n * Ec2SecurityGroupNotFound: - We couldn't find the cluster security group for the - cluster. You must recreate your cluster. \n * Ec2SecurityGroupDeletionFailure: - We could not delete the remote access security group - for your managed node group. Remove any dependencies - from the security group. \n * Ec2LaunchTemplateNotFound: - We couldn't find the Amazon EC2 launch template for - your managed node group. You may be able to recreate - a launch template with the same settings to recover. - \n * Ec2LaunchTemplateVersionMismatch: The Amazon - EC2 launch template version for your managed node - group does not match the version that Amazon EKS created. - You may be able to revert to the version that Amazon - EKS created to recover. \n * IamInstanceProfileNotFound: - We couldn't find the IAM instance profile for your - managed node group. You may be able to recreate an - instance profile with the same settings to recover. - \n * IamNodeRoleNotFound: We couldn't find the IAM - role for your managed node group. You may be able - to recreate an IAM role with the same settings to - recover. \n * AsgInstanceLaunchFailures: Your Auto - Scaling group is experiencing failures while attempting - to launch instances. \n * NodeCreationFailure: Your - launched instances are unable to register with your - Amazon EKS cluster. Common causes of this failure - are insufficient worker node IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/worker_node_IAM_role.html) - permissions or lack of outbound internet access for - the nodes. \n * InstanceLimitExceeded: Your AWS account - is unable to launch any more instances of the specified - instance type. You may be able to request an Amazon - EC2 instance limit increase to recover. \n * InsufficientFreeAddresses: - One or more of the subnets associated with your managed - node group does not have enough available IP addresses - for new nodes. \n * AccessDenied: Amazon EKS or one - or more of your managed nodes is unable to communicate - with your cluster API server. \n * InternalFailure: - These errors are usually caused by an Amazon EKS server-side - issue." + description: |- + A brief description of the error. + + + * AutoScalingGroupNotFound: We couldn't find the Auto Scaling group associated + with the managed node group. You may be able to recreate an Auto Scaling + group with the same settings to recover. + + + * Ec2SecurityGroupNotFound: We couldn't find the cluster security group + for the cluster. You must recreate your cluster. + + + * Ec2SecurityGroupDeletionFailure: We could not delete the remote access + security group for your managed node group. Remove any dependencies from + the security group. + + + * Ec2LaunchTemplateNotFound: We couldn't find the Amazon EC2 launch template + for your managed node group. You may be able to recreate a launch template + with the same settings to recover. + + + * Ec2LaunchTemplateVersionMismatch: The Amazon EC2 launch template version + for your managed node group does not match the version that Amazon EKS + created. You may be able to revert to the version that Amazon EKS created + to recover. + + + * IamInstanceProfileNotFound: We couldn't find the IAM instance profile + for your managed node group. You may be able to recreate an instance profile + with the same settings to recover. + + + * IamNodeRoleNotFound: We couldn't find the IAM role for your managed + node group. You may be able to recreate an IAM role with the same settings + to recover. + + + * AsgInstanceLaunchFailures: Your Auto Scaling group is experiencing failures + while attempting to launch instances. + + + * NodeCreationFailure: Your launched instances are unable to register + with your Amazon EKS cluster. Common causes of this failure are insufficient + worker node IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/worker_node_IAM_role.html) + permissions or lack of outbound internet access for the nodes. + + + * InstanceLimitExceeded: Your AWS account is unable to launch any more + instances of the specified instance type. You may be able to request an + Amazon EC2 instance limit increase to recover. + + + * InsufficientFreeAddresses: One or more of the subnets associated with + your managed node group does not have enough available IP addresses for + new nodes. + + + * AccessDenied: Amazon EKS or one or more of your managed nodes is unable + to communicate with your cluster API server. + + + * InternalFailure: These errors are usually caused by an Amazon EKS server-side + issue. type: string message: description: The error message associated with the issue. @@ -986,16 +1055,17 @@ spec: type: array type: object releaseVersion: - description: The AMI version of the Amazon EKS-optimized AMI to - use with your node group. By default, the latest available AMI - version for the node group's current Kubernetes version is used. - For more information, see Amazon EKS-Optimized Linux AMI Versions - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/eks-linux-ami-versions.html) - in the Amazon EKS User Guide. + description: |- + The AMI version of the Amazon EKS-optimized AMI to use with your node group. By + default, the latest available AMI version for the node group's current Kubernetes + version is used. For more information, see Amazon EKS-Optimized Linux AMI Versions + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/eks-linux-ami-versions.html) in + the Amazon EKS User Guide. type: string resources: - description: The resources associated with the node group, such - as Auto Scaling groups and security groups for remote access. + description: |- + The resources associated with the node group, such as Auto Scaling groups + and security groups for remote access. properties: autoScalingGroup: description: The Auto Scaling groups associated with the node @@ -1005,20 +1075,22 @@ spec: with a NodeGroup. properties: name: - description: The name of the Auto Scaling group associated - with an Amazon EKS managed node group. + description: |- + The name of the Auto Scaling group associated with an Amazon EKS managed + node group. type: string type: object type: array remoteAccessSecurityGroup: - description: The remote access security group associated with - the node group. This security group controls SSH access - to the worker nodes. + description: |- + The remote access security group associated with the node group. This security + group controls SSH access to the worker nodes. type: string type: object scalingConfig: - description: The scaling configuration details for the Auto Scaling - group that is created for your node group. + description: |- + The scaling configuration details for the Auto Scaling group that is created + for your node group. properties: desiredSize: description: The current number of worker nodes for the managed @@ -1038,16 +1110,16 @@ spec: format: int32 type: integer maxUnavailablePercentage: - description: The current maximum percentage of nodes unavailable - during a version update. This percentage of nodes will be - updated in parallel. + description: |- + The current maximum percentage of nodes unavailable during a version + update. This percentage of nodes will be updated in parallel. format: int32 type: integer type: object version: - description: The Kubernetes version to use for your managed nodes. - By default, the Kubernetes version of the cluster is used, and - this is the only accepted specified value. + description: |- + The Kubernetes version to use for your managed nodes. By default, the Kubernetes + version of the cluster is used, and this is the only accepted specified value. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -1056,14 +1128,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1073,8 +1154,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1086,6 +1168,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/elasticache.aws.crossplane.io_cacheparametergroups.yaml b/package/crds/elasticache.aws.crossplane.io_cacheparametergroups.yaml index a27d301591..6563297744 100644 --- a/package/crds/elasticache.aws.crossplane.io_cacheparametergroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/elasticache.aws.crossplane.io_cacheparametergroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: cacheparametergroups.elasticache.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: elasticache.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -70,10 +76,13 @@ spec: of CacheParameterGroup properties: cacheParameterGroupFamily: - description: "The name of the cache parameter group family that - the cache parameter group can be used with. \n Valid values - are: memcached1.4 | memcached1.5 | memcached1.6 | redis2.6 | - redis2.8 | redis3.2 | redis4.0 | redis5.0 | redis6.x | redis7" + description: |- + The name of the cache parameter group family that the cache parameter group + can be used with. + + + Valid values are: memcached1.4 | memcached1.5 | memcached1.6 | redis2.6 | + redis2.8 | redis3.2 | redis4.0 | redis5.0 | redis6.x | redis7 type: string description: description: A user-specified description for the cache parameter @@ -95,9 +104,9 @@ spec: be created. type: string tags: - description: A list of tags to be added to this resource. A tag - is a key-value pair. A tag key must be accompanied by a tag - value, although null is accepted. + description: |- + A list of tags to be added to this resource. A tag is a key-value pair. A + tag key must be accompanied by a tag value, although null is accepted. items: properties: key: @@ -114,19 +123,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -139,9 +150,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -151,21 +163,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -175,17 +187,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -195,21 +209,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -224,21 +238,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -249,14 +264,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -296,14 +312,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -313,8 +338,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -326,6 +352,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io_elbattachments.yaml b/package/crds/elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io_elbattachments.yaml index 2f47ca3cd9..6051a83f29 100644 --- a/package/crds/elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io_elbattachments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io_elbattachments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: elbattachments.elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,18 +37,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: An ELBAttachment is a managed resource that represents attachment - of an AWS Classic Load Balancer and an AWS EC2 instance. + description: |- + An ELBAttachment is a managed resource that represents attachment of an + AWS Classic Load Balancer and an AWS EC2 instance. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,13 +63,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -88,21 +95,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -116,8 +123,9 @@ spec: retrieves its external-name. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -130,21 +138,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -165,19 +173,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -190,9 +200,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -202,21 +213,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -226,17 +237,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -246,21 +259,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -275,21 +288,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -300,14 +314,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -336,14 +351,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -353,8 +377,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -366,6 +391,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io_elbs.yaml b/package/crds/elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io_elbs.yaml index c67c9e1725..97be3a44cd 100644 --- a/package/crds/elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io_elbs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io_elbs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: elbs.elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: elasticloadbalancing.aws.crossplane.io @@ -44,14 +44,19 @@ spec: Balancer. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -60,13 +65,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -85,26 +91,30 @@ spec: the load balancer. properties: healthyThreshold: - description: The number of consecutive health checks successes - required before moving the instance to the Healthy state. + description: |- + The number of consecutive health checks successes required before moving + the instance to the Healthy state. format: int32 type: integer interval: - description: The approximate interval, in seconds, between - health checks of an individual instance. + description: |- + The approximate interval, in seconds, between health checks of an individual + instance. format: int32 type: integer target: description: The instance being checked. type: string timeout: - description: The amount of time, in seconds, during which - no response means a failed health check. + description: |- + The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response means a failed health + check. format: int32 type: integer unhealthyThreshold: - description: The number of consecutive health check failures - required before moving the instance to the Unhealthy state. + description: |- + The number of consecutive health check failures required before moving the + instance to the Unhealthy state. format: int32 type: integer required: @@ -125,17 +135,18 @@ spec: format: int32 type: integer instanceProtocol: - description: 'The protocol to use for routing traffic to - instances: HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, or SSL. If not specified, - the value is same as for Protocol.' + description: |- + The protocol to use for routing traffic to instances: HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, or + SSL. If not specified, the value is same as for Protocol. type: string loadBalancerPort: description: The port on which the load balancer is listening. format: int32 type: integer protocol: - description: 'The load balancer transport protocol to use - for routing: HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, or SSL.' + description: |- + The load balancer transport protocol to use for routing: HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, + or SSL. type: string sslCertificateId: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the server @@ -169,21 +180,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -198,8 +209,9 @@ spec: that each retrieve the SecurityGroupID from the referenced SecurityGroup properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -212,21 +224,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -253,21 +265,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -282,8 +294,9 @@ spec: retrieve the subnetID from the referenced Subnet properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -296,21 +309,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -318,9 +331,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnetIds: - description: The IDs of the subnets in your VPC to attach to the - load balancer. Specify one subnet per Availability Zone specified - in AvailabilityZones. + description: |- + The IDs of the subnets in your VPC to attach to the load balancer. Specify + one subnet per Availability Zone specified in AvailabilityZones. items: type: string type: array @@ -347,19 +360,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -372,9 +387,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -384,21 +400,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -408,17 +424,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -428,21 +446,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -457,21 +475,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -482,14 +501,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -548,14 +568,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -565,8 +594,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -578,6 +608,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_listeners.yaml b/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_listeners.yaml index 1037ddabf1..cefe805e7e 100644 --- a/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_listeners.yaml +++ b/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_listeners.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: listeners.elbv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: elbv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Listener is the Schema for the Listeners API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,19 +74,36 @@ spec: description: ListenerParameters defines the desired state of Listener properties: alpnPolicy: - description: "[TLS listeners] The name of the Application-Layer - Protocol Negotiation (ALPN) policy. You can specify one policy - name. The following are the possible values: \n * HTTP1Only - \n * HTTP2Only \n * HTTP2Optional \n * HTTP2Preferred \n * None - \n For more information, see ALPN policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#alpn-policies) - in the Network Load Balancers Guide." + description: |- + [TLS listeners] The name of the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN) + policy. You can specify one policy name. The following are the possible values: + + + * HTTP1Only + + + * HTTP2Only + + + * HTTP2Optional + + + * HTTP2Preferred + + + * None + + + For more information, see ALPN policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#alpn-policies) + in the Network Load Balancers Guide. items: type: string type: array certificates: - description: '[HTTPS and TLS listeners] The default certificate + description: |- + [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The default certificate for the listener. You must provide exactly one certificate. - Set CertificateArn to the certificate ARN but do not set IsDefault.' + Set CertificateArn to the certificate ARN but do not set IsDefault. items: description: CustomCertificate includes custom fields about certificates. @@ -100,22 +123,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -129,9 +151,9 @@ spec: CertificateArn properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -144,22 +166,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -173,17 +194,20 @@ spec: defaultActions: description: The actions for the default rule. items: - description: "CustomAction includes custom fields for an action. - \n Each rule must include exactly one of the following types - of actions: forward, fixed-response, or redirect, and it must - be the last action to be performed." + description: |- + CustomAction includes custom fields for an action. + + + Each rule must include exactly one of the following types of actions: forward, + fixed-response, or redirect, and it must be the last action to be performed. properties: actionType: description: The type of action. type: string authenticateCognitoConfig: - description: Request parameters to use when integrating - with Amazon Cognito to authenticate users. + description: |- + Request parameters to use when integrating with Amazon Cognito to authenticate + users. properties: authenticationRequestExtraParams: additionalProperties: @@ -206,9 +230,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object authenticateOidcConfig: - description: Request parameters when using an identity provider - (IdP) that is compliant with OpenID Connect (OIDC) to - authenticate users. + description: |- + Request parameters when using an identity provider (IdP) that is compliant + with OpenID Connect (OIDC) to authenticate users. properties: authenticationRequestExtraParams: additionalProperties: @@ -263,12 +287,13 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object targetGroups: - description: One or more target groups. For Network - Load Balancers, you can specify a single target group. + description: |- + One or more target groups. For Network Load Balancers, you can specify a + single target group. items: - description: CustomTargetGroupTuple includes custom - fields about target groups. Only used with ForwardActionConfig - to route to multiple target groups. + description: |- + CustomTargetGroupTuple includes custom fields about target groups. + Only used with ForwardActionConfig to route to multiple target groups. properties: targetGroupARN: type: string @@ -284,25 +309,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means - this reference will be a no-op if it - cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -316,8 +337,8 @@ spec: for TargetGroupARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an - object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -331,25 +352,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means - this reference will be a no-op if it - cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -363,23 +380,42 @@ spec: type: array type: object order: - description: The order for the action. This value is required - for rules with multiple actions. The action with the lowest - value for order is performed first. + description: |- + The order for the action. This value is required for rules with multiple + actions. The action with the lowest value for order is performed first. format: int64 type: integer redirectConfig: - description: "Information about a redirect action. \n A - URI consists of the following components: protocol://hostname:port/path?query. - You must modify at least one of the following components - to avoid a redirect loop: protocol, hostname, port, or - path. Any components that you do not modify retain their - original values. \n You can reuse URI components using - the following reserved keywords: \n * #{protocol} \n * - #{host} \n * #{port} \n * #{path} (the leading \"/\" is - removed) \n * #{query} \n For example, you can change - the path to \"/new/#{path}\", the hostname to \"example.#{host}\", - or the query to \"#{query}&value=xyz\"." + description: |- + Information about a redirect action. + + + A URI consists of the following components: protocol://hostname:port/path?query. + You must modify at least one of the following components to avoid a redirect + loop: protocol, hostname, port, or path. Any components that you do not modify + retain their original values. + + + You can reuse URI components using the following reserved keywords: + + + * #{protocol} + + + * #{host} + + + * #{port} + + + * #{path} (the leading "/" is removed) + + + * #{query} + + + For example, you can change the path to "/new/#{path}", the hostname to "example.#{host}", + or the query to "#{query}&value=xyz". properties: host: type: string @@ -395,10 +431,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object targetGroupArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target - group. Specify only when actionType is forward and you - want to route to a single target group. To route to one - or more target groups, use ForwardConfig instead. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. Specify only when + actionType is forward and you want to route to a single target group. + To route to one or more target groups, use ForwardConfig instead. type: string targetGroupArnRef: description: Reference to TargetGroupARN used to set TargetGroupARN @@ -411,22 +447,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -440,9 +475,9 @@ spec: TargetGroupARNs properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -455,22 +490,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -495,21 +529,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -522,8 +556,9 @@ spec: description: Selector for references to LoadBalancer for LoadBalancerARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -536,21 +571,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -558,28 +593,31 @@ spec: type: object type: object port: - description: The port on which the load balancer is listening. - You cannot specify a port for a Gateway Load Balancer. + description: |- + The port on which the load balancer is listening. You cannot specify a port + for a Gateway Load Balancer. format: int64 type: integer protocol: - description: The protocol for connections from clients to the - load balancer. For Application Load Balancers, the supported - protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load Balancers, the - supported protocols are TCP, TLS, UDP, and TCP_UDP. You can’t - specify the UDP or TCP_UDP protocol if dual-stack mode is enabled. - You cannot specify a protocol for a Gateway Load Balancer. + description: |- + The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. For Application + Load Balancers, the supported protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load + Balancers, the supported protocols are TCP, TLS, UDP, and TCP_UDP. You can’t + specify the UDP or TCP_UDP protocol if dual-stack mode is enabled. You cannot + specify a protocol for a Gateway Load Balancer. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Listener will be created. type: string sslPolicy: - description: "[HTTPS and TLS listeners] The security policy that - defines which protocols and ciphers are supported. \n For more - information, see Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) - in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Security policies - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) - in the Network Load Balancers Guide." + description: |- + [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The security policy that defines which protocols + and ciphers are supported. + + + For more information, see Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) + in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) + in the Network Load Balancers Guide. type: string tags: description: The tags to assign to the listener. @@ -598,19 +636,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -623,9 +663,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -635,21 +676,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -659,17 +700,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -679,21 +722,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -708,21 +751,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -733,14 +777,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -777,8 +822,9 @@ spec: items: properties: authenticateCognitoConfig: - description: Request parameters to use when integrating - with Amazon Cognito to authenticate users. + description: |- + Request parameters to use when integrating with Amazon Cognito to authenticate + users. properties: authenticationRequestExtraParams: additionalProperties: @@ -801,9 +847,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object authenticateOIDCConfig: - description: Request parameters when using an identity provider - (IdP) that is compliant with OpenID Connect (OIDC) to - authenticate users. + description: |- + Request parameters when using an identity provider (IdP) that is compliant + with OpenID Connect (OIDC) to authenticate users. properties: authenticationRequestExtraParams: additionalProperties: @@ -872,17 +918,36 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer redirectConfig: - description: "Information about a redirect action. \n A - URI consists of the following components: protocol://hostname:port/path?query. - You must modify at least one of the following components - to avoid a redirect loop: protocol, hostname, port, or - path. Any components that you do not modify retain their - original values. \n You can reuse URI components using - the following reserved keywords: \n * #{protocol} \n * - #{host} \n * #{port} \n * #{path} (the leading \"/\" is - removed) \n * #{query} \n For example, you can change - the path to \"/new/#{path}\", the hostname to \"example.#{host}\", - or the query to \"#{query}&value=xyz\"." + description: |- + Information about a redirect action. + + + A URI consists of the following components: protocol://hostname:port/path?query. + You must modify at least one of the following components to avoid a redirect + loop: protocol, hostname, port, or path. Any components that you do not modify + retain their original values. + + + You can reuse URI components using the following reserved keywords: + + + * #{protocol} + + + * #{host} + + + * #{port} + + + * #{path} (the leading "/" is removed) + + + * #{query} + + + For example, you can change the path to "/new/#{path}", the hostname to "example.#{host}", + or the query to "#{query}&value=xyz". properties: host: type: string @@ -916,14 +981,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -933,8 +1007,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -946,6 +1021,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_loadbalancers.yaml b/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_loadbalancers.yaml index bb6272e6b7..5e9d786c1f 100644 --- a/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_loadbalancers.yaml +++ b/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_loadbalancers.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: loadbalancers.elbv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: elbv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: LoadBalancer is the Schema for the LoadBalancers API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,39 +74,49 @@ spec: description: LoadBalancerParameters defines the desired state of LoadBalancer properties: customerOwnedIPv4Pool: - description: '[Application Load Balancers on Outposts] The ID - of the customer-owned address pool (CoIP pool).' + description: |- + [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] The ID of the customer-owned address + pool (CoIP pool). type: string ipAddressType: - description: The type of IP addresses used by the subnets for - your load balancer. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) - and dualstack (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). + description: |- + The type of IP addresses used by the subnets for your load balancer. The + possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and dualstack (for IPv4 and + IPv6 addresses). type: string loadBalancerType: description: The type of load balancer. The default is application. type: string name: - description: "The name of the load balancer. \n This name must - be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32 characters, - must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, must not - begin or end with a hyphen, and must not begin with \"internal-\"." + description: |- + The name of the load balancer. + + + This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32 + characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, must not + begin or end with a hyphen, and must not begin with "internal-". type: string region: description: Region is which region the LoadBalancer will be created. type: string scheme: - description: "The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have - public IP addresses. The DNS name of an Internet-facing load - balancer is publicly resolvable to the public IP addresses of - the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers can route - requests from clients over the internet. \n The nodes of an - internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The DNS - name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to - the private IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load - balancers can route requests only from clients with access to - the VPC for the load balancer. \n The default is an Internet-facing - load balancer. \n You cannot specify a scheme for a Gateway - Load Balancer." + description: |- + The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The + DNS name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the + public IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers + can route requests from clients over the internet. + + + The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The + DNS name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private + IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can route requests + only from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer. + + + The default is an Internet-facing load balancer. + + + You cannot specify a scheme for a Gateway Load Balancer. type: string securityGroupRefs: description: Reference to Security Groups for SecurityGroups field @@ -115,21 +131,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -143,8 +159,9 @@ spec: description: Selector for references to SecurityGroups properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -157,21 +174,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -179,29 +196,39 @@ spec: type: object type: object securityGroups: - description: '[Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers] - The IDs of the security groups for the load balancer.' + description: |- + [Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers] The IDs of the security + groups for the load balancer. items: type: string type: array subnetMappings: - description: "The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only - one subnet per Availability Zone. You must specify either subnets - or subnet mappings, but not both. \n [Application Load Balancers] - You must specify subnets from at least two Availability Zones. - You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. \n - [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one - Outpost subnet. \n [Application Load Balancers on Local Zones] - You can specify subnets from one or more Local Zones. \n [Network - Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability - Zones. You can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet if - you need static IP addresses for your internet-facing load balancer. - For internal load balancers, you can specify one private IP - address per subnet from the IPv4 range of the subnet. For internet-facing - load balancer, you can specify one IPv6 address per subnet. - \n [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one - or more Availability Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses - for your subnets." + description: |- + The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability + Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings, but not both. + + + [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability + Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. + + + [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one Outpost subnet. + + + [Application Load Balancers on Local Zones] You can specify subnets from + one or more Local Zones. + + + [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + Zones. You can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet if you need static + IP addresses for your internet-facing load balancer. For internal load balancers, + you can specify one private IP address per subnet from the IPv4 range of + the subnet. For internet-facing load balancer, you can specify one IPv6 address + per subnet. + + + [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. items: properties: allocationID: @@ -227,21 +254,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -255,8 +282,9 @@ spec: description: Selector for references to Subnets properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -269,21 +297,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -291,17 +319,29 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnets: - description: "The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only - one subnet per Availability Zone. You must specify either subnets - or subnet mappings, but not both. To specify an Elastic IP address, - specify subnet mappings instead of subnets. \n [Application - Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability - Zones. \n [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] You must - specify one Outpost subnet. \n [Application Load Balancers on - Local Zones] You can specify subnets from one or more Local - Zones. \n [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from - one or more Availability Zones. \n [Gateway Load Balancers] - You can specify subnets from one or more Availability Zones." + description: |- + The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability + Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings, but not both. To + specify an Elastic IP address, specify subnet mappings instead of subnets. + + + [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability + Zones. + + + [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one Outpost subnet. + + + [Application Load Balancers on Local Zones] You can specify subnets from + one or more Local Zones. + + + [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + Zones. + + + [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + Zones. items: type: string type: array @@ -322,19 +362,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -347,9 +389,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -359,21 +402,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -383,17 +426,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -403,21 +448,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -432,21 +477,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -457,14 +503,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -523,9 +570,9 @@ spec: description: The public DNS name of the load balancer. type: string enforceSecurityGroupInboundRulesOnPrivateLinkTraffic: - description: Indicates whether to evaluate inbound security group - rules for traffic sent to a Network Load Balancer through Amazon - Web Services PrivateLink. + description: |- + Indicates whether to evaluate inbound security group rules for traffic sent + to a Network Load Balancer through Amazon Web Services PrivateLink. type: string loadBalancerARN: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. @@ -554,14 +601,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -571,8 +627,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -584,6 +641,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_targetgroups.yaml b/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_targetgroups.yaml index 606bf43191..ff3aab0d28 100644 --- a/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_targetgroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_targetgroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: targetgroups.elbv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: elbv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: TargetGroup is the Schema for the TargetGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,74 +74,78 @@ spec: description: TargetGroupParameters defines the desired state of TargetGroup properties: healthCheckEnabled: - description: Indicates whether health checks are enabled. If the - target type is lambda, health checks are disabled by default - but can be enabled. If the target type is instance, ip, or alb, - health checks are always enabled and cannot be disabled. + description: |- + Indicates whether health checks are enabled. If the target type is lambda, + health checks are disabled by default but can be enabled. If the target type + is instance, ip, or alb, health checks are always enabled and cannot be disabled. type: boolean healthCheckIntervalSeconds: - description: The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between - health checks of an individual target. The range is 5-300. If - the target group protocol is TCP, TLS, UDP, TCP_UDP, HTTP or - HTTPS, the default is 30 seconds. If the target group protocol - is GENEVE, the default is 10 seconds. If the target type is - lambda, the default is 35 seconds. + description: |- + The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual + target. The range is 5-300. If the target group protocol is TCP, TLS, UDP, + TCP_UDP, HTTP or HTTPS, the default is 30 seconds. If the target group protocol + is GENEVE, the default is 10 seconds. If the target type is lambda, the default + is 35 seconds. format: int64 type: integer healthCheckPath: - description: "[HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The destination for health - checks on the targets. \n [HTTP1 or HTTP2 protocol version] - The ping path. The default is /. \n [GRPC protocol version] - The path of a custom health check method with the format /package.service/method. - The default is /Amazon Web Services.ALB/healthcheck." + description: |- + [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The destination for health checks on the targets. + + + [HTTP1 or HTTP2 protocol version] The ping path. The default is /. + + + [GRPC protocol version] The path of a custom health check method with the + format /package.service/method. The default is /Amazon Web Services.ALB/healthcheck. type: string healthCheckPort: - description: The port the load balancer uses when performing health - checks on targets. If the protocol is HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, TLS, - UDP, or TCP_UDP, the default is traffic-port, which is the port - on which each target receives traffic from the load balancer. - If the protocol is GENEVE, the default is port 80. + description: |- + The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets. + If the protocol is HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, TLS, UDP, or TCP_UDP, the default is + traffic-port, which is the port on which each target receives traffic from + the load balancer. If the protocol is GENEVE, the default is port 80. type: string healthCheckProtocol: - description: The protocol the load balancer uses when performing - health checks on targets. For Application Load Balancers, the - default is HTTP. For Network Load Balancers and Gateway Load - Balancers, the default is TCP. The TCP protocol is not supported - for health checks if the protocol of the target group is HTTP - or HTTPS. The GENEVE, TLS, UDP, and TCP_UDP protocols are not - supported for health checks. + description: |- + The protocol the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets. + For Application Load Balancers, the default is HTTP. For Network Load Balancers + and Gateway Load Balancers, the default is TCP. The TCP protocol is not supported + for health checks if the protocol of the target group is HTTP or HTTPS. The + GENEVE, TLS, UDP, and TCP_UDP protocols are not supported for health checks. type: string healthCheckTimeoutSeconds: - description: The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response - from a target means a failed health check. The range is 2–120 - seconds. For target groups with a protocol of HTTP, the default - is 6 seconds. For target groups with a protocol of TCP, TLS - or HTTPS, the default is 10 seconds. For target groups with - a protocol of GENEVE, the default is 5 seconds. If the target - type is lambda, the default is 30 seconds. + description: |- + The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response from a target means + a failed health check. The range is 2–120 seconds. For target groups with + a protocol of HTTP, the default is 6 seconds. For target groups with a protocol + of TCP, TLS or HTTPS, the default is 10 seconds. For target groups with a + protocol of GENEVE, the default is 5 seconds. If the target type is lambda, + the default is 30 seconds. format: int64 type: integer healthyThresholdCount: - description: The number of consecutive health check successes - required before considering a target healthy. The range is 2-10. - If the target group protocol is TCP, TCP_UDP, UDP, TLS, HTTP - or HTTPS, the default is 5. For target groups with a protocol - of GENEVE, the default is 5. If the target type is lambda, the + description: |- + The number of consecutive health check successes required before considering + a target healthy. The range is 2-10. If the target group protocol is TCP, + TCP_UDP, UDP, TLS, HTTP or HTTPS, the default is 5. For target groups with + a protocol of GENEVE, the default is 5. If the target type is lambda, the default is 5. format: int64 type: integer ipAddressType: - description: The type of IP address used for this target group. - The possible values are ipv4 and ipv6. This is an optional parameter. - If not specified, the IP address type defaults to ipv4. + description: |- + The type of IP address used for this target group. The possible values are + ipv4 and ipv6. This is an optional parameter. If not specified, the IP address + type defaults to ipv4. type: string matcher: - description: '[HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The HTTP or gRPC codes - to use when checking for a successful response from a target. - For target groups with a protocol of TCP, TCP_UDP, UDP or TLS - the range is 200-599. For target groups with a protocol of HTTP - or HTTPS, the range is 200-499. For target groups with a protocol - of GENEVE, the range is 200-399.' + description: |- + [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The HTTP or gRPC codes to use when checking for + a successful response from a target. For target groups with a protocol of + TCP, TCP_UDP, UDP or TLS the range is 200-599. For target groups with a protocol + of HTTP or HTTPS, the range is 200-499. For target groups with a protocol + of GENEVE, the range is 200-399. properties: grpcCode: type: string @@ -143,33 +153,36 @@ spec: type: string type: object name: - description: "The name of the target group. \n This name must - be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32 characters, - must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and must - not begin or end with a hyphen." + description: |- + The name of the target group. + + + This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32 + characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and must + not begin or end with a hyphen. type: string port: - description: The port on which the targets receive traffic. This - port is used unless you specify a port override when registering - the target. If the target is a Lambda function, this parameter - does not apply. If the protocol is GENEVE, the supported port - is 6081. + description: |- + The port on which the targets receive traffic. This port is used unless you + specify a port override when registering the target. If the target is a Lambda + function, this parameter does not apply. If the protocol is GENEVE, the supported + port is 6081. format: int64 type: integer protocol: - description: The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets. - For Application Load Balancers, the supported protocols are - HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load Balancers, the supported protocols - are TCP, TLS, UDP, or TCP_UDP. For Gateway Load Balancers, the - supported protocol is GENEVE. A TCP_UDP listener must be associated - with a TCP_UDP target group. If the target is a Lambda function, - this parameter does not apply. + description: |- + The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets. For Application Load + Balancers, the supported protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load Balancers, + the supported protocols are TCP, TLS, UDP, or TCP_UDP. For Gateway Load Balancers, + the supported protocol is GENEVE. A TCP_UDP listener must be associated with + a TCP_UDP target group. If the target is a Lambda function, this parameter + does not apply. type: string protocolVersion: - description: '[HTTP/HTTPS protocol] The protocol version. Specify - GRPC to send requests to targets using gRPC. Specify HTTP2 to - send requests to targets using HTTP/2. The default is HTTP1, - which sends requests to targets using HTTP/1.1.' + description: |- + [HTTP/HTTPS protocol] The protocol version. Specify GRPC to send requests + to targets using gRPC. Specify HTTP2 to send requests to targets using HTTP/2. + The default is HTTP1, which sends requests to targets using HTTP/1.1. type: string region: description: Region is which region the TargetGroup will be created. @@ -185,31 +198,40 @@ spec: type: object type: array targetType: - description: "The type of target that you must specify when registering - targets with this target group. You can't specify targets for - a target group using more than one target type. \n * instance - - Register targets by instance ID. This is the default value. - \n * ip - Register targets by IP address. You can specify IP - addresses from the subnets of the virtual private cloud (VPC) - for the target group, the RFC 1918 range (10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, - and 192.168.0.0/16), and the RFC 6598 range (100.64.0.0/10). - You can't specify publicly routable IP addresses. \n * lambda - - Register a single Lambda function as a target. \n * alb - - Register a single Application Load Balancer as a target." + description: |- + The type of target that you must specify when registering targets with this + target group. You can't specify targets for a target group using more than + one target type. + + + * instance - Register targets by instance ID. This is the default value. + + + * ip - Register targets by IP address. You can specify IP addresses from + the subnets of the virtual private cloud (VPC) for the target group, the + RFC 1918 range (10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16), and the + RFC 6598 range (100.64.0.0/10). You can't specify publicly routable IP + addresses. + + + * lambda - Register a single Lambda function as a target. + + + * alb - Register a single Application Load Balancer as a target. type: string unhealthyThresholdCount: - description: The number of consecutive health check failures required - before considering a target unhealthy. The range is 2-10. If - the target group protocol is TCP, TCP_UDP, UDP, TLS, HTTP or - HTTPS, the default is 2. For target groups with a protocol of - GENEVE, the default is 2. If the target type is lambda, the + description: |- + The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering + a target unhealthy. The range is 2-10. If the target group protocol is TCP, + TCP_UDP, UDP, TLS, HTTP or HTTPS, the default is 2. For target groups with + a protocol of GENEVE, the default is 2. If the target type is lambda, the default is 5. format: int64 type: integer vpcID: - description: The identifier of the virtual private cloud (VPC). - If the target is a Lambda function, this parameter does not - apply. Otherwise, this parameter is required. + description: |- + The identifier of the virtual private cloud (VPC). If the target is a Lambda + function, this parameter does not apply. Otherwise, this parameter is required. type: string vpcIdRef: description: Reference to VPC for VPCID @@ -222,21 +244,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -249,8 +271,9 @@ spec: description: Selector for references to VPC for VPCID properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -263,21 +286,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -291,19 +314,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -316,9 +341,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -328,21 +354,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -352,17 +378,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -372,21 +400,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -401,21 +429,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -426,14 +455,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -483,9 +513,10 @@ spec: type: string type: array matcher: - description: The codes to use when checking for a successful - response from a target. If the protocol version is gRPC, - these are gRPC codes. Otherwise, these are HTTP codes. + description: |- + The codes to use when checking for a successful response from a target. If + the protocol version is gRPC, these are gRPC codes. Otherwise, these are + HTTP codes. properties: grpcCode: type: string @@ -519,14 +550,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -536,8 +576,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -549,6 +590,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_targets.yaml b/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_targets.yaml index 4d360fece9..df02641363 100644 --- a/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_targets.yaml +++ b/package/crds/elbv2.aws.crossplane.io_targets.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: targets.elbv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: elbv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,17 +37,24 @@ spec: name: v1alpha1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: Target is the Schema for registering a target to an ELBV2 TargetGroup. + description: |- + Target is the Schema for registering a target to an + ELBV2 TargetGroup. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -56,44 +63,59 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: TargetParameters defines the desired state of a Target + description: |- + TargetParameters defines the desired state of a + Target properties: availabilityZone: - description: "An Availability Zone or all. This determines whether - the target receives traffic from the load balancer nodes in - the specified Availability Zone or from all enabled Availability - Zones for the load balancer. \n This parameter is not supported - if the target type of the target group is instance or alb. \n - If the target type is ip and the IP address is in a subnet of - the VPC for the target group, the Availability Zone is automatically - detected and this parameter is optional. If the IP address is - outside the VPC, this parameter is required. \n With an Application - Load Balancer, if the target type is ip and the IP address is - outside the VPC for the target group, the only supported value - is all. \n If the target type is lambda, this parameter is optional - and the only supported value is all." + description: |- + An Availability Zone or all. This determines whether the target receives + traffic from the load balancer nodes in the specified Availability Zone or + from all enabled Availability Zones for the load balancer. + + + This parameter is not supported if the target type of the target group is + instance or alb. + + + If the target type is ip and the IP address is in a subnet of the VPC for + the target group, the Availability Zone is automatically detected and this + parameter is optional. If the IP address is outside the VPC, this parameter + is required. + + + With an Application Load Balancer, if the target type is ip and the IP address + is outside the VPC for the target group, the only supported value is all. + + + If the target type is lambda, this parameter is optional and the only supported + value is all. type: string lambdaArn: - description: "The LambdaARN that should be used as target. \n - Note: If you want to reference anything else than Lambda you - currently have to specify the crossplane.io/external-name annotation - directly. If the target type of the target group is instance, - specify an instance ID. If the target type is ip, specify an - IP address. If the target type is lambda, specify the ARN of - the Lambda function. If the target type is alb, specify the - ARN of the Application Load Balancer target." + description: |- + The LambdaARN that should be used as target. + + + Note: If you want to reference anything else than Lambda you currently + have to specify the crossplane.io/external-name annotation directly. + If the target type of the target group is instance, + specify an instance ID. If the target type is ip, specify an IP address. + If the target type is lambda, specify the ARN of the Lambda function. If + the target type is alb, specify the ARN of the Application Load Balancer + target. type: string lambdaArnRef: description: LambdaARNRef references a Lambda Function to set @@ -107,21 +129,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -135,8 +157,9 @@ spec: set LambdaARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -149,21 +172,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -171,20 +194,23 @@ spec: type: object type: object port: - description: The port on which the target is listening. If the - target group protocol is GENEVE, the supported port is 6081. - If the target type is alb, the targeted Application Load Balancer - must have at least one listener whose port matches the target - group port. Not used if the target is a Lambda function. + description: |- + The port on which the target is listening. If the target group protocol is + GENEVE, the supported port is 6081. If the target type is alb, the targeted + Application Load Balancer must have at least one listener whose port matches + the target group port. Not used if the target is a Lambda function. format: int32 type: integer region: description: The AWS region the target resides in. type: string targetGroupArn: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. - \n One of TargetGroupARN, TargetGroupARNRef or TargetGroupARNSelector - is required." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + + + One of TargetGroupARN, TargetGroupARNRef or TargetGroupARNSelector is + required. type: string targetGroupArnRef: description: TargetGroupARNRef selects a ELBv2 TargetGroupARN @@ -198,21 +224,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -222,12 +248,14 @@ spec: - name type: object targetGroupArnSelector: - description: TargetGroupARNSelector selects a ELBv2 TargetGroupARN - with the given labels. + description: |- + TargetGroupARNSelector selects a ELBv2 TargetGroupARN with the given + labels. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -240,21 +268,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -267,19 +295,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -292,9 +322,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -304,21 +335,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -328,17 +359,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -348,21 +381,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -377,21 +410,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -402,14 +436,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -425,10 +460,14 @@ spec: - forProvider type: object status: - description: TargetStatus defines the observed state of a Target + description: |- + TargetStatus defines the observed state of a + Target properties: atProvider: - description: TargetObservation defines the observed state of a Target + description: |- + TargetObservation defines the observed state of a + Target properties: healthCheckPort: description: The port to use to connect with the target. @@ -437,47 +476,88 @@ spec: description: The health information for the target. properties: description: - description: A description of the target health that provides - additional details. If the state is healthy, a description - is not provided. + description: |- + A description of the target health that provides additional details. If the + state is healthy, a description is not provided. type: string reason: - description: "The reason code. \n If the target state is healthy, - a reason code is not provided. \n If the target state is - initial, the reason code can be one of the following values: - \n * Elb.RegistrationInProgress - The target is in the process - of being registered with the load balancer. \n * Elb.InitialHealthChecking - - The load balancer is still sending the target the minimum - number of health checks required to determine its health - status. \n If the target state is unhealthy, the reason - code can be one of the following values: \n * Target.ResponseCodeMismatch - - The health checks did not return an expected HTTP code. - Applies only to Application Load Balancers and Gateway Load - Balancers. \n * Target.Timeout - The health check requests - timed out. Applies only to Application Load Balancers and - Gateway Load Balancers. \n * Target.FailedHealthChecks - - The load balancer received an error while establishing a - connection to the target or the target response was malformed. - \n * Elb.InternalError - The health checks failed due to - an internal error. Applies only to Application Load Balancers. - \n If the target state is unused, the reason code can be - one of the following values: \n * Target.NotRegistered - - The target is not registered with the target group. \n * - Target.NotInUse - The target group is not used by any load - balancer or the target is in an Availability Zone that is - not enabled for its load balancer. \n * Target.InvalidState - - The target is in the stopped or terminated state. \n * - Target.IpUnusable - The target IP address is reserved for - use by a load balancer. \n If the target state is draining, - the reason code can be the following value: \n * Target.DeregistrationInProgress - - The target is in the process of being deregistered and - the deregistration delay period has not expired. \n If the - target state is unavailable, the reason code can be the - following value: \n * Target.HealthCheckDisabled - Health - checks are disabled for the target group. Applies only to - Application Load Balancers. \n * Elb.InternalError - Target - health is unavailable due to an internal error. Applies - only to Network Load Balancers." + description: |- + The reason code. + + + If the target state is healthy, a reason code is not provided. + + + If the target state is initial, the reason code can be one of the following + values: + + + * Elb.RegistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being registered + with the load balancer. + + + * Elb.InitialHealthChecking - The load balancer is still sending the target + the minimum number of health checks required to determine its health status. + + + If the target state is unhealthy, the reason code can be one of the following + values: + + + * Target.ResponseCodeMismatch - The health checks did not return an expected + HTTP code. Applies only to Application Load Balancers and Gateway Load + Balancers. + + + * Target.Timeout - The health check requests timed out. Applies only to + Application Load Balancers and Gateway Load Balancers. + + + * Target.FailedHealthChecks - The load balancer received an error while + establishing a connection to the target or the target response was malformed. + + + * Elb.InternalError - The health checks failed due to an internal error. + Applies only to Application Load Balancers. + + + If the target state is unused, the reason code can be one of the following + values: + + + * Target.NotRegistered - The target is not registered with the target + group. + + + * Target.NotInUse - The target group is not used by any load balancer + or the target is in an Availability Zone that is not enabled for its load + balancer. + + + * Target.InvalidState - The target is in the stopped or terminated state. + + + * Target.IpUnusable - The target IP address is reserved for use by a load + balancer. + + + If the target state is draining, the reason code can be the following value: + + + * Target.DeregistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being + deregistered and the deregistration delay period has not expired. + + + If the target state is unavailable, the reason code can be the following + value: + + + * Target.HealthCheckDisabled - Health checks are disabled for the target + group. Applies only to Application Load Balancers. + + + * Elb.InternalError - Target health is unavailable due to an internal + error. Applies only to Network Load Balancers. type: string state: description: The state of the target. @@ -490,14 +570,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -507,8 +596,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -520,6 +610,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io_jobruns.yaml b/package/crds/emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io_jobruns.yaml index 68ee608b85..f00e7f340d 100644 --- a/package/crds/emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io_jobruns.yaml +++ b/package/crds/emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io_jobruns.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: jobruns.emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: JobRun is the Schema for the JobRuns API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -129,8 +135,9 @@ spec: is submitted. type: string virtualClusterIdRef: - description: VirtualClusterIdRef is a reference to an API used - to set the VirtualClusterId. + description: |- + VirtualClusterIdRef is a reference to an API used to set + the VirtualClusterId. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -140,21 +147,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -164,12 +171,14 @@ spec: - name type: object virtualClusterIdSelector: - description: VirtualClusterIdSelector is a reference to an API - used to set the VirtualClusterIdSelector. + description: |- + VirtualClusterIdSelector is a reference to an API used to set + the VirtualClusterIdSelector. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -182,21 +191,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -209,19 +218,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -234,9 +245,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -246,21 +258,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -270,17 +282,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -290,21 +304,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -319,21 +333,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -344,14 +359,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -402,14 +418,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -419,8 +444,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -432,6 +458,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io_virtualclusters.yaml b/package/crds/emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io_virtualclusters.yaml index a1e27250e7..53af206775 100644 --- a/package/crds/emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io_virtualclusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io_virtualclusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: virtualclusters.emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: emrcontainers.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: VirtualCluster is the Schema for the VirtualClusters API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -103,19 +109,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -128,9 +136,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -140,21 +149,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -164,17 +173,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -184,21 +195,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -213,21 +224,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -238,14 +250,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -283,14 +296,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -300,8 +322,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -313,6 +336,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/firehose.aws.crossplane.io_deliverystreams.yaml b/package/crds/firehose.aws.crossplane.io_deliverystreams.yaml index 5ecc18746e..24c29bdd47 100644 --- a/package/crds/firehose.aws.crossplane.io_deliverystreams.yaml +++ b/package/crds/firehose.aws.crossplane.io_deliverystreams.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: deliverystreams.firehose.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: firehose.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DeliveryStream is the Schema for the DeliveryStreams API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,13 +75,14 @@ spec: DeliveryStream properties: amazonOpenSearchServerlessDestinationConfiguration: - description: The destination in the Serverless offering for Amazon - OpenSearch Service. You can specify only one destination. + description: |- + The destination in the Serverless offering for Amazon OpenSearch Service. + You can specify only one destination. properties: bufferingHints: - description: Describes the buffering to perform before delivering - data to the Serverless offering for Amazon OpenSearch Service - destination. + description: |- + Describes the buffering to perform before delivering data to the Serverless + offering for Amazon OpenSearch Service destination. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -122,9 +129,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object retryOptions: - description: Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data - Firehose is unable to deliver documents to the Serverless - offering for Amazon OpenSearch Service. + description: |- + Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data Firehose is unable to deliver + documents to the Serverless offering for Amazon OpenSearch Service. properties: durationInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -141,13 +148,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must - also provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -210,8 +216,9 @@ spec: can specify only one destination. properties: bufferingHints: - description: Describes the buffering to perform before delivering - data to the Amazon OpenSearch Service destination. + description: |- + Describes the buffering to perform before delivering data to the Amazon OpenSearch + Service destination. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -262,9 +269,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object retryOptions: - description: Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data - Firehose is unable to deliver documents to Amazon OpenSearch - Service. + description: |- + Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data Firehose is unable to deliver + documents to Amazon OpenSearch Service. properties: durationInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -281,13 +288,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must - also provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -348,8 +354,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object deliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput: - description: Used to specify the type and Amazon Resource Name - (ARN) of the KMS key needed for Server-Side Encryption (SSE). + description: |- + Used to specify the type and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key needed + for Server-Side Encryption (SSE). properties: keyARN: type: string @@ -357,25 +364,31 @@ spec: type: string type: object deliveryStreamName: - description: The name of the delivery stream. This name must be - unique per Amazon Web Services account in the same Amazon Web - Services Region. If the delivery streams are in different accounts - or different Regions, you can have multiple delivery streams - with the same name. + description: |- + The name of the delivery stream. This name must be unique per Amazon Web + Services account in the same Amazon Web Services Region. If the delivery + streams are in different accounts or different Regions, you can have multiple + delivery streams with the same name. type: string deliveryStreamType: - description: "The delivery stream type. This parameter can be - one of the following values: \n * DirectPut: Provider applications - access the delivery stream directly. \n * KinesisStreamAsSource: - The delivery stream uses a Kinesis data stream as a source." + description: |- + The delivery stream type. This parameter can be one of the following values: + + + * DirectPut: Provider applications access the delivery stream directly. + + + * KinesisStreamAsSource: The delivery stream uses a Kinesis data stream + as a source. type: string elasticsearchDestinationConfiguration: description: The destination in Amazon ES. You can specify only one destination. properties: bufferingHints: - description: Describes the buffering to perform before delivering - data to the Amazon ES destination. + description: |- + Describes the buffering to perform before delivering data to the Amazon ES + destination. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -426,8 +439,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object retryOptions: - description: Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data - Firehose is unable to deliver documents to Amazon ES. + description: |- + Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data Firehose is unable to deliver + documents to Amazon ES. properties: durationInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -444,13 +458,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must - also provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -517,13 +530,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must also - provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -546,40 +558,36 @@ spec: compressionFormat: type: string dataFormatConversionConfiguration: - description: Specifies that you want Kinesis Data Firehose - to convert data from the JSON format to the Parquet or ORC - format before writing it to Amazon S3. Kinesis Data Firehose - uses the serializer and deserializer that you specify, in - addition to the column information from the Amazon Web Services - Glue table, to deserialize your input data from JSON and - then serialize it to the Parquet or ORC format. For more - information, see Kinesis Data Firehose Record Format Conversion + description: |- + Specifies that you want Kinesis Data Firehose to convert data from the JSON + format to the Parquet or ORC format before writing it to Amazon S3. Kinesis + Data Firehose uses the serializer and deserializer that you specify, in addition + to the column information from the Amazon Web Services Glue table, to deserialize + your input data from JSON and then serialize it to the Parquet or ORC format. + For more information, see Kinesis Data Firehose Record Format Conversion (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/firehose/latest/dev/record-format-conversion.html). properties: enabled: type: boolean inputFormatConfiguration: - description: Specifies the deserializer you want to use - to convert the format of the input data. This parameter - is required if Enabled is set to true. + description: |- + Specifies the deserializer you want to use to convert the format of the input + data. This parameter is required if Enabled is set to true. properties: deserializer: - description: 'The deserializer you want Kinesis Data - Firehose to use for converting the input data from - JSON. Kinesis Data Firehose then serializes the - data to its final format using the Serializer. Kinesis - Data Firehose supports two types of deserializers: - the Apache Hive JSON SerDe (https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/Hive/LanguageManual+DDL#LanguageManualDDL-JSON) - and the OpenX JSON SerDe (https://github.com/rcongiu/Hive-JSON-Serde).' + description: |- + The deserializer you want Kinesis Data Firehose to use for converting the + input data from JSON. Kinesis Data Firehose then serializes the data to its + final format using the Serializer. Kinesis Data Firehose supports two types + of deserializers: the Apache Hive JSON SerDe (https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/Hive/LanguageManual+DDL#LanguageManualDDL-JSON) + and the OpenX JSON SerDe (https://github.com/rcongiu/Hive-JSON-Serde). properties: hiveJSONSerDe: - description: The native Hive / HCatalog JsonSerDe. - Used by Kinesis Data Firehose for deserializing - data, which means converting it from the JSON - format in preparation for serializing it to - the Parquet or ORC format. This is one of two - deserializers you can choose, depending on which - one offers the functionality you need. The other + description: |- + The native Hive / HCatalog JsonSerDe. Used by Kinesis Data Firehose for deserializing + data, which means converting it from the JSON format in preparation for serializing + it to the Parquet or ORC format. This is one of two deserializers you can + choose, depending on which one offers the functionality you need. The other option is the OpenX SerDe. properties: timestampFormats: @@ -588,13 +596,11 @@ spec: type: array type: object openXJSONSerDe: - description: The OpenX SerDe. Used by Kinesis - Data Firehose for deserializing data, which - means converting it from the JSON format in - preparation for serializing it to the Parquet - or ORC format. This is one of two deserializers - you can choose, depending on which one offers - the functionality you need. The other option + description: |- + The OpenX SerDe. Used by Kinesis Data Firehose for deserializing data, which + means converting it from the JSON format in preparation for serializing it + to the Parquet or ORC format. This is one of two deserializers you can choose, + depending on which one offers the functionality you need. The other option is the native Hive / HCatalog JsonSerDe. properties: caseInsensitive: @@ -609,24 +615,22 @@ spec: type: object type: object outputFormatConfiguration: - description: Specifies the serializer that you want Kinesis - Data Firehose to use to convert the format of your data - before it writes it to Amazon S3. This parameter is - required if Enabled is set to true. + description: |- + Specifies the serializer that you want Kinesis Data Firehose to use to convert + the format of your data before it writes it to Amazon S3. This parameter + is required if Enabled is set to true. properties: serializer: - description: 'The serializer that you want Kinesis - Data Firehose to use to convert data to the target - format before writing it to Amazon S3. Kinesis Data - Firehose supports two types of serializers: the - ORC SerDe (https://hive.apache.org/javadocs/r1.2.2/api/org/apache/hadoop/hive/ql/io/orc/OrcSerde.html) - and the Parquet SerDe (https://hive.apache.org/javadocs/r1.2.2/api/org/apache/hadoop/hive/ql/io/parquet/serde/ParquetHiveSerDe.html).' + description: |- + The serializer that you want Kinesis Data Firehose to use to convert data + to the target format before writing it to Amazon S3. Kinesis Data Firehose + supports two types of serializers: the ORC SerDe (https://hive.apache.org/javadocs/r1.2.2/api/org/apache/hadoop/hive/ql/io/orc/OrcSerde.html) + and the Parquet SerDe (https://hive.apache.org/javadocs/r1.2.2/api/org/apache/hadoop/hive/ql/io/parquet/serde/ParquetHiveSerDe.html). properties: orcSerDe: - description: A serializer to use for converting - data to the ORC format before storing it in - Amazon S3. For more information, see Apache - ORC (https://orc.apache.org/docs/). + description: |- + A serializer to use for converting data to the ORC format before storing + it in Amazon S3. For more information, see Apache ORC (https://orc.apache.org/docs/). properties: blockSizeBytes: format: int64 @@ -655,10 +659,9 @@ spec: type: integer type: object parquetSerDe: - description: A serializer to use for converting - data to the Parquet format before storing it - in Amazon S3. For more information, see Apache - Parquet (https://parquet.apache.org/documentation/latest/). + description: |- + A serializer to use for converting data to the Parquet format before storing + it in Amazon S3. For more information, see Apache Parquet (https://parquet.apache.org/documentation/latest/). properties: blockSizeBytes: format: int64 @@ -679,10 +682,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object schemaConfiguration: - description: Specifies the schema to which you want Kinesis - Data Firehose to configure your data before it writes - it to Amazon S3. This parameter is required if Enabled - is set to true. + description: |- + Specifies the schema to which you want Kinesis Data Firehose to configure + your data before it writes it to Amazon S3. This parameter is required if + Enabled is set to true. properties: catalogID: type: string @@ -699,16 +702,17 @@ spec: type: object type: object dynamicPartitioningConfiguration: - description: The configuration of the dynamic partitioning - mechanism that creates smaller data sets from the streaming - data by partitioning it based on partition keys. Currently, - dynamic partitioning is only supported for Amazon S3 destinations. + description: |- + The configuration of the dynamic partitioning mechanism that creates smaller + data sets from the streaming data by partitioning it based on partition keys. + Currently, dynamic partitioning is only supported for Amazon S3 destinations. properties: enabled: type: boolean retryOptions: - description: The retry behavior in case Kinesis Data Firehose - is unable to deliver data to an Amazon S3 prefix. + description: |- + The retry behavior in case Kinesis Data Firehose is unable to deliver data + to an Amazon S3 prefix. properties: durationInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -764,13 +768,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must - also provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -817,17 +820,17 @@ spec: type: string type: object httpEndpointDestinationConfiguration: - description: Enables configuring Kinesis Firehose to deliver data - to any HTTP endpoint destination. You can specify only one destination. + description: |- + Enables configuring Kinesis Firehose to deliver data to any HTTP endpoint + destination. You can specify only one destination. properties: bufferingHints: - description: Describes the buffering options that can be applied - before data is delivered to the HTTP endpoint destination. - Kinesis Data Firehose treats these options as hints, and - it might choose to use more optimal values. The SizeInMBs - and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, - if specify a value for one of them, you must also provide - a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes the buffering options that can be applied before data is delivered + to the HTTP endpoint destination. Kinesis Data Firehose treats these options + as hints, and it might choose to use more optimal values. The SizeInMBs and + IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value for + one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -848,8 +851,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object endpointConfiguration: - description: Describes the configuration of the HTTP endpoint - to which Kinesis Firehose delivers data. + description: |- + Describes the configuration of the HTTP endpoint to which Kinesis Firehose + delivers data. properties: accessKey: type: string @@ -896,11 +900,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object retryOptions: - description: Describes the retry behavior in case Kinesis - Data Firehose is unable to deliver data to the specified - HTTP endpoint destination, or if it doesn't receive a valid - acknowledgment of receipt from the specified HTTP endpoint - destination. + description: |- + Describes the retry behavior in case Kinesis Data Firehose is unable to deliver + data to the specified HTTP endpoint destination, or if it doesn't receive + a valid acknowledgment of receipt from the specified HTTP endpoint destination. properties: durationInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -917,13 +920,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must - also provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -968,10 +970,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object kinesisStreamSourceConfiguration: - description: When a Kinesis data stream is used as the source - for the delivery stream, a KinesisStreamSourceConfiguration - containing the Kinesis data stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN) - and the role ARN for the source stream. + description: |- + When a Kinesis data stream is used as the source for the delivery stream, + a KinesisStreamSourceConfiguration containing the Kinesis data stream Amazon + Resource Name (ARN) and the role ARN for the source stream. properties: kinesisStreamARN: type: string @@ -991,21 +993,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1018,8 +1020,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1032,21 +1035,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1105,8 +1108,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object retryOptions: - description: Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data - Firehose is unable to deliver documents to Amazon Redshift. + description: |- + Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data Firehose is unable to deliver + documents to Amazon Redshift. properties: durationInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -1121,13 +1125,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must - also provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -1179,13 +1182,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must - also provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -1242,13 +1244,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must also - provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -1338,9 +1339,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object retryOptions: - description: Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data - Firehose is unable to deliver documents to Splunk, or if - it doesn't receive an acknowledgment from Splunk. + description: |- + Configures retry behavior in case Kinesis Data Firehose is unable to deliver + documents to Splunk, or if it doesn't receive an acknowledgment from Splunk. properties: durationInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -1355,13 +1356,12 @@ spec: bucketARN: type: string bufferingHints: - description: Describes hints for the buffering to perform - before delivering data to the destination. These options - are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data Firehose - might choose to use different values when it is optimal. - The SizeInMBs and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. - However, if specify a value for one of them, you must - also provide a value for the other. + description: |- + Describes hints for the buffering to perform before delivering data to the + destination. These options are treated as hints, and therefore Kinesis Data + Firehose might choose to use different values when it is optimal. The SizeInMBs + and IntervalInSeconds parameters are optional. However, if specify a value + for one of them, you must also provide a value for the other. properties: intervalInSeconds: format: int64 @@ -1406,16 +1406,16 @@ spec: type: object type: object tags: - description: "A set of tags to assign to the delivery stream. - A tag is a key-value pair that you can define and assign to - Amazon Web Services resources. Tags are metadata. For example, - you can add friendly names and descriptions or other types of - information that can help you distinguish the delivery stream. - For more information about tags, see Using Cost Allocation Tags - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) - in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User - Guide. \n You can specify up to 50 tags when creating a delivery - stream." + description: |- + A set of tags to assign to the delivery stream. A tag is a key-value pair + that you can define and assign to Amazon Web Services resources. Tags are + metadata. For example, you can add friendly names and descriptions or other + types of information that can help you distinguish the delivery stream. For + more information about tags, see Using Cost Allocation Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) + in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide. + + + You can specify up to 50 tags when creating a delivery stream. items: properties: key: @@ -1431,19 +1431,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1456,9 +1458,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1468,21 +1471,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1492,17 +1495,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1512,21 +1517,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1541,21 +1546,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1566,14 +1572,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1596,15 +1603,16 @@ spec: of DeliveryStream properties: deliveryStreamARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the delivery stream. - For more information, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon - Web Services Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html). + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the delivery stream. For more information, + see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html). type: string deliveryStreamStatus: - description: The status of the delivery stream. If the status - of a delivery stream is CREATING_FAILED, this status doesn't - change, and you can't invoke CreateDeliveryStream again on it. - However, you can invoke the DeleteDeliveryStream operation to + description: |- + The status of the delivery stream. If the status of a delivery stream is + CREATING_FAILED, this status doesn't change, and you can't invoke CreateDeliveryStream + again on it. However, you can invoke the DeleteDeliveryStream operation to delete it. type: string type: object @@ -1614,14 +1622,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1631,8 +1648,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1644,6 +1662,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_accelerators.yaml b/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_accelerators.yaml index 4f3bc75386..f999f80bbe 100644 --- a/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_accelerators.yaml +++ b/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_accelerators.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: accelerators.globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Accelerator is the Schema for the Accelerators API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,50 +74,64 @@ spec: description: AcceleratorParameters defines the desired state of Accelerator properties: enabled: - description: "Indicates whether an accelerator is enabled. The - value is true or false. The default value is true. \n If the - value is set to true, an accelerator cannot be deleted. If set - to false, the accelerator can be deleted." + description: |- + Indicates whether an accelerator is enabled. The value is true or false. + The default value is true. + + + If the value is set to true, an accelerator cannot be deleted. If set to + false, the accelerator can be deleted. type: boolean ipAddressType: - description: The IP address type that an accelerator supports. - For a standard accelerator, the value can be IPV4 or DUAL_STACK. + description: |- + The IP address type that an accelerator supports. For a standard accelerator, + the value can be IPV4 or DUAL_STACK. type: string ipAddresses: - description: "Optionally, if you've added your own IP address - pool to Global Accelerator (BYOIP), you can choose an IPv4 address - from your own pool to use for the accelerator's static IPv4 - address when you create an accelerator. \n After you bring an - address range to Amazon Web Services, it appears in your account - as an address pool. When you create an accelerator, you can - assign one IPv4 address from your range to it. Global Accelerator - assigns you a second static IPv4 address from an Amazon IP address - range. If you bring two IPv4 address ranges to Amazon Web Services, - you can assign one IPv4 address from each range to your accelerator. - This restriction is because Global Accelerator assigns each - address range to a different network zone, for high availability. - \n You can specify one or two addresses, separated by a space. - Do not include the /32 suffix. \n Note that you can't update - IP addresses for an existing accelerator. To change them, you - must create a new accelerator with the new addresses. \n For - more information, see Bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/using-byoip.html) - in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide." + description: |- + Optionally, if you've added your own IP address pool to Global Accelerator + (BYOIP), you can choose an IPv4 address from your own pool to use for the + accelerator's static IPv4 address when you create an accelerator. + + + After you bring an address range to Amazon Web Services, it appears in your + account as an address pool. When you create an accelerator, you can assign + one IPv4 address from your range to it. Global Accelerator assigns you a + second static IPv4 address from an Amazon IP address range. If you bring + two IPv4 address ranges to Amazon Web Services, you can assign one IPv4 address + from each range to your accelerator. This restriction is because Global Accelerator + assigns each address range to a different network zone, for high availability. + + + You can specify one or two addresses, separated by a space. Do not include + the /32 suffix. + + + Note that you can't update IP addresses for an existing accelerator. To change + them, you must create a new accelerator with the new addresses. + + + For more information, see Bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/using-byoip.html) + in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide. items: type: string type: array name: - description: The name of the accelerator. The name can have a - maximum of 64 characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters, - periods (.), or hyphens (-), and must not begin or end with - a hyphen or period. + description: |- + The name of the accelerator. The name can have a maximum of 64 characters, + must contain only alphanumeric characters, periods (.), or hyphens (-), and + must not begin or end with a hyphen or period. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Accelerator will be created. type: string tags: - description: "Create tags for an accelerator. \n For more information, - see Tagging in Global Accelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/tagging-in-global-accelerator.html) - in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide." + description: |- + Create tags for an accelerator. + + + For more information, see Tagging in Global Accelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/tagging-in-global-accelerator.html) + in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide. items: properties: key: @@ -127,19 +147,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -152,9 +174,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -164,21 +187,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -188,17 +211,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -208,21 +233,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -237,21 +262,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -262,14 +288,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -299,33 +326,44 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string dnsName: - description: "The Domain Name System (DNS) name that Global Accelerator - creates that points to an accelerator's static IPv4 addresses. - \n The naming convention for the DNS name for an accelerator - is the following: A lowercase letter a, followed by a 16-bit - random hex string, followed by .awsglobalaccelerator.com. For - example: a1234567890abcdef.awsglobalaccelerator.com. \n If you - have a dual-stack accelerator, you also have a second DNS name, - DualStackDnsName, that points to both the A record and the AAAA - record for all four static addresses for the accelerator: two - IPv4 addresses and two IPv6 addresses. \n For more information - about the default DNS name, see Support for DNS addressing in - Global Accelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/dns-addressing-custom-domains.dns-addressing.html) - in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide." + description: |- + The Domain Name System (DNS) name that Global Accelerator creates that points + to an accelerator's static IPv4 addresses. + + + The naming convention for the DNS name for an accelerator is the following: + A lowercase letter a, followed by a 16-bit random hex string, followed by + .awsglobalaccelerator.com. For example: a1234567890abcdef.awsglobalaccelerator.com. + + + If you have a dual-stack accelerator, you also have a second DNS name, DualStackDnsName, + that points to both the A record and the AAAA record for all four static + addresses for the accelerator: two IPv4 addresses and two IPv6 addresses. + + + For more information about the default DNS name, see Support for DNS addressing + in Global Accelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/dns-addressing-custom-domains.dns-addressing.html) + in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide. type: string dualStackDNSName: - description: "The Domain Name System (DNS) name that Global Accelerator - creates that points to a dual-stack accelerator's four static - IP addresses: two IPv4 addresses and two IPv6 addresses. \n - The naming convention for the dual-stack DNS name is the following: - A lowercase letter a, followed by a 16-bit random hex string, - followed by .dualstack.awsglobalaccelerator.com. For example: - a1234567890abcdef.dualstack.awsglobalaccelerator.com. \n Note: - Global Accelerator also assigns a default DNS name, DnsName, - to your accelerator that points just to the static IPv4 addresses. - \n For more information, see Support for DNS addressing in Global - Accelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/about-accelerators.html#about-accelerators.dns-addressing) - in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide." + description: |- + The Domain Name System (DNS) name that Global Accelerator creates that points + to a dual-stack accelerator's four static IP addresses: two IPv4 addresses + and two IPv6 addresses. + + + The naming convention for the dual-stack DNS name is the following: A lowercase + letter a, followed by a 16-bit random hex string, followed by .dualstack.awsglobalaccelerator.com. + For example: a1234567890abcdef.dualstack.awsglobalaccelerator.com. + + + Note: Global Accelerator also assigns a default DNS name, DnsName, to your + accelerator that points just to the static IPv4 addresses. + + + For more information, see Support for DNS addressing in Global Accelerator + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/about-accelerators.html#about-accelerators.dns-addressing) + in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide. type: string events: description: A history of changes that you make to an accelerator @@ -368,14 +406,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -385,8 +432,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -398,6 +446,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_endpointgroups.yaml b/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_endpointgroups.yaml index 22b32ba1ed..b6162b2454 100644 --- a/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_endpointgroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_endpointgroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: endpointgroups.globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: EndpointGroup is the Schema for the EndpointGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -82,38 +88,40 @@ spec: type: object type: array endpointGroupRegion: - description: The Amazon Web Services Region where the endpoint - group is located. A listener can have only one endpoint group - in a specific Region. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services Region where the endpoint group is located. A listener + can have only one endpoint group in a specific Region. type: string healthCheckIntervalSeconds: - description: The time—10 seconds or 30 seconds—between each health - check for an endpoint. The default value is 30. + description: |- + The time—10 seconds or 30 seconds—between each health check for an endpoint. + The default value is 30. format: int64 type: integer healthCheckPath: - description: If the protocol is HTTP/S, then this specifies the - path that is the destination for health check targets. The default - value is slash (/). + description: |- + If the protocol is HTTP/S, then this specifies the path that is the destination + for health check targets. The default value is slash (/). type: string healthCheckPort: - description: The port that Global Accelerator uses to check the - health of endpoints that are part of this endpoint group. The - default port is the listener port that this endpoint group is - associated with. If listener port is a list of ports, Global - Accelerator uses the first port in the list. + description: |- + The port that Global Accelerator uses to check the health of endpoints that + are part of this endpoint group. The default port is the listener port that + this endpoint group is associated with. If listener port is a list of ports, + Global Accelerator uses the first port in the list. format: int64 type: integer healthCheckProtocol: - description: The protocol that Global Accelerator uses to check - the health of endpoints that are part of this endpoint group. - The default value is TCP. + description: |- + The protocol that Global Accelerator uses to check the health of endpoints + that are part of this endpoint group. The default value is TCP. type: string listenerArn: description: ListenerArn is the ARN for the Listener. type: string listenerArnRef: - description: ListenerArnRef is a reference to an ARN used to set + description: |- + ListenerArnRef is a reference to an ARN used to set the ListenerArn. properties: name: @@ -124,21 +132,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -148,12 +156,14 @@ spec: - name type: object listenerArnSelector: - description: ListenerArnSelector selects references to Listener - used to set the Arn. + description: |- + ListenerArnSelector selects references to Listener used + to set the Arn. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -166,21 +176,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -188,13 +198,16 @@ spec: type: object type: object portOverrides: - description: "Override specific listener ports used to route traffic - to endpoints that are part of this endpoint group. For example, - you can create a port override in which the listener receives - user traffic on ports 80 and 443, but your accelerator routes - that traffic to ports 1080 and 1443, respectively, on the endpoints. - \n For more information, see Overriding listener ports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/about-endpoint-groups-port-override.html) - in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide." + description: |- + Override specific listener ports used to route traffic to endpoints that + are part of this endpoint group. For example, you can create a port override + in which the listener receives user traffic on ports 80 and 443, but your + accelerator routes that traffic to ports 1080 and 1443, respectively, on + the endpoints. + + + For more information, see Overriding listener ports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/dg/about-endpoint-groups-port-override.html) + in the Global Accelerator Developer Guide. items: properties: endpointPort: @@ -210,19 +223,24 @@ spec: created. type: string thresholdCount: - description: The number of consecutive health checks required - to set the state of a healthy endpoint to unhealthy, or to set - an unhealthy endpoint to healthy. The default value is 3. + description: |- + The number of consecutive health checks required to set the state of a healthy + endpoint to unhealthy, or to set an unhealthy endpoint to healthy. The default + value is 3. format: int64 type: integer trafficDialPercentage: - description: "The percentage of traffic to send to an Amazon Web - Services Region. Additional traffic is distributed to other - endpoint groups for this listener. \n Use this action to increase - (dial up) or decrease (dial down) traffic to a specific Region. - The percentage is applied to the traffic that would otherwise - have been routed to the Region based on optimal routing. \n - The default value is 100." + description: |- + The percentage of traffic to send to an Amazon Web Services Region. Additional + traffic is distributed to other endpoint groups for this listener. + + + Use this action to increase (dial up) or decrease (dial down) traffic to + a specific Region. The percentage is applied to the traffic that would otherwise + have been routed to the Region based on optimal routing. + + + The default value is 100. type: number required: - endpointGroupRegion @@ -231,19 +249,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -256,9 +276,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -268,21 +289,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -292,17 +313,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -312,21 +335,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -341,21 +364,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -366,14 +390,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -422,14 +447,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -439,8 +473,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -452,6 +487,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_listeners.yaml b/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_listeners.yaml index a1dd459d92..05fda11671 100644 --- a/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_listeners.yaml +++ b/package/crds/globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io_listeners.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: listeners.globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: globalaccelerator.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Listener is the Schema for the Listeners API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: AcceleratorArn is the ARN for the Accelerator. type: string acceleratorArnRef: - description: AcceleratorArnRef is a reference to an ARN used to - set the AcceleratorArn. + description: |- + AcceleratorArnRef is a reference to an ARN used to set + the AcceleratorArn. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -82,21 +89,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: - name type: object acceleratorArnSelector: - description: AcceleratorArnSelector selects references to Accelerator - used to set the Arn. + description: |- + AcceleratorArnSelector selects references to Accelerator used + to set the Arn. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -146,25 +155,29 @@ spec: type: object type: object clientAffinity: - description: "Client affinity lets you direct all requests from - a user to the same endpoint, if you have stateful applications, - regardless of the port and protocol of the client request. Client - affinity gives you control over whether to always route each - client to the same specific endpoint. \n Global Accelerator - uses a consistent-flow hashing algorithm to choose the optimal - endpoint for a connection. If client affinity is NONE, Global - Accelerator uses the \"five-tuple\" (5-tuple) properties—source - IP address, source port, destination IP address, destination - port, and protocol—to select the hash value, and then chooses - the best endpoint. However, with this setting, if someone uses - different ports to connect to Global Accelerator, their connections - might not be always routed to the same endpoint because the - hash value changes. \n If you want a given client to always - be routed to the same endpoint, set client affinity to SOURCE_IP - instead. When you use the SOURCE_IP setting, Global Accelerator - uses the \"two-tuple\" (2-tuple) properties— source (client) + description: |- + Client affinity lets you direct all requests from a user to the same endpoint, + if you have stateful applications, regardless of the port and protocol of + the client request. Client affinity gives you control over whether to always + route each client to the same specific endpoint. + + + Global Accelerator uses a consistent-flow hashing algorithm to choose the + optimal endpoint for a connection. If client affinity is NONE, Global Accelerator + uses the "five-tuple" (5-tuple) properties—source IP address, source port, + destination IP address, destination port, and protocol—to select the hash + value, and then chooses the best endpoint. However, with this setting, if + someone uses different ports to connect to Global Accelerator, their connections + might not be always routed to the same endpoint because the hash value changes. + + + If you want a given client to always be routed to the same endpoint, set + client affinity to SOURCE_IP instead. When you use the SOURCE_IP setting, + Global Accelerator uses the "two-tuple" (2-tuple) properties— source (client) IP address and destination IP address—to select the hash value. - \n The default value is NONE." + + + The default value is NONE. type: string portRanges: description: The list of port ranges to support for connections @@ -194,19 +207,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -219,9 +234,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -231,21 +247,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -255,17 +271,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -275,21 +293,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -304,21 +322,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -329,14 +348,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -367,14 +387,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -384,8 +413,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -397,6 +427,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_classifiers.yaml b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_classifiers.yaml index 820eaa2e68..efdc763adb 100644 --- a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_classifiers.yaml +++ b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_classifiers.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: classifiers.glue.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: glue.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Classifier is the Schema for the Classifiers API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -76,9 +82,11 @@ spec: only one column. type: boolean containsHeader: - description: Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header. - UNKNOWN = "Detect headings" PRESENT = "Has headings" ABSENT - = "No headings" + description: |- + Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header. + UNKNOWN = "Detect headings" + PRESENT = "Has headings" + ABSENT = "No headings" enum: - UNKNOWN - PRESENT @@ -89,8 +97,9 @@ spec: column entry in the row. type: string disableValueTrimming: - description: Specifies not to trim values before identifying - the type of column values. The default value is true. + description: |- + Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values. + The default value is true. type: boolean header: description: A list of strings representing column names. @@ -98,9 +107,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array quoteSymbol: - description: A custom symbol to denote what combines content - into a single column value. Must be different from the column - delimiter. + description: |- + A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value. + Must be different from the column delimiter. type: string type: object grokClassifier: @@ -108,9 +117,9 @@ spec: to create. properties: classification: - description: An identifier of the data format that the classifier - matches, such as Twitter, JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch - Logs, and so on. + description: |- + An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter, + JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on. type: string customPatterns: description: Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier. @@ -127,9 +136,10 @@ spec: to create. properties: jsonPath: - description: A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for - the classifier to classify. Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, - as described in Writing JsonPath Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json). + description: |- + A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify. + Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath Custom + Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json). type: string type: object region: @@ -140,17 +150,17 @@ spec: to create. properties: classification: - description: An identifier of the data format that the classifier - matches. Classification is a required field + description: |- + An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches. + Classification is a required field type: string rowTag: - description: The XML tag designating the element that contains - each record in an XML document being parsed. This can't - identify a self-closing element (closed by />). An empty - row element that contains only attributes can be parsed - as long as it ends with a closing tag (for example, is okay, but is not). + description: |- + The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document + being parsed. This can't identify a self-closing element (closed by />). + An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long + as it ends with a closing tag (for example, + is okay, but is not). type: string required: - classification @@ -161,19 +171,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -186,9 +198,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -198,21 +211,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -222,17 +235,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -242,21 +257,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -271,21 +286,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -296,14 +312,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -343,14 +360,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -360,8 +386,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -373,6 +400,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_connections.yaml b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_connections.yaml index 6cd16c61ec..b75e4e4b30 100644 --- a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_connections.yaml +++ b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_connections.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: connections.glue.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: glue.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Connection is the Schema for the Connections API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,9 +74,9 @@ spec: description: ConnectionParameters defines the desired state of Connection properties: catalogID: - description: The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the - connection. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account - ID is used by default. + description: |- + The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the connection. If none is + provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default. type: string connectionInput: description: A ConnectionInput object defining the connection @@ -79,35 +85,55 @@ spec: connectionProperties: additionalProperties: type: string - description: "These key-value pairs define parameters for - the connection. Possible keys for connection properties: - \"HOST\"|\"PORT\"|\"USERNAME\"|\"PASSWORD\"|\"ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD\"|\"JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI\" - \"JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME\"|\"JDBC_ENGINE\"|\"JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION\"|\"CONFIG_FILES\" - \"INSTANCE_ID\"|\"JDBC_CONNECTION_URL\"|\"JDBC_ENFORCE_SSL\"|\"CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT\" - \"SKIP_CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_VALIDATION\"|\"CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_STRING\"|\"CONNECTION_URL\" - \"KAFKA_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS\"|\"KAFKA_SSL_ENABLED\"|\"KAFKA_CUSTOM_CERT\" - \"KAFKA_SKIP_CUSTOM_CERT_VALIDATION\"|\"KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE\" - \"KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD\"|\"KAFKA_CLIENT_KEY_PASSWORD\" - \"ENCRYPTED_KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD\"|\"ENCRYPTED_KAFKA_CLIENT_KEY_PASSWORD\" - \"SECRET_ID\"|\"CONNECTOR_URL\"|\"CONNECTOR_TYPE\"|\"CONNECTOR_CLASS_NAME\" - \n ConnectionProperties is a required field" + description: |- + These key-value pairs define parameters for the connection. + Possible keys for connection properties: + "HOST"|"PORT"|"USERNAME"|"PASSWORD"|"ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD"|"JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI" + "JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME"|"JDBC_ENGINE"|"JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION"|"CONFIG_FILES" + "INSTANCE_ID"|"JDBC_CONNECTION_URL"|"JDBC_ENFORCE_SSL"|"CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT" + "SKIP_CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_VALIDATION"|"CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_STRING"|"CONNECTION_URL" + "KAFKA_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS"|"KAFKA_SSL_ENABLED"|"KAFKA_CUSTOM_CERT" + "KAFKA_SKIP_CUSTOM_CERT_VALIDATION"|"KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE" + "KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD"|"KAFKA_CLIENT_KEY_PASSWORD" + "ENCRYPTED_KAFKA_CLIENT_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD"|"ENCRYPTED_KAFKA_CLIENT_KEY_PASSWORD" + "SECRET_ID"|"CONNECTOR_URL"|"CONNECTOR_TYPE"|"CONNECTOR_CLASS_NAME" + + + ConnectionProperties is a required field type: object connectionType: - description: "The type of the connection. Currently, these - types are supported: \n * JDBC - Designates a connection - to a database through Java Database Connectivity (JDBC). - \n * KAFKA - Designates a connection to an Apache Kafka - streaming platform. \n * MONGODB - Designates a connection - to a MongoDB document database. \n * NETWORK - Designates - a network connection to a data source within an Amazon Virtual - Private Cloud environment (Amazon VPC). \n * MARKETPLACE - - Uses configuration settings contained in a connector purchased - from Amazon Web Services Marketplace to read from and write - to data stores that are not natively supported by Glue. - \n * CUSTOM - Uses configuration settings contained in a - custom connector to read from and write to data stores that - are not natively supported by Glue. \n SFTP is not supported. - \n ConnectionType is a required field" + description: |- + The type of the connection. Currently, these types are supported: + + + * JDBC - Designates a connection to a database through Java Database Connectivity + (JDBC). + + + * KAFKA - Designates a connection to an Apache Kafka streaming platform. + + + * MONGODB - Designates a connection to a MongoDB document database. + + + * NETWORK - Designates a network connection to a data source within an + Amazon Virtual Private Cloud environment (Amazon VPC). + + + * MARKETPLACE - Uses configuration settings contained in a connector purchased + from Amazon Web Services Marketplace to read from and write to data stores + that are not natively supported by Glue. + + + * CUSTOM - Uses configuration settings contained in a custom connector + to read from and write to data stores that are not natively supported + by Glue. + + + SFTP is not supported. + + + ConnectionType is a required field enum: - JDBC - KAFKA @@ -129,10 +155,10 @@ spec: description: Specifies the physical requirements for a connection. properties: availabilityZone: - description: The connection's Availability Zone. This - field is redundant because the specified subnet implies - the Availability Zone to be used. Currently the field - must be populated, but it will be removed in the future. + description: |- + The connection's Availability Zone. This field is redundant because the specified + subnet implies the Availability Zone to be used. Currently the field must + be populated, but it will be removed in the future. type: string securityGroupIdList: description: The security group ID list used by the connection. @@ -140,8 +166,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs are references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs are references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -153,23 +180,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -180,13 +205,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDSelector selects references - to SecurityGroups used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to SecurityGroups used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -199,23 +225,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -237,23 +261,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -267,9 +289,9 @@ spec: used to set the SubnetID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -282,23 +304,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -325,19 +345,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -350,9 +372,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -362,21 +385,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -386,17 +409,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -406,21 +431,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -435,21 +460,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -460,14 +486,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -508,14 +535,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -525,8 +561,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -538,6 +575,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_crawlers.yaml b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_crawlers.yaml index c0df8008e5..baac8e547f 100644 --- a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_crawlers.yaml +++ b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_crawlers.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: crawlers.glue.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: glue.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Crawler is the Schema for the Crawlers API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,8 +74,9 @@ spec: description: CrawlerParameters defines the desired state of Crawler properties: classifierRefs: - description: ClassifierRefs is a list of references to Classifiers - used to set the Classifiers. + description: |- + ClassifierRefs is a list of references to Classifiers used to set + the Classifiers. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -81,21 +88,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -106,12 +113,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array classifierSelector: - description: ClassifiersSelector selects references to Classifiers - used to set the Classifiers. + description: |- + ClassifiersSelector selects references to Classifiers used + to set the Classifiers. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -124,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -146,26 +155,27 @@ spec: type: object type: object classifiers: - description: A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. - By default, all built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, - but these custom classifiers always override the default classifiers - for a given classification. + description: |- + A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all + built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers + always override the default classifiers for a given classification. items: type: string type: array configuration: - description: Crawler configuration information. This versioned - JSON string allows users to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. - For more information, see Setting crawler configuration options - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html). + description: |- + Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users + to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Setting + crawler configuration options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html). type: string crawlerSecurityConfiguration: description: The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler. type: string crawlerSecurityConfigurationRef: - description: CrawlerSecurityConfigurationRef is a reference to - an SecurityConfiguration used to set the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration. + description: |- + CrawlerSecurityConfigurationRef is a reference to an SecurityConfiguration used to set + the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -175,21 +185,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -199,12 +209,14 @@ spec: - name type: object crawlerSecurityConfigurationSelector: - description: CrawlerSecurityConfigurationSelector selects references - to SecurityConfiguration used to set the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration. + description: |- + CrawlerSecurityConfigurationSelector selects references to SecurityConfiguration used + to set the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -217,21 +229,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -243,8 +255,9 @@ spec: as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*.' type: string databaseNameRef: - description: DatabaseNameRef is a reference to an Database used - to set the DatabaseName. + description: |- + DatabaseNameRef is a reference to an Database used to set + the DatabaseName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -254,21 +267,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -278,12 +291,14 @@ spec: - name type: object databaseNameSelector: - description: DatabaseNamesSelector selects references to Database - used to set the DatabaseName. + description: |- + DatabaseNamesSelector selects references to Database used + to set the DatabaseName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -296,21 +311,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -337,9 +352,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object recrawlPolicy: - description: A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire - dataset again, or to crawl only folders that were added since - the last crawler run. + description: |- + A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to + crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run. properties: recrawlBehavior: type: string @@ -348,12 +363,14 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Crawler will be created. type: string role: - description: The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an - IAM role used by the new crawler to access customer resources. + description: |- + The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role used by the new + crawler to access customer resources. AWS API seems to give just name of the role back (not ARN) type: string roleRef: - description: RoleRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + description: |- + RoleRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set the Role. properties: name: @@ -364,21 +381,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -388,12 +405,14 @@ spec: - name type: object roleSelector: - description: RoleSelector selects references to IAMRole used to - set the Role. + description: |- + RoleSelector selects references to IAMRole used + to set the Role. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -406,21 +425,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -428,10 +447,11 @@ spec: type: object type: object schedule: - description: 'A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see - Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). - For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would - specify: cron(15 12 * * ? *).' + description: |- + A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules + for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). + For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: + cron(15 12 * * ? *). type: string schemaChangePolicy: description: The policy for the crawler's update and deletion @@ -449,14 +469,18 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The tags to use with this crawler request. You may - use tags to limit access to the crawler. For more information - about tags in Glue, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) + description: |- + The tags to use with this crawler request. You may use tags to limit access + to the crawler. For more information about tags in Glue, see Amazon Web Services + Tags in Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) in the developer guide. type: object targets: - description: "A list of collection of targets to crawl. \n Targets - is a required field" + description: |- + A list of collection of targets to crawl. + + + Targets is a required field properties: catalogTargets: description: Specifies Glue Data Catalog targets. @@ -465,12 +489,16 @@ spec: fields for CatalogTarget properties: databaseName: - description: "The name of the database to be synchronized. - \n DatabaseName is a required field" + description: |- + The name of the database to be synchronized. + + + DatabaseName is a required field type: string databaseNameRef: - description: DatabaseNameRef is a reference to an Database - used to set the DatabaseName. + description: |- + DatabaseNameRef is a reference to an Database used to set + the DatabaseName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -480,23 +508,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -506,13 +532,14 @@ spec: - name type: object databaseNameSelector: - description: DatabaseNamesSelector selects references - to Database used to set the DatabaseName. + description: |- + DatabaseNamesSelector selects references to Database used + to set the DatabaseName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -525,23 +552,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -549,8 +574,11 @@ spec: type: object type: object tables: - description: "A list of the tables to be synchronized. - \n Tables is a required field" + description: |- + A list of the tables to be synchronized. + + + Tables is a required field items: type: string type: array @@ -581,8 +609,9 @@ spec: to the JDBC target. type: string connectionNameRef: - description: ConnectionNameRef is a reference to an - Connection used to set the ConnectionName. + description: |- + ConnectionNameRef is a reference to an Connection used to set + the ConnectionName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -592,23 +621,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -618,13 +645,14 @@ spec: - name type: object connectionNameSelector: - description: ConnectionNamesSelector selects references - to Connection used to set the ConnectionName. + description: |- + ConnectionNamesSelector selects references to Connection used + to set the ConnectionName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -637,23 +665,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -661,9 +687,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object exclusions: - description: A list of glob patterns used to exclude - from the crawl. For more information, see Catalog - Tables with a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html). + description: |- + A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information, + see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html). items: type: string type: array @@ -679,12 +705,14 @@ spec: fields for MongoDBTarget properties: connectionName: - description: The name of the connection to use to connect - to the Amazon DocumentDB or MongoDB target. + description: |- + The name of the connection to use to connect to the Amazon DocumentDB or + MongoDB target. type: string connectionNameRef: - description: ConnectionNameRef is a reference to an - Connection used to set the ConnectionName. + description: |- + ConnectionNameRef is a reference to an Connection used to set + the ConnectionName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -694,23 +722,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -720,13 +746,14 @@ spec: - name type: object connectionNameSelector: - description: ConnectionNamesSelector selects references - to Connection used to set the ConnectionName. + description: |- + ConnectionNamesSelector selects references to Connection used + to set the ConnectionName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -739,23 +766,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -767,13 +792,14 @@ spec: target (database/collection). type: string scanAll: - description: "Indicates whether to scan all the records, - or to sample rows from the table. Scanning all the - records can take a long time when the table is not - a high throughput table. \n A value of true means - to scan all records, while a value of false means - to sample the records. If no value is specified, the - value defaults to true." + description: |- + Indicates whether to scan all the records, or to sample rows from the table. + Scanning all the records can take a long time when the table is not a high + throughput table. + + + A value of true means to scan all records, while a value of false means to + sample the records. If no value is specified, the value defaults to true. type: boolean type: object type: array @@ -785,14 +811,14 @@ spec: for S3Target properties: connectionName: - description: The name of a connection which allows a - job or crawler to access data in Amazon S3 within - an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud environment (Amazon - VPC). + description: |- + The name of a connection which allows a job or crawler to access data in + Amazon S3 within an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud environment (Amazon VPC). type: string connectionNameRef: - description: ConnectionNameRef is a reference to an - Connection used to set the ConnectionName. + description: |- + ConnectionNameRef is a reference to an Connection used to set + the ConnectionName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -802,23 +828,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -828,13 +852,14 @@ spec: - name type: object connectionNameSelector: - description: ConnectionNamesSelector selects references - to Connection used to set the ConnectionName. + description: |- + ConnectionNamesSelector selects references to Connection used + to set the ConnectionName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -847,23 +872,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -875,8 +898,9 @@ spec: example, arn:aws:sqs:region:account:deadLetterQueue. type: string dlqEventQueueArnRef: - description: DlqEventQueueARNRef is a reference to an - SQSEventQueue used to set the DlqEventQueueARN. + description: |- + DlqEventQueueARNRef is a reference to an SQSEventQueue used to set + the DlqEventQueueARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -886,23 +910,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -912,13 +934,14 @@ spec: - name type: object dlqEventQueueArnSelector: - description: DlqEventQueueARNSelector selects references - to SQSEventQueue used to set the DlqEventQueueARN. + description: |- + DlqEventQueueARNSelector selects references to SQSEventQueue used + to set the DlqEventQueueARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -931,23 +954,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -958,8 +979,9 @@ spec: description: A valid Amazon SQS ARN. For example, arn:aws:sqs:region:account:sqs. type: string eventQueueArnRef: - description: EventQueueARNRef is a reference to an SQSEventQueue - used to set the EventQueueARN. + description: |- + EventQueueARNRef is a reference to an SQSEventQueue used to set + the EventQueueARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -969,23 +991,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -995,13 +1015,14 @@ spec: - name type: object eventQueueArnSelector: - description: EventQueueARNSelector selects references - to SQSEventQueue used to set the EventQueueARN. + description: |- + EventQueueARNSelector selects references to SQSEventQueue used + to set the EventQueueARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1014,23 +1035,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1038,9 +1057,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object exclusions: - description: A list of glob patterns used to exclude - from the crawl. For more information, see Catalog - Tables with a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html). + description: |- + A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information, + see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html). items: type: string type: array @@ -1048,10 +1067,10 @@ spec: description: The path to the Amazon S3 target. type: string sampleSize: - description: Sets the number of files in each leaf folder - to be crawled when crawling sample files in a dataset. - If not set, all the files are crawled. A valid value - is an integer between 1 and 249. + description: |- + Sets the number of files in each leaf folder to be crawled when crawling + sample files in a dataset. If not set, all the files are crawled. A valid + value is an integer between 1 and 249. format: int64 type: integer type: object @@ -1064,19 +1083,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1089,9 +1110,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1101,21 +1123,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1125,17 +1147,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1145,21 +1169,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1174,21 +1198,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1199,14 +1224,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1228,8 +1254,9 @@ spec: description: CrawlerObservation defines the observed state of Crawler properties: crawlElapsedTime: - description: If the crawler is running, contains the total time - elapsed since the last crawl began. + description: |- + If the crawler is running, contains the total time elapsed since the last + crawl began. format: int64 type: integer creationTime: @@ -1237,8 +1264,9 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string lastCrawl: - description: The status of the last crawl, and potentially error - information if an error occurred. + description: |- + The status of the last crawl, and potentially error information if an error + occurred. properties: errorMessage: type: string @@ -1276,14 +1304,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1293,8 +1330,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1306,6 +1344,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_databases.yaml b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_databases.yaml index b6c223fc30..d96baecc6b 100644 --- a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_databases.yaml +++ b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_databases.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: databases.glue.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: glue.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Database is the Schema for the Databases API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,18 +74,18 @@ spec: description: DatabaseParameters defines the desired state of Database properties: catalogID: - description: The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the - database. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account - ID is used by default. + description: |- + The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the database. If none is provided, + the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default. type: string databaseInput: description: The metadata for the database. properties: createTableDefaultPermissions: - description: 'Creates a set of default permissions on the - table for principals. If left empty on creation, AWS defaults - it to [Permissions: ["All"], Principal: DataLake Prinicpal - Identifier : "IAM_ALLOWED_PRINCIPALS"]' + description: |- + Creates a set of default permissions on the table for principals. + If left empty on creation, AWS defaults it to + [Permissions: ["All"], Principal: DataLake Prinicpal Identifier : "IAM_ALLOWED_PRINCIPALS"] items: properties: permissions: @@ -133,19 +139,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -158,9 +166,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -170,21 +179,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -194,17 +203,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -214,21 +225,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -243,21 +254,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -268,14 +280,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -308,14 +321,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -325,8 +347,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -338,6 +361,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_jobs.yaml b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_jobs.yaml index 6847dab762..af891d041d 100644 --- a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_jobs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_jobs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: jobs.glue.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: glue.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Job is the Schema for the Jobs API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,21 +74,23 @@ spec: description: JobParameters defines the desired state of Job properties: allocatedCapacity: - description: "This parameter is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead. - \n The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate - to this Job. You can allocate a minimum of 2 DPUs; the default - is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that - consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. - For more information, see the Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/)." + description: |- + This parameter is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead. + + + The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this Job. + You can allocate a minimum of 2 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative + measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity + and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). format: int64 type: integer codeGenConfigurationNodes: additionalProperties: properties: aggregate: - description: Specifies a transform that groups rows by chosen - fields and computes the aggregated value by specified - function. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that groups rows by chosen fields and computes the + aggregated value by specified function. properties: aggs: items: @@ -383,10 +391,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object applyMapping: - description: Specifies a transform that maps data property - keys in the data source to data property keys in the data - target. You can rename keys, modify the data types for - keys, and choose which keys to drop from the dataset. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that maps data property keys in the data source to + data property keys in the data target. You can rename keys, modify the data + types for keys, and choose which keys to drop from the dataset. properties: inputs: items: @@ -685,9 +693,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object customCode: - description: Specifies a transform that uses custom code - you provide to perform the data transformation. The output - is a collection of DynamicFrames. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that uses custom code you provide to perform the data + transformation. The output is a collection of DynamicFrames. properties: className: type: string @@ -896,8 +904,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object dropFields: - description: Specifies a transform that chooses the data - property keys that you want to drop. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that chooses the data property keys that you want to + drop. properties: inputs: items: @@ -913,12 +922,12 @@ spec: type: array type: object dropNullFields: - description: Specifies a transform that removes columns - from the dataset if all values in the column are 'null'. - By default, Glue Studio will recognize null objects, but - some values such as empty strings, strings that are "null", - -1 integers or other placeholders such as zeros, are not - automatically recognized as nulls. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that removes columns from the dataset if all values + in the column are 'null'. By default, Glue Studio will recognize null objects, + but some values such as empty strings, strings that are "null", -1 integers + or other placeholders such as zeros, are not automatically recognized as + nulls. properties: inputs: items: @@ -1046,8 +1055,9 @@ spec: ruleset: type: string stopJobOnFailureOptions: - description: Options to configure how your job will - stop if your data quality evaluation fails. + description: |- + Options to configure how your job will stop if your data quality evaluation + fails. properties: stopJobOnFailureTiming: type: string @@ -1086,19 +1096,20 @@ spec: ruleset: type: string stopJobOnFailureOptions: - description: Options to configure how your job will - stop if your data quality evaluation fails. + description: |- + Options to configure how your job will stop if your data quality evaluation + fails. properties: stopJobOnFailureTiming: type: string type: object type: object fillMissingValues: - description: Specifies a transform that locates records - in the dataset that have missing values and adds a new - field with a value determined by imputation. The input - data set is used to train the machine learning model that - determines what the missing value should be. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that locates records in the dataset that have missing + values and adds a new field with a value determined by imputation. The input + data set is used to train the machine learning model that determines what + the missing value should be. properties: filledPath: type: string @@ -1256,8 +1267,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object jDBCConnectorTarget: - description: Specifies a data target that writes to Amazon - S3 in Apache Parquet columnar storage. + description: |- + Specifies a data target that writes to Amazon S3 in Apache Parquet columnar + storage. properties: additionalOptions: additionalProperties: @@ -1293,10 +1305,10 @@ spec: type: array type: object join: - description: Specifies a transform that joins two datasets - into one dataset using a comparison phrase on the specified - data property keys. You can use inner, outer, left, right, - left semi, and left anti joins. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that joins two datasets into one dataset using a comparison + phrase on the specified data property keys. You can use inner, outer, left, + right, left semi, and left anti joins. properties: columns: items: @@ -1321,10 +1333,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object merge: - description: Specifies a transform that merges a DynamicFrame - with a staging DynamicFrame based on the specified primary - keys to identify records. Duplicate records (records with - the same primary keys) are not de-duplicated. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that merges a DynamicFrame with a staging DynamicFrame + based on the specified primary keys to identify records. Duplicate records + (records with the same primary keys) are not de-duplicated. properties: inputs: items: @@ -1561,9 +1573,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object s3CatalogDeltaSource: - description: Specifies a Delta Lake data source that is - registered in the Glue Data Catalog. The data source must - be stored in Amazon S3. + description: |- + Specifies a Delta Lake data source that is registered in the Glue Data Catalog. + The data source must be stored in Amazon S3. properties: additionalDeltaOptions: additionalProperties: @@ -1591,9 +1603,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object s3CatalogHudiSource: - description: Specifies a Hudi data source that is registered - in the Glue Data Catalog. The Hudi data source must be - stored in Amazon S3. + description: |- + Specifies a Hudi data source that is registered in the Glue Data Catalog. + The Hudi data source must be stored in Amazon S3. properties: additionalHudiOptions: additionalProperties: @@ -1749,8 +1761,9 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object s3DeltaCatalogTarget: - description: Specifies a target that writes to a Delta Lake - data source in the Glue Data Catalog. + description: |- + Specifies a target that writes to a Delta Lake data source in the Glue Data + Catalog. properties: additionalOptions: additionalProperties: @@ -1903,8 +1916,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object s3GlueParquetTarget: - description: Specifies a data target that writes to Amazon - S3 in Apache Parquet columnar storage. + description: |- + Specifies a data target that writes to Amazon S3 in Apache Parquet columnar + storage. properties: compression: type: string @@ -2175,8 +2189,9 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object selectFields: - description: Specifies a transform that chooses the data - property keys that you want to keep. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that chooses the data property keys that you want to + keep. properties: inputs: items: @@ -2192,9 +2207,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object selectFromCollection: - description: Specifies a transform that chooses one DynamicFrame - from a collection of DynamicFrames. The output is the - selected DynamicFrame + description: |- + Specifies a transform that chooses one DynamicFrame from a collection of + DynamicFrames. The output is the selected DynamicFrame properties: index: format: int64 @@ -2469,9 +2484,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object sparkSQL: - description: Specifies a transform where you enter a SQL - query using Spark SQL syntax to transform the data. The - output is a single DynamicFrame. + description: |- + Specifies a transform where you enter a SQL query using Spark SQL syntax + to transform the data. The output is a single DynamicFrame. properties: inputs: items: @@ -2524,10 +2539,10 @@ spec: type: integer type: object splitFields: - description: 'Specifies a transform that splits data property - keys into two DynamicFrames. The output is a collection - of DynamicFrames: one with selected data property keys, - and one with the remaining data property keys.' + description: |- + Specifies a transform that splits data property keys into two DynamicFrames. + The output is a collection of DynamicFrames: one with selected data property + keys, and one with the remaining data property keys. properties: inputs: items: @@ -2543,8 +2558,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object union: - description: Specifies a transform that combines the rows - from two or more datasets into a single result. + description: |- + Specifies a transform that combines the rows from two or more datasets into + a single result. properties: inputs: items: @@ -2556,9 +2572,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object type: object - description: The representation of a directed acyclic graph on - which both the Glue Studio visual component and Glue Studio - code generation is based. + description: |- + The representation of a directed acyclic graph on which both the Glue Studio + visual component and Glue Studio code generation is based. type: object command: description: The JobCommand that runs this job. @@ -2573,8 +2589,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object connectionRefs: - description: ConnectionRefs is a list of references to Connections - used to set the Connections. + description: |- + ConnectionRefs is a list of references to Connections used to set + the Connections. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -2586,21 +2603,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2611,12 +2628,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array connectionSelector: - description: ConnectionsSelector selects references to Connections - used to set the Connections. + description: |- + ConnectionsSelector selects references to Connections used + to set the Connections. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -2629,21 +2648,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2658,80 +2677,112 @@ spec: defaultArguments: additionalProperties: type: string - description: "The default arguments for every run of this job, - specified as name-value pairs. \n You can specify arguments - here that your own job-execution script consumes, as well as - arguments that Glue itself consumes. \n Job arguments may be - logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as arguments. Retrieve - secrets from a Glue Connection, Secrets Manager or other secret + description: |- + The default arguments for every run of this job, specified as name-value + pairs. + + + You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, + as well as arguments that Glue itself consumes. + + + Job arguments may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as arguments. + Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Secrets Manager or other secret management mechanism if you intend to keep them within the Job. - \n For information about how to specify and consume your own - Job arguments, see the Calling Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html) - topic in the developer guide. \n For information about the arguments - you can provide to this field when configuring Spark jobs, see - the Special Parameters Used by Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html) - topic in the developer guide. \n For information about the arguments - you can provide to this field when configuring Ray jobs, see - Using job parameters in Ray jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/author-job-ray-job-parameters.html) - in the developer guide." + + + For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, + see the Calling Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html) + topic in the developer guide. + + + For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when configuring + Spark jobs, see the Special Parameters Used by Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html) + topic in the developer guide. + + + For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when configuring + Ray jobs, see Using job parameters in Ray jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/author-job-ray-job-parameters.html) + in the developer guide. type: object description: description: Description of the job being defined. type: string executionClass: - description: "Indicates whether the job is run with a standard - or flexible execution class. The standard execution-class is - ideal for time-sensitive workloads that require fast job startup - and dedicated resources. \n The flexible execution class is - appropriate for time-insensitive jobs whose start and completion - times may vary. \n Only jobs with Glue version 3.0 and above - and command type glueetl will be allowed to set ExecutionClass - to FLEX. The flexible execution class is available for Spark - jobs." + description: |- + Indicates whether the job is run with a standard or flexible execution class. + The standard execution-class is ideal for time-sensitive workloads that require + fast job startup and dedicated resources. + + + The flexible execution class is appropriate for time-insensitive jobs whose + start and completion times may vary. + + + Only jobs with Glue version 3.0 and above and command type glueetl will be + allowed to set ExecutionClass to FLEX. The flexible execution class is available + for Spark jobs. type: string executionProperty: - description: An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number - of concurrent runs allowed for this job. + description: |- + An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed + for this job. properties: maxConcurrentRuns: format: int64 type: integer type: object glueVersion: - description: "In Spark jobs, GlueVersion determines the versions - of Apache Spark and Python that Glue available in a job. The - Python version indicates the version supported for jobs of type - Spark. \n Ray jobs should set GlueVersion to 4.0 or greater. - However, the versions of Ray, Python and additional libraries - available in your Ray job are determined by the Runtime parameter - of the Job command. \n For more information about the available - Glue versions and corresponding Spark and Python versions, see - Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html) - in the developer guide. \n Jobs that are created without specifying - a Glue version default to Glue 0.9." + description: |- + In Spark jobs, GlueVersion determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python + that Glue available in a job. The Python version indicates the version supported + for jobs of type Spark. + + + Ray jobs should set GlueVersion to 4.0 or greater. However, the versions + of Ray, Python and additional libraries available in your Ray job are determined + by the Runtime parameter of the Job command. + + + For more information about the available Glue versions and corresponding + Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html) + in the developer guide. + + + Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9. type: string logURI: description: This field is reserved for future use. type: string maxCapacity: - description: "For Glue version 1.0 or earlier jobs, using the - standard worker type, the number of Glue data processing units - (DPUs) that can be allocated when this job runs. A DPU is a - relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs - of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, - see the Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). - \n For Glue version 2.0+ jobs, you cannot specify a Maximum - capacity. Instead, you should specify a Worker type and the - Number of workers. \n Do not set MaxCapacity if using WorkerType - and NumberOfWorkers. \n The value that can be allocated for - MaxCapacity depends on whether you are running a Python shell - job, an Apache Spark ETL job, or an Apache Spark streaming ETL - job: \n * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name=\"pythonshell\"), - you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 - DPU. \n * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name=\"glueetl\") - or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name=\"gluestreaming\"), - you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. - This job type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation." + description: |- + For Glue version 1.0 or earlier jobs, using the standard worker type, the + number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated when this + job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of + 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see + the Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). + + + For Glue version 2.0+ jobs, you cannot specify a Maximum capacity. Instead, + you should specify a Worker type and the Number of workers. + + + Do not set MaxCapacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers. + + + The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are + running a Python shell job, an Apache Spark ETL job, or an Apache Spark streaming + ETL job: + + + * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"), + you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU. + + + * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl") + or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you + can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type + cannot have a fractional DPU allocation. type: number maxRetries: description: The maximum number of times to retry this job if @@ -2741,9 +2792,9 @@ spec: nonOverridableArguments: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Arguments for this job that are not overridden when - providing job arguments in a job run, specified as name-value - pairs. + description: |- + Arguments for this job that are not overridden when providing job arguments + in a job run, specified as name-value pairs. type: object notificationProperty: description: Specifies configuration properties of a job notification. @@ -2753,19 +2804,22 @@ spec: type: integer type: object numberOfWorkers: - description: The number of workers of a defined workerType that - are allocated when a job runs. + description: |- + The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job + runs. format: int64 type: integer region: description: Region is which region the Job will be created. type: string role: - description: The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM - role associated with this job. Role is a required field + description: |- + The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this + job. Role is a required field type: string roleRef: - description: RoleRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + description: |- + RoleRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set the Role. properties: name: @@ -2776,21 +2830,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2800,12 +2854,14 @@ spec: - name type: object roleSelector: - description: RoleSelector selects references to IAMRole used to - set the Role. + description: |- + RoleSelector selects references to IAMRole used + to set the Role. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -2818,21 +2874,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2844,8 +2900,9 @@ spec: be used with this job. type: string securityConfigurationRef: - description: SecurityConfigurationRef is a reference to an SecurityConfiguration - used to set the SecurityConfiguration. + description: |- + SecurityConfigurationRef is a reference to an SecurityConfiguration used to set + the SecurityConfiguration. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -2855,21 +2912,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2879,12 +2936,14 @@ spec: - name type: object securityConfigurationSelector: - description: SecurityConfigurationSelector selects references - to SecurityConfiguration used to set the SecurityConfiguration. + description: |- + SecurityConfigurationSelector selects references to SecurityConfiguration used + to set the SecurityConfiguration. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -2897,21 +2956,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2919,9 +2978,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object sourceControlDetails: - description: The details for a source control configuration for - a job, allowing synchronization of job artifacts to or from - a remote repository. + description: |- + The details for a source control configuration for a job, allowing synchronization + of job artifacts to or from a remote repository. properties: authStrategy: type: string @@ -2943,57 +3002,70 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: The tags to use with this job. You may use tags to - limit access to the job. For more information about tags in - Glue, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) - in the developer guide. + description: |- + The tags to use with this job. You may use tags to limit access to the job. + For more information about tags in Glue, see Amazon Web Services Tags in + Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) in the + developer guide. type: object timeout: - description: The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time - that a job run can consume resources before it is terminated - and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 - hours). + description: |- + The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume + resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default + is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). format: int64 type: integer workerType: - description: "The type of predefined worker that is allocated - when a job runs. Accepts a value of G.1X, G.2X, G.4X, G.8X or - G.025X for Spark jobs. Accepts the value Z.2X for Ray jobs. - \n * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 - vCPUs, 16 GB of memory) with 84GB disk (approximately 34GB free), - and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker - type for workloads such as data transforms, joins, and queries, - to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most jobs. - \n * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 - vCPUs, 32 GB of memory) with 128GB disk (approximately 77GB - free), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this - worker type for workloads such as data transforms, joins, and - queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run - most jobs. \n * For the G.4X worker type, each worker maps to - 4 DPU (16 vCPUs, 64 GB of memory) with 256GB disk (approximately - 235GB free), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend - this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most - demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This - worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later - Spark ETL jobs in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: - US East (Ohio), US East (N. Virginia), US West (Oregon), Asia - Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), - Canada (Central), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and - Europe (Stockholm). \n * For the G.8X worker type, each worker - maps to 8 DPU (32 vCPUs, 128 GB of memory) with 512GB disk (approximately - 487GB free), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend - this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most - demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This - worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later - Spark ETL jobs, in the same Amazon Web Services Regions as supported - for the G.4X worker type. \n * For the G.025X worker type, each - worker maps to 0.25 DPU (2 vCPUs, 4 GB of memory) with 84GB - disk (approximately 34GB free), and provides 1 executor per - worker. We recommend this worker type for low volume streaming - jobs. This worker type is only available for Glue version 3.0 - streaming jobs. \n * For the Z.2X worker type, each worker maps - to 2 M-DPU (8vCPUs, 64 GB of memory) with 128 GB disk (approximately - 120GB free), and provides up to 8 Ray workers based on the autoscaler." + description: |- + The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts + a value of G.1X, G.2X, G.4X, G.8X or G.025X for Spark jobs. Accepts the value + Z.2X for Ray jobs. + + + * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPUs, 16 GB + of memory) with 84GB disk (approximately 34GB free), and provides 1 executor + per worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms, + joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run + most jobs. + + + * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPUs, 32 GB + of memory) with 128GB disk (approximately 77GB free), and provides 1 executor + per worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms, + joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run + most jobs. + + + * For the G.4X worker type, each worker maps to 4 DPU (16 vCPUs, 64 GB + of memory) with 256GB disk (approximately 235GB free), and provides 1 + executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads + contain your most demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. + This worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark + ETL jobs in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (Ohio), + US East (N. Virginia), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia + Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Canada (Central), Europe (Frankfurt), + Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm). + + + * For the G.8X worker type, each worker maps to 8 DPU (32 vCPUs, 128 GB + of memory) with 512GB disk (approximately 487GB free), and provides 1 + executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads + contain your most demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. + This worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark + ETL jobs, in the same Amazon Web Services Regions as supported for the + G.4X worker type. + + + * For the G.025X worker type, each worker maps to 0.25 DPU (2 vCPUs, 4 + GB of memory) with 84GB disk (approximately 34GB free), and provides 1 + executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for low volume streaming + jobs. This worker type is only available for Glue version 3.0 streaming + jobs. + + + * For the Z.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 M-DPU (8vCPUs, 64 GB + of memory) with 128 GB disk (approximately 120GB free), and provides up + to 8 Ray workers based on the autoscaler. type: string required: - command @@ -3002,19 +3074,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -3027,9 +3101,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -3039,21 +3114,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -3063,17 +3138,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -3083,21 +3160,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -3112,21 +3189,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -3137,14 +3215,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -3184,14 +3263,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -3201,8 +3289,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -3214,6 +3303,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_securityconfigurations.yaml b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_securityconfigurations.yaml index b4c4b5f403..8a804c23ab 100644 --- a/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_securityconfigurations.yaml +++ b/package/crds/glue.aws.crossplane.io_securityconfigurations.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: securityconfigurations.glue.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: glue.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -100,23 +106,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -130,9 +134,9 @@ spec: KMSKey used to set the KMSKeyARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -145,23 +149,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -195,23 +197,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -225,9 +225,9 @@ spec: KMSKey used to set the KMSKeyARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -240,23 +240,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -287,23 +285,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -317,9 +313,9 @@ spec: an KMSKey used to set the KMSKeyARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -332,23 +328,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -377,19 +371,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -402,9 +398,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -414,21 +411,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -438,17 +435,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -458,21 +457,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -487,21 +486,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -512,14 +512,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -557,14 +558,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -574,8 +584,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -587,6 +598,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_accesskeys.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_accesskeys.yaml index 8f4b90bb33..90e0d296ae 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_accesskeys.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_accesskeys.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: accesskeys.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: Key for an AWS IAM User. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: IAM Access Key. properties: accessKeyStatus: - description: The current status of this AccessKey on the AWS Must - be either Active or Inactive. + description: |- + The current status of this AccessKey on the AWS + Must be either Active or Inactive. enum: - Active - Inactive @@ -92,21 +99,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -120,8 +127,9 @@ spec: retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -134,21 +142,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -159,19 +167,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -184,9 +194,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -196,21 +207,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -220,17 +231,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -240,21 +253,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -269,21 +282,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -294,14 +308,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -326,14 +341,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -343,8 +367,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -356,6 +381,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_grouppolicyattachments.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_grouppolicyattachments.yaml index 759e63c651..da374ebe9b 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_grouppolicyattachments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_grouppolicyattachments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: grouppolicyattachments.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,34 +37,42 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A GroupPolicyAttachment is a managed resource that represents - an AWS IAM Group policy attachment. + description: |- + A GroupPolicyAttachment is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM + Group policy attachment. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object spec: - description: A GroupPolicyAttachmentSpec defines the desired state of - a GroupPolicyAttachment. + description: |- + A GroupPolicyAttachmentSpec defines the desired state of a + GroupPolicyAttachment. properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -88,21 +96,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -116,8 +124,9 @@ spec: to retrieve its groupName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -130,21 +139,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -152,8 +161,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object policyArn: - description: PolicyARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - IAM policy you want to attach. + description: |- + PolicyARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to + attach. type: string policyArnRef: description: PolicyARNRef references a Policy to retrieve its @@ -167,21 +177,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -191,12 +201,14 @@ spec: - name type: object policyArnSelector: - description: PolicyARNSelector selects a reference to a Policy - to retrieve its Policy ARN + description: |- + PolicyARNSelector selects a reference to a Policy to retrieve its + Policy ARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -209,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -234,19 +246,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -259,9 +273,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -271,21 +286,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -295,17 +310,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -315,21 +332,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -344,21 +361,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -369,14 +387,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -392,16 +411,18 @@ spec: - forProvider type: object status: - description: A GroupPolicyAttachmentStatus represents the observed state - of a GroupPolicyAttachment. + description: |- + A GroupPolicyAttachmentStatus represents the observed state of a + GroupPolicyAttachment. properties: atProvider: description: GroupPolicyAttachmentObservation keeps the state for the external resource properties: attachedPolicyArn: - description: AttachedPolicyARN is the arn for the attached policy. - If nil, the policy is not yet attached + description: |- + AttachedPolicyARN is the arn for the attached policy. If nil, the policy + is not yet attached type: string required: - attachedPolicyArn @@ -412,14 +433,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -429,8 +459,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -442,6 +473,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_groups.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_groups.yaml index 370fba0330..5d1a600380 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_groups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_groups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: groups.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,18 +37,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A Group is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM Group. + description: |- + A Group is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM Group. A User is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM User. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,13 +63,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -79,19 +86,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -104,9 +113,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -116,21 +126,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -140,17 +150,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -160,21 +172,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -189,21 +201,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -214,14 +227,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -254,14 +268,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -271,8 +294,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -284,6 +308,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_groupusermemberships.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_groupusermemberships.yaml index 5ba622a532..eac5c9cdc0 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_groupusermemberships.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_groupusermemberships.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: groupusermemberships.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,34 +37,42 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A GroupUserMembership is a managed resource that represents an - AWS IAM User group membership. + description: |- + A GroupUserMembership is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM + User group membership. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object spec: - description: A GroupUserMembershipSpec defines the desired state of an + description: |- + A GroupUserMembershipSpec defines the desired state of an GroupUserMembership. properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -74,8 +82,9 @@ spec: of an AWS GroupUserMembership. properties: groupName: - description: GroupName is the Amazon IAM Group Name (Group) of - the IAM group you want to add User to. + description: |- + GroupName is the Amazon IAM Group Name (Group) of the IAM group you want to + add User to. type: string groupNameRef: description: GroupNameRef references to a Group to retrieve its @@ -89,21 +98,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -117,8 +126,9 @@ spec: to retrieve its groupName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -131,21 +141,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -167,21 +177,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -195,8 +205,9 @@ spec: retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -209,21 +220,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -234,19 +245,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -259,9 +272,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -271,21 +285,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -295,17 +309,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -315,21 +331,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -344,21 +360,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -369,14 +386,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -400,8 +418,9 @@ spec: external resource properties: attachedGroupArn: - description: AttachedGroupARN is the arn for the attached group. - If nil, the group is not yet attached + description: |- + AttachedGroupARN is the arn for the attached group. If nil, the group + is not yet attached type: string required: - attachedGroupArn @@ -412,14 +431,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -429,8 +457,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -442,6 +471,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_instanceprofiles.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_instanceprofiles.yaml index b7b9ca9bfe..c3adc5a080 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_instanceprofiles.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_instanceprofiles.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: instanceprofiles.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: InstanceProfile is the Schema for the InstanceProfiles API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,17 +75,22 @@ spec: InstanceProfile properties: path: - description: "The path to the instance profile. For more information - about paths, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - in the IAM User Guide. \n This parameter is optional. If it - is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). \n This parameter - allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) - a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash - (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward - slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from - the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including - most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased - letters." + description: |- + The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM + Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + in the IAM User Guide. + + + This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash + (/). + + + This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself + or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it + can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character + (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased + letters. type: string role: description: Role is the ID for the Role to add to Instance Profile. @@ -95,21 +106,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -122,8 +133,9 @@ spec: description: RoleSelector selects references to Role properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -136,21 +148,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -158,13 +170,15 @@ spec: type: object type: object tags: - description: "A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly - created IAM instance profile. Each tag consists of a key name - and an associated value. For more information about tagging, - see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - in the IAM User Guide. \n If any one of the tags is invalid - or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the - entire request fails and the resource is not created." + description: |- + A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created IAM instance + profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more + information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + in the IAM User Guide. + + + If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. items: properties: key: @@ -177,19 +191,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -202,9 +218,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -214,21 +231,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -238,17 +255,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -258,21 +277,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -287,21 +306,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -312,14 +332,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -342,9 +363,10 @@ spec: of InstanceProfile properties: arn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance - profile. For more information about ARNs and how to use them - in policies, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance profile. For more + information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the IAM User Guide. type: string createDate: @@ -352,9 +374,9 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string instanceProfileID: - description: The stable and unique string identifying the instance - profile. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + description: |- + The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more information + about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the IAM User Guide. type: string instanceProfileName: @@ -365,11 +387,13 @@ spec: items: properties: arn: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique - identifiers for Amazon Web Services resources. \n For - more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names - (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - in the Amazon Web Services General Reference." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web + Services resources. + + + For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. type: string assumeRolePolicyDocument: type: string @@ -384,20 +408,26 @@ spec: path: type: string permissionsBoundary: - description: "Contains information about an attached permissions - boundary. \n An attached permissions boundary is a managed - policy that has been attached to a user or role to set - the permissions boundary. \n For more information about - permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for - IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - in the IAM User Guide." + description: |- + Contains information about an attached permissions boundary. + + + An attached permissions boundary is a managed policy that has been attached + to a user or role to set the permissions boundary. + + + For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries + for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + in the IAM User Guide. properties: permissionsBoundaryARN: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are - unique identifiers for Amazon Web Services resources. - \n For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - in the Amazon Web Services General Reference." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web + Services resources. + + + For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. type: string permissionsBoundaryType: type: string @@ -405,17 +435,18 @@ spec: roleID: type: string roleLastUsed: - description: "Contains information about the last time that - an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time - and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity - is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period - can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features - within the last year. The role might have been used more - than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions where - data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) - in the IAM user Guide. \n This data type is returned as - a response element in the GetRole and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails - operations." + description: |- + Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This + includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. + Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter + if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The + role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see + Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) + in the IAM user Guide. + + + This data type is returned as a response element in the GetRole and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails + operations. properties: lastUsedDate: format: date-time @@ -443,14 +474,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -460,8 +500,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -473,6 +514,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_openidconnectproviders.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_openidconnectproviders.yaml index 40a5faf76b..28be3593c7 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_openidconnectproviders.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_openidconnectproviders.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: openidconnectproviders.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,86 +75,99 @@ spec: of OpenIDConnectProvider properties: clientIDList: - description: "A list of client IDs (also known as audiences). - When a mobile or web app registers with an OpenID Connect provider, - they establish a value that identifies the application. (This - is the value that's sent as the client_id parameter on OAuth - requests.) \n You can register multiple client IDs with the - same provider. For example, you might have multiple applications - that use the same OIDC provider. You cannot register more than - 100 client IDs with a single IAM OIDC provider. \n There is - no defined format for a client ID. The CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest - operation accepts client IDs up to 255 characters long." + description: |- + A list of client IDs (also known as audiences). When a mobile or web app + registers with an OpenID Connect provider, they establish a value that identifies + the application. (This is the value that's sent as the client_id parameter + on OAuth requests.) + + + You can register multiple client IDs with the same provider. For example, + you might have multiple applications that use the same OIDC provider. You + cannot register more than 100 client IDs with a single IAM OIDC provider. + + + There is no defined format for a client ID. The CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest + operation accepts client IDs up to 255 characters long. items: type: string maxItems: 100 type: array tags: - description: Tags. For more information about tagging, see Tagging - OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity providers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags_idps_oidc.html) + description: |- + Tags. For more information about + tagging, see Tagging OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity providers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags_idps_oidc.html) in the IAM User Guide. items: - description: Tag represents user-provided metadata that can - be associated with a IAM role. For more information about - tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + description: |- + Tag represents user-provided metadata that can be associated + with a IAM role. For more information about tagging, + see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. properties: key: - description: The key name that can be used to look up or - retrieve the associated value. For example, Department - or Cost Center are common choices. + description: |- + The key name that can be used to look up or retrieve the associated value. + For example, Department or Cost Center are common choices. type: string value: - description: "The value associated with this tag. For example, - tags with a key name of Department could have values such - as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. Tags with - a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist - of the number associated with the different cost centers - in your company. Typically, many resources have tags with - the same key name but with different values. \n AWS always - interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need - to store an array, you can store comma-separated values - in the string. However, you must interpret the value in - your code." + description: |- + The value associated with this tag. For example, tags with a key name of + Department could have values such as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. + Tags with a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist of the + number associated with the different cost centers in your company. Typically, + many resources have tags with the same key name but with different values. + + + AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store + an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you + must interpret the value in your code. type: string required: - key type: object type: array thumbprintList: - description: "A list of server certificate thumbprints for the - OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider's server certificates. - Typically this list includes only one entry. However, IAM lets - you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This lets - you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is - rotating certificates. \n The server certificate thumbprint - is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the X.509 certificate - used by the domain where the OpenID Connect provider makes its - keys available. It is always a 40-character string. \n You must - provide at least one thumbprint when creating an IAM OIDC provider. - For example, assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com - and the provider stores its keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. - In that case, the thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded - SHA-1 hash value of the certificate used by https://keys.server.example.com. - \n For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider's - thumbprint, see Obtaining the Thumbprint for an OpenID Connect - Provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/identity-providers-oidc-obtain-thumbprint.html) - in the IAM User Guide." + description: |- + A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity + provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry. + However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This + lets you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is rotating + certificates. + + + The server certificate thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of + the X.509 certificate used by the domain where the OpenID Connect provider + makes its keys available. It is always a 40-character string. + + + You must provide at least one thumbprint when creating an IAM OIDC provider. + For example, assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com and the + provider stores its keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. + In that case, the thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value + of the certificate used by https://keys.server.example.com. + + + For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider's thumbprint, see + Obtaining the Thumbprint for an OpenID Connect Provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/identity-providers-oidc-obtain-thumbprint.html) + in the IAM User Guide. items: type: string maxItems: 5 minItems: 1 type: array url: - description: "The URL of the identity provider. The URL must begin - with https:// and should correspond to the iss claim in the - provider's OpenID Connect ID tokens. Per the OIDC standard, - path components are allowed but query parameters are not. Typically - the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org - or https://example.com. \n You cannot register the same provider - multiple times in a single AWS account. If you try to submit - a URL that has already been used for an OpenID Connect provider - in the AWS account, you will get an error." + description: |- + The URL of the identity provider. The URL must begin with https:// and should + correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OpenID Connect ID tokens. Per + the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. + Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org + or https://example.com. + + + You cannot register the same provider multiple times in a single AWS account. + If you try to submit a URL that has already been used for an OpenID Connect + provider in the AWS account, you will get an error. type: string required: - thumbprintList @@ -157,19 +176,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -182,9 +203,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -194,21 +216,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -218,17 +240,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -238,21 +262,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -267,21 +291,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -292,14 +317,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -323,8 +349,9 @@ spec: state of OpenIDConnectProvider properties: createDate: - description: The date and time when the IAM OIDC provider resource - object was created in the AWS account. + description: |- + The date and time when the IAM OIDC provider resource object was created + in the AWS account. format: date-time type: string type: object @@ -334,14 +361,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -351,8 +387,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -364,6 +401,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_policies.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_policies.yaml index cb1e73e05d..d022d3f156 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_policies.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_policies.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: policies.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: A Policy is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM Policy. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -82,32 +88,34 @@ spec: description: The path to the policy. type: string tags: - description: Tags. For more information about tagging, see Tagging - IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + description: |- + Tags. For more information about + tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. items: - description: Tag represents user-provided metadata that can - be associated with a IAM role. For more information about - tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + description: |- + Tag represents user-provided metadata that can be associated + with a IAM role. For more information about tagging, + see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. properties: key: - description: The key name that can be used to look up or - retrieve the associated value. For example, Department - or Cost Center are common choices. + description: |- + The key name that can be used to look up or retrieve the associated value. + For example, Department or Cost Center are common choices. type: string value: - description: "The value associated with this tag. For example, - tags with a key name of Department could have values such - as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. Tags with - a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist - of the number associated with the different cost centers - in your company. Typically, many resources have tags with - the same key name but with different values. \n AWS always - interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need - to store an array, you can store comma-separated values - in the string. However, you must interpret the value in - your code." + description: |- + The value associated with this tag. For example, tags with a key name of + Department could have values such as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. + Tags with a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist of the + number associated with the different cost centers in your company. Typically, + many resources have tags with the same key name but with different values. + + + AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store + an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you + must interpret the value in your code. type: string required: - key @@ -120,19 +128,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -145,9 +155,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -157,21 +168,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -181,17 +192,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -201,21 +214,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -230,21 +243,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -255,14 +269,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -287,8 +302,9 @@ spec: description: The Amazon PolicyObservation Name (ARN) of the policy type: string attachmentCount: - description: The number of entities (users, groups, and roles) - that the policy is attached to. + description: |- + The number of entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached + to. format: int32 type: integer defaultVersionId: @@ -300,8 +316,9 @@ spec: IAM user, group, or role. type: boolean permissionsBoundaryUsageCount: - description: The number of entities (users and roles) for which - the policy is used to set the permissions boundary. + description: |- + The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used to + set the permissions boundary. format: int32 type: integer policyId: @@ -314,14 +331,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -331,8 +357,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -344,6 +371,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_rolepolicies.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_rolepolicies.yaml index 523e3645fb..6a92042425 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_rolepolicies.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_rolepolicies.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: rolepolicies.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: RolePolicy. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -88,21 +94,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -116,8 +122,9 @@ spec: retrieve its Name properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -130,21 +137,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -157,19 +164,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -182,9 +191,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -194,21 +204,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -218,17 +228,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -238,21 +250,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -267,21 +279,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -292,14 +305,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -327,14 +341,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -344,8 +367,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -357,6 +381,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_rolepolicyattachments.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_rolepolicyattachments.yaml index f582547d17..48204e458e 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_rolepolicyattachments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_rolepolicyattachments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: rolepolicyattachments.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,45 +37,55 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A RolePolicyAttachment is a managed resource that represents - an AWS IAM Role policy attachment. + description: |- + A RolePolicyAttachment is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM + Role policy attachment. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object spec: - description: A RolePolicyAttachmentSpec defines the desired state of an + description: |- + A RolePolicyAttachmentSpec defines the desired state of an RolePolicyAttachment. properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete type: string forProvider: - description: RolePolicyAttachmentParameters define the desired state - of an AWS IAM Role policy attachment. + description: |- + RolePolicyAttachmentParameters define the desired state of an AWS IAM + Role policy attachment. properties: policyArn: - description: PolicyARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - IAM policy you want to attach. + description: |- + PolicyARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to + attach. type: string policyArnRef: description: PolicyARNRef references a Policy to retrieve its @@ -89,21 +99,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -113,12 +123,14 @@ spec: - name type: object policyArnSelector: - description: PolicyARNSelector selects a reference to a Policy - to retrieve its Policy ARN + description: |- + PolicyARNSelector selects a reference to a Policy to retrieve its + Policy ARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -131,21 +143,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -166,21 +178,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -194,8 +206,9 @@ spec: retrieve its Name properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -208,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -233,19 +246,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -258,9 +273,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -270,21 +286,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -294,17 +310,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -314,21 +332,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -343,21 +361,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -368,14 +387,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -391,16 +411,18 @@ spec: - forProvider type: object status: - description: A RolePolicyAttachmentStatus represents the observed state - of an RolePolicyAttachment. + description: |- + A RolePolicyAttachmentStatus represents the observed state of an + RolePolicyAttachment. properties: atProvider: description: RolePolicyAttachmentExternalStatus keeps the state for the external resource properties: attachedPolicyArn: - description: AttachedPolicyARN is the arn for the attached policy. - If nil, the policy is not yet attached + description: |- + AttachedPolicyARN is the arn for the attached policy. If nil, the policy + is not yet attached type: string required: - attachedPolicyArn @@ -411,14 +433,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -428,8 +459,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -441,6 +473,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_roles.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_roles.yaml index 88aadf87b4..3768becfd0 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_roles.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_roles.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: roles.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -39,14 +39,19 @@ spec: description: A Role is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM Role. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,54 +77,58 @@ spec: Role. properties: assumeRolePolicyDocument: - description: AssumeRolePolicyDocument is the the trust relationship - policy document that grants an entity permission to assume the - role. + description: |- + AssumeRolePolicyDocument is the the trust relationship policy document + that grants an entity permission to assume the role. type: string description: description: Description is a description of the role. type: string maxSessionDuration: - description: 'MaxSessionDuration is the duration (in seconds) - that you want to set for the specified role. The default maximum - of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 - hour to 12 hours. Default: 3600' + description: |- + MaxSessionDuration is the duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified + role. The default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. + Default: 3600 format: int32 type: integer path: - description: 'Path is the path to the role. Default: /' + description: |- + Path is the path to the role. + Default: / type: string permissionsBoundary: description: PermissionsBoundary is the ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role. type: string tags: - description: Tags. For more information about tagging, see Tagging - IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + description: |- + Tags. For more information about + tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. items: - description: Tag represents user-provided metadata that can - be associated with a IAM role. For more information about - tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + description: |- + Tag represents user-provided metadata that can be associated + with a IAM role. For more information about tagging, + see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. properties: key: - description: The key name that can be used to look up or - retrieve the associated value. For example, Department - or Cost Center are common choices. + description: |- + The key name that can be used to look up or retrieve the associated value. + For example, Department or Cost Center are common choices. type: string value: - description: "The value associated with this tag. For example, - tags with a key name of Department could have values such - as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. Tags with - a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist - of the number associated with the different cost centers - in your company. Typically, many resources have tags with - the same key name but with different values. \n AWS always - interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need - to store an array, you can store comma-separated values - in the string. However, you must interpret the value in - your code." + description: |- + The value associated with this tag. For example, tags with a key name of + Department could have values such as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. + Tags with a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist of the + number associated with the different cost centers in your company. Typically, + many resources have tags with the same key name but with different values. + + + AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store + an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you + must interpret the value in your code. type: string required: - key @@ -130,19 +140,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -155,9 +167,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -167,21 +180,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -191,17 +204,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -211,21 +226,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -240,21 +255,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -265,14 +281,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -294,38 +311,41 @@ spec: description: RoleExternalStatus keeps the state for the external resource properties: arn: - description: ARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying - the role. For more information about ARNs and how to use them - in policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + description: |- + ARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information + about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the IAM User Guide guide. type: string createDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), - when the role was created. + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format + (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the role was created. format: date-time type: string roleID: - description: RoleID is the stable and unique string identifying - the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers - (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + description: |- + RoleID is the stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about + IDs, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the Using IAM guide. type: string roleLastUsed: - description: Contains information about the last time that an - IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region - in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for - the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region - began supporting these features within the last year. The role - might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, - see Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) + description: |- + Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This + includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. + Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter + if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role + might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions + where data is tracked + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) in the IAM User Guide. properties: lastUsedDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format - (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) that the role was last - used. This field is null if the role has not been used within - the IAM tracking period. For more information about the - tracking period, see Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) + that the role was last used. This field is null if the role has not been used + within the IAM tracking period. For more information about the tracking period, + see Regions where data is tracked + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) in the IAM User Guide. format: date-time type: string @@ -344,14 +364,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -361,8 +390,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -374,6 +404,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_servicelinkedroles.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_servicelinkedroles.yaml index 60e10efaf5..918556b5fe 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_servicelinkedroles.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_servicelinkedroles.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: servicelinkedroles.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: ServiceLinkedRole is the Schema for the ServiceLinkedRoles API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,26 +75,31 @@ spec: of ServiceLinkedRole properties: awsServiceName: - description: "The service principal for the Amazon Web Services - service to which this role is attached. You use a string similar - to a URL but without the http:// in front. For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com. - \n Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find - the exact service principal for your service-linked role, see - Amazon Web Services services that work with IAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html) - in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in - the Service-Linked Role column. Choose the Yes link to view - the service-linked role documentation for that service." + description: |- + The service principal for the Amazon Web Services service to which this role + is attached. You use a string similar to a URL but without the http:// in + front. For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com. + + + Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find the exact service + principal for your service-linked role, see Amazon Web Services services + that work with IAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html) + in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked + Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation + for that service. type: string customSuffix: - description: "A string that you provide, which is combined with - the service-provided prefix to form the complete role name. - If you make multiple requests for the same service, then you - must supply a different CustomSuffix for each request. Otherwise - the request fails with a duplicate role name error. For example, - you could add -1 or -debug to the suffix. \n Some services do - not support the CustomSuffix parameter. If you provide an optional - suffix and the operation fails, try the operation again without - the suffix." + description: |- + A string that you provide, which is combined with the service-provided prefix + to form the complete role name. If you make multiple requests for the same + service, then you must supply a different CustomSuffix for each request. + Otherwise the request fails with a duplicate role name error. For example, + you could add -1 or -debug to the suffix. + + + Some services do not support the CustomSuffix parameter. If you provide an + optional suffix and the operation fails, try the operation again without + the suffix. type: string description: description: The description of the role. @@ -99,19 +110,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -124,9 +137,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -136,21 +150,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -160,17 +174,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -180,21 +196,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -209,21 +225,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -234,14 +251,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -264,9 +282,9 @@ spec: of ServiceLinkedRole properties: arn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. - For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, - see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information + about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the IAM User Guide guide. type: string assumeRolePolicyDocument: @@ -274,51 +292,59 @@ spec: the role. type: string createDate: - description: The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), + description: |- + The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the role was created. format: date-time type: string maxSessionDuration: - description: The maximum session duration (in seconds) for the - specified role. Anyone who uses the CLI, or API to assume the - role can specify the duration using the optional DurationSeconds - API parameter or duration-seconds CLI parameter. + description: |- + The maximum session duration (in seconds) for the specified role. Anyone + who uses the CLI, or API to assume the role can specify the duration using + the optional DurationSeconds API parameter or duration-seconds CLI parameter. format: int64 type: integer path: - description: The path to the role. For more information about - paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + description: |- + The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the IAM User Guide. type: string permissionsBoundary: - description: "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions - boundary for the role. \n For more information about permissions - boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - in the IAM User Guide." + description: |- + The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. + + + For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries + for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + in the IAM User Guide. properties: permissionsBoundaryARN: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique - identifiers for Amazon Web Services resources. \n For more - information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - in the Amazon Web Services General Reference." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web + Services resources. + + + For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. type: string permissionsBoundaryType: type: string type: object roleID: - description: The stable and unique string identifying the role. - For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + description: |- + The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about + IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the IAM User Guide. type: string roleLastUsed: - description: Contains information about the last time that an - IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region - in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for - the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region - began supporting these features within the last year. The role - might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, - see Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) + description: |- + Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This + includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. + Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter + if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The + role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see + Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) in the IAM user Guide. properties: lastUsedDate: @@ -331,8 +357,9 @@ spec: description: The friendly name that identifies the role. type: string tags: - description: A list of tags that are attached to the role. For - more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + description: |- + A list of tags that are attached to the role. For more information about + tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. items: properties: @@ -349,14 +376,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -366,8 +402,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -379,6 +416,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_userpolicyattachments.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_userpolicyattachments.yaml index be7445fb71..57f4a643b9 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_userpolicyattachments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_userpolicyattachments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: userpolicyattachments.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,34 +37,42 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: A UserPolicyAttachment is a managed resource that represents - an AWS IAM User policy attachment. + description: |- + A UserPolicyAttachment is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM + User policy attachment. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object spec: - description: A UserPolicyAttachmentSpec defines the desired state of an + description: |- + A UserPolicyAttachmentSpec defines the desired state of an UserPolicyAttachment. properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -74,8 +82,9 @@ spec: of an AWS UserPolicyAttachment. properties: policyArn: - description: PolicyARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - IAM policy you want to attach. + description: |- + PolicyARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to + attach. type: string policyArnRef: description: PolicyARNRef references a Policy to retrieve its @@ -89,21 +98,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -113,12 +122,14 @@ spec: - name type: object policyArnSelector: - description: PolicyARNSelector selects a reference to a Policy - to retrieve its Policy ARN + description: |- + PolicyARNSelector selects a reference to a Policy to retrieve its + Policy ARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -131,21 +142,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -167,21 +178,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -195,8 +206,9 @@ spec: retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -209,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -234,19 +246,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -259,9 +273,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -271,21 +286,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -295,17 +310,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -315,21 +332,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -344,21 +361,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -369,14 +387,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -400,8 +419,9 @@ spec: external resource properties: attachedPolicyArn: - description: AttachedPolicyARN is the arn for the attached policy. - If nil, the policy is not yet attached + description: |- + AttachedPolicyARN is the arn for the attached policy. If nil, the policy + is not yet attached type: string required: - attachedPolicyArn @@ -412,14 +432,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -429,8 +458,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -442,6 +472,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml index 8e7ad8698a..921b465fcd 100644 --- a/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iam.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: users.iam.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iam.aws.crossplane.io @@ -40,14 +40,19 @@ spec: description: A User is a managed resource that represents an AWS IAM User. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -56,13 +61,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -75,35 +81,37 @@ spec: description: The path for the user name. type: string permissionsBoundary: - description: The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions - boundary for the user. + description: |- + The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the + user. type: string tags: description: A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created user. items: - description: Tag represents user-provided metadata that can - be associated with a IAM role. For more information about - tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + description: |- + Tag represents user-provided metadata that can be associated + with a IAM role. For more information about tagging, + see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. properties: key: - description: The key name that can be used to look up or - retrieve the associated value. For example, Department - or Cost Center are common choices. + description: |- + The key name that can be used to look up or retrieve the associated value. + For example, Department or Cost Center are common choices. type: string value: - description: "The value associated with this tag. For example, - tags with a key name of Department could have values such - as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. Tags with - a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist - of the number associated with the different cost centers - in your company. Typically, many resources have tags with - the same key name but with different values. \n AWS always - interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need - to store an array, you can store comma-separated values - in the string. However, you must interpret the value in - your code." + description: |- + The value associated with this tag. For example, tags with a key name of + Department could have values such as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. + Tags with a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist of the + number associated with the different cost centers in your company. Typically, + many resources have tags with the same key name but with different values. + + + AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store + an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you + must interpret the value in your code. type: string required: - key @@ -113,19 +121,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -138,9 +148,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -150,21 +161,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -174,17 +185,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -194,21 +207,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -223,21 +236,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -248,14 +262,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -290,14 +305,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -307,8 +331,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -320,6 +345,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iot.aws.crossplane.io_policies.yaml b/package/crds/iot.aws.crossplane.io_policies.yaml index 70a38557b0..98118f433e 100644 --- a/package/crds/iot.aws.crossplane.io_policies.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iot.aws.crossplane.io_policies.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: policies.iot.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iot.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Policy is the Schema for the Policies API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,18 +74,25 @@ spec: description: PolicyParameters defines the desired state of Policy properties: policyDocument: - description: The JSON document that describes the policy. policyDocument - must have a minimum length of 1, with a maximum length of 2048, - excluding whitespace. + description: |- + The JSON document that describes the policy. policyDocument must have a minimum + length of 1, with a maximum length of 2048, excluding whitespace. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Policy will be created. type: string tags: - description: "Metadata which can be used to manage the policy. - \n For URI Request parameters use format: ...key1=value1&key2=value2... - \n For the CLI command-line parameter use format: &&tags \"key1=value1&key2=value2...\" - \n For the cli-input-json file use format: \"tags\": \"key1=value1&key2=value2...\"" + description: |- + Metadata which can be used to manage the policy. + + + For URI Request parameters use format: ...key1=value1&key2=value2... + + + For the CLI command-line parameter use format: &&tags "key1=value1&key2=value2..." + + + For the cli-input-json file use format: "tags": "key1=value1&key2=value2..." items: properties: key: @@ -95,19 +108,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -120,9 +135,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -132,21 +148,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -156,17 +172,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -176,21 +194,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -205,21 +223,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -230,14 +249,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -271,14 +291,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -288,8 +317,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -301,6 +331,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/iot.aws.crossplane.io_things.yaml b/package/crds/iot.aws.crossplane.io_things.yaml index ae62b7ab01..6210f766cd 100644 --- a/package/crds/iot.aws.crossplane.io_things.yaml +++ b/package/crds/iot.aws.crossplane.io_things.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: things.iot.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: iot.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Thing is the Schema for the Things API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,8 +74,12 @@ spec: description: ThingParameters defines the desired state of Thing properties: attributePayload: - description: "The attribute payload, which consists of up to three - name/value pairs in a JSON document. For example: \n {\\\"attributes\\\":{\\\"string1\\\":\\\"string2\\\"}}" + description: |- + The attribute payload, which consists of up to three name/value pairs in + a JSON document. For example: + + + {\"attributes\":{\"string1\":\"string2\"}} properties: attributes: additionalProperties: @@ -95,19 +105,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -120,9 +132,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -132,21 +145,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -156,17 +169,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -176,21 +191,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -205,21 +220,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -230,14 +246,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -271,14 +288,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -288,8 +314,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -301,6 +328,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/kafka.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml b/package/crds/kafka.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml index 0019479ea7..73f7a345b3 100644 --- a/package/crds/kafka.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/kafka.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: clusters.kafka.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: kafka.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Cluster is the Schema for the Clusters API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ spec: description: Information about the brokers properties: clientSubnetRefs: - description: ClientSubnetRefs is a list of references to Subnets - used to set the ClientSubnets. + description: |- + ClientSubnetRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the ClientSubnets. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -84,22 +91,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -110,13 +116,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array clientSubnetSelector: - description: ClientSubnetSelector selects references to Subnets - used to set the ClientSubnets. + description: |- + ClientSubnetSelector selects references to Subnets used + to set the ClientSubnets. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -129,21 +136,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -194,8 +201,9 @@ spec: instanceType: type: string securityGroupRefs: - description: SecurityGroupRefs is a list of references to - SecurityGroups used to set the SecurityGroups. + description: |- + SecurityGroupRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroups. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -207,22 +215,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -233,13 +240,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupSelector: - description: SecurityGroupSelector selects references to SecurityGroup - used to set the SecurityGroups. + description: |- + SecurityGroupSelector selects references to SecurityGroup used + to set the SecurityGroups. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -252,21 +260,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -282,13 +290,14 @@ spec: to MSK broker nodes. properties: ebsStorageInfo: - description: Contains information about the EBS storage - volumes attached to Apache Kafka broker nodes. + description: |- + Contains information about the EBS storage volumes attached to Apache Kafka + broker nodes. properties: provisionedThroughput: - description: Contains information about provisioned - throughput for EBS storage volumes attached to kafka - broker nodes. + description: |- + Contains information about provisioned throughput for EBS storage volumes + attached to kafka broker nodes. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -346,23 +355,25 @@ spec: description: ID is the policy's optional identifier type: string statements: - description: Statements is the list of statement this policy - applies either jsonStatements or statements must be specified - in the policy + description: |- + Statements is the list of statement this policy applies + either jsonStatements or statements must be specified in the policy items: - description: ResourcePolicyStatement defines an individual - statement within the ResourcePolicyBody + description: |- + ResourcePolicyStatement defines an individual statement within the + ResourcePolicyBody properties: action: - description: Each element of the PolicyAction array - describes the specific action or actions that will - be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. + description: |- + Each element of the PolicyAction array describes the specific + action or actions that will be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. items: type: string type: array condition: - description: Condition specifies where conditions for - policy are in effect. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Amazonresource/latest/dev/amazon-resource-policy-keys.html + description: |- + Condition specifies where conditions for policy are in effect. + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Amazonresource/latest/dev/amazon-resource-policy-keys.html items: description: Condition represents a set of condition pairs for a resource policy @@ -371,9 +382,9 @@ spec: description: Conditions represents each of the key/value pairs for the operator key items: - description: ConditionPair represents one condition - inside of the set of conditions for a resource - policy + description: |- + ConditionPair represents one condition inside of the set of conditions for + a resource policy properties: booleanValue: description: ConditionBooleanValue is the @@ -381,11 +392,9 @@ spec: the parent condition type: boolean dateValue: - description: ConditionDateValue is the expected - string value of the key from the parent - condition. The date value must be in ISO - 8601 format. The time is always midnight - UTC. + description: |- + ConditionDateValue is the expected string value of the key from the parent condition. The + date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. format: date-time type: string key: @@ -424,35 +433,38 @@ spec: type: object type: array effect: - description: The effect is required and specifies whether - the statement results in an allow or an explicit deny. - Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. + description: |- + The effect is required and specifies whether the statement results + in an allow or an explicit deny. Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. enum: - Allow - Deny type: string notAction: - description: Each element of the NotPolicyAction array - will allow the property to match all but the listed - actions. + description: |- + Each element of the NotPolicyAction array will allow the property to match + all but the listed actions. items: type: string type: array notPrincipal: - description: Used with the resource policy to specify - the users which are not included in this policy + description: |- + Used with the resource policy to specify the users which are not included + in this policy properties: allowAnon: - description: This flag indicates if the policy should - be made available to all anonymous users. + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -474,26 +486,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -507,8 +514,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -522,26 +529,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -564,26 +566,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -597,8 +594,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -612,26 +609,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -641,8 +633,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array federated: - description: This string contains the identifier - for any federated web identity provider. + description: |- + This string contains the identifier for any federated web identity + provider. type: string service: description: Service define the services which can @@ -652,27 +645,30 @@ spec: type: array type: object notResource: - description: This will explicitly match all resource - paths except the ones specified in this array + description: |- + This will explicitly match all resource paths except the ones + specified in this array items: type: string type: array principal: - description: Used with the resource policy to specify - the principal that is allowed or denied access to - a resource. + description: |- + Used with the resource policy to specify the principal that is allowed + or denied access to a resource. properties: allowAnon: - description: This flag indicates if the policy should - be made available to all anonymous users. + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -694,26 +690,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -727,8 +718,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -742,26 +733,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -784,26 +770,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -817,8 +798,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -832,26 +813,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -861,8 +837,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array federated: - description: This string contains the identifier - for any federated web identity provider. + description: |- + This string contains the identifier for any federated web identity + provider. type: string service: description: Service define the services which can @@ -877,8 +854,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array sid: - description: Optional identifier for this statement, - must be unique within the policy if provided. + description: |- + Optional identifier for this statement, must be unique within the + policy if provided. type: string required: - effect @@ -913,21 +891,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -941,9 +919,9 @@ spec: used to set ARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -956,21 +934,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1001,9 +979,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object enhancedMonitoring: - description: Specifies the level of monitoring for the MSK cluster. - The possible values are DEFAULT, PER_BROKER, PER_TOPIC_PER_BROKER, - and PER_TOPIC_PER_PARTITION. + description: |- + Specifies the level of monitoring for the MSK cluster. The possible values + are DEFAULT, PER_BROKER, PER_TOPIC_PER_BROKER, and PER_TOPIC_PER_PARTITION. type: string kafkaVersion: description: The version of Apache Kafka. @@ -1092,19 +1070,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1117,9 +1097,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1129,21 +1110,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1153,17 +1134,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1173,21 +1156,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1202,21 +1185,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1227,14 +1211,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1259,10 +1244,10 @@ spec: description: Information about the brokers. properties: brokerAZDistribution: - description: The distribution of broker nodes across Availability - Zones. By default, broker nodes are distributed among the - Availability Zones of your Region. Currently, the only supported - value is DEFAULT. You can either specify this value explicitly + description: |- + The distribution of broker nodes across Availability Zones. By default, broker + nodes are distributed among the Availability Zones of your Region. Currently, + the only supported value is DEFAULT. You can either specify this value explicitly or leave it out. type: string clientSubnets: @@ -1315,13 +1300,14 @@ spec: to MSK broker nodes. properties: ebsStorageInfo: - description: Contains information about the EBS storage - volumes attached to Apache Kafka broker nodes. + description: |- + Contains information about the EBS storage volumes attached to Apache Kafka + broker nodes. properties: provisionedThroughput: - description: Contains information about provisioned - throughput for EBS storage volumes attached to kafka - broker nodes. + description: |- + Contains information about provisioned throughput for EBS storage volumes + attached to kafka broker nodes. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -1346,9 +1332,9 @@ spec: description: Cluster policy version. type: string state: - description: The state of the cluster. The possible states are - ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, HEALING, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, - and UPDATING. + description: |- + The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, + FAILED, HEALING, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -1357,14 +1343,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1374,8 +1369,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1387,6 +1383,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/kafka.aws.crossplane.io_configurations.yaml b/package/crds/kafka.aws.crossplane.io_configurations.yaml index 3a180eae06..04e8404c42 100644 --- a/package/crds/kafka.aws.crossplane.io_configurations.yaml +++ b/package/crds/kafka.aws.crossplane.io_configurations.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: configurations.kafka.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: kafka.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Configuration is the Schema for the Configurations API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -93,19 +99,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -118,9 +126,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -130,21 +139,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -154,17 +163,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -174,21 +185,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -203,21 +214,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -228,14 +240,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -277,12 +290,14 @@ spec: type: integer type: object name: - description: The name of the configuration. Configuration names - are strings that match the regex "^[0-9A-Za-z-]+$". + description: |- + The name of the configuration. Configuration names are strings that match + the regex "^[0-9A-Za-z-]+$". type: string state: - description: The state of the configuration. The possible states - are ACTIVE, DELETING and DELETE_FAILED. + description: |- + The state of the configuration. The possible states are ACTIVE, DELETING + and DELETE_FAILED. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -291,14 +306,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -308,8 +332,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -321,6 +346,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/kinesis.aws.crossplane.io_streams.yaml b/package/crds/kinesis.aws.crossplane.io_streams.yaml index a5c4eef30e..756e1eed75 100644 --- a/package/crds/kinesis.aws.crossplane.io_streams.yaml +++ b/package/crds/kinesis.aws.crossplane.io_streams.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: streams.kinesis.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: kinesis.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Stream is the Schema for the Streams API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,19 +74,46 @@ spec: description: StreamParameters defines the desired state of Stream properties: enforceConsumerDeletion: - description: If this parameter is unset (null) or if you set it - to false, and the stream has registered consumers, the call - to DeleteStream fails with a ResourceInUseException. + description: |- + If this parameter is unset (null) or if you set it to false, and the stream + has registered consumers, the call to DeleteStream fails with a ResourceInUseException. type: boolean enhancedMetrics: - description: "List of shard-level metrics. \n The following are - the valid shard-level metrics. The value \"ALL\" enhances every - metric. \n * IncomingBytes \n * IncomingRecords \n * OutgoingBytes - \n * OutgoingRecords \n * WriteProvisionedThroughputExceeded - \n * ReadProvisionedThroughputExceeded \n * IteratorAgeMilliseconds - \n * ALL \n For more information, see Monitoring the Amazon - Kinesis Data Streams Service with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/dev/monitoring-with-cloudwatch.html) - in the Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Developer Guide." + description: |- + List of shard-level metrics. + + + The following are the valid shard-level metrics. The value "ALL" enhances + every metric. + + + * IncomingBytes + + + * IncomingRecords + + + * OutgoingBytes + + + * OutgoingRecords + + + * WriteProvisionedThroughputExceeded + + + * ReadProvisionedThroughputExceeded + + + * IteratorAgeMilliseconds + + + * ALL + + + For more information, see Monitoring the Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Service + with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/dev/monitoring-with-cloudwatch.html) + in the Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Developer Guide. items: properties: shardLevelMetrics: @@ -102,21 +135,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -129,8 +162,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -143,21 +177,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -168,21 +202,23 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Stream will be created. type: string retentionPeriodHours: - description: 'The retention period of the stream, in hours. Default: - 24 hours' + description: |- + The retention period of the stream, in hours. + Default: 24 hours format: int64 type: integer shardCount: - description: The number of shards that the stream will use. The - throughput of the stream is a function of the number of shards; - more shards are required for greater provisioned throughput. + description: |- + The number of shards that the stream will use. The throughput of the stream + is a function of the number of shards; more shards are required for greater + provisioned throughput. format: int64 type: integer streamModeDetails: - description: Indicates the capacity mode of the data stream. Currently, - in Kinesis Data Streams, you can choose between an on-demand - capacity mode and a provisioned capacity mode for your data - streams. + description: |- + Indicates the capacity mode of the data stream. Currently, in Kinesis Data + Streams, you can choose between an on-demand capacity mode and a provisioned + capacity mode for your data streams. properties: streamMode: type: string @@ -208,19 +244,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -233,9 +271,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -245,21 +284,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -269,17 +308,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -289,21 +330,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -318,21 +359,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -343,14 +385,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -372,11 +415,16 @@ spec: description: StreamObservation defines the observed state of Stream properties: encryptionType: - description: "The server-side encryption type used on the stream. - This parameter can be one of the following values: \n * NONE: - Do not encrypt the records in the stream. \n * KMS: Use server-side - encryption on the records in the stream using a customer-managed - Amazon Web Services KMS key." + description: |- + The server-side encryption type used on the stream. This parameter can be + one of the following values: + + + * NONE: Do not encrypt the records in the stream. + + + * KMS: Use server-side encryption on the records in the stream using a + customer-managed Amazon Web Services KMS key. type: string enhancedMonitoring: description: Represents the current enhanced monitoring settings @@ -394,20 +442,32 @@ spec: to describe. type: boolean keyID: - description: "The GUID for the customer-managed Amazon Web Services - KMS key to use for encryption. This value can be a globally - unique identifier, a fully specified ARN to either an alias - or a key, or an alias name prefixed by \"alias/\".You can also - use a master key owned by Kinesis Data Streams by specifying - the alias aws/kinesis. \n * Key ARN example: arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 - \n * Alias ARN example: arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:alias/MyAliasName - \n * Globally unique key ID example: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 - \n * Alias name example: alias/MyAliasName \n * Master key owned - by Kinesis Data Streams: alias/aws/kinesis" + description: |- + The GUID for the customer-managed Amazon Web Services KMS key to use for + encryption. This value can be a globally unique identifier, a fully specified + ARN to either an alias or a key, or an alias name prefixed by "alias/".You + can also use a master key owned by Kinesis Data Streams by specifying the + alias aws/kinesis. + + + * Key ARN example: arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + + + * Alias ARN example: arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:alias/MyAliasName + + + * Globally unique key ID example: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + + + * Alias name example: alias/MyAliasName + + + * Master key owned by Kinesis Data Streams: alias/aws/kinesis type: string retentionPeriodHours: - description: The current retention period, in hours. Minimum value - of 24. Maximum value of 168. + description: |- + The current retention period, in hours. Minimum value of 24. Maximum value + of 168. format: int64 type: integer shards: @@ -417,8 +477,9 @@ spec: adjacentParentShardID: type: string hashKeyRange: - description: The range of possible hash key values for the - shard, which is a set of ordered contiguous positive integers. + description: |- + The range of possible hash key values for the shard, which is a set of ordered + contiguous positive integers. properties: endingHashKey: type: string @@ -445,17 +506,27 @@ spec: described. type: string streamStatus: - description: "The current status of the stream being described. - The stream status is one of the following states: \n * CREATING - - The stream is being created. Kinesis Data Streams immediately - returns and sets StreamStatus to CREATING. \n * DELETING - The - stream is being deleted. The specified stream is in the DELETING - state until Kinesis Data Streams completes the deletion. \n - * ACTIVE - The stream exists and is ready for read and write - operations or deletion. You should perform read and write operations - only on an ACTIVE stream. \n * UPDATING - Shards in the stream - are being merged or split. Read and write operations continue - to work while the stream is in the UPDATING state." + description: |- + The current status of the stream being described. The stream status is one + of the following states: + + + * CREATING - The stream is being created. Kinesis Data Streams immediately + returns and sets StreamStatus to CREATING. + + + * DELETING - The stream is being deleted. The specified stream is in the + DELETING state until Kinesis Data Streams completes the deletion. + + + * ACTIVE - The stream exists and is ready for read and write operations + or deletion. You should perform read and write operations only on an ACTIVE + stream. + + + * UPDATING - Shards in the stream are being merged or split. Read and + write operations continue to work while the stream is in the UPDATING + state. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -464,14 +535,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -481,8 +561,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -494,6 +575,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_aliases.yaml b/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_aliases.yaml index 317f2fba60..c70b4f2108 100644 --- a/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_aliases.yaml +++ b/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_aliases.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: aliases.kms.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: kms.aws.crossplane.io @@ -34,14 +34,19 @@ spec: description: Alias is the Schema for the Aliases API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -50,13 +55,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,18 +74,32 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Alias will be created. type: string targetKeyId: - description: "Associates the alias with the specified customer - managed CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk). - The CMK must be in the same AWS Region. \n A valid CMK ID is - required. If you supply a null or empty string value, this operation - returns an error. \n For help finding the key ID and ARN, see - Finding the Key ID and ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/viewing-keys.html#find-cmk-id-arn) - in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. \n Specify - the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. \n - For example: \n * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - \n * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - \n To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or - DescribeKey." + description: |- + Associates the alias with the specified customer managed CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk). + The CMK must be in the same AWS Region. + + + A valid CMK ID is required. If you supply a null or empty string value, this + operation returns an error. + + + For help finding the key ID and ARN, see Finding the Key ID and ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/viewing-keys.html#find-cmk-id-arn) + in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. + + + Specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. + + + For example: + + + * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + + + * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + + + To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. type: string targetKeyIdRef: description: TargetKeyIDRef is a reference to a KMS Key used to @@ -93,21 +113,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -121,8 +141,9 @@ spec: Key used to set TargetKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -135,21 +156,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -162,19 +183,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -187,9 +210,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -199,21 +223,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -223,17 +247,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -243,21 +269,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -272,21 +298,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -297,14 +324,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -331,14 +359,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -348,8 +385,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -361,6 +399,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_grants.yaml b/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_grants.yaml index 3946bdb517..eaffebdf46 100644 --- a/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_grants.yaml +++ b/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_grants.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: grants.kms.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: kms.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Grant is the Schema for the Grants API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,32 +74,41 @@ spec: description: GrantParameters defines the desired state of Grant properties: constraints: - description: "Specifies a grant constraint. \n Do not include - confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field - may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. - \n KMS supports the EncryptionContextEquals and EncryptionContextSubset - grant constraints, which allow the permissions in the grant - only when the encryption context in the request matches (EncryptionContextEquals) - or includes (EncryptionContextSubset) the encryption context - specified in the constraint. \n The encryption context grant - constraints are supported only on grant operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-grant-operations) - that include an EncryptionContext parameter, such as cryptographic - operations on symmetric encryption KMS keys. Grants with grant - constraints can include the DescribeKey and RetireGrant operations, - but the constraint doesn't apply to these operations. If a grant - with a grant constraint includes the CreateGrant operation, - the constraint requires that any grants created with the CreateGrant - permission have an equally strict or stricter encryption context - constraint. \n You cannot use an encryption context grant constraint - for cryptographic operations with asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC - KMS keys. Operations with these keys don't support an encryption - context. \n Each constraint value can include up to 8 encryption - context pairs. The encryption context value in each constraint - cannot exceed 384 characters. For information about grant constraints, - see Using grant constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-grant-overview.html#grant-constraints) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For more information - about encryption context, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide ." + description: |- + Specifies a grant constraint. + + + Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This + field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + + + KMS supports the EncryptionContextEquals and EncryptionContextSubset grant + constraints, which allow the permissions in the grant only when the encryption + context in the request matches (EncryptionContextEquals) or includes (EncryptionContextSubset) + the encryption context specified in the constraint. + + + The encryption context grant constraints are supported only on grant operations + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-grant-operations) + that include an EncryptionContext parameter, such as cryptographic operations + on symmetric encryption KMS keys. Grants with grant constraints can include + the DescribeKey and RetireGrant operations, but the constraint doesn't apply + to these operations. If a grant with a grant constraint includes the CreateGrant + operation, the constraint requires that any grants created with the CreateGrant + permission have an equally strict or stricter encryption context constraint. + + + You cannot use an encryption context grant constraint for cryptographic operations + with asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys. Operations with these keys don't + support an encryption context. + + + Each constraint value can include up to 8 encryption context pairs. The encryption + context value in each constraint cannot exceed 384 characters. For information + about grant constraints, see Using grant constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-grant-overview.html#grant-constraints) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For more information about + encryption context, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . properties: encryptionContextEquals: additionalProperties: @@ -105,34 +120,52 @@ spec: type: object type: object grantTokens: - description: "A list of grant tokens. \n Use a grant token when - your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant - that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, + description: |- + A list of grant tokens. + + + Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from + a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide." + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. items: type: string type: array granteePrincipal: - description: "The identity that gets the permissions specified - in the grant. \n To specify the grantee principal, use the Amazon - Resource Name (ARN) of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid - principals include Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, - IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role users. For help - with the ARN syntax for a principal, see IAM ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns) - in the Identity and Access Management User Guide ." + description: |- + The identity that gets the permissions specified in the grant. + + + To specify the grantee principal, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an + Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web Services + accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role users. + For help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see IAM ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns) + in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . type: string keyId: - description: "Identifies the KMS key for the grant. The grant - gives principals permission to use this KMS key. \n Specify - the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in - a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key - ARN. \n For example: \n * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - \n * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - \n To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys - or DescribeKey. \n KeyID or one of the referencers is a required - parameter." + description: |- + Identifies the KMS key for the grant. The grant gives principals permission + to use this KMS key. + + + Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a different + Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN. + + + For example: + + + * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + + + * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + + + To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. + + + KeyID or one of the referencers is a required parameter. type: string keyIdRef: description: KeyIDRef is a reference to a KeyID. @@ -145,21 +178,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -172,8 +205,9 @@ spec: description: KeyIDSelector selects references to a KeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -186,21 +220,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -208,31 +242,38 @@ spec: type: object type: object name: - description: "A friendly name for the grant. Use this value to - prevent the unintended creation of duplicate grants when retrying - this request. \n Do not include confidential or sensitive information - in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail - logs and other output. \n When this value is absent, all CreateGrant - requests result in a new grant with a unique GrantId even if - all the supplied parameters are identical. This can result in - unintended duplicates when you retry the CreateGrant request. - \n When this value is present, you can retry a CreateGrant request - with identical parameters; if the grant already exists, the - original GrantId is returned without creating a new grant. Note - that the returned grant token is unique with every CreateGrant - request, even when a duplicate GrantId is returned. All grant - tokens for the same grant ID can be used interchangeably." + description: |- + A friendly name for the grant. Use this value to prevent the unintended creation + of duplicate grants when retrying this request. + + + Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This + field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + + + When this value is absent, all CreateGrant requests result in a new grant + with a unique GrantId even if all the supplied parameters are identical. + This can result in unintended duplicates when you retry the CreateGrant request. + + + When this value is present, you can retry a CreateGrant request with identical + parameters; if the grant already exists, the original GrantId is returned + without creating a new grant. Note that the returned grant token is unique + with every CreateGrant request, even when a duplicate GrantId is returned. + All grant tokens for the same grant ID can be used interchangeably. type: string operations: - description: "A list of operations that the grant permits. \n - This list must include only operations that are permitted in - a grant. Also, the operation must be supported on the KMS key. - For example, you cannot create a grant for a symmetric encryption - KMS key that allows the Sign operation, or a grant for an asymmetric - KMS key that allows the GenerateDataKey operation. If you try, - KMS returns a ValidationError exception. For details, see Grant + description: |- + A list of operations that the grant permits. + + + This list must include only operations that are permitted in a grant. Also, + the operation must be supported on the KMS key. For example, you cannot create + a grant for a symmetric encryption KMS key that allows the Sign operation, + or a grant for an asymmetric KMS key that allows the GenerateDataKey operation. + If you try, KMS returns a ValidationError exception. For details, see Grant operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-grant-operations) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide." + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. items: type: string type: array @@ -240,18 +281,22 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Grant will be created. type: string retiringPrincipal: - description: "The principal that has permission to use the RetireGrant - operation to retire the grant. \n To specify the principal, - use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include - Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated - users, and assumed role users. For help with the ARN syntax - for a principal, see IAM ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns) - in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . \n The grant - determines the retiring principal. Other principals might have - permission to retire the grant or revoke the grant. For details, - see RevokeGrant and Retiring and revoking grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + The principal that has permission to use the RetireGrant operation to retire + the grant. + + + To specify the principal, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web + Services accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role + users. For help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see IAM ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns) + in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . + + + The grant determines the retiring principal. Other principals might have + permission to retire the grant or revoke the grant. For details, see RevokeGrant + and Retiring and revoking grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. type: string required: - granteePrincipal @@ -261,19 +306,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -286,9 +333,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -298,21 +346,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -322,17 +370,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -342,21 +392,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -371,21 +421,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -396,14 +447,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -425,17 +477,22 @@ spec: description: GrantObservation defines the observed state of Grant properties: grantID: - description: "The unique identifier for the grant. \n You can - use the GrantId in a ListGrants, RetireGrant, or RevokeGrant - operation." + description: |- + The unique identifier for the grant. + + + You can use the GrantId in a ListGrants, RetireGrant, or RevokeGrant operation. type: string grantToken: - description: "The grant token. \n Use a grant token when your - permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that - has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, + description: |- + The grant token. + + + Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from + a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide." + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -444,14 +501,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -461,8 +527,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -474,6 +541,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_keys.yaml b/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_keys.yaml index c6dab60302..4309dc549a 100644 --- a/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_keys.yaml +++ b/package/crds/kms.aws.crossplane.io_keys.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: keys.kms.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: kms.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Key is the Schema for the Keys API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,45 +74,61 @@ spec: description: KeyParameters defines the desired state of Key properties: bypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck: - description: "Skips (\"bypasses\") the key policy lockout safety - check. The default value is false. \n Setting this value to - true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. - Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. \n For more - information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. \n Use this parameter - only when you intend to prevent the principal that is making - the request from making a subsequent PutKeyPolicy request on - the KMS key." + description: |- + Skips ("bypasses") the key policy lockout safety check. The default value + is false. + + + Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. + Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. + + + For more information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + + + Use this parameter only when you intend to prevent the principal that is + making the request from making a subsequent PutKeyPolicy request on the KMS + key. type: boolean customKeyStoreID: - description: "Creates the KMS key in the specified custom key - store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html). - The ConnectionState of the custom key store must be CONNECTED. - To find the CustomKeyStoreID and ConnectionState use the DescribeCustomKeyStores - operation. \n This parameter is valid only for symmetric encryption - KMS keys in a single Region. You cannot create any other type - of KMS key in a custom key store. \n When you create a KMS key - in an CloudHSM key store, KMS generates a non-exportable 256-bit - symmetric key in its associated CloudHSM cluster and associates - it with the KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an external - key store, you must use the XksKeyId parameter to specify an - external key that serves as key material for the KMS key." + description: |- + Creates the KMS key in the specified custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html). + The ConnectionState of the custom key store must be CONNECTED. To find the + CustomKeyStoreID and ConnectionState use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. + + + This parameter is valid only for symmetric encryption KMS keys in a single + Region. You cannot create any other type of KMS key in a custom key store. + + + When you create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store, KMS generates a non-exportable + 256-bit symmetric key in its associated CloudHSM cluster and associates it + with the KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an external key store, you + must use the XksKeyId parameter to specify an external key that serves as + key material for the KMS key. type: string customerMasterKeySpec: - description: "Instead, use the KeySpec parameter. \n The KeySpec - and CustomerMasterKeySpec parameters work the same way. Only - the names differ. We recommend that you use KeySpec parameter - in your code. However, to avoid breaking changes, KMS supports - both parameters." + description: |- + Instead, use the KeySpec parameter. + + + The KeySpec and CustomerMasterKeySpec parameters work the same way. Only + the names differ. We recommend that you use KeySpec parameter in your code. + However, to avoid breaking changes, KMS supports both parameters. type: string description: - description: "A description of the KMS key. Use a description - that helps you decide whether the KMS key is appropriate for - a task. The default value is an empty string (no description). - \n Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this - field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail - logs and other output. \n To set or change the description after - the key is created, use UpdateKeyDescription." + description: |- + A description of the KMS key. Use a description that helps you decide whether + the KMS key is appropriate for a task. The default value is an empty string + (no description). + + + Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This + field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + + + To set or change the description after the key is created, use UpdateKeyDescription. type: string enableKeyRotation: description: Specifies if key rotation is enabled for the corresponding @@ -116,92 +138,134 @@ spec: description: Specifies whether the CMK is enabled. type: boolean keySpec: - description: "Specifies the type of KMS key to create. The default - value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, creates a KMS key with a 256-bit AES-GCM - key that is used for encryption and decryption, except in China - Regions, where it creates a 128-bit symmetric key that uses - SM4 encryption. For help choosing a key spec for your KMS key, + description: |- + Specifies the type of KMS key to create. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, + creates a KMS key with a 256-bit AES-GCM key that is used for encryption + and decryption, except in China Regions, where it creates a 128-bit symmetric + key that uses SM4 encryption. For help choosing a key spec for your KMS key, see Choosing a KMS key type (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-types.html#symm-asymm-choose) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . \n The KeySpec - determines whether the KMS key contains a symmetric key or an - asymmetric key pair. It also determines the algorithms that - the KMS key supports. You can't change the KeySpec after the - KMS key is created. To further restrict the algorithms that - can be used with the KMS key, use a condition key in its key - policy or IAM policy. For more information, see kms:EncryptionAlgorithm + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . + + + The KeySpec determines whether the KMS key contains a symmetric key or an + asymmetric key pair. It also determines the algorithms that the KMS key supports. + You can't change the KeySpec after the KMS key is created. To further restrict + the algorithms that can be used with the KMS key, use a condition key in + its key policy or IAM policy. For more information, see kms:EncryptionAlgorithm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-encryption-algorithm), kms:MacAlgorithm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-mac-algorithm) or kms:Signing Algorithm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-signing-algorithm) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . \n Amazon Web - Services services that are integrated with KMS (http://aws.amazon.com/kms/features/#AWS_Service_Integration) - use symmetric encryption KMS keys to protect your data. These - services do not support asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys. - \n KMS supports the following key specs for KMS keys: \n * Symmetric - encryption key (default) SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT \n * HMAC keys (symmetric) - HMAC_224 HMAC_256 HMAC_384 HMAC_512 \n * Asymmetric RSA key - pairs RSA_2048 RSA_3072 RSA_4096 \n * Asymmetric NIST-recommended - elliptic curve key pairs ECC_NIST_P256 (secp256r1) ECC_NIST_P384 - (secp384r1) ECC_NIST_P521 (secp521r1) \n * Other asymmetric - elliptic curve key pairs ECC_SECG_P256K1 (secp256k1), commonly - used for cryptocurrencies. \n * SM2 key pairs (China Regions - only) SM2" + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . + + + Amazon Web Services services that are integrated with KMS (http://aws.amazon.com/kms/features/#AWS_Service_Integration) + use symmetric encryption KMS keys to protect your data. These services do + not support asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys. + + + KMS supports the following key specs for KMS keys: + + + * Symmetric encryption key (default) SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT + + + * HMAC keys (symmetric) HMAC_224 HMAC_256 HMAC_384 HMAC_512 + + + * Asymmetric RSA key pairs RSA_2048 RSA_3072 RSA_4096 + + + * Asymmetric NIST-recommended elliptic curve key pairs ECC_NIST_P256 (secp256r1) + ECC_NIST_P384 (secp384r1) ECC_NIST_P521 (secp521r1) + + + * Other asymmetric elliptic curve key pairs ECC_SECG_P256K1 (secp256k1), + commonly used for cryptocurrencies. + + + * SM2 key pairs (China Regions only) SM2 type: string keyUsage: - description: "Determines the cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) + description: |- + Determines the cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) for which you can use the KMS key. The default value is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. - This parameter is optional when you are creating a symmetric - encryption KMS key; otherwise, it is required. You can't change - the KeyUsage value after the KMS key is created. \n Select only - one valid value. \n * For symmetric encryption KMS keys, omit - the parameter or specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. \n * For HMAC KMS - keys (symmetric), specify GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC. \n * For asymmetric - KMS keys with RSA key material, specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or SIGN_VERIFY. - \n * For asymmetric KMS keys with ECC key material, specify - SIGN_VERIFY. \n * For asymmetric KMS keys with SM2 key material - (China Regions only), specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or SIGN_VERIFY." + This parameter is optional when you are creating a symmetric encryption KMS + key; otherwise, it is required. You can't change the KeyUsage value after + the KMS key is created. + + + Select only one valid value. + + + * For symmetric encryption KMS keys, omit the parameter or specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. + + + * For HMAC KMS keys (symmetric), specify GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC. + + + * For asymmetric KMS keys with RSA key material, specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT + or SIGN_VERIFY. + + + * For asymmetric KMS keys with ECC key material, specify SIGN_VERIFY. + + + * For asymmetric KMS keys with SM2 key material (China Regions only), + specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or SIGN_VERIFY. type: string multiRegion: - description: "Creates a multi-Region primary key that you can - replicate into other Amazon Web Services Regions. You cannot - change this value after you create the KMS key. \n For a multi-Region - key, set this parameter to True. For a single-Region KMS key, - omit this parameter or set it to False. The default value is - False. \n This operation supports multi-Region keys, an KMS - feature that lets you create multiple interoperable KMS keys - in different Amazon Web Services Regions. Because these KMS - keys have the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, - you can use them interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon - Web Services Region and decrypt it in a different Amazon Web - Services Region without re-encrypting the data or making a cross-Region - call. For more information about multi-Region keys, see Multi-Region - keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. \n This value - creates a primary key, not a replica. To create a replica key, - use the ReplicateKey operation. \n You can create a symmetric - or asymmetric multi-Region key, and you can create a multi-Region - key with imported key material. However, you cannot create a - multi-Region key in a custom key store." + description: |- + Creates a multi-Region primary key that you can replicate into other Amazon + Web Services Regions. You cannot change this value after you create the KMS + key. + + + For a multi-Region key, set this parameter to True. For a single-Region KMS + key, omit this parameter or set it to False. The default value is False. + + + This operation supports multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create + multiple interoperable KMS keys in different Amazon Web Services Regions. + Because these KMS keys have the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, + you can use them interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services + Region and decrypt it in a different Amazon Web Services Region without re-encrypting + the data or making a cross-Region call. For more information about multi-Region + keys, see Multi-Region keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + + + This value creates a primary key, not a replica. To create a replica key, + use the ReplicateKey operation. + + + You can create a symmetric or asymmetric multi-Region key, and you can create + a multi-Region key with imported key material. However, you cannot create + a multi-Region key in a custom key store. type: boolean origin: - description: "The source of the key material for the KMS key. - You cannot change the origin after you create the KMS key. The - default is AWS_KMS, which means that KMS creates the key material. - \n To create a KMS key with no key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys-create-cmk.html) - (for imported key material), set this value to EXTERNAL. For - more information about importing key material into KMS, see - Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The EXTERNAL - origin value is valid only for symmetric KMS keys. \n To create - a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-cmk-keystore.html) - and create its key material in the associated CloudHSM cluster, - set this value to AWS_CLOUDHSM. You must also use the CustomKeyStoreId - parameter to identify the CloudHSM key store. The KeySpec value - must be SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT. \n To create a KMS key in an external - key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-xks-keys.html), - set this value to EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE. You must also use the - CustomKeyStoreId parameter to identify the external key store - and the XksKeyId parameter to identify the associated external - key. The KeySpec value must be SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT." + description: |- + The source of the key material for the KMS key. You cannot change the origin + after you create the KMS key. The default is AWS_KMS, which means that KMS + creates the key material. + + + To create a KMS key with no key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys-create-cmk.html) + (for imported key material), set this value to EXTERNAL. For more information + about importing key material into KMS, see Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The EXTERNAL origin value + is valid only for symmetric KMS keys. + + + To create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-cmk-keystore.html) + and create its key material in the associated CloudHSM cluster, set this + value to AWS_CLOUDHSM. You must also use the CustomKeyStoreId parameter to + identify the CloudHSM key store. The KeySpec value must be SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT. + + + To create a KMS key in an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-xks-keys.html), + set this value to EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE. You must also use the CustomKeyStoreId + parameter to identify the external key store and the XksKeyId parameter to + identify the associated external key. The KeySpec value must be SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT. type: string pendingWindowInDays: description: Specifies how many days the Key is retained when @@ -209,54 +273,75 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer policy: - description: "The key policy to attach to the KMS key. \n If you - provide a key policy, it must meet the following criteria: \n - * The key policy must allow the calling principal to make a - subsequent PutKeyPolicy request on the KMS key. This reduces - the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. For more information, - see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. (To omit this - condition, set BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck to true.) \n * - Each statement in the key policy must contain one or more principals. - The principals in the key policy must exist and be visible to - KMS. When you create a new Amazon Web Services principal, you - might need to enforce a delay before including the new principal - in a key policy because the new principal might not be immediately - visible to KMS. For more information, see Changes that I make - are not always immediately visible (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_eventual-consistency) - in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User - Guide. \n If you do not provide a key policy, KMS attaches a - default key policy to the KMS key. For more information, see - Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html#key-policy-default) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. \n The key policy - size quota is 32 kilobytes (32768 bytes). \n For help writing - and formatting a JSON policy document, see the IAM JSON Policy - Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html) - in the Identity and Access Management User Guide ." + description: |- + The key policy to attach to the KMS key. + + + If you provide a key policy, it must meet the following criteria: + + + * The key policy must allow the calling principal to make a subsequent + PutKeyPolicy request on the KMS key. This reduces the risk that the KMS + key becomes unmanageable. For more information, see Default key policy + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, + set BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck to true.) + + + * Each statement in the key policy must contain one or more principals. + The principals in the key policy must exist and be visible to KMS. When + you create a new Amazon Web Services principal, you might need to enforce + a delay before including the new principal in a key policy because the + new principal might not be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, + see Changes that I make are not always immediately visible (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_eventual-consistency) + in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide. + + + If you do not provide a key policy, KMS attaches a default key policy to + the KMS key. For more information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html#key-policy-default) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + + + The key policy size quota is 32 kilobytes (32768 bytes). + + + For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, see the IAM JSON + Policy Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html) + in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . type: string region: description: Region is which region the Key will be created. type: string tags: - description: "Assigns one or more tags to the KMS key. Use this - parameter to tag the KMS key when it is created. To tag an existing - KMS key, use the TagResource operation. \n Do not include confidential - or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed - in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. \n Tagging - or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS - key. For details, see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. \n To use this - parameter, you must have kms:TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) - permission in an IAM policy. \n Each tag consists of a tag key - and a tag value. Both the tag key and the tag value are required, - but the tag value can be an empty (null) string. You cannot - have more than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If - you specify an existing tag key with a different tag value, - KMS replaces the current tag value with the specified one. \n - When you add tags to an Amazon Web Services resource, Amazon - Web Services generates a cost allocation report with usage and - costs aggregated by tags. Tags can also be used to control access - to a KMS key. For details, see Tagging Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html)." + description: |- + Assigns one or more tags to the KMS key. Use this parameter to tag the KMS + key when it is created. To tag an existing KMS key, use the TagResource operation. + + + Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This + field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + + + Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. + For details, see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + + + To use this parameter, you must have kms:TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) + permission in an IAM policy. + + + Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Both the tag key and the + tag value are required, but the tag value can be an empty (null) string. + You cannot have more than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If + you specify an existing tag key with a different tag value, KMS replaces + the current tag value with the specified one. + + + When you add tags to an Amazon Web Services resource, Amazon Web Services + generates a cost allocation report with usage and costs aggregated by tags. + Tags can also be used to control access to a KMS key. For details, see Tagging + Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html). items: properties: tagKey: @@ -266,32 +351,35 @@ spec: type: object type: array xksKeyID: - description: "Identifies the external key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key) - that serves as key material for the KMS key in an external key - store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html). + description: |- + Identifies the external key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key) + that serves as key material for the KMS key in an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html). Specify the ID that the external key store proxy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-xks-proxy) - uses to refer to the external key. For help, see the documentation - for your external key store proxy. \n This parameter is required - for a KMS key with an Origin value of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE. It - is not valid for KMS keys with any other Origin value. \n The - external key must be an existing 256-bit AES symmetric encryption - key hosted outside of Amazon Web Services in an external key - manager associated with the external key store specified by - the CustomKeyStoreId parameter. This key must be enabled and - configured to perform encryption and decryption. Each KMS key - in an external key store must use a different external key. - For details, see Requirements for a KMS key in an external key - store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/create-xks-keys.html#xks-key-requirements) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. \n Each KMS key - in an external key store is associated two backing keys. One - is key material that KMS generates. The other is the external - key specified by this parameter. When you use the KMS key in - an external key store to encrypt data, the encryption operation - is performed first by KMS using the KMS key material, and then - by the external key manager using the specified external key, - a process known as double encryption. For details, see Double - encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-double-encryption) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide." + uses to refer to the external key. For help, see the documentation for your + external key store proxy. + + + This parameter is required for a KMS key with an Origin value of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE. + It is not valid for KMS keys with any other Origin value. + + + The external key must be an existing 256-bit AES symmetric encryption key + hosted outside of Amazon Web Services in an external key manager associated + with the external key store specified by the CustomKeyStoreId parameter. + This key must be enabled and configured to perform encryption and decryption. + Each KMS key in an external key store must use a different external key. + For details, see Requirements for a KMS key in an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/create-xks-keys.html#xks-key-requirements) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + + + Each KMS key in an external key store is associated two backing keys. One + is key material that KMS generates. The other is the external key specified + by this parameter. When you use the KMS key in an external key store to encrypt + data, the encryption operation is performed first by KMS using the KMS key + material, and then by the external key manager using the specified external + key, a process known as double encryption. For details, see Double encryption + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-double-encryption) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. type: string required: - region @@ -299,19 +387,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -324,9 +414,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -336,21 +427,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -360,17 +451,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -380,21 +473,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -409,21 +502,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -434,14 +528,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -463,88 +558,107 @@ spec: description: KeyObservation defines the observed state of Key properties: arn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. For - examples, see Key Management Service (KMS) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-kms) - in the Example ARNs section of the Amazon Web Services General - Reference. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. For examples, see Key Management + Service (KMS) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-kms) + in the Example ARNs section of the Amazon Web Services General Reference. type: string awsAccountID: - description: The twelve-digit account ID of the Amazon Web Services - account that owns the KMS key. + description: |- + The twelve-digit account ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns + the KMS key. type: string cloudHsmClusterID: - description: The cluster ID of the CloudHSM cluster that contains - the key material for the KMS key. When you create a KMS key - in an CloudHSM custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html), - KMS creates the key material for the KMS key in the associated - CloudHSM cluster. This field is present only when the KMS key - is created in an CloudHSM key store. + description: |- + The cluster ID of the CloudHSM cluster that contains the key material for + the KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an CloudHSM custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html), + KMS creates the key material for the KMS key in the associated CloudHSM cluster. + This field is present only when the KMS key is created in an CloudHSM key + store. type: string creationDate: description: The date and time when the KMS key was created. format: date-time type: string deletionDate: - description: "The date and time after which KMS deletes this KMS - key. This value is present only when the KMS key is scheduled - for deletion, that is, when its KeyState is PendingDeletion. - \n When the primary key in a multi-Region key is scheduled for - deletion but still has replica keys, its key state is PendingReplicaDeletion - and the length of its waiting period is displayed in the PendingDeletionWindowInDays - field." + description: |- + The date and time after which KMS deletes this KMS key. This value is present + only when the KMS key is scheduled for deletion, that is, when its KeyState + is PendingDeletion. + + + When the primary key in a multi-Region key is scheduled for deletion but + still has replica keys, its key state is PendingReplicaDeletion and the length + of its waiting period is displayed in the PendingDeletionWindowInDays field. format: date-time type: string enabled: - description: Specifies whether the KMS key is enabled. When KeyState - is Enabled this value is true, otherwise it is false. + description: |- + Specifies whether the KMS key is enabled. When KeyState is Enabled this value + is true, otherwise it is false. type: boolean encryptionAlgorithms: - description: "The encryption algorithms that the KMS key supports. - You cannot use the KMS key with other encryption algorithms - within KMS. \n This value is present only when the KeyUsage - of the KMS key is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT." + description: |- + The encryption algorithms that the KMS key supports. You cannot use the KMS + key with other encryption algorithms within KMS. + + + This value is present only when the KeyUsage of the KMS key is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. items: type: string type: array expirationModel: - description: Specifies whether the KMS key's key material expires. - This value is present only when Origin is EXTERNAL, otherwise - this value is omitted. + description: |- + Specifies whether the KMS key's key material expires. This value is present + only when Origin is EXTERNAL, otherwise this value is omitted. type: string keyID: description: The globally unique identifier for the KMS key. type: string keyManager: - description: The manager of the KMS key. KMS keys in your Amazon - Web Services account are either customer managed or Amazon Web - Services managed. For more information about the difference, - see KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#kms_keys) + description: |- + The manager of the KMS key. KMS keys in your Amazon Web Services account + are either customer managed or Amazon Web Services managed. For more information + about the difference, see KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#kms_keys) in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. type: string keyState: - description: "The current status of the KMS key. \n For more information - about how key state affects the use of a KMS key, see Key states - of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + The current status of the KMS key. + + + For more information about how key state affects the use of a KMS key, see + Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. type: string macAlgorithms: - description: "The message authentication code (MAC) algorithm - that the HMAC KMS key supports. \n This value is present only - when the KeyUsage of the KMS key is GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC." + description: |- + The message authentication code (MAC) algorithm that the HMAC KMS key supports. + + + This value is present only when the KeyUsage of the KMS key is GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC. items: type: string type: array multiRegionConfiguration: - description: "Lists the primary and replica keys in same multi-Region - key. This field is present only when the value of the MultiRegion - field is True. \n For more information about any listed KMS - key, use the DescribeKey operation. \n * MultiRegionKeyType - indicates whether the KMS key is a PRIMARY or REPLICA key. \n - * PrimaryKey displays the key ARN and Region of the primary - key. This field displays the current KMS key if it is the primary - key. \n * ReplicaKeys displays the key ARNs and Regions of all - replica keys. This field includes the current KMS key if it - is a replica key." + description: |- + Lists the primary and replica keys in same multi-Region key. This field is + present only when the value of the MultiRegion field is True. + + + For more information about any listed KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. + + + * MultiRegionKeyType indicates whether the KMS key is a PRIMARY or REPLICA + key. + + + * PrimaryKey displays the key ARN and Region of the primary key. This + field displays the current KMS key if it is the primary key. + + + * ReplicaKeys displays the key ARNs and Regions of all replica keys. This + field includes the current KMS key if it is a replica key. properties: multiRegionKeyType: type: string @@ -568,45 +682,49 @@ spec: type: array type: object pendingDeletionWindowInDays: - description: "The waiting period before the primary key in a multi-Region - key is deleted. This waiting period begins when the last of - its replica keys is deleted. This value is present only when - the KeyState of the KMS key is PendingReplicaDeletion. That - indicates that the KMS key is the primary key in a multi-Region - key, it is scheduled for deletion, and it still has existing - replica keys. \n When a single-Region KMS key or a multi-Region - replica key is scheduled for deletion, its deletion date is - displayed in the DeletionDate field. However, when the primary - key in a multi-Region key is scheduled for deletion, its waiting - period doesn't begin until all of its replica keys are deleted. - This value displays that waiting period. When the last replica - key in the multi-Region key is deleted, the KeyState of the - scheduled primary key changes from PendingReplicaDeletion to - PendingDeletion and the deletion date appears in the DeletionDate - field." + description: |- + The waiting period before the primary key in a multi-Region key is deleted. + This waiting period begins when the last of its replica keys is deleted. + This value is present only when the KeyState of the KMS key is PendingReplicaDeletion. + That indicates that the KMS key is the primary key in a multi-Region key, + it is scheduled for deletion, and it still has existing replica keys. + + + When a single-Region KMS key or a multi-Region replica key is scheduled for + deletion, its deletion date is displayed in the DeletionDate field. However, + when the primary key in a multi-Region key is scheduled for deletion, its + waiting period doesn't begin until all of its replica keys are deleted. This + value displays that waiting period. When the last replica key in the multi-Region + key is deleted, the KeyState of the scheduled primary key changes from PendingReplicaDeletion + to PendingDeletion and the deletion date appears in the DeletionDate field. format: int64 type: integer signingAlgorithms: - description: "The signing algorithms that the KMS key supports. - You cannot use the KMS key with other signing algorithms within - KMS. \n This field appears only when the KeyUsage of the KMS - key is SIGN_VERIFY." + description: |- + The signing algorithms that the KMS key supports. You cannot use the KMS + key with other signing algorithms within KMS. + + + This field appears only when the KeyUsage of the KMS key is SIGN_VERIFY. items: type: string type: array validTo: - description: The time at which the imported key material expires. - When the key material expires, KMS deletes the key material - and the KMS key becomes unusable. This value is present only - for KMS keys whose Origin is EXTERNAL and whose ExpirationModel + description: |- + The time at which the imported key material expires. When the key material + expires, KMS deletes the key material and the KMS key becomes unusable. This + value is present only for KMS keys whose Origin is EXTERNAL and whose ExpirationModel is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES, otherwise this value is omitted. format: date-time type: string xksKeyConfiguration: - description: "Information about the external key that is associated - with a KMS key in an external key store. \n For more information, - see External key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key) - in the Key Management Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + Information about the external key that is associated with a KMS key in an + external key store. + + + For more information, see External key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key) + in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. properties: id: type: string @@ -618,14 +736,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -635,8 +762,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -648,6 +776,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_functions.yaml b/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_functions.yaml index b04987173f..d306441c4a 100644 --- a/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_functions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_functions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: functions.lambda.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: lambda.aws.crossplane.io @@ -36,14 +36,19 @@ spec: description: Function is the Schema for the Functions API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -52,13 +57,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -84,21 +90,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -112,9 +118,9 @@ spec: Bucket. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -127,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -154,16 +160,16 @@ spec: type: string type: object codeSigningConfigARN: - description: To enable code signing for this function, specify - the ARN of a code-signing configuration. A code-signing configuration - includes a set of signing profiles, which define the trusted - publishers for this function. + description: |- + To enable code signing for this function, specify the ARN of a code-signing + configuration. A code-signing configuration includes a set of signing profiles, + which define the trusted publishers for this function. type: string deadLetterConfig: - description: A dead letter queue configuration that specifies - the queue or topic where Lambda sends asynchronous events when - they fail processing. For more information, see Dead Letter - Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html#dlq). + description: |- + A dead letter queue configuration that specifies the queue or topic where + Lambda sends asynchronous events when they fail processing. For more information, + see Dead Letter Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html#dlq). properties: targetARN: type: string @@ -191,14 +197,15 @@ spec: type: object type: array handler: - description: The name of the method within your code that Lambda - calls to execute your function. The format includes the file - name. It can also include namespaces and other qualifiers, depending - on the runtime. For more information, see Programming Model - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/programming-model-v2.html). + description: |- + The name of the method within your code that Lambda calls to execute your + function. The format includes the file name. It can also include namespaces + and other qualifiers, depending on the runtime. For more information, see + Programming Model (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/programming-model-v2.html). type: string imageConfig: - description: Container image configuration values (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/images-parms.html) + description: |- + Container image configuration values (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/images-parms.html) that override the values in the container image Dockerfile. properties: command: @@ -213,13 +220,15 @@ spec: type: string type: object kmsKeyARN: - description: The ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) - key that's used to encrypt your function's environment variables. - If it's not provided, AWS Lambda uses a default service key. + description: |- + The ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key that's used to encrypt + your function's environment variables. If it's not provided, AWS Lambda uses + a default service key. type: string kmsKeyARNRef: - description: KMSKeyARNRef is a reference to a kms key used to - set the KMSKeyARN. + description: |- + KMSKeyARNRef is a reference to a kms key used to set + the KMSKeyARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -229,21 +238,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -253,12 +262,14 @@ spec: - name type: object kmsKeyARNSelector: - description: KMSKeyARNSelector selects references to kms key arn - used to set the KMSKeyARN. + description: |- + KMSKeyARNSelector selects references to kms key arn used + to set the KMSKeyARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -271,21 +282,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -293,22 +304,24 @@ spec: type: object type: object layers: - description: A list of function layers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-layers.html) - to add to the function's execution environment. Specify each - layer by its ARN, including the version. + description: |- + A list of function layers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-layers.html) + to add to the function's execution environment. Specify each layer by its + ARN, including the version. items: type: string type: array memorySize: - description: The amount of memory available to the function at - runtime. Increasing the function's memory also increases its - CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value can be - any multiple of 1 MB. + description: |- + The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the + function's memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is + 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB. format: int64 type: integer packageType: - description: The type of deployment package. Set to Image for - container image and set Zip for ZIP archive. + description: |- + The type of deployment package. Set to Image for container image and set + Zip for ZIP archive. type: string publish: description: Set to true to publish the first version of the function @@ -318,8 +331,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Function will be created. type: string role: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function's - execution role. One of role, roleRef or roleSelector is required. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function's execution role. + One of role, roleRef or roleSelector is required. type: string roleRef: description: RoleRef is a reference to an iam role @@ -332,21 +346,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -356,12 +370,14 @@ spec: - name type: object roleSelector: - description: RoleSelector selects references to iam role arn used + description: |- + RoleSelector selects references to iam role arn used to set the lambda Role. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -374,21 +390,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -401,32 +417,35 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: A list of tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/tagging.html) + description: |- + A list of tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/tagging.html) to apply to the function. type: object timeout: - description: The amount of time that Lambda allows a function - to run before stopping it. The default is 3 seconds. The maximum - allowed value is 900 seconds. + description: |- + The amount of time that Lambda allows a function to run before stopping it. + The default is 3 seconds. The maximum allowed value is 900 seconds. format: int64 type: integer tracingConfig: - description: Set Mode to Active to sample and trace a subset of - incoming requests with AWS X-Ray. + description: |- + Set Mode to Active to sample and trace a subset of incoming requests with + AWS X-Ray. properties: mode: type: string type: object vpcConfig: - description: For network connectivity to AWS resources in a VPC, - specify a list of security groups and subnets in the VPC. When - you connect a function to a VPC, it can only access resources - and the internet through that VPC. For more information, see - VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-vpc.html). + description: |- + For network connectivity to AWS resources in a VPC, specify a list of security + groups and subnets in the VPC. When you connect a function to a VPC, it can + only access resources and the internet through that VPC. For more information, + see VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-vpc.html). properties: securityGroupIDRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to - SecurityGroups used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -438,22 +457,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -464,13 +482,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIDSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to - SecurityGroupID used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -483,21 +502,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -509,8 +528,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array subnetIDRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -522,22 +542,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -548,13 +567,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIDSelector: - description: SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used + to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -567,21 +587,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -600,19 +620,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -625,9 +647,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -637,21 +660,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -661,17 +684,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -681,21 +706,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -710,21 +735,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -735,14 +761,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -789,9 +816,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object imageConfig: - description: Configuration values that override the container - image Dockerfile settings. For more information, see Container - image settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/images-create.html#images-parms). + description: |- + Configuration values that override the container image Dockerfile settings. + For more information, see Container image settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/images-create.html#images-parms). properties: command: items: @@ -806,13 +833,14 @@ spec: type: object type: object lastModified: - description: The date and time that the function was last updated, - in ISO-8601 format (https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime) (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sTZD). + description: |- + The date and time that the function was last updated, in ISO-8601 format + (https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime) (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sTZD). type: string lastUpdateStatus: - description: The status of the last update that was performed - on the function. This is first set to Successful after function - creation completes. + description: |- + The status of the last update that was performed on the function. This is + first set to Successful after function creation completes. type: string lastUpdateStatusReason: description: The reason for the last update that was performed @@ -839,15 +867,17 @@ spec: description: The ARN of the signing profile version. type: string state: - description: The current state of the function. When the state - is Inactive, you can reactivate the function by invoking it. + description: |- + The current state of the function. When the state is Inactive, you can reactivate + the function by invoking it. type: string stateReason: description: The reason for the function's current state. type: string stateReasonCode: - description: The reason code for the function's current state. - When the code is Creating, you can't invoke or modify the function. + description: |- + The reason code for the function's current state. When the code is Creating, + you can't invoke or modify the function. type: string version: description: The version of the Lambda function. @@ -873,14 +903,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -890,8 +929,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -903,6 +943,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -930,14 +977,19 @@ spec: description: Function is the Schema for the Functions API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -946,13 +998,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -961,9 +1014,10 @@ spec: description: FunctionParameters defines the desired state of Function properties: architectures: - description: The instruction set architecture that the function - supports. Enter a string array with one of the valid values - (arm64 or x86_64). The default value is x86_64. + description: |- + The instruction set architecture that the function supports. Enter a string + array with one of the valid values (arm64 or x86_64). The default value is + x86_64. items: type: string type: array @@ -985,21 +1039,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1013,9 +1067,9 @@ spec: Bucket. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1028,21 +1082,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1055,16 +1109,16 @@ spec: type: string type: object codeSigningConfigARN: - description: To enable code signing for this function, specify - the ARN of a code-signing configuration. A code-signing configuration - includes a set of signing profiles, which define the trusted - publishers for this function. + description: |- + To enable code signing for this function, specify the ARN of a code-signing + configuration. A code-signing configuration includes a set of signing profiles, + which define the trusted publishers for this function. type: string deadLetterConfig: - description: A dead-letter queue configuration that specifies - the queue or topic where Lambda sends asynchronous events when - they fail processing. For more information, see Dead-letter - queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html#invocation-dlq). + description: |- + A dead-letter queue configuration that specifies the queue or topic where + Lambda sends asynchronous events when they fail processing. For more information, + see Dead-letter queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html#invocation-dlq). properties: targetARN: type: string @@ -1082,9 +1136,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object ephemeralStorage: - description: The size of the function's /tmp directory in MB. - The default value is 512, but can be any whole number between - 512 and 10,240 MB. + description: |- + The size of the function's /tmp directory in MB. The default value is 512, + but can be any whole number between 512 and 10,240 MB. properties: size: format: int64 @@ -1101,15 +1155,16 @@ spec: type: object type: array handler: - description: The name of the method within your code that Lambda - calls to run your function. Handler is required if the deployment - package is a .zip file archive. The format includes the file - name. It can also include namespaces and other qualifiers, depending - on the runtime. For more information, see Lambda programming - model (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/foundation-progmodel.html). + description: |- + The name of the method within your code that Lambda calls to run your function. + Handler is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. The + format includes the file name. It can also include namespaces and other qualifiers, + depending on the runtime. For more information, see Lambda programming model + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/foundation-progmodel.html). type: string imageConfig: - description: Container image configuration values (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-images.html#configuration-images-settings) + description: |- + Container image configuration values (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-images.html#configuration-images-settings) that override the values in the container image Dockerfile. properties: command: @@ -1124,21 +1179,21 @@ spec: type: string type: object kmsKeyARN: - description: The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer - managed key that's used to encrypt your function's environment - variables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-envvars.html#configuration-envvars-encryption). + description: |- + The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that's used + to encrypt your function's environment variables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-envvars.html#configuration-envvars-encryption). When Lambda SnapStart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/snapstart-security.html) - is activated, Lambda also uses this key is to encrypt your function's - snapshot. If you deploy your function using a container image, - Lambda also uses this key to encrypt your function when it's - deployed. Note that this is not the same key that's used to - protect your container image in the Amazon Elastic Container - Registry (Amazon ECR). If you don't provide a customer managed + is activated, Lambda also uses this key is to encrypt your function's snapshot. + If you deploy your function using a container image, Lambda also uses this + key to encrypt your function when it's deployed. Note that this is not the + same key that's used to protect your container image in the Amazon Elastic + Container Registry (Amazon ECR). If you don't provide a customer managed key, Lambda uses a default service key. type: string kmsKeyARNRef: - description: KMSKeyARNRef is a reference to a kms key used to - set the KMSKeyARN. + description: |- + KMSKeyARNRef is a reference to a kms key used to set + the KMSKeyARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1148,21 +1203,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1172,12 +1227,14 @@ spec: - name type: object kmsKeyARNSelector: - description: KMSKeyARNSelector selects references to kms key arn - used to set the KMSKeyARN. + description: |- + KMSKeyARNSelector selects references to kms key arn used + to set the KMSKeyARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1190,21 +1247,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1212,22 +1269,24 @@ spec: type: object type: object layers: - description: A list of function layers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-layers.html) - to add to the function's execution environment. Specify each - layer by its ARN, including the version. + description: |- + A list of function layers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-layers.html) + to add to the function's execution environment. Specify each layer by its + ARN, including the version. items: type: string type: array memorySize: - description: The amount of memory available to the function (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-function-common.html#configuration-memory-console) - at runtime. Increasing the function memory also increases its - CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value can be - any multiple of 1 MB. + description: |- + The amount of memory available to the function (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-function-common.html#configuration-memory-console) + at runtime. Increasing the function memory also increases its CPU allocation. + The default value is 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB. format: int64 type: integer packageType: - description: The type of deployment package. Set to Image for - container image and set to Zip for .zip file archive. + description: |- + The type of deployment package. Set to Image for container image and set + to Zip for .zip file archive. type: string publish: description: Set to true to publish the first version of the function @@ -1237,8 +1296,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Function will be created. type: string role: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function's - execution role. One of role, roleRef or roleSelector is required. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function's execution role. + One of role, roleRef or roleSelector is required. type: string roleRef: description: RoleRef is a reference to an iam role @@ -1251,21 +1311,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1275,12 +1335,14 @@ spec: - name type: object roleSelector: - description: RoleSelector selects references to iam role arn used + description: |- + RoleSelector selects references to iam role arn used to set the lambda Role. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1293,21 +1355,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1315,13 +1377,17 @@ spec: type: object type: object runtime: - description: "The identifier of the function's runtime (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/lambda-runtimes.html). - Runtime is required if the deployment package is a .zip file - archive. \n The following list includes deprecated runtimes. - For more information, see Runtime deprecation policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/lambda-runtimes.html#runtime-support-policy)." + description: |- + The identifier of the function's runtime (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/lambda-runtimes.html). + Runtime is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. + + + The following list includes deprecated runtimes. For more information, see + Runtime deprecation policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/lambda-runtimes.html#runtime-support-policy). type: string snapStart: - description: The function's SnapStart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/snapstart.html) + description: |- + The function's SnapStart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/snapstart.html) setting. properties: applyOn: @@ -1330,33 +1396,36 @@ spec: tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: A list of tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/tagging.html) + description: |- + A list of tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/tagging.html) to apply to the function. type: object timeout: - description: The amount of time (in seconds) that Lambda allows - a function to run before stopping it. The default is 3 seconds. - The maximum allowed value is 900 seconds. For more information, - see Lambda execution environment (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/runtimes-context.html). + description: |- + The amount of time (in seconds) that Lambda allows a function to run before + stopping it. The default is 3 seconds. The maximum allowed value is 900 seconds. + For more information, see Lambda execution environment (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/runtimes-context.html). format: int64 type: integer tracingConfig: - description: Set Mode to Active to sample and trace a subset of - incoming requests with X-Ray (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/services-xray.html). + description: |- + Set Mode to Active to sample and trace a subset of incoming requests with + X-Ray (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/services-xray.html). properties: mode: type: string type: object vpcConfig: - description: For network connectivity to AWS resources in a VPC, - specify a list of security groups and subnets in the VPC. When - you connect a function to a VPC, it can only access resources - and the internet through that VPC. For more information, see - VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-vpc.html). + description: |- + For network connectivity to AWS resources in a VPC, specify a list of security + groups and subnets in the VPC. When you connect a function to a VPC, it can + only access resources and the internet through that VPC. For more information, + see VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-vpc.html). properties: securityGroupIDRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to - SecurityGroups used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -1368,22 +1437,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1394,13 +1462,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIDSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to - SecurityGroupID used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1413,21 +1482,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1439,8 +1508,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array subnetIDRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -1452,22 +1522,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1478,13 +1547,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIDSelector: - description: SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used + to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1497,21 +1567,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1530,19 +1600,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1555,9 +1627,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1567,21 +1640,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1591,17 +1664,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1611,21 +1686,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1640,21 +1715,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1665,14 +1741,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1719,9 +1796,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object imageConfig: - description: Configuration values that override the container - image Dockerfile settings. For more information, see Container - image settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/images-create.html#images-parms). + description: |- + Configuration values that override the container image Dockerfile settings. + For more information, see Container image settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/images-create.html#images-parms). properties: command: items: @@ -1736,13 +1813,14 @@ spec: type: object type: object lastModified: - description: The date and time that the function was last updated, - in ISO-8601 format (https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime) (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sTZD). + description: |- + The date and time that the function was last updated, in ISO-8601 format + (https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime) (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sTZD). type: string lastUpdateStatus: - description: The status of the last update that was performed - on the function. This is first set to Successful after function - creation completes. + description: |- + The status of the last update that was performed on the function. This is + first set to Successful after function creation completes. type: string lastUpdateStatusReason: description: The reason for the last update that was performed @@ -1765,8 +1843,9 @@ spec: description: The ARN of the runtime and any errors that occured. properties: error: - description: Any error returned when the runtime version information - for the function could not be retrieved. + description: |- + Any error returned when the runtime version information for the function + could not be retrieved. properties: errorCode: type: string @@ -1783,15 +1862,17 @@ spec: description: The ARN of the signing profile version. type: string state: - description: The current state of the function. When the state - is Inactive, you can reactivate the function by invoking it. + description: |- + The current state of the function. When the state is Inactive, you can reactivate + the function by invoking it. type: string stateReason: description: The reason for the function's current state. type: string stateReasonCode: - description: The reason code for the function's current state. - When the code is Creating, you can't invoke or modify the function. + description: |- + The reason code for the function's current state. When the code is Creating, + you can't invoke or modify the function. type: string version: description: The version of the Lambda function. @@ -1817,14 +1898,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1834,8 +1924,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1847,6 +1938,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_functionurlconfigs.yaml b/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_functionurlconfigs.yaml index fb5cf8af4d..bc867f9e58 100644 --- a/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_functionurlconfigs.yaml +++ b/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_functionurlconfigs.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: functionurlconfigs.lambda.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: lambda.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: FunctionURLConfig is the Schema for the FunctionURLConfigs API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,14 +75,15 @@ spec: of FunctionURLConfig properties: authType: - description: The type of authentication that your function URL - uses. Set to AWS_IAM if you want to restrict access to authenticated - users only. Set to NONE if you want to bypass IAM authentication - to create a public endpoint. For more information, see Security - and auth model for Lambda function URLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/urls-auth.html). + description: |- + The type of authentication that your function URL uses. Set to AWS_IAM if + you want to restrict access to authenticated users only. Set to NONE if you + want to bypass IAM authentication to create a public endpoint. For more information, + see Security and auth model for Lambda function URLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/urls-auth.html). type: string cors: - description: The cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS) + description: |- + The cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) (https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS) settings for your function URL. properties: allowCredentials: @@ -104,8 +111,9 @@ spec: functionName: type: string functionNameRef: - description: FunctionNameRef is a reference to a function used - to set the FunctionName. + description: |- + FunctionNameRef is a reference to a function used to set + the FunctionName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -115,21 +123,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -139,12 +147,14 @@ spec: - name type: object functionNameSelector: - description: FunctionNameSelector selects references to function - used to set the FunctionName. + description: |- + FunctionNameSelector selects references to function used + to set the FunctionName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -157,21 +167,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -179,15 +189,19 @@ spec: type: object type: object invokeMode: - description: "Use one of the following options: \n * BUFFERED - – This is the default option. Lambda invokes your function using - the Invoke API operation. Invocation results are available when - the payload is complete. The maximum payload size is 6 MB. \n - * RESPONSE_STREAM – Your function streams payload results as - they become available. Lambda invokes your function using the - InvokeWithResponseStream API operation. The maximum response - payload size is 20 MB, however, you can request a quota increase - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/servicequotas/latest/userguide/request-quota-increase.html)." + description: |- + Use one of the following options: + + + * BUFFERED – This is the default option. Lambda invokes your function + using the Invoke API operation. Invocation results are available when + the payload is complete. The maximum payload size is 6 MB. + + + * RESPONSE_STREAM – Your function streams payload results as they become + available. Lambda invokes your function using the InvokeWithResponseStream + API operation. The maximum response payload size is 20 MB, however, you + can request a quota increase (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/servicequotas/latest/userguide/request-quota-increase.html). type: string qualifier: description: The alias name. @@ -203,19 +217,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -228,9 +244,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -240,21 +257,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -264,17 +281,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -284,21 +303,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -313,21 +332,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -338,14 +358,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -368,8 +389,9 @@ spec: of FunctionURLConfig properties: creationTime: - description: When the function URL was created, in ISO-8601 format - (https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime) (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sTZD). + description: |- + When the function URL was created, in ISO-8601 format (https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime) + (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sTZD). type: string functionARN: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of your function. @@ -384,14 +406,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -401,8 +432,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -414,6 +446,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_permissions.yaml b/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_permissions.yaml index 296ded2efe..5f552da71e 100644 --- a/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_permissions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/lambda.aws.crossplane.io_permissions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: permissions.lambda.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: lambda.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: Permission. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -70,27 +76,45 @@ spec: Permission properties: action: - description: "The action that the principal can use on the function. - For example, lambda:InvokeFunction or lambda:GetFunction. \n - This member is required." + description: |- + The action that the principal can use on the function. For example, + lambda:InvokeFunction or lambda:GetFunction. + + + This member is required. type: string eventSourceToken: description: For Alexa Smart Home functions, a token that must be supplied by the invoker. type: string functionName: - description: "The name of the Lambda function, version, or alias. - Name formats \n * Function name - my-function (name-only), my-function:v1 - (with alias). \n * Function ARN - arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function. - \n * Partial ARN - 123456789012:function:my-function. \n You - can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. - The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify - only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. - \n This member is required." + description: |- + The name of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats + + + * Function + name - my-function (name-only), my-function:v1 (with alias). + + + * Function ARN - + arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function. + + + * Partial ARN - + 123456789012:function:my-function. + + + You can append a version number or alias to + any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you + specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. + + + This member is required. type: string functionNameRef: - description: FunctionNameRef is a reference to a function used - to set the FunctionName. + description: |- + FunctionNameRef is a reference to a function used to set + the FunctionName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -100,21 +124,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -124,12 +148,14 @@ spec: - name type: object functionNameSelector: - description: FunctionNameSelector selects references to function - used to set the FunctionName. + description: |- + FunctionNameSelector selects references to function used + to set the FunctionName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -142,21 +168,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -164,31 +190,34 @@ spec: type: object type: object principal: - description: "The Amazon Web Services service or account that - invokes the function. If you specify a service, use SourceArn - or SourceAccount to limit who can invoke the function through - that service. \n This member is required." + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services service or account that invokes the function. If you + specify a service, use SourceArn or SourceAccount to limit who can invoke the + function through that service. + + + This member is required. type: string principalOrgId: - description: The identifier for your organization in Organizations. - Use this to grant permissions to all the Amazon Web Services - accounts under this organization. + description: |- + The identifier for your organization in Organizations. Use this to grant + permissions to all the Amazon Web Services accounts under this organization. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Function will be created. type: string sourceARN: - description: For Amazon Web Services services, the ARN of the - Amazon Web Services resource that invokes the function. For - example, an Amazon S3 bucket or Amazon SNS topic. Note that - Lambda configures the comparison using the StringLike operator. + description: |- + For Amazon Web Services services, the ARN of the Amazon Web Services resource + that invokes the function. For example, an Amazon S3 bucket or Amazon SNS topic. + Note that Lambda configures the comparison using the StringLike operator. type: string sourceAccount: - description: For Amazon S3, the ID of the account that owns the - resource. Use this together with SourceArn to ensure that the - resource is owned by the specified account. It is possible for - an Amazon S3 bucket to be deleted by its owner and recreated - by another account. + description: |- + For Amazon S3, the ID of the account that owns the resource. Use this together + with SourceArn to ensure that the resource is owned by the specified account. It + is possible for an Amazon S3 bucket to be deleted by its owner and recreated by + another account. type: string required: - action @@ -198,19 +227,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -223,9 +254,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -235,21 +267,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -259,17 +291,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -279,21 +313,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -308,21 +342,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -333,14 +368,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -371,14 +407,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -388,8 +433,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -401,6 +447,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/mq.aws.crossplane.io_brokers.yaml b/package/crds/mq.aws.crossplane.io_brokers.yaml index 2f30884a73..5dc33b22e2 100644 --- a/package/crds/mq.aws.crossplane.io_brokers.yaml +++ b/package/crds/mq.aws.crossplane.io_brokers.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: brokers.mq.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: mq.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Broker is the Schema for the Brokers API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -149,8 +155,9 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Broker will be created. type: string securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupsIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupsIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -162,21 +169,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -187,12 +194,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupsIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroups used + to set the SecurityGroupsIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -205,21 +214,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -233,8 +242,9 @@ spec: storageType: type: string subnetIDRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used - to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -246,21 +256,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -271,12 +281,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIDSelector: - description: SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used + description: |- + SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -289,21 +301,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -362,19 +374,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -387,9 +401,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -399,21 +414,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -423,17 +438,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -443,21 +460,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -472,21 +489,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -497,14 +515,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -651,14 +670,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -668,8 +696,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -681,6 +710,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/mq.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml b/package/crds/mq.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml index 6b54165479..b219d0afd4 100644 --- a/package/crds/mq.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml +++ b/package/crds/mq.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: users.mq.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: mq.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: User is the Schema for the Users API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -81,21 +87,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -109,8 +115,9 @@ spec: used to set BrokerID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -123,21 +130,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -179,19 +186,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -204,9 +213,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -216,21 +226,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -240,17 +250,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -260,21 +272,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -289,21 +301,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -314,14 +327,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -348,14 +362,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -365,8 +388,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -378,6 +402,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/mwaa.aws.crossplane.io_environments.yaml b/package/crds/mwaa.aws.crossplane.io_environments.yaml index d5faedf898..188ac88d9d 100644 --- a/package/crds/mwaa.aws.crossplane.io_environments.yaml +++ b/package/crds/mwaa.aws.crossplane.io_environments.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: environments.mwaa.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: mwaa.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Environment is the Schema for the Environments API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -70,41 +76,43 @@ spec: airflowConfigurationOptions: additionalProperties: type: string - description: A list of key-value pairs containing the Apache Airflow - configuration options you want to attach to your environment. - For more information, see Apache Airflow configuration options - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/configuring-env-variables.html). + description: |- + A list of key-value pairs containing the Apache Airflow configuration options + you want to attach to your environment. For more information, see Apache + Airflow configuration options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/configuring-env-variables.html). type: object airflowVersion: - description: 'The Apache Airflow version for your environment. - If no value is specified, it defaults to the latest version. - Valid values: 1.10.12, 2.0.2, 2.2.2, 2.4.3, and 2.5.1. For more - information, see Apache Airflow versions on Amazon Managed Workflows - for Apache Airflow (MWAA) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/airflow-versions.html).' + description: |- + The Apache Airflow version for your environment. If no value is specified, + it defaults to the latest version. Valid values: 1.10.12, 2.0.2, 2.2.2, 2.4.3, + and 2.5.1. For more information, see Apache Airflow versions on Amazon Managed + Workflows for Apache Airflow (MWAA) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/airflow-versions.html). type: string dagS3Path: - description: The relative path to the DAGs folder on your Amazon - S3 bucket. For example, dags. For more information, see Adding - or updating DAGs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/configuring-dag-folder.html). + description: |- + The relative path to the DAGs folder on your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, + dags. For more information, see Adding or updating DAGs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/configuring-dag-folder.html). type: string environmentClass: - description: 'The environment class type. Valid values: mw1.small, - mw1.medium, mw1.large. For more information, see Amazon MWAA - environment class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/environment-class.html).' + description: |- + The environment class type. Valid values: mw1.small, mw1.medium, mw1.large. + For more information, see Amazon MWAA environment class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/environment-class.html). type: string executionRoleARN: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution - role for your environment. An execution role is an AWS Identity - and Access Management (IAM) role that grants MWAA permission - to access AWS services and resources used by your environment. - For example, arn:aws:iam::123456789:role/my-execution-role. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the execution role for your environment. + An execution role is an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that + grants MWAA permission to access AWS services and resources used by your + environment. For example, arn:aws:iam::123456789:role/my-execution-role. To learn more, see Amazon MWAA Execution role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/mwaa-create-role.html). - \n This field or SourceBucketARNRef or SourceBucketARNSelector - is required." + + + This field or SourceBucketARNRef or SourceBucketARNSelector is required. type: string executionRoleARNRef: - description: ExecutionRoleARNRef is a reference to the ExecutionRoleARN - used to set. the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + ExecutionRoleARNRef is a reference to the ExecutionRoleARN used to set. + the SubnetIDs. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -114,21 +122,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -142,8 +150,9 @@ spec: the ExecutionRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -156,21 +165,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -178,14 +187,17 @@ spec: type: object type: object kmsKey: - description: "The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key to encrypt - the data in your environment. You can use an AWS owned CMK, - or a Customer managed CMK (advanced). To learn more, see Get - started with Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/get-started.html). - \n This field or KMSKeyRef or KMSKeySelector is required." + description: |- + The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key to encrypt the data in your environment. + You can use an AWS owned CMK, or a Customer managed CMK (advanced). To learn + more, see Get started with Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/get-started.html). + + + This field or KMSKeyRef or KMSKeySelector is required. type: string kmsKeyRef: - description: KMSKeyRef is a reference to the KMSKey used to set. + description: |- + KMSKeyRef is a reference to the KMSKey used to set. the SubnetIDs. properties: name: @@ -196,21 +208,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -223,8 +235,9 @@ spec: description: KMSKeySelector selects the reference to the KMSKey. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -237,21 +250,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -263,9 +276,9 @@ spec: Logs. properties: dagProcessingLogs: - description: Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) - and defines the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. - INFO). + description: |- + Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) and defines + the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. INFO). properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -273,9 +286,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object schedulerLogs: - description: Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) - and defines the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. - INFO). + description: |- + Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) and defines + the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. INFO). properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -283,9 +296,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object taskLogs: - description: Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) - and defines the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. - INFO). + description: |- + Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) and defines + the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. INFO). properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -293,9 +306,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object webserverLogs: - description: Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) - and defines the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. - INFO). + description: |- + Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) and defines + the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. INFO). properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -303,9 +316,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object workerLogs: - description: Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) - and defines the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. - INFO). + description: |- + Enables the Apache Airflow log type (e.g. DagProcessingLogs) and defines + the log level to send to CloudWatch Logs (e.g. INFO). properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -314,32 +327,34 @@ spec: type: object type: object maxWorkers: - description: The maximum number of workers that you want to run - in your environment. MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow - workers up to the number you specify in the MaxWorkers field. - For example, 20. When there are no more tasks running, and no - more in the queue, MWAA disposes of the extra workers leaving - the one worker that is included with your environment, or the - number you specify in MinWorkers. + description: |- + The maximum number of workers that you want to run in your environment. MWAA + scales the number of Apache Airflow workers up to the number you specify + in the MaxWorkers field. For example, 20. When there are no more tasks running, + and no more in the queue, MWAA disposes of the extra workers leaving the + one worker that is included with your environment, or the number you specify + in MinWorkers. format: int64 type: integer minWorkers: - description: The minimum number of workers that you want to run - in your environment. MWAA scales the number of Apache Airflow - workers up to the number you specify in the MaxWorkers field. - When there are no more tasks running, and no more in the queue, - MWAA disposes of the extra workers leaving the worker count + description: |- + The minimum number of workers that you want to run in your environment. MWAA + scales the number of Apache Airflow workers up to the number you specify + in the MaxWorkers field. When there are no more tasks running, and no more + in the queue, MWAA disposes of the extra workers leaving the worker count you specify in the MinWorkers field. For example, 2. format: int64 type: integer networkConfiguration: - description: The VPC networking components used to secure and - enable network traffic between the AWS resources for your environment. - To learn more, see About networking on Amazon MWAA (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/networking-about.html). + description: |- + The VPC networking components used to secure and enable network traffic between + the AWS resources for your environment. To learn more, see About networking + on Amazon MWAA (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/networking-about.html). properties: securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to - SecurityGroups used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -351,22 +366,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -377,13 +391,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to - SecurityGroupID used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -396,21 +411,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -423,8 +438,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array subnetIdRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -436,22 +452,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -462,13 +477,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used + to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -481,21 +497,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -509,49 +525,57 @@ spec: type: array type: object pluginsS3ObjectVersion: - description: The version of the plugins.zip file on your Amazon - S3 bucket. You must specify a version each time a plugins.zip - file is updated. For more information, see How S3 Versioning - works (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/versioning-workflows.html). + description: |- + The version of the plugins.zip file on your Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify + a version each time a plugins.zip file is updated. For more information, + see How S3 Versioning works (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/versioning-workflows.html). type: string pluginsS3Path: - description: The relative path to the plugins.zip file on your - Amazon S3 bucket. For example, plugins.zip. If specified, then - the plugins.zip version is required. For more information, see - Installing custom plugins (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/configuring-dag-import-plugins.html). + description: |- + The relative path to the plugins.zip file on your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, + plugins.zip. If specified, then the plugins.zip version is required. For + more information, see Installing custom plugins (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/configuring-dag-import-plugins.html). type: string region: description: Region is which region the Environment will be created. type: string requirementsS3ObjectVersion: - description: The version of the requirements.txt file on your - Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify a version each time a requirements.txt - file is updated. For more information, see How S3 Versioning - works (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/versioning-workflows.html). + description: |- + The version of the requirements.txt file on your Amazon S3 bucket. You must + specify a version each time a requirements.txt file is updated. For more + information, see How S3 Versioning works (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/versioning-workflows.html). type: string requirementsS3Path: - description: The relative path to the requirements.txt file on - your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, requirements.txt. If specified, - then a version is required. For more information, see Installing - Python dependencies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/working-dags-dependencies.html). + description: |- + The relative path to the requirements.txt file on your Amazon S3 bucket. + For example, requirements.txt. If specified, then a version is required. + For more information, see Installing Python dependencies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/working-dags-dependencies.html). type: string schedulers: - description: "The number of Apache Airflow schedulers to run in - your environment. Valid values: \n * v2 - Accepts between 2 - to 5. Defaults to 2. \n * v1 - Accepts 1." + description: |- + The number of Apache Airflow schedulers to run in your environment. Valid + values: + + + * v2 - Accepts between 2 to 5. Defaults to 2. + + + * v1 - Accepts 1. format: int64 type: integer sourceBucketARN: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon S3 - bucket where your DAG code and supporting files are stored. - For example, arn:aws:s3:::my-airflow-bucket-unique-name. To - learn more, see Create an Amazon S3 bucket for Amazon MWAA (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/mwaa-s3-bucket.html). - \n This field or SourceBucketARNRef or SourceBucketARNSelector - is required." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon S3 bucket where your DAG code + and supporting files are stored. For example, arn:aws:s3:::my-airflow-bucket-unique-name. + To learn more, see Create an Amazon S3 bucket for Amazon MWAA (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/mwaa-s3-bucket.html). + + + This field or SourceBucketARNRef or SourceBucketARNSelector is required. type: string sourceBucketARNRef: - description: SourceBucketARNRef is a reference to the SourceBucketARN - used to set. the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SourceBucketARNRef is a reference to the SourceBucketARN used to set. + the SubnetIDs. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -561,21 +585,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -589,8 +613,9 @@ spec: the SourceBucketARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -603,21 +628,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -625,41 +650,51 @@ spec: type: object type: object startupScriptS3ObjectVersion: - description: "The version of the startup shell script in your - Amazon S3 bucket. You must specify the version ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/versioning-workflows.html) - that Amazon S3 assigns to the file every time you update the - script. \n Version IDs are Unicode, UTF-8 encoded, URL-ready, - opaque strings that are no more than 1,024 bytes long. The following - is an example: \n 3sL4kqtJlcpXroDTDmJ+rmSpXd3dIbrHY+MTRCxf3vjVBH40Nr8X8gdRQBpUMLUo - \n For more information, see Using a startup script (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/using-startup-script.html)." + description: |- + The version of the startup shell script in your Amazon S3 bucket. You must + specify the version ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/versioning-workflows.html) + that Amazon S3 assigns to the file every time you update the script. + + + Version IDs are Unicode, UTF-8 encoded, URL-ready, opaque strings that are + no more than 1,024 bytes long. The following is an example: + + + 3sL4kqtJlcpXroDTDmJ+rmSpXd3dIbrHY+MTRCxf3vjVBH40Nr8X8gdRQBpUMLUo + + + For more information, see Using a startup script (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/using-startup-script.html). type: string startupScriptS3Path: - description: "The relative path to the startup shell script in - your Amazon S3 bucket. For example, s3://mwaa-environment/startup.sh. - \n Amazon MWAA runs the script as your environment starts, and - before running the Apache Airflow process. You can use this - script to install dependencies, modify Apache Airflow configuration - options, and set environment variables. For more information, - see Using a startup script (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/using-startup-script.html)." + description: |- + The relative path to the startup shell script in your Amazon S3 bucket. For + example, s3://mwaa-environment/startup.sh. + + + Amazon MWAA runs the script as your environment starts, and before running + the Apache Airflow process. You can use this script to install dependencies, + modify Apache Airflow configuration options, and set environment variables. + For more information, see Using a startup script (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/using-startup-script.html). type: string tags: additionalProperties: type: string - description: 'The key-value tag pairs you want to associate to - your environment. For example, "Environment": "Staging". For - more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html).' + description: |- + The key-value tag pairs you want to associate to your environment. For example, + "Environment": "Staging". For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services + resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html). type: object webserverAccessMode: - description: The Apache Airflow Web server access mode. For more - information, see Apache Airflow access modes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/configuring-networking.html). + description: |- + The Apache Airflow Web server access mode. For more information, see Apache + Airflow access modes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/configuring-networking.html). type: string weeklyMaintenanceWindowStart: - description: 'The day and time of the week in Coordinated Universal - Time (UTC) 24-hour standard time to start weekly maintenance - updates of your environment in the following format: DAY:HH:MM. - For example: TUE:03:30. You can specify a start time in 30 minute - increments only.' + description: |- + The day and time of the week in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) 24-hour + standard time to start weekly maintenance updates of your environment in + the following format: DAY:HH:MM. For example: TUE:03:30. You can specify + a start time in 30 minute increments only. type: string required: - dagS3Path @@ -669,19 +704,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -694,9 +731,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -706,21 +744,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -730,17 +768,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -750,21 +790,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -779,21 +819,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -804,14 +845,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -855,33 +897,55 @@ spec: type: string type: object status: - description: "The status of the Amazon MWAA environment. Valid - values: \n * CREATING - Indicates the request to create the - environment is in progress. \n * CREATING_SNAPSHOT - Indicates - the request to update environment details, or upgrade the environment - version, is in progress and Amazon MWAA is creating a storage - volume snapshot of the Amazon RDS database cluster associated - with the environment. A database snapshot is a backup created - at a specific point in time. Amazon MWAA uses snapshots to recover - environment metadata if the process to update or upgrade an - environment fails. \n * CREATE_FAILED - Indicates the request - to create the environment failed, and the environment could - not be created. \n * AVAILABLE - Indicates the request was successful - and the environment is ready to use. \n * UPDATING - Indicates - the request to update the environment is in progress. \n * ROLLING_BACK - - Indicates the request to update environment details, or upgrade - the environment version, failed and Amazon MWAA is restoring - the environment using the latest storage volume snapshot. \n - * DELETING - Indicates the request to delete the environment - is in progress. \n * DELETED - Indicates the request to delete - the environment is complete, and the environment has been deleted. - \n * UNAVAILABLE - Indicates the request failed, but the environment - was unable to rollback and is not in a stable state. \n * UPDATE_FAILED - - Indicates the request to update the environment failed, and - the environment has rolled back successfully and is ready to - use. \n We recommend reviewing our troubleshooting guide for - a list of common errors and their solutions. For more information, - see Amazon MWAA troubleshooting (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/troubleshooting.html)." + description: |- + The status of the Amazon MWAA environment. Valid values: + + + * CREATING - Indicates the request to create the environment is in progress. + + + * CREATING_SNAPSHOT - Indicates the request to update environment details, + or upgrade the environment version, is in progress and Amazon MWAA is + creating a storage volume snapshot of the Amazon RDS database cluster + associated with the environment. A database snapshot is a backup created + at a specific point in time. Amazon MWAA uses snapshots to recover environment + metadata if the process to update or upgrade an environment fails. + + + * CREATE_FAILED - Indicates the request to create the environment failed, + and the environment could not be created. + + + * AVAILABLE - Indicates the request was successful and the environment + is ready to use. + + + * UPDATING - Indicates the request to update the environment is in progress. + + + * ROLLING_BACK - Indicates the request to update environment details, + or upgrade the environment version, failed and Amazon MWAA is restoring + the environment using the latest storage volume snapshot. + + + * DELETING - Indicates the request to delete the environment is in progress. + + + * DELETED - Indicates the request to delete the environment is complete, + and the environment has been deleted. + + + * UNAVAILABLE - Indicates the request failed, but the environment was + unable to rollback and is not in a stable state. + + + * UPDATE_FAILED - Indicates the request to update the environment failed, + and the environment has rolled back successfully and is ready to use. + + + We recommend reviewing our troubleshooting guide for a list of common errors + and their solutions. For more information, see Amazon MWAA troubleshooting + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mwaa/latest/userguide/troubleshooting.html). type: string type: object conditions: @@ -890,14 +954,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -907,8 +980,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -920,6 +994,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/neptune.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml b/package/crds/neptune.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml index 9571c97b30..7a7c6c88b7 100644 --- a/package/crds/neptune.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/neptune.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbclusters.neptune.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: neptune.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DBCluster is the Schema for the DBClusters API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,102 +74,151 @@ spec: description: DBClusterParameters defines the desired state of DBCluster properties: applyImmediately: - description: "The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the - NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword values. If you - set the ApplyImmediately parameter value to false, then changes - to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword values - are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes + description: |- + The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and + MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value + to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword + values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately - parameter. \n Default: false" + parameter. + + + Default: false type: boolean availabilityZones: - description: A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in - the DB cluster can be created in. + description: |- + A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be + created in. items: type: string type: array backupRetentionPeriod: - description: "The number of days for which automated backups are - retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. \n Default: - 1 \n Constraints: \n * Must be a value from 1 to 35" + description: |- + The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify + a minimum value of 1. + + + Default: 1 + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be a value from 1 to 35 format: int64 type: integer characterSetName: description: (Not supported by Neptune) type: string copyTagsToSnapshot: - description: If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of - the DB cluster that is created. + description: |- + If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the DB cluster that is + created. type: boolean databaseName: - description: The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric - characters. If you do not provide a name, Amazon Neptune will - not create a database in the DB cluster you are creating. + description: |- + The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do + not provide a name, Amazon Neptune will not create a database in the DB cluster + you are creating. type: string dbClusterParameterGroupName: - description: "The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate - with this DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, the default - is used. \n Constraints: \n * If supplied, must match the name - of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup." + description: |- + The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. + If this argument is omitted, the default is used. + + + Constraints: + + + * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. type: string dbSubnetGroupName: - description: "A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. - \n Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. - Must not be default. \n Example: mySubnetgroup" + description: |- + A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. + + + Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be + default. + + + Example: mySubnetgroup type: string deletionProtection: - description: A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has - deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted when - deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion protection - is enabled. + description: |- + A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. + The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, + deletion protection is enabled. type: boolean destinationRegion: description: DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. type: string enableCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: The list of log types that need to be enabled for - exporting to CloudWatch Logs. + description: |- + The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch + Logs. items: type: string type: array enableIAMDatabaseAuthentication: - description: "If set to true, enables Amazon Identity and Access - Management (IAM) authentication for the entire DB cluster (this - cannot be set at an instance level). \n Default: false." + description: |- + If set to true, enables Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication + for the entire DB cluster (this cannot be set at an instance level). + + + Default: false. type: boolean engine: - description: "The name of the database engine to be used for this - DB cluster. \n Valid Values: neptune" + description: |- + The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. + + + Valid Values: neptune type: string engineVersion: - description: "The version number of the database engine to use - for the new DB cluster. \n Example: 1.0.2.1" + description: |- + The version number of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. + + + Example: 1.0.2.1 type: string globalClusterIdentifier: - description: The ID of the Neptune global database to which this - new DB cluster should be added. + description: |- + The ID of the Neptune global database to which this new DB cluster should + be added. type: string kmsKeyID: - description: "The Amazon KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB - cluster. \n The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name - (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster - with the same Amazon account that owns the KMS encryption key - used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS - key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. \n - If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId: \n * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier - identifies an encrypted source, then Amazon Neptune will use - the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon - Neptune will use your default encryption key. \n * If the StorageEncrypted - parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier is not specified, - then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key. \n - Amazon KMS creates the default encryption key for your Amazon - account. Your Amazon account has a different default encryption - key for each Amazon Region. \n If you create a Read Replica - of an encrypted DB cluster in another Amazon Region, you must - set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination - Amazon Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica - in that Amazon Region." + description: |- + The Amazon KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. + + + The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption + key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same Amazon account that owns + the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use + the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. + + + If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId: + + + * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then + Amazon Neptune will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. + Otherwise, Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key. + + + * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier + is not specified, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption + key. + + + Amazon KMS creates the default encryption key for your Amazon account. Your + Amazon account has a different default encryption key for each Amazon Region. + + + If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another Amazon + Region, you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination + Amazon Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that Amazon + Region. type: string masterUserPassword: description: Not supported by Neptune. @@ -175,41 +230,70 @@ spec: description: (Not supported by Neptune) type: string port: - description: "The port number on which the instances in the DB - cluster accept connections. \n Default: 8182" + description: |- + The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. + + + Default: 8182 format: int64 type: integer preSignedURL: description: This parameter is not currently supported. type: string preferredBackupWindow: - description: "The daily time range during which automated backups - are created if automated backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod - parameter. \n The default is a 30-minute window selected at - random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Region. - To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred - Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) - in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. \n Constraints: \n * Must - be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. \n * Must be in Universal - Coordinated Time (UTC). \n * Must not conflict with the preferred - maintenance window. \n * Must be at least 30 minutes." + description: |- + The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated + backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. + + + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each Amazon Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting + the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) + in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. + + + * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. + + + * Must be at least 30 minutes. type: string preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: "The weekly time range during which system maintenance - can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). \n Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi - \n The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from - an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Region, occurring on - a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, - see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) - in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. \n Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, - Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. \n Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window." + description: |- + The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal + Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + + + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each Amazon Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To + see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) + in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. + + + Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. + + + Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. type: string region: description: Region is which region the DBCluster will be created. type: string replicationSourceIdentifier: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance - or DB cluster if this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if + this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica. type: string serverlessV2ScalingConfiguration: properties: @@ -219,18 +303,23 @@ spec: type: number type: object skipFinalSnapshot: - description: "Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is - created before the DB cluster is deleted. If true is specified, - no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false is specified, a - DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. - \n You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if - SkipFinalSnapshot is false. \n Default: false" + description: |- + Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster + is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false + is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. + + + You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot + is false. + + + Default: false type: boolean sourceRegion: - description: SourceRegion is the source region where the resource - exists. This is not sent over the wire and is only used for - presigning. This value should always have the same region as - the source ARN. + description: |- + SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not + sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always + have the same region as the source ARN. type: string storageEncrypted: description: Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. @@ -258,19 +347,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -283,9 +374,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -295,21 +387,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -319,17 +411,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -339,21 +433,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -368,21 +462,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -393,14 +488,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -422,16 +518,17 @@ spec: description: DBClusterObservation defines the observed state of DBCluster properties: allocatedStorage: - description: AllocatedStorage always returns 1, because Neptune - DB cluster storage size is not fixed, but instead automatically - adjusts as needed. + description: |- + AllocatedStorage always returns 1, because Neptune DB cluster storage size + is not fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as needed. format: int64 type: integer associatedRoles: - description: Provides a list of the Amazon Identity and Access - Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. - IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission - for the DB cluster to access other Amazon services on your behalf. + description: |- + Provides a list of the Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles + that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with + a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other Amazon services + on your behalf. items: properties: featureName: @@ -452,8 +549,9 @@ spec: is associated. type: string clusterCreateTime: - description: Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, - in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + description: |- + Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated + Time (UTC). format: date-time type: string crossAccountClone: @@ -464,8 +562,9 @@ spec: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. type: string dbClusterIdentifier: - description: Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This - identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster. + description: |- + Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique + key that identifies a DB cluster. type: string dbClusterMembers: description: Provides the list of instances that make up the DB @@ -498,24 +597,26 @@ spec: for the DB cluster. type: string dbClusterResourceID: - description: The Amazon Region-unique, immutable identifier for - the DB cluster. This identifier is found in Amazon CloudTrail - log entries whenever the Amazon KMS key for the DB cluster is - accessed. + description: |- + The Amazon Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier + is found in Amazon CloudTrail log entries whenever the Amazon KMS key for + the DB cluster is accessed. type: string dbSubnetGroup: - description: Specifies information on the subnet group associated - with the DB cluster, including the name, description, and subnets - in the subnet group. + description: |- + Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, + including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. type: string earliestRestorableTime: - description: Specifies the earliest time to which a database can - be restored with point-in-time restore. + description: |- + Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time + restore. format: date-time type: string enabledCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured - to export to CloudWatch Logs. + description: |- + A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to CloudWatch + Logs. items: type: string type: array @@ -528,13 +629,14 @@ spec: you create a hosted zone. type: string iamDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled: - description: True if mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management - (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise - false. + description: |- + True if mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to + database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. type: boolean latestRestorableTime: - description: Specifies the latest time to which a database can - be restored with point-in-time restore. + description: |- + Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time + restore. format: date-time type: string multiAZ: @@ -542,9 +644,9 @@ spec: multiple Availability Zones. type: boolean pendingModifiedValues: - description: This data type is used as a response element in the - ModifyDBCluster operation and contains changes that will be - applied during the next maintenance window. + description: |- + This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBCluster operation + and contains changes that will be applied during the next maintenance window. properties: allocatedStorage: format: int64 @@ -562,9 +664,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer pendingCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: A list of the log types whose configuration is - still pending. In other words, these log types are in the - process of being activated or deactivated. + description: |- + A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, + these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. properties: logTypesToDisable: items: @@ -580,23 +682,26 @@ spec: description: Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. type: string readReplicaIdentifiers: - description: Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas - associated with this DB cluster. + description: |- + Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this + DB cluster. items: type: string type: array readerEndpoint: - description: "The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader - endpoint for a DB cluster load-balances connections across the - Read Replicas that are available in a DB cluster. As clients - request new connections to the reader endpoint, Neptune distributes - the connection requests among the Read Replicas in the DB cluster. - This functionality can help balance your read workload across - multiple Read Replicas in your DB cluster. \n If a failover - occurs, and the Read Replica that you are connected to is promoted - to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue - sending your read workload to other Read Replicas in the cluster, - you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint." + description: |- + The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster + load-balances connections across the Read Replicas that are available in + a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, + Neptune distributes the connection requests among the Read Replicas in the + DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across + multiple Read Replicas in your DB cluster. + + + If a failover occurs, and the Read Replica that you are connected to is promoted + to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue sending + your read workload to other Read Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect + to the reader endpoint. type: string status: description: Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. @@ -619,14 +724,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -636,8 +750,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -649,6 +764,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/opensearchservice.aws.crossplane.io_domains.yaml b/package/crds/opensearchservice.aws.crossplane.io_domains.yaml index d22dd7195b..43c6d7cf3b 100644 --- a/package/crds/opensearchservice.aws.crossplane.io_domains.yaml +++ b/package/crds/opensearchservice.aws.crossplane.io_domains.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: domains.opensearchservice.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: opensearchservice.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Domain is the Schema for the Domains API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,33 +74,44 @@ spec: description: DomainParameters defines the desired state of Domain properties: accessPolicies: - description: Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy document - specifying the access policies for the new domain. + description: |- + Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy document specifying the access + policies for the new domain. type: string advancedOptions: additionalProperties: type: string - description: "Key-value pairs to specify advanced configuration - options. The following key-value pairs are supported: \n * \"rest.action.multi.allow_explicit_index\": - \"true\" | \"false\" - Note the use of a string rather than - a boolean. Specifies whether explicit references to indexes - are allowed inside the body of HTTP requests. If you want to - configure access policies for domain sub-resources, such as - specific indexes and domain APIs, you must disable this property. - Default is true. \n * \"indices.fielddata.cache.size\": \"80\" - - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies - the percentage of heap space allocated to field data. Default - is unbounded. \n * \"indices.query.bool.max_clause_count\": - \"1024\" - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies - the maximum number of clauses allowed in a Lucene boolean query. - Default is 1,024. Queries with more than the permitted number - of clauses result in a TooManyClauses error. \n * \"override_main_response_version\": - \"true\" | \"false\" - Note the use of a string rather than - a boolean. Specifies whether the domain reports its version - as 7.10 to allow Elasticsearch OSS clients and plugins to continue - working with it. Default is false when creating a domain and - true when upgrading a domain. \n For more information, see Advanced - cluster parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/createupdatedomains.html#createdomain-configure-advanced-options)." + description: |- + Key-value pairs to specify advanced configuration options. The following + key-value pairs are supported: + + + * "rest.action.multi.allow_explicit_index": "true" | "false" - Note the + use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies whether explicit references + to indexes are allowed inside the body of HTTP requests. If you want to + configure access policies for domain sub-resources, such as specific indexes + and domain APIs, you must disable this property. Default is true. + + + * "indices.fielddata.cache.size": "80" - Note the use of a string rather + than a boolean. Specifies the percentage of heap space allocated to field + data. Default is unbounded. + + + * "indices.query.bool.max_clause_count": "1024" - Note the use of a string + rather than a boolean. Specifies the maximum number of clauses allowed + in a Lucene boolean query. Default is 1,024. Queries with more than the + permitted number of clauses result in a TooManyClauses error. + + + * "override_main_response_version": "true" | "false" - Note the use of + a string rather than a boolean. Specifies whether the domain reports its + version as 7.10 to allow Elasticsearch OSS clients and plugins to continue + working with it. Default is false when creating a domain and true when + upgrading a domain. + + + For more information, see Advanced cluster parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/createupdatedomains.html#createdomain-configure-advanced-options). type: object advancedSecurityOptions: description: Options for fine-grained access control. @@ -109,10 +126,10 @@ spec: description: Credentials for the master user for a domain. properties: masterUserARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain. - See Identifiers for IAM Entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/index.html) - in Using AWS Identity and Access Management for more - information. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain. See Identifiers for IAM Entities + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/index.html) in Using AWS + Identity and Access Management for more information. type: string masterUserName: type: string @@ -159,9 +176,9 @@ spec: cronExpressionForRecurrence: type: string duration: - description: The duration of a maintenance schedule. - For more information, see Auto-Tune for Amazon OpenSearch - Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/auto-tune.html). + description: |- + The duration of a maintenance schedule. For more information, see Auto-Tune + for Amazon OpenSearch Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/auto-tune.html). properties: unit: description: The unit of a maintenance schedule @@ -185,10 +202,10 @@ spec: description: Container for the cluster configuration of a domain. properties: coldStorageOptions: - description: Container for the parameters required to enable - cold storage for an OpenSearch Service domain. For more - information, see Cold storage for Amazon OpenSearch Service - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/cold-storage.html). + description: |- + Container for the parameters required to enable cold storage for an OpenSearch + Service domain. For more information, see Cold storage for Amazon OpenSearch + Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/cold-storage.html). properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -226,9 +243,9 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object cognitoOptions: - description: Key-value pairs to configure Amazon Cognito authentication. - For more information, see Configuring Amazon Cognito authentication - for OpenSearch Dashboards (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/cognito-auth.html). + description: |- + Key-value pairs to configure Amazon Cognito authentication. For more information, + see Configuring Amazon Cognito authentication for OpenSearch Dashboards (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/cognito-auth.html). properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -240,15 +257,17 @@ spec: type: string type: object domainEndpointOptions: - description: Additional options for the domain endpoint, such - as whether to require HTTPS for all traffic. + description: |- + Additional options for the domain endpoint, such as whether to require HTTPS + for all traffic. properties: customEndpoint: type: string customEndpointCertificateARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain. - See Identifiers for IAM Entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/index.html) - in Using AWS Identity and Access Management for more information. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain. See Identifiers for IAM Entities + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/index.html) in Using AWS + Identity and Access Management for more information. type: string customEndpointEnabled: type: boolean @@ -258,8 +277,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object ebsOptions: - description: Container for the parameters required to enable EBS-based - storage for an OpenSearch Service domain. + description: |- + Container for the parameters required to enable EBS-based storage for an + OpenSearch Service domain. properties: ebsEnabled: type: boolean @@ -273,8 +293,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer volumeType: - description: The type of EBS volume that a domain uses. For - more information, see Configuring EBS-based storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/opensearch-createupdatedomains.html#opensearch-createdomain-configure-ebs). + description: |- + The type of EBS volume that a domain uses. For more information, see Configuring + EBS-based storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/opensearch-createupdatedomains.html#opensearch-createdomain-configure-ebs). type: string type: object encryptionAtRestOptions: @@ -296,21 +317,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -324,9 +345,9 @@ spec: Key used to set KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -339,21 +360,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -362,11 +383,11 @@ spec: type: object type: object engineVersion: - description: String of format Elasticsearch_X.Y or OpenSearch_X.Y - to specify the engine version for the OpenSearch Service domain. - For example, OpenSearch_1.0 or Elasticsearch_7.9. For more information, - see Creating and managing Amazon OpenSearch Service domains - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/createupdatedomains.html#createdomains). + description: |- + String of format Elasticsearch_X.Y or OpenSearch_X.Y to specify the engine + version for the OpenSearch Service domain. For example, OpenSearch_1.0 or + Elasticsearch_7.9. For more information, see Creating and managing Amazon + OpenSearch Service domains (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/createupdatedomains.html#createdomains). type: string logPublishingOptions: additionalProperties: @@ -387,25 +408,30 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object offPeakWindowOptions: - description: Specifies a daily 10-hour time block during which - OpenSearch Service can perform configuration changes on the - domain, including service software updates and Auto-Tune enhancements - that require a blue/green deployment. If no options are specified, - the default start time of 10:00 P.M. local time (for the Region + description: |- + Specifies a daily 10-hour time block during which OpenSearch Service can + perform configuration changes on the domain, including service software updates + and Auto-Tune enhancements that require a blue/green deployment. If no options + are specified, the default start time of 10:00 P.M. local time (for the Region that the domain is created in) is used. properties: enabled: type: boolean offPeakWindow: - description: "A custom 10-hour, low-traffic window during - which OpenSearch Service can perform mandatory configuration - changes on the domain. These actions can include scheduled - service software updates and blue/green Auto-Tune enhancements. - OpenSearch Service will schedule these actions during the - window that you specify. \n If you don't specify a window - start time, it defaults to 10:00 P.M. local time. \n For - more information, see Defining off-peak maintenance windows - for Amazon OpenSearch Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/off-peak.html)." + description: |- + A custom 10-hour, low-traffic window during which OpenSearch Service can + perform mandatory configuration changes on the domain. These actions can + include scheduled service software updates and blue/green Auto-Tune enhancements. + OpenSearch Service will schedule these actions during the window that you + specify. + + + If you don't specify a window start time, it defaults to 10:00 P.M. local + time. + + + For more information, see Defining off-peak maintenance windows for Amazon + OpenSearch Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/off-peak.html). properties: windowStartTime: description: The desired start time for an off-peak maintenance @@ -440,25 +466,27 @@ spec: items: properties: key: - description: A string between 1 to 128 characters that specifies - the key for a tag. Tag keys must be unique for the domain - to which they're attached. + description: |- + A string between 1 to 128 characters that specifies the key for a tag. Tag + keys must be unique for the domain to which they're attached. type: string value: - description: A string between 0 to 256 characters that specifies - the value for a tag. Tag values can be null and don't - have to be unique in a tag set. + description: |- + A string between 0 to 256 characters that specifies the value for a tag. + Tag values can be null and don't have to be unique in a tag set. type: string type: object type: array vpcOptions: - description: Options to specify the subnets and security groups - for the VPC endpoint. For more information, see Launching your - Amazon OpenSearch Service domains using a VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/vpc.html). + description: |- + Options to specify the subnets and security groups for the VPC endpoint. + For more information, see Launching your Amazon OpenSearch Service domains + using a VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/vpc.html). properties: securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to - SecurityGroups used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -470,22 +498,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -496,13 +523,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to - SecurityGroupID used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -515,21 +543,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -541,8 +569,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array subnetIdRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -554,22 +583,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -580,13 +608,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDsSelector selects references to Subnets used + to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -599,21 +628,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -632,19 +661,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -657,9 +688,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -669,21 +701,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -693,17 +725,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -713,21 +747,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -742,21 +776,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -767,14 +802,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -796,8 +832,9 @@ spec: description: DomainObservation defines the observed state of Domain properties: accessPolicies: - description: Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy document - specifying the access policies for the domain. + description: |- + Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy document specifying the access + policies for the domain. type: string advancedOptions: additionalProperties: @@ -841,8 +878,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object arn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain. For - more information, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain. For more information, see IAM + identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) in the AWS Identity and Access Management User Guide. type: string autoTuneOptions: @@ -851,8 +889,9 @@ spec: errorMessage: type: string state: - description: The Auto-Tune state for the domain. For valid - states see Auto-Tune for Amazon OpenSearch Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/auto-tune.html). + description: |- + The Auto-Tune state for the domain. For valid states see Auto-Tune for Amazon + OpenSearch Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/auto-tune.html). type: string useOffPeakWindow: type: boolean @@ -870,10 +909,10 @@ spec: description: Container for the cluster configuration of the domain. properties: coldStorageOptions: - description: Container for the parameters required to enable - cold storage for an OpenSearch Service domain. For more - information, see Cold storage for Amazon OpenSearch Service - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/cold-storage.html). + description: |- + Container for the parameters required to enable cold storage for an OpenSearch + Service domain. For more information, see Cold storage for Amazon OpenSearch + Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/opensearch-service/latest/developerguide/cold-storage.html). properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -911,8 +950,9 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object cognitoOptions: - description: Key-value pairs to configure Amazon Cognito authentication - for OpenSearch Dashboards. + description: |- + Key-value pairs to configure Amazon Cognito authentication for OpenSearch + Dashboards. properties: enabled: type: boolean @@ -924,26 +964,28 @@ spec: type: string type: object created: - description: Creation status of an OpenSearch Service domain. - True if domain creation is complete. False if domain creation - is still in progress. + description: |- + Creation status of an OpenSearch Service domain. True if domain creation + is complete. False if domain creation is still in progress. type: boolean deleted: - description: Deletion status of an OpenSearch Service domain. - True if domain deletion is complete. False if domain deletion - is still in progress. Once deletion is complete, the status - of the domain is no longer returned. + description: |- + Deletion status of an OpenSearch Service domain. True if domain deletion + is complete. False if domain deletion is still in progress. Once deletion + is complete, the status of the domain is no longer returned. type: boolean domainEndpointOptions: - description: Additional options for the domain endpoint, such - as whether to require HTTPS for all traffic. + description: |- + Additional options for the domain endpoint, such as whether to require HTTPS + for all traffic. properties: customEndpoint: type: string customEndpointCertificateARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain. - See Identifiers for IAM Entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/index.html) - in Using AWS Identity and Access Management for more information. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain. See Identifiers for IAM Entities + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/index.html) in Using AWS + Identity and Access Management for more information. type: string customEndpointEnabled: type: boolean @@ -956,9 +998,9 @@ spec: description: Unique identifier for the domain. type: string domainName: - description: Name of the domain. Domain names are unique across - all domains owned by the same account within an Amazon Web Services - Region. + description: |- + Name of the domain. Domain names are unique across all domains owned by the + same account within an Amazon Web Services Region. type: string encryptionAtRestOptions: description: Encryption at rest settings for the domain. @@ -969,18 +1011,21 @@ spec: type: string type: object endpoint: - description: Domain-specific endpoint used to submit index, search, - and data upload requests to the domain. + description: |- + Domain-specific endpoint used to submit index, search, and data upload requests + to the domain. type: string endpoints: additionalProperties: type: string - description: 'The key-value pair that exists if the OpenSearch - Service domain uses VPC endpoints.. Example key, value: ''vpc'',''vpc-endpoint-h2dsd34efgyghrtguk5gt6j2foh4.us-east-1.es.amazonaws.com''.' + description: |- + The key-value pair that exists if the OpenSearch Service domain uses VPC + endpoints.. Example key, value: 'vpc','vpc-endpoint-h2dsd34efgyghrtguk5gt6j2foh4.us-east-1.es.amazonaws.com'. type: object engineVersion: - description: Version of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch that the domain - is running, in the format Elasticsearch_X.Y or OpenSearch_X.Y. + description: |- + Version of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch that the domain is running, in the + format Elasticsearch_X.Y or OpenSearch_X.Y. type: string nodeToNodeEncryptionOptions: description: Whether node-to-node encryption is enabled or disabled. @@ -989,9 +1034,9 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object processing: - description: The status of the domain configuration. True if OpenSearch - Service is processing configuration changes. False if the configuration - is active. + description: |- + The status of the domain configuration. True if OpenSearch Service is processing + configuration changes. False if the configuration is active. type: boolean serviceSoftwareOptions: description: The current status of the domain's service software. @@ -1015,18 +1060,19 @@ spec: type: string type: object snapshotOptions: - description: DEPRECATED. Container for parameters required to - configure automated snapshots of domain indexes. + description: |- + DEPRECATED. Container for parameters required to configure automated snapshots + of domain indexes. properties: automatedSnapshotStartHour: format: int64 type: integer type: object upgradeProcessing: - description: The status of a domain version upgrade to a new version - of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch. True if OpenSearch Service is - in the process of a version upgrade. False if the configuration - is active. + description: |- + The status of a domain version upgrade to a new version of OpenSearch or + Elasticsearch. True if OpenSearch Service is in the process of a version + upgrade. False if the configuration is active. type: boolean vpcOptions: description: The VPC configuration for the domain. @@ -1053,14 +1099,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1070,8 +1125,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1083,6 +1139,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_alertmanagerdefinitions.yaml b/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_alertmanagerdefinitions.yaml index d74a69c663..5da0f3a661 100644 --- a/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_alertmanagerdefinitions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_alertmanagerdefinitions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: alertmanagerdefinitions.prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -81,8 +87,9 @@ spec: description: workspaceID is the ID for the Workspace. type: string workspaceIdRef: - description: WorkspaceIDRef is a reference to a Workspace used - to set the workspaceID. + description: |- + WorkspaceIDRef is a reference to a Workspace used to set + the workspaceID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -92,21 +99,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -116,12 +123,14 @@ spec: - name type: object workspaceIdSelector: - description: WorkspaceIDSelector selects references to Workspace - used to set the workspaceID. + description: |- + WorkspaceIDSelector selects references to Workspace used + to set the workspaceID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -134,21 +143,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -162,19 +171,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -187,9 +198,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -199,21 +211,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -223,17 +235,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -243,21 +257,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -272,21 +286,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -297,14 +312,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -340,14 +356,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -357,8 +382,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -370,6 +396,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_rulegroupsnamespaces.yaml b/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_rulegroupsnamespaces.yaml index 77e92f4d02..6ac0ac7b37 100644 --- a/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_rulegroupsnamespaces.yaml +++ b/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_rulegroupsnamespaces.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: rulegroupsnamespaces.prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -90,8 +96,9 @@ spec: description: workspaceID is the ID for the Workspace. type: string workspaceIdRef: - description: WorkspaceIDRef is a reference to a Workspace used - to set the workspaceID. + description: |- + WorkspaceIDRef is a reference to a Workspace used to set + the workspaceID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -101,21 +108,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -125,12 +132,14 @@ spec: - name type: object workspaceIdSelector: - description: WorkspaceIDSelector selects references to Workspace - used to set the workspaceID. + description: |- + WorkspaceIDSelector selects references to Workspace used + to set the workspaceID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -143,21 +152,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -172,19 +181,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -197,9 +208,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -209,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -233,17 +245,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -253,21 +267,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -282,21 +296,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -307,14 +322,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -356,14 +372,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -373,8 +398,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -386,6 +412,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_workspaces.yaml b/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_workspaces.yaml index 1c95cc5001..cae4bbbc84 100644 --- a/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_workspaces.yaml +++ b/package/crds/prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io_workspaces.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: workspaces.prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: prometheusservice.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Workspace is the Schema for the Workspaces API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,8 +74,9 @@ spec: description: WorkspaceParameters defines the desired state of Workspace properties: alias: - description: An optional user-assigned alias for this workspace. - This alias is for user reference and does not need to be unique. + description: |- + An optional user-assigned alias for this workspace. This alias is for user + reference and does not need to be unique. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Workspace will be created. @@ -85,19 +92,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -110,9 +119,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -122,21 +132,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -146,17 +156,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -166,21 +178,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -195,21 +207,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -220,14 +233,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -272,14 +286,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -289,8 +312,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -302,6 +326,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/ram.aws.crossplane.io_resourceshares.yaml b/package/crds/ram.aws.crossplane.io_resourceshares.yaml index d47efa2609..2b795b128d 100644 --- a/package/crds/ram.aws.crossplane.io_resourceshares.yaml +++ b/package/crds/ram.aws.crossplane.io_resourceshares.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: resourceshares.ram.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: ram.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: ResourceShare is the Schema for the ResourceShares API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,52 +75,72 @@ spec: ResourceShare properties: allowExternalPrincipals: - description: Specifies whether principals outside your organization - in Organizations can be associated with a resource share. A - value of true lets you share with individual Amazon Web Services - accounts that are not in your organization. A value of false - only has meaning if your account is a member of an Amazon Web - Services Organization. The default value is true. + description: |- + Specifies whether principals outside your organization in Organizations can + be associated with a resource share. A value of true lets you share with + individual Amazon Web Services accounts that are not in your organization. + A value of false only has meaning if your account is a member of an Amazon + Web Services Organization. The default value is true. type: boolean clientToken: - description: "Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that - you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets - you safely retry the request without accidentally performing - the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to - a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the - same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use - a UUID type of value. (https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier). - \n If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services - generates a random one for you. \n If you retry the operation - with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the - retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error." + description: |- + Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure + the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without + accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same + value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same + value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of + value. (https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier). + + + If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random + one for you. + + + If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different + parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error. type: string name: description: Specifies the name of the resource share. type: string permissionARNs: - description: Specifies the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - of the RAM permission to associate with the resource share. - If you do not specify an ARN for the permission, RAM automatically - attaches the default version of the permission for each resource - type. You can associate only one permission with each resource - type included in the resource share. + description: |- + Specifies the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + of the RAM permission to associate with the resource share. If you do not + specify an ARN for the permission, RAM automatically attaches the default + version of the permission for each resource type. You can associate only + one permission with each resource type included in the resource share. items: type: string type: array principals: - description: "Specifies a list of one or more principals to associate - with the resource share. \n You can include the following values: - \n * An Amazon Web Services account ID, for example: 123456789012 - \n * An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - of an organization in Organizations, for example: organizations::123456789012:organization/o-exampleorgid - \n * An ARN of an organizational unit (OU) in Organizations, - for example: organizations::123456789012:ou/o-exampleorgid/ou-examplerootid-exampleouid123 - \n * An ARN of an IAM role, for example: iam::123456789012:role/rolename - \n * An ARN of an IAM user, for example: iam::123456789012user/username - \n Not all resource types can be shared with IAM roles and users. - For more information, see Sharing with IAM roles and users (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ram/latest/userguide/permissions.html#permissions-rbp-supported-resource-types) - in the Resource Access Manager User Guide." + description: |- + Specifies a list of one or more principals to associate with the resource + share. + + + You can include the following values: + + + * An Amazon Web Services account ID, for example: 123456789012 + + + * An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + of an organization in Organizations, for example: organizations::123456789012:organization/o-exampleorgid + + + * An ARN of an organizational unit (OU) in Organizations, for example: + organizations::123456789012:ou/o-exampleorgid/ou-examplerootid-exampleouid123 + + + * An ARN of an IAM role, for example: iam::123456789012:role/rolename + + + * An ARN of an IAM user, for example: iam::123456789012user/username + + + Not all resource types can be shared with IAM roles and users. For more information, + see Sharing with IAM roles and users (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ram/latest/userguide/permissions.html#permissions-rbp-supported-resource-types) + in the Resource Access Manager User Guide. items: type: string type: array @@ -123,21 +149,23 @@ spec: created. type: string resourceARNs: - description: Specifies a list of one or more ARNs of the resources - to associate with the resource share. + description: |- + Specifies a list of one or more ARNs of the resources to associate with the + resource share. items: type: string type: array sources: - description: Specifies from which source accounts the service - principal has access to the resources in this resource share. + description: |- + Specifies from which source accounts the service principal has access to + the resources in this resource share. items: type: string type: array tags: - description: Specifies one or more tags to attach to the resource - share itself. It doesn't attach the tags to the resources associated - with the resource share. + description: |- + Specifies one or more tags to attach to the resource share itself. It doesn't + attach the tags to the resources associated with the resource share. items: properties: key: @@ -153,19 +181,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -178,9 +208,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -190,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -214,17 +245,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -234,21 +267,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -263,21 +296,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -288,14 +322,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -358,14 +393,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -375,8 +419,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -388,6 +433,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusterparametergroups.yaml b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusterparametergroups.yaml index a2fc872b65..e2daf4eb54 100644 --- a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusterparametergroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusterparametergroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbclusterparametergroups.rds.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: rds.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,38 +77,76 @@ spec: state of DBClusterParameterGroup properties: dbParameterGroupFamily: - description: "The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB - cluster parameter group can be associated with one and only - one DB cluster parameter group family, and can be applied only - to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine version - compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. \n Aurora - MySQL \n Example: aurora5.6, aurora-mysql5.7 \n Aurora PostgreSQL - \n Example: aurora-postgresql9.6 \n To list all of the available - parameter group families for a DB engine, use the following - command: \n aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query \"DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily\" - --engine \n For example, to list all of the available - parameter group families for the Aurora PostgreSQL DB engine, - use the following command: \n aws rds describe-db-engine-versions - --query \"DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily\" --engine - aurora-postgresql \n The output contains duplicates. \n The - following are the valid DB engine values: \n * aurora (for MySQL - 5.6-compatible Aurora) \n * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible - Aurora) \n * aurora-postgresql \n One of DBParameterGroupFamily - or DBParameterGroupFamilySelector is required." + description: |- + The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group + can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, + and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine + version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. + + + Aurora MySQL + + + Example: aurora5.6, aurora-mysql5.7 + + + Aurora PostgreSQL + + + Example: aurora-postgresql9.6 + + + To list all of the available parameter group families for a DB engine, use + the following command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" + --engine + + + For example, to list all of the available parameter group families for the + Aurora PostgreSQL DB engine, use the following command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" + --engine aurora-postgresql + + + The output contains duplicates. + + + The following are the valid DB engine values: + + + * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) + + + * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) + + + * aurora-postgresql + + + One of DBParameterGroupFamily or DBParameterGroupFamilySelector is required. type: string dbParameterGroupFamilySelector: - description: "DBParameterGroupFamilySelector determines DBParameterGroupFamily - from the engine and engine version. \n One of DBParameterGroupFamily - or DBParameterGroupFamilySelector is required. \n Will not be - used if DBParameterGroupFamily is already set." + description: |- + DBParameterGroupFamilySelector determines DBParameterGroupFamily from + the engine and engine version. + + + One of DBParameterGroupFamily or DBParameterGroupFamilySelector is required. + + + Will not be used if DBParameterGroupFamily is already set. properties: engine: description: Engine is the name of the database engine. type: string engineVersion: - description: EngineVersion is the version of the database - engine. If it is nil, the default engine version given by - AWS will be used. + description: |- + EngineVersion is the version of the database engine. + If it is nil, the default engine version given by AWS will be used. type: string required: - engine @@ -111,18 +155,19 @@ spec: description: The description for the DB cluster parameter group. type: string parameters: - description: 'A list of parameters to associate with this DB cluster - parameter group. The fields ApplyMethod, ParameterName and ParameterValue - are required for every parameter. Note: AWS actually only modifies - the ApplyMethod of a parameter, if the ParameterValue changes - too.' + description: |- + A list of parameters to associate with this DB cluster parameter group. + The fields ApplyMethod, ParameterName and ParameterValue are required + for every parameter. + Note: AWS actually only modifies the ApplyMethod of a parameter, + if the ParameterValue changes too. items: description: CustomParameter are custom parameters for the Parameter properties: applyMethod: - description: The apply method of the parameter. AWS actually - only modifies to value set here, if the parameter value - changes too. + description: |- + The apply method of the parameter. + AWS actually only modifies to value set here, if the parameter value changes too. enum: - immediate - pending-reboot @@ -160,19 +205,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -185,9 +232,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -197,21 +245,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -221,17 +269,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -241,21 +291,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -270,21 +320,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -295,14 +346,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -333,8 +385,9 @@ spec: description: The name of the DB cluster parameter group. type: string dbParameterGroupFamily: - description: The name of the DB parameter group family that this - DB cluster parameter group is compatible with. + description: |- + The name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter + group is compatible with. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -343,14 +396,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -360,8 +422,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -373,6 +436,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml index df3e857193..90e3d156b8 100644 --- a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbclusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbclusters.rds.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: rds.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DBCluster is the Schema for the DBClusters API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,110 +74,183 @@ spec: description: DBClusterParameters defines the desired state of DBCluster properties: allocatedStorage: - description: "The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate - to each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster. \n Valid for - Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only \n This setting is required - to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster." + description: |- + The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate to each DB instance + in the Multi-AZ DB cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + + + This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. format: int64 type: integer allowMajorVersionUpgrade: - description: "Specifies whether major version upgrades are allowed. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only \n Constraints: - \n * You must allow major version upgrades when specifying a - value for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major - version than the DB cluster's current version." + description: |- + Specifies whether major version upgrades are allowed. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only + + + Constraints: + + + * You must allow major version upgrades when specifying a value for the + EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB + cluster's current version. type: boolean applyImmediately: - description: "A value that indicates whether the modifications - in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously - applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow - setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter is disabled, changes - to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance window. - \n The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, - MasterUserPassword values. If the ApplyImmediately parameter - is disabled, then changes to the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, - MasterUserPassword values are applied during the next maintenance - window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless - of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. \n By default, - this parameter is disabled." + description: |- + A value that indicates whether the modifications in this request and any + pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless + of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter + is disabled, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance + window. + + + The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, + MasterUserPassword values. If the ApplyImmediately + parameter is disabled, then changes to the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, + MasterUserPassword values are applied during + the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless + of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. + + + By default, this parameter is disabled. type: boolean autoMinorVersionUpgrade: - description: "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied - automatically to the DB cluster during the maintenance window. - By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + description: |- + Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the + DB cluster during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades + are applied automatically. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only type: boolean autogeneratePassword: - description: "AutogeneratePassword indicates whether the controller - should generate a random password for the master user if one - is not provided via MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. \n If a password - is generated, it will be stored as a secret at the location - specified by MasterUserPasswordSecretRef." + description: |- + AutogeneratePassword indicates whether the controller should generate + a random password for the master user if one is not provided via + MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. + + + If a password is generated, it will + be stored as a secret at the location specified by MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. type: boolean availabilityZones: - description: "A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where DB instances - in the DB cluster can be created. \n For information on Amazon - Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see Choosing the - Regions and Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Valid for Cluster Type: - Aurora DB clusters only" + description: |- + A list of Availability Zones (AZs) where DB instances in the DB cluster can + be created. + + + For information on Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see + Choosing the Regions and Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only items: type: string type: array backtrackWindow: - description: "The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable - backtracking, set this value to 0. \n Valid for Cluster Type: - Aurora MySQL DB clusters only \n Default: 0 \n Constraints: - \n * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 - to 259,200 (72 hours)." + description: |- + The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this + value to 0. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora MySQL DB clusters only + + + Default: 0 + + + Constraints: + + + * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 + hours). format: int64 type: integer backupRetentionPeriod: - description: "The number of days for which automated backups are - retained. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and - Multi-AZ DB clusters \n Default: 1 \n Constraints: \n * Must - be a value from 1 to 35." + description: |- + The number of days for which automated backups are retained. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + Default: 1 + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be a value from 1 to 35. format: int64 type: integer characterSetName: - description: "The name of the character set (CharacterSet) to - associate the DB cluster with. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora - DB clusters only" + description: |- + The name of the character set (CharacterSet) to associate the DB cluster + with. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: string copyTagsToSnapshot: - description: "Specifies whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster - to snapshots of the DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB - clusters" + description: |- + Specifies whether to copy all tags from the DB cluster to snapshots of the + DB cluster. The default is not to copy them. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters type: boolean databaseName: - description: "The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric - characters. If you don't provide a name, Amazon RDS doesn't - create a database in the DB cluster you are creating. \n Valid - for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric characters. If you don't + provide a name, Amazon RDS doesn't create a database in the DB cluster you + are creating. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters type: string dbClusterInstanceClass: - description: "The compute and memory capacity of each DB instance - in the Multi-AZ DB cluster, for example db.m6gd.xlarge. Not - all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services - Regions, or for all database engines. \n For the full list of - DB instance classes and availability for your engine, see DB - instance class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting is required to - create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ - DB clusters only" + description: |- + The compute and memory capacity of each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster, + for example db.m6gd.xlarge. Not all DB instance classes are available in + all Amazon Web Services Regions, or for all database engines. + + + For the full list of DB instance classes and availability for your engine, + see DB instance class (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only type: string dbClusterParameterGroupName: - description: "The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate - with this DB cluster. If you don't specify a value, then the - default DB cluster parameter group for the specified DB engine - and version is used. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters - and Multi-AZ DB clusters \n Constraints: \n * If supplied, must - match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group." + description: |- + The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. + If you don't specify a value, then the default DB cluster parameter group + for the specified DB engine and version is used. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + Constraints: + + + * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB cluster parameter + group. type: string dbClusterParameterGroupNameRef: - description: DBClusterParameterGroupNameRef is a reference to - a DBClusterParameterGroup used to set DBClusterParameterGroupName. + description: |- + DBClusterParameterGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBClusterParameterGroup used to set + DBClusterParameterGroupName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -181,21 +260,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -205,12 +284,14 @@ spec: - name type: object dbClusterParameterGroupNameSelector: - description: DBClusterParameterGroupNameSelector selects a reference - to a DBClusterParameterGroup used to set DBClusterParameterGroupName. + description: |- + DBClusterParameterGroupNameSelector selects a reference to a DBClusterParameterGroup used to + set DBClusterParameterGroupName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -223,21 +304,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -245,15 +326,31 @@ spec: type: object type: object dbSubnetGroupName: - description: "A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. - \n This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB - clusters \n Constraints: \n * Must match the name of an existing - DB subnet group. \n * Must not be default. \n Example: mydbsubnetgroup" + description: |- + A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. + + + This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + Constraints: + + + * Must match the name of an existing DB subnet group. + + + * Must not be default. + + + Example: mydbsubnetgroup type: string dbSubnetGroupNameRef: - description: DBSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBSubnetGroup - used to set DBSubnetGroupName. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBSubnetGroup used to set + DBSubnetGroupName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -263,21 +360,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -287,12 +384,14 @@ spec: - name type: object dbSubnetGroupNameSelector: - description: DBSubnetGroupNameSelector selects a reference to - a DBSubnetGroup used to set DBSubnetGroupName. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroupNameSelector selects a reference to a DBSubnetGroup used to + set DBSubnetGroupName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -305,21 +404,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -330,32 +429,44 @@ spec: description: Reserved for future use. type: string deletionProtection: - description: "Specifies whether the DB cluster has deletion protection - enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection - is enabled. By default, deletion protection isn't enabled. \n - Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + Specifies whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database + can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion + protection isn't enabled. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters type: boolean destinationRegion: description: DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. type: string domain: - description: "The Active Directory directory ID to create the - DB cluster in. \n For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS - can use Kerberos authentication to authenticate users that connect - to the DB cluster. \n For more information, see Kerberos authentication - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Valid for Cluster Type: - Aurora DB clusters only" + description: |- + The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB cluster in. + + + For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos authentication + to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. + + + For more information, see Kerberos authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: string domainIAMRoleName: - description: "The name of the IAM role to use when making API - calls to the Directory Service. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora - DB clusters only" + description: |- + The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: string domainIAMRoleNameRef: - description: DomainIAMRoleNameRef is a reference to an IAMRole - used to set DomainIAMRoleName. + description: |- + DomainIAMRoleNameRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + DomainIAMRoleName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -365,21 +476,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -389,12 +500,14 @@ spec: - name type: object domainIAMRoleNameSelector: - description: DomainIAMRoleNameSelector selects a reference to - an IAMRole used to set DomainIAMRoleName. + description: |- + DomainIAMRoleNameSelector selects a reference to an IAMRole used to set + DomainIAMRoleName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -407,21 +520,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -429,161 +542,299 @@ spec: type: object type: object enableCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: "The list of log types that need to be enabled for - exporting to CloudWatch Logs. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora - DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters \n The following values - are valid for each DB engine: \n * Aurora MySQL - audit | error - | general | slowquery \n * Aurora PostgreSQL - postgresql \n - * RDS for MySQL - error | general | slowquery \n * RDS for PostgreSQL - - postgresql | upgrade \n For more information about exporting - CloudWatch Logs for Amazon RDS, see Publishing Database Logs - to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n For more information about - exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora, see Publishing - Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide." + description: |- + The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch + Logs. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + The following values are valid for each DB engine: + + + * Aurora MySQL - audit | error | general | slowquery + + + * Aurora PostgreSQL - postgresql + + + * RDS for MySQL - error | general | slowquery + + + * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql | upgrade + + + For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon RDS, see + Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + For more information about exporting CloudWatch Logs for Amazon Aurora, see + Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. items: type: string type: array enableGlobalWriteForwarding: - description: "Specifies whether to enable this DB cluster to forward - write operations to the primary cluster of a global cluster - (Aurora global database). By default, write operations are not - allowed on Aurora DB clusters that are secondary clusters in - an Aurora global database. \n You can set this value only on - Aurora DB clusters that are members of an Aurora global database. - With this parameter enabled, a secondary cluster can forward - writes to the current primary cluster, and the resulting changes - are replicated back to this cluster. For the primary DB cluster - of an Aurora global database, this value is used immediately - if the primary is demoted by a global cluster API operation, - but it does nothing until then. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora - DB clusters only" + description: |- + Specifies whether to enable this DB cluster to forward write operations to + the primary cluster of a global cluster (Aurora global database). By default, + write operations are not allowed on Aurora DB clusters that are secondary + clusters in an Aurora global database. + + + You can set this value only on Aurora DB clusters that are members of an + Aurora global database. With this parameter enabled, a secondary cluster + can forward writes to the current primary cluster, and the resulting changes + are replicated back to this cluster. For the primary DB cluster of an Aurora + global database, this value is used immediately if the primary is demoted + by a global cluster API operation, but it does nothing until then. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: boolean enableHTTPEndpoint: - description: "Specifies whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for - an Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint - is disabled. \n When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless - web service API for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless - v1 DB cluster. You can also query your database from inside - the RDS console with the query editor. \n For more information, - see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Valid for Cluster Type: - Aurora DB clusters only" + description: |- + Specifies whether to enable the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora Serverless v1 + DB cluster. By default, the HTTP endpoint is disabled. + + + When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API + for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster. You can also + query your database from inside the RDS console with the query editor. + + + For more information, see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: boolean enableIAMDatabaseAuthentication: - description: "Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web - Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database - accounts. By default, mapping isn't enabled. \n For more information, - see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Valid for Cluster Type: - Aurora DB clusters only" + description: |- + Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access + Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't + enabled. + + + For more information, see IAM Database Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: boolean enableLocalWriteForwarding: - description: "Specifies whether read replicas can forward write - operations to the writer DB instance in the DB cluster. By default, - write operations aren't allowed on reader DB instances. \n Valid - for: Aurora DB clusters only" + description: |- + Specifies whether read replicas can forward write operations to the writer + DB instance in the DB cluster. By default, write operations aren't allowed + on reader DB instances. + + + Valid for: Aurora DB clusters only type: boolean enablePerformanceInsights: - description: "Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights - for the DB cluster. \n For more information, see Using Amazon - Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ - DB clusters only" + description: |- + Specifies whether to turn on Performance Insights for the DB cluster. + + + For more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only type: boolean engine: - description: "The database engine to use for this DB cluster. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB - clusters \n Valid Values: aurora-mysql | aurora-postgresql | - mysql | postgres" + description: |- + The database engine to use for this DB cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + Valid Values: aurora-mysql | aurora-postgresql | mysql | postgres type: string engineMode: - description: "The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned - or serverless. \n The serverless engine mode only applies for - Aurora Serverless v1 DB clusters. \n For information about limitations - and requirements for Serverless DB clusters, see the following - sections in the Amazon Aurora User Guide: \n * Limitations of - Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html#aurora-serverless.limitations) - \n * Requirements for Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.requirements.html) - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only" + description: |- + The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned or serverless. + + + The serverless engine mode only applies for Aurora Serverless v1 DB clusters. + + + For information about limitations and requirements for Serverless DB clusters, + see the following sections in the Amazon Aurora User Guide: + + + * Limitations of Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html#aurora-serverless.limitations) + + + * Requirements for Aurora Serverless v2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless-v2.requirements.html) + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: string engineVersion: - description: "The version number of the database engine to use. - \n To list all of the available engine versions for MySQL 5.6-compatible - Aurora, use the following command: \n aws rds describe-db-engine-versions - --engine aurora --query \"DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion\" - \n To list all of the available engine versions for MySQL 5.7-compatible - and MySQL 8.0-compatible Aurora, use the following command: - \n aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql - --query \"DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion\" \n To list all - of the available engine versions for Aurora PostgreSQL, use - the following command: \n aws rds describe-db-engine-versions - --engine aurora-postgresql --query \"DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion\" - \n To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for - MySQL, use the following command: \n aws rds describe-db-engine-versions - --engine mysql --query \"DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion\" - \n To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for - PostgreSQL, use the following command: \n aws rds describe-db-engine-versions - --engine postgres --query \"DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion\" - \n Aurora MySQL \n For information, see MySQL on Amazon RDS - Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Updates.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Aurora PostgreSQL \n For - information, see Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL releases and engine - versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraPostgreSQL.Updates.20180305.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n MySQL \n For information, - see MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n PostgreSQL \n For information, - see Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL versions and extensions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Note: Downgrades are not allowed - by AWS and attempts to set a lower version will be ignored. - \n Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + The version number of the database engine to use. + + + To list all of the available engine versions for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora, + use the following command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" + + + To list all of the available engine versions for MySQL 5.7-compatible and + MySQL 8.0-compatible Aurora, use the following command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" + + + To list all of the available engine versions for Aurora PostgreSQL, use the + following command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine aurora-postgresql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" + + + To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for MySQL, use the following + command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine mysql --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" + + + To list all of the available engine versions for RDS for PostgreSQL, use + the following command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --engine postgres --query "DBEngineVersions[].EngineVersion" + + + Aurora MySQL + + + For information, see MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraMySQL.Updates.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Aurora PostgreSQL + + + For information, see Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL releases and engine versions + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/AuroraPostgreSQL.Updates.20180305.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + MySQL + + + For information, see MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + PostgreSQL + + + For information, see Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL versions and extensions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Note: Downgrades are not allowed by AWS and attempts to set a lower version + will be ignored. + + + Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters type: string finalDBSnapshotIdentifier: - description: "The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB - cluster snapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled. - \n Specifying this parameter and also skipping the creation - of a final DB cluster snapshot with the SkipFinalShapshot parameter - results in an error. \n Constraints: \n * Must be 1 to 255 letters, - numbers, or hyphens. \n * First character must be a letter \n - * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens" + description: |- + The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created + when SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled. + + + Specifying this parameter and also skipping the creation of a final DB cluster + snapshot with the SkipFinalShapshot parameter results in an error. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. + + + * First character must be a letter + + + * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens type: string globalClusterIdentifier: - description: "The global cluster ID of an Aurora cluster that - becomes the primary cluster in the new global database cluster. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only" + description: |- + The global cluster ID of an Aurora cluster that becomes the primary cluster + in the new global database cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: string iops: - description: "The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations - per second) to be initially allocated for each DB instance in - the Multi-AZ DB cluster. \n For information about valid IOPS - values, see Provisioned IOPS storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting is required to - create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ - DB clusters only \n Constraints: \n * Must be a multiple between - .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB cluster." + description: |- + The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be + initially allocated for each DB instance in the Multi-AZ DB cluster. + + + For information about valid IOPS values, see Provisioned IOPS storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB + cluster. format: int64 type: integer kmsKeyID: - description: "The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an - encrypted DB cluster. \n The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier - is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS - key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, - specify the key ARN or alias ARN. \n When a KMS key isn't specified - in KmsKeyId: \n * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies - an encrypted source, then Amazon RDS uses the KMS key used to - encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon RDS uses your default - KMS key. \n * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled and - ReplicationSourceIdentifier isn't specified, then Amazon RDS - uses your default KMS key. \n There is a default KMS key for - your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account - has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web Services - Region. \n If you create a read replica of an encrypted DB cluster - in another Amazon Web Services Region, make sure to set KmsKeyId - to a KMS key identifier that is valid in the destination Amazon - Web Services Region. This KMS key is used to encrypt the read - replica in that Amazon Web Services Region. \n Valid for Cluster - Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. + + + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias + ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon + Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. + + + When a KMS key isn't specified in KmsKeyId: + + + * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then + Amazon RDS uses the KMS key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon + RDS uses your default KMS key. + + + * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled and ReplicationSourceIdentifier + isn't specified, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. + + + There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon + Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web + Services Region. + + + If you create a read replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another Amazon + Web Services Region, make sure to set KmsKeyId to a KMS key identifier that + is valid in the destination Amazon Web Services Region. This KMS key is used + to encrypt the read replica in that Amazon Web Services Region. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters type: string kmsKeyIDRef: description: KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to a KMS Key used to set @@ -597,21 +848,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -625,8 +876,9 @@ spec: used to set KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -639,21 +891,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -661,27 +913,42 @@ spec: type: object type: object manageMasterUserPassword: - description: "Specifies whether to manage the master user password - with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager. \n For more information, - see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon - Web Services Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Valid for Cluster Type: - Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters \n Constraints: - \n * Can't manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services - Secrets Manager if MasterUserPassword is specified." + description: |- + Specifies whether to manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services + Secrets Manager. + + + For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets + Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon Web Services + Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + Constraints: + + + * Can't manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services Secrets + Manager if MasterUserPassword is specified. type: boolean masterUserPasswordSecretRef: - description: "The password for the master database user. This - password can contain any printable ASCII character except \"/\", - \"\"\", or \"@\". \n This parameter will be required in the - following scenarios: - The first cluster for a global Aurora - cluster - Any cluster as long as it doesn't belong to a global - Aurora cluster \n This parameter is required for creation of - a primary cluster. However, it is not required when attaching - a secondary regional cluster to an existing global cluster. - \n Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters." + description: |- + The password for the master database user. This password can contain any + printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". + + + This parameter will be required in the following scenarios: + - The first cluster for a global Aurora cluster + - Any cluster as long as it doesn't belong to a global Aurora cluster + + + This parameter is required for creation of a primary cluster. However, it is not required when attaching a secondary regional cluster to an existing global cluster. + + + Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. properties: key: description: The key to select. @@ -698,189 +965,346 @@ spec: - namespace type: object masterUserSecretKMSKeyID: - description: "The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt - a secret that is automatically generated and managed in Amazon - Web Services Secrets Manager. \n This setting is valid only - if the master user password is managed by RDS in Amazon Web - Services Secrets Manager for the DB cluster. \n The Amazon Web - Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, - or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different - Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. - \n If you don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then the aws/secretsmanager - KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret is in a - different Amazon Web Services account, then you can't use the - aws/secretsmanager KMS key to encrypt the secret, and you must - use a customer managed KMS key. \n There is a default KMS key - for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services - account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web - Services Region. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters - and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt a secret that is automatically + generated and managed in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager. + + + This setting is valid only if the master user password is managed by RDS + in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the DB cluster. + + + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias + ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon + Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. + + + If you don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then the aws/secretsmanager + KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret is in a different Amazon + Web Services account, then you can't use the aws/secretsmanager KMS key to + encrypt the secret, and you must use a customer managed KMS key. + + + There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon + Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web + Services Region. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters type: string masterUsername: - description: "The name of the master user for the DB cluster. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB - clusters \n Constraints: \n * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. - \n * First character must be a letter. \n * Can't be a reserved - word for the chosen database engine." + description: |- + The name of the master user for the DB cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. + + + * First character must be a letter. + + + * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. type: string monitoringInterval: - description: "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced - Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB cluster. To turn - off collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. \n If - MonitoringRoleArn is specified, also set MonitoringInterval - to a value other than 0. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ - DB clusters only \n Valid Values: 0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | - 60 \n Default: 0" + description: |- + The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics + are collected for the DB cluster. To turn off collecting Enhanced Monitoring + metrics, specify 0. + + + If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, also set MonitoringInterval to a value + other than 0. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + + + Valid Values: 0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60 + + + Default: 0 format: int64 type: integer monitoringRoleARN: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role - that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon - CloudWatch Logs. An example is arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. - For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting up - and enabling Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n If MonitoringInterval is set - to a value other than 0, supply a MonitoringRoleArn value. \n - Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that permits RDS to send + Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. An example is arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. + For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting up and enabling + Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, supply a MonitoringRoleArn + value. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only type: string networkType: - description: "The network type of the DB cluster. \n The network - type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB - cluster. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol - or the IPv4 and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL). \n For more information, - see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Valid for Cluster Type: - Aurora DB clusters only \n Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL" + description: |- + The network type of the DB cluster. + + + The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB + cluster. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 and + the IPv6 protocols (DUAL). + + + For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only + + + Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL type: string optionGroupName: - description: "The option group to associate the DB cluster with. - \n DB clusters are associated with a default option group that - can't be modified." + description: |- + The option group to associate the DB cluster with. + + + DB clusters are associated with a default option group that can't be modified. type: string performanceInsightsKMSKeyID: - description: "The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption - of Performance Insights data. \n The Amazon Web Services KMS - key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name - for the KMS key. \n If you don't specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, - then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default - KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web - Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon - Web Services Region. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB - clusters only" + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance + Insights data. + + + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias + ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. + + + If you don't specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon + RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your Amazon + Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default + KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only type: string performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod: - description: "The number of days to retain Performance Insights - data. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only \n - Valid Values: \n * 7 \n * month * 31, where month is a number - of months from 1-23. Examples: 93 (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months - * 31), 589 (19 months * 31) \n * 731 \n Default: 7 days \n If - you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, - Amazon RDS issues an error." + description: |- + The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + + + Valid Values: + + + * 7 + + + * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93 + (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31) + + + * 731 + + + Default: 7 days + + + If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, Amazon RDS + issues an error. format: int64 type: integer port: - description: "The port number on which the instances in the DB - cluster accept connections. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora - DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters \n Valid Values: 1150-65535 - \n Default: \n * RDS for MySQL and Aurora MySQL - 3306 \n * - RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL - 5432" + description: |- + The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + Valid Values: 1150-65535 + + + Default: + + + * RDS for MySQL and Aurora MySQL - 3306 + + + * RDS for PostgreSQL and Aurora PostgreSQL - 5432 format: int64 type: integer preSignedURL: - description: "When you are replicating a DB cluster from one Amazon - Web Services GovCloud (US) Region to another, an URL that contains - a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster - operation to be called in the source Amazon Web Services Region - where the DB cluster is replicated from. Specify PreSignedUrl - only when you are performing cross-Region replication from an - encrypted DB cluster. \n The presigned URL must be a valid request - for the CreateDBCluster API operation that can run in the source - Amazon Web Services Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster - to copy. \n The presigned URL request must contain the following - parameter values: \n * KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for - the KMS key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster in - the destination Amazon Web Services Region. This should refer - to the same KMS key for both the CreateDBCluster operation that - is called in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, and - the operation contained in the presigned URL. \n * DestinationRegion - - The name of the Amazon Web Services Region that Aurora read - replica will be created in. \n * ReplicationSourceIdentifier - - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted DB cluster to - be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name - (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web Services Region. For - example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster from the - us-west-2 Amazon Web Services Region, then your ReplicationSourceIdentifier - would look like Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1. - \n To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, - see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon - Web Services Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) + description: |- + When you are replicating a DB cluster from one Amazon Web Services GovCloud + (US) Region to another, an URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed + request for the CreateDBCluster operation to be called in the source Amazon + Web Services Region where the DB cluster is replicated from. Specify PreSignedUrl + only when you are performing cross-Region replication from an encrypted DB + cluster. + + + The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API operation + that can run in the source Amazon Web Services Region that contains the encrypted + DB cluster to copy. + + + The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: + + + * KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the KMS key to use to encrypt + the copy of the DB cluster in the destination Amazon Web Services Region. + This should refer to the same KMS key for both the CreateDBCluster operation + that is called in the destination Amazon Web Services Region, and the + operation contained in the presigned URL. + + + * DestinationRegion - The name of the Amazon Web Services Region that + Aurora read replica will be created in. + + + * ReplicationSourceIdentifier - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted + DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource + Name (ARN) format for the source Amazon Web Services Region. For example, + if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 Amazon Web + Services Region, then your ReplicationSourceIdentifier would look like + Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1. + + + To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating + Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). - \n If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, - you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) - instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion - autogenerates a presigned URL that is a valid request for the - operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services Region. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only" + + + If you are using an Amazon Web Services SDK tool or the CLI, you can specify + SourceRegion (or --source-region for the CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl + manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a presigned URL that is a + valid request for the operation that can run in the source Amazon Web Services + Region. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only type: string preferredBackupWindow: - description: "The daily time range during which automated backups - are created if automated backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod - parameter. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and - Multi-AZ DB clusters \n The default is a 30-minute window selected - at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services - Region. To view the time blocks available, see Backup window - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.Backups.BackupWindow) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Constraints: \n * Must be - in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. \n * Must be in Universal Coordinated - Time (UTC). \n * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance - window. \n * Must be at least 30 minutes." + description: |- + The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated + backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. To view the time blocks available, + see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Managing.Backups.html#Aurora.Managing.Backups.BackupWindow) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. + + + * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. + + + * Must be at least 30 minutes. type: string preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: "The weekly time range during which system maintenance - can occur. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and - Multi-AZ DB clusters \n The default is a 30-minute window selected - at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services - Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time - blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance - Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n Constraints: \n * Must be - in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi. \n * Days must be one - of Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun. \n * Must be in - Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). \n * Must be at least 30 minutes." + description: |- + The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of + the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB + Cluster Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.Aurora) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi. + + + * Days must be one of Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun. + + + * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + * Must be at least 30 minutes. type: string publiclyAccessible: - description: "Specifies whether the DB cluster is publicly accessible. - \n When the DB cluster is publicly accessible, its Domain Name - System (DNS) endpoint resolves to the private IP address from - within the DB cluster's virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves - to the public IP address from outside of the DB cluster's VPC. - Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled by the security - group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the security - group assigned to the DB cluster doesn't permit it. \n When - the DB cluster isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal - DB cluster with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. - \n Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only \n Default: - The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName - is specified. \n If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible - isn't specified, the following applies: \n * If the default - VPC in the target Region doesn’t have an internet gateway attached - to it, the DB cluster is private. \n * If the default VPC in - the target Region has an internet gateway attached to it, the - DB cluster is public. \n If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, - and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, the following applies: - \n * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet - gateway attached to it, the DB cluster is private. \n * If the - subnets are part of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached - to it, the DB cluster is public." + description: |- + Specifies whether the DB cluster is publicly accessible. + + + When the DB cluster is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS) + endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB cluster's + virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside + of the DB cluster's VPC. Access to the DB cluster is ultimately controlled + by the security group it uses. That public access isn't permitted if the + security group assigned to the DB cluster doesn't permit it. + + + When the DB cluster isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB cluster + with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Multi-AZ DB clusters only + + + Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName + is specified. + + + If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, + the following applies: + + + * If the default VPC in the target Region doesn’t have an internet gateway + attached to it, the DB cluster is private. + + + * If the default VPC in the target Region has an internet gateway attached + to it, the DB cluster is public. + + + If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, + the following applies: + + + * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet gateway + attached to it, the DB cluster is private. + + + * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached + to it, the DB cluster is public. type: boolean region: description: Region is which region the DBCluster will be created. type: string replicationSourceIdentifier: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB - instance or DB cluster if this DB cluster is created as a read - replica. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ - DB clusters" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if + this DB cluster is created as a read replica. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters type: string restoreFrom: description: RestoreFrom specifies the details of the backup to @@ -891,47 +1315,58 @@ spec: in time restore. properties: restoreTime: - description: 'RestoreTime is the date and time (UTC) to - restore from. Must be before the latest restorable time - for the DB instance. Can''t be specified if the useLatestRestorableTime - parameter is enabled. Example: 2011-09-07T23:45:00Z' + description: |- + RestoreTime is the date and time (UTC) to restore from. + Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance. + Can't be specified if the useLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled. + Example: 2011-09-07T23:45:00Z format: date-time type: string restoreType: - description: "The type of restore to be performed. You - can specify one of the following values: \n * full-copy - - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the - source DB cluster. \n * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster - is restored as a clone of the source DB cluster. \n - Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the - engine version of the source DB cluster is earlier than - 1.11. \n If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then - the new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the - source DB cluster. \n Valid for: Aurora DB clusters - and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following + values: + + + * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source + DB cluster. + + + * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source + DB cluster. + + + Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the engine version of the + source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. + + + If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored + as a full copy of the source DB cluster. + + + Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters enum: - full-copy - copy-on-write type: string sourceDBClusterIdentifier: - description: 'SourceDBClusterIdentifier specifies the - identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. - Constraints: Must match the identifier of an existing - DB instance.' + description: |- + SourceDBClusterIdentifier specifies the identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. Constraints: + Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. type: string sourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn: - description: 'SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn specifies - the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated - backups from which to restore. Example: arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE' + description: |- + SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups + from which to restore. Example: arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE type: string sourceDbiResourceId: description: SourceDbiResourceID specifies the resource ID of the source DB instance from which to restore. type: string useLatestRestorableTime: - description: UseLatestRestorableTime indicates that the - DB instance is restored from the latest backup Can't - be specified if the restoreTime parameter is provided. + description: |- + UseLatestRestorableTime indicates that the DB instance is restored from the latest backup + Can't be specified if the restoreTime parameter is provided. type: boolean type: object s3: @@ -952,12 +1387,14 @@ spec: within which the backup to restore is located. type: string sourceEngine: - description: SourceEngine is the engine used to create - the backup. Must be "mysql". + description: |- + SourceEngine is the engine used to create the backup. + Must be "mysql". type: string sourceEngineVersion: - description: 'SourceEngineVersion is the version of the - engine used to create the backup. Example: "5.7.30"' + description: |- + SourceEngineVersion is the version of the engine used to create the backup. + Example: "5.7.30" type: string required: - bucketName @@ -977,9 +1414,9 @@ spec: - snapshotIdentifier type: object source: - description: Source is the type of the backup to restore when - creating a new DBCluster or DBInstance. S3, Snapshot and - PointInTime are supported. + description: |- + Source is the type of the backup to restore when creating a new DBCluster or DBInstance. + S3, Snapshot and PointInTime are supported. enum: - S3 - Snapshot @@ -989,9 +1426,12 @@ spec: - source type: object scalingConfiguration: - description: "For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the - scaling properties of the DB cluster. \n Valid for Cluster Type: - Aurora DB clusters only" + description: |- + For DB clusters in serverless DB engine mode, the scaling properties of the + DB cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters only properties: autoPause: type: boolean @@ -1018,45 +1458,79 @@ spec: type: number type: object skipFinalSnapshot: - description: "A value that indicates whether to skip the creation - of a final DB cluster snapshot before the DB cluster is deleted. - If skip is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If - skip isn't specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before - the DB cluster is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, - and the DB cluster snapshot is created. By default, this parameter - is disabled. \n You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier - parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled." + description: |- + A value that indicates whether to skip the creation of a final DB cluster + snapshot before the DB cluster is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB cluster + snapshot is created. If skip isn't specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created + before the DB cluster is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the + DB cluster snapshot is created. By default, this parameter is disabled. + + + You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot + is disabled. type: boolean sourceRegion: - description: SourceRegion is the source region where the resource - exists. This is not sent over the wire and is only used for - presigning. This value should always have the same region as - the source ARN. + description: |- + SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not + sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always + have the same region as the source ARN. type: string storageEncrypted: - description: "Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. \n - Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters type: boolean storageType: - description: "The storage type to associate with the DB cluster. - \n For information on storage types for Aurora DB clusters, - see Storage configurations for Amazon Aurora DB clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Overview.StorageReliability.html#aurora-storage-type). - For information on storage types for Multi-AZ DB clusters, see - Settings for creating Multi-AZ DB clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/create-multi-az-db-cluster.html#create-multi-az-db-cluster-settings). - \n This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. - \n When specified for a Multi-AZ DB cluster, a value for the - Iops parameter is required. \n Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora - DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters \n Valid Values: \n * Aurora - DB clusters - aurora | aurora-iopt1 \n * Multi-AZ DB clusters - - io1 \n Default: \n * Aurora DB clusters - aurora \n * Multi-AZ - DB clusters - io1 \n When you create an Aurora DB cluster with - the storage type set to aurora-iopt1, the storage type is returned - in the response. The storage type isn't returned when you set - it to aurora." + description: |- + The storage type to associate with the DB cluster. + + + For information on storage types for Aurora DB clusters, see Storage configurations + for Amazon Aurora DB clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.Overview.StorageReliability.html#aurora-storage-type). + For information on storage types for Multi-AZ DB clusters, see Settings for + creating Multi-AZ DB clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/create-multi-az-db-cluster.html#create-multi-az-db-cluster-settings). + + + This setting is required to create a Multi-AZ DB cluster. + + + When specified for a Multi-AZ DB cluster, a value for the Iops parameter + is required. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters + + + Valid Values: + + + * Aurora DB clusters - aurora | aurora-iopt1 + + + * Multi-AZ DB clusters - io1 + + + Default: + + + * Aurora DB clusters - aurora + + + * Multi-AZ DB clusters - io1 + + + When you create an Aurora DB cluster with the storage type set to aurora-iopt1, + the storage type is returned in the response. The storage type isn't returned + when you set it to aurora. type: string tags: - description: "Tags to assign to the DB cluster. \n Valid for Cluster - Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters" + description: |- + Tags to assign to the DB cluster. + + + Valid for Cluster Type: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters items: properties: key: @@ -1066,8 +1540,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array vpcSecurityGroupIDRefs: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDRefs are references to VPCSecurityGroups - used to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDRefs are references to VPCSecurityGroups used to set + the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -1079,21 +1554,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1104,12 +1579,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array vpcSecurityGroupIDSelector: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to - VPCSecurityGroups used to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to VPCSecurityGroups used + to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1122,21 +1599,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1144,9 +1621,11 @@ spec: type: object type: object vpcSecurityGroupIDs: - description: "A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster - will belong to. \n Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ - DB clusters" + description: |- + A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. + + + Valid for: Aurora DB clusters and Multi-AZ DB clusters items: type: string type: array @@ -1157,19 +1636,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1182,9 +1663,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1194,21 +1676,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1218,17 +1700,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1238,21 +1722,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1267,21 +1751,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1292,14 +1777,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1321,30 +1807,34 @@ spec: description: DBClusterObservation defines the observed state of DBCluster properties: activityStreamKMSKeyID: - description: "The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used - for encrypting messages in the database activity stream. \n - The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key - ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key." + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in + the database activity stream. + + + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias + ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. type: string activityStreamKinesisStreamName: - description: The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for - the database activity stream. + description: |- + The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity + stream. type: string activityStreamMode: - description: The mode of the database activity stream. Database - events such as a change or access generate an activity stream - event. The database session can handle these events either synchronously - or asynchronously. + description: |- + The mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a change + or access generate an activity stream event. The database session can handle + these events either synchronously or asynchronously. type: string activityStreamStatus: description: The status of the database activity stream. type: string associatedRoles: - description: A list of the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access - Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. - IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission - for the DB cluster to access other Amazon Web Services on your - behalf. + description: |- + A list of the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles + that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with + a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other Amazon Web + Services on your behalf. items: properties: featureName: @@ -1364,11 +1854,14 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer capacity: - description: "The current capacity of an Aurora Serverless v1 - DB cluster. The capacity is 0 (zero) when the cluster is paused. - \n For more information about Aurora Serverless v1, see Using - Amazon Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide." + description: |- + The current capacity of an Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster. The capacity + is 0 (zero) when the cluster is paused. + + + For more information about Aurora Serverless v1, see Using Amazon Aurora + Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/aurora-serverless.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. format: int64 type: integer cloneGroupID: @@ -1381,8 +1874,9 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string crossAccountClone: - description: Indicates whether the DB cluster is a clone of a - DB cluster owned by a different Amazon Web Services account. + description: |- + Indicates whether the DB cluster is a clone of a DB cluster owned by a different + Amazon Web Services account. type: boolean customEndpoints: description: The custom endpoints associated with the DB cluster. @@ -1393,8 +1887,9 @@ spec: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. type: string dbClusterIdentifier: - description: The user-supplied identifier for the DB cluster. - This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster. + description: |- + The user-supplied identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is the unique + key that identifies a DB cluster. type: string dbClusterMembers: description: The list of DB instances that make up the DB cluster. @@ -1427,15 +1922,15 @@ spec: DB cluster. type: string dbClusterResourceID: - description: The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable - identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in Amazon - Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for - the DB cluster is accessed. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. + This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever + the KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed. type: string dbSubnetGroup: - description: Information about the subnet group associated with - the DB cluster, including the name, description, and subnets - in the subnet group. + description: |- + Information about the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, including + the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. type: string domainMemberships: description: The Active Directory Domain membership records associated @@ -1465,16 +1960,20 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string earliestRestorableTime: - description: The earliest time to which a database can be restored - with point-in-time restore. + description: |- + The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time + restore. format: date-time type: string enabledCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: "A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured - to export to CloudWatch Logs. \n Log types vary by DB engine. - For information about the log types for each DB engine, see - Amazon RDS Database Log Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide." + description: |- + A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to CloudWatch + Logs. + + + Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each + DB engine, see Amazon RDS Database Log Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. items: type: string type: array @@ -1486,40 +1985,48 @@ spec: description: The version of the database engine. type: string globalWriteForwardingRequested: - description: Specifies whether write forwarding is enabled for - a secondary cluster in an Aurora global database. Because write - forwarding takes time to enable, check the value of GlobalWriteForwardingStatus - to confirm that the request has completed before using the write - forwarding feature for this cluster. + description: |- + Specifies whether write forwarding is enabled for a secondary cluster in + an Aurora global database. Because write forwarding takes time to enable, + check the value of GlobalWriteForwardingStatus to confirm that the request + has completed before using the write forwarding feature for this cluster. type: boolean globalWriteForwardingStatus: - description: The status of write forwarding for a secondary cluster - in an Aurora global database. + description: |- + The status of write forwarding for a secondary cluster in an Aurora global + database. type: string hostedZoneID: description: The ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. type: string httpEndpointEnabled: - description: "Indicates whether the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora - Serverless v1 DB cluster is enabled. \n When enabled, the HTTP - endpoint provides a connectionless web service API for running - SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster. You can - also query your database from inside the RDS console with the - query editor. \n For more information, see Using the Data API - for Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide." + description: |- + Indicates whether the HTTP endpoint for an Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster + is enabled. + + + When enabled, the HTTP endpoint provides a connectionless web service API + for running SQL queries on the Aurora Serverless v1 DB cluster. You can also + query your database from inside the RDS console with the query editor. + + + For more information, see Using the Data API for Aurora Serverless v1 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/data-api.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. type: boolean iOOptimizedNextAllowedModificationTime: - description: "The next time you can modify the DB cluster to use - the aurora-iopt1 storage type. \n This setting is only for Aurora - DB clusters." + description: |- + The next time you can modify the DB cluster to use the aurora-iopt1 storage + type. + + + This setting is only for Aurora DB clusters. format: date-time type: string iamDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled: - description: Indicates whether the mapping of Amazon Web Services - Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts - is enabled. + description: |- + Indicates whether the mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access + Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled. type: boolean latestRestorableTime: description: The latest time to which a database can be restored @@ -1527,18 +2034,21 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string localWriteForwardingStatus: - description: Specifies whether an Aurora DB cluster has in-cluster - write forwarding enabled, not enabled, requested, or is in the - process of enabling it. + description: |- + Specifies whether an Aurora DB cluster has in-cluster write forwarding enabled, + not enabled, requested, or is in the process of enabling it. type: string masterUserSecret: - description: "The secret managed by RDS in Amazon Web Services - Secrets Manager for the master user password. \n For more information, - see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon - Web Services Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide." + description: |- + The secret managed by RDS in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the + master user password. + + + For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets + Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Password management with Amazon Web Services + Secrets Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. properties: kmsKeyID: type: string @@ -1555,29 +2065,33 @@ spec: description: The progress of the operation as a percentage. type: string performanceInsightsEnabled: - description: "Indicates whether Performance Insights is enabled - for the DB cluster. \n This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ - DB clusters." + description: |- + Indicates whether Performance Insights is enabled for the DB cluster. + + + This setting is only for non-Aurora Multi-AZ DB clusters. type: boolean readReplicaIdentifiers: - description: Contains one or more identifiers of the read replicas - associated with this DB cluster. + description: |- + Contains one or more identifiers of the read replicas associated with this + DB cluster. items: type: string type: array readerEndpoint: - description: "The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader - endpoint for a DB cluster load-balances connections across the - Aurora Replicas that are available in a DB cluster. As clients - request new connections to the reader endpoint, Aurora distributes - the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the DB - cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload - across multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. \n If a - failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected - to is promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is - dropped. To continue sending your read workload to other Aurora - Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader - endpoint." + description: |- + The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster + load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in + a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, + Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the + DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across + multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. + + + If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is + promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue + sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can + then reconnect to the reader endpoint. type: string scalingConfigurationInfo: properties: @@ -1628,14 +2142,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1645,8 +2168,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1658,6 +2182,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstanceroleassociations.yaml b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstanceroleassociations.yaml index 6471d6d10b..708f65ccea 100644 --- a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstanceroleassociations.yaml +++ b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstanceroleassociations.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbinstanceroleassociations.rds.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: rds.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -75,8 +81,9 @@ spec: role with. type: string dbInstanceIdentifierRef: - description: DBInstanceIdentifierRef is a reference to a DBInstance - used to set the DBInstanceIdentifier. + description: |- + DBInstanceIdentifierRef is a reference to a DBInstance used to set + the DBInstanceIdentifier. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -86,21 +93,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -110,12 +117,14 @@ spec: - name type: object dbInstanceIdentifierSelector: - description: DBInstanceIdentifierSelector selects references to - a DBInstance used to set the DBInstanceIdentifier. + description: |- + DBInstanceIdentifierSelector selects references to a DBInstance used + to set the DBInstanceIdentifier. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -128,21 +137,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -150,20 +159,22 @@ spec: type: object type: object featureName: - description: The name of the feature for the DB instance that - the IAM role is to be associated with. For information about - supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. + description: |- + The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be associated + with. For information about supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. type: string region: description: Region is which region the DBInstanceRoleAssociation will be created. type: string roleArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to - associate with the DB instance, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the DB instance, + for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole. type: string roleArnRef: - description: RoleARNRef is a reference to a IAM Role used to set + description: |- + RoleARNRef is a reference to a IAM Role used to set RoleARN. properties: name: @@ -174,21 +185,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -198,12 +209,14 @@ spec: - name type: object roleArnSelector: - description: RoleARNSelector selects a reference to a IAM Role - used to set RoleARN. + description: |- + RoleARNSelector selects a reference to a IAM Role used to + set RoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -216,21 +229,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -244,19 +257,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -269,9 +284,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -281,21 +297,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -305,17 +321,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -325,21 +343,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -354,21 +372,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -379,14 +398,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -415,14 +435,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -432,8 +461,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -445,6 +475,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstances.yaml b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstances.yaml index 182f2878f7..d5d9ea44fb 100644 --- a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstances.yaml +++ b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbinstances.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbinstances.rds.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: rds.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DBInstance is the Schema for the DBInstances API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,166 +74,323 @@ spec: description: DBInstanceParameters defines the desired state of DBInstance properties: allocatedStorage: - description: "The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate - for the DB instance. \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon - Aurora DB instances. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow - as the amount of data in your database increases, though you - are only charged for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster - volume. \n Amazon RDS Custom \n Constraints to the amount of - storage for each storage type are the following: \n * General - Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 40 - to 65536 for RDS Custom for Oracle, 16384 for RDS Custom for - SQL Server. \n * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an - integer from 40 to 65536 for RDS Custom for Oracle, 16384 for - RDS Custom for SQL Server. \n RDS for MariaDB \n Constraints - to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: - \n * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer - from 20 to 65536. \n * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must - be an integer from 100 to 65536. \n * Magnetic storage (standard): - Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. \n RDS for MySQL \n Constraints - to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: - \n * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer - from 20 to 65536. \n * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must - be an integer from 100 to 65536. \n * Magnetic storage (standard): - Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. \n RDS for Oracle \n Constraints - to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: - \n * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer - from 20 to 65536. \n * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must - be an integer from 100 to 65536. \n * Magnetic storage (standard): - Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. \n RDS for PostgreSQL \n - Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are - the following: \n * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): - Must be an integer from 20 to 65536. \n * Provisioned IOPS storage - (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. \n * Magnetic storage - (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. \n RDS for SQL - Server \n Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage - type are the following: \n * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, - gp3): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from - 20 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from - 20 to 16384. \n * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Enterprise - and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. - Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. - \n * Magnetic storage (standard): Enterprise and Standard editions: - Must be an integer from 20 to 1024. Web and Express editions: - Must be an integer from 20 to 1024." + description: |- + The amount of storage in gibibytes (GiB) to allocate for the DB instance. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Aurora cluster + volumes automatically grow as the amount of data in your database increases, + though you are only charged for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster + volume. + + + Amazon RDS Custom + + + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + + + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 40 + to 65536 for RDS Custom for Oracle, 16384 for RDS Custom for SQL Server. + + + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 40 to 65536 + for RDS Custom for Oracle, 16384 for RDS Custom for SQL Server. + + + RDS for MariaDB + + + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + + + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 20 + to 65536. + + + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. + + + * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. + + + RDS for MySQL + + + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + + + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 20 + to 65536. + + + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. + + + * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. + + + RDS for Oracle + + + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + + + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 20 + to 65536. + + + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. + + + * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. + + + RDS for PostgreSQL + + + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + + + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Must be an integer from 20 + to 65536. + + + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 65536. + + + * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. + + + RDS for SQL Server + + + Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: + + + * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2, gp3): Enterprise and Standard editions: + Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be + an integer from 20 to 16384. + + + * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must + be an integer from 100 to 16384. Web and Express editions: Must be an + integer from 100 to 16384. + + + * Magnetic storage (standard): Enterprise and Standard editions: Must + be an integer from 20 to 1024. Web and Express editions: Must be an integer + from 20 to 1024. format: int64 type: integer allowMajorVersionUpgrade: - description: "Specifies whether major version upgrades are allowed. - Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the - change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. \n This - setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. \n Constraints: - \n * Major version upgrades must be allowed when specifying - a value for the EngineVersion parameter that's a different major - version than the DB instance's current version." + description: |- + Specifies whether major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter + doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon + as possible. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. + + + Constraints: + + + * Major version upgrades must be allowed when specifying a value for the + EngineVersion parameter that's a different major version than the DB instance's + current version. type: boolean applyImmediately: - description: "A value that indicates whether the modifications - in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously - applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow - setting for the DB instance. By default, this parameter is disabled. - \n If this parameter is disabled, changes to the DB instance - are applied during the next maintenance window. Some parameter - changes can cause an outage and are applied on the next call - to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure reboot. Review the - table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. to see the impact of enabling - or disabling ApplyImmediately for each modified parameter and - to determine when the changes are applied." + description: |- + A value that indicates whether the modifications in this request and any + pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless + of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB instance. By default, + this parameter is disabled. + + + If this parameter is disabled, changes to the DB instance are applied during + the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and + are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure reboot. + Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. to see the impact of enabling or disabling + ApplyImmediately for each modified parameter and to determine when the changes + are applied. type: boolean autoMinorVersionUpgrade: - description: "Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied - automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. - By default, minor engine upgrades are applied automatically. - \n If you create an RDS Custom DB instance, you must set AutoMinorVersionUpgrade - to false." + description: |- + Specifies whether minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the + DB instance during the maintenance window. By default, minor engine upgrades + are applied automatically. + + + If you create an RDS Custom DB instance, you must set AutoMinorVersionUpgrade + to false. type: boolean autogeneratePassword: - description: "AutogeneratePassword indicates whether the controller - should generate a random password for the master user if one - is not provided via MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. \n If a password - is generated, it will be stored as a secret at the location - specified by MasterUserPasswordSecretRef." + description: |- + AutogeneratePassword indicates whether the controller should generate + a random password for the master user if one is not provided via + MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. + + + If a password is generated, it will + be stored as a secret at the location specified by MasterUserPasswordSecretRef. type: boolean availabilityZone: - description: "The Availability Zone (AZ) where the database will - be created. For information on Amazon Web Services Regions and - Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). - \n For Amazon Aurora, each Aurora DB cluster hosts copies of - its storage in three separate Availability Zones. Specify one - of these Availability Zones. Aurora automatically chooses an - appropriate Availability Zone if you don't specify one. \n Default: - A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's - Amazon Web Services Region. \n Constraints: \n * The AvailabilityZone - parameter can't be specified if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ - deployment. \n * The specified Availability Zone must be in - the same Amazon Web Services Region as the current endpoint. - \n Example: us-east-1d" + description: |- + The Availability Zone (AZ) where the database will be created. For information + on Amazon Web Services Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability + Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). + + + For Amazon Aurora, each Aurora DB cluster hosts copies of its storage in + three separate Availability Zones. Specify one of these Availability Zones. + Aurora automatically chooses an appropriate Availability Zone if you don't + specify one. + + + Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon + Web Services Region. + + + Constraints: + + + * The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the DB instance + is a Multi-AZ deployment. + + + * The specified Availability Zone must be in the same Amazon Web Services + Region as the current endpoint. + + + Example: us-east-1d type: string backupRetentionPeriod: - description: "The number of days for which automated backups are - retained. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables - backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated backups. - \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. - The retention period for automated backups is managed by the - DB cluster. \n Default: 1 \n Constraints: \n * Must be a value - from 0 to 35. \n * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a - source to read replicas. \n * Can't be set to 0 for an RDS Custom - for Oracle DB instance." + description: |- + The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this + parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to + 0 disables automated backups. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The retention period + for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. + + + Default: 1 + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be a value from 0 to 35. + + + * Can't be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read replicas. + + + * Can't be set to 0 for an RDS Custom for Oracle DB instance. format: int64 type: integer backupTarget: - description: "The location for storing automated backups and manual - snapshots. \n Valie Values: \n * outposts (Amazon Web Services - Outposts) \n * region (Amazon Web Services Region) \n Default: - region \n For more information, see Working with Amazon RDS - on Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide." + description: |- + The location for storing automated backups and manual snapshots. + + + Valie Values: + + + * outposts (Amazon Web Services Outposts) + + + * region (Amazon Web Services Region) + + + Default: region + + + For more information, see Working with Amazon RDS on Amazon Web Services + Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. type: string caCertificateIdentifier: - description: "The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB - instance's server certificate. \n This setting doesn't apply - to RDS Custom DB instances. \n For more information, see Using - SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a - connection to a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide." + description: |- + The CA certificate identifier to use for the DB instance's server certificate. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. + + + For more information, see Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to a DB instance + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide and Using SSL/TLS to encrypt a connection to + a DB cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/UsingWithRDS.SSL.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. type: string characterSetName: - description: "For supported engines, the character set (CharacterSet) - to associate the DB instance with. \n This setting doesn't apply - to the following DB instances: \n * Amazon Aurora - The character - set is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see - CreateDBCluster. \n * RDS Custom - However, if you need to change - the character set, you can change it on the database itself." + description: |- + For supported engines, the character set (CharacterSet) to associate the + DB instance with. + + + This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances: + + + * Amazon Aurora - The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For + more information, see CreateDBCluster. + + + * RDS Custom - However, if you need to change the character set, you can + change it on the database itself. type: string copyTagsToSnapshot: - description: "Specifies whether to copy tags from the DB instance - to snapshots of the DB instance. By default, tags are not copied. - \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. - Copying tags to snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting - this value for an Aurora DB instance has no effect on the DB - cluster setting." + description: |- + Specifies whether to copy tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB + instance. By default, tags are not copied. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Copying tags to + snapshots is managed by the DB cluster. Setting this value for an Aurora + DB instance has no effect on the DB cluster setting. type: boolean customIAMInstanceProfile: - description: "The instance profile associated with the underlying - Amazon EC2 instance of an RDS Custom DB instance. \n This setting - is required for RDS Custom. \n Constraints: \n * The profile - must exist in your account. \n * The profile must have an IAM - role that Amazon EC2 has permissions to assume. \n * The instance - profile name and the associated IAM role name must start with - the prefix AWSRDSCustom. \n For the list of permissions required - for the IAM role, see Configure IAM and your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-setup-orcl.html#custom-setup-orcl.iam-vpc) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide." + description: |- + The instance profile associated with the underlying Amazon EC2 instance of + an RDS Custom DB instance. + + + This setting is required for RDS Custom. + + + Constraints: + + + * The profile must exist in your account. + + + * The profile must have an IAM role that Amazon EC2 has permissions to + assume. + + + * The instance profile name and the associated IAM role name must start + with the prefix AWSRDSCustom. + + + For the list of permissions required for the IAM role, see Configure IAM + and your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-setup-orcl.html#custom-setup-orcl.iam-vpc) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. type: string dbClusterIdentifier: - description: "The identifier of the DB cluster that this DB instance - will belong to. \n This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom - DB instances." + description: |- + The identifier of the DB cluster that this DB instance will belong to. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. type: string dbClusterIdentifierRef: - description: DBClusterIdentifierRef is a reference to a DBCluster - used to set DBClusterIdentifier. + description: |- + DBClusterIdentifierRef is a reference to a DBCluster used to set + DBClusterIdentifier. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -237,21 +400,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -261,12 +424,14 @@ spec: - name type: object dbClusterIdentifierSelector: - description: DBClusterIdentifierSelector selects a reference to - a DBCluster used to set DBClusterIdentifier. + description: |- + DBClusterIdentifierSelector selects a reference to a DBCluster used to + set DBClusterIdentifier. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -279,21 +444,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -301,75 +466,196 @@ spec: type: object type: object dbInstanceClass: - description: The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, - for example db.m5.large. Not all DB instance classes are available - in all Amazon Web Services Regions, or for all database engines. - For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for - your engine, see DB instance classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) + description: |- + The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example db.m5.large. + Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Web Services Regions, + or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and + availability for your engine, see DB instance classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide or Aurora DB instance classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. type: string dbName: - description: "The meaning of this parameter differs according - to the database engine you use. \n MySQL \n The name of the - database to create when the DB instance is created. If this - parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB - instance. \n Constraints: \n * Must contain 1 to 64 letters - or numbers. \n * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters - can be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). \n * Can't be - a word reserved by the specified database engine \n MariaDB - \n The name of the database to create when the DB instance is - created. If this parameter isn't specified, no database is created - in the DB instance. \n Constraints: \n * Must contain 1 to 64 - letters or numbers. \n * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent - characters can be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). \n - * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine - \n PostgreSQL \n The name of the database to create when the - DB instance is created. If this parameter isn't specified, a - database named postgres is created in the DB instance. \n Constraints: - \n * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. - \n * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be - letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). \n * Can't be a word - reserved by the specified database engine \n Oracle \n The Oracle - System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you don't specify - a value, the default value is ORCL. You can't specify the string - null, or any other reserved word, for DBName. \n Default: ORCL - \n Constraints: \n * Can't be longer than 8 characters \n Amazon - RDS Custom for Oracle \n The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created - RDS Custom DB instance. If you don't specify a value, the default - value is ORCL for non-CDBs and RDSCDB for CDBs. \n Default: - ORCL \n Constraints: \n * It must contain 1 to 8 alphanumeric - characters. \n * It must contain a letter. \n * It can't be - a word reserved by the database engine. \n Amazon RDS Custom - for SQL Server \n Not applicable. Must be null. \n SQL Server - \n Not applicable. Must be null. \n Amazon Aurora MySQL \n The - name of the database to create when the primary DB instance - of the Aurora MySQL DB cluster is created. If this parameter - isn't specified for an Aurora MySQL DB cluster, no database - is created in the DB cluster. \n Constraints: \n * It must contain - 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters. \n * It can't be a word reserved - by the database engine. \n Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL \n The name - of the database to create when the primary DB instance of the - Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster is created. If this parameter isn't - specified for an Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster, a database named - postgres is created in the DB cluster. \n Constraints: \n * - It must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters. \n * It must - begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, - or digits (0 to 9). \n * It can't be a word reserved by the - database engine." + description: |- + The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you + use. + + + MySQL + + + The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this + parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. + + + * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, + or digits (0-9). + + + * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine + + + MariaDB + + + The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this + parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the DB instance. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. + + + * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, + or digits (0-9). + + + * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine + + + PostgreSQL + + + The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this + parameter isn't specified, a database named postgres is created in the DB + instance. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. + + + * Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, + or digits (0-9). + + + * Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine + + + Oracle + + + The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you don't specify + a value, the default value is ORCL. You can't specify the string null, or + any other reserved word, for DBName. + + + Default: ORCL + + + Constraints: + + + * Can't be longer than 8 characters + + + Amazon RDS Custom for Oracle + + + The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created RDS Custom DB instance. If you + don't specify a value, the default value is ORCL for non-CDBs and RDSCDB + for CDBs. + + + Default: ORCL + + + Constraints: + + + * It must contain 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters. + + + * It must contain a letter. + + + * It can't be a word reserved by the database engine. + + + Amazon RDS Custom for SQL Server + + + Not applicable. Must be null. + + + SQL Server + + + Not applicable. Must be null. + + + Amazon Aurora MySQL + + + The name of the database to create when the primary DB instance of the Aurora + MySQL DB cluster is created. If this parameter isn't specified for an Aurora + MySQL DB cluster, no database is created in the DB cluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * It must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters. + + + * It can't be a word reserved by the database engine. + + + Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL + + + The name of the database to create when the primary DB instance of the Aurora + PostgreSQL DB cluster is created. If this parameter isn't specified for an + Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster, a database named postgres is created in the + DB cluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * It must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters. + + + * It must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, + or digits (0 to 9). + + + * It can't be a word reserved by the database engine. type: string dbParameterGroupName: - description: "The name of the DB parameter group to associate - with this DB instance. If you don't specify a value, then Amazon - RDS uses the default DB parameter group for the specified DB - engine and version. \n This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom - DB instances. \n Constraints: \n * Must be 1 to 255 letters, - numbers, or hyphens. \n * The first character must be a letter. - \n * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens." + description: |- + The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If + you don't specify a value, then Amazon RDS uses the default DB parameter + group for the specified DB engine and version. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. + + + * The first character must be a letter. + + + * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. type: string dbParameterGroupNameRef: - description: DBParameterGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBParameterGroup - used to set DBParameterGroupName. + description: |- + DBParameterGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBParameterGroup used to set + DBParameterGroupName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -379,21 +665,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -403,12 +689,14 @@ spec: - name type: object dbParameterGroupNameSelector: - description: DBParameterGroupNameSelector selects a reference - to a DBParameterGroup used to set DBParameterGroupName. + description: |- + DBParameterGroupNameSelector selects a reference to a DBParameterGroup used to + set DBParameterGroupName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -421,21 +709,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -449,13 +737,25 @@ spec: type: string type: array dbSubnetGroupName: - description: "A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. - \n Constraints: \n * Must match the name of an existing DB subnet - group. \n * Must not be default. \n Example: mydbsubnetgroup" + description: |- + A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must match the name of an existing DB subnet group. + + + * Must not be default. + + + Example: mydbsubnetgroup type: string dbSubnetGroupNameRef: - description: DBSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBSubnetGroup - used to set DBSubnetGroupName. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroupNameRef is a reference to a DBSubnetGroup used to set + DBSubnetGroupName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -465,21 +765,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -489,12 +789,14 @@ spec: - name type: object dbSubnetGroupNameSelector: - description: DBSubnetGroupNameSelector selects a reference to - a DBSubnetGroup used to set DBSubnetGroupName. + description: |- + DBSubnetGroupNameSelector selects a reference to a DBSubnetGroup used to + set DBSubnetGroupName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -507,21 +809,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -529,68 +831,108 @@ spec: type: object type: object dbSystemID: - description: The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the - name of the Oracle database instance that manages your database - files. In this context, the term "Oracle database instance" - refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and Oracle - background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value - defaults to RDSCDB. The Oracle SID is also the name of your - CDB. + description: |- + The Oracle system identifier (SID), which is the name of the Oracle database + instance that manages your database files. In this context, the term "Oracle + database instance" refers exclusively to the system global area (SGA) and + Oracle background processes. If you don't specify a SID, the value defaults + to RDSCDB. The Oracle SID is also the name of your CDB. type: string deleteAutomatedBackups: - description: DeleteAutomatedBackups indicates whether to remove - automated backups immediately after the DB instance is deleted. - The default is to remove automated backups immediately after - the DB instance is deleted. + description: |- + DeleteAutomatedBackups indicates whether to remove automated backups + immediately after the DB instance is deleted. The default is to + remove automated backups immediately after the DB instance is + deleted. type: boolean deletionProtection: - description: "Specifies whether the DB instance has deletion protection - enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection - is enabled. By default, deletion protection isn't enabled. For - more information, see Deleting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). - \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. - You can enable or disable deletion protection for the DB cluster. - For more information, see CreateDBCluster. DB instances in a - DB cluster can be deleted even when deletion protection is enabled - for the DB cluster." + description: |- + Specifies whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database + can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion + protection isn't enabled. For more information, see Deleting a DB Instance + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_DeleteInstance.html). + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. You can enable + or disable deletion protection for the DB cluster. For more information, + see CreateDBCluster. DB instances in a DB cluster can be deleted even when + deletion protection is enabled for the DB cluster. type: boolean domain: - description: "The Active Directory directory ID to create the - DB instance in. Currently, only Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL, - Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created in an Active - Directory Domain. \n For more information, see Kerberos Authentication - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting doesn't apply - to the following DB instances: \n * Amazon Aurora (The domain - is managed by the DB cluster.) \n * RDS Custom" + description: |- + The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently, + only Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can + be created in an Active Directory Domain. + + + For more information, see Kerberos Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/kerberos-authentication.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances: + + + * Amazon Aurora (The domain is managed by the DB cluster.) + + + * RDS Custom type: string domainAuthSecretARN: - description: "The ARN for the Secrets Manager secret with the - credentials for the user joining the domain. \n Example: arn:aws:secretsmanager:region:account-number:secret:myselfmanagedADtestsecret-123456" + description: |- + The ARN for the Secrets Manager secret with the credentials for the user + joining the domain. + + + Example: arn:aws:secretsmanager:region:account-number:secret:myselfmanagedADtestsecret-123456 type: string domainDNSIPs: - description: "The IPv4 DNS IP addresses of your primary and secondary - Active Directory domain controllers. \n Constraints: \n * Two - IP addresses must be provided. If there isn't a secondary domain - controller, use the IP address of the primary domain controller - for both entries in the list. \n Example: 123.124.125.126,234.235.236.237" + description: |- + The IPv4 DNS IP addresses of your primary and secondary Active Directory + domain controllers. + + + Constraints: + + + * Two IP addresses must be provided. If there isn't a secondary domain + controller, use the IP address of the primary domain controller for both + entries in the list. + + + Example: 123.124.125.126,234.235.236.237 items: type: string type: array domainFqdn: - description: "The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an Active - Directory domain. \n Constraints: \n * Can't be longer than - 64 characters. \n Example: mymanagedADtest.mymanagedAD.mydomain" + description: |- + The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an Active Directory domain. + + + Constraints: + + + * Can't be longer than 64 characters. + + + Example: mymanagedADtest.mymanagedAD.mydomain type: string domainIAMRoleName: - description: "The name of the IAM role to use when making API - calls to the Directory Service. \n This setting doesn't apply - to the following DB instances: \n * Amazon Aurora (The domain - is managed by the DB cluster.) \n * RDS Custom" + description: |- + The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service. + + + This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances: + + + * Amazon Aurora (The domain is managed by the DB cluster.) + + + * RDS Custom type: string domainIAMRoleNameRef: - description: DomainIAMRoleNameRef is a reference to an IAMRole - used to set DomainIAMRoleName. + description: |- + DomainIAMRoleNameRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + DomainIAMRoleName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -600,21 +942,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -624,12 +966,14 @@ spec: - name type: object domainIAMRoleNameSelector: - description: DomainIAMRoleNameSelector selects a reference to - an IAMRole used to set DomainIAMRoleName. + description: |- + DomainIAMRoleNameSelector selects a reference to an IAMRole used to set + DomainIAMRoleName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -642,21 +986,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -664,144 +1008,315 @@ spec: type: object type: object domainOu: - description: "The Active Directory organizational unit for your - DB instance to join. \n Constraints: \n * Must be in the distinguished - name format. \n * Can't be longer than 64 characters. \n Example: - OU=mymanagedADtestOU,DC=mymanagedADtest,DC=mymanagedAD,DC=mydomain" + description: |- + The Active Directory organizational unit for your DB instance to join. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be in the distinguished name format. + + + * Can't be longer than 64 characters. + + + Example: OU=mymanagedADtestOU,DC=mymanagedADtest,DC=mymanagedAD,DC=mydomain type: string enableCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: "The list of log types that need to be enabled for - exporting to CloudWatch Logs. For more information, see Publishing - Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting doesn't apply - to the following DB instances: \n * Amazon Aurora (CloudWatch - Logs exports are managed by the DB cluster.) \n * RDS Custom - \n The following values are valid for each DB engine: \n * RDS - for MariaDB - audit | error | general | slowquery \n * RDS for - Microsoft SQL Server - agent | error \n * RDS for MySQL - audit - | error | general | slowquery \n * RDS for Oracle - alert | - audit | listener | trace | oemagent \n * RDS for PostgreSQL - - postgresql | upgrade" + description: |- + The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch + Logs. For more information, see Publishing Database Logs to Amazon CloudWatch + Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html#USER_LogAccess.Procedural.UploadtoCloudWatch) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances: + + + * Amazon Aurora (CloudWatch Logs exports are managed by the DB cluster.) + + + * RDS Custom + + + The following values are valid for each DB engine: + + + * RDS for MariaDB - audit | error | general | slowquery + + + * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - agent | error + + + * RDS for MySQL - audit | error | general | slowquery + + + * RDS for Oracle - alert | audit | listener | trace | oemagent + + + * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql | upgrade items: type: string type: array enableCustomerOwnedIP: - description: "Specifies whether to enable a customer-owned IP - address (CoIP) for an RDS on Outposts DB instance. \n A CoIP - provides local or external connectivity to resources in your - Outpost subnets through your on-premises network. For some use - cases, a CoIP can provide lower latency for connections to the - DB instance from outside of its virtual private cloud (VPC) - on your local network. \n For more information about RDS on - Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on Amazon Web Services - Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n For more information about - CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing) - in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide." + description: |- + Specifies whether to enable a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) for an RDS + on Outposts DB instance. + + + A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost + subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can + provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of + its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network. + + + For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on + Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing) + in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide. type: boolean enableIAMDatabaseAuthentication: - description: "Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web - Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database - accounts. By default, mapping isn't enabled. \n For more information, - see IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting doesn't apply - to the following DB instances: \n * Amazon Aurora (Mapping Amazon - Web Services IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by - the DB cluster.) \n * RDS Custom" + description: |- + Specifies whether to enable mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access + Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts. By default, mapping isn't + enabled. + + + For more information, see IAM Database Authentication for MySQL and PostgreSQL + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/UsingWithRDS.IAMDBAuth.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances: + + + * Amazon Aurora (Mapping Amazon Web Services IAM accounts to database + accounts is managed by the DB cluster.) + + + * RDS Custom type: boolean enablePerformanceInsights: - description: "Specifies whether to enable Performance Insights - for the DB instance. For more information, see Using Amazon - Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting doesn't apply - to RDS Custom DB instances." + description: |- + Specifies whether to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance. For + more information, see Using Amazon Performance Insights (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PerfInsights.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. type: boolean engine: - description: "The database engine to use for this DB instance. - \n Not every database engine is available in every Amazon Web - Services Region. \n Valid Values: \n * aurora-mysql (for Aurora - MySQL DB instances) \n * aurora-postgresql (for Aurora PostgreSQL - DB instances) \n * custom-oracle-ee (for RDS Custom for Oracle - DB instances) \n * custom-oracle-ee-cdb (for RDS Custom for - Oracle DB instances) \n * custom-sqlserver-ee (for RDS Custom - for SQL Server DB instances) \n * custom-sqlserver-se (for RDS - Custom for SQL Server DB instances) \n * custom-sqlserver-web - (for RDS Custom for SQL Server DB instances) \n * mariadb \n - * mysql \n * oracle-ee \n * oracle-ee-cdb \n * oracle-se2 \n - * oracle-se2-cdb \n * postgres \n * sqlserver-ee \n * sqlserver-se - \n * sqlserver-ex \n * sqlserver-web" + description: |- + The database engine to use for this DB instance. + + + Not every database engine is available in every Amazon Web Services Region. + + + Valid Values: + + + * aurora-mysql (for Aurora MySQL DB instances) + + + * aurora-postgresql (for Aurora PostgreSQL DB instances) + + + * custom-oracle-ee (for RDS Custom for Oracle DB instances) + + + * custom-oracle-ee-cdb (for RDS Custom for Oracle DB instances) + + + * custom-sqlserver-ee (for RDS Custom for SQL Server DB instances) + + + * custom-sqlserver-se (for RDS Custom for SQL Server DB instances) + + + * custom-sqlserver-web (for RDS Custom for SQL Server DB instances) + + + * mariadb + + + * mysql + + + * oracle-ee + + + * oracle-ee-cdb + + + * oracle-se2 + + + * oracle-se2-cdb + + + * postgres + + + * sqlserver-ee + + + * sqlserver-se + + + * sqlserver-ex + + + * sqlserver-web type: string engineVersion: - description: "The version number of the database engine to use. - \n For a list of valid engine versions, use the DescribeDBEngineVersions - operation. \n The following are the database engines and links - to information about the major and minor versions that are available - with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for - every Amazon Web Services Region. \n Amazon Aurora \n Not applicable. - The version number of the database engine to be used by the - DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. \n Amazon RDS Custom - for Oracle \n A custom engine version (CEV) that you have previously - created. This setting is required for RDS Custom for Oracle. - The CEV name has the following format: 19.customized_string. - A valid CEV name is 19.my_cev1. For more information, see Creating - an RDS Custom for Oracle DB instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-creating.html#custom-creating.create) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Amazon RDS Custom for SQL Server - \n See RDS Custom for SQL Server general requirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-reqs-limits-MS.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n MariaDB \n For information, - see MariaDB on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Microsoft SQL Server \n For - information, see Microsoft SQL Server Versions on Amazon RDS - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.VersionSupport) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n MySQL \n For information, see - MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Oracle \n For information, - see Oracle Database Engine Release Notes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n PostgreSQL \n For information, - see Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL versions and extensions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Note: Downgrades are not allowed - by AWS and attempts to set a lower version will be ignored." + description: |- + The version number of the database engine to use. + + + For a list of valid engine versions, use the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. + + + The following are the database engines and links to information about the + major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database + engine is available for every Amazon Web Services Region. + + + Amazon Aurora + + + Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the + DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. + + + Amazon RDS Custom for Oracle + + + A custom engine version (CEV) that you have previously created. This setting + is required for RDS Custom for Oracle. The CEV name has the following format: + 19.customized_string. A valid CEV name is 19.my_cev1. For more information, + see Creating an RDS Custom for Oracle DB instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-creating.html#custom-creating.create) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Amazon RDS Custom for SQL Server + + + See RDS Custom for SQL Server general requirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-reqs-limits-MS.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + MariaDB + + + For information, see MariaDB on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html#MariaDB.Concepts.VersionMgmt) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Microsoft SQL Server + + + For information, see Microsoft SQL Server Versions on Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.VersionSupport) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + MySQL + + + For information, see MySQL on Amazon RDS Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html#MySQL.Concepts.VersionMgmt) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Oracle + + + For information, see Oracle Database Engine Release Notes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.PatchComposition.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + PostgreSQL + + + For information, see Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL versions and extensions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html#PostgreSQL.Concepts) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Note: Downgrades are not allowed by AWS and attempts to set a lower version + will be ignored. type: string finalDBSnapshotIdentifier: - description: "The DB instance snapshot identifier of the new DB - instance snapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled. - \n Specifying this parameter and also skipping the creation - of a final DB instance snapshot with the SkipFinalShapshot parameter - results in an error. \n Constraints: \n * Must be 1 to 255 letters, - numbers, or hyphens. \n * First character must be a letter \n - * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens" + description: |- + The DB instance snapshot identifier of the new DB instance snapshot created + when SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled. + + + Specifying this parameter and also skipping the creation of a final DB instance + snapshot with the SkipFinalShapshot parameter results in an error. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. + + + * First character must be a letter + + + * Can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens type: string iops: - description: "The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations - per second) to initially allocate for the DB instance. For information - about valid IOPS values, see Amazon RDS DB instance storage - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting doesn't apply - to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Storage is managed by the DB - cluster. \n Constraints: \n * For RDS for MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, - and PostgreSQL - Must be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the - storage amount for the DB instance. \n * For RDS for SQL Server - - Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage amount - for the DB instance." + description: |- + The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to initially + allocate for the DB instance. For information about valid IOPS values, see + Amazon RDS DB instance storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Storage is managed + by the DB cluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * For RDS for MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL - Must be a multiple + between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance. + + + * For RDS for SQL Server - Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the + storage amount for the DB instance. format: int64 type: integer kmsKeyID: - description: "The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an - encrypted DB instance. \n The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier - is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS - key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, - specify the key ARN or alias ARN. \n This setting doesn't apply - to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The Amazon Web Services KMS key - identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, - see CreateDBCluster. \n If StorageEncrypted is enabled, and - you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then - Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS - key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services - account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web - Services Region. \n For Amazon RDS Custom, a KMS key is required - for DB instances. For most RDS engines, if you leave this parameter - empty while enabling StorageEncrypted, the engine uses the default - KMS key. However, RDS Custom doesn't use the default key when - this parameter is empty. You must explicitly specify a key." + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. + + + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias + ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon + Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The Amazon Web + Services KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, + see CreateDBCluster. + + + If StorageEncrypted is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId + parameter, then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default + KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account + has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region. + + + For Amazon RDS Custom, a KMS key is required for DB instances. For most RDS + engines, if you leave this parameter empty while enabling StorageEncrypted, + the engine uses the default KMS key. However, RDS Custom doesn't use the + default key when this parameter is empty. You must explicitly specify a key. type: string kmsKeyIDRef: description: KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to a KMS Key used to set @@ -815,21 +1330,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -843,8 +1358,9 @@ spec: used to set KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -857,21 +1373,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -879,27 +1395,54 @@ spec: type: object type: object licenseModel: - description: "The license model information for this DB instance. - \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom - DB instances. \n Valid Values: \n * RDS for MariaDB - general-public-license - \n * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - license-included \n * RDS - for MySQL - general-public-license \n * RDS for Oracle - bring-your-own-license - | license-included \n * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql-license" + description: |- + The license model information for this DB instance. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances. + + + Valid Values: + + + * RDS for MariaDB - general-public-license + + + * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - license-included + + + * RDS for MySQL - general-public-license + + + * RDS for Oracle - bring-your-own-license | license-included + + + * RDS for PostgreSQL - postgresql-license type: string manageMasterUserPassword: - description: "Specifies whether to manage the master user password - with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager. \n For more information, - see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Constraints: \n * Can't manage - the master user password with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager - if MasterUserPassword is specified." + description: |- + Specifies whether to manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services + Secrets Manager. + + + For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets + Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Constraints: + + + * Can't manage the master user password with Amazon Web Services Secrets + Manager if MasterUserPassword is specified. type: boolean masterUserPasswordSecretRef: - description: "The password for the master database user. This - password can contain any printable ASCII character except \"/\", - \"\"\", or \"@\". \n Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 - characters." + description: |- + The password for the master database user. This password can contain any + printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". + + + Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. properties: key: description: The key to select. @@ -916,65 +1459,113 @@ spec: - namespace type: object masterUserSecretKMSKeyID: - description: "The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt - a secret that is automatically generated and managed in Amazon - Web Services Secrets Manager. \n This setting is valid only - if the master user password is managed by RDS in Amazon Web - Services Secrets Manager for the DB instance. \n The Amazon - Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias - ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different - Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. - \n If you don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then the aws/secretsmanager - KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret is in a - different Amazon Web Services account, then you can't use the - aws/secretsmanager KMS key to encrypt the secret, and you must - use a customer managed KMS key. \n There is a default KMS key - for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services - account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web - Services Region." + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier to encrypt a secret that is automatically + generated and managed in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager. + + + This setting is valid only if the master user password is managed by RDS + in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the DB instance. + + + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias + ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. To use a KMS key in a different Amazon + Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. + + + If you don't specify MasterUserSecretKmsKeyId, then the aws/secretsmanager + KMS key is used to encrypt the secret. If the secret is in a different Amazon + Web Services account, then you can't use the aws/secretsmanager KMS key to + encrypt the secret, and you must use a customer managed KMS key. + + + There is a default KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon + Web Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon Web + Services Region. type: string masterUsername: - description: "The name for the master user. \n This setting doesn't - apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The name for the master - user is managed by the DB cluster. \n This setting is required - for RDS DB instances. \n Constraints: \n * Must be 1 to 16 letters, - numbers, or underscores. \n * First character must be a letter. - \n * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine." + description: |- + The name for the master user. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The name for the + master user is managed by the DB cluster. + + + This setting is required for RDS DB instances. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be 1 to 16 letters, numbers, or underscores. + + + * First character must be a letter. + + + * Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. type: string maxAllocatedStorage: - description: "The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon - RDS can automatically scale the storage of the DB instance. - \n For more information about this setting, including limitations - that apply to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon - RDS storage autoscaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting doesn't apply - to the following DB instances: \n * Amazon Aurora (Storage is - managed by the DB cluster.) \n * RDS Custom" + description: |- + The upper limit in gibibytes (GiB) to which Amazon RDS can automatically + scale the storage of the DB instance. + + + For more information about this setting, including limitations that apply + to it, see Managing capacity automatically with Amazon RDS storage autoscaling + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_PIOPS.StorageTypes.html#USER_PIOPS.Autoscaling) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances: + + + * Amazon Aurora (Storage is managed by the DB cluster.) + + + * RDS Custom format: int64 type: integer monitoringInterval: - description: "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced - Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. To disable - collection of Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. \n If - MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must set MonitoringInterval - to a value other than 0. \n This setting doesn't apply to RDS - Custom DB instances. \n Valid Values: 0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | - 30 | 60 \n Default: 0" + description: |- + The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics + are collected for the DB instance. To disable collection of Enhanced Monitoring + metrics, specify 0. + + + If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must set MonitoringInterval to + a value other than 0. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. + + + Valid Values: 0 | 1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 30 | 60 + + + Default: 0 format: int64 type: integer monitoringRoleARN: - description: "The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send - enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, - arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For information on creating - a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling Enhanced Monitoring - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n If MonitoringInterval is set - to a value other than 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn - value. \n This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances." + description: |- + The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics + to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. + For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling + Enhanced Monitoring (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply + a MonitoringRoleArn value. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. type: string monitoringRoleArnRef: - description: MonitoringRoleARNRef is a reference to an IAMRole - used to set MonitoringRoleARN. + description: |- + MonitoringRoleARNRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + MonitoringRoleARN. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -984,21 +1575,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1008,12 +1599,14 @@ spec: - name type: object monitoringRoleArnSelector: - description: MonitoringRoleARNSelector selects a reference to - an IAMRole used to set MonitoringRoleARN. + description: |- + MonitoringRoleARNSelector selects a reference to an IAMRole used to set + MonitoringRoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1026,21 +1619,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1048,96 +1641,202 @@ spec: type: object type: object multiAZ: - description: "Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ - deployment. You can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter if - the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. \n This setting doesn't - apply to the following DB instances: \n * Amazon Aurora (DB - instance Availability Zones (AZs) are managed by the DB cluster.) - \n * RDS Custom" + description: |- + Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set + the AvailabilityZone parameter if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. + + + This setting doesn't apply to the following DB instances: + + + * Amazon Aurora (DB instance Availability Zones (AZs) are managed by the + DB cluster.) + + + * RDS Custom type: boolean ncharCharacterSetName: - description: "The name of the NCHAR character set for the Oracle - DB instance. \n This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB - instances." + description: |- + The name of the NCHAR character set for the Oracle DB instance. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. type: string networkType: - description: "The network type of the DB instance. \n The network - type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB - instance. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol - or the IPv4 and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL). \n For more information, - see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL" + description: |- + The network type of the DB instance. + + + The network type is determined by the DBSubnetGroup specified for the DB + instance. A DBSubnetGroup can support only the IPv4 protocol or the IPv4 + and the IPv6 protocols (DUAL). + + + For more information, see Working with a DB instance in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + Valid Values: IPV4 | DUAL type: string optionGroupName: - description: "The option group to associate the DB instance with. - \n Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced - Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group. Also, that - option group can't be removed from a DB instance after it is - associated with a DB instance. \n This setting doesn't apply - to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances." + description: |- + The option group to associate the DB instance with. + + + Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, + can't be removed from an option group. Also, that option group can't be removed + from a DB instance after it is associated with a DB instance. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances. type: string performanceInsightsKMSKeyID: - description: "The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption - of Performance Insights data. \n The Amazon Web Services KMS - key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name - for the KMS key. \n If you don't specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, - then Amazon RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default - KMS key for your Amazon Web Services account. Your Amazon Web - Services account has a different default KMS key for each Amazon - Web Services Region. \n This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom - DB instances." + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance + Insights data. + + + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias + ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. + + + If you don't specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon + RDS uses your default KMS key. There is a default KMS key for your Amazon + Web Services account. Your Amazon Web Services account has a different default + KMS key for each Amazon Web Services Region. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. type: string performanceInsightsRetentionPeriod: - description: "The number of days to retain Performance Insights - data. \n This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. - \n Valid Values: \n * 7 \n * month * 31, where month is a number - of months from 1-23. Examples: 93 (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months - * 31), 589 (19 months * 31) \n * 731 \n Default: 7 days \n If - you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, - Amazon RDS returns an error." + description: |- + The number of days to retain Performance Insights data. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. + + + Valid Values: + + + * 7 + + + * month * 31, where month is a number of months from 1-23. Examples: 93 + (3 months * 31), 341 (11 months * 31), 589 (19 months * 31) + + + * 731 + + + Default: 7 days + + + If you specify a retention period that isn't valid, such as 94, Amazon RDS + returns an error. format: int64 type: integer port: - description: "The port number on which the database accepts connections. - \n This setting doesn't apply to Aurora DB instances. The port - number is managed by the cluster. \n Valid Values: 1150-65535 - \n Default: \n * RDS for MariaDB - 3306 \n * RDS for Microsoft - SQL Server - 1433 \n * RDS for MySQL - 3306 \n * RDS for Oracle - - 1521 \n * RDS for PostgreSQL - 5432 \n Constraints: \n * For - RDS for Microsoft SQL Server, the value can't be 1234, 1434, - 3260, 3343, 3389, 47001, or 49152-49156." + description: |- + The port number on which the database accepts connections. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Aurora DB instances. The port number is managed + by the cluster. + + + Valid Values: 1150-65535 + + + Default: + + + * RDS for MariaDB - 3306 + + + * RDS for Microsoft SQL Server - 1433 + + + * RDS for MySQL - 3306 + + + * RDS for Oracle - 1521 + + + * RDS for PostgreSQL - 5432 + + + Constraints: + + + * For RDS for Microsoft SQL Server, the value can't be 1234, 1434, 3260, + 3343, 3389, 47001, or 49152-49156. format: int64 type: integer preferredBackupWindow: - description: "The daily time range during which automated backups - are created if automated backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod - parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random - from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services Region. - For more information, see Backup window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This setting doesn't apply - to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The daily time range for creating - automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. \n Constraints: - \n * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. \n * Must be in - Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). \n * Must not conflict with - the preferred maintenance window. \n * Must be at least 30 minutes." + description: |- + The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated + backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. The default + is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for + each Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Backup window + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The daily time + range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. + + + * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. + + + * Must be at least 30 minutes. type: string preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: "The time range each week during which system maintenance - can occur. For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance - Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n The default is a 30-minute - window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each - Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of the - week. \n Constraints: \n * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi. - \n * The day values must be mon | tue | wed | thu | fri | sat - | sun. \n * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). \n - * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window. \n * Must - be at least 30 minutes." + description: |- + The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur. For more + information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block + of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of + the week. + + + Constraints: + + + * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi. + + + * The day values must be mon | tue | wed | thu | fri | sat | sun. + + + * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). + + + * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window. + + + * Must be at least 30 minutes. type: string processorFeatures: - description: "The number of CPU cores and the number of threads - per core for the DB instance class of the DB instance. \n This - setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances." + description: |- + The number of CPU cores and the number of threads per core for the DB instance + class of the DB instance. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances. items: properties: name: @@ -1147,39 +1846,65 @@ spec: type: object type: array promotionTier: - description: "The order of priority in which an Aurora Replica - is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing - primary instance. For more information, see Fault Tolerance - for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.AuroraHighAvailability.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. \n This setting doesn't apply - to RDS Custom DB instances. \n Default: 1 \n Valid Values: 0 - - 15" + description: |- + The order of priority in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary + instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, + see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.AuroraHighAvailability.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. + + + Default: 1 + + + Valid Values: 0 - 15 format: int64 type: integer publiclyAccessible: - description: "Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. - \n When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its Domain Name - System (DNS) endpoint resolves to the private IP address from - within the DB instance's virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves - to the public IP address from outside of the DB instance's VPC. - Access to the DB instance is ultimately controlled by the security - group it uses. That public access is not permitted if the security - group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it. \n When - the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal - DB instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. - \n Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether - DBSubnetGroupName is specified. \n If DBSubnetGroupName isn't - specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, the following - applies: \n * If the default VPC in the target Region doesn’t - have an internet gateway attached to it, the DB instance is - private. \n * If the default VPC in the target Region has an - internet gateway attached to it, the DB instance is public. - \n If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible - isn't specified, the following applies: \n * If the subnets - are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet gateway attached - to it, the DB instance is private. \n * If the subnets are part - of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached to it, the DB - instance is public." + description: |- + Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible. + + + When the DB instance is publicly accessible, its Domain Name System (DNS) + endpoint resolves to the private IP address from within the DB instance's + virtual private cloud (VPC). It resolves to the public IP address from outside + of the DB instance's VPC. Access to the DB instance is ultimately controlled + by the security group it uses. That public access is not permitted if the + security group assigned to the DB instance doesn't permit it. + + + When the DB instance isn't publicly accessible, it is an internal DB instance + with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. + + + Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether DBSubnetGroupName + is specified. + + + If DBSubnetGroupName isn't specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, + the following applies: + + + * If the default VPC in the target Region doesn’t have an internet gateway + attached to it, the DB instance is private. + + + * If the default VPC in the target Region has an internet gateway attached + to it, the DB instance is public. + + + If DBSubnetGroupName is specified, and PubliclyAccessible isn't specified, + the following applies: + + + * If the subnets are part of a VPC that doesn’t have an internet gateway + attached to it, the DB instance is private. + + + * If the subnets are part of a VPC that has an internet gateway attached + to it, the DB instance is public. type: boolean region: description: Region is which region the DBInstance will be created. @@ -1193,31 +1918,31 @@ spec: in time restore. properties: restoreTime: - description: 'RestoreTime is the date and time (UTC) to - restore from. Must be before the latest restorable time - for the DB instance. Can''t be specified if the useLatestRestorableTime - parameter is enabled. Example: 2011-09-07T23:45:00Z' + description: |- + RestoreTime is the date and time (UTC) to restore from. + Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance. + Can't be specified if the useLatestRestorableTime parameter is enabled. + Example: 2011-09-07T23:45:00Z format: date-time type: string sourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn: - description: 'SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn specifies - the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated - backups from which to restore. Example: arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE' + description: |- + SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups + from which to restore. Example: arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE type: string sourceDBInstanceIdentifier: - description: 'SourceDBInstanceIdentifier specifies the - identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. - Constraints: Must match the identifier of an existing - DB instance.' + description: |- + SourceDBInstanceIdentifier specifies the identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. Constraints: + Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. type: string sourceDbiResourceId: description: SourceDbiResourceID specifies the resource ID of the source DB instance from which to restore. type: string useLatestRestorableTime: - description: UseLatestRestorableTime indicates that the - DB instance is restored from the latest backup Can't - be specified if the restoreTime parameter is provided. + description: |- + UseLatestRestorableTime indicates that the DB instance is restored from the latest backup + Can't be specified if the restoreTime parameter is provided. type: boolean type: object s3: @@ -1238,12 +1963,14 @@ spec: within which the backup to restore is located. type: string sourceEngine: - description: SourceEngine is the engine used to create - the backup. Must be "mysql". + description: |- + SourceEngine is the engine used to create the backup. + Must be "mysql". type: string sourceEngineVersion: - description: 'SourceEngineVersion is the version of the - engine used to create the backup. Example: "5.7.30"' + description: |- + SourceEngineVersion is the version of the engine used to create the backup. + Example: "5.7.30" type: string required: - bucketName @@ -1263,9 +1990,9 @@ spec: - snapshotIdentifier type: object source: - description: Source is the type of the backup to restore when - creating a new DBCluster or DBInstance. S3, Snapshot and - PointInTime are supported. + description: |- + Source is the type of the backup to restore when creating a new DBCluster or DBInstance. + S3, Snapshot and PointInTime are supported. enum: - S3 - Snapshot @@ -1275,36 +2002,56 @@ spec: - source type: object skipFinalSnapshot: - description: "A value that indicates whether to skip the creation - of a final DB instance snapshot before the DB instance is deleted. - If skip is specified, no DB instance snapshot is created. If - skip isn't specified, a DB instance snapshot is created before - the DB instance is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, - and the DB instance snapshot is created. By default, this parameter - is disabled. \n You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier - parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot is disabled." + description: |- + A value that indicates whether to skip the creation of a final DB instance + snapshot before the DB instance is deleted. If skip is specified, no DB instance + snapshot is created. If skip isn't specified, a DB instance snapshot is created + before the DB instance is deleted. By default, skip isn't specified, and the + DB instance snapshot is created. By default, this parameter is disabled. + + + You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot + is disabled. type: boolean storageEncrypted: - description: "Specifes whether the DB instance is encrypted. By - default, it isn't encrypted. \n For RDS Custom DB instances, - either enable this setting or leave it unset. Otherwise, Amazon - RDS reports an error. \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon - Aurora DB instances. The encryption for DB instances is managed - by the DB cluster." + description: |- + Specifes whether the DB instance is encrypted. By default, it isn't encrypted. + + + For RDS Custom DB instances, either enable this setting or leave it unset. + Otherwise, Amazon RDS reports an error. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. The encryption + for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. type: boolean storageThroughput: - description: "The storage throughput value for the DB instance. - \n This setting applies only to the gp3 storage type. \n This - setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances." + description: |- + The storage throughput value for the DB instance. + + + This setting applies only to the gp3 storage type. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances. format: int64 type: integer storageType: - description: "The storage type to associate with the DB instance. - \n If you specify io1 or gp3, you must also include a value - for the Iops parameter. \n This setting doesn't apply to Amazon - Aurora DB instances. Storage is managed by the DB cluster. \n - Valid Values: gp2 | gp3 | io1 | standard \n Default: io1, if - the Iops parameter is specified. Otherwise, gp2." + description: |- + The storage type to associate with the DB instance. + + + If you specify io1 or gp3, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora DB instances. Storage is managed + by the DB cluster. + + + Valid Values: gp2 | gp3 | io1 | standard + + + Default: io1, if the Iops parameter is specified. Otherwise, gp2. type: string tags: description: Tags to assign to the DB instance. @@ -1317,22 +2064,29 @@ spec: type: object type: array tdeCredentialARN: - description: "The ARN from the key store with which to associate - the instance for TDE encryption. \n This setting doesn't apply - to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances." + description: |- + The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. + + + This setting doesn't apply to Amazon Aurora or RDS Custom DB instances. type: string tdeCredentialPassword: - description: "The password for the given ARN from the key store - in order to access the device. \n This setting doesn't apply - to RDS Custom DB instances." + description: |- + The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the + device. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom DB instances. type: string timezone: - description: The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter - is currently supported only by Microsoft SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone). + description: |- + The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported + only by Microsoft SQL Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone). type: string vpcSecurityGroupIDRefs: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDRefs are references to VPCSecurityGroups - used to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDRefs are references to VPCSecurityGroups used to set + the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -1344,21 +2098,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1369,12 +2123,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array vpcSecurityGroupIDSelector: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to - VPCSecurityGroups used to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to VPCSecurityGroups used + to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1387,21 +2143,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1409,13 +2165,21 @@ spec: type: object type: object vpcSecurityGroupIDs: - description: "A list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups to authorize - on this DB instance. This change is asynchronously applied as - soon as possible. \n This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom. - \n Amazon Aurora Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 - VPC security groups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, - see ModifyDBCluster. \n Constraints: * If supplied, must match - existing VpcSecurityGroupIds." + description: |- + A list of Amazon EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. + This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. + + + This setting doesn't apply to RDS Custom. + + + Amazon Aurora + Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed + by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. + + + Constraints: + * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds. items: type: string type: array @@ -1427,19 +2191,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -1452,9 +2218,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1464,21 +2231,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1488,17 +2255,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -1508,21 +2277,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1537,21 +2306,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1562,14 +2332,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1591,23 +2362,26 @@ spec: description: DBInstanceObservation defines the observed state of DBInstance properties: activityStreamEngineNativeAuditFieldsIncluded: - description: Indicates whether engine-native audit fields are - included in the database activity stream. + description: |- + Indicates whether engine-native audit fields are included in the database + activity stream. type: boolean activityStreamKMSKeyID: - description: The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for - encrypting messages in the database activity stream. The Amazon - Web Services KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias - ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in + the database activity stream. The Amazon Web Services KMS key identifier + is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the KMS key. type: string activityStreamKinesisStreamName: - description: The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for - the database activity stream. + description: |- + The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity + stream. type: string activityStreamMode: - description: The mode of the database activity stream. Database - events such as a change or access generate an activity stream - event. RDS for Oracle always handles these events asynchronously. + description: |- + The mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a change + or access generate an activity stream event. RDS for Oracle always handles + these events asynchronously. type: string activityStreamPolicyStatus: description: The status of the policy state of the activity stream. @@ -1616,8 +2390,9 @@ spec: description: The status of the database activity stream. type: string associatedRoles: - description: The Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management - (IAM) roles associated with the DB instance. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles associated + with the DB instance. items: properties: featureName: @@ -1634,14 +2409,15 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string automationMode: - description: 'The automation mode of the RDS Custom DB instance: - full or all paused. If full, the DB instance automates monitoring - and instance recovery. If all paused, the instance pauses automation - for the duration set by --resume-full-automation-mode-minutes.' + description: |- + The automation mode of the RDS Custom DB instance: full or all paused. If + full, the DB instance automates monitoring and instance recovery. If all + paused, the instance pauses automation for the duration set by --resume-full-automation-mode-minutes. type: string awsBackupRecoveryPointARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point - in Amazon Web Services Backup. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the recovery point in Amazon Web Services + Backup. type: string certificateDetails: description: The details of the DB instance's server certificate. @@ -1653,22 +2429,29 @@ spec: type: string type: object customerOwnedIPEnabled: - description: "Indicates whether a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) - is enabled for an RDS on Outposts DB instance. \n A CoIP provides - local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost - subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, - a CoIP can provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance - from outside of its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local - network. \n For more information about RDS on Outposts, see - Working with Amazon RDS on Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n For more information about - CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing) - in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide." + description: |- + Indicates whether a customer-owned IP address (CoIP) is enabled for an RDS + on Outposts DB instance. + + + A CoIP provides local or external connectivity to resources in your Outpost + subnets through your on-premises network. For some use cases, a CoIP can + provide lower latency for connections to the DB instance from outside of + its virtual private cloud (VPC) on your local network. + + + For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Working with Amazon RDS on + Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + For more information about CoIPs, see Customer-owned IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/routing.html#ip-addressing) + in the Amazon Web Services Outposts User Guide. type: boolean dbClusterIdentifier: - description: If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, indicates - the name of the DB cluster that the DB instance is a member - of. + description: |- + If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, indicates the name of the + DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. type: string dbInstanceARN: description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. @@ -1683,19 +2466,24 @@ spec: type: object type: array dbInstanceIdentifier: - description: The user-supplied database identifier. This identifier - is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. + description: |- + The user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique key + that identifies a DB instance. type: string dbInstancePort: - description: The port that the DB instance listens on. If the - DB instance is part of a DB cluster, this can be a different - port than the DB cluster port. + description: |- + The port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is part of a + DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. format: int64 type: integer dbInstanceStatus: - description: "The current state of this database. \n For information - about DB instance statuses, see Viewing DB instance status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/accessing-monitoring.html#Overview.DBInstance.Status) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide." + description: |- + The current state of this database. + + + For information about DB instance statuses, see Viewing DB instance status + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/accessing-monitoring.html#Overview.DBInstance.Status) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. type: string dbParameterGroups: description: The list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB @@ -1709,8 +2497,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array dbSecurityGroups: - description: A list of DB security group elements containing DBSecurityGroup.Name - and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. + description: |- + A list of DB security group elements containing DBSecurityGroup.Name and + DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. items: properties: dbSecurityGroupName: @@ -1720,9 +2509,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array dbSubnetGroup: - description: Information about the subnet group associated with - the DB instance, including the name, description, and subnets - in the subnet group. + description: |- + Information about the subnet group associated with the DB instance, including + the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. properties: dbSubnetGroupARN: type: string @@ -1736,9 +2525,12 @@ spec: items: properties: subnetAvailabilityZone: - description: "Contains Availability Zone information. - \n This data type is used as an element in the OrderableDBInstanceOption - data type." + description: |- + Contains Availability Zone information. + + + This data type is used as an element in the OrderableDBInstanceOption data + type. properties: name: type: string @@ -1746,10 +2538,13 @@ spec: subnetIdentifier: type: string subnetOutpost: - description: "A data type that represents an Outpost. - \n For more information about RDS on Outposts, see - Amazon RDS on Amazon Web Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide." + description: |- + A data type that represents an Outpost. + + + For more information about RDS on Outposts, see Amazon RDS on Amazon Web + Services Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-on-outposts.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. properties: arn: type: string @@ -1766,10 +2561,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object dbiResourceID: - description: The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable - identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in - Amazon Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever the Amazon - Web Services KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. + This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever + the Amazon Web Services KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. type: string domainMemberships: description: The Active Directory Domain membership records associated @@ -1795,18 +2590,23 @@ spec: type: object type: array enabledCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: "A list of log types that this DB instance is configured - to export to CloudWatch Logs. \n Log types vary by DB engine. - For information about the log types for each DB engine, see - Monitoring Amazon RDS log files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide." + description: |- + A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch + Logs. + + + Log types vary by DB engine. For information about the log types for each + DB engine, see Monitoring Amazon RDS log files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_LogAccess.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. items: type: string type: array endpoint: - description: "The connection endpoint for the DB instance. \n - The endpoint might not be shown for instances with the status - of creating." + description: |- + The connection endpoint for the DB instance. + + + The endpoint might not be shown for instances with the status of creating. properties: address: type: string @@ -1820,27 +2620,29 @@ spec: description: The version of the database engine. type: string enhancedMonitoringResourceARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch - Logs log stream that receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics - data for the DB instance. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that + receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. type: string iamDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled: - description: "Indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services - Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts - is enabled for the DB instance. \n For a list of engine versions - that support IAM database authentication, see IAM database authentication - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RDS_Fea_Regions_DB-eng.Feature.IamDatabaseAuthentication.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide and IAM database authentication - in Aurora (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.Aurora_Fea_Regions_DB-eng.Feature.IAMdbauth.html) - in the Amazon Aurora User Guide." + description: |- + Indicates whether mapping of Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management + (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled for the DB instance. + + + For a list of engine versions that support IAM database authentication, see + IAM database authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RDS_Fea_Regions_DB-eng.Feature.IamDatabaseAuthentication.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide and IAM database authentication in Aurora (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Concepts.Aurora_Fea_Regions_DB-eng.Feature.IAMdbauth.html) + in the Amazon Aurora User Guide. type: boolean instanceCreateTime: description: The date and time when the DB instance was created. format: date-time type: string latestRestorableTime: - description: The latest time to which a database in this DB instance - can be restored with point-in-time restore. + description: |- + The latest time to which a database in this DB instance can be restored with + point-in-time restore. format: date-time type: string listenerEndpoint: @@ -1856,11 +2658,14 @@ spec: type: integer type: object masterUserSecret: - description: "The secret managed by RDS in Amazon Web Services - Secrets Manager for the master user password. \n For more information, - see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide." + description: |- + The secret managed by RDS in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager for the + master user password. + + + For more information, see Password management with Amazon Web Services Secrets + Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/rds-secrets-manager.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. properties: kmsKeyID: type: string @@ -1881,9 +2686,10 @@ spec: type: object type: array pendingModifiedValues: - description: Information about pending changes to the DB instance. - This information is returned only when there are pending changes. - Specific changes are identified by subelements. + description: |- + Information about pending changes to the DB instance. This information is + returned only when there are pending changes. Specific changes are identified + by subelements. properties: allocatedStorage: format: int64 @@ -1917,9 +2723,9 @@ spec: multiAZ: type: boolean pendingCloudwatchLogsExports: - description: A list of the log types whose configuration is - still pending. In other words, these log types are in the - process of being activated or deactivated. + description: |- + A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, + these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. properties: logTypesToDisable: items: @@ -1960,13 +2766,15 @@ spec: for the DB instance. type: boolean readReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers: - description: "The identifiers of Aurora DB clusters to which the - RDS DB instance is replicated as a read replica. For example, - when you create an Aurora read replica of an RDS for MySQL DB - instance, the Aurora MySQL DB cluster for the Aurora read replica - is shown. This output doesn't contain information about cross-Region - Aurora read replicas. \n Currently, each RDS DB instance can - have only one Aurora read replica." + description: |- + The identifiers of Aurora DB clusters to which the RDS DB instance is replicated + as a read replica. For example, when you create an Aurora read replica of + an RDS for MySQL DB instance, the Aurora MySQL DB cluster for the Aurora + read replica is shown. This output doesn't contain information about cross-Region + Aurora read replicas. + + + Currently, each RDS DB instance can have only one Aurora read replica. items: type: string type: array @@ -1985,25 +2793,30 @@ spec: DB instance is a read replica. type: string replicaMode: - description: "The open mode of an Oracle read replica. The default - is open-read-only. For more information, see Working with Oracle - Read Replicas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html) - in the Amazon RDS User Guide. \n This attribute is only supported - in RDS for Oracle." + description: |- + The open mode of an Oracle read replica. The default is open-read-only. For + more information, see Working with Oracle Read Replicas for Amazon RDS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/oracle-read-replicas.html) + in the Amazon RDS User Guide. + + + This attribute is only supported in RDS for Oracle. type: string resumeFullAutomationModeTime: - description: The number of minutes to pause the automation. When - the time period ends, RDS Custom resumes full automation. The - minimum value is 60 (default). The maximum value is 1,440. + description: |- + The number of minutes to pause the automation. When the time period ends, + RDS Custom resumes full automation. The minimum value is 60 (default). The + maximum value is 1,440. format: date-time type: string secondaryAvailabilityZone: - description: If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability - Zone for a DB instance with multi-AZ support. + description: |- + If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB + instance with multi-AZ support. type: string statusInfos: - description: The status of a read replica. If the DB instance - isn't a read replica, the value is blank. + description: |- + The status of a read replica. If the DB instance isn't a read replica, the + value is blank. items: properties: message: @@ -2043,14 +2856,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -2060,8 +2882,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -2073,6 +2896,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbparametergroups.yaml b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbparametergroups.yaml index d9edad20c3..11f4f974e1 100644 --- a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbparametergroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_dbparametergroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: dbparametergroups.rds.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: rds.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: DBParameterGroup is the Schema for the DBParameterGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,38 +75,97 @@ spec: of DBParameterGroup properties: dbParameterGroupFamily: - description: "The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter - group can be associated with one and only one DB parameter group - family, and can be applied only to a DB instance running a database - engine and engine version compatible with that DB parameter - group family. \n To list all of the available parameter group - families for a DB engine, use the following command: \n aws - rds describe-db-engine-versions --query \"DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily\" - --engine \n For example, to list all of the available - parameter group families for the MySQL DB engine, use the following - command: \n aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query \"DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily\" - --engine mysql \n The output contains duplicates. \n The following - are the valid DB engine values: \n * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible - Aurora) \n * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) - \n * aurora-postgresql \n * mariadb \n * mysql \n * oracle-ee - \n * oracle-ee-cdb \n * oracle-se2 \n * oracle-se2-cdb \n * - postgres \n * sqlserver-ee \n * sqlserver-se \n * sqlserver-ex - \n * sqlserver-web \n One of DBParameterGroupFamily or DBParameterGroupFamilySelector - is required." + description: |- + The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated + with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only + to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible + with that DB parameter group family. + + + To list all of the available parameter group families for a DB engine, use + the following command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" + --engine + + + For example, to list all of the available parameter group families for the + MySQL DB engine, use the following command: + + + aws rds describe-db-engine-versions --query "DBEngineVersions[].DBParameterGroupFamily" + --engine mysql + + + The output contains duplicates. + + + The following are the valid DB engine values: + + + * aurora (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) + + + * aurora-mysql (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) + + + * aurora-postgresql + + + * mariadb + + + * mysql + + + * oracle-ee + + + * oracle-ee-cdb + + + * oracle-se2 + + + * oracle-se2-cdb + + + * postgres + + + * sqlserver-ee + + + * sqlserver-se + + + * sqlserver-ex + + + * sqlserver-web + + + One of DBParameterGroupFamily or DBParameterGroupFamilySelector is required. type: string dbParameterGroupFamilySelector: - description: "DBParameterGroupFamilySelector determines DBParameterGroupFamily - from the engine and engine version. \n One of DBParameterGroupFamily - or DBParameterGroupFamilySelector is required. \n Will not be - used if DBParameterGroupFamily is already set." + description: |- + DBParameterGroupFamilySelector determines DBParameterGroupFamily from + the engine and engine version. + + + One of DBParameterGroupFamily or DBParameterGroupFamilySelector is required. + + + Will not be used if DBParameterGroupFamily is already set. properties: engine: description: Engine is the name of the database engine. type: string engineVersion: - description: EngineVersion is the version of the database - engine. If it is nil, the default engine version given by - AWS will be used. + description: |- + EngineVersion is the version of the database engine. + If it is nil, the default engine version given by AWS will be used. type: string required: - engine @@ -109,18 +174,19 @@ spec: description: The description for the DB parameter group. type: string parameters: - description: 'A list of parameters to associate with this DB parameter - group. The fields ApplyMethod, ParameterName and ParameterValue - are required for every parameter. Note: AWS actually only modifies - the ApplyMethod of a parameter, if the ParameterValue changes - too.' + description: |- + A list of parameters to associate with this DB parameter group. + The fields ApplyMethod, ParameterName and ParameterValue are required + for every parameter. + Note: AWS actually only modifies the ApplyMethod of a parameter, + if the ParameterValue changes too. items: description: CustomParameter are custom parameters for the Parameter properties: applyMethod: - description: The apply method of the parameter. AWS actually - only modifies to value set here, if the parameter value - changes too. + description: |- + The apply method of the parameter. + AWS actually only modifies to value set here, if the parameter value changes too. enum: - immediate - pending-reboot @@ -158,19 +224,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -183,9 +251,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -195,21 +264,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -219,17 +288,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -239,21 +310,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -268,21 +339,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -293,14 +365,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -327,8 +400,9 @@ spec: group. type: string dbParameterGroupFamily: - description: The name of the DB parameter group family that this - DB parameter group is compatible with. + description: |- + The name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter group is + compatible with. type: string dbParameterGroupName: description: The name of the DB parameter group. @@ -340,14 +414,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -357,8 +440,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -370,6 +454,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_globalclusters.yaml b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_globalclusters.yaml index 1926fc25bb..9c4e78bd37 100644 --- a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_globalclusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_globalclusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: globalclusters.rds.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: rds.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: GlobalCluster is the Schema for the GlobalClusters API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,46 +75,79 @@ spec: GlobalCluster properties: databaseName: - description: "The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric - characters. If you don't specify a name, Amazon Aurora doesn't - create a database in the global database cluster. \n Constraints: - \n * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. - In this case, Amazon Aurora uses the database name from the - source DB cluster." + description: |- + The name for your database of up to 64 alphanumeric characters. If you don't + specify a name, Amazon Aurora doesn't create a database in the global database + cluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this + case, Amazon Aurora uses the database name from the source DB cluster. type: string deletionProtection: - description: Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for - the new global database cluster. The global database can't be - deleted when deletion protection is enabled. + description: |- + Specifies whether to enable deletion protection for the new global database + cluster. The global database can't be deleted when deletion protection is + enabled. type: boolean engine: - description: "The database engine to use for this global database - cluster. \n Valid Values: aurora-mysql | aurora-postgresql \n - Constraints: \n * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier - is specified. In this case, Amazon Aurora uses the engine of - the source DB cluster." + description: |- + The database engine to use for this global database cluster. + + + Valid Values: aurora-mysql | aurora-postgresql + + + Constraints: + + + * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this + case, Amazon Aurora uses the engine of the source DB cluster. type: string engineVersion: - description: "The engine version to use for this global database - cluster. \n Constraints: \n * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier - is specified. In this case, Amazon Aurora uses the engine version - of the source DB cluster." + description: |- + The engine version to use for this global database cluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this + case, Amazon Aurora uses the engine version of the source DB cluster. type: string region: description: Region is which region the GlobalCluster will be created. type: string sourceDBClusterIdentifier: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to use as the primary - cluster of the global database. \n If you provide a value for - this parameter, don't specify values for the following settings - because Amazon Aurora uses the values from the specified source - DB cluster: \n * DatabaseName \n * Engine \n * EngineVersion - \n * StorageEncrypted" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to use as the primary cluster of the global + database. + + + If you provide a value for this parameter, don't specify values for the following + settings because Amazon Aurora uses the values from the specified source + DB cluster: + + + * DatabaseName + + + * Engine + + + * EngineVersion + + + * StorageEncrypted type: string sourceDBClusterIdentifierRef: - description: SourceDBClusterIdentifierRef is a reference to a - DBCluster used to set SourceDBClusterIdentifier. + description: |- + SourceDBClusterIdentifierRef is a reference to a DBCluster used to set + SourceDBClusterIdentifier. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -118,21 +157,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -142,12 +181,14 @@ spec: - name type: object sourceDBClusterIdentifierSelector: - description: SourceDBClusterIdentifierSelector selects a reference - to a DBCluster used to set SourceDBClusterIdentifier. + description: |- + SourceDBClusterIdentifierSelector selects a reference to a DBCluster used to + set SourceDBClusterIdentifier. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -160,21 +201,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -182,10 +223,16 @@ spec: type: object type: object storageEncrypted: - description: "Specifies whether to enable storage encryption for - the new global database cluster. \n Constraints: \n * Can't - be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this - case, Amazon Aurora uses the setting from the source DB cluster." + description: |- + Specifies whether to enable storage encryption for the new global database + cluster. + + + Constraints: + + + * Can't be specified if SourceDBClusterIdentifier is specified. In this + case, Amazon Aurora uses the setting from the source DB cluster. type: boolean required: - region @@ -193,19 +240,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -218,9 +267,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -230,21 +280,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -254,17 +304,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -274,21 +326,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -303,21 +355,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -328,14 +381,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -358,11 +412,11 @@ spec: GlobalCluster properties: failoverState: - description: A data object containing all properties for the current - state of an in-process or pending switchover or failover process - for this global cluster (Aurora global database). This object - is empty unless the SwitchoverGlobalCluster or FailoverGlobalCluster - operation was called on this global cluster. + description: |- + A data object containing all properties for the current state of an in-process + or pending switchover or failover process for this global cluster (Aurora + global database). This object is empty unless the SwitchoverGlobalCluster + or FailoverGlobalCluster operation was called on this global cluster. properties: fromDBClusterARN: type: string @@ -378,9 +432,9 @@ spec: cluster. type: string globalClusterIdentifier: - description: Contains a user-supplied global database cluster - identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies - a global database cluster. + description: |- + Contains a user-supplied global database cluster identifier. This identifier + is the unique key that identifies a global database cluster. type: string globalClusterMembers: description: The list of primary and secondary clusters within @@ -402,10 +456,11 @@ spec: type: object type: array globalClusterResourceID: - description: The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable - identifier for the global database cluster. This identifier - is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail log entries whenever - the Amazon Web Services KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services Region-unique, immutable identifier for the global + database cluster. This identifier is found in Amazon Web Services CloudTrail + log entries whenever the Amazon Web Services KMS key for the DB cluster is + accessed. type: string status: description: Specifies the current state of this global database @@ -418,14 +473,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -435,8 +499,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -448,6 +513,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_optiongroups.yaml b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_optiongroups.yaml index 9f4387b0ef..380c0cb500 100644 --- a/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_optiongroups.yaml +++ b/package/crds/rds.aws.crossplane.io_optiongroups.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: optiongroups.rds.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: rds.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: OptionGroup is the Schema for the OptionGroups API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,25 +74,61 @@ spec: description: OptionGroupParameters defines the desired state of OptionGroup properties: applyImmediately: - description: A value that indicates whether to apply the change - immediately or during the next maintenance window for each instance - associated with the option group. + description: |- + A value that indicates whether to apply the change immediately or during + the next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option + group. type: boolean engineName: - description: "Specifies the name of the engine that this option - group should be associated with. \n Valid Values: \n * mariadb - \n * mysql \n * oracle-ee \n * oracle-ee-cdb \n * oracle-se2 - \n * oracle-se2-cdb \n * postgres \n * sqlserver-ee \n * sqlserver-se - \n * sqlserver-ex \n * sqlserver-web" + description: |- + Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated + with. + + + Valid Values: + + + * mariadb + + + * mysql + + + * oracle-ee + + + * oracle-ee-cdb + + + * oracle-se2 + + + * oracle-se2-cdb + + + * postgres + + + * sqlserver-ee + + + * sqlserver-se + + + * sqlserver-ex + + + * sqlserver-web type: string majorEngineVersion: - description: Specifies the major version of the engine that this - option group should be associated with. + description: |- + Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be + associated with. type: string option: - description: Option in this list are added to the option group - or, if already present, the specified configuration is used - to update the existing configuration. + description: |- + Option in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, + the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration. items: description: CustomOptionConfiguration are custom parameters for the OptionConfiguration @@ -144,19 +186,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -169,9 +213,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -181,21 +226,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -205,17 +250,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -225,21 +272,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -254,21 +301,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -279,14 +327,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -309,9 +358,10 @@ spec: OptionGroup properties: allowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships: - description: Indicates whether this option group can be applied - to both VPC and non-VPC instances. The value true indicates - the option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. + description: |- + Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC + instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both + VPC and non-VPC instances. type: boolean copyTimestamp: description: Indicates when the option group was copied. @@ -386,20 +436,21 @@ spec: type: object type: array sourceAccountID: - description: Specifies the Amazon Web Services account ID for - the option group from which this option group is copied. + description: |- + Specifies the Amazon Web Services account ID for the option group from which + this option group is copied. type: string sourceOptionGroup: description: Specifies the name of the option group from which this option group is copied. type: string vpcID: - description: If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, - this field is blank. If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships - is true and this field is blank, then this option group can - be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this field - contains a value, then this option group can only be applied - to instances that are in the VPC indicated by this field. + description: |- + If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If + AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then + this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this + field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances + that are in the VPC indicated by this field. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -408,14 +459,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -425,8 +485,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -438,6 +499,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/redshift.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml b/package/crds/redshift.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml index edddfe4c87..3fd14d6a54 100644 --- a/package/crds/redshift.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml +++ b/package/crds/redshift.aws.crossplane.io_clusters.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: clusters.redshift.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: redshift.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: cluster. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -55,13 +60,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,40 +77,44 @@ spec: an AWS Redshift cluster properties: allowVersionUpgrade: - description: AllowVersionUpgrade indicates that major engine upgrades - are applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance - window. default=true + description: |- + AllowVersionUpgrade indicates that major engine upgrades are applied automatically to the + cluster during the maintenance window. + default=true type: boolean automatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod: - description: AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod is the number of - days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this - parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this - parameter to 0 disables automated backups. default=1 + description: |- + AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod is the number of days for which + automated backups are retained. Setting this parameter to a positive + number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated backups. + default=1 format: int32 maximum: 35 minimum: 0 type: integer availabilityZone: - description: 'AvailabilityZone is the EC2 Availability Zone in - which you want Amazon Redshift to provision the cluster. Default: - A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that - is specified by the endpoint. Example: us-east-2d Constraint: - The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as - the current endpoint. The Availability Zone parameter can''t - be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. The specified - Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current - endpoint.' + description: |- + AvailabilityZone is the EC2 Availability Zone in which you want + Amazon Redshift to provision the cluster. + Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is + specified by the endpoint. + Example: us-east-2d + Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as + the current endpoint. The Availability Zone parameter can't be specified + if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. + The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint. type: string clusterParameterGroupName: - description: 'ClusterParameterGroupName is the name of the cluster - parameter group to use for the cluster. Default: The default - Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about - the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift - Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)' + description: |- + ClusterParameterGroupName is the name of the cluster parameter group to use for the cluster. + Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information + about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter + Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) type: string clusterSecurityGroupRefs: - description: ClusterSecurityGroupRefs are references to ClusterSecurityGroups - used to set the ClusterSecurityGroups. + description: |- + ClusterSecurityGroupRefs are references to ClusterSecurityGroups used to set + the ClusterSecurityGroups. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -116,21 +126,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -141,12 +151,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array clusterSecurityGroupSelector: - description: ClusterSecurityGroupSelector selects references to - ClusterSecurityGroups used to set the ClusterSecurityGroups. + description: |- + ClusterSecurityGroupSelector selects references to ClusterSecurityGroups used + to set the ClusterSecurityGroups. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -159,21 +171,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -181,94 +193,106 @@ spec: type: object type: object clusterSecurityGroups: - description: 'SecurityGroups is a list of security groups to associate - with this cluster. Default: The default cluster security group - for Amazon Redshift.' + description: |- + SecurityGroups is a list of security groups to associate with this cluster. + Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift. items: type: string type: array clusterSubnetGroupName: - description: ClusterSubnetGroupName is the name of a cluster subnet - group to be associated with this cluster. If this parameter - is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed outside - virtual private cloud (VPC). + description: |- + ClusterSubnetGroupName is the name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster. + If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed + outside virtual private cloud (VPC). type: string clusterType: - description: ClusterType is the type of the cluster you want. - When cluster type is specified as * single-node, the NumberOfNodes - parameter is not required. * multi-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter - is required. default=multi-node + description: |- + ClusterType is the type of the cluster you want. + When cluster type is specified as + * single-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required. + * multi-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is required. + default=multi-node enum: - multi-node - single-node type: string clusterVersion: - description: 'ClusterVersion is the version of the Amazon Redshift - engine software that you want to deploy on the cluster. The - version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster. Constraints: - Only version 1.0 is currently available.' + description: |- + ClusterVersion is the version of the Amazon Redshift engine software + that you want to deploy on the cluster. The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster. + Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available. type: string dbName: - description: 'DBName is the name of the first database to be created - when the cluster is created. To create additional databases - after the cluster is created, connect to the cluster with a - SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For more - information, go to Create a Database (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html) - in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. Constraints: - * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters. * Must contain - only lowercase letters. * Cannot be a word that is reserved - by the service. A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved - Words (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html) - in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. default=dev' + description: |- + DBName is the name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created. + To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the + cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For + more information, go to Create a Database (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html) + in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. + Constraints: + * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters. + * Must contain only lowercase letters. + * Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved + words can be found in Reserved Words (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html) + in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. + default=dev type: string elasticIP: - description: 'The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Constraints: - The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible - through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning - clusters in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your - Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms) - in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.' + description: |- + The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. + Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible + through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters + in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms) + in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. type: string encrypted: - description: Encrypted defines whether your data in the cluster - will be encrypted at rest or not. default=false + description: |- + Encrypted defines whether your data in the cluster will be encrypted at rest or not. + default=false type: boolean enhancedVPCRouting: - description: EnhancedVPCRouting specifies whether to create the - cluster with enhanced VPC routing enabled. To create a cluster - that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster must be in a VPC. - For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html) - in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option - is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled. default=false + description: |- + EnhancedVPCRouting specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC + routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the + cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html) + in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. + If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled. + default=false type: boolean finalClusterSnapshotIdentifier: - description: 'FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier is the identifier - of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before - deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, SkipFinalClusterSnapshot - must be false. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric - characters. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end - with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.' + description: |- + FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier is the identifier of the final snapshot + that is to be created immediately before deleting the cluster. + If this parameter is provided, SkipFinalClusterSnapshot must be false. + Constraints: + * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters. + * First character must be a letter. + * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. type: string finalClusterSnapshotRetentionPeriod: - description: FinalClusterSnapshotRetentionPeriod is the number - of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is - -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. The value - must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653. default - -1 + description: |- + FinalClusterSnapshotRetentionPeriod is the number of days that + a manual snapshot is retained. + If the value is -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. + The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653. + default -1 format: int32 type: integer hsmClientCertificateIdentifier: - description: HSMClientCertificateIdentifier specifies the name - of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster uses - to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. + description: |- + HSMClientCertificateIdentifier specifies the name of the HSM client certificate + the Amazon Redshift cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. type: string hsmConfigurationIdentifier: - description: HSMConfigurationIdentifier specifies the name of - the HSM configuration that contains the information the Amazon - Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. + description: |- + HSMConfigurationIdentifier specifies the name of the HSM configuration that + contains the information the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve + and store keys in an HSM. type: string iamRoleRefs: - description: IAMRoleRefs are references to IAMRoles used to set + description: |- + IAMRoleRefs are references to IAMRoles used to set the IAMRoles. items: description: A Reference to a named object. @@ -281,21 +305,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -306,12 +330,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array iamRoleSelector: - description: IAMRoleSelector selects references to IAMRoles used + description: |- + IAMRoleSelector selects references to IAMRoles used to set the IAMRoles. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -324,21 +350,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -346,97 +372,106 @@ spec: type: object type: object iamRoles: - description: IAMRoles is a list of AWS Identity and Access Management - (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other - AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles in their Amazon - Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles - in a single request. A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated - with it at any time. kubebuilder:validation:MaxItems=10 + description: |- + IAMRoles is a list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used + by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles + in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles + in a single request. + A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated with it at any time. + kubebuilder:validation:MaxItems=10 items: type: string type: array kmsKeyID: - description: KMSKeyID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the - KMS encryption key. If you are creating a cluster with the same - AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt - the new cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead - of the ARN for the KM encryption key. + description: |- + KMSKeyID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption + key. If you are creating a cluster with the same AWS account that owns + the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new cluster, then you can + use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. type: string maintenanceTrackName: description: MaintenanceTrackName an optional parameter for the name of the maintenance track for the cluster. type: string manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod: - description: ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod is the default number - of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is -1, the - snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change - the retention period of existing snapshots. default=1 + description: |- + ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod is the default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. + If the value is -1, the snapshot is retained indefinitely. + This setting doesn't change the retention period of existing snapshots. + default=1 format: int32 maximum: 3653 type: integer masterUsername: - description: 'MasterUsername is the user name associated with - the master user account for the cluster that is being created. - Constraints: * Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters. The - user name can''t be PUBLIC. * First character must be a letter. - * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be - found in Reserved Words (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html) - in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.' + description: |- + MasterUsername is the user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that + is being created. + Constraints: + * Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters. The user name can't be PUBLIC. + * First character must be a letter. + * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in + Reserved Words (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html) + in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. type: string newClusterIdentifier: description: NewClusterIdentifier is the new identifier you want to use for the cluster. type: string newMasterUserPassword: - description: 'NewMasterUserPassword is the new password to be - associated with the master user account for the cluster that - has being created. Set this value if you want to change the - existing password of the cluster. Constraints: * Must be between - 8 and 64 characters in length. * Must contain at least one uppercase - letter. * Must contain at least one lowercase letter. * Must - contain one number. * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII - code 33 to 126) except '' (single quote), " (double quote), - \, /, @, or space.' + description: |- + NewMasterUserPassword is the new password to be associated with the master user account + for the cluster that has being created. + Set this value if you want to change the existing password of the cluster. + Constraints: + * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length. + * Must contain at least one uppercase letter. + * Must contain at least one lowercase letter. + * Must contain one number. + * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except ' + (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space. type: string nodeType: - description: NodeType is the node type defining its size and compute - capacity to be provisioned for the cluster. For information - about node types, go to Working with Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes) + description: |- + NodeType is the node type defining its size and compute capacity to be + provisioned for the cluster. For information about node types, + go to Working with Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. type: string numberOfNodes: - description: NumberOfNodes defines the number of compute nodes - in the cluster. This parameter is required when the ClusterType - parameter is specified as multi-node. For information about - determining how many nodes you need, go to Working with Clusters - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes) - in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you don't - specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When - requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number - of nodes that you want in the cluster. default=1 + description: |- + NumberOfNodes defines the number of compute nodes in the cluster. + This parameter is required when the ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node. + For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to Working + with Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes) + in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. + If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When + requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that + you want in the cluster. + default=1 format: int32 maximum: 100 minimum: 1 type: integer port: - description: Port specifies the port number on which the cluster - accepts incoming connections. The cluster is accessible only - via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings. Part of the connection - string requires the port on which the cluster will listen for - incoming connections. default=5439 + description: |- + Port specifies the port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections. + The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings. + Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will + listen for incoming connections. + default=5439 format: int32 maximum: 65535 minimum: 1150 type: integer preferredMaintenanceWindow: - description: 'PreferredMaintenanceWindow is the weekly time range - (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can occur. - Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour - block of time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. - For more information about the time blocks for each region, - see Maintenance Windows (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows) - in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Constraints: Minimum - 30-minute window.' + description: |- + PreferredMaintenanceWindow is the weekly time range (in UTC) during which + automated cluster maintenance can occur. + Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time + per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about + the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows) + in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. + Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. type: string publiclyAccessible: description: PubliclyAccessible is to specify if the cluster can @@ -447,13 +482,14 @@ spec: created in. type: string skipFinalClusterSnapshot: - description: 'SkipFinalClusterSnapshot determines whether a final - snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon Redshift deletes - the cluster. If true, a final cluster snapshot is not created. - If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster - is deleted. The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must - be specified if SkipFinalClusterSnapshot is false. Default: - false' + description: |- + SkipFinalClusterSnapshot determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster + is created before Amazon Redshift deletes the cluster. + If true, a final cluster snapshot is not created. + If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted. + The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalClusterSnapshot + is false. + Default: false type: boolean snapshotScheduleIdentifier: description: SnapshotScheduleIdentifier is a unique identifier @@ -477,8 +513,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array vpcSecurityGroupIDRefs: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDRefs are references to VPCSecurityGroups - used to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDRefs are references to VPCSecurityGroups used to set + the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -490,21 +527,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -515,12 +552,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array vpcSecurityGroupIDSelector: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to - VPCSecurityGroups used to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDSelector selects references to VPCSecurityGroups used + to set the VPCSecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -533,21 +572,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -555,8 +594,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object vpcSecurityGroupIds: - description: VPCSecurityGroupIDs a list of Virtual Private Cloud - (VPC) security groups to be associated with the cluster. + description: |- + VPCSecurityGroupIDs a list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with + the cluster. items: type: string type: array @@ -568,19 +608,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -593,9 +635,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -605,21 +648,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -629,17 +672,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -649,21 +694,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -678,21 +723,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -703,14 +749,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -760,18 +807,21 @@ spec: type: object type: array clusterParameterGroups: - description: The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated - with this cluster. Each parameter group in the list is returned - with its status. + description: |- + The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this cluster. + Each parameter group in the list is returned with its status. items: description: ClusterParameterGroupStatus is the status of the Cluster parameter group. properties: clusterParameterStatusList: - description: "The list of parameter statuses. \n For more - information about parameters and parameter groups, go - to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) - in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide." + description: |- + The list of parameter statuses. + + + For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon + Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) + in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. items: description: ClusterParameterStatus describes the status of a Cluster parameter. @@ -781,24 +831,39 @@ spec: from being applied to the database. type: string parameterApplyStatus: - description: "The status of the parameter that indicates - whether the parameter is in sync with the database, - waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an - error when being applied. \n The following are possible - statuses and descriptions. \n * in-sync: The parameter - value is in sync with the database. \n * pending-reboot: - The parameter value will be applied after the cluster - reboots. \n * applying: The parameter value is being - applied to the database. \n * invalid-parameter: - Cannot apply the parameter value because it has - an invalid value or syntax. \n * apply-deferred: - The parameter contains static property changes. - The changes are deferred until the cluster reboots. - \n * apply-error: Cannot connect to the cluster. - The parameter change will be applied after the cluster - reboots. \n * unknown-error: Cannot apply the parameter - change right now. The change will be applied after - the cluster reboots." + description: |- + The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync + with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error + when being applied. + + + The following are possible statuses and descriptions. + + + * in-sync: The parameter value is in sync with the database. + + + * pending-reboot: The parameter value will be applied after the cluster + reboots. + + + * applying: The parameter value is being applied to the database. + + + * invalid-parameter: Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an + invalid value or syntax. + + + * apply-deferred: The parameter contains static property changes. The + changes are deferred until the cluster reboots. + + + * apply-error: Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will + be applied after the cluster reboots. + + + * unknown-error: Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change + will be applied after the cluster reboots. type: string parameterName: description: The name of the parameter. @@ -821,25 +886,29 @@ spec: cluster. type: string clusterSnapshotCopyStatus: - description: A value that returns the destination region and retention - period that are configured for cross-region snapshot copy. + description: |- + A value that returns the destination region and retention period that are + configured for cross-region snapshot copy. properties: destinationRegion: - description: The destination region that snapshots are automatically - copied to when cross-region snapshot copy is enabled. + description: |- + The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when cross-region + snapshot copy is enabled. type: string manualSnapshotRetentionPeriod: - description: "The number of days that automated snapshots - are retained in the destination region after they are copied - from a source region. If the value is -1, the manual snapshot - is retained indefinitely. \n The value must be either -1 - or an integer between 1 and 3,653." + description: |- + The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination + region after they are copied from a source region. If the value is -1, the + manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. + + + The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653. format: int32 type: integer retentionPeriod: - description: The number of days that automated snapshots are - retained in the destination region after they are copied - from a source region. + description: |- + The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination + region after they are copied from a source region. format: int64 type: integer snapshotCopyGrantName: @@ -850,8 +919,9 @@ spec: description: ClusterStatus is the current state of the cluster. type: string dataTransferProgress: - description: Describes the status of a cluster while it is in - the process of resizing with an incremental resize. + description: |- + Describes the status of a cluster while it is in the process of resizing + with an incremental resize. properties: currentRateInMegaBytesPerSecond: description: Describes the data transfer rate in MB's per @@ -873,8 +943,9 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer status: - description: Describes the status of the cluster. While the - transfer is in progress the status is transferringdata. + description: |- + Describes the status of the cluster. While the transfer is in progress the + status is transferringdata. type: string totalDataInMegaBytes: description: Describes the total amount of data to be transferred @@ -914,8 +985,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object elasticResizeNumberOfNodeOptions: - description: The number of nodes that you can resize the cluster - to with the elastic resize method. + description: |- + The number of nodes that you can resize the cluster to with the elastic resize + method. type: string endpoint: description: Endpoint specifies the connection endpoint. @@ -930,38 +1002,48 @@ spec: type: integer type: object expectedNextSnapshotScheduleTime: - description: The date and time when the next snapshot is expected - to be taken for clusters with a valid snapshot schedule and - backups enabled. + description: |- + The date and time when the next snapshot is expected to be taken for clusters + with a valid snapshot schedule and backups enabled. format: date-time type: string expectedNextSnapshotScheduleTimeStatus: - description: "The status of next expected snapshot for clusters - having a valid snapshot schedule and backups enabled. Possible - values are the following: \n * OnTrack - The next snapshot is - expected to be taken on time. \n * Pending - The next snapshot - is pending to be taken." + description: |- + The status of next expected snapshot for clusters having a valid snapshot + schedule and backups enabled. Possible values are the following: + + + * OnTrack - The next snapshot is expected to be taken on time. + + + * Pending - The next snapshot is pending to be taken. type: string hsmStatus: - description: "A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift - cluster has finished applying any hardware security module (HSM) - settings changes specified in a modify cluster command. \n Values: - active, applying" + description: |- + A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying + any hardware security module (HSM) settings changes specified in a modify + cluster command. + + + Values: active, applying properties: hsmClientCertificateIdentifier: - description: Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate - the Amazon Redshift cluster uses to retrieve the data encryption - keys stored in an HSM. + description: |- + Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster + uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM. type: string hsmConfigurationIdentifier: - description: Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that - contains the information the Amazon Redshift cluster can - use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. + description: |- + Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information + the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM. type: string status: - description: "Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster - has finished applying any HSM settings changes specified - in a modify cluster command. \n Values: active, applying" + description: |- + Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM + settings changes specified in a modify cluster command. + + + Values: active, applying type: string type: object modifyStatus: @@ -992,14 +1074,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1009,8 +1100,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1022,6 +1114,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/route53.aws.crossplane.io_hostedzones.yaml b/package/crds/route53.aws.crossplane.io_hostedzones.yaml index d61ec1e080..68e91bb508 100644 --- a/package/crds/route53.aws.crossplane.io_hostedzones.yaml +++ b/package/crds/route53.aws.crossplane.io_hostedzones.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: hostedzones.route53.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: route53.aws.crossplane.io @@ -41,14 +41,19 @@ spec: Hosted HostedZone. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -58,13 +63,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -74,9 +80,10 @@ spec: Route53 Hosted HostedZone. properties: config: - description: Config includes the Comment and PrivateZone elements. - If you omitted the Config and Comment elements from the request, - the Config and Comment elements don't appear in the response. + description: |- + Config includes the Comment and PrivateZone elements. If you + omitted the Config and Comment elements from the request, the Config + and Comment elements don't appear in the response. properties: comment: description: Comment that you want to include about the hosted @@ -88,23 +95,24 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object delegationSetId: - description: DelegationSetId let you associate a reusable delegation - set with this hosted zone. It has to be the ID that Amazon Route - 53 assigned to the reusable delegation set when you created - it. For more information about reusable delegation sets, see + description: |- + DelegationSetId let you associate a reusable delegation set with this hosted zone. + It has to be the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigned to the reusable delegation set when + you created it. For more information about reusable delegation sets, see CreateReusableDelegationSet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReusableDelegationSet.html). type: string name: - description: "The name of the domain. Specify a fully qualified - domain name, for example, www.example.com. The trailing dot - is optional; Amazon Route 53 assumes that the domain name is - fully qualified. This means that Route 53 treats www.example.com - (without a trailing dot) and www.example.com. (with a trailing - dot) as identical. \n If you're creating a public hosted zone, - this is the name you have registered with your DNS registrar. - If your domain name is registered with a registrar other than - Route 53, change the name servers for your domain to the set - of NameServers that CreateHostedHostedZone returns in DelegationSet." + description: |- + The name of the domain. Specify a fully qualified domain name, for example, + www.example.com. The trailing dot is optional; Amazon Route 53 assumes that + the domain name is fully qualified. This means that Route 53 treats www.example.com + (without a trailing dot) and www.example.com. (with a trailing dot) as identical. + + + If you're creating a public hosted zone, this is the name you have registered + with your DNS registrar. If your domain name is registered with a registrar + other than Route 53, change the name servers for your domain to the set of + NameServers that CreateHostedHostedZone returns in DelegationSet. type: string tags: additionalProperties: @@ -112,13 +120,15 @@ spec: description: Tags for this hosted zone. type: object vpc: - description: "(Private hosted zones only) A complex type that - contains information about the Amazon VPC that you're associating - with this hosted zone. \n You can specify only one Amazon VPC - when you create a private hosted zone. To associate additional - Amazon VPCs with the hosted zone, use AssociateVPCWithHostedZone + description: |- + (Private hosted zones only) A complex type that contains information about + the Amazon VPC that you're associating with this hosted zone. + + + You can specify only one Amazon VPC when you create a private hosted zone. + To associate additional Amazon VPCs with the hosted zone, use AssociateVPCWithHostedZone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_AssociateVPCWithHostedZone.html) - after you create a hosted zone." + after you create a hosted zone. properties: vpcId: description: (Private hosted zones only) The ID of an Amazon @@ -136,21 +146,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -163,9 +173,9 @@ spec: description: VPCIDSelector selects a reference to a VPC. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -178,21 +188,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -210,19 +220,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -235,9 +247,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -247,21 +260,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -271,17 +284,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -291,21 +306,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -320,21 +335,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -345,14 +361,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -379,8 +396,9 @@ spec: hosted zone. properties: callerReference: - description: The value that you specified for CallerReference - when you created the reusable delegation set. + description: |- + The value that you specified for CallerReference when you created the reusable + delegation set. type: string id: description: The ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns to a reusable @@ -398,14 +416,15 @@ spec: hosted zone. properties: callerReference: - description: CallerReference is an unique string that identifies - the request and that allows failed HostedZone create requests - to be retried without the risk of executing the operation - twice. + description: |- + CallerReference is an unique string that identifies the request and that + allows failed HostedZone create requests to be retried without the risk of + executing the operation twice. type: string id: - description: ID that Amazon Route 53 assigned to the hosted - zone when you created it. + description: |- + ID that Amazon Route 53 assigned to the hosted zone when you created + it. type: string linkedService: description: LinkedService is the service that created the @@ -426,11 +445,13 @@ spec: type: integer type: object vpcs: - description: A complex type that contains information about the - VPCs that are associated with the specified hosted zone. + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about the VPCs that are associated + with the specified hosted zone. items: - description: VPCObservation is used to represent the VPC object - in the HostedZone response object. + description: |- + VPCObservation is used to represent the VPC object in the HostedZone response + object. properties: vpcId: description: VPCID is the ID of the VPC. @@ -447,14 +468,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -464,8 +494,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -477,6 +508,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/route53.aws.crossplane.io_resourcerecordsets.yaml b/package/crds/route53.aws.crossplane.io_resourcerecordsets.yaml index 052bcf6ee4..3c3928b260 100644 --- a/package/crds/route53.aws.crossplane.io_resourcerecordsets.yaml +++ b/package/crds/route53.aws.crossplane.io_resourcerecordsets.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: resourcerecordsets.route53.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: route53.aws.crossplane.io @@ -41,14 +41,19 @@ spec: Route53 Resource Record. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -58,13 +63,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -74,244 +80,381 @@ spec: of an AWS Route53 Resource Record. properties: aliasTarget: - description: "Alias resource record sets only: Information about - the AWS resource, such as a CloudFront distribution or an Amazon - S3 bucket, that you want to route traffic to. \n If you're creating - resource records sets for a private hosted zone, note the following: - \n * You can't create an alias resource record set in a private - hosted zone to route traffic to a CloudFront distribution. \n - * Creating geolocation alias resource record sets or latency - alias resource record sets in a private hosted zone is unsupported. - \n * For information about creating failover resource record - sets in a private hosted zone, see Configuring Failover in a - Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) - in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide." + description: |- + Alias resource record sets only: Information about the AWS resource, such + as a CloudFront distribution or an Amazon S3 bucket, that you want to route + traffic to. + + + If you're creating resource records sets for a private hosted zone, note + the following: + + + * You can't create an alias resource record set in a private hosted zone + to route traffic to a CloudFront distribution. + + + * Creating geolocation alias resource record sets or latency alias resource + record sets in a private hosted zone is unsupported. + + + * For information about creating failover resource record sets in a private + hosted zone, see Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) + in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. properties: dnsName: - description: "Alias resource record sets only: The value that - you specify depends on where you want to route queries: - \n Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized - APIs \n Specify the applicable domain name for your API. - You can get the applicable value using the AWS CLI command - get-domain-names (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-domain-names.html): - \n * For regional APIs, specify the value of regionalDomainName. - \n * For edge-optimized APIs, specify the value of distributionDomainName. - This is the name of the associated CloudFront distribution, - such as da1b2c3d4e5.cloudfront.net. \n The name of the record - that you're creating must match a custom domain name for - your API, such as api.example.com. \n Amazon Virtual Private - Cloud interface VPC endpoint \n Enter the API endpoint for - the interface endpoint, such as vpce-123456789abcdef01-example-us-east-1a.elasticloadbalancing.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com. - For edge-optimized APIs, this is the domain name for the - corresponding CloudFront distribution. You can get the value - of DnsName using the AWS CLI command describe-vpc-endpoints - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-vpc-endpoints.html). - \n CloudFront distribution \n Specify the domain name that - CloudFront assigned when you created your distribution. - \n Your CloudFront distribution must include an alternate - domain name that matches the name of the resource record - set. For example, if the name of the resource record set - is acme.example.com, your CloudFront distribution must include - acme.example.com as one of the alternate domain names. For - more information, see Using Alternate Domain Names (CNAMEs) - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/CNAMEs.html) - in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. \n You can't create - a resource record set in a private hosted zone to route - traffic to a CloudFront distribution. \n For failover alias - records, you can't specify a CloudFront distribution for - both the primary and secondary records. A distribution must - include an alternate domain name that matches the name of - the record. However, the primary and secondary records have - the same name, and you can't include the same alternate - domain name in more than one distribution. \n Elastic Beanstalk - environment \n If the domain name for your Elastic Beanstalk - environment includes the region that you deployed the environment - in, you can create an alias record that routes traffic to - the environment. For example, the domain name my-environment.us-west-2.elasticbeanstalk.com - is a regionalized domain name. \n For environments that - were created before early 2016, the domain name doesn't - include the region. To route traffic to these environments, - you must create a CNAME record instead of an alias record. - Note that you can't create a CNAME record for the root domain - name. For example, if your domain name is example.com, you - can create a record that routes traffic for acme.example.com - to your Elastic Beanstalk environment, but you can't create - a record that routes traffic for example.com to your Elastic - Beanstalk environment. \n For Elastic Beanstalk environments - that have regionalized subdomains, specify the CNAME attribute - for the environment. You can use the following methods to - get the value of the CNAME attribute: \n * AWS Management - Console: For information about how to get the value by using - the console, see Using Custom Domains with AWS Elastic Beanstalk - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/dg/customdomains.html) - in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide. \n * Elastic - Beanstalk API: Use the DescribeEnvironments action to get - the value of the CNAME attribute. For more information, - see DescribeEnvironments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/api/API_DescribeEnvironments.html) - in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk API Reference. \n * AWS CLI: - Use the describe-environments command to get the value of - the CNAME attribute. For more information, see describe-environments - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elasticbeanstalk/describe-environments.html) - in the AWS CLI Command Reference. \n ELB load balancer \n - Specify the DNS name that is associated with the load balancer. - Get the DNS name by using the AWS Management Console, the - ELB API, or the AWS CLI. \n * AWS Management Console: Go - to the EC2 page, choose Load Balancers in the navigation - pane, choose the load balancer, choose the Description tab, - and get the value of the DNS name field. If you're routing - traffic to a Classic Load Balancer, get the value that begins - with dualstack. If you're routing traffic to another type - of load balancer, get the value that applies to the record - type, A or AAAA. \n * Elastic Load Balancing API: Use DescribeLoadBalancers - to get the value of DNSName. For more information, see the - applicable guide: Classic Load Balancers: DescribeLoadBalancers - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/2012-06-01/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - Application and Network Load Balancers: DescribeLoadBalancers - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - \n * AWS CLI: Use describe-load-balancers to get the value - of DNSName. For more information, see the applicable guide: - Classic Load Balancers: describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elb/describe-load-balancers.html) - Application and Network Load Balancers: describe-load-balancers - (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elbv2/describe-load-balancers.html) - \n AWS Global Accelerator accelerator \n Specify the DNS - name for your accelerator: \n * Global Accelerator API: - To get the DNS name, use DescribeAccelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/api/API_DescribeAccelerator.html). - \n * AWS CLI: To get the DNS name, use describe-accelerator - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/globalaccelerator/describe-accelerator.html). - \n Amazon S3 bucket that is configured as a static website - \n Specify the domain name of the Amazon S3 website endpoint - that you created the bucket in, for example, s3-website.us-east-2.amazonaws.com. - For more information about valid values, see the table Amazon - S3 Website Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#s3_website_region_endpoints) - in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For more information - about using S3 buckets for websites, see Getting Started - with Amazon Route 53 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/getting-started.html) - in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. \n Another Route - 53 resource record set \n Specify the value of the Name - element for a resource record set in the current hosted - zone. \n If you're creating an alias record that has the - same name as the hosted zone (known as the zone apex), you - can't specify the domain name for a record for which the - value of Type is CNAME. This is because the alias record - must have the same type as the record that you're routing - traffic to, and creating a CNAME record for the zone apex - isn't supported even for an alias record." + description: |- + Alias resource record sets only: The value that you specify depends on where + you want to route queries: + + + Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs + + + Specify the applicable domain name for your API. You can get the applicable + value using the AWS CLI command get-domain-names (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-domain-names.html): + + + * For regional APIs, specify the value of regionalDomainName. + + + * For edge-optimized APIs, specify the value of distributionDomainName. + This is the name of the associated CloudFront distribution, such as da1b2c3d4e5.cloudfront.net. + + + The name of the record that you're creating must match a custom domain name + for your API, such as api.example.com. + + + Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC endpoint + + + Enter the API endpoint for the interface endpoint, such as vpce-123456789abcdef01-example-us-east-1a.elasticloadbalancing.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com. + For edge-optimized APIs, this is the domain name for the corresponding CloudFront + distribution. You can get the value of DnsName using the AWS CLI command + describe-vpc-endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-vpc-endpoints.html). + + + CloudFront distribution + + + Specify the domain name that CloudFront assigned when you created your distribution. + + + Your CloudFront distribution must include an alternate domain name that matches + the name of the resource record set. For example, if the name of the resource + record set is acme.example.com, your CloudFront distribution must include + acme.example.com as one of the alternate domain names. For more information, + see Using Alternate Domain Names (CNAMEs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/CNAMEs.html) + in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + + + You can't create a resource record set in a private hosted zone to route + traffic to a CloudFront distribution. + + + For failover alias records, you can't specify a CloudFront distribution for + both the primary and secondary records. A distribution must include an alternate + domain name that matches the name of the record. However, the primary and + secondary records have the same name, and you can't include the same alternate + domain name in more than one distribution. + + + Elastic Beanstalk environment + + + If the domain name for your Elastic Beanstalk environment includes the region + that you deployed the environment in, you can create an alias record that + routes traffic to the environment. For example, the domain name my-environment.us-west-2.elasticbeanstalk.com + is a regionalized domain name. + + + For environments that were created before early 2016, the domain name doesn't + include the region. To route traffic to these environments, you must create + a CNAME record instead of an alias record. Note that you can't create a CNAME + record for the root domain name. For example, if your domain name is example.com, + you can create a record that routes traffic for acme.example.com to your + Elastic Beanstalk environment, but you can't create a record that routes + traffic for example.com to your Elastic Beanstalk environment. + + + For Elastic Beanstalk environments that have regionalized subdomains, specify + the CNAME attribute for the environment. You can use the following methods + to get the value of the CNAME attribute: + + + * AWS Management Console: For information about how to get the value by + using the console, see Using Custom Domains with AWS Elastic Beanstalk + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/dg/customdomains.html) + in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide. + + + * Elastic Beanstalk API: Use the DescribeEnvironments action to get the + value of the CNAME attribute. For more information, see DescribeEnvironments + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/api/API_DescribeEnvironments.html) + in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk API Reference. + + + * AWS CLI: Use the describe-environments command to get the value of the + CNAME attribute. For more information, see describe-environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elasticbeanstalk/describe-environments.html) + in the AWS CLI Command Reference. + + + ELB load balancer + + + Specify the DNS name that is associated with the load balancer. Get the DNS + name by using the AWS Management Console, the ELB API, or the AWS CLI. + + + * AWS Management Console: Go to the EC2 page, choose Load Balancers in + the navigation pane, choose the load balancer, choose the Description + tab, and get the value of the DNS name field. If you're routing traffic + to a Classic Load Balancer, get the value that begins with dualstack. + If you're routing traffic to another type of load balancer, get the value + that applies to the record type, A or AAAA. + + + * Elastic Load Balancing API: Use DescribeLoadBalancers to get the value + of DNSName. For more information, see the applicable guide: Classic Load + Balancers: DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/2012-06-01/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) + Application and Network Load Balancers: DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) + + + * AWS CLI: Use describe-load-balancers to get the value of DNSName. For + more information, see the applicable guide: Classic Load Balancers: describe-load-balancers + (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elb/describe-load-balancers.html) + Application and Network Load Balancers: describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elbv2/describe-load-balancers.html) + + + AWS Global Accelerator accelerator + + + Specify the DNS name for your accelerator: + + + * Global Accelerator API: To get the DNS name, use DescribeAccelerator + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/api/API_DescribeAccelerator.html). + + + * AWS CLI: To get the DNS name, use describe-accelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/globalaccelerator/describe-accelerator.html). + + + Amazon S3 bucket that is configured as a static website + + + Specify the domain name of the Amazon S3 website endpoint that you created + the bucket in, for example, s3-website.us-east-2.amazonaws.com. For more + information about valid values, see the table Amazon S3 Website Endpoints + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#s3_website_region_endpoints) + in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For more information about + using S3 buckets for websites, see Getting Started with Amazon Route 53 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/getting-started.html) + in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + + + Another Route 53 resource record set + + + Specify the value of the Name element for a resource record set in the current + hosted zone. + + + If you're creating an alias record that has the same name as the hosted zone + (known as the zone apex), you can't specify the domain name for a record + for which the value of Type is CNAME. This is because the alias record must + have the same type as the record that you're routing traffic to, and creating + a CNAME record for the zone apex isn't supported even for an alias record. type: string evaluateTargetHealth: - description: "Applies only to alias, failover alias, geolocation - alias, latency alias, and weighted alias resource record - sets: When EvaluateTargetHealth is true, an alias resource - record set inherits the health of the referenced AWS resource, - such as an ELB load balancer or another resource record - set in the hosted zone. \n Note the following: \n CloudFront - distributions \n You can't set EvaluateTargetHealth to true - when the alias target is a CloudFront distribution. \n Elastic - Beanstalk environments that have regionalized subdomains - \n If you specify an Elastic Beanstalk environment in DNSName - and the environment contains an ELB load balancer, Elastic - Load Balancing routes queries only to the healthy Amazon - EC2 instances that are registered with the load balancer. - (An environment automatically contains an ELB load balancer - if it includes more than one Amazon EC2 instance.) If you - set EvaluateTargetHealth to true and either no Amazon EC2 - instances are healthy or the load balancer itself is unhealthy, - Route 53 routes queries to other available resources that - are healthy, if any. \n If the environment contains a single - Amazon EC2 instance, there are no special requirements. - \n ELB load balancers \n Health checking behavior depends - on the type of load balancer: \n * Classic Load Balancers: - If you specify an ELB Classic Load Balancer in DNSName, - Elastic Load Balancing routes queries only to the healthy - Amazon EC2 instances that are registered with the load balancer. - If you set EvaluateTargetHealth to true and either no EC2 - instances are healthy or the load balancer itself is unhealthy, - Route 53 routes queries to other resources. \n * Application - and Network Load Balancers: If you specify an ELB Application - or Network Load Balancer and you set EvaluateTargetHealth - to true, Route 53 routes queries to the load balancer based - on the health of the target groups that are associated with - the load balancer: For an Application or Network Load Balancer - to be considered healthy, every target group that contains - targets must contain at least one healthy target. If any - target group contains only unhealthy targets, the load balancer - is considered unhealthy, and Route 53 routes queries to - other resources. A target group that has no registered targets - is considered unhealthy. \n When you create a load balancer, - you configure settings for Elastic Load Balancing health - checks; they're not Route 53 health checks, but they perform - a similar function. Do not create Route 53 health checks - for the EC2 instances that you register with an ELB load - balancer. \n S3 buckets \n There are no special requirements - for setting EvaluateTargetHealth to true when the alias - target is an S3 bucket. \n Other records in the same hosted - zone \n If the AWS resource that you specify in DNSName - is a record or a group of records (for example, a group - of weighted records) but is not another alias record, we - recommend that you associate a health check with all of - the records in the alias target. For more information, see - What Happens When You Omit Health Checks? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-complex-configs.html#dns-failover-complex-configs-hc-omitting) - in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. \n For more information - and examples, see Amazon Route 53 Health Checks and DNS - Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) - in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide." + description: |- + Applies only to alias, failover alias, geolocation alias, latency alias, + and weighted alias resource record sets: When EvaluateTargetHealth is true, + an alias resource record set inherits the health of the referenced AWS resource, + such as an ELB load balancer or another resource record set in the hosted + zone. + + + Note the following: + + + CloudFront distributions + + + You can't set EvaluateTargetHealth to true when the alias target is a CloudFront + distribution. + + + Elastic Beanstalk environments that have regionalized subdomains + + + If you specify an Elastic Beanstalk environment in DNSName and the environment + contains an ELB load balancer, Elastic Load Balancing routes queries only + to the healthy Amazon EC2 instances that are registered with the load balancer. + (An environment automatically contains an ELB load balancer if it includes + more than one Amazon EC2 instance.) If you set EvaluateTargetHealth to true + and either no Amazon EC2 instances are healthy or the load balancer itself + is unhealthy, Route 53 routes queries to other available resources that are + healthy, if any. + + + If the environment contains a single Amazon EC2 instance, there are no special + requirements. + + + ELB load balancers + + + Health checking behavior depends on the type of load balancer: + + + * Classic Load Balancers: If you specify an ELB Classic Load Balancer + in DNSName, Elastic Load Balancing routes queries only to the healthy + Amazon EC2 instances that are registered with the load balancer. If you + set EvaluateTargetHealth to true and either no EC2 instances are healthy + or the load balancer itself is unhealthy, Route 53 routes queries to other + resources. + + + * Application and Network Load Balancers: If you specify an ELB Application + or Network Load Balancer and you set EvaluateTargetHealth to true, Route + 53 routes queries to the load balancer based on the health of the target + groups that are associated with the load balancer: For an Application + or Network Load Balancer to be considered healthy, every target group + that contains targets must contain at least one healthy target. If any + target group contains only unhealthy targets, the load balancer is considered + unhealthy, and Route 53 routes queries to other resources. A target group + that has no registered targets is considered unhealthy. + + + When you create a load balancer, you configure settings for Elastic Load + Balancing health checks; they're not Route 53 health checks, but they perform + a similar function. Do not create Route 53 health checks for the EC2 instances + that you register with an ELB load balancer. + + + S3 buckets + + + There are no special requirements for setting EvaluateTargetHealth to true + when the alias target is an S3 bucket. + + + Other records in the same hosted zone + + + If the AWS resource that you specify in DNSName is a record or a group of + records (for example, a group of weighted records) but is not another alias + record, we recommend that you associate a health check with all of the records + in the alias target. For more information, see What Happens When You Omit + Health Checks? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-complex-configs.html#dns-failover-complex-configs-hc-omitting) + in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + + + For more information and examples, see Amazon Route 53 Health Checks and + DNS Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) + in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. type: boolean hostedZoneId: - description: "Alias resource records sets only: The value - used depends on where you want to route traffic: \n Amazon - API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs - \n Specify the hosted zone ID for your API. You can get - the applicable value using the AWS CLI command get-domain-names - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-domain-names.html): - \n * For regional APIs, specify the value of regionalHostedZoneId. - \n * For edge-optimized APIs, specify the value of distributionHostedZoneId. - \n Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC endpoint \n - Specify the hosted zone ID for your interface endpoint. - You can get the value of HostedZoneId using the AWS CLI - command describe-vpc-endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-vpc-endpoints.html). - \n CloudFront distribution \n Specify Z2FDTNDATAQYW2. \n - Alias resource record sets for CloudFront can't be created - in a private zone. \n Elastic Beanstalk environment \n Specify - the hosted zone ID for the region that you created the environment - in. The environment must have a regionalized subdomain. - For a list of regions and the corresponding hosted zone - IDs, see AWS Elastic Beanstalk (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#elasticbeanstalk_region) - in the \"AWS Service Endpoints\" chapter of the Amazon Web - Services General Reference. \n ELB load balancer \n Specify - the value of the hosted zone ID for the load balancer. Use - the following methods to get the hosted zone ID: \n * Service - Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/elb.html) - table in the \"Elastic Load Balancing Endpoints and Quotas\" - topic in the Amazon Web Services General Reference: Use - the value that corresponds with the region that you created - your load balancer in. Note that there are separate columns - for Application and Classic Load Balancers and for Network - Load Balancers. \n * AWS Management Console: Go to the Amazon - EC2 page, choose Load Balancers in the navigation pane, - select the load balancer, and get the value of the Hosted - zone field on the Description tab. \n * Elastic Load Balancing - API: Use DescribeLoadBalancers to get the applicable value. - For more information, see the applicable guide: Classic - Load Balancers: Use DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/2012-06-01/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneNameId. Application - and Network Load Balancers: Use DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneId. \n * AWS CLI: - Use describe-load-balancers to get the applicable value. - For more information, see the applicable guide: Classic - Load Balancers: Use describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elb/describe-load-balancers.html) - to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneNameId. Application - and Network Load Balancers: Use describe-load-balancers - (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elbv2/describe-load-balancers.html) - to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneId. \n AWS Global - Accelerator accelerator \n Specify Z2BJ6XQ5FK7U4H. \n An - Amazon S3 bucket configured as a static website \n Specify - the hosted zone ID for the region that you created the bucket - in. For more information about valid values, see the table - Amazon S3 Website Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#s3_website_region_endpoints) - in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. \n Another - Route 53 resource record set in your hosted zone \n Specify - the hosted zone ID of your hosted zone. (An alias resource - record set can't reference a resource record set in a different - hosted zone.)" + description: |- + Alias resource records sets only: The value used depends on where you want + to route traffic: + + + Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs + + + Specify the hosted zone ID for your API. You can get the applicable value + using the AWS CLI command get-domain-names (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-domain-names.html): + + + * For regional APIs, specify the value of regionalHostedZoneId. + + + * For edge-optimized APIs, specify the value of distributionHostedZoneId. + + + Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC endpoint + + + Specify the hosted zone ID for your interface endpoint. You can get the value + of HostedZoneId using the AWS CLI command describe-vpc-endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-vpc-endpoints.html). + + + CloudFront distribution + + + Specify Z2FDTNDATAQYW2. + + + Alias resource record sets for CloudFront can't be created in a private zone. + + + Elastic Beanstalk environment + + + Specify the hosted zone ID for the region that you created the environment + in. The environment must have a regionalized subdomain. For a list of regions + and the corresponding hosted zone IDs, see AWS Elastic Beanstalk (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#elasticbeanstalk_region) + in the "AWS Service Endpoints" chapter of the Amazon Web Services General + Reference. + + + ELB load balancer + + + Specify the value of the hosted zone ID for the load balancer. Use the following + methods to get the hosted zone ID: + + + * Service Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/elb.html) + table in the "Elastic Load Balancing Endpoints and Quotas" topic in the + Amazon Web Services General Reference: Use the value that corresponds + with the region that you created your load balancer in. Note that there + are separate columns for Application and Classic Load Balancers and for + Network Load Balancers. + + + * AWS Management Console: Go to the Amazon EC2 page, choose Load Balancers + in the navigation pane, select the load balancer, and get the value of + the Hosted zone field on the Description tab. + + + * Elastic Load Balancing API: Use DescribeLoadBalancers to get the applicable + value. For more information, see the applicable guide: Classic Load Balancers: + Use DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/2012-06-01/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) + to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneNameId. Application and Network + Load Balancers: Use DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) + to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneId. + + + * AWS CLI: Use describe-load-balancers to get the applicable value. For + more information, see the applicable guide: Classic Load Balancers: Use + describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elb/describe-load-balancers.html) + to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneNameId. Application and Network + Load Balancers: Use describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elbv2/describe-load-balancers.html) + to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneId. + + + AWS Global Accelerator accelerator + + + Specify Z2BJ6XQ5FK7U4H. + + + An Amazon S3 bucket configured as a static website + + + Specify the hosted zone ID for the region that you created the bucket in. + For more information about valid values, see the table Amazon S3 Website + Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#s3_website_region_endpoints) + in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + + + Another Route 53 resource record set in your hosted zone + + + Specify the hosted zone ID of your hosted zone. (An alias resource record + set can't reference a resource record set in a different hosted zone.) type: string required: - dnsName @@ -319,362 +462,523 @@ spec: - hostedZoneId type: object failover: - description: "Failover resource record sets only: To configure - failover, you add the Failover element to two resource record - sets. For one resource record set, you specify PRIMARY as the - value for Failover; for the other resource record set, you specify - SECONDARY. In addition, you include the HealthCheckId element - and specify the health check that you want Amazon Route 53 to - perform for each resource record set. \n Except where noted, - the following failover behaviors assume that you have included - the HealthCheckId element in both resource record sets: \n * - When the primary resource record set is healthy, Route 53 responds - to DNS queries with the applicable value from the primary resource - record set regardless of the health of the secondary resource - record set. \n * When the primary resource record set is unhealthy - and the secondary resource record set is healthy, Route 53 responds - to DNS queries with the applicable value from the secondary - resource record set. \n * When the secondary resource record - set is unhealthy, Route 53 responds to DNS queries with the - applicable value from the primary resource record set regardless - of the health of the primary resource record set. \n * If you - omit the HealthCheckId element for the secondary resource record - set, and if the primary resource record set is unhealthy, Route - 53 always responds to DNS queries with the applicable value - from the secondary resource record set. This is true regardless - of the health of the associated endpoint. \n You can't create - non-failover resource record sets that have the same values + description: |- + Failover resource record sets only: To configure failover, you add the Failover + element to two resource record sets. For one resource record set, you specify + PRIMARY as the value for Failover; for the other resource record set, you + specify SECONDARY. In addition, you include the HealthCheckId element and + specify the health check that you want Amazon Route 53 to perform for each + resource record set. + + + Except where noted, the following failover behaviors assume that you have + included the HealthCheckId element in both resource record sets: + + + * When the primary resource record set is healthy, Route 53 responds to + DNS queries with the applicable value from the primary resource record + set regardless of the health of the secondary resource record set. + + + * When the primary resource record set is unhealthy and the secondary + resource record set is healthy, Route 53 responds to DNS queries with + the applicable value from the secondary resource record set. + + + * When the secondary resource record set is unhealthy, Route 53 responds + to DNS queries with the applicable value from the primary resource record + set regardless of the health of the primary resource record set. + + + * If you omit the HealthCheckId element for the secondary resource record + set, and if the primary resource record set is unhealthy, Route 53 always + responds to DNS queries with the applicable value from the secondary resource + record set. This is true regardless of the health of the associated endpoint. + + + You can't create non-failover resource record sets that have the same values for the Name and Type elements as failover resource record sets. - \n For failover alias resource record sets, you must also include - the EvaluateTargetHealth element and set the value to true. - \n For more information about configuring failover for Route - 53, see the following topics in the Amazon Route 53 Developer - Guide: \n * Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) - \n * Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html)" + + + For failover alias resource record sets, you must also include the EvaluateTargetHealth + element and set the value to true. + + + For more information about configuring failover for Route 53, see the following + topics in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide: + + + * Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) + + + * Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) type: string geoLocation: - description: "Geolocation resource record sets only: A complex - type that lets you control how Amazon Route 53 responds to DNS - queries based on the geographic origin of the query. For example, - if you want all queries from Africa to be routed to a web server - with an IP address of 192.0.2.111, create a resource record - set with a Type of A and a ContinentCode of AF. \n Although - creating geolocation and geolocation alias resource record sets - in a private hosted zone is allowed, it's not supported. \n - If you create separate resource record sets for overlapping - geographic regions (for example, one resource record set for - a continent and one for a country on the same continent), priority - goes to the smallest geographic region. This allows you to route - most queries for a continent to one resource and to route queries - for a country on that continent to a different resource. \n - You can't create two geolocation resource record sets that specify - the same geographic location. \n The value * in the CountryCode - element matches all geographic locations that aren't specified - in other geolocation resource record sets that have the same - values for the Name and Type elements. \n Geolocation works - by mapping IP addresses to locations. However, some IP addresses - aren't mapped to geographic locations, so even if you create - geolocation resource record sets that cover all seven continents, - Route 53 will receive some DNS queries from locations that it - can't identify. We recommend that you create a resource record - set for which the value of CountryCode is *. Two groups of queries - are routed to the resource that you specify in this record: - queries that come from locations for which you haven't created - geolocation resource record sets and queries from IP addresses - that aren't mapped to a location. If you don't create a * resource - record set, Route 53 returns a \"no answer\" response for queries - from those locations. \n You can't create non-geolocation resource - record sets that have the same values for the Name and Type - elements as geolocation resource record sets." + description: |- + Geolocation resource record sets only: A complex type that lets you control + how Amazon Route 53 responds to DNS queries based on the geographic origin + of the query. For example, if you want all queries from Africa to be routed + to a web server with an IP address of 192.0.2.111, create a resource record + set with a Type of A and a ContinentCode of AF. + + + Although creating geolocation and geolocation alias resource record sets + in a private hosted zone is allowed, it's not supported. + + + If you create separate resource record sets for overlapping geographic regions + (for example, one resource record set for a continent and one for a country + on the same continent), priority goes to the smallest geographic region. + This allows you to route most queries for a continent to one resource and + to route queries for a country on that continent to a different resource. + + + You can't create two geolocation resource record sets that specify the same + geographic location. + + + The value * in the CountryCode element matches all geographic locations that + aren't specified in other geolocation resource record sets that have the + same values for the Name and Type elements. + + + Geolocation works by mapping IP addresses to locations. However, some IP + addresses aren't mapped to geographic locations, so even if you create geolocation + resource record sets that cover all seven continents, Route 53 will receive + some DNS queries from locations that it can't identify. We recommend that + you create a resource record set for which the value of CountryCode is *. + Two groups of queries are routed to the resource that you specify in this + record: queries that come from locations for which you haven't created geolocation + resource record sets and queries from IP addresses that aren't mapped to + a location. If you don't create a * resource record set, Route 53 returns + a "no answer" response for queries from those locations. + + + You can't create non-geolocation resource record sets that have the same + values for the Name and Type elements as geolocation resource record sets. properties: continentCode: - description: 'ContinentCode is the two-letter code for the - continent. Amazon Route 53 supports the following continent - codes: * AF: Africa * AN: Antarctica * AS: Asia * EU: Europe - * OC: Oceania * NA: North America * SA: South America Constraint: - Specifying ContinentCode with either CountryCode or SubdivisionCode - returns an InvalidInput error.' + description: |- + ContinentCode is the two-letter code for the continent. + Amazon Route 53 supports the following continent codes: + * AF: Africa + * AN: Antarctica + * AS: Asia + * EU: Europe + * OC: Oceania + * NA: North America + * SA: South America + Constraint: Specifying ContinentCode with either CountryCode or SubdivisionCode + returns an InvalidInput error. type: string countryCode: - description: "For geolocation resource record sets, the two-letter - code for a country. \n Amazon Route 53 uses the two-letter - country codes that are specified in ISO standard 3166-1 - alpha-2 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2)." + description: |- + For geolocation resource record sets, the two-letter code for a country. + + + Amazon Route 53 uses the two-letter country codes that are specified in ISO + standard 3166-1 alpha-2 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). type: string subdivisionCode: - description: "For geolocation resource record sets, the two-letter - code for a state of the United States. Route 53 doesn't - support any other values for SubdivisionCode. For a list - of state abbreviations, see Appendix B: Two–Letter State - and Possession Abbreviations (https://pe.usps.com/text/pub28/28apb.htm) - on the United States Postal Service website. \n If you specify - subdivision code, you must also specify US for CountryCode." + description: |- + For geolocation resource record sets, the two-letter code for a state of + the United States. Route 53 doesn't support any other values for SubdivisionCode. + For a list of state abbreviations, see Appendix B: Two–Letter State and + Possession Abbreviations (https://pe.usps.com/text/pub28/28apb.htm) on the + United States Postal Service website. + + + If you specify subdivision code, you must also specify US for CountryCode. type: string type: object healthCheckId: - description: "If you want Amazon Route 53 to return this resource - record set in response to a DNS query only when the status of - a health check is healthy, include the HealthCheckId element - and specify the ID of the applicable health check. \n Route - 53 determines whether a resource record set is healthy based - on one of the following: \n * By periodically sending a request - to the endpoint that is specified in the health check \n * By - aggregating the status of a specified group of health checks - (calculated health checks) \n * By determining the current state - of a CloudWatch alarm (CloudWatch metric health checks) \n Route - 53 doesn't check the health of the endpoint that is specified - in the resource record set, for example, the endpoint specified - by the IP address in the Value element. When you add a HealthCheckId - element to a resource record set, Route 53 checks the health - of the endpoint that you specified in the health check. \n For - more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Route - 53 Developer Guide: \n * How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether - an Endpoint Is Healthy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html) - \n * Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) - \n * Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) - \n When to Specify HealthCheckId \n Specifying a value for HealthCheckId - is useful only when Route 53 is choosing between two or more - resource record sets to respond to a DNS query, and you want - Route 53 to base the choice in part on the status of a health - check. Configuring health checks makes sense only in the following - configurations: \n * Non-alias resource record sets: You're - checking the health of a group of non-alias resource record - sets that have the same routing policy, name, and type (such - as multiple weighted records named www.example.com with a type - of A) and you specify health check IDs for all the resource - record sets. If the health check status for a resource record - set is healthy, Route 53 includes the record among the records - that it responds to DNS queries with. If the health check status - for a resource record set is unhealthy, Route 53 stops responding - to DNS queries using the value for that resource record set. - If the health check status for all resource record sets in the - group is unhealthy, Route 53 considers all resource record sets - in the group healthy and responds to DNS queries accordingly. - \n * Alias resource record sets: You specify the following settings: - You set EvaluateTargetHealth to true for an alias resource record - set in a group of resource record sets that have the same routing - policy, name, and type (such as multiple weighted records named - www.example.com with a type of A). You configure the alias resource - record set to route traffic to a non-alias resource record set - in the same hosted zone. You specify a health check ID for the - non-alias resource record set. If the health check status is - healthy, Route 53 considers the alias resource record set to - be healthy and includes the alias record among the records that - it responds to DNS queries with. If the health check status - is unhealthy, Route 53 stops responding to DNS queries using - the alias resource record set. The alias resource record set - can also route traffic to a group of non-alias resource record - sets that have the same routing policy, name, and type. In that - configuration, associate health checks with all of the resource - record sets in the group of non-alias resource record sets. - \n Geolocation Routing \n For geolocation resource record sets, - if an endpoint is unhealthy, Route 53 looks for a resource record - set for the larger, associated geographic region. For example, - suppose you have resource record sets for a state in the United - States, for the entire United States, for North America, and - a resource record set that has * for CountryCode is *, which - applies to all locations. If the endpoint for the state resource - record set is unhealthy, Route 53 checks for healthy resource - record sets in the following order until it finds a resource - record set for which the endpoint is healthy: \n * The United - States \n * North America \n * The default resource record set - \n Specifying the Health Check Endpoint by Domain Name \n If - your health checks specify the endpoint only by domain name, - we recommend that you create a separate health check for each - endpoint. For example, create a health check for each HTTP server - that is serving content for www.example.com. For the value of - FullyQualifiedDomainName, specify the domain name of the server - (such as us-east-2-www.example.com), not the name of the resource - record sets (www.example.com). \n Health check results will - be unpredictable if you do the following: \n * Create a health - check that has the same value for FullyQualifiedDomainName as - the name of a resource record set. \n * Associate that health - check with the resource record set." + description: |- + If you want Amazon Route 53 to return this resource record set in response + to a DNS query only when the status of a health check is healthy, include + the HealthCheckId element and specify the ID of the applicable health check. + + + Route 53 determines whether a resource record set is healthy based on one + of the following: + + + * By periodically sending a request to the endpoint that is specified + in the health check + + + * By aggregating the status of a specified group of health checks (calculated + health checks) + + + * By determining the current state of a CloudWatch alarm (CloudWatch metric + health checks) + + + Route 53 doesn't check the health of the endpoint that is specified in the + resource record set, for example, the endpoint specified by the IP address + in the Value element. When you add a HealthCheckId element to a resource + record set, Route 53 checks the health of the endpoint that you specified + in the health check. + + + For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Route 53 Developer + Guide: + + + * How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html) + + + * Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) + + + * Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) + + + When to Specify HealthCheckId + + + Specifying a value for HealthCheckId is useful only when Route 53 is choosing + between two or more resource record sets to respond to a DNS query, and you + want Route 53 to base the choice in part on the status of a health check. + Configuring health checks makes sense only in the following configurations: + + + * Non-alias resource record sets: You're checking the health of a group + of non-alias resource record sets that have the same routing policy, name, + and type (such as multiple weighted records named www.example.com with + a type of A) and you specify health check IDs for all the resource record + sets. If the health check status for a resource record set is healthy, + Route 53 includes the record among the records that it responds to DNS + queries with. If the health check status for a resource record set is + unhealthy, Route 53 stops responding to DNS queries using the value for + that resource record set. If the health check status for all resource + record sets in the group is unhealthy, Route 53 considers all resource + record sets in the group healthy and responds to DNS queries accordingly. + + + * Alias resource record sets: You specify the following settings: You + set EvaluateTargetHealth to true for an alias resource record set in a + group of resource record sets that have the same routing policy, name, + and type (such as multiple weighted records named www.example.com with + a type of A). You configure the alias resource record set to route traffic + to a non-alias resource record set in the same hosted zone. You specify + a health check ID for the non-alias resource record set. If the health + check status is healthy, Route 53 considers the alias resource record + set to be healthy and includes the alias record among the records that + it responds to DNS queries with. If the health check status is unhealthy, + Route 53 stops responding to DNS queries using the alias resource record + set. The alias resource record set can also route traffic to a group of + non-alias resource record sets that have the same routing policy, name, + and type. In that configuration, associate health checks with all of the + resource record sets in the group of non-alias resource record sets. + + + Geolocation Routing + + + For geolocation resource record sets, if an endpoint is unhealthy, Route + 53 looks for a resource record set for the larger, associated geographic + region. For example, suppose you have resource record sets for a state in + the United States, for the entire United States, for North America, and a + resource record set that has * for CountryCode is *, which applies to all + locations. If the endpoint for the state resource record set is unhealthy, + Route 53 checks for healthy resource record sets in the following order until + it finds a resource record set for which the endpoint is healthy: + + + * The United States + + + * North America + + + * The default resource record set + + + Specifying the Health Check Endpoint by Domain Name + + + If your health checks specify the endpoint only by domain name, we recommend + that you create a separate health check for each endpoint. For example, create + a health check for each HTTP server that is serving content for www.example.com. + For the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName, specify the domain name of the + server (such as us-east-2-www.example.com), not the name of the resource + record sets (www.example.com). + + + Health check results will be unpredictable if you do the following: + + + * Create a health check that has the same value for FullyQualifiedDomainName + as the name of a resource record set. + + + * Associate that health check with the resource record set. type: string multiValueAnswer: - description: "Multivalue answer resource record sets only: To - route traffic approximately randomly to multiple resources, - such as web servers, create one multivalue answer record for - each resource and specify true for MultiValueAnswer. Note the - following: \n * If you associate a health check with a multivalue - answer resource record set, Amazon Route 53 responds to DNS - queries with the corresponding IP address only when the health - check is healthy. \n * If you don't associate a health check - with a multivalue answer record, Route 53 always considers the - record to be healthy. \n * Route 53 responds to DNS queries - with up to eight healthy records; if you have eight or fewer - healthy records, Route 53 responds to all DNS queries with all - the healthy records. \n * If you have more than eight healthy - records, Route 53 responds to different DNS resolvers with different - combinations of healthy records. \n * When all records are unhealthy, - Route 53 responds to DNS queries with up to eight unhealthy - records. \n * If a resource becomes unavailable after a resolver - caches a response, client software typically tries another of - the IP addresses in the response. \n You can't create multivalue - answer alias records." + description: |- + Multivalue answer resource record sets only: To route traffic approximately + randomly to multiple resources, such as web servers, create one multivalue + answer record for each resource and specify true for MultiValueAnswer. Note + the following: + + + * If you associate a health check with a multivalue answer resource record + set, Amazon Route 53 responds to DNS queries with the corresponding IP + address only when the health check is healthy. + + + * If you don't associate a health check with a multivalue answer record, + Route 53 always considers the record to be healthy. + + + * Route 53 responds to DNS queries with up to eight healthy records; if + you have eight or fewer healthy records, Route 53 responds to all DNS + queries with all the healthy records. + + + * If you have more than eight healthy records, Route 53 responds to different + DNS resolvers with different combinations of healthy records. + + + * When all records are unhealthy, Route 53 responds to DNS queries with + up to eight unhealthy records. + + + * If a resource becomes unavailable after a resolver caches a response, + client software typically tries another of the IP addresses in the response. + + + You can't create multivalue answer alias records. type: boolean region: - description: "Latency-based resource record sets only: The Amazon - EC2 Region where you created the resource that this resource - record set refers to. The resource typically is an AWS resource, - such as an EC2 instance or an ELB load balancer, and is referred - to by an IP address or a DNS domain name, depending on the record - type. \n Although creating latency and latency alias resource - record sets in a private hosted zone is allowed, it's not supported. - \n When Amazon Route 53 receives a DNS query for a domain name - and type for which you have created latency resource record - sets, Route 53 selects the latency resource record set that - has the lowest latency between the end user and the associated - Amazon EC2 Region. Route 53 then returns the value that is associated - with the selected resource record set. \n Note the following: - \n * You can only specify one ResourceRecord per latency resource - record set. \n * You can only create one latency resource record - set for each Amazon EC2 Region. \n * You aren't required to - create latency resource record sets for all Amazon EC2 Regions. - Route 53 will choose the region with the best latency from among - the regions that you create latency resource record sets for. - \n * You can't create non-latency resource record sets that - have the same values for the Name and Type elements as latency - resource record sets." + description: |- + Latency-based resource record sets only: The Amazon EC2 Region where you + created the resource that this resource record set refers to. The resource + typically is an AWS resource, such as an EC2 instance or an ELB load balancer, + and is referred to by an IP address or a DNS domain name, depending on the + record type. + + + Although creating latency and latency alias resource record sets in a private + hosted zone is allowed, it's not supported. + + + When Amazon Route 53 receives a DNS query for a domain name and type for + which you have created latency resource record sets, Route 53 selects the + latency resource record set that has the lowest latency between the end user + and the associated Amazon EC2 Region. Route 53 then returns the value that + is associated with the selected resource record set. + + + Note the following: + + + * You can only specify one ResourceRecord per latency resource record + set. + + + * You can only create one latency resource record set for each Amazon + EC2 Region. + + + * You aren't required to create latency resource record sets for all Amazon + EC2 Regions. Route 53 will choose the region with the best latency from + among the regions that you create latency resource record sets for. + + + * You can't create non-latency resource record sets that have the same + values for the Name and Type elements as latency resource record sets. type: string resourceRecords: - description: "Information about the resource records to act upon. - \n If you're creating an alias resource record set, omit ResourceRecords." + description: |- + Information about the resource records to act upon. + + + If you're creating an alias resource record set, omit ResourceRecords. items: description: ResourceRecord holds the DNS value to be used for the record. properties: value: - description: "The current or new DNS record value, not to - exceed 4,000 characters. In the case of a DELETE action, - if the current value does not match the actual value, - an error is returned. For descriptions about how to format - Value for different record types, see Supported DNS Resource - Record Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/ResourceRecordTypes.html) - in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. \n You can specify - more than one value for all record types except CNAME - and SOA. \n If you're creating an alias resource record - set, omit Value." + description: |- + The current or new DNS record value, not to exceed 4,000 characters. In the + case of a DELETE action, if the current value does not match the actual value, + an error is returned. For descriptions about how to format Value for different + record types, see Supported DNS Resource Record Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/ResourceRecordTypes.html) + in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + + + You can specify more than one value for all record types except CNAME and + SOA. + + + If you're creating an alias resource record set, omit Value. type: string required: - value type: object type: array setIdentifier: - description: "Resource record sets that have a routing policy - other than simple: An identifier that differentiates among multiple - resource record sets that have the same combination of name - and type, such as multiple weighted resource record sets named - acme.example.com that have a type of A. In a group of resource - record sets that have the same name and type, the value of SetIdentifier - must be unique for each resource record set. \n For information - about routing policies, see Choosing a Routing Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy.html) - in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide." + description: |- + Resource record sets that have a routing policy other than simple: An identifier + that differentiates among multiple resource record sets that have the same + combination of name and type, such as multiple weighted resource record sets + named acme.example.com that have a type of A. In a group of resource record + sets that have the same name and type, the value of SetIdentifier must be + unique for each resource record set. + + + For information about routing policies, see Choosing a Routing Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy.html) + in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. type: string trafficPolicyInstanceId: - description: "When you create a traffic policy instance, Amazon - Route 53 automatically creates a resource record set. TrafficPolicyInstanceId - is the ID of the traffic policy instance that Route 53 created - this resource record set for. \n To delete the resource record - set that is associated with a traffic policy instance, use DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance. - Route 53 will delete the resource record set automatically. - If you delete the resource record set by using ChangeResourceRecordSets, - Route 53 doesn't automatically delete the traffic policy instance, - and you'll continue to be charged for it even though it's no - longer in use." + description: |- + When you create a traffic policy instance, Amazon Route 53 automatically + creates a resource record set. TrafficPolicyInstanceId is the ID of the traffic + policy instance that Route 53 created this resource record set for. + + + To delete the resource record set that is associated with a traffic policy + instance, use DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance. Route 53 will delete the resource + record set automatically. If you delete the resource record set by using + ChangeResourceRecordSets, Route 53 doesn't automatically delete the traffic + policy instance, and you'll continue to be charged for it even though it's + no longer in use. type: string ttl: - description: "The resource record cache time to live (TTL), in - seconds. Note the following: \n * If you're creating or updating - an alias resource record set, omit TTL. Amazon Route 53 uses - the value of TTL for the alias target. \n * If you're associating - this resource record set with a health check (if you're adding - a HealthCheckId element), we recommend that you specify a TTL - of 60 seconds or less so clients respond quickly to changes - in health status. \n * All of the resource record sets in a - group of weighted resource record sets must have the same value - for TTL. \n * If a group of weighted resource record sets includes - one or more weighted alias resource record sets for which the - alias target is an ELB load balancer, we recommend that you - specify a TTL of 60 seconds for all of the non-alias weighted - resource record sets that have the same name and type. Values - other than 60 seconds (the TTL for load balancers) will change - the effect of the values that you specify for Weight." + description: |- + The resource record cache time to live (TTL), in seconds. Note the following: + + + * If you're creating or updating an alias resource record set, omit TTL. + Amazon Route 53 uses the value of TTL for the alias target. + + + * If you're associating this resource record set with a health check (if + you're adding a HealthCheckId element), we recommend that you specify + a TTL of 60 seconds or less so clients respond quickly to changes in health + status. + + + * All of the resource record sets in a group of weighted resource record + sets must have the same value for TTL. + + + * If a group of weighted resource record sets includes one or more weighted + alias resource record sets for which the alias target is an ELB load balancer, + we recommend that you specify a TTL of 60 seconds for all of the non-alias + weighted resource record sets that have the same name and type. Values + other than 60 seconds (the TTL for load balancers) will change the effect + of the values that you specify for Weight. format: int64 type: integer type: - description: "The DNS record type. For information about different - record types and how data is encoded for them, see Supported - DNS Resource Record Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/ResourceRecordTypes.html) - in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. \n Valid values for - basic resource record sets: A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX | NAPTR - | NS | PTR | SOA | SPF | SRV | TXT \n Values for weighted, latency, - geolocation, and failover resource record sets: A | AAAA | CAA - | CNAME | MX | NAPTR | PTR | SPF | SRV | TXT. When creating - a group of weighted, latency, geolocation, or failover resource - record sets, specify the same value for all of the resource - record sets in the group. \n Valid values for multivalue answer - resource record sets: A | AAAA | MX | NAPTR | PTR | SPF | SRV - | TXT \n SPF records were formerly used to verify the identity - of the sender of email messages. However, we no longer recommend - that you create resource record sets for which the value of - Type is SPF. RFC 7208, Sender Policy Framework (SPF) for Authorizing - Use of Domains in Email, Version 1, has been updated to say, - \"...[I]ts existence and mechanism defined in [RFC4408] have - led to some interoperability issues. Accordingly, its use is - no longer appropriate for SPF version 1; implementations are - not to use it.\" In RFC 7208, see section 14.1, The SPF DNS - Record Type (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7208#section-14.1). - \n Values for alias resource record sets: \n * Amazon API Gateway - custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs: A \n * CloudFront - distributions: A If IPv6 is enabled for the distribution, create - two resource record sets to route traffic to your distribution, - one with a value of A and one with a value of AAAA. \n * Amazon - API Gateway environment that has a regionalized subdomain: A - \n * ELB load balancers: A | AAAA \n * Amazon S3 buckets: A - \n * Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC endpoints A - \n * Another resource record set in this hosted zone: Specify - the type of the resource record set that you're creating the - alias for. All values are supported except NS and SOA. If you're - creating an alias record that has the same name as the hosted - zone (known as the zone apex), you can't route traffic to a - record for which the value of Type is CNAME. This is because - the alias record must have the same type as the record you're - routing traffic to, and creating a CNAME record for the zone - apex isn't supported even for an alias record." + description: |- + The DNS record type. For information about different record types and how + data is encoded for them, see Supported DNS Resource Record Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/ResourceRecordTypes.html) + in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + + + Valid values for basic resource record sets: A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX + | NAPTR | NS | PTR | SOA | SPF | SRV | TXT + + + Values for weighted, latency, geolocation, and failover resource record sets: + A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX | NAPTR | PTR | SPF | SRV | TXT. When creating + a group of weighted, latency, geolocation, or failover resource record sets, + specify the same value for all of the resource record sets in the group. + + + Valid values for multivalue answer resource record sets: A | AAAA | MX | + NAPTR | PTR | SPF | SRV | TXT + + + SPF records were formerly used to verify the identity of the sender of email + messages. However, we no longer recommend that you create resource record + sets for which the value of Type is SPF. RFC 7208, Sender Policy Framework + (SPF) for Authorizing Use of Domains in Email, Version 1, has been updated + to say, "...[I]ts existence and mechanism defined in [RFC4408] have led to + some interoperability issues. Accordingly, its use is no longer appropriate + for SPF version 1; implementations are not to use it." In RFC 7208, see section + 14.1, The SPF DNS Record Type (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7208#section-14.1). + + + Values for alias resource record sets: + + + * Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs: A + + + * CloudFront distributions: A If IPv6 is enabled for the distribution, + create two resource record sets to route traffic to your distribution, + one with a value of A and one with a value of AAAA. + + + * Amazon API Gateway environment that has a regionalized subdomain: A + + + * ELB load balancers: A | AAAA + + + * Amazon S3 buckets: A + + + * Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC endpoints A + + + * Another resource record set in this hosted zone: Specify the type of + the resource record set that you're creating the alias for. All values + are supported except NS and SOA. If you're creating an alias record that + has the same name as the hosted zone (known as the zone apex), you can't + route traffic to a record for which the value of Type is CNAME. This is + because the alias record must have the same type as the record you're + routing traffic to, and creating a CNAME record for the zone apex isn't + supported even for an alias record. type: string weight: - description: "Weighted resource record sets only: Among resource - record sets that have the same combination of DNS name and type, - a value that determines the proportion of DNS queries that Amazon - Route 53 responds to using the current resource record set. - Route 53 calculates the sum of the weights for the resource - record sets that have the same combination of DNS name and type. - Route 53 then responds to queries based on the ratio of a resource's - weight to the total. Note the following: \n * You must specify - a value for the Weight element for every weighted resource record - set. \n * You can only specify one ResourceRecord per weighted - resource record set. \n * You can't create latency, failover, - or geolocation resource record sets that have the same values - for the Name and Type elements as weighted resource record sets. - \n * You can create a maximum of 100 weighted resource record - sets that have the same values for the Name and Type elements. - \n * For weighted (but not weighted alias) resource record sets, - if you set Weight to 0 for a resource record set, Route 53 never - responds to queries with the applicable value for that resource - record set. However, if you set Weight to 0 for all resource - record sets that have the same combination of DNS name and type, - traffic is routed to all resources with equal probability. The - effect of setting Weight to 0 is different when you associate - health checks with weighted resource record sets. For more information, - see Options for Configuring Route 53 Active-Active and Active-Passive - Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-configuring-options.html) - in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide." + description: |- + Weighted resource record sets only: Among resource record sets that have + the same combination of DNS name and type, a value that determines the proportion + of DNS queries that Amazon Route 53 responds to using the current resource + record set. Route 53 calculates the sum of the weights for the resource record + sets that have the same combination of DNS name and type. Route 53 then responds + to queries based on the ratio of a resource's weight to the total. Note the + following: + + + * You must specify a value for the Weight element for every weighted resource + record set. + + + * You can only specify one ResourceRecord per weighted resource record + set. + + + * You can't create latency, failover, or geolocation resource record sets + that have the same values for the Name and Type elements as weighted resource + record sets. + + + * You can create a maximum of 100 weighted resource record sets that have + the same values for the Name and Type elements. + + + * For weighted (but not weighted alias) resource record sets, if you set + Weight to 0 for a resource record set, Route 53 never responds to queries + with the applicable value for that resource record set. However, if you + set Weight to 0 for all resource record sets that have the same combination + of DNS name and type, traffic is routed to all resources with equal probability. + The effect of setting Weight to 0 is different when you associate health + checks with weighted resource record sets. For more information, see Options + for Configuring Route 53 Active-Active and Active-Passive Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-configuring-options.html) + in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. format: int64 type: integer zoneId: - description: ZoneID is the ID of the hosted zone that contains - the resource record sets that you want to change. + description: |- + ZoneID is the ID of the hosted zone that contains the resource record sets + that you want to change. type: string zoneIdRef: description: ZoneIDRef references a Zone to retrieves its ZoneId @@ -687,21 +991,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -715,8 +1019,9 @@ spec: its ZoneID properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -729,21 +1034,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -756,19 +1061,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -781,9 +1088,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -793,21 +1101,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -817,17 +1125,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -837,21 +1147,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -866,21 +1176,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -891,14 +1202,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -923,14 +1235,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -940,8 +1261,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -953,6 +1275,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverendpoints.yaml b/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverendpoints.yaml index 81b4b2051a..7303a3b16a 100644 --- a/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverendpoints.yaml +++ b/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverendpoints.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: resolverendpoints.route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: ResolverEndpoint is the Schema for the ResolverEndpoints API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,16 +75,22 @@ spec: of ResolverEndpoint properties: direction: - description: "Specify the applicable value: \n * INBOUND: Resolver - forwards DNS queries to the DNS service for a VPC from your - network \n * OUTBOUND: Resolver forwards DNS queries from the - DNS service for a VPC to your network" + description: |- + Specify the applicable value: + + + * INBOUND: Resolver forwards DNS queries to the DNS service for a VPC + from your network + + + * OUTBOUND: Resolver forwards DNS queries from the DNS service for a VPC + to your network type: string ipAddresses: - description: IPAddresses are the subnets and IP addresses in your - VPC that DNS queries originate from (for outbound endpoints) - or that you forward DNS queries to (for inbound endpoints). - The subnet ID uniquely identifies a VPC. + description: |- + IPAddresses are the subnets and IP addresses in your VPC that DNS queries originate from + (for outbound endpoints) or that you forward DNS queries to (for inbound + endpoints). The subnet ID uniquely identifies a VPC. items: description: IPAddressRequest is used by ResolverEndpoint properties: @@ -90,8 +102,9 @@ spec: the IP address. type: string subnetIdRef: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -101,22 +114,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -126,13 +138,14 @@ spec: - name type: object subnetIdSelector: - description: SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnets used + to set the SubnetIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -145,22 +158,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -170,30 +182,34 @@ spec: type: object type: array name: - description: A friendly name that lets you easily find a configuration - in the Resolver dashboard in the Route 53 console. + description: |- + A friendly name that lets you easily find a configuration in the Resolver + dashboard in the Route 53 console. type: string outpostARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. If - you specify this, you must also specify a value for the PreferredInstanceType. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. If you specify this, you must + also specify a value for the PreferredInstanceType. type: string preferredInstanceType: - description: The instance type. If you specify this, you must - also specify a value for the OutpostArn. + description: |- + The instance type. If you specify this, you must also specify a value for + the OutpostArn. type: string region: description: Region is which region the ResolverEndpoint will be created. type: string resolverEndpointType: - description: For the endpoint type you can choose either IPv4, - IPv6, or dual-stack. A dual-stack endpoint means that it will - resolve via both IPv4 and IPv6. This endpoint type is applied - to all IP addresses. + description: |- + For the endpoint type you can choose either IPv4, IPv6, or dual-stack. A + dual-stack endpoint means that it will resolve via both IPv4 and IPv6. This + endpoint type is applied to all IP addresses. type: string securityGroupIdRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -205,21 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -230,12 +246,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIdSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID - used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -248,21 +266,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -270,13 +288,13 @@ spec: type: object type: object securityGroupIds: - description: The ID of one or more security groups that you want - to use to control access to this VPC. The security group that - you specify must include one or more inbound rules (for inbound - Resolver endpoints) or outbound rules (for outbound Resolver - endpoints). Inbound and outbound rules must allow TCP and UDP - access. For inbound access, open port 53. For outbound access, - open the port that you're using for DNS queries on your network. + description: |- + The ID of one or more security groups that you want to use to control access + to this VPC. The security group that you specify must include one or more + inbound rules (for inbound Resolver endpoints) or outbound rules (for outbound + Resolver endpoints). Inbound and outbound rules must allow TCP and UDP access. + For inbound access, open port 53. For outbound access, open the port that + you're using for DNS queries on your network. items: type: string type: array @@ -299,19 +317,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -324,9 +344,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -336,21 +357,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -360,17 +381,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -380,21 +403,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -409,21 +432,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -434,14 +458,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -467,14 +492,15 @@ spec: description: The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) for the Resolver endpoint. type: string creationTime: - description: The date and time that the endpoint was created, - in Unix time format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). + description: |- + The date and time that the endpoint was created, in Unix time format and + Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). type: string creatorRequestID: - description: A unique string that identifies the request that - created the Resolver endpoint. The CreatorRequestId allows failed - requests to be retried without the risk of running the operation - twice. + description: |- + A unique string that identifies the request that created the Resolver endpoint. + The CreatorRequestId allows failed requests to be retried without the risk + of running the operation twice. type: string hostVPCID: description: The ID of the VPC that you want to create the Resolver @@ -489,47 +515,60 @@ spec: format: int64 type: integer modificationTime: - description: The date and time that the endpoint was last modified, - in Unix time format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). + description: |- + The date and time that the endpoint was last modified, in Unix time format + and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). type: string securityGroupIDs: - description: The ID of one or more security groups that control - access to this VPC. The security group must include one or more - inbound rules (for inbound endpoints) or outbound rules (for - outbound endpoints). Inbound and outbound rules must allow TCP - and UDP access. For inbound access, open port 53. For outbound - access, open the port that you're using for DNS queries on your - network. + description: |- + The ID of one or more security groups that control access to this VPC. The + security group must include one or more inbound rules (for inbound endpoints) + or outbound rules (for outbound endpoints). Inbound and outbound rules must + allow TCP and UDP access. For inbound access, open port 53. For outbound + access, open the port that you're using for DNS queries on your network. items: type: string type: array status: - description: "A code that specifies the current status of the - Resolver endpoint. Valid values include the following: \n * - CREATING: Resolver is creating and configuring one or more Amazon - VPC network interfaces for this endpoint. \n * OPERATIONAL: - The Amazon VPC network interfaces for this endpoint are correctly - configured and able to pass inbound or outbound DNS queries - between your network and Resolver. \n * UPDATING: Resolver is - associating or disassociating one or more network interfaces - with this endpoint. \n * AUTO_RECOVERING: Resolver is trying - to recover one or more of the network interfaces that are associated - with this endpoint. During the recovery process, the endpoint - functions with limited capacity because of the limit on the - number of DNS queries per IP address (per network interface). - For the current limit, see Limits on Route 53 Resolver (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html#limits-api-entities-resolver). - \n * ACTION_NEEDED: This endpoint is unhealthy, and Resolver - can't automatically recover it. To resolve the problem, we recommend - that you check each IP address that you associated with the - endpoint. For each IP address that isn't available, add another - IP address and then delete the IP address that isn't available. - (An endpoint must always include at least two IP addresses.) - A status of ACTION_NEEDED can have a variety of causes. Here - are two common causes: One or more of the network interfaces - that are associated with the endpoint were deleted using Amazon - VPC. The network interface couldn't be created for some reason - that's outside the control of Resolver. \n * DELETING: Resolver - is deleting this endpoint and the associated network interfaces." + description: |- + A code that specifies the current status of the Resolver endpoint. Valid + values include the following: + + + * CREATING: Resolver is creating and configuring one or more Amazon VPC + network interfaces for this endpoint. + + + * OPERATIONAL: The Amazon VPC network interfaces for this endpoint are + correctly configured and able to pass inbound or outbound DNS queries + between your network and Resolver. + + + * UPDATING: Resolver is associating or disassociating one or more network + interfaces with this endpoint. + + + * AUTO_RECOVERING: Resolver is trying to recover one or more of the network + interfaces that are associated with this endpoint. During the recovery + process, the endpoint functions with limited capacity because of the limit + on the number of DNS queries per IP address (per network interface). For + the current limit, see Limits on Route 53 Resolver (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html#limits-api-entities-resolver). + + + * ACTION_NEEDED: This endpoint is unhealthy, and Resolver can't automatically + recover it. To resolve the problem, we recommend that you check each IP + address that you associated with the endpoint. For each IP address that + isn't available, add another IP address and then delete the IP address + that isn't available. (An endpoint must always include at least two IP + addresses.) A status of ACTION_NEEDED can have a variety of causes. Here + are two common causes: One or more of the network interfaces that are + associated with the endpoint were deleted using Amazon VPC. The network + interface couldn't be created for some reason that's outside the control + of Resolver. + + + * DELETING: Resolver is deleting this endpoint and the associated network + interfaces. type: string statusMessage: description: A detailed description of the status of the Resolver @@ -542,14 +581,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -559,8 +607,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -572,6 +621,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverruleassociations.yaml b/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverruleassociations.yaml index df1bec8ff9..688a5e0aec 100644 --- a/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverruleassociations.yaml +++ b/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverruleassociations.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: resolverruleassociations.route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io @@ -35,14 +35,19 @@ spec: an AWS Route53 ResolverRuleAssociation. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -52,13 +57,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -71,13 +77,14 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the Addon will be created. type: string resolverRuleId: - description: The ID of the Resolver rule that you want to associate - with the VPC. To list the existing Resolver rules, use ListResolverRules - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_route53resolver_ListResolverRules.html). + description: |- + The ID of the Resolver rule that you want to associate with the VPC. To list + the existing Resolver rules, use ListResolverRules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_route53resolver_ListResolverRules.html). type: string resolverRuleIdRef: - description: ResolverRuleIDRef is a reference to a ResolverRule - used to set the ResolverRuleID. + description: |- + ResolverRuleIDRef is a reference to a ResolverRule used to set + the ResolverRuleID. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -87,21 +94,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -111,12 +118,14 @@ spec: - name type: object resolverRuleIdSelector: - description: ResolverRuleIDSelector selects references to a ResolverRule - used to set the ResolverRuleID. + description: |- + ResolverRuleIDSelector selects references to a ResolverRule used + to set the ResolverRuleID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -129,21 +138,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -155,8 +164,9 @@ spec: Resolver rule with. type: string vpcIdRef: - description: VPCIdRef is a reference to a VPC used to set the - VPCId. + description: |- + VPCIdRef is a reference to a VPC used to set + the VPCId. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -166,21 +176,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -190,12 +200,14 @@ spec: - name type: object vpcIdSelector: - description: VPCIdSelector selects references to a VPC used to - set the VPCId. + description: |- + VPCIdSelector selects references to a VPC used + to set the VPCId. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -208,21 +220,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -235,19 +247,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -260,9 +274,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -272,21 +287,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -296,17 +311,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -316,21 +333,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -345,21 +362,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -370,14 +388,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -406,14 +425,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -423,8 +451,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -436,6 +465,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverrules.yaml b/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverrules.yaml index 03dcbf8a4d..bb81515426 100644 --- a/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverrules.yaml +++ b/package/crds/route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io_resolverrules.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: resolverrules.route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: route53resolver.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: ResolverRule is the Schema for the ResolverRules API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,27 +74,29 @@ spec: description: ResolverRuleParameters defines the desired state of ResolverRule properties: domainName: - description: DNS queries for this domain name are forwarded to - the IP addresses that you specify in TargetIps. If a query matches - multiple Resolver rules (example.com and www.example.com), outbound - DNS queries are routed using the Resolver rule that contains - the most specific domain name (www.example.com). + description: |- + DNS queries for this domain name are forwarded to the IP addresses that you + specify in TargetIps. If a query matches multiple Resolver rules (example.com + and www.example.com), outbound DNS queries are routed using the Resolver + rule that contains the most specific domain name (www.example.com). type: string name: - description: A friendly name that lets you easily find a rule - in the Resolver dashboard in the Route 53 console. + description: |- + A friendly name that lets you easily find a rule in the Resolver dashboard + in the Route 53 console. type: string region: description: Region is which region the ResolverRule will be created. type: string resolverEndpointID: - description: The ID of the outbound Resolver endpoint that you - want to use to route DNS queries to the IP addresses that you - specify in TargetIps. + description: |- + The ID of the outbound Resolver endpoint that you want to use to route DNS + queries to the IP addresses that you specify in TargetIps. type: string resolverEndpointIdRefs: - description: ResolverEndpointIDRef is the reference to the ResolverEndpoint - used to set the ResolverEndpointID + description: |- + ResolverEndpointIDRef is the reference to the ResolverEndpoint used + to set the ResolverEndpointID properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -98,21 +106,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -122,12 +130,14 @@ spec: - name type: object resolverEndpointIdSelector: - description: ResolverEndpointIDSelector selects references to - ResolverEndpoint used to set the ResolverEndpointID + description: |- + ResolverEndpointIDSelector selects references to ResolverEndpoint used + to set the ResolverEndpointID properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -140,21 +150,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -162,17 +172,24 @@ spec: type: object type: object ruleType: - description: "When you want to forward DNS queries for specified - domain name to resolvers on your network, specify FORWARD. \n - When you have a forwarding rule to forward DNS queries for a - domain to your network and you want Resolver to process queries - for a subdomain of that domain, specify SYSTEM. \n For example, - to forward DNS queries for example.com to resolvers on your - network, you create a rule and specify FORWARD for RuleType. - To then have Resolver process queries for apex.example.com, - you create a rule and specify SYSTEM for RuleType. \n Currently, - only Resolver can create rules that have a value of RECURSIVE - for RuleType." + description: |- + When you want to forward DNS queries for specified domain name to resolvers + on your network, specify FORWARD. + + + When you have a forwarding rule to forward DNS queries for a domain to your + network and you want Resolver to process queries for a subdomain of that + domain, specify SYSTEM. + + + For example, to forward DNS queries for example.com to resolvers on your + network, you create a rule and specify FORWARD for RuleType. To then have + Resolver process queries for apex.example.com, you create a rule and specify + SYSTEM for RuleType. + + + Currently, only Resolver can create rules that have a value of RECURSIVE + for RuleType. type: string tags: description: A list of the tag keys and values that you want to @@ -186,10 +203,13 @@ spec: type: object type: array targetIPs: - description: "The IPs that you want Resolver to forward DNS queries - to. You can specify either Ipv4 or Ipv6 addresses but not both - in the same rule. Separate IP addresses with a space. \n TargetIps - is available only when the value of Rule type is FORWARD." + description: |- + The IPs that you want Resolver to forward DNS queries to. You can specify + either Ipv4 or Ipv6 addresses but not both in the same rule. Separate IP + addresses with a space. + + + TargetIps is available only when the value of Rule type is FORWARD. items: properties: ip: @@ -209,19 +229,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -234,9 +256,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -246,21 +269,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -270,17 +293,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -290,21 +315,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -319,21 +344,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -344,14 +370,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -378,33 +405,35 @@ spec: specified by Id. type: string creationTime: - description: The date and time that the Resolver rule was created, - in Unix time format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). + description: |- + The date and time that the Resolver rule was created, in Unix time format + and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). type: string creatorRequestID: - description: A unique string that you specified when you created - the Resolver rule. CreatorRequestId identifies the request and - allows failed requests to be retried without the risk of running - the operation twice. + description: |- + A unique string that you specified when you created the Resolver rule. CreatorRequestId + identifies the request and allows failed requests to be retried without the + risk of running the operation twice. type: string id: description: The ID that Resolver assigned to the Resolver rule when you created it. type: string modificationTime: - description: The date and time that the Resolver rule was last - updated, in Unix time format and Coordinated Universal Time - (UTC). + description: |- + The date and time that the Resolver rule was last updated, in Unix time format + and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). type: string ownerID: - description: When a rule is shared with another Amazon Web Services - account, the account ID of the account that the rule is shared - with. + description: |- + When a rule is shared with another Amazon Web Services account, the account + ID of the account that the rule is shared with. type: string shareStatus: - description: Whether the rule is shared and, if so, whether the - current account is sharing the rule with another account, or - another account is sharing the rule with the current account. + description: |- + Whether the rule is shared and, if so, whether the current account is sharing + the rule with another account, or another account is sharing the rule with + the current account. type: string status: description: A code that specifies the current status of the Resolver @@ -421,14 +450,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -438,8 +476,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -451,6 +490,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/s3.aws.crossplane.io_bucketpolicies.yaml b/package/crds/s3.aws.crossplane.io_bucketpolicies.yaml index 31943d5398..c5a61c28f5 100644 --- a/package/crds/s3.aws.crossplane.io_bucketpolicies.yaml +++ b/package/crds/s3.aws.crossplane.io_bucketpolicies.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: bucketpolicies.s3.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: s3.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,33 +37,42 @@ spec: name: v1alpha3 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: An BucketPolicy is a managed resource that represents an AWS - Bucket policy. + description: |- + An BucketPolicy is a managed resource that represents an AWS Bucket + policy. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object spec: - description: An BucketPolicySpec defines the desired state of an BucketPolicy. + description: |- + An BucketPolicySpec defines the desired state of an + BucketPolicy. properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -87,21 +96,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -115,8 +124,9 @@ spec: to retrieve its bucketName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -129,21 +139,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -151,31 +161,33 @@ spec: type: object type: object policy: - description: Policy is a well defined type which can be parsed - into an JSON S3 Bucket Policy either policy or rawPolicy must - be specified in the policy + description: |- + Policy is a well defined type which can be parsed into an JSON S3 Bucket Policy + either policy or rawPolicy must be specified in the policy properties: id: description: ID is the policy's optional identifier type: string statements: - description: Statements is the list of statement this policy - applies either jsonStatements or statements must be specified - in the policy + description: |- + Statements is the list of statement this policy applies + either jsonStatements or statements must be specified in the policy items: - description: BucketPolicyStatement defines an individual - statement within the BucketPolicyBody + description: |- + BucketPolicyStatement defines an individual statement within the + BucketPolicyBody properties: action: - description: Each element of the PolicyAction array - describes the specific action or actions that will - be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. + description: |- + Each element of the PolicyAction array describes the specific + action or actions that will be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. items: type: string type: array condition: - description: Condition specifies where conditions for - policy are in effect. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html + description: |- + Condition specifies where conditions for policy are in effect. + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html items: description: Condition represents a set of condition pairs for a bucket policy @@ -184,9 +196,9 @@ spec: description: Conditions represents each of the key/value pairs for the operator key items: - description: ConditionPair represents one condition - inside of the set of conditions for a bucket - policy + description: |- + ConditionPair represents one condition inside of the set of conditions for + a bucket policy properties: booleanValue: description: ConditionBooleanValue is the @@ -194,11 +206,9 @@ spec: the parent condition type: boolean dateValue: - description: ConditionDateValue is the expected - string value of the key from the parent - condition. The date value must be in ISO - 8601 format. The time is always midnight - UTC. + description: |- + ConditionDateValue is the expected string value of the key from the parent condition. The + date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. format: date-time type: string key: @@ -237,35 +247,38 @@ spec: type: object type: array effect: - description: The effect is required and specifies whether - the statement results in an allow or an explicit deny. - Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. + description: |- + The effect is required and specifies whether the statement results + in an allow or an explicit deny. Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. enum: - Allow - Deny type: string notAction: - description: Each element of the NotPolicyAction array - will allow the property to match all but the listed - actions. + description: |- + Each element of the NotPolicyAction array will allow the property to match + all but the listed actions. items: type: string type: array notPrincipal: - description: Used with the S3 policy to specify the - users which are not included in this policy + description: |- + Used with the S3 policy to specify the users which are not included + in this policy properties: allowAnon: - description: This flag indicates if the policy should - be made available to all anonymous users. + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -287,26 +300,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -320,8 +328,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -335,26 +343,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -377,26 +380,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -410,8 +408,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -425,26 +423,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -454,8 +447,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array federated: - description: This string contains the identifier - for any federated web identity provider. + description: |- + This string contains the identifier for any federated web identity + provider. type: string service: description: Service define the services which can @@ -465,26 +459,30 @@ spec: type: array type: object notResource: - description: This will explicitly match all resource - paths except the ones specified in this array + description: |- + This will explicitly match all resource paths except the ones + specified in this array items: type: string type: array principal: - description: Used with the S3 policy to specify the - principal that is allowed or denied access to a resource. + description: |- + Used with the S3 policy to specify the principal that is allowed + or denied access to a resource. properties: allowAnon: - description: This flag indicates if the policy should - be made available to all anonymous users. + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -506,26 +504,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -539,8 +532,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -554,26 +547,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -596,26 +584,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -629,8 +612,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -644,26 +627,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -673,8 +651,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array federated: - description: This string contains the identifier - for any federated web identity provider. + description: |- + This string contains the identifier for any federated web identity + provider. type: string service: description: Service define the services which can @@ -689,8 +668,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array sid: - description: Optional identifier for this statement, - must be unique within the policy if provided. + description: |- + Optional identifier for this statement, must be unique within the + policy if provided. type: string required: - effect @@ -707,9 +687,9 @@ spec: - version type: object rawPolicy: - description: RawPolicy is a stringified version of the S3 Bucket - Policy. either policy or rawPolicy must be specified in the - policy + description: |- + RawPolicy is a stringified version of the S3 Bucket Policy. + either policy or rawPolicy must be specified in the policy type: string region: description: Region is where the Bucket referenced by this BucketPolicy @@ -721,19 +701,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -746,9 +728,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -758,21 +741,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -782,17 +765,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -802,21 +787,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -831,21 +816,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -856,14 +842,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -879,7 +866,8 @@ spec: - forProvider type: object status: - description: An BucketPolicyStatus represents the observed state of an + description: |- + An BucketPolicyStatus represents the observed state of an BucketPolicy. properties: conditions: @@ -888,14 +876,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -905,8 +902,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -918,6 +916,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/s3.aws.crossplane.io_buckets.yaml b/package/crds/s3.aws.crossplane.io_buckets.yaml index 01f4c68daf..55e6cba6d0 100644 --- a/package/crds/s3.aws.crossplane.io_buckets.yaml +++ b/package/crds/s3.aws.crossplane.io_buckets.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: buckets.s3.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: s3.aws.crossplane.io @@ -34,14 +34,19 @@ spec: description: An Bucket is a managed resource that represents an AWS S3 Bucket. properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -50,13 +55,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -66,9 +72,10 @@ spec: made to AWS Bucket API. properties: accelerateConfiguration: - description: AccelerateConfiguration configures the transfer acceleration - state for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Amazon - S3 Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) + description: |- + AccelerateConfiguration configures the transfer acceleration state for an + Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: status: @@ -94,31 +101,33 @@ spec: - log-delivery-write type: string corsConfiguration: - description: Describes the cross-origin access configuration for - objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling - Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + description: |- + Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon + S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon + Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: corsRules: - description: A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access - that you want to allow). You can add up to 100 rules to - the configuration. + description: |- + A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). + You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration. items: description: CORSRule specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket. properties: allowedHeaders: - description: Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers - header. These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS - request. In response to any preflight OPTIONS request, - Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that are allowed. + description: |- + Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header. + These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to + any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that + are allowed. items: type: string type: array allowedMethods: - description: An HTTP method that you allow the origin - to execute. Valid values are GET, PUT, HEAD, POST, - and DELETE. + description: |- + An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET, + PUT, HEAD, POST, and DELETE. items: type: string type: array @@ -129,17 +138,17 @@ spec: type: string type: array exposeHeaders: - description: One or more headers in the response that - you want customers to be able to access from their - applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest + description: |- + One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to + access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest object). items: type: string type: array maxAgeSeconds: - description: The time in seconds that your browser is - to cache the preflight response for the specified - resource. + description: |- + The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response + for the specified resource. format: int32 type: integer required: @@ -151,8 +160,9 @@ spec: - corsRules type: object grantFullControl: - description: Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write - ACP permissions on the bucket. + description: |- + Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the + bucket. type: string grantRead: description: Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. @@ -169,30 +179,33 @@ spec: bucket. type: string lifecycleConfiguration: - description: Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket - or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information - about lifecycle configuration, see Managing Access Permissions - to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). + description: |- + Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing + lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see + Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). properties: rules: - description: "A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an - Amazon S3 bucket. \n Rules is a required field" + description: |- + A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. + + + Rules is a required field items: description: LifecycleRule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. properties: abortIncompleteMultipartUpload: - description: Specifies the days since the initiation - of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will - wait before permanently removing all parts of the - upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete - Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) + description: |- + Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload + that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. + For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket + Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: daysAfterInitiation: - description: Specifies the number of days after - which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart + description: |- + Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload. format: int32 type: integer @@ -200,9 +213,9 @@ spec: - daysAfterInitiation type: object expiration: - description: Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle - of the object in the form of date, days and, whether - the object has a delete marker. + description: |- + Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, + days and, whether the object has a delete marker. properties: date: description: Indicates at what date the object is @@ -210,52 +223,52 @@ spec: format: date-time type: string days: - description: Indicates the lifetime, in days, of - the objects that are subject to the rule. The - value must be a non-zero positive integer. + description: |- + Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. + The value must be a non-zero positive integer. format: int32 minimum: 1 type: integer expiredObjectDeleteMarker: - description: Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove - a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If - set to true, the delete marker will be expired; - if set to false the policy takes no action. This - cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle - Expiration Policy. + description: |- + Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent + versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false + the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in + a Lifecycle Expiration Policy. type: boolean type: object filter: - description: The Filter is used to identify objects - that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. A Filter must have - exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. + description: |- + The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. + A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. properties: and: - description: This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter - to apply a logical AND to two or more predicates. - The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching - all of the predicates configured inside the And - operator. + description: |- + This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or + more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all + of the predicates configured inside the And operator. properties: prefix: description: Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. type: string tags: - description: All of these tags must exist in - the object's tag set in order for the rule + description: |- + All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply. items: description: Tag is a container for a key value name pair. properties: key: - description: Name of the tag. Key is a - required field + description: |- + Name of the tag. + Key is a required field type: string value: - description: Value of the tag. Value is - a required field + description: |- + Value of the tag. + Value is a required field type: string required: - key @@ -274,12 +287,14 @@ spec: tag set in order for the rule to apply. properties: key: - description: Name of the tag. Key is a required - field + description: |- + Name of the tag. + Key is a required field type: string value: - description: Value of the tag. Value is a required - field + description: |- + Value of the tag. + Value is a required field type: string required: - key @@ -291,60 +306,53 @@ spec: cannot be longer than 255 characters. type: string noncurrentVersionExpiration: - description: Specifies when noncurrent object versions - expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes - the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle - configuration action on a bucket that has versioning - enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete - noncurrent object versions at a specific period in - the object's lifetime. + description: |- + Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon + S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle + configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) + to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific + period in the object's lifetime. properties: noncurrentDays: - description: Specifies the number of days an object - is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the - associated action. For information about the noncurrent - days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates - When an Object Became Noncurrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer - Guide. + description: |- + Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can + perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days + calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations) + in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. format: int32 type: integer type: object noncurrentVersionTransitions: - description: Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle - rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition - to a specific storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled - (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action - to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object - versions to a specific storage class at a set period - in the object's lifetime. + description: |- + Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when + noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket + is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action + to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific + storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime. items: - description: NoncurrentVersionTransition contains - the transition rule that describes when noncurrent - objects transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, - INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage - class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or - versioning is suspended), you can set this action - to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent - object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, - INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage - class at a specific period in the object's lifetime. + description: |- + NoncurrentVersionTransition contains the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects + transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, + or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning + is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition + noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, + GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's + lifetime. properties: noncurrentDays: - description: Specifies the number of days an object - is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the - associated action. For information about the - noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon - S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent + description: |- + Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can + perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days + calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer - Guide. + in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. format: int32 type: integer storageClass: - description: 'The class of storage used to store - the object. Valid values are: GLACIER, STANDARD_IA, - ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, DEEP_ARCHIVE' + description: |- + The class of storage used to store the object. + Valid values are: GLACIER, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, DEEP_ARCHIVE enum: - GLACIER - STANDARD_IA @@ -357,10 +365,12 @@ spec: type: object type: array status: - description: "If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being - applied. If 'Disabled', the rule is not currently - being applied. \n Status is a required field, valid - values are Enabled or Disabled" + description: |- + If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule + is not currently being applied. + + + Status is a required field, valid values are Enabled or Disabled enum: - Enabled - Disabled @@ -369,33 +379,29 @@ spec: description: Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class. items: - description: Transition specifies when an object transitions - to a specified storage class. For more information - about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see - Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html) + description: |- + Transition specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more + information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning + Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: date: - description: Indicates when objects are transitioned - to the specified storage class. The date value - must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always - midnight UTC. + description: |- + Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The + date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. format: date-time type: string days: - description: Indicates the number of days after - creation when objects are transitioned to the - specified storage class. The value must be a - positive integer. + description: |- + Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned + to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer. format: int32 minimum: 1 type: integer storageClass: - description: 'The storage class to which you want - the object to transition. Valid values are: - GLACIER, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, - DEEP_ARCHIVE' + description: |- + The storage class to which you want the object to transition. + Valid values are: GLACIER, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, DEEP_ARCHIVE enum: - GLACIER - STANDARD_IA @@ -415,25 +421,25 @@ spec: - rules type: object locationConstraint: - description: LocationConstraint specifies the Region where the - bucket will be created. It is a required field. Due to AWS API - limitations lacking on a proper response, when this field is - set to a wrong value, or to non-existent region on bucket creation, - it's impossible forwarding a meaningful status message to the - user about the problem, producing connection errors instead. + description: |- + LocationConstraint specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. + It is a required field. + Due to AWS API limitations lacking on a proper response, when this field is set to a wrong value, + or to non-existent region on bucket creation, it's impossible forwarding a meaningful status message to the user + about the problem, producing connection errors instead. type: string loggingConfiguration: - description: Specifies logging parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket. - Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions - for who can view and modify the logging parameters. See the - AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's - API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. - See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging + description: |- + Specifies logging parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket. Set the logging parameters for a bucket and + to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. See the AWS API + reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketLogging for usage + and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging properties: targetBucket: - description: TargetBucket where logs will be stored, it can - be the same bucket. At least one of targetBucket, targetBucketRef - or targetBucketSelector is required. + description: |- + TargetBucket where logs will be stored, it can be the same bucket. + At least one of targetBucket, targetBucketRef or targetBucketSelector is + required. type: string targetBucketRef: description: TargetBucketRef references an S3Bucket to retrieve @@ -447,21 +453,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -475,9 +481,9 @@ spec: S3Bucket to retrieve its name properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -490,21 +496,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -517,9 +523,9 @@ spec: description: TargetGrant is the container for granting information. properties: bucketLogsPermission: - description: Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee - for the bucket. Valid values are "FULL_CONTROL", "READ", - "WRITE" + description: |- + Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket. + Valid values are "FULL_CONTROL", "READ", "WRITE" enum: - FULL_CONTROL - READ @@ -539,14 +545,16 @@ spec: description: Screen name of the grantee. type: string emailAddress: - description: Email address of the grantee. For a - list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and - endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) + description: |- + Email address of the grantee. + For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions + and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in the AWS General Reference. type: string type: - description: Type of grantee Type is a required - field + description: |- + Type of grantee + Type is a required field enum: - CanonicalUser - AmazonCustomerByEmail @@ -567,37 +575,41 @@ spec: - targetPrefix type: object notificationConfiguration: - description: Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. - For more information about event notifications, see Configuring - Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). + description: |- + Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. + For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). properties: lambdaFunctionConfigurations: - description: Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke - and the events for which to invoke them. + description: |- + Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to + invoke them. items: description: LambdaFunctionConfiguration contains the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications. properties: ID: - description: An optional unique identifier for configurations - in a notification configuration. If you don't provide - one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + description: |- + An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. type: string events: - description: "The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to - invoke the AWS Lambda function. For more information, - see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + description: |- + The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For + more information, see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. - \n Events is a required field A full list of valid - events can be found in the Amazon S3 Developer guide - https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html#notification-how-to-event-types-and-destinations" + + + Events is a required field + A full list of valid events can be found in the Amazon S3 Developer guide + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html#notification-how-to-event-types-and-destinations items: type: string type: array filter: - description: Specifies object key name filtering rules. - For information about key name filtering, see Configuring - Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + description: |- + Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name + filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: key: @@ -605,27 +617,22 @@ spec: and suffix filtering rules. properties: filterRules: - description: A list of containers for the key-value - pair that defines the criteria for the filter - rule. + description: |- + A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for + the filter rule. items: - description: FilterRule specifies the Amazon - S3 object key name to filter on and whether - to filter on the suffix or prefix of the - key name. + description: |- + FilterRule specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter + on the suffix or prefix of the key name. properties: name: - description: The object key name prefix - or suffix identifying one or more objects - to which the filtering rule applies. - The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are - not supported. For more information, - see Configuring Event Notifications - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service - Developer Guide. Valid values are "prefix" - or "suffix" + description: |- + The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which + the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping + prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring + Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + Valid values are "prefix" or "suffix" enum: - prefix - suffix @@ -643,10 +650,12 @@ spec: type: object type: object lambdaFunctionArn: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3 invokes when the - specified event type occurs. \n LambdaFunctionArn - is a required field" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3 + invokes when the specified event type occurs. + + + LambdaFunctionArn is a required field type: string required: - events @@ -654,30 +663,34 @@ spec: type: object type: array queueConfigurations: - description: The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish - messages to and the events for which to publish messages. + description: |- + The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events + for which to publish messages. items: - description: QueueConfiguration specifies the configuration - for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service - (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events. + description: |- + QueueConfiguration specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue + Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events. properties: ID: - description: An optional unique identifier for configurations - in a notification configuration. If you don't provide - one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + description: |- + An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. type: string events: - description: "A collection of bucket events for which - to send notifications \n Events is a required field - A full list of valid events can be found in the Amazon - S3 Developer guide https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html#notification-how-to-event-types-and-destinations" + description: |- + A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications + + + Events is a required field + A full list of valid events can be found in the Amazon S3 Developer guide + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html#notification-how-to-event-types-and-destinations items: type: string type: array filter: - description: Specifies object key name filtering rules. - For information about key name filtering, see Configuring - Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + description: |- + Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name + filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: key: @@ -685,27 +698,22 @@ spec: and suffix filtering rules. properties: filterRules: - description: A list of containers for the key-value - pair that defines the criteria for the filter - rule. + description: |- + A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for + the filter rule. items: - description: FilterRule specifies the Amazon - S3 object key name to filter on and whether - to filter on the suffix or prefix of the - key name. + description: |- + FilterRule specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter + on the suffix or prefix of the key name. properties: name: - description: The object key name prefix - or suffix identifying one or more objects - to which the filtering rule applies. - The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are - not supported. For more information, - see Configuring Event Notifications - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service - Developer Guide. Valid values are "prefix" - or "suffix" + description: |- + The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which + the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping + prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring + Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + Valid values are "prefix" or "suffix" enum: - prefix - suffix @@ -723,10 +731,12 @@ spec: type: object type: object queueArn: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message - when it detects events of the specified type. \n QueueArn - is a required field" + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 + publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type. + + + QueueArn is a required field type: string queueArnRef: description: QueueArnRef references an Queue to retrieve @@ -740,23 +750,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -770,9 +778,9 @@ spec: an Queue to retrieve its ARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -785,23 +793,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -813,34 +819,37 @@ spec: type: object type: array topicConfigurations: - description: The topic to which notifications are sent and - the events for which notifications are generated. + description: |- + The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications + are generated. items: - description: TopicConfiguration specifies the configuration - for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification - Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified - events. + description: |- + TopicConfiguration specifies the configuration for publication of messages + to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 + detects specified events. properties: ID: - description: An optional unique identifier for configurations - in a notification configuration. If you don't provide - one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + description: |- + An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. type: string events: - description: "The Amazon S3 bucket event about which - to send notifications. For more information, see Supported - Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + description: |- + The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information, + see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. - \n Events is a required field A full list of valid - events can be found in the Amazon S3 Developer guide - https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html#notification-how-to-event-types-and-destinations" + + + Events is a required field + A full list of valid events can be found in the Amazon S3 Developer guide + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html#notification-how-to-event-types-and-destinations items: type: string type: array filter: - description: Specifies object key name filtering rules. - For information about key name filtering, see Configuring - Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + description: |- + Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name + filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: key: @@ -848,27 +857,22 @@ spec: and suffix filtering rules. properties: filterRules: - description: A list of containers for the key-value - pair that defines the criteria for the filter - rule. + description: |- + A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for + the filter rule. items: - description: FilterRule specifies the Amazon - S3 object key name to filter on and whether - to filter on the suffix or prefix of the - key name. + description: |- + FilterRule specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter + on the suffix or prefix of the key name. properties: name: - description: The object key name prefix - or suffix identifying one or more objects - to which the filtering rule applies. - The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are - not supported. For more information, - see Configuring Event Notifications - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service - Developer Guide. Valid values are "prefix" - or "suffix" + description: |- + The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which + the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping + prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring + Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + Valid values are "prefix" or "suffix" enum: - prefix - suffix @@ -886,10 +890,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object topicArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon - SNS topic to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when - it detects events of the specified type. At least - one of topicArn, topicArnRef or topicSelector is required. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 + publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type. + At least one of topicArn, topicArnRef or topicSelector is required. type: string topicRef: description: TopicArnRef references an SNS Topic to @@ -903,23 +907,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -933,9 +935,9 @@ spec: an SNS Topic to retrieve its Arn properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the selecting - object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -948,23 +950,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default - is 'Required', which means the reconcile will - fail if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference will be a - no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field is not present. - Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -981,31 +981,33 @@ spec: for the new bucket. type: boolean objectOwnership: - description: The container element for object ownership for a - bucket's ownership controls. BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects - uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the bucket owner - if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control - canned ACL. ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the - object if the object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control - canned ACL. BucketOwnerEnforced - Access control lists (ACLs) - are disabled and no longer affect permissions. The bucket owner - automatically owns and has full control over every object in - the bucket. The bucket only accepts PUT requests that don't + description: |- + The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls. + BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the + bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control + canned ACL. ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the + object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL. + BucketOwnerEnforced - Access control lists (ACLs) are disabled and no longer + affect permissions. The bucket owner automatically owns and has full control + over every object in the bucket. The bucket only accepts PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the - bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of - this ACL expressed in the XML format. + bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed + in the XML format. enum: - BucketOwnerPreferred - ObjectWriter - BucketOwnerEnforced type: string paymentConfiguration: - description: Specifies payer parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket. - For more information, see Request Pays buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + description: |- + Specifies payer parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket. + For more information, see Request Pays buckets + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html) in the Amazon + Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: payer: - description: Payer is a required field, detailing who pays + description: |- + Payer is a required field, detailing who pays Valid values are "Requester" and "BucketOwner" enum: - Requester @@ -1015,33 +1017,38 @@ spec: - payer type: object policy: - description: "Policy is a well defined type which can be parsed - into an JSON S3 Bucket Policy. \n By default, to ensure compatibility - with previous APIs, a bucket policy is never deleted from a - bucket if this field is set to null. To change this behaviour, - see `policyUpdatePolicy`." + description: |- + Policy is a well defined type which can be parsed into an JSON S3 Bucket + Policy. + + + By default, to ensure compatibility with previous APIs, a bucket policy + is never deleted from a bucket if this field is set to null. + To change this behaviour, see `policyUpdatePolicy`. properties: id: description: ID is the policy's optional identifier type: string statements: - description: Statements is the list of statement this policy - applies either jsonStatements or statements must be specified - in the policy + description: |- + Statements is the list of statement this policy applies + either jsonStatements or statements must be specified in the policy items: - description: BucketPolicyStatement defines an individual - statement within the BucketPolicyBody + description: |- + BucketPolicyStatement defines an individual statement within the + BucketPolicyBody properties: action: - description: Each element of the PolicyAction array - describes the specific action or actions that will - be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. + description: |- + Each element of the PolicyAction array describes the specific + action or actions that will be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. items: type: string type: array condition: - description: Condition specifies where conditions for - policy are in effect. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html + description: |- + Condition specifies where conditions for policy are in effect. + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html items: description: Condition represents a set of condition pairs for a bucket policy @@ -1050,9 +1057,9 @@ spec: description: Conditions represents each of the key/value pairs for the operator key items: - description: ConditionPair represents one condition - inside of the set of conditions for a bucket - policy + description: |- + ConditionPair represents one condition inside of the set of conditions for + a bucket policy properties: booleanValue: description: ConditionBooleanValue is the @@ -1060,11 +1067,9 @@ spec: the parent condition type: boolean dateValue: - description: ConditionDateValue is the expected - string value of the key from the parent - condition. The date value must be in ISO - 8601 format. The time is always midnight - UTC. + description: |- + ConditionDateValue is the expected string value of the key from the parent condition. The + date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. format: date-time type: string key: @@ -1103,35 +1108,38 @@ spec: type: object type: array effect: - description: The effect is required and specifies whether - the statement results in an allow or an explicit deny. - Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. + description: |- + The effect is required and specifies whether the statement results + in an allow or an explicit deny. Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. enum: - Allow - Deny type: string notAction: - description: Each element of the NotPolicyAction array - will allow the property to match all but the listed - actions. + description: |- + Each element of the NotPolicyAction array will allow the property to match + all but the listed actions. items: type: string type: array notPrincipal: - description: Used with the S3 policy to specify the - users which are not included in this policy + description: |- + Used with the S3 policy to specify the users which are not included + in this policy properties: allowAnon: - description: This flag indicates if the policy should - be made available to all anonymous users. + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -1153,26 +1161,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1186,8 +1189,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1201,26 +1204,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1243,26 +1241,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1276,8 +1269,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1291,26 +1284,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1320,8 +1308,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array federated: - description: This string contains the identifier - for any federated web identity provider. + description: |- + This string contains the identifier for any federated web identity + provider. type: string service: description: Service define the services which can @@ -1331,26 +1320,30 @@ spec: type: array type: object notResource: - description: This will explicitly match all resource - paths except the ones specified in this array + description: |- + This will explicitly match all resource paths except the ones + specified in this array items: type: string type: array principal: - description: Used with the S3 policy to specify the - principal that is allowed or denied access to a resource. + description: |- + Used with the S3 policy to specify the principal that is allowed + or denied access to a resource. properties: allowAnon: - description: This flag indicates if the policy should - be made available to all anonymous users. + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -1372,26 +1365,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1405,8 +1393,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1420,26 +1408,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1462,26 +1445,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1495,8 +1473,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1510,26 +1488,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1539,8 +1512,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array federated: - description: This string contains the identifier - for any federated web identity provider. + description: |- + This string contains the identifier for any federated web identity + provider. type: string service: description: Service define the services which can @@ -1555,8 +1529,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array sid: - description: Optional identifier for this statement, - must be unique within the policy if provided. + description: |- + Optional identifier for this statement, must be unique within the + policy if provided. type: string required: - effect @@ -1578,68 +1553,93 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Never - description: "DeletionPolicy specifies how and if the bucket - policy should be deleted from the bucket. \n * `Never`: - The bucket policy is never deleted, but only overwritten. - If a change is detected. \n * `IfNull`: The bucket policy - is deleted if the `policy` field is set to null. \n The - default is `Never`." + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies how and if the bucket policy should be deleted + from the bucket. + + + * `Never`: The bucket policy is never deleted, but only overwritten. If a + change is detected. + + + * `IfNull`: The bucket policy is deleted if the `policy` field is set to + null. + + + The default is `Never`. type: string type: object publicAccessBlockConfiguration: - description: PublicAccessBlockConfiguration that you want to apply - to this Amazon S3 bucket. + description: |- + PublicAccessBlockConfiguration that you want to apply to this Amazon + S3 bucket. properties: blockPublicAcls: - description: "Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public - access control lists (ACLs) for this bucket and objects - in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes the - following behavior: \n * PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl - calls fail if the specified ACL is public. \n * PUT Object - calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. \n * PUT - Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. - \n Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies - or ACLs." + description: |- + Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs) + for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE + causes the following behavior: + + + * PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl calls fail if the specified ACL is + public. + + + * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. + + + * PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. + + + Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs. type: boolean blockPublicPolicy: - description: "Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public - bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to - TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to PUT Bucket policy - if the specified bucket policy allows public access. \n - Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies." + description: |- + Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this + bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to + PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access. + + + Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies. type: boolean ignorePublicAcls: - description: "Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public - ACLs for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting - this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to ignore all public - ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket. \n Enabling - this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing - ACLs and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set." + description: |- + Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and + objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to + ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket. + + + Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs + and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set. type: boolean restrictPublicBuckets: - description: "Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict - public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element - to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only AWS services - and authorized users within this account if the bucket has - a public policy. \n Enabling this setting doesn't affect - previously stored bucket policies, except that public and - cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including - non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked." + description: |- + Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this + bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only + AWS services and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a + public policy. + + + Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except + that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including + non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked. type: boolean type: object replicationConfiguration: - description: Creates a replication configuration or replaces an - existing one. For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) + description: |- + Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. + For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. properties: role: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity - and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes - when replicating objects. For more information, see How - to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. \n - At least one of role, roleRef or roleSelector fields is - required." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management + (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, + see How to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html) + in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + + + At least one of role, roleRef or roleSelector fields is required. type: string roleRef: description: RoleRef references an IAMRole to retrieve its @@ -1653,21 +1653,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1681,9 +1681,9 @@ spec: to retrieve its Name properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1696,21 +1696,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1718,32 +1718,35 @@ spec: type: object type: object rules: - description: "A container for one or more replication rules. - A replication configuration must have at least one rule - and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules. \n Rules is a - required field" + description: |- + A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration + must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules. + + + Rules is a required field items: description: ReplicationRule specifies which Amazon S3 objects to replicate and where to store the replicas. properties: deleteMarkerReplication: - description: "Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates - the delete markers. If you specify a Filter, you must - specify this element. However, in the latest version - of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), - Amazon S3 doesn't replicate delete markers. Therefore, - the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain only - Disabled. For an example configuration, - see Basic Rule Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config). - \n If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon - S3 assumes that the replication configuration is the - earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon - S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. - For more information, see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations)." + description: |- + Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify + a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of + replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate + delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain + only Disabled. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule + Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config). + + + If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication + configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon + S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information, + see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations). properties: status: - description: Indicates whether to replicate delete - markers. Valid values are "Enabled" or "Disabled" + description: |- + Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. + Valid values are "Enabled" or "Disabled" enum: - Enabled - Disabled @@ -1752,24 +1755,24 @@ spec: - status type: object destination: - description: "A container for information about the - replication destination and its configurations including - enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). - \n Destination is a required field" + description: |- + A container for information about the replication destination and its configurations + including enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). + + + Destination is a required field properties: accessControlTranslation: - description: Specify this only in a cross-account - scenario (where source and destination bucket - owners are not the same), and you want to change - replica ownership to the AWS account that owns - the destination bucket. If this is not specified - in the replication configuration, the replicas - are owned by same AWS account that owns the source - object. + description: |- + Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination + bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership + to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket. If this is not specified + in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account + that owns the source object. properties: ownerOverride: - description: Specifies the replica ownership. - For default and valid values, see PUT bucket + description: |- + Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. Owner is a required field @@ -1778,22 +1781,19 @@ spec: - ownerOverride type: object account: - description: 'Destination bucket owner account ID. - In a cross-account scenario, if you direct Amazon - S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account - that owns the destination bucket by specifying - the AccessControlTranslation property, this is - the account ID of the destination bucket owner. - For more information, see Replication Additional - Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer - Guide.' + description: |- + Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you + direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns + the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property, + this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information, + see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html) + in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. type: string bucket: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the - bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store the results. - At least one of bucket, bucketRef or bucketSelector - is required. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to + store the results. + At least one of bucket, bucketRef or bucketSelector is required. type: string bucketRef: description: BucketRef references a Bucket to retrieve @@ -1807,25 +1807,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1839,9 +1835,9 @@ spec: to a Bucket to retrieve its Name properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the - selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -1854,25 +1850,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1880,21 +1872,18 @@ spec: type: object type: object encryptionConfiguration: - description: A container that provides information - about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria is - specified, you must specify this element. + description: |- + A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria + is specified, you must specify this element. properties: replicaKmsKeyId: - description: Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias - ARN) of the customer managed customer master - key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service - (KMS) for the destination bucket. Amazon S3 - uses this key to encrypt replica objects. - Amazon S3 only supports symmetric customer - managed CMKs. For more information, see Using + description: |- + Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed customer + master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination + bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only + supports symmetric customer managed CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) - in the AWS Key Management Service Developer - Guide. + in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. type: string replicaKmsKeyIdRef: description: ReplicaKmsKeyIDRef references an @@ -1908,25 +1897,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means - this reference will be a no-op if - it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve - the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1940,8 +1925,8 @@ spec: a reference to an KMSKey to retrieve its ID properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -1955,25 +1940,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means - this reference will be a no-op if - it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve - the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1984,29 +1965,33 @@ spec: - replicaKmsKeyId type: object metrics: - description: A container specifying replication - metrics-related settings enabling metrics and - Amazon S3 events for S3 Replication Time Control - (S3 RTC). Must be specified together with a ReplicationTime - block. + description: |- + A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling metrics + and Amazon S3 events for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). Must be specified + together with a ReplicationTime block. properties: eventThreshold: - description: A container specifying the time - threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold + description: |- + A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold event. properties: minutes: - description: "Contains an integer specifying - time in minutes. \n Valid values: 15 minutes." + description: |- + Contains an integer specifying time in minutes. + + + Valid values: 15 minutes. format: int32 type: integer required: - minutes type: object status: - description: "Specifies whether the replication - metrics are enabled. \n Status is a required - field, valid values are \"Enabled\" and \"Disabled\"" + description: |- + Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled. + + + Status is a required field, valid values are "Enabled" and "Disabled" enum: - Enabled - Disabled @@ -2015,29 +2000,32 @@ spec: - status type: object replicationTime: - description: A container specifying S3 Replication - Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether S3 RTC - is enabled and the time when all objects and operations - on objects must be replicated. Must be specified - together with a Metrics block. + description: |- + A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether + S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects + must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block. properties: status: - description: Specifies whether the replication - time is enabled Status is a required field + description: |- + Specifies whether the replication time is enabled + Status is a required field Valid values are "Enabled" and "Disabled" enum: - Enabled - Disabled type: string time: - description: A container specifying the time - by which replication should be complete for - all objects and operations on objects. Time - is a required field + description: |- + A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for + all objects and operations on objects. + Time is a required field properties: minutes: - description: "Contains an integer specifying - time in minutes. \n Valid values: 15 minutes." + description: |- + Contains an integer specifying time in minutes. + + + Valid values: 15 minutes. format: int32 type: integer required: @@ -2048,14 +2036,13 @@ spec: - time type: object storageClass: - description: The storage class to use when replicating - objects, such as S3 Standard or reduced redundancy. - By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of - the source object to create the object replica. - For valid values, see the StorageClass element - of the PUT Bucket replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html) - action in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API - Reference. + description: |- + The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or + reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source + object to create the object replica. + For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the PUT Bucket replication + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html) + action in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. enum: - STANDARD - GLACIER @@ -2066,14 +2053,15 @@ spec: type: string type: object existingObjectReplication: - description: Optional configuration to replicate existing - source bucket objects. For more information, see Replicating - Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication) + description: |- + Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more + information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication) in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. properties: status: - description: Status is a required field Valid values - are "Enabled" and "Disabled" + description: |- + Status is a required field + Valid values are "Enabled" and "Disabled" enum: - Enabled - Disabled @@ -2082,24 +2070,27 @@ spec: - status type: object filter: - description: A filter that identifies the subset of - objects to which the replication rule applies. A Filter - must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child - element. + description: |- + A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule + applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element. properties: and: - description: "A container for specifying rule filters. - The filters determine the subset of objects to - which the rule applies. This element is required - only if you specify more than one filter. For - example: \n * If you specify both a Prefix and - a Tag filter, wrap these filters in an And tag. - \n * If you specify a filter based on multiple - tags, wrap the Tag elements in an And tag." + description: |- + A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset + of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you + specify more than one filter. For example: + + + * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in + an And tag. + + + * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements + in an And tag. properties: prefix: - description: An object key name prefix that - identifies the subset of objects to which + description: |- + An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies. type: string tag: @@ -2110,12 +2101,14 @@ spec: value name pair. properties: key: - description: Name of the tag. Key is a - required field + description: |- + Name of the tag. + Key is a required field type: string value: - description: Value of the tag. Value is - a required field + description: |- + Value of the tag. + Value is a required field type: string required: - key @@ -2124,21 +2117,24 @@ spec: type: array type: object prefix: - description: An object key name prefix that identifies - the subset of objects to which the rule applies. + description: |- + An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which + the rule applies. type: string tag: - description: A container for specifying a tag key - and value. The rule applies only to objects that - have the tag in their tag set. + description: |- + A container for specifying a tag key and value. + The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set. properties: key: - description: Name of the tag. Key is a required - field + description: |- + Name of the tag. + Key is a required field type: string value: - description: Value of the tag. Value is a required - field + description: |- + Value of the tag. + Value is a required field type: string required: - key @@ -2150,44 +2146,47 @@ spec: value is 255 characters. type: string priority: - description: "The priority associated with the rule. - If you specify multiple rules in a replication configuration, - Amazon S3 prioritizes the rules to prevent conflicts - when filtering. If two or more rules identify the - same object based on a specified filter, the rule - with higher priority takes precedence. For example: - \n * Same object quality prefix-based filter criteria - if prefixes you specified in multiple rules overlap - \n * Same object qualify tag-based filter criteria - specified in multiple rules \n For more information, - see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide." + description: |- + The priority associated with the rule. If you specify multiple rules in a + replication configuration, Amazon S3 prioritizes the rules to prevent conflicts + when filtering. If two or more rules identify the same object based on a + specified filter, the rule with higher priority takes precedence. For example: + + + * Same object quality prefix-based filter criteria if prefixes you specified + in multiple rules overlap + + + * Same object qualify tag-based filter criteria specified in multiple + rules + + + For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) + in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. format: int32 type: integer sourceSelectionCriteria: - description: A container that describes additional filters - for identifying the source objects that you want to - replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the - replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 - supports only the filter that you can specify for - objects created with server-side encryption using - a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management - Service (SSE-KMS). + description: |- + A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source + objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the + replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter + that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using + a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS). properties: sseKmsEncryptedObjects: - description: A container for filter information - for the selection of Amazon S3 objects encrypted - with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria - in the replication configuration, this element - is required. + description: |- + A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects + encrypted with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication + configuration, this element is required. properties: status: - description: "Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates - objects created with server-side encryption - using a customer master key (CMK) stored in - AWS Key Management Service. \n Status is a - required field Valid values are \"Enabled\" - or \"Disabled\"" + description: |- + Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption + using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service. + + + Status is a required field + Valid values are "Enabled" or "Disabled" enum: - Enabled - Disabled @@ -2199,9 +2198,12 @@ spec: - sseKmsEncryptedObjects type: object status: - description: "Specifies whether the rule is enabled. - \n Status is a required field Valid values are \"Enabled\" - or \"Disabled\"" + description: |- + Specifies whether the rule is enabled. + + + Status is a required field + Valid values are "Enabled" or "Disabled" enum: - Enabled - Disabled @@ -2215,42 +2217,52 @@ spec: - rules type: object serverSideEncryptionConfiguration: - description: Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side - encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer - master keys stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). For information about - the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default - Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) + description: |- + Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with + Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS + (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, + see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: rules: - description: Container for information about a particular - server-side encryption configuration rule. + description: |- + Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration + rule. items: description: ServerSideEncryptionRule Specifies the default server-side encryption configuration. properties: applyServerSideEncryptionByDefault: - description: Specifies the default server-side encryption - to apply to new objects in the bucket. If a PUT Object - request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, + description: |- + Specifies the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the + bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, this default encryption will be applied. properties: kmsMasterKeyId: - description: "AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer - master key ID to use for the default encryption. - This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm - is set to aws:kms. \n You can specify the key - ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. - However, if you are using encryption with cross-account - operations, you must use a fully qualified CMK - ARN. For more information, see Using encryption + description: |- + AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer master key ID to use for the default + encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set + to aws:kms. + + + You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. + However, if you are using encryption with cross-account operations, you must + use a fully qualified CMK ARN. For more information, see Using encryption for cross-account operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html#bucket-encryption-update-bucket-policy). - \n For example: \n * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - \n * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - \n Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs and - not asymmetric CMKs. For more information, see - Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) - in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide." + + + For example: + + + * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + + + * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + + + Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs and not asymmetric CMKs. For more + information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) + in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. type: string kmsMasterKeyIdRef: description: KMSMasterKeyIDRef references an KMSKey @@ -2264,25 +2276,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2296,9 +2304,9 @@ spec: to an KMSKey to retrieve its ID properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object - with the same controller reference as the - selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -2311,25 +2319,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether - resolution of this reference is required. - The default is 'Required', which means - the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this - reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this - reference should be resolved. The default - is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the - corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every - reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2337,22 +2341,22 @@ spec: type: object type: object sseAlgorithm: - description: Server-side encryption algorithm to - use for the default encryption. Options are AES256 - or aws:kms + description: |- + Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption. + Options are AES256 or aws:kms type: string required: - sseAlgorithm type: object bucketKeyEnabled: - description: Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use - an S3 Bucket Key with server-side encryption using - KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing - objects are not affected. Setting the BucketKeyEnabled - element to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket - Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled. For - more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) - in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + description: |- + Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key with server-side + encryption using KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing objects + are not affected. Setting the BucketKeyEnabled element to true causes Amazon S3 + to use an S3 Bucket Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled. For more + information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) in the Amazon + S3 User Guide. type: boolean required: - applyServerSideEncryptionByDefault @@ -2362,22 +2366,29 @@ spec: - rules type: object tagging: - description: Sets the tags for a bucket. Use tags to organize - your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. For more information, - see Billing and usage reporting for S3 buckets. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketBilling.html) - in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + description: |- + Sets the tags for a bucket. + Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. + For more information, see Billing and usage reporting for S3 buckets. + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketBilling.html) in the Amazon + Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. properties: tagSet: - description: A collection for a set of tags TagSet is a required - field + description: |- + A collection for a set of tags + TagSet is a required field items: description: Tag is a container for a key value name pair. properties: key: - description: Name of the tag. Key is a required field + description: |- + Name of the tag. + Key is a required field type: string value: - description: Value of the tag. Value is a required field + description: |- + Value of the tag. + Value is a required field type: string required: - key @@ -2388,17 +2399,16 @@ spec: - tagSet type: object versioningConfiguration: - description: VersioningConfiguration describes the versioning - state of an Amazon S3 bucket. See the AWS API reference guide - for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketVersioning - for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning + description: |- + VersioningConfiguration describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. + See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage + and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning properties: mfaDelete: - description: MFADelete specifies whether MFA delete is enabled - in the bucket versioning configuration. This element is - only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA - delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this - element is not returned. + description: |- + MFADelete specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. + This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA + delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. enum: - Enabled - Disabled @@ -2412,10 +2422,10 @@ spec: type: string type: object websiteConfiguration: - description: Specifies website configuration parameters for an - Amazon S3 bucket. See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon - Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketWebsite for - usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite + description: |- + Specifies website configuration parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket. + See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage + and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite properties: errorDocument: description: The name of the error document for the website. @@ -2431,28 +2441,28 @@ spec: description: The name of the index document for the website. properties: suffix: - description: A suffix that is appended to a request that - is for a directory on the website endpoint (for example,if - the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ - the data that is returned will be for the object with - the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not - be empty and must not include a slash character. + description: |- + A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website + endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request + to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object + with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must + not include a slash character. type: string required: - suffix type: object redirectAllRequestsTo: - description: The redirect behavior for every request to this - bucket's website endpoint. If you specify this property, - you can't specify any other property. + description: |- + The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint. + If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property. properties: hostName: description: Name of the host where requests are redirected. type: string protocol: - description: Protocol to use when redirecting requests. - The default is the protocol that is used in the original - request. + description: |- + Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that + is used in the original request. enum: - http - https @@ -2468,71 +2478,65 @@ spec: and when a redirect is applied. properties: condition: - description: A container for describing a condition - that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. - For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs - folder, redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request - results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another - host where you might process the error. + description: |- + A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified + redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, + redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, + redirect request to another host where you might process the error. properties: httpErrorCodeReturnedEquals: - description: The HTTP error code when the redirect - is applied. In the event of an error, if the error - code equals this value, then the specified redirect - is applied. Required when parent element Condition - is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals is not - specified. If both are specified, then both must - be true for the redirect to be applied. + description: |- + The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, + if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. + Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals + is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect + to be applied. type: string keyPrefixEquals: - description: The object key name prefix when the - redirect is applied. For example, to redirect - requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix - will be ExamplePage.html. To redirect request - for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix - will be /docs, which identifies all objects in - the docs/ folder. Required when the parent element - Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals - is not specified. If both conditions are specified, - both must be true for the redirect to be applied. + description: |- + The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to + redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html. + To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will + be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when + the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals + is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for + the redirect to be applied. type: string type: object redirect: - description: Container for redirect information. You - can redirect requests to another host, to another - page, or with another protocol. In the event of an - error, you can specify a different error code to return. + description: |- + Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another + host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, + you can specify a different error code to return. properties: httpRedirectCode: - description: The HTTP redirect code to use on the - response. Not required if one of the siblings - is present. + description: |- + The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the + siblings is present. type: string keyPrefixEquals: description: The host name to use in the redirect request. type: string protocol: - description: Protocol to use when redirecting requests. - The default is the protocol that is used in the - original request. + description: |- + Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that + is used in the original request. type: string replaceKeyPrefixWith: - description: The object key prefix to use in the - redirect request. For example, to redirect requests - for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the - docs/ folder) to documents/, you can set a condition - block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ and in - the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. - Not required if one of the siblings is present. - Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith is not provided. + description: |- + The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect + requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to + documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ + and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required + if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith + is not provided. type: string replaceKeyWith: - description: The specific object key to use in the - redirect request. For example, redirect request - to error.html. Not required if one of the siblings - is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith - is not provided. + description: |- + The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect + request to error.html. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can + be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided. type: string type: object required: @@ -2546,19 +2550,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -2571,9 +2577,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -2583,21 +2590,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2607,17 +2614,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -2627,21 +2636,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -2656,21 +2665,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -2681,14 +2691,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -2711,9 +2722,9 @@ spec: resource properties: arn: - description: ARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying - the S3 Bucket. For more information about ARNs and how to use - them, see S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-arn-format.html) + description: |- + ARN is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the S3 Bucket. For more information + about ARNs and how to use them, see S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-arn-format.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service guide. type: string required: @@ -2725,14 +2736,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -2742,8 +2762,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -2755,6 +2776,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/s3control.aws.crossplane.io_accesspoints.yaml b/package/crds/s3control.aws.crossplane.io_accesspoints.yaml index f89a12dfea..ee5dc457e4 100644 --- a/package/crds/s3control.aws.crossplane.io_accesspoints.yaml +++ b/package/crds/s3control.aws.crossplane.io_accesspoints.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: accesspoints.s3control.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: s3control.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: AccessPoint is the Schema for the AccessPoints API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,12 +74,14 @@ spec: description: AccessPointParameters defines the desired state of AccessPoint properties: accountID: - description: The Amazon Web Services account ID for the account - that owns the specified access point. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services account ID for the account that owns the specified + access point. type: string bucketAccountID: - description: The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with - the S3 bucket associated with this access point. + description: |- + The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the S3 bucket associated + with this access point. type: string bucketName: description: BucketName is the name of the Bucket for AccessPoint @@ -90,21 +98,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -118,8 +126,9 @@ spec: set the BucketName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -132,21 +141,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -154,32 +163,35 @@ spec: type: object type: object policy: - description: The policy that you want to apply to the specified - access point. For more information about access point policies, - see Managing data access with Amazon S3 access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html) + description: |- + The policy that you want to apply to the specified access point. For more + information about access point policies, see Managing data access with Amazon + S3 access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html) in the Amazon S3 User Guide. properties: id: description: ID is the policy's optional identifier type: string statements: - description: Statements is the list of statement this policy - applies either jsonStatements or statements must be specified - in the policy + description: |- + Statements is the list of statement this policy applies + either jsonStatements or statements must be specified in the policy items: - description: BucketPolicyStatement defines an individual - statement within the BucketPolicyBody + description: |- + BucketPolicyStatement defines an individual statement within the + BucketPolicyBody properties: action: - description: Each element of the PolicyAction array - describes the specific action or actions that will - be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. + description: |- + Each element of the PolicyAction array describes the specific + action or actions that will be allowed or denied with this PolicyStatement. items: type: string type: array condition: - description: Condition specifies where conditions for - policy are in effect. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html + description: |- + Condition specifies where conditions for policy are in effect. + https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html items: description: Condition represents a set of condition pairs for a bucket policy @@ -188,9 +200,9 @@ spec: description: Conditions represents each of the key/value pairs for the operator key items: - description: ConditionPair represents one condition - inside of the set of conditions for a bucket - policy + description: |- + ConditionPair represents one condition inside of the set of conditions for + a bucket policy properties: booleanValue: description: ConditionBooleanValue is the @@ -198,11 +210,9 @@ spec: the parent condition type: boolean dateValue: - description: ConditionDateValue is the expected - string value of the key from the parent - condition. The date value must be in ISO - 8601 format. The time is always midnight - UTC. + description: |- + ConditionDateValue is the expected string value of the key from the parent condition. The + date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. format: date-time type: string key: @@ -241,35 +251,38 @@ spec: type: object type: array effect: - description: The effect is required and specifies whether - the statement results in an allow or an explicit deny. - Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. + description: |- + The effect is required and specifies whether the statement results + in an allow or an explicit deny. Valid values for Effect are Allow and Deny. enum: - Allow - Deny type: string notAction: - description: Each element of the NotPolicyAction array - will allow the property to match all but the listed - actions. + description: |- + Each element of the NotPolicyAction array will allow the property to match + all but the listed actions. items: type: string type: array notPrincipal: - description: Used with the S3 policy to specify the - users which are not included in this policy + description: |- + Used with the S3 policy to specify the users which are not included + in this policy properties: allowAnon: - description: This flag indicates if the policy should - be made available to all anonymous users. + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -291,26 +304,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -324,8 +332,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -339,26 +347,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -381,26 +384,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -414,8 +412,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -429,26 +427,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -458,8 +451,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array federated: - description: This string contains the identifier - for any federated web identity provider. + description: |- + This string contains the identifier for any federated web identity + provider. type: string service: description: Service define the services which can @@ -469,26 +463,30 @@ spec: type: array type: object notResource: - description: This will explicitly match all resource - paths except the ones specified in this array + description: |- + This will explicitly match all resource paths except the ones + specified in this array items: type: string type: array principal: - description: Used with the S3 policy to specify the - principal that is allowed or denied access to a resource. + description: |- + Used with the S3 policy to specify the principal that is allowed + or denied access to a resource. properties: allowAnon: - description: This flag indicates if the policy should - be made available to all anonymous users. + description: |- + This flag indicates if the policy should be made available + to all anonymous users. type: boolean awsPrincipals: - description: This list contains the all of the AWS - IAM users which are affected by the policy statement. + description: |- + This list contains the all of the AWS IAM users which are affected + by the policy statement. items: - description: AWSPrincipal wraps the potential - values a policy principal can take. Only one - of the values should be set. + description: |- + AWSPrincipal wraps the potential values a policy + principal can take. Only one of the values should be set. properties: awsAccountId: description: AWSAccountID identifies an AWS @@ -510,26 +508,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -543,8 +536,8 @@ spec: an IAM role to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -558,26 +551,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -600,26 +588,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -633,8 +616,8 @@ spec: User to retrieve its userName properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures - an object with the same controller reference + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: @@ -648,26 +631,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies - whether resolution of this reference - is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. - 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be - resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when - this reference should be resolved. - The default is 'IfNotPresent', which - will attempt to resolve the reference - only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to - resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -677,8 +655,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array federated: - description: This string contains the identifier - for any federated web identity provider. + description: |- + This string contains the identifier for any federated web identity + provider. type: string service: description: Service define the services which can @@ -693,8 +672,9 @@ spec: type: string type: array sid: - description: Optional identifier for this statement, - must be unique within the policy if provided. + description: |- + Optional identifier for this statement, must be unique within the + policy if provided. type: string required: - effect @@ -711,8 +691,9 @@ spec: - version type: object publicAccessBlockConfiguration: - description: The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want - to apply to the access point. + description: |- + The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to the access + point. properties: blockPublicACLs: type: boolean @@ -727,10 +708,12 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the AccessPoint will be created. type: string vpcConfiguration: - description: "If you include this field, Amazon S3 restricts access - to this access point to requests from the specified virtual - private cloud (VPC). \n This is required for creating an access - point for Amazon S3 on Outposts buckets." + description: |- + If you include this field, Amazon S3 restricts access to this access point + to requests from the specified virtual private cloud (VPC). + + + This is required for creating an access point for Amazon S3 on Outposts buckets. properties: vpcID: type: string @@ -742,19 +725,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -767,9 +752,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -779,21 +765,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -803,17 +789,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -823,21 +811,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -852,21 +840,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -877,14 +866,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -907,8 +897,11 @@ spec: AccessPoint properties: accessPointARN: - description: "The ARN of the access point. \n This is only supported - by Amazon S3 on Outposts." + description: |- + The ARN of the access point. + + + This is only supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts. type: string alias: description: The name or alias of the access point. @@ -920,14 +913,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -937,8 +939,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -950,6 +953,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/secretsmanager.aws.crossplane.io_secrets.yaml b/package/crds/secretsmanager.aws.crossplane.io_secrets.yaml index bcc9d5914b..5ef1f8dd76 100644 --- a/package/crds/secretsmanager.aws.crossplane.io_secrets.yaml +++ b/package/crds/secretsmanager.aws.crossplane.io_secrets.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: secrets.secretsmanager.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: secretsmanager.aws.crossplane.io @@ -36,14 +36,19 @@ spec: description: Secret is the Schema for the Secrets API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -52,13 +57,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -67,16 +73,17 @@ spec: description: SecretParameters defines the desired state of Secret properties: binarySecretRef: - description: BinarySecretRef points to the Kubernetes Secret whose - data will be encoded as binary data to AWS. If key parameter - is given, only the value of that key will be used. Otherwise, - all data in the Secret will be marshalled into JSON and sent - to AWS. Either StringSecretRef or BinarySecretRef must be set, - but not both. + description: |- + BinarySecretRef points to the Kubernetes Secret whose data will be encoded + as binary data to AWS. If key parameter is given, only the value of that + key will be used. Otherwise, all data in the Secret will be marshalled + into JSON and sent to AWS. + Either StringSecretRef or BinarySecretRef must be set, but not both. properties: key: - description: Key whose value will be used. If not given, the - whole map in the Secret data will be used. + description: |- + Key whose value will be used. If not given, the whole map in the Secret + data will be used. type: string name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -93,42 +100,52 @@ spec: of the secret. type: string forceDeleteWithoutRecovery: - description: "(Optional) Specifies that the secret is to be deleted - without any recovery window. You can't use both this parameter - and the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter in the same API call. - \n An asynchronous background process performs the actual deletion, - so there can be a short delay before the operation completes. - If you write code to delete and then immediately recreate a - secret with the same name, ensure that your code includes appropriate - back off and retry logic. \n Use this parameter with caution. - This parameter causes the operation to skip the normal waiting - period before the permanent deletion that AWS would normally - impose with the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter. If you delete - a secret with the ForceDeleteWithouRecovery parameter, then - you have no opportunity to recover the secret. It is permanently - lost." + description: |- + (Optional) Specifies that the secret is to be deleted without any recovery + window. You can't use both this parameter and the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter + in the same API call. + + + An asynchronous background process performs the actual deletion, so there + can be a short delay before the operation completes. If you write code to + delete and then immediately recreate a secret with the same name, ensure + that your code includes appropriate back off and retry logic. + + + Use this parameter with caution. This parameter causes the operation to skip + the normal waiting period before the permanent deletion that AWS would normally + impose with the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter. If you delete a secret with + the ForceDeleteWithouRecovery parameter, then you have no opportunity to + recover the secret. It is permanently lost. type: boolean kmsKeyID: - description: "(Optional) Specifies the ARN, Key ID, or alias of - the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) to be used to encrypt - the SecretString or SecretBinary values in the versions stored - in this secret. \n You can specify any of the supported ways - to identify a AWS KMS key ID. If you need to reference a CMK - in a different account, you can use only the key ARN or the - alias ARN. \n If you don't specify this value, then Secrets - Manager defaults to using the AWS account's default CMK (the - one named aws/secretsmanager). If a AWS KMS CMK with that name - doesn't yet exist, then Secrets Manager creates it for you automatically - the first time it needs to encrypt a version's SecretString - or SecretBinary fields. \n You can use the account default CMK - to encrypt and decrypt only if you call this operation using - credentials from the same account that owns the secret. If the - secret resides in a different account, then you must create - a custom CMK and specify the ARN in this field." + description: |- + (Optional) Specifies the ARN, Key ID, or alias of the AWS KMS customer master + key (CMK) to be used to encrypt the SecretString or SecretBinary values in + the versions stored in this secret. + + + You can specify any of the supported ways to identify a AWS KMS key ID. If + you need to reference a CMK in a different account, you can use only the + key ARN or the alias ARN. + + + If you don't specify this value, then Secrets Manager defaults to using the + AWS account's default CMK (the one named aws/secretsmanager). If a AWS KMS + CMK with that name doesn't yet exist, then Secrets Manager creates it for + you automatically the first time it needs to encrypt a version's SecretString + or SecretBinary fields. + + + You can use the account default CMK to encrypt and decrypt only if you call + this operation using credentials from the same account that owns the secret. + If the secret resides in a different account, then you must create a custom + CMK and specify the ARN in this field. type: string kmsKeyIDRef: - description: KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to an kms/v1alpha1.Key - used to set the KMSKeyID field. + description: |- + KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to an kms/v1alpha1.Key used + to set the KMSKeyID field. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -138,21 +155,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -162,12 +179,14 @@ spec: - name type: object kmsKeyIDSelector: - description: KMSKeyIDSelector selects references to kms/v1alpha1.Key + description: |- + KMSKeyIDSelector selects references to kms/v1alpha1.Key used to set the KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -180,21 +199,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -202,36 +221,42 @@ spec: type: object type: object recoveryWindowInDays: - description: "(Optional) Specifies the number of days that Secrets - Manager waits before it can delete the secret. You can't use - both this parameter and the ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery parameter - in the same API call. \n This value can range from 7 to 30 days. - The default value is 30." + description: |- + (Optional) Specifies the number of days that Secrets Manager waits before + it can delete the secret. You can't use both this parameter and the ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery + parameter in the same API call. + + + This value can range from 7 to 30 days. The default value is 30. format: int64 type: integer region: description: Region is which region the Secret will be created. type: string resourcePolicy: - description: "A JSON-formatted string constructed according to - the grammar and syntax for an Amazon Web Services resource-based - policy. The policy in the string identifies who can access or - manage this secret and its versions. For information on how - to format a JSON parameter for the various command line tool - environments, see Using JSON for Parameters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-using-param.html#cli-using-param-json) - in the CLI User Guide. \n ResourcePolicy is a required field" + description: |- + A JSON-formatted string constructed according to the grammar and syntax for + an Amazon Web Services resource-based policy. The policy in the string identifies + who can access or manage this secret and its versions. For information on + how to format a JSON parameter for the various command line tool environments, + see Using JSON for Parameters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-using-param.html#cli-using-param-json) + in the CLI User Guide. + + + ResourcePolicy is a required field type: string stringSecretRef: - description: StringSecretRef points to the Kubernetes Secret whose - data will be sent as string to AWS. If key parameter is given, - only the value of that key will be used. Otherwise, all data - in the Secret will be marshalled into JSON and sent to AWS. - Either StringSecretRef or BinarySecretRef must be set, but not - both. + description: |- + StringSecretRef points to the Kubernetes Secret whose data will be sent + as string to AWS. If key parameter is given, only the value of that key + will be used. Otherwise, all data in the Secret will be marshalled into + JSON and sent to AWS. + Either StringSecretRef or BinarySecretRef must be set, but not both. properties: key: - description: Key whose value will be used. If not given, the - whole map in the Secret data will be used. + description: |- + Key whose value will be used. If not given, the whole map in the Secret + data will be used. type: string name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -244,38 +269,62 @@ spec: - namespace type: object tags: - description: "(Optional) Specifies a list of user-defined tags - that are attached to the secret. Each tag is a \"Key\" and \"Value\" - pair of strings. This operation only appends tags to the existing - list of tags. To remove tags, you must use UntagResource. \n - * Secrets Manager tag key names are case sensitive. A tag with - the key \"ABC\" is a different tag from one with key \"abc\". - \n * If you check tags in IAM policy Condition elements as part - of your security strategy, then adding or removing a tag can - change permissions. If the successful completion of this operation - would result in you losing your permissions for this secret, - then this operation is blocked and returns an Access Denied - error. \n This parameter requires a JSON text string argument. - For information on how to format a JSON parameter for the various - command line tool environments, see Using JSON for Parameters - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-using-param.html#cli-using-param-json) - in the AWS CLI User Guide. For example: \n [{\"Key\":\"CostCenter\",\"Value\":\"12345\"},{\"Key\":\"environment\",\"Value\":\"production\"}] - \n If your command-line tool or SDK requires quotation marks - around the parameter, you should use single quotes to avoid - confusion with the double quotes required in the JSON text. - \n The following basic restrictions apply to tags: \n * Maximum - number of tags per secret—50 \n * Maximum key length—127 Unicode - characters in UTF-8 \n * Maximum value length—255 Unicode characters - in UTF-8 \n * Tag keys and values are case sensitive. \n * Do - not use the aws: prefix in your tag names or values because - AWS reserves it for AWS use. You can't edit or delete tag names - or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count - against your tags per secret limit. \n * If you use your tagging - schema across multiple services and resources, remember other - services might have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally - allowed characters: letters, spaces, and numbers representable - in UTF-8, plus the following special characters: + - = . _ : - / @." + description: |- + (Optional) Specifies a list of user-defined tags that are attached to the + secret. Each tag is a "Key" and "Value" pair of strings. This operation only + appends tags to the existing list of tags. To remove tags, you must use UntagResource. + + + * Secrets Manager tag key names are case sensitive. A tag with the key + "ABC" is a different tag from one with key "abc". + + + * If you check tags in IAM policy Condition elements as part of your security + strategy, then adding or removing a tag can change permissions. If the + successful completion of this operation would result in you losing your + permissions for this secret, then this operation is blocked and returns + an Access Denied error. + + + This parameter requires a JSON text string argument. For information on how + to format a JSON parameter for the various command line tool environments, + see Using JSON for Parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-using-param.html#cli-using-param-json) + in the AWS CLI User Guide. For example: + + + [{"Key":"CostCenter","Value":"12345"},{"Key":"environment","Value":"production"}] + + + If your command-line tool or SDK requires quotation marks around the parameter, + you should use single quotes to avoid confusion with the double quotes required + in the JSON text. + + + The following basic restrictions apply to tags: + + + * Maximum number of tags per secret—50 + + + * Maximum key length—127 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * Maximum value length—255 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * Tag keys and values are case sensitive. + + + * Do not use the aws: prefix in your tag names or values because AWS reserves + it for AWS use. You can't edit or delete tag names or values with this + prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per secret + limit. + + + * If you use your tagging schema across multiple services and resources, + remember other services might have restrictions on allowed characters. + Generally allowed characters: letters, spaces, and numbers representable + in UTF-8, plus the following special characters: + - = . _ : / @. items: properties: key: @@ -290,19 +339,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -315,9 +366,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -327,21 +379,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -351,17 +403,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -371,21 +425,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -400,21 +454,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -425,14 +480,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -454,14 +510,16 @@ spec: description: SecretObservation defines the observed state of Secret properties: arn: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the secret that - you just created. \n Secrets Manager automatically adds several - random characters to the name at the end of the ARN when you - initially create a secret. This affects only the ARN and not - the actual friendly name. This ensures that if you create a - new secret with the same name as an old secret that you previously - deleted, then users with access to the old secret don't automatically - get access to the new secret because the ARNs are different." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the secret that you just created. + + + Secrets Manager automatically adds several random characters to the name + at the end of the ARN when you initially create a secret. This affects only + the ARN and not the actual friendly name. This ensures that if you create + a new secret with the same name as an old secret that you previously deleted, + then users with access to the old secret don't automatically get access to + the new secret because the ARNs are different. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -470,14 +528,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -487,8 +554,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -500,6 +568,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec @@ -527,14 +602,19 @@ spec: description: Secret is the Schema for the Secrets API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -543,13 +623,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -568,16 +649,17 @@ spec: type: object type: array binarySecretRef: - description: BinarySecretRef points to the Kubernetes Secret whose - data will be encoded as binary data to AWS. If key parameter - is given, only the value of that key will be used. Otherwise, - all data in the Secret will be marshalled into JSON and sent - to AWS. Either StringSecretRef or BinarySecretRef must be set, - but not both. + description: |- + BinarySecretRef points to the Kubernetes Secret whose data will be encoded + as binary data to AWS. If key parameter is given, only the value of that + key will be used. Otherwise, all data in the Secret will be marshalled + into JSON and sent to AWS. + Either StringSecretRef or BinarySecretRef must be set, but not both. properties: key: - description: Key whose value will be used. If not given, the - whole map in the Secret data will be used. + description: |- + Key whose value will be used. If not given, the whole map in the Secret + data will be used. type: string name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -586,9 +668,9 @@ spec: description: Namespace of the secret. type: string type: - description: Type of the secret. Used to (re)create k8s secret - in case of loss. If not given, the controller will try to - fetch the type from the referenced secret. + description: |- + Type of the secret. Used to (re)create k8s secret in case of loss. + If not given, the controller will try to fetch the type from the referenced secret. type: string required: - name @@ -598,44 +680,53 @@ spec: description: The description of the secret. type: string forceDeleteWithoutRecovery: - description: "(Optional) Specifies that the secret is to be deleted - without any recovery window. You can't use both this parameter - and the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter in the same API call. - \n An asynchronous background process performs the actual deletion, - so there can be a short delay before the operation completes. - If you write code to delete and then immediately recreate a - secret with the same name, ensure that your code includes appropriate - back off and retry logic. \n Use this parameter with caution. - This parameter causes the operation to skip the normal waiting - period before the permanent deletion that AWS would normally - impose with the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter. If you delete - a secret with the ForceDeleteWithouRecovery parameter, then - you have no opportunity to recover the secret. It is permanently - lost." + description: |- + (Optional) Specifies that the secret is to be deleted without any recovery + window. You can't use both this parameter and the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter + in the same API call. + + + An asynchronous background process performs the actual deletion, so there + can be a short delay before the operation completes. If you write code to + delete and then immediately recreate a secret with the same name, ensure + that your code includes appropriate back off and retry logic. + + + Use this parameter with caution. This parameter causes the operation to skip + the normal waiting period before the permanent deletion that AWS would normally + impose with the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter. If you delete a secret with + the ForceDeleteWithouRecovery parameter, then you have no opportunity to + recover the secret. It is permanently lost. type: boolean forceOverwriteReplicaSecret: - description: Specifies whether to overwrite a secret with the - same name in the destination Region. By default, secrets aren't - overwritten. + description: |- + Specifies whether to overwrite a secret with the same name in the destination + Region. By default, secrets aren't overwritten. type: boolean kmsKeyID: - description: "The ARN, key ID, or alias of the KMS key that Secrets - Manager uses to encrypt the secret value in the secret. An alias - is always prefixed by alias/, for example alias/aws/secretsmanager. - For more information, see About aliases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/alias-about.html). - \n To use a KMS key in a different account, use the key ARN - or the alias ARN. \n If you don't specify this value, then Secrets - Manager uses the key aws/secretsmanager. If that key doesn't - yet exist, then Secrets Manager creates it for you automatically - the first time it encrypts the secret value. \n If the secret - is in a different Amazon Web Services account from the credentials - calling the API, then you can't use aws/secretsmanager to encrypt - the secret, and you must create and use a customer managed KMS - key." + description: |- + The ARN, key ID, or alias of the KMS key that Secrets Manager uses to encrypt + the secret value in the secret. An alias is always prefixed by alias/, for + example alias/aws/secretsmanager. For more information, see About aliases + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/alias-about.html). + + + To use a KMS key in a different account, use the key ARN or the alias ARN. + + + If you don't specify this value, then Secrets Manager uses the key aws/secretsmanager. + If that key doesn't yet exist, then Secrets Manager creates it for you automatically + the first time it encrypts the secret value. + + + If the secret is in a different Amazon Web Services account from the credentials + calling the API, then you can't use aws/secretsmanager to encrypt the secret, + and you must create and use a customer managed KMS key. type: string kmsKeyIDRef: - description: KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to an kms/v1alpha1.Key - used to set the KMSKeyID field. + description: |- + KMSKeyIDRef is a reference to an kms/v1alpha1.Key used + to set the KMSKeyID field. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -645,21 +736,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -669,12 +760,14 @@ spec: - name type: object kmsKeyIDSelector: - description: KMSKeyIDSelector selects references to kms/v1alpha1.Key + description: |- + KMSKeyIDSelector selects references to kms/v1alpha1.Key used to set the KMSKeyID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -687,21 +780,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -709,36 +802,42 @@ spec: type: object type: object recoveryWindowInDays: - description: "(Optional) Specifies the number of days that Secrets - Manager waits before it can delete the secret. You can't use - both this parameter and the ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery parameter - in the same API call. \n This value can range from 7 to 30 days. - The default value is 30." + description: |- + (Optional) Specifies the number of days that Secrets Manager waits before + it can delete the secret. You can't use both this parameter and the ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery + parameter in the same API call. + + + This value can range from 7 to 30 days. The default value is 30. format: int64 type: integer region: description: Region is which region the Secret will be created. type: string resourcePolicy: - description: "A JSON-formatted string constructed according to - the grammar and syntax for an Amazon Web Services resource-based - policy. The policy in the string identifies who can access or - manage this secret and its versions. For information on how - to format a JSON parameter for the various command line tool - environments, see Using JSON for Parameters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-using-param.html#cli-using-param-json) - in the CLI User Guide. \n ResourcePolicy is a required field" + description: |- + A JSON-formatted string constructed according to the grammar and syntax for + an Amazon Web Services resource-based policy. The policy in the string identifies + who can access or manage this secret and its versions. For information on + how to format a JSON parameter for the various command line tool environments, + see Using JSON for Parameters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-using-param.html#cli-using-param-json) + in the CLI User Guide. + + + ResourcePolicy is a required field type: string stringSecretRef: - description: StringSecretRef points to the Kubernetes Secret whose - data will be sent as string to AWS. If key parameter is given, - only the value of that key will be used. Otherwise, all data - in the Secret will be marshalled into JSON and sent to AWS. - Either StringSecretRef or BinarySecretRef must be set, but not - both. + description: |- + StringSecretRef points to the Kubernetes Secret whose data will be sent + as string to AWS. If key parameter is given, only the value of that key + will be used. Otherwise, all data in the Secret will be marshalled into + JSON and sent to AWS. + Either StringSecretRef or BinarySecretRef must be set, but not both. properties: key: - description: Key whose value will be used. If not given, the - whole map in the Secret data will be used. + description: |- + Key whose value will be used. If not given, the whole map in the Secret + data will be used. type: string name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -747,48 +846,67 @@ spec: description: Namespace of the secret. type: string type: - description: Type of the secret. Used to (re)create k8s secret - in case of loss. If not given, the controller will try to - fetch the type from the referenced secret. + description: |- + Type of the secret. Used to (re)create k8s secret in case of loss. + If not given, the controller will try to fetch the type from the referenced secret. type: string required: - name - namespace type: object tags: - description: "A list of tags to attach to the secret. Each tag - is a key and value pair of strings in a JSON text string, for - example: \n [{\"Key\":\"CostCenter\",\"Value\":\"12345\"},{\"Key\":\"environment\",\"Value\":\"production\"}] - \n Secrets Manager tag key names are case sensitive. A tag with - the key \"ABC\" is a different tag from one with key \"abc\". - \n If you check tags in permissions policies as part of your - security strategy, then adding or removing a tag can change - permissions. If the completion of this operation would result - in you losing your permissions for this secret, then Secrets - Manager blocks the operation and returns an Access Denied error. - For more information, see Control access to secrets using tags - (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/secretsmanager/latest/userguide/auth-and-access_examples.html#tag-secrets-abac) - and Limit access to identities with tags that match secrets' - tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/secretsmanager/latest/userguide/auth-and-access_examples.html#auth-and-access_tags2). - \n For information about how to format a JSON parameter for - the various command line tool environments, see Using JSON for - Parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-using-param.html#cli-using-param-json). - If your command-line tool or SDK requires quotation marks around - the parameter, you should use single quotes to avoid confusion - with the double quotes required in the JSON text. \n The following - restrictions apply to tags: \n * Maximum number of tags per - secret: 50 \n * Maximum key length: 127 Unicode characters in - UTF-8 \n * Maximum value length: 255 Unicode characters in UTF-8 - \n * Tag keys and values are case sensitive. \n * Do not use - the aws: prefix in your tag names or values because Amazon Web - Services reserves it for Amazon Web Services use. You can't - edit or delete tag names or values with this prefix. Tags with - this prefix do not count against your tags per secret limit. - \n * If you use your tagging schema across multiple services - and resources, other services might have restrictions on allowed - characters. Generally allowed characters: letters, spaces, and - numbers representable in UTF-8, plus the following special characters: - + - = . _ : / @." + description: |- + A list of tags to attach to the secret. Each tag is a key and value pair + of strings in a JSON text string, for example: + + + [{"Key":"CostCenter","Value":"12345"},{"Key":"environment","Value":"production"}] + + + Secrets Manager tag key names are case sensitive. A tag with the key "ABC" + is a different tag from one with key "abc". + + + If you check tags in permissions policies as part of your security strategy, + then adding or removing a tag can change permissions. If the completion of + this operation would result in you losing your permissions for this secret, + then Secrets Manager blocks the operation and returns an Access Denied error. + For more information, see Control access to secrets using tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/secretsmanager/latest/userguide/auth-and-access_examples.html#tag-secrets-abac) + and Limit access to identities with tags that match secrets' tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/secretsmanager/latest/userguide/auth-and-access_examples.html#auth-and-access_tags2). + + + For information about how to format a JSON parameter for the various command + line tool environments, see Using JSON for Parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-using-param.html#cli-using-param-json). + If your command-line tool or SDK requires quotation marks around the parameter, + you should use single quotes to avoid confusion with the double quotes required + in the JSON text. + + + The following restrictions apply to tags: + + + * Maximum number of tags per secret: 50 + + + * Maximum key length: 127 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * Maximum value length: 255 Unicode characters in UTF-8 + + + * Tag keys and values are case sensitive. + + + * Do not use the aws: prefix in your tag names or values because Amazon + Web Services reserves it for Amazon Web Services use. You can't edit or + delete tag names or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do + not count against your tags per secret limit. + + + * If you use your tagging schema across multiple services and resources, + other services might have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally + allowed characters: letters, spaces, and numbers representable in UTF-8, + plus the following special characters: + - = . _ : / @. items: properties: key: @@ -803,19 +921,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -828,9 +948,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -840,21 +961,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -864,17 +985,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -884,21 +1007,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -913,21 +1036,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -938,14 +1062,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -967,18 +1092,25 @@ spec: description: SecretObservation defines the observed state of Secret properties: arn: - description: The ARN of the new secret. The ARN includes the name - of the secret followed by six random characters. This ensures - that if you create a new secret with the same name as a deleted - secret, then users with access to the old secret don't get access - to the new secret because the ARNs are different. + description: |- + The ARN of the new secret. The ARN includes the name of the secret followed + by six random characters. This ensures that if you create a new secret with + the same name as a deleted secret, then users with access to the old secret + don't get access to the new secret because the ARNs are different. type: string replicationStatus: - description: "A list of the replicas of this secret and their - status: \n * Failed, which indicates that the replica was not - created. \n * InProgress, which indicates that Secrets Manager - is in the process of creating the replica. \n * InSync, which - indicates that the replica was created." + description: |- + A list of the replicas of this secret and their status: + + + * Failed, which indicates that the replica was not created. + + + * InProgress, which indicates that Secrets Manager is in the process of + creating the replica. + + + * InSync, which indicates that the replica was created. items: properties: kmsKeyID: @@ -1001,14 +1133,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1018,8 +1159,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1031,6 +1173,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/servicecatalog.aws.crossplane.io_provisionedproducts.yaml b/package/crds/servicecatalog.aws.crossplane.io_provisionedproducts.yaml index 2601e7835e..03e7696aa7 100644 --- a/package/crds/servicecatalog.aws.crossplane.io_provisionedproducts.yaml +++ b/package/crds/servicecatalog.aws.crossplane.io_provisionedproducts.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: provisionedproducts.servicecatalog.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: servicecatalog.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -70,21 +76,28 @@ spec: of ProvisionedProduct properties: acceptLanguage: - description: "The language code. \n * jp - Japanese \n * zh - - Chinese" + description: |- + The language code. + + + * jp - Japanese + + + * zh - Chinese type: string notificationARNs: - description: Passed to CloudFormation. The SNS topic ARNs to which - to publish stack-related events. + description: |- + Passed to CloudFormation. The SNS topic ARNs to which to publish stack-related + events. items: type: string type: array pathID: - description: The path identifier of the product. This value is - optional if the product has a default path, and required if - the product has more than one path. To list the paths for a - product, use ListLaunchPaths. You must provide the name or ID, - but not both. + description: |- + The path identifier of the product. This value is optional if the product + has a default path, and required if the product has more than one path. To + list the paths for a product, use ListLaunchPaths. You must provide the name + or ID, but not both. type: string pathName: description: The name of the path. You must provide the name or @@ -99,16 +112,19 @@ spec: or ID, but not both. type: string provisioningArtifactID: - description: The identifier of the provisioning artifact. You - must provide the name or ID, but not both. + description: |- + The identifier of the provisioning artifact. You must provide the name or + ID, but not both. type: string provisioningArtifactName: - description: The name of the provisioning artifact. You must provide - the name or ID, but not both. + description: |- + The name of the provisioning artifact. You must provide the name or ID, but + not both. type: string provisioningParameters: - description: Parameters specified by the administrator that are - required for provisioning the product. + description: |- + Parameters specified by the administrator that are required for provisioning + the product. items: properties: key: @@ -118,8 +134,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array provisioningPreferences: - description: An object that contains information about the provisioning - preferences for a stack set. + description: |- + An object that contains information about the provisioning preferences for + a stack set. properties: stackSetAccounts: items: @@ -162,19 +179,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -187,9 +206,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -199,21 +219,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -223,17 +243,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -243,21 +265,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -272,21 +294,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -297,14 +320,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -350,10 +374,21 @@ spec: type: object type: array lastProvisioningRecordID: - description: "The record identifier of the last request performed - on this provisioned product of the following types: \n * ProvisionProduct - \n * UpdateProvisionedProduct \n * ExecuteProvisionedProductPlan - \n * TerminateProvisionedProduct" + description: |- + The record identifier of the last request performed on this provisioned product + of the following types: + + + * ProvisionProduct + + + * UpdateProvisionedProduct + + + * ExecuteProvisionedProductPlan + + + * TerminateProvisionedProduct type: string launchRoleARN: description: The ARN of the launch role associated with the provisioned @@ -377,8 +412,9 @@ spec: description: The user-friendly name of the provisioned product. type: string provisionedProductType: - description: The type of provisioned product. The supported values - are CFN_STACK, CFN_STACKSET, TERRAFORM_OPEN_SOURCE, and TERRAFORM_CLOUD. + description: |- + The type of provisioned product. The supported values are CFN_STACK, CFN_STACKSET, + TERRAFORM_OPEN_SOURCE, and TERRAFORM_CLOUD. type: string recordErrors: description: The errors that occurred. @@ -404,27 +440,46 @@ spec: type: object type: array recordType: - description: "The record type. \n * PROVISION_PRODUCT \n * UPDATE_PROVISIONED_PRODUCT - \n * TERMINATE_PROVISIONED_PRODUCT" + description: |- + The record type. + + + * PROVISION_PRODUCT + + + * UPDATE_PROVISIONED_PRODUCT + + + * TERMINATE_PROVISIONED_PRODUCT type: string status: - description: "The current status of the provisioned product. \n - * AVAILABLE - Stable state, ready to perform any operation. - The most recent operation succeeded and completed. \n * UNDER_CHANGE - - Transitive state. Operations performed might not have valid - results. Wait for an AVAILABLE status before performing operations. - \n * TAINTED - Stable state, ready to perform any operation. - The stack has completed the requested operation but is not exactly - what was requested. For example, a request to update to a new - version failed and the stack rolled back to the current version. - \n * ERROR - An unexpected error occurred. The provisioned product - exists but the stack is not running. For example, CloudFormation - received a parameter value that was not valid and could not - launch the stack. \n * PLAN_IN_PROGRESS - Transitive state. - The plan operations were performed to provision a new product, - but resources have not yet been created. After reviewing the - list of resources to be created, execute the plan. Wait for - an AVAILABLE status before performing operations." + description: |- + The current status of the provisioned product. + + + * AVAILABLE - Stable state, ready to perform any operation. The most recent + operation succeeded and completed. + + + * UNDER_CHANGE - Transitive state. Operations performed might not have + valid results. Wait for an AVAILABLE status before performing operations. + + + * TAINTED - Stable state, ready to perform any operation. The stack has + completed the requested operation but is not exactly what was requested. + For example, a request to update to a new version failed and the stack + rolled back to the current version. + + + * ERROR - An unexpected error occurred. The provisioned product exists + but the stack is not running. For example, CloudFormation received a parameter + value that was not valid and could not launch the stack. + + + * PLAN_IN_PROGRESS - Transitive state. The plan operations were performed + to provision a new product, but resources have not yet been created. After + reviewing the list of resources to be created, execute the plan. Wait + for an AVAILABLE status before performing operations. type: string statusMessage: description: The current status message of the provisioned product. @@ -440,14 +495,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -457,8 +521,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -470,6 +535,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_httpnamespaces.yaml b/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_httpnamespaces.yaml index b030f9a923..1b7ad1cd0d 100644 --- a/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_httpnamespaces.yaml +++ b/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_httpnamespaces.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: httpnamespaces.servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: HTTPNamespace is the Schema for the HTTPNamespaces API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -79,10 +85,10 @@ spec: created. type: string tags: - description: The tags to add to the namespace. Each tag consists - of a key and an optional value that you define. Tags keys can - be up to 128 characters in length, and tag values can be up - to 256 characters in length. + description: |- + The tags to add to the namespace. Each tag consists of a key and an optional + value that you define. Tags keys can be up to 128 characters in length, and + tag values can be up to 256 characters in length. items: properties: key: @@ -98,19 +104,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -123,9 +131,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -135,21 +144,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -159,17 +168,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -179,21 +190,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -208,21 +219,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -233,14 +245,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -263,9 +276,9 @@ spec: HTTPNamespace properties: operationID: - description: A value that you can use to determine whether the - request completed successfully. To get the status of the operation, - see GetOperation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloud-map/latest/api/API_GetOperation.html). + description: |- + A value that you can use to determine whether the request completed successfully. + To get the status of the operation, see GetOperation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloud-map/latest/api/API_GetOperation.html). type: string type: object conditions: @@ -274,14 +287,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -291,8 +313,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -304,6 +327,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_privatednsnamespaces.yaml b/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_privatednsnamespaces.yaml index 5255bca805..c839fda67d 100644 --- a/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_privatednsnamespaces.yaml +++ b/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_privatednsnamespaces.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: privatednsnamespaces.servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -73,10 +79,10 @@ spec: description: A description for the namespace. type: string name: - description: The name that you want to assign to this namespace. - When you create a private DNS namespace, Cloud Map automatically - creates an Amazon Route 53 private hosted zone that has the - same name as the namespace. + description: |- + The name that you want to assign to this namespace. When you create a private + DNS namespace, Cloud Map automatically creates an Amazon Route 53 private + hosted zone that has the same name as the namespace. type: string properties: description: Properties for the private DNS namespace. @@ -99,10 +105,10 @@ spec: be created. type: string tags: - description: The tags to add to the namespace. Each tag consists - of a key and an optional value that you define. Tags keys can - be up to 128 characters in length, and tag values can be up - to 256 characters in length. + description: |- + The tags to add to the namespace. Each tag consists of a key and an optional + value that you define. Tags keys can be up to 128 characters in length, and + tag values can be up to 256 characters in length. items: properties: key: @@ -112,8 +118,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array vpc: - description: VPC of the PrivateDNSNamespace. One if vpc, vpcRef - or vpcSelector has to be supplied. + description: |- + VPC of the PrivateDNSNamespace. + One if vpc, vpcRef or vpcSelector has to be supplied. type: string vpcRef: description: A referencer to retrieve the ID of a VPC @@ -126,21 +133,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -154,8 +161,9 @@ spec: ID of a VPC. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -168,21 +176,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -196,19 +204,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -221,9 +231,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -233,21 +244,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -257,17 +268,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -277,21 +290,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -306,21 +319,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -331,14 +345,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -361,9 +376,9 @@ spec: of PrivateDNSNamespace properties: operationID: - description: A value that you can use to determine whether the - request completed successfully. To get the status of the operation, - see GetOperation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloud-map/latest/api/API_GetOperation.html). + description: |- + A value that you can use to determine whether the request completed successfully. + To get the status of the operation, see GetOperation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloud-map/latest/api/API_GetOperation.html). type: string type: object conditions: @@ -372,14 +387,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -389,8 +413,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -402,6 +427,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_publicdnsnamespaces.yaml b/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_publicdnsnamespaces.yaml index 0e4a6b0b2d..bb336cd39e 100644 --- a/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_publicdnsnamespaces.yaml +++ b/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_publicdnsnamespaces.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: publicdnsnamespaces.servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io @@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ spec: API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -54,13 +59,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -73,9 +79,12 @@ spec: description: A description for the namespace. type: string name: - description: "The name that you want to assign to this namespace. - \n Do not include sensitive information in the name. The name - is publicly available using DNS queries." + description: |- + The name that you want to assign to this namespace. + + + Do not include sensitive information in the name. The name is publicly available + using DNS queries. type: string properties: description: Properties for the public DNS namespace. @@ -98,10 +107,10 @@ spec: be created. type: string tags: - description: The tags to add to the namespace. Each tag consists - of a key and an optional value that you define. Tags keys can - be up to 128 characters in length, and tag values can be up - to 256 characters in length. + description: |- + The tags to add to the namespace. Each tag consists of a key and an optional + value that you define. Tags keys can be up to 128 characters in length, and + tag values can be up to 256 characters in length. items: properties: key: @@ -117,19 +126,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -142,9 +153,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -154,21 +166,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -178,17 +190,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -198,21 +212,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -227,21 +241,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -252,14 +267,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -282,9 +298,9 @@ spec: of PublicDNSNamespace properties: operationID: - description: A value that you can use to determine whether the - request completed successfully. To get the status of the operation, - see GetOperation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloud-map/latest/api/API_GetOperation.html). + description: |- + A value that you can use to determine whether the request completed successfully. + To get the status of the operation, see GetOperation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloud-map/latest/api/API_GetOperation.html). type: string type: object conditions: @@ -293,14 +309,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -310,8 +335,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -323,6 +349,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_services.yaml b/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_services.yaml index a68f133886..3fdff4bbdb 100644 --- a/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_services.yaml +++ b/package/crds/servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io_services.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: services.servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: servicediscovery.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Service is the Schema for the Services API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,18 +74,18 @@ spec: description: ServiceParameters defines the desired state of Service properties: creatorRequestID: - description: A unique string that identifies the request and that - allows failed CreateService requests to be retried without the - risk of running the operation twice. CreatorRequestId can be - any unique string (for example, a date/timestamp). + description: |- + A unique string that identifies the request and that allows failed CreateService + requests to be retried without the risk of running the operation twice. CreatorRequestId + can be any unique string (for example, a date/timestamp). type: string description: description: A description for the service. type: string dnsConfig: - description: A complex type that contains information about the - Amazon Route 53 records that you want Cloud Map to create when - you register an instance. + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about the Amazon Route 53 records + that you want Cloud Map to create when you register an instance. properties: dnsRecords: items: @@ -97,14 +103,19 @@ spec: type: string type: object healthCheckConfig: - description: "Public DNS and HTTP namespaces only. A complex type - that contains settings for an optional Route 53 health check. - If you specify settings for a health check, Cloud Map associates - the health check with all the Route 53 DNS records that you - specify in DnsConfig. \n If you specify a health check configuration, - you can specify either HealthCheckCustomConfig or HealthCheckConfig - but not both. \n For information about the charges for health - checks, see Cloud Map Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/cloud-map/pricing/)." + description: |- + Public DNS and HTTP namespaces only. A complex type that contains settings + for an optional Route 53 health check. If you specify settings for a health + check, Cloud Map associates the health check with all the Route 53 DNS records + that you specify in DnsConfig. + + + If you specify a health check configuration, you can specify either HealthCheckCustomConfig + or HealthCheckConfig but not both. + + + For information about the charges for health checks, see Cloud Map Pricing + (http://aws.amazon.com/cloud-map/pricing/). properties: failureThreshold: format: int64 @@ -115,40 +126,61 @@ spec: type: string type: object healthCheckCustomConfig: - description: "A complex type that contains information about an - optional custom health check. \n If you specify a health check - configuration, you can specify either HealthCheckCustomConfig - or HealthCheckConfig but not both. \n You can't add, update, - or delete a HealthCheckCustomConfig configuration from an existing - service." + description: |- + A complex type that contains information about an optional custom health + check. + + + If you specify a health check configuration, you can specify either HealthCheckCustomConfig + or HealthCheckConfig but not both. + + + You can't add, update, or delete a HealthCheckCustomConfig configuration + from an existing service. properties: failureThreshold: format: int64 type: integer type: object name: - description: "The name that you want to assign to the service. - \n Do not include sensitive information in the name if the namespace - is discoverable by public DNS queries. \n If you want Cloud - Map to create an SRV record when you register an instance and - you're using a system that requires a specific SRV format, such - as HAProxy (http://www.haproxy.org/), specify the following - for Name: \n * Start the name with an underscore (_), such as - _exampleservice. \n * End the name with ._protocol, such as - ._tcp. \n When you register an instance, Cloud Map creates an - SRV record and assigns a name to the record by concatenating - the service name and the namespace name (for example, \n _exampleservice._tcp.example.com). - \n For services that are accessible by DNS queries, you can't - create multiple services with names that differ only by case - (such as EXAMPLE and example). Otherwise, these services have - the same DNS name and can't be distinguished. However, if you - use a namespace that's only accessible by API calls, then you - can create services that with names that differ only by case." + description: |- + The name that you want to assign to the service. + + + Do not include sensitive information in the name if the namespace is discoverable + by public DNS queries. + + + If you want Cloud Map to create an SRV record when you register an instance + and you're using a system that requires a specific SRV format, such as HAProxy + (http://www.haproxy.org/), specify the following for Name: + + + * Start the name with an underscore (_), such as _exampleservice. + + + * End the name with ._protocol, such as ._tcp. + + + When you register an instance, Cloud Map creates an SRV record and assigns + a name to the record by concatenating the service name and the namespace + name (for example, + + + _exampleservice._tcp.example.com). + + + For services that are accessible by DNS queries, you can't create multiple + services with names that differ only by case (such as EXAMPLE and example). + Otherwise, these services have the same DNS name and can't be distinguished. + However, if you use a namespace that's only accessible by API calls, then + you can create services that with names that differ only by case. type: string namespaceID: - description: The ID of the namespace that you want to use to create - the service. The namespace ID must be specified, but it can - be specified either here or in the DnsConfig object. + description: |- + The ID of the namespace that you want to use to create the service. The namespace + ID must be specified, but it can be specified either here or in the DnsConfig + object. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Service will be created. @@ -156,8 +188,9 @@ spec: serviceName: type: string serviceNameRef: - description: ServiceNameRef is a reference to a service used to - set the ServiceName. + description: |- + ServiceNameRef is a reference to a service used to set + the ServiceName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -167,21 +200,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -191,12 +224,14 @@ spec: - name type: object serviceNameSelector: - description: ServiceNameSelector selects references to service - used to set the ServiceName. + description: |- + ServiceNameSelector selects references to service used + to set the ServiceName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -209,21 +244,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -231,10 +266,10 @@ spec: type: object type: object tags: - description: The tags to add to the service. Each tag consists - of a key and an optional value that you define. Tags keys can - be up to 128 characters in length, and tag values can be up - to 256 characters in length. + description: |- + The tags to add to the service. Each tag consists of a key and an optional + value that you define. Tags keys can be up to 128 characters in length, and + tag values can be up to 256 characters in length. items: properties: key: @@ -244,10 +279,10 @@ spec: type: object type: array type_: - description: If present, specifies that the service instances - are only discoverable using the DiscoverInstances API operation. - No DNS records is registered for the service instances. The - only valid value is HTTP. + description: |- + If present, specifies that the service instances are only discoverable using + the DiscoverInstances API operation. No DNS records is registered for the + service instances. The only valid value is HTTP. type: string required: - name @@ -256,19 +291,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -281,9 +318,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -293,21 +331,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -317,17 +355,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -337,21 +377,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -366,21 +406,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -391,14 +432,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -420,15 +462,16 @@ spec: description: ServiceObservation defines the observed state of Service properties: arn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that Cloud Map assigns - to the service when you create it. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that Cloud Map assigns to the service when + you create it. type: string createDate: - description: The date and time that the service was created, in - Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value - of CreateDate is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the - value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 - AM. + description: |- + The date and time that the service was created, in Unix format and Coordinated + Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreateDate is accurate to milliseconds. + For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018 + 12:11:30.087 AM. format: date-time type: string id: @@ -436,11 +479,11 @@ spec: you created it. type: string instanceCount: - description: The number of instances that are currently associated - with the service. Instances that were previously associated - with the service but that are deleted aren't included in the - count. The count might not reflect pending registrations and - deregistrations. + description: |- + The number of instances that are currently associated with the service. Instances + that were previously associated with the service but that are deleted aren't + included in the count. The count might not reflect pending registrations + and deregistrations. format: int64 type: integer type: object @@ -450,14 +493,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -467,8 +519,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -480,6 +533,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_configurationsets.yaml b/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_configurationsets.yaml index 362c9bf649..ad27c0cc60 100644 --- a/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_configurationsets.yaml +++ b/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_configurationsets.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: configurationsets.sesv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: sesv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: ConfigurationSet is the Schema for the ConfigurationSets API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,20 +75,19 @@ spec: of ConfigurationSet properties: deliveryOptions: - description: An object that defines the dedicated IP pool that - is used to send emails that you send using the configuration - set. + description: |- + An object that defines the dedicated IP pool that is used to send emails + that you send using the configuration set. properties: sendingPoolName: description: The name of a dedicated IP pool. type: string tlsPolicy: - description: Specifies whether messages that use the configuration - set are required to use Transport Layer Security (TLS). - If the value is Require, messages are only delivered if - a TLS connection can be established. If the value is Optional, - messages can be delivered in plain text if a TLS connection - can't be established. + description: |- + Specifies whether messages that use the configuration set are required to + use Transport Layer Security (TLS). If the value is Require, messages are + only delivered if a TLS connection can be established. If the value is Optional, + messages can be delivered in plain text if a TLS connection can't be established. type: string type: object region: @@ -90,16 +95,17 @@ spec: be created. type: string reputationOptions: - description: An object that defines whether or not Amazon SES - collects reputation metrics for the emails that you send that - use the configuration set. + description: |- + An object that defines whether or not Amazon SES collects reputation metrics + for the emails that you send that use the configuration set. properties: reputationMetricsEnabled: type: boolean type: object sendingOptions: - description: An object that defines whether or not Amazon SES - can send email that you send using the configuration set. + description: |- + An object that defines whether or not Amazon SES can send email that you + send using the configuration set. properties: sendingEnabled: type: boolean @@ -112,8 +118,9 @@ spec: type: array type: object tags: - description: An array of objects that define the tags (keys and - values) to associate with the configuration set. + description: |- + An array of objects that define the tags (keys and values) to associate with + the configuration set. items: properties: key: @@ -123,8 +130,9 @@ spec: type: object type: array trackingOptions: - description: An object that defines the open and click tracking - options for emails that you send using the configuration set. + description: |- + An object that defines the open and click tracking options for emails that + you send using the configuration set. properties: customRedirectDomain: description: The domain to use for tracking open and click @@ -132,19 +140,22 @@ spec: type: string type: object vdmOptions: - description: An object that defines the VDM options for emails - that you send using the configuration set. + description: |- + An object that defines the VDM options for emails that you send using the + configuration set. properties: dashboardOptions: - description: An object containing additional settings for - your VDM configuration as applicable to the Dashboard. + description: |- + An object containing additional settings for your VDM configuration as applicable + to the Dashboard. properties: engagementMetrics: type: string type: object guardianOptions: - description: An object containing additional settings for - your VDM configuration as applicable to the Guardian. + description: |- + An object containing additional settings for your VDM configuration as applicable + to the Guardian. properties: optimizedSharedDelivery: type: string @@ -156,19 +167,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -181,9 +194,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -193,21 +207,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -217,17 +231,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -237,21 +253,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -266,21 +282,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -291,14 +308,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -326,14 +344,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -343,8 +370,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -356,6 +384,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_emailidentities.yaml b/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_emailidentities.yaml index 399e45644c..a405038174 100644 --- a/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_emailidentities.yaml +++ b/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_emailidentities.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: emailidentities.sesv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: sesv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: EmailIdentity is the Schema for the EmailIdentities API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -69,13 +75,15 @@ spec: EmailIdentity properties: configurationSetName: - description: The configuration set to use by default when sending - from this identity. Note that any configuration set defined - in the email sending request takes precedence. + description: |- + The configuration set to use by default when sending from this identity. + Note that any configuration set defined in the email sending request takes + precedence. type: string configurationSetNameRef: - description: ConfigurationSetNameRef is a reference to an API - used to set the ConfigurationSetName. + description: |- + ConfigurationSetNameRef is a reference to an API used to set + the ConfigurationSetName. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -85,21 +93,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -109,12 +117,14 @@ spec: - name type: object configurationSetNameSelector: - description: ConfigurationSetNameSelector selects references to - API used to set the ConfigurationSetName. + description: |- + ConfigurationSetNameSelector selects references to API used + to set the ConfigurationSetName. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -127,21 +137,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -149,12 +159,14 @@ spec: type: object type: object dkimSigningAttributes: - description: "If your request includes this object, Amazon SES - configures the identity to use Bring Your Own DKIM (BYODKIM) - for DKIM authentication purposes, or, configures the key length - to be used for Easy DKIM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/easy-dkim.html). - \n You can only specify this object if the email identity is - a domain, as opposed to an address." + description: |- + If your request includes this object, Amazon SES configures the identity + to use Bring Your Own DKIM (BYODKIM) for DKIM authentication purposes, or, + configures the key length to be used for Easy DKIM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/easy-dkim.html). + + + You can only specify this object if the email identity is a domain, as opposed + to an address. properties: domainSigningSelector: type: string @@ -162,9 +174,9 @@ spec: type: string type: object domainSigningPrivateKeySecretRef: - description: 'DomainSigningPrivateKeySecretRef references the - secret that contains the private key of the DKIM Authentication - Token Constraints: Base64 encoded format' + description: |- + DomainSigningPrivateKeySecretRef references the secret that contains the private key of the DKIM Authentication Token + Constraints: Base64 encoded format properties: key: description: The key to select. @@ -188,27 +200,38 @@ spec: attributes for the email identity. properties: behaviorOnMxFailure: - description: "The action to take if the required MX record - can't be found when you send an email. When you set this - value to UseDefaultValue, the mail is sent using amazonses.com - as the MAIL FROM domain. When you set this value to RejectMessage, - the Amazon SES API v2 returns a MailFromDomainNotVerified - error, and doesn't attempt to deliver the email. \n These - behaviors are taken when the custom MAIL FROM domain configuration - is in the Pending, Failed, and TemporaryFailure states." + description: |- + The action to take if the required MX record can't be found when you send + an email. When you set this value to UseDefaultValue, the mail is sent using + amazonses.com as the MAIL FROM domain. When you set this value to RejectMessage, + the Amazon SES API v2 returns a MailFromDomainNotVerified error, and doesn't + attempt to deliver the email. + + + These behaviors are taken when the custom MAIL FROM domain configuration + is in the Pending, Failed, and TemporaryFailure states. type: string mailFromDomain: description: The domain to use as a MAIL FROM domain. type: string mailFromDomainStatus: - description: "The status of the MAIL FROM domain. This status - can have the following values: \n * PENDING – Amazon SES - hasn't started searching for the MX record yet. \n * SUCCESS - – Amazon SES detected the required MX record for the MAIL - FROM domain. \n * FAILED – Amazon SES can't find the required - MX record, or the record no longer exists. \n * TEMPORARY_FAILURE - – A temporary issue occurred, which prevented Amazon SES - from determining the status of the MAIL FROM domain." + description: |- + The status of the MAIL FROM domain. This status can have the following values: + + + * PENDING – Amazon SES hasn't started searching for the MX record yet. + + + * SUCCESS – Amazon SES detected the required MX record for the MAIL + FROM domain. + + + * FAILED – Amazon SES can't find the required MX record, or the record + no longer exists. + + + * TEMPORARY_FAILURE – A temporary issue occurred, which prevented Amazon + SES from determining the status of the MAIL FROM domain. type: string type: object region: @@ -216,8 +239,9 @@ spec: created. type: string tags: - description: An array of objects that define the tags (keys and - values) to associate with the email identity. + description: |- + An array of objects that define the tags (keys and values) to associate with + the email identity. items: properties: key: @@ -233,19 +257,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -258,9 +284,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -270,21 +297,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -294,17 +321,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -314,21 +343,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -343,21 +372,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -368,14 +398,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -413,18 +444,29 @@ spec: signingEnabled: type: boolean status: - description: "The DKIM authentication status of the identity. - The status can be one of the following: \n * PENDING – The - verification process was initiated, but Amazon SES hasn't - yet detected the DKIM records in the DNS configuration for - the domain. \n * SUCCESS – The verification process completed - successfully. \n * FAILED – The verification process failed. - This typically occurs when Amazon SES fails to find the - DKIM records in the DNS configuration of the domain. \n - * TEMPORARY_FAILURE – A temporary issue is preventing Amazon - SES from determining the DKIM authentication status of the - domain. \n * NOT_STARTED – The DKIM verification process - hasn't been initiated for the domain." + description: |- + The DKIM authentication status of the identity. The status can be one of + the following: + + + * PENDING – The verification process was initiated, but Amazon SES hasn't + yet detected the DKIM records in the DNS configuration for the domain. + + + * SUCCESS – The verification process completed successfully. + + + * FAILED – The verification process failed. This typically occurs when + Amazon SES fails to find the DKIM records in the DNS configuration of + the domain. + + + * TEMPORARY_FAILURE – A temporary issue is preventing Amazon SES from + determining the DKIM authentication status of the domain. + + + * NOT_STARTED – The DKIM verification process hasn't been initiated + for the domain. type: string tokens: items: @@ -436,10 +478,10 @@ spec: identity type is not supported.' type: string verifiedForSendingStatus: - description: Specifies whether or not the identity is verified. - You can only send email from verified email addresses or domains. - For more information about verifying identities, see the Amazon - Pinpoint User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/pinpoint/latest/userguide/channels-email-manage-verify.html). + description: |- + Specifies whether or not the identity is verified. You can only send email + from verified email addresses or domains. For more information about verifying + identities, see the Amazon Pinpoint User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/pinpoint/latest/userguide/channels-email-manage-verify.html). type: boolean type: object conditions: @@ -448,14 +490,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -465,8 +516,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -478,6 +530,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_emailtemplates.yaml b/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_emailtemplates.yaml index 67937eaf28..19f47e4499 100644 --- a/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_emailtemplates.yaml +++ b/package/crds/sesv2.aws.crossplane.io_emailtemplates.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: emailtemplates.sesv2.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: sesv2.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: EmailTemplate is the Schema for the EmailTemplates API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -73,8 +79,9 @@ spec: created. type: string templateContent: - description: The content of the email template, composed of a - subject line, an HTML part, and a text-only part. + description: |- + The content of the email template, composed of a subject line, an HTML part, + and a text-only part. properties: html: description: The HTML body of the email. @@ -83,8 +90,9 @@ spec: description: The subject line of the email. type: string text: - description: The email body that will be visible to recipients - whose email clients do not display HTML. + description: |- + The email body that will be visible to recipients whose email clients do + not display HTML. type: string type: object required: @@ -94,19 +102,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -119,9 +129,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -131,21 +142,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -155,17 +166,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -175,21 +188,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -204,21 +217,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -229,14 +243,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -264,14 +279,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -281,8 +305,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -294,6 +319,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/sfn.aws.crossplane.io_activities.yaml b/package/crds/sfn.aws.crossplane.io_activities.yaml index fd515f81d5..c939e869de 100644 --- a/package/crds/sfn.aws.crossplane.io_activities.yaml +++ b/package/crds/sfn.aws.crossplane.io_activities.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: activities.sfn.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: sfn.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Activity is the Schema for the Activities API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,28 +74,50 @@ spec: description: ActivityParameters defines the desired state of Activity properties: name: - description: "The name of the activity to create. This name must - be unique for your Amazon Web Services account and region for - 90 days. For more information, see Limits Related to State Machine - Executions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/step-functions/latest/dg/limits.html#service-limits-state-machine-executions) - in the Step Functions Developer Guide. \n A name must not contain: - \n * white space \n * brackets < > { } [ ] \n * wildcard characters - ? * \n * special characters \" # % \\ ^ | ~ ` $ & , ; : / \n - * control characters (U+0000-001F, U+007F-009F) \n To enable - logging with CloudWatch Logs, the name should only contain 0-9, - A-Z, a-z, - and _." + description: |- + The name of the activity to create. This name must be unique for your Amazon + Web Services account and region for 90 days. For more information, see Limits + Related to State Machine Executions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/step-functions/latest/dg/limits.html#service-limits-state-machine-executions) + in the Step Functions Developer Guide. + + + A name must not contain: + + + * white space + + + * brackets < > { } [ ] + + + * wildcard characters ? * + + + * special characters " # % \ ^ | ~ ` $ & , ; : / + + + * control characters (U+0000-001F, U+007F-009F) + + + To enable logging with CloudWatch Logs, the name should only contain 0-9, + A-Z, a-z, - and _. type: string region: description: Region is which region the Activity will be created. type: string tags: - description: "The list of tags to add to a resource. \n An array - of key-value pairs. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation + description: |- + The list of tags to add to a resource. + + + An array of key-value pairs. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) - in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User - Guide, and Controlling Access Using IAM Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_iam-tags.html). - \n Tags may only contain Unicode letters, digits, white space, - or these symbols: _ . : / = + - @." + in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide, and Controlling + Access Using IAM Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_iam-tags.html). + + + Tags may only contain Unicode letters, digits, white space, or these symbols: + _ . : / = + - @. items: properties: key: @@ -105,19 +133,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -130,9 +160,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -142,21 +173,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -166,17 +197,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -186,21 +219,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -215,21 +248,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -240,14 +274,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -283,14 +318,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -300,8 +344,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -313,6 +358,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/sfn.aws.crossplane.io_statemachines.yaml b/package/crds/sfn.aws.crossplane.io_statemachines.yaml index 7ad475c379..5df4f8b112 100644 --- a/package/crds/sfn.aws.crossplane.io_statemachines.yaml +++ b/package/crds/sfn.aws.crossplane.io_statemachines.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: statemachines.sfn.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: sfn.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: StateMachine is the Schema for the StateMachines API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,14 +74,18 @@ spec: description: StateMachineParameters defines the desired state of StateMachine properties: definition: - description: The Amazon States Language definition of the state - machine. See Amazon States Language (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/step-functions/latest/dg/concepts-amazon-states-language.html). + description: |- + The Amazon States Language definition of the state machine. See Amazon States + Language (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/step-functions/latest/dg/concepts-amazon-states-language.html). type: string loggingConfiguration: - description: "Defines what execution history events are logged - and where they are logged. \n By default, the level is set to - OFF. For more information see Log Levels (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/step-functions/latest/dg/cloudwatch-log-level.html) - in the Step Functions User Guide." + description: |- + Defines what execution history events are logged and where they are logged. + + + By default, the level is set to OFF. For more information see Log Levels + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/step-functions/latest/dg/cloudwatch-log-level.html) + in the Step Functions User Guide. properties: destinations: items: @@ -93,26 +103,47 @@ spec: type: string type: object name: - description: "The name of the state machine. \n A name must not - contain: \n * white space \n * brackets < > { } [ ] \n * wildcard - characters ? * \n * special characters \" # % \\ ^ | ~ ` $ & - , ; : / \n * control characters (U+0000-001F, U+007F-009F) \n - To enable logging with CloudWatch Logs, the name should only - contain 0-9, A-Z, a-z, - and _." + description: |- + The name of the state machine. + + + A name must not contain: + + + * white space + + + * brackets < > { } [ ] + + + * wildcard characters ? * + + + * special characters " # % \ ^ | ~ ` $ & , ; : / + + + * control characters (U+0000-001F, U+007F-009F) + + + To enable logging with CloudWatch Logs, the name should only contain 0-9, + A-Z, a-z, - and _. type: string publish: - description: Set to true to publish the first version of the state - machine during creation. The default is false. + description: |- + Set to true to publish the first version of the state machine during creation. + The default is false. type: boolean region: description: Region is which region the StateMachine will be created. type: string roleArn: - description: RoleARN is the ARN for the IAMRole. It has to be - given directly or resolved using RoleARNRef or RoleARNSelector. + description: |- + RoleARN is the ARN for the IAMRole. + It has to be given directly or resolved using RoleARNRef or RoleARNSelector. type: string roleArnRef: - description: RoleARNRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set + description: |- + RoleARNRef is a reference to an IAMRole used to set the RoleARN. properties: name: @@ -123,21 +154,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -147,12 +178,14 @@ spec: - name type: object roleArnSelector: - description: RoleARNSelector selects references to IAMRole used + description: |- + RoleARNSelector selects references to IAMRole used to set the RoleARN. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -165,21 +198,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -187,13 +220,18 @@ spec: type: object type: object tags: - description: "Tags to be added when creating a state machine. - \n An array of key-value pairs. For more information, see Using - Cost Allocation Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) - in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User - Guide, and Controlling Access Using IAM Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_iam-tags.html). - \n Tags may only contain Unicode letters, digits, white space, - or these symbols: _ . : / = + - @." + description: |- + Tags to be added when creating a state machine. + + + An array of key-value pairs. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation + Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) + in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide, and Controlling + Access Using IAM Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_iam-tags.html). + + + Tags may only contain Unicode letters, digits, white space, or these symbols: + _ . : / = + - @. items: properties: key: @@ -209,19 +247,19 @@ spec: type: boolean type: object type: - description: 'Determines whether a Standard or Express state machine - is created. You cannot update the type of a state machine once - it has been created. The default is STANDARD. Possible values: - STANDARD, EXPRESS' + description: |- + Determines whether a Standard or Express state machine is created. + You cannot update the type of a state machine once it has been created. + The default is STANDARD. Possible values: STANDARD, EXPRESS enum: - STANDARD - EXPRESS type: string versionDescription: - description: Sets description about the state machine version. - You can only set the description if the publish parameter is - set to true. Otherwise, if you set versionDescription, but publish - to false, this API action throws ValidationException. + description: |- + Sets description about the state machine version. You can only set the description + if the publish parameter is set to true. Otherwise, if you set versionDescription, + but publish to false, this API action throws ValidationException. type: string required: - definition @@ -231,19 +269,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -256,9 +296,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -268,21 +309,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -292,17 +333,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -312,21 +355,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -341,21 +384,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -366,14 +410,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -404,9 +449,10 @@ spec: created state machine. type: string stateMachineVersionARN: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the - created state machine version. If you do not set the publish - parameter to true, this field returns null value. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the created state machine + version. If you do not set the publish parameter to true, this field returns + null value. type: string type: object conditions: @@ -415,14 +461,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -432,8 +487,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -445,6 +501,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/sns.aws.crossplane.io_subscriptions.yaml b/package/crds/sns.aws.crossplane.io_subscriptions.yaml index cf7ff9f8d5..6939302a2e 100644 --- a/package/crds/sns.aws.crossplane.io_subscriptions.yaml +++ b/package/crds/sns.aws.crossplane.io_subscriptions.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: subscriptions.sns.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: sns.aws.crossplane.io @@ -40,18 +40,24 @@ spec: name: v1beta1 schema: openAPIV3Schema: - description: Subscription defines a managed resource that represents state - of a AWS SNS Subscription + description: |- + Subscription defines a managed resource that represents state of + a AWS SNS Subscription properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -60,13 +66,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -76,36 +83,40 @@ spec: AWS SNS Topic properties: deliveryPolicy: - description: DeliveryPolicy defines how Amazon SNS retries failed - deliveries to HTTP/S endpoints. + description: |2- + DeliveryPolicy defines how Amazon SNS retries failed + deliveries to HTTP/S endpoints. type: string endpoint: description: The subscription's endpoint type: string filterPolicy: - description: The simple JSON object that lets your subscriber - receive only a subset of messages, rather than receiving every - message published to the topic. + description: |2- + The simple JSON object that lets your subscriber receive + only a subset of messages, rather than receiving every message published + to the topic. type: string filterPolicyScope: - description: FilterPolicyScope can be MessageAttributes or MessageBody + description: ' FilterPolicyScope can be MessageAttributes or MessageBody' type: string protocol: description: The subscription's protocol. type: string rawMessageDelivery: - description: When set to true, enables raw message delivery to - Amazon SQS or HTTP/S endpoints. This eliminates the need for - the endpoints to process JSON formatting, which is otherwise - created for Amazon SNS metadata. + description: |2- + When set to true, enables raw message delivery + to Amazon SQS or HTTP/S endpoints. This eliminates the need for the endpoints + to process JSON formatting, which is otherwise created for Amazon SNS + metadata. type: string redrivePolicy: - description: When specified, sends undeliverable messages to the - specified Amazon SQS dead-letter queue. Messages that can't - be delivered due to client errors (for example, when the subscribed - endpoint is unreachable) or server errors (for example, when - the service that powers the subscribed endpoint becomes unavailable) - are held in the dead-letter queue for further analysis or reprocessing. + description: |2- + When specified, sends undeliverable messages to the + specified Amazon SQS dead-letter queue. Messages that can't be delivered + due to client errors (for example, when the subscribed endpoint is unreachable) + or server errors (for example, when the service that powers the subscribed + endpoint becomes unavailable) are held in the dead-letter queue for further + analysis or reprocessing. type: string region: description: Region is the region you'd like your Subscription @@ -126,21 +137,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -150,12 +161,14 @@ spec: - name type: object topicArnSelector: - description: TopicArnSelector selects a reference to a SNS Topic - and retrieves its TopicArn + description: |- + TopicArnSelector selects a reference to a SNS Topic and retrieves + its TopicArn properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -168,21 +181,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -197,19 +210,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -222,9 +237,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -234,21 +250,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -258,17 +274,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -278,21 +296,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -307,21 +325,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -332,14 +351,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -362,8 +382,9 @@ spec: of a AWS SNS Topic properties: confirmationWasAuthenticated: - description: ConfirmationWasAuthenticated – true if the subscription - confirmation request was authenticated. + description: |- + ConfirmationWasAuthenticated – true if the subscription confirmation + request was authenticated. type: boolean owner: description: The subscription's owner. @@ -378,14 +399,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -395,8 +425,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -408,6 +439,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/sns.aws.crossplane.io_topics.yaml b/package/crds/sns.aws.crossplane.io_topics.yaml index d9a1333a42..34a44f9ed0 100644 --- a/package/crds/sns.aws.crossplane.io_topics.yaml +++ b/package/crds/sns.aws.crossplane.io_topics.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: topics.sns.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: sns.aws.crossplane.io @@ -41,14 +41,19 @@ spec: Topic properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -57,13 +62,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -73,8 +79,9 @@ spec: Topic properties: deliveryPolicy: - description: DeliveryRetryPolicy - the JSON serialization of the - effective delivery policy, taking system defaults into account + description: |- + DeliveryRetryPolicy - the JSON serialization of the effective + delivery policy, taking system defaults into account type: string displayName: description: The display name to use for a topic with SNS subscriptions. @@ -83,52 +90,56 @@ spec: description: Whether or not this should be a fifo-topic type: boolean kmsMasterKeyId: - description: "Setting this enables server side encryption at-rest - to your topic. The ID of an AWS-managed customer master key - (CMK) for Amazon SNS or a custom CMK \n For more examples, see - KeyId (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters) - in the AWS Key Management Service API Reference." + description: |- + Setting this enables server side encryption at-rest to your topic. + The ID of an AWS-managed customer master key (CMK) for Amazon SNS or a custom CMK + + + For more examples, see KeyId (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters) + in the AWS Key Management Service API Reference. type: string name: description: Name refers to the name of the AWS SNS Topic type: string policy: - description: The policy that defines who can access your topic. - By default, only the topic owner can publish or subscribe to - the topic. + description: |- + The policy that defines who can access your topic. By default, + only the topic owner can publish or subscribe to the topic. type: string region: description: Region is the region you'd like your Topic to be created in. type: string tags: - description: Tags represetnt a list of user-provided metadata - that can be associated with a SNS Topic. For more information - about tagging, see Tagging SNS Topics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-tags.html) + description: |- + Tags represetnt a list of user-provided metadata that can be associated with a + SNS Topic. For more information about tagging, + see Tagging SNS Topics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-tags.html) in the SNS User Guide. items: - description: Tag represent a user-provided metadata that can - be associated with a SNS Topic. For more information about - tagging, see Tagging SNS Topics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-tags.html) + description: |- + Tag represent a user-provided metadata that can be associated with a + SNS Topic. For more information about tagging, + see Tagging SNS Topics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-tags.html) in the SNS User Guide. properties: key: - description: The key name that can be used to look up or - retrieve the associated value. For example, Department - or Cost Center are common choices. + description: |- + The key name that can be used to look up or retrieve the associated value. + For example, Department or Cost Center are common choices. type: string value: - description: "The value associated with this tag. For example, - tags with a key name of Department could have values such - as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. Tags with - a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist - of the number associated with the different cost centers - in your company. Typically, many resources have tags with - the same key name but with different values. \n AWS always - interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need - to store an array, you can store comma-separated values - in the string. However, you must interpret the value in - your code." + description: |- + The value associated with this tag. For example, tags with a key name of + Department could have values such as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. + Tags with a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist of the + number associated with the different cost centers in your company. Typically, + many resources have tags with the same key name but with different values. + + + AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store + an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you + must interpret the value in your code. type: string required: - key @@ -141,19 +152,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -166,9 +179,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -178,21 +192,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -202,17 +216,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -222,21 +238,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -251,21 +267,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -276,14 +293,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -333,14 +351,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -350,8 +377,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -363,6 +391,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/sqs.aws.crossplane.io_queues.yaml b/package/crds/sqs.aws.crossplane.io_queues.yaml index 1d0b7d17af..f88347df53 100644 --- a/package/crds/sqs.aws.crossplane.io_queues.yaml +++ b/package/crds/sqs.aws.crossplane.io_queues.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: queues.sqs.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: sqs.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: A Queue is a managed resource that represents a AWS Simple Queue properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,66 +74,65 @@ spec: description: QueueParameters define the desired state of an AWS Queue properties: contentBasedDeduplication: - description: 'ContentBasedDeduplication - Enables content-based - deduplication. Valid values: true, false. For more information, - see Exactly-Once Processing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html#FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing) - in the Amazon Simple Queue Service Developer Guide. Every message - must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId, You may provide a - MessageDeduplicationId explicitly. If you aren''t able to provide - a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable ContentBasedDeduplication - for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a SHA-256 hash to generate the - MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not - the attributes of the message). If you don''t provide a MessageDeduplicationId - and the queue doesn''t have ContentBasedDeduplication set, the - action fails with an error. If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication - set, your MessageDeduplicationId overrides the generated one. - When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical - content sent within the deduplication interval are treated as - duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered. If - you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled - and then another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that - is the same as the one generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId, - the two messages are treated as duplicates and only one copy - of the message is delivered.' + description: |- + ContentBasedDeduplication - Enables content-based deduplication. Valid + values: true, false. For more information, see Exactly-Once Processing + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html#FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing) + in the Amazon Simple Queue Service Developer Guide. Every message must + have a unique MessageDeduplicationId, You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId + explicitly. If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and + you enable ContentBasedDeduplication for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a + SHA-256 hash to generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of + the message (but not the attributes of the message). If you don't provide + a MessageDeduplicationId and the queue doesn't have ContentBasedDeduplication + set, the action fails with an error. If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication + set, your MessageDeduplicationId overrides the generated one. When ContentBasedDeduplication + is in effect, messages with identical content sent within the deduplication + interval are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is + delivered. If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled + and then another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same + as the one generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId, the two messages + are treated as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered. type: boolean delaySeconds: - description: 'DelaySeconds - The length of time, in seconds, for - which the delivery of all messages in the queue is delayed. - Valid values: An integer from 0 to 900 (15 minutes). Default: - 0.' + description: |- + DelaySeconds - The length of time, in seconds, for which the delivery + of all messages in the queue is delayed. Valid values: An integer from + 0 to 900 (15 minutes). Default: 0. format: int64 type: integer fifoQueue: - description: 'FIFOQueue - Designates a queue as FIFO. Valid values: - true, false. If you don''t specify the FifoQueue attribute, - Amazon SQS creates a standard queue. You can provide this attribute - only during queue creation. You can''t change it for an existing - queue. When you set this attribute, you must also provide the - MessageGroupId for your messages explicitly. For more information, - see FIFO Queue Logic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html#FIFO-queues-understanding-logic) - in the Amazon Simple Queue Service Developer Guide.' + description: "FIFOQueue - Designates a queue as FIFO. Valid values: + true, false. If\n\tyou don't specify the FifoQueue attribute, + Amazon SQS creates a standard\n\tqueue. You can provide this + attribute only during queue creation. You\n\tcan't change it + for an existing queue. When you set this attribute, you\n\tmust + also provide the MessageGroupId for your messages explicitly. + For\n\tmore information, see FIFO Queue Logic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html#FIFO-queues-understanding-logic)\n\tin + the Amazon Simple Queue Service Developer Guide." type: boolean kmsDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds: - description: 'KMSDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds - The length of time, - in seconds, for which Amazon SQS can reuse a data key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#data-keys) - to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling AWS KMS again. - An integer representing seconds, between 60 seconds (1 minute) - and 86,400 seconds (24 hours). Default: 300 (5 minutes). A shorter - time period provides better security but results in more calls - to KMS which might incur charges after Free Tier. For more information, - see How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-how-does-the-data-key-reuse-period-work). - Applies only to server-side-encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html):' + description: |- + KMSDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds - The length of time, in seconds, for which + Amazon SQS can reuse a data key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#data-keys) + to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling AWS KMS again. An integer + representing seconds, between 60 seconds (1 minute) and 86,400 seconds + (24 hours). Default: 300 (5 minutes). A shorter time period provides better + security but results in more calls to KMS which might incur charges after + Free Tier. For more information, see How Does the Data Key Reuse Period + Work? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-how-does-the-data-key-reuse-period-work). + Applies only to server-side-encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html): format: int64 type: integer kmsMasterKeyId: - description: 'KMSMasterKeyID - The ID of an AWS-managed customer - master key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, - see Key Terms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-sse-key-terms). - While the alias of the AWS-managed CMK for Amazon SQS is always - alias/aws/sqs, the alias of a custom CMK can, for example, be - alias/MyAlias . For more examples, see KeyId (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters) - in the AWS Key Management Service API Reference. Applies only - to server-side-encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html):' + description: |- + KMSMasterKeyID - The ID of an AWS-managed customer master key (CMK) + for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-sse-key-terms). + While the alias of the AWS-managed CMK for Amazon SQS is always alias/aws/sqs, + the alias of a custom CMK can, for example, be alias/MyAlias . For more + examples, see KeyId (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters) + in the AWS Key Management Service API Reference. + Applies only to server-side-encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html): type: string kmsMasterKeyIdRef: description: A Reference to a named object. @@ -140,21 +145,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -167,8 +172,9 @@ spec: description: A Selector selects an object. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -181,21 +187,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -203,43 +209,44 @@ spec: type: object type: object maximumMessageSize: - description: 'MaximumMessageSize is the limit of how many bytes - a message can contain before Amazon SQS rejects it. Valid values: - An integer from 1,024 bytes (1 KiB) up to 262,144 bytes (256 - KiB). Default: 262,144 (256 KiB).' + description: |- + MaximumMessageSize is the limit of how many bytes a message can contain + before Amazon SQS rejects it. Valid values: An integer from 1,024 bytes + (1 KiB) up to 262,144 bytes (256 KiB). Default: 262,144 (256 KiB). format: int64 type: integer messageRetentionPeriod: - description: 'MessageRetentionPeriod - The length of time, in - seconds, for which Amazon SQS retains a message. Valid values: - An integer representing seconds, from 60 (1 minute) to 1,209,600 - (14 days). Default: 345,600 (4 days).' + description: |- + MessageRetentionPeriod - The length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon + SQS retains a message. Valid values: An integer representing seconds, + from 60 (1 minute) to 1,209,600 (14 days). Default: 345,600 (4 days). format: int64 type: integer policy: - description: The queue's policy. A valid AWS policy. For more - information about policy structure, see Overview of AWS IAM - Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PoliciesOverview.html) + description: |- + The queue's policy. A valid AWS policy. For more information + about policy structure, see Overview of AWS IAM Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PoliciesOverview.html) in the Amazon IAM User Guide. type: string receiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds: - description: 'ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds - The length of time, - in seconds, for which a ReceiveMessage action waits for a message - to arrive. Valid values: an integer from 0 to 20 (seconds). - Default: 0.' + description: |- + ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds - The length of time, in seconds, for + which a ReceiveMessage action waits for a message to arrive. Valid values: + an integer from 0 to 20 (seconds). Default: 0. format: int64 type: integer redrivePolicy: - description: RedrivePolicy includes the parameters for the dead-letter - queue functionality of the source queue. For more information - about the redrive policy and dead-letter queues, see Using Amazon - SQS Dead-Letter Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) + description: |- + RedrivePolicy includes the parameters for the dead-letter + queue functionality of the source queue. For more information about the + redrive policy and dead-letter queues, see Using Amazon SQS Dead-Letter + Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) in the Amazon Simple Queue Service Developer Guide properties: deadLetterTargetArn: - description: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dead-letter - queue to which Amazon SQS moves messages after the value - of maxReceiveCount is exceeded. + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dead-letter queue to which Amazon + SQS moves messages after the value of maxReceiveCount is exceeded. type: string deadLetterTargetArnRef: description: DeadLetterTargetARNRef reference a Queue to retrieve @@ -253,21 +260,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -281,9 +288,9 @@ spec: to a Queue to retrieve its ARN properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -296,21 +303,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -318,8 +325,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object maxReceiveCount: - description: The number of times a message is delivered to - the source queue before being moved to the dead-letter queue. + description: |- + The number of times a message is delivered to the source queue before + being moved to the dead-letter queue. format: int64 type: integer required: @@ -330,9 +338,9 @@ spec: created in. type: string sseEnabled: - description: Boolean to enable server-side encryption (SSE) of - message content with SQS-owned encryption keys. See Encryption - at rest. + description: |- + Boolean to enable server-side encryption (SSE) of + message content with SQS-owned encryption keys. See Encryption at rest. type: boolean tags: additionalProperties: @@ -341,11 +349,12 @@ spec: SQS queue. type: object visibilityTimeout: - description: 'VisibilityTimeout - The visibility timeout for the - queue, in seconds. Valid values: an integer from 0 to 43,200 - (12 hours). Default: 30. For more information about the visibility - timeout, see Visibility Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html) - in the Amazon Simple Queue Service Developer Guide.' + description: |- + VisibilityTimeout - The visibility timeout for the queue, in seconds. + Valid values: an integer from 0 to 43,200 (12 hours). Default: 30. For + more information about the visibility timeout, see Visibility Timeout + (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html) + in the Amazon Simple Queue Service Developer Guide. format: int64 type: integer required: @@ -354,19 +363,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -379,9 +390,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -391,21 +403,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -415,17 +427,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -435,21 +449,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -464,21 +478,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -489,14 +504,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -519,24 +535,25 @@ spec: state that is observed properties: approximateNumberOfMessages: - description: ApproximateNumberOfMessages - The approximate number - of messages available for retrieval from the queue. + description: |- + ApproximateNumberOfMessages - The approximate number of messages + available for retrieval from the queue. format: int64 type: integer approximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed: - description: ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed - The approximate - number of messages in the queue that are delayed and not available - for reading immediately. This can happen when the queue is configured - as a delay queue or when a message has been sent with a delay - parameter. + description: |- + ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed - The approximate number + of messages in the queue that are delayed and not available for reading + immediately. This can happen when the queue is configured as a delay queue + or when a message has been sent with a delay parameter. format: int64 type: integer approximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible: - description: ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible - The approximate - number of messages that are in flight. Messages are considered - to be in flight if they have been sent to a client but have - not yet been deleted or have not yet reached the end of their - visibility window. + description: |- + ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible - The approximate number + of messages that are in flight. Messages are considered to be in flight + if they have been sent to a client but have not yet been deleted or have + not yet reached the end of their visibility window. format: int64 type: integer arn: @@ -561,14 +578,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -578,8 +604,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -591,6 +618,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/transfer.aws.crossplane.io_servers.yaml b/package/crds/transfer.aws.crossplane.io_servers.yaml index f95cf36b03..c85646d477 100644 --- a/package/crds/transfer.aws.crossplane.io_servers.yaml +++ b/package/crds/transfer.aws.crossplane.io_servers.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: servers.transfer.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: transfer.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: Server is the Schema for the Servers API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,23 +74,46 @@ spec: description: ServerParameters defines the desired state of Server properties: certificate: - description: "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Certificate - Manager (ACM) certificate. Required when Protocols is set to - FTPS. \n To request a new public certificate, see Request a - public certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-request-public.html) - in the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. \n To import an existing - certificate into ACM, see Importing certificates into ACM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/import-certificate.html) - in the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. \n To request a private - certificate to use FTPS through private IP addresses, see Request - a private certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-request-private.html) - in the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. \n Certificates with - the following cryptographic algorithms and key sizes are supported: - \n * 2048-bit RSA (RSA_2048) \n * 4096-bit RSA (RSA_4096) \n - * Elliptic Prime Curve 256 bit (EC_prime256v1) \n * Elliptic - Prime Curve 384 bit (EC_secp384r1) \n * Elliptic Prime Curve - 521 bit (EC_secp521r1) \n The certificate must be a valid SSL/TLS - X.509 version 3 certificate with FQDN or IP address specified - and information about the issuer." + description: |- + The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate. + Required when Protocols is set to FTPS. + + + To request a new public certificate, see Request a public certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-request-public.html) + in the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. + + + To import an existing certificate into ACM, see Importing certificates into + ACM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/import-certificate.html) + in the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. + + + To request a private certificate to use FTPS through private IP addresses, + see Request a private certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-request-private.html) + in the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. + + + Certificates with the following cryptographic algorithms and key sizes are + supported: + + + * 2048-bit RSA (RSA_2048) + + + * 4096-bit RSA (RSA_4096) + + + * Elliptic Prime Curve 256 bit (EC_prime256v1) + + + * Elliptic Prime Curve 384 bit (EC_secp384r1) + + + * Elliptic Prime Curve 521 bit (EC_secp521r1) + + + The certificate must be a valid SSL/TLS X.509 version 3 certificate with + FQDN or IP address specified and information about the issuer. type: string certificateRef: description: CertificateRef is a reference to a Certificate. @@ -97,21 +126,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -124,8 +153,9 @@ spec: description: CertificateSelector selects references to a Certificate. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -138,21 +168,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -160,23 +190,26 @@ spec: type: object type: object domain: - description: "The domain of the storage system that is used for - file transfers. There are two domains available: Amazon Simple - Storage Service (Amazon S3) and Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon - EFS). The default value is S3. \n After the server is created, - the domain cannot be changed." + description: |- + The domain of the storage system that is used for file transfers. There are + two domains available: Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) and Amazon + Elastic File System (Amazon EFS). The default value is S3. + + + After the server is created, the domain cannot be changed. type: string endpointDetails: - description: The virtual private cloud (VPC) endpoint settings - that are configured for your server. When you host your endpoint - within your VPC, you can make it accessible only to resources - within your VPC, or you can attach Elastic IPs and make it accessible - to clients over the internet. Your VPC's default security groups - are automatically assigned to your endpoint. + description: |- + The virtual private cloud (VPC) endpoint settings that are configured for + your server. When you host your endpoint within your VPC, you can make it + accessible only to resources within your VPC, or you can attach Elastic IPs + and make it accessible to clients over the internet. Your VPC's default security + groups are automatically assigned to your endpoint. properties: addressAllocationIDRefs: - description: AddressAllocationIDRefs is a list of references - to AddressAllocationID used to set the AddressAllocationIDs. + description: |- + AddressAllocationIDRefs is a list of references to AddressAllocationID used to set + the AddressAllocationIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -188,22 +221,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -214,13 +246,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array addressAllocationIDSelector: - description: AddressAllocationIDSelector selects references - to AddressAllocationID used to set the AddressAllocationIDs. + description: |- + AddressAllocationIDSelector selects references to AddressAllocationID used + to set the AddressAllocationIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -233,21 +266,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -255,16 +288,20 @@ spec: type: object type: object addressAllocationIDs: - description: "A list of address allocation IDs that are required - to attach an Elastic IP address to your server's endpoint. - \n This property can only be set when EndpointType is set - to VPC and it is only valid in the UpdateServer API." + description: |- + A list of address allocation IDs that are required to attach an Elastic IP + address to your server's endpoint. + + + This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC and it is only + valid in the UpdateServer API. items: type: string type: array securityGroupIDRefs: - description: SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to - SecurityGroups used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDRefs is a list of references to SecurityGroups used to set + the SecurityGroupIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -276,22 +313,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -302,13 +338,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array securityGroupIDSelector: - description: SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to - SecurityGroupID used to set the SecurityGroupIDs. + description: |- + SecurityGroupIDsSelector selects references to SecurityGroupID used + to set the SecurityGroupIDs. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -321,21 +358,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -343,21 +380,26 @@ spec: type: object type: object securityGroupIDs: - description: "A list of security groups IDs that are available - to attach to your server's endpoint. \n This property can - only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC. \n You can - edit the SecurityGroupIds property in the UpdateServer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/API_UpdateServer.html) - API only if you are changing the EndpointType from PUBLIC - or VPC_ENDPOINT to VPC. To change security groups associated - with your server's VPC endpoint after creation, use the - Amazon EC2 ModifyVpcEndpoint (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyVpcEndpoint.html) - API." + description: |- + A list of security groups IDs that are available to attach to your server's + endpoint. + + + This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC. + + + You can edit the SecurityGroupIds property in the UpdateServer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/API_UpdateServer.html) + API only if you are changing the EndpointType from PUBLIC or VPC_ENDPOINT + to VPC. To change security groups associated with your server's VPC endpoint + after creation, use the Amazon EC2 ModifyVpcEndpoint (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyVpcEndpoint.html) + API. items: type: string type: array subnetIDRefs: - description: SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIDs. + description: |- + SubnetIDRefs is a list of references to Subnets used to set + the SubnetIDs. items: description: A Reference to a named object. properties: @@ -369,22 +411,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is - 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail - if the reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' - means this reference will be a no-op if it cannot - be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -395,13 +436,14 @@ spec: type: object type: array subnetIDSelector: - description: SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnets - used to set the SubnetIds. + description: |- + SubnetIDSelector selects references to Subnets used + to set the SubnetIds. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -414,21 +456,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -436,16 +478,24 @@ spec: type: object type: object subnetIDs: - description: "A list of subnet IDs that are required to host - your server endpoint in your VPC. \n This property can only - be set when EndpointType is set to VPC." + description: |- + A list of subnet IDs that are required to host your server endpoint in your + VPC. + + + This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC. items: type: string type: array vpcEndpointID: - description: "The ID of the VPC endpoint. \n This property - can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC_ENDPOINT. - \n For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/create-server-in-vpc.html#deprecate-vpc-endpoint." + description: |- + The ID of the VPC endpoint. + + + This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC_ENDPOINT. + + + For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/create-server-in-vpc.html#deprecate-vpc-endpoint. type: string vpcEndpointIDRef: description: VPCEndpointIDRef is a reference to a VPCEndpointID. @@ -458,21 +508,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -486,9 +536,9 @@ spec: VPCEndpointID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -501,21 +551,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -523,9 +573,11 @@ spec: type: object type: object vpcID: - description: "The VPC ID of the VPC in which a server's endpoint - will be hosted. \n This property can only be set when EndpointType - is set to VPC." + description: |- + The VPC ID of the VPC in which a server's endpoint will be hosted. + + + This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC. type: string vpcIDRef: description: VPCIDRef is a reference to a VPCID. @@ -538,21 +590,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -565,9 +617,9 @@ spec: description: VPCIDSelector selects references to a VPCID. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with - the same controller reference as the selecting object - is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -580,21 +632,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution - of this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference - should be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', - which will attempt to resolve the reference only - when the corresponding field is not present. Use - 'Always' to resolve the reference on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -603,55 +655,81 @@ spec: type: object type: object endpointType: - description: "The type of endpoint that you want your server to - use. You can choose to make your server's endpoint publicly - accessible (PUBLIC) or host it inside your VPC. With an endpoint - that is hosted in a VPC, you can restrict access to your server - and resources only within your VPC or choose to make it internet - facing by attaching Elastic IP addresses directly to it. \n - After May 19, 2021, you won't be able to create a server using - EndpointType=VPC_ENDPOINT in your Amazon Web Services account - if your account hasn't already done so before May 19, 2021. - If you have already created servers with EndpointType=VPC_ENDPOINT - in your Amazon Web Services account on or before May 19, 2021, - you will not be affected. After this date, use EndpointType=VPC. - \n For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/create-server-in-vpc.html#deprecate-vpc-endpoint. - \n It is recommended that you use VPC as the EndpointType. With - this endpoint type, you have the option to directly associate - up to three Elastic IPv4 addresses (BYO IP included) with your - server's endpoint and use VPC security groups to restrict traffic - by the client's public IP address. This is not possible with - EndpointType set to VPC_ENDPOINT." + description: |- + The type of endpoint that you want your server to use. You can choose to + make your server's endpoint publicly accessible (PUBLIC) or host it inside + your VPC. With an endpoint that is hosted in a VPC, you can restrict access + to your server and resources only within your VPC or choose to make it internet + facing by attaching Elastic IP addresses directly to it. + + + After May 19, 2021, you won't be able to create a server using EndpointType=VPC_ENDPOINT + in your Amazon Web Services account if your account hasn't already done so + before May 19, 2021. If you have already created servers with EndpointType=VPC_ENDPOINT + in your Amazon Web Services account on or before May 19, 2021, you will not + be affected. After this date, use EndpointType=VPC. + + + For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/create-server-in-vpc.html#deprecate-vpc-endpoint. + + + It is recommended that you use VPC as the EndpointType. With this endpoint + type, you have the option to directly associate up to three Elastic IPv4 + addresses (BYO IP included) with your server's endpoint and use VPC security + groups to restrict traffic by the client's public IP address. This is not + possible with EndpointType set to VPC_ENDPOINT. type: string hostKey: - description: "The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for - your SFTP-enabled server. You can add multiple host keys, in - case you want to rotate keys, or have a set of active keys that - use different algorithms. \n Use the following command to generate - an RSA 2048 bit key with no passphrase: \n ssh-keygen -t rsa - -b 2048 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key. \n Use a minimum - value of 2048 for the -b option. You can create a stronger key - by using 3072 or 4096. \n Use the following command to generate - an ECDSA 256 bit key with no passphrase: \n ssh-keygen -t ecdsa - -b 256 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key. \n Valid values - for the -b option for ECDSA are 256, 384, and 521. \n Use the - following command to generate an ED25519 key with no passphrase: - \n ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -N \"\" -f my-new-server-key. \n For - all of these commands, you can replace my-new-server-key with - a string of your choice. \n If you aren't planning to migrate - existing users from an existing SFTP-enabled server to a new - server, don't update the host key. Accidentally changing a server's - host key can be disruptive. \n For more information, see Manage - host keys for your SFTP-enabled server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/edit-server-config.html#configuring-servers-change-host-key) - in the Transfer Family User Guide." + description: |- + The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your SFTP-enabled server. + You can add multiple host keys, in case you want to rotate keys, or have + a set of active keys that use different algorithms. + + + Use the following command to generate an RSA 2048 bit key with no passphrase: + + + ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 2048 -N "" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key. + + + Use a minimum value of 2048 for the -b option. You can create a stronger + key by using 3072 or 4096. + + + Use the following command to generate an ECDSA 256 bit key with no passphrase: + + + ssh-keygen -t ecdsa -b 256 -N "" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key. + + + Valid values for the -b option for ECDSA are 256, 384, and 521. + + + Use the following command to generate an ED25519 key with no passphrase: + + + ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -N "" -f my-new-server-key. + + + For all of these commands, you can replace my-new-server-key with a string + of your choice. + + + If you aren't planning to migrate existing users from an existing SFTP-enabled + server to a new server, don't update the host key. Accidentally changing + a server's host key can be disruptive. + + + For more information, see Manage host keys for your SFTP-enabled server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/edit-server-config.html#configuring-servers-change-host-key) + in the Transfer Family User Guide. type: string identityProviderDetails: - description: Required when IdentityProviderType is set to AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE, - Amazon Web Services_LAMBDA or API_GATEWAY. Accepts an array - containing all of the information required to use a directory - in AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE or invoke a customer-supplied authentication - API, including the API Gateway URL. Not required when IdentityProviderType - is set to SERVICE_MANAGED. + description: |- + Required when IdentityProviderType is set to AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE, Amazon + Web Services_LAMBDA or API_GATEWAY. Accepts an array containing all of the + information required to use a directory in AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE or invoke + a customer-supplied authentication API, including the API Gateway URL. Not + required when IdentityProviderType is set to SERVICE_MANAGED. properties: directoryID: type: string @@ -665,26 +743,33 @@ spec: type: string type: object identityProviderType: - description: "The mode of authentication for a server. The default - value is SERVICE_MANAGED, which allows you to store and access - user credentials within the Transfer Family service. \n Use - AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE to provide access to Active Directory - groups in Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory or - Microsoft Active Directory in your on-premises environment or - in Amazon Web Services using AD Connector. This option also - requires you to provide a Directory ID by using the IdentityProviderDetails - parameter. \n Use the API_GATEWAY value to integrate with an - identity provider of your choosing. The API_GATEWAY setting - requires you to provide an Amazon API Gateway endpoint URL to - call for authentication by using the IdentityProviderDetails - parameter. \n Use the AWS_LAMBDA value to directly use an Lambda - function as your identity provider. If you choose this value, - you must specify the ARN for the Lambda function in the Function - parameter for the IdentityProviderDetails data type." + description: |- + The mode of authentication for a server. The default value is SERVICE_MANAGED, + which allows you to store and access user credentials within the Transfer + Family service. + + + Use AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE to provide access to Active Directory groups in + Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory or Microsoft Active Directory + in your on-premises environment or in Amazon Web Services using AD Connector. + This option also requires you to provide a Directory ID by using the IdentityProviderDetails + parameter. + + + Use the API_GATEWAY value to integrate with an identity provider of your + choosing. The API_GATEWAY setting requires you to provide an Amazon API Gateway + endpoint URL to call for authentication by using the IdentityProviderDetails + parameter. + + + Use the AWS_LAMBDA value to directly use an Lambda function as your identity + provider. If you choose this value, you must specify the ARN for the Lambda + function in the Function parameter for the IdentityProviderDetails data type. type: string loggingRole: - description: Allows the service to write your users' activity - to your Amazon CloudWatch logs for monitoring and auditing purposes. + description: |- + Allows the service to write your users' activity to your Amazon CloudWatch + logs for monitoring and auditing purposes. type: string loggingRoleRef: description: LoggingRoleRef is a reference to a IAM role. @@ -697,21 +782,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -724,8 +809,9 @@ spec: description: LoggingRoleSelector selects references to a IAM role. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -738,21 +824,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -760,39 +846,52 @@ spec: type: object type: object postAuthenticationLoginBanner: - description: "Specifies a string to display when users connect - to a server. This string is displayed after the user authenticates. - \n The SFTP protocol does not support post-authentication display - banners." + description: |- + Specifies a string to display when users connect to a server. This string + is displayed after the user authenticates. + + + The SFTP protocol does not support post-authentication display banners. type: string preAuthenticationLoginBanner: - description: "Specifies a string to display when users connect - to a server. This string is displayed before the user authenticates. - For example, the following banner displays details about using - the system: \n This system is for the use of authorized users - only. Individuals using this computer system without authority, - or in excess of their authority, are subject to having all of - their activities on this system monitored and recorded by system - personnel." + description: |- + Specifies a string to display when users connect to a server. This string + is displayed before the user authenticates. For example, the following banner + displays details about using the system: + + + This system is for the use of authorized users only. Individuals using this + computer system without authority, or in excess of their authority, are subject + to having all of their activities on this system monitored and recorded by + system personnel. type: string protocolDetails: - description: "The protocol settings that are configured for your - server. \n * To indicate passive mode (for FTP and FTPS protocols), - use the PassiveIp parameter. Enter a single dotted-quad IPv4 - address, such as the external IP address of a firewall, router, - or load balancer. \n * To ignore the error that is generated - when the client attempts to use the SETSTAT command on a file - that you are uploading to an Amazon S3 bucket, use the SetStatOption - parameter. To have the Transfer Family server ignore the SETSTAT - command and upload files without needing to make any changes - to your SFTP client, set the value to ENABLE_NO_OP. If you set - the SetStatOption parameter to ENABLE_NO_OP, Transfer Family - generates a log entry to Amazon CloudWatch Logs, so that you - can determine when the client is making a SETSTAT call. \n * - To determine whether your Transfer Family server resumes recent, - negotiated sessions through a unique session ID, use the TlsSessionResumptionMode - parameter. \n * As2Transports indicates the transport method - for the AS2 messages. Currently, only HTTP is supported." + description: |- + The protocol settings that are configured for your server. + + + * To indicate passive mode (for FTP and FTPS protocols), use the PassiveIp + parameter. Enter a single dotted-quad IPv4 address, such as the external + IP address of a firewall, router, or load balancer. + + + * To ignore the error that is generated when the client attempts to use + the SETSTAT command on a file that you are uploading to an Amazon S3 bucket, + use the SetStatOption parameter. To have the Transfer Family server ignore + the SETSTAT command and upload files without needing to make any changes + to your SFTP client, set the value to ENABLE_NO_OP. If you set the SetStatOption + parameter to ENABLE_NO_OP, Transfer Family generates a log entry to Amazon + CloudWatch Logs, so that you can determine when the client is making a + SETSTAT call. + + + * To determine whether your Transfer Family server resumes recent, negotiated + sessions through a unique session ID, use the TlsSessionResumptionMode + parameter. + + + * As2Transports indicates the transport method for the AS2 messages. Currently, + only HTTP is supported. properties: as2Transports: items: @@ -806,25 +905,46 @@ spec: type: string type: object protocols: - description: "Specifies the file transfer protocol or protocols - over which your file transfer protocol client can connect to - your server's endpoint. The available protocols are: \n * SFTP - (Secure Shell (SSH) File Transfer Protocol): File transfer over - SSH \n * FTPS (File Transfer Protocol Secure): File transfer - with TLS encryption \n * FTP (File Transfer Protocol): Unencrypted - file transfer \n * AS2 (Applicability Statement 2): used for - transporting structured business-to-business data \n * If you - select FTPS, you must choose a certificate stored in Certificate - Manager (ACM) which is used to identify your server when clients - connect to it over FTPS. \n * If Protocol includes either FTP - or FTPS, then the EndpointType must be VPC and the IdentityProviderType - must be either AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE, AWS_LAMBDA, or API_GATEWAY. - \n * If Protocol includes FTP, then AddressAllocationIds cannot - be associated. \n * If Protocol is set only to SFTP, the EndpointType - can be set to PUBLIC and the IdentityProviderType can be set - any of the supported identity types: SERVICE_MANAGED, AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE, - AWS_LAMBDA, or API_GATEWAY. \n * If Protocol includes AS2, then - the EndpointType must be VPC, and domain must be Amazon S3." + description: |- + Specifies the file transfer protocol or protocols over which your file transfer + protocol client can connect to your server's endpoint. The available protocols + are: + + + * SFTP (Secure Shell (SSH) File Transfer Protocol): File transfer over + SSH + + + * FTPS (File Transfer Protocol Secure): File transfer with TLS encryption + + + * FTP (File Transfer Protocol): Unencrypted file transfer + + + * AS2 (Applicability Statement 2): used for transporting structured business-to-business + data + + + * If you select FTPS, you must choose a certificate stored in Certificate + Manager (ACM) which is used to identify your server when clients connect + to it over FTPS. + + + * If Protocol includes either FTP or FTPS, then the EndpointType must + be VPC and the IdentityProviderType must be either AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE, + AWS_LAMBDA, or API_GATEWAY. + + + * If Protocol includes FTP, then AddressAllocationIds cannot be associated. + + + * If Protocol is set only to SFTP, the EndpointType can be set to PUBLIC + and the IdentityProviderType can be set any of the supported identity + types: SERVICE_MANAGED, AWS_DIRECTORY_SERVICE, AWS_LAMBDA, or API_GATEWAY. + + + * If Protocol includes AS2, then the EndpointType must be VPC, and domain + must be Amazon S3. items: type: string type: array @@ -836,16 +956,26 @@ spec: attached to the server. type: string structuredLogDestinations: - description: "Specifies the log groups to which your server logs - are sent. \n To specify a log group, you must provide the ARN - for an existing log group. In this case, the format of the log - group is as follows: \n arn:aws:logs:region-name:amazon-account-id:log-group:log-group-name:* - \n For example, arn:aws:logs:us-east-1:111122223333:log-group:mytestgroup:* - \n If you have previously specified a log group for a server, - you can clear it, and in effect turn off structured logging, - by providing an empty value for this parameter in an update-server - call. For example: \n update-server --server-id s-1234567890abcdef0 - --structured-log-destinations" + description: |- + Specifies the log groups to which your server logs are sent. + + + To specify a log group, you must provide the ARN for an existing log group. + In this case, the format of the log group is as follows: + + + arn:aws:logs:region-name:amazon-account-id:log-group:log-group-name:* + + + For example, arn:aws:logs:us-east-1:111122223333:log-group:mytestgroup:* + + + If you have previously specified a log group for a server, you can clear + it, and in effect turn off structured logging, by providing an empty value + for this parameter in an update-server call. For example: + + + update-server --server-id s-1234567890abcdef0 --structured-log-destinations items: type: string type: array @@ -861,13 +991,15 @@ spec: type: object type: array workflowDetails: - description: "Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign - and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow. - \n In addition to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded - completely, WorkflowDetails can also contain a workflow ID (and - execution role) for a workflow to execute on partial upload. - A partial upload occurs when the server session disconnects - while the file is still being uploaded." + description: |- + Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role + that's used for executing the workflow. + + + In addition to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, + WorkflowDetails can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a + workflow to execute on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when the server + session disconnects while the file is still being uploaded. properties: onPartialUpload: items: @@ -894,19 +1026,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -919,9 +1053,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -931,21 +1066,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -955,17 +1090,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -975,21 +1112,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -1004,21 +1141,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -1029,14 +1167,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -1068,14 +1207,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -1085,8 +1233,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -1098,6 +1247,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec diff --git a/package/crds/transfer.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml b/package/crds/transfer.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml index fb19b6b9c1..28d474d13f 100644 --- a/package/crds/transfer.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml +++ b/package/crds/transfer.aws.crossplane.io_users.yaml @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 kind: CustomResourceDefinition metadata: annotations: - controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.13.0 + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.14.0 name: users.transfer.aws.crossplane.io spec: group: transfer.aws.crossplane.io @@ -37,14 +37,19 @@ spec: description: User is the Schema for the Users API properties: apiVersion: - description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation - of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest - internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources type: string kind: - description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this - object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client - submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds type: string metadata: type: object @@ -53,13 +58,14 @@ spec: properties: deletionPolicy: default: Delete - description: 'DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying - external when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" - or "Orphan" the external resource. This field is planned to be deprecated - in favor of the ManagementPolicies field in a future release. Currently, - both could be set independently and non-default values would be - honored if the feature flag is enabled. See the design doc for more - information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223' + description: |- + DeletionPolicy specifies what will happen to the underlying external + when this managed resource is deleted - either "Delete" or "Orphan" the + external resource. + This field is planned to be deprecated in favor of the ManagementPolicies + field in a future release. Currently, both could be set independently and + non-default values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 enum: - Orphan - Delete @@ -68,29 +74,40 @@ spec: description: UserParameters defines the desired state of User properties: homeDirectory: - description: "The landing directory (folder) for a user when they - log in to the server using the client. \n A HomeDirectory example - is /bucket_name/home/mydirectory." + description: |- + The landing directory (folder) for a user when they log in to the server + using the client. + + + A HomeDirectory example is /bucket_name/home/mydirectory. type: string homeDirectoryMappings: - description: "Logical directory mappings that specify what Amazon - S3 or Amazon EFS paths and keys should be visible to your user - and how you want to make them visible. You must specify the - Entry and Target pair, where Entry shows how the path is made - visible and Target is the actual Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS path. - If you only specify a target, it is displayed as is. You also - must ensure that your Identity and Access Management (IAM) role - provides access to paths in Target. This value can be set only - when HomeDirectoryType is set to LOGICAL. \n The following is - an Entry and Target pair example. \n [ { \"Entry\": \"/directory1\", - \"Target\": \"/bucket_name/home/mydirectory\" } ] \n In most - cases, you can use this value instead of the session policy - to lock your user down to the designated home directory (\"chroot\"). - To do this, you can set Entry to / and set Target to the value - the user should see for their home directory when they log in. - \n The following is an Entry and Target pair example for chroot. - \n [ { \"Entry\": \"/\", \"Target\": \"/bucket_name/home/mydirectory\" - } ]" + description: |- + Logical directory mappings that specify what Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS paths + and keys should be visible to your user and how you want to make them visible. + You must specify the Entry and Target pair, where Entry shows how the path + is made visible and Target is the actual Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS path. If + you only specify a target, it is displayed as is. You also must ensure that + your Identity and Access Management (IAM) role provides access to paths in + Target. This value can be set only when HomeDirectoryType is set to LOGICAL. + + + The following is an Entry and Target pair example. + + + [ { "Entry": "/directory1", "Target": "/bucket_name/home/mydirectory" } ] + + + In most cases, you can use this value instead of the session policy to lock + your user down to the designated home directory ("chroot"). To do this, you + can set Entry to / and set Target to the value the user should see for their + home directory when they log in. + + + The following is an Entry and Target pair example for chroot. + + + [ { "Entry": "/", "Target": "/bucket_name/home/mydirectory" } ] items: properties: entry: @@ -100,37 +117,45 @@ spec: type: object type: array homeDirectoryType: - description: The type of landing directory (folder) that you want - your users' home directory to be when they log in to the server. - If you set it to PATH, the user will see the absolute Amazon - S3 bucket or EFS paths as is in their file transfer protocol - clients. If you set it LOGICAL, you need to provide mappings - in the HomeDirectoryMappings for how you want to make Amazon - S3 or Amazon EFS paths visible to your users. + description: |- + The type of landing directory (folder) that you want your users' home directory + to be when they log in to the server. If you set it to PATH, the user will + see the absolute Amazon S3 bucket or EFS paths as is in their file transfer + protocol clients. If you set it LOGICAL, you need to provide mappings in + the HomeDirectoryMappings for how you want to make Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS + paths visible to your users. type: string policy: - description: "A session policy for your user so that you can use - the same Identity and Access Management (IAM) role across multiple - users. This policy scopes down a user's access to portions of - their Amazon S3 bucket. Variables that you can use inside this - policy include ${Transfer:UserName}, ${Transfer:HomeDirectory}, - and ${Transfer:HomeBucket}. \n This policy applies only when - the domain of ServerId is Amazon S3. Amazon EFS does not use - session policies. \n For session policies, Transfer Family stores - the policy as a JSON blob, instead of the Amazon Resource Name - (ARN) of the policy. You save the policy as a JSON blob and - pass it in the Policy argument. \n For an example of a session - policy, see Example session policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/session-policy.html). - \n For more information, see AssumeRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_AssumeRole.html) - in the Amazon Web Services Security Token Service API Reference." + description: |- + A session policy for your user so that you can use the same Identity and + Access Management (IAM) role across multiple users. This policy scopes down + a user's access to portions of their Amazon S3 bucket. Variables that you + can use inside this policy include ${Transfer:UserName}, ${Transfer:HomeDirectory}, + and ${Transfer:HomeBucket}. + + + This policy applies only when the domain of ServerId is Amazon S3. Amazon + EFS does not use session policies. + + + For session policies, Transfer Family stores the policy as a JSON blob, instead + of the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the policy. You save the policy as a + JSON blob and pass it in the Policy argument. + + + For an example of a session policy, see Example session policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/session-policy.html). + + + For more information, see AssumeRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_AssumeRole.html) + in the Amazon Web Services Security Token Service API Reference. type: string posixProfile: - description: Specifies the full POSIX identity, including user - ID (Uid), group ID (Gid), and any secondary groups IDs (SecondaryGids), - that controls your users' access to your Amazon EFS file systems. - The POSIX permissions that are set on files and directories - in Amazon EFS determine the level of access your users get when - transferring files into and out of your Amazon EFS file systems. + description: |- + Specifies the full POSIX identity, including user ID (Uid), group ID (Gid), + and any secondary groups IDs (SecondaryGids), that controls your users' access + to your Amazon EFS file systems. The POSIX permissions that are set on files + and directories in Amazon EFS determine the level of access your users get + when transferring files into and out of your Amazon EFS file systems. properties: gid: format: int64 @@ -148,13 +173,13 @@ spec: description: Region is which region the User will be created. type: string role: - description: The IAM role that controls your users' access to - your Amazon S3 bucket. The policies attached to this role will - determine the level of access you want to provide your users - when transferring files into and out of your Amazon S3 bucket - or buckets. The IAM role should also contain a trust relationship - that allows the server to access your resources when servicing - your users' transfer requests. + description: |- + The IAM role that controls your users' access to your Amazon S3 bucket. The + policies attached to this role will determine the level of access you want + to provide your users when transferring files into and out of your Amazon + S3 bucket or buckets. The IAM role should also contain a trust relationship + that allows the server to access your resources when servicing your users' + transfer requests. type: string roleRef: description: RoleRef is a reference to a IAM role. @@ -167,21 +192,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -194,8 +219,9 @@ spec: description: RoleSelector selects references to a IAM role. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -208,21 +234,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -230,9 +256,9 @@ spec: type: object type: object serverID: - description: A system-assigned unique identifier for a server - instance. This is the specific server that you added your user - to. + description: |- + A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance. This is the specific + server that you added your user to. type: string serverIDRef: description: ServerIDRef is a reference to an server instance. @@ -245,21 +271,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -273,8 +299,9 @@ spec: instance. properties: matchControllerRef: - description: MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the - same controller reference as the selecting object is selected. + description: |- + MatchControllerRef ensures an object with the same controller reference + as the selecting object is selected. type: boolean matchLabels: additionalProperties: @@ -287,21 +314,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -309,41 +336,65 @@ spec: type: object type: object sshPublicKeyBody: - description: "The public portion of the Secure Shell (SSH) key - used to authenticate the user to the server. \n The three standard - SSH public key format elements are , , + description: |- + The public portion of the Secure Shell (SSH) key used to authenticate the + user to the server. + + + The three standard SSH public key format elements are , , and an optional , with spaces between each element. - \n Transfer Family accepts RSA, ECDSA, and ED25519 keys. \n - * For RSA keys, the key type is ssh-rsa. \n * For ED25519 keys, - the key type is ssh-ed25519. \n * For ECDSA keys, the key type - is either ecdsa-sha2-nistp256, ecdsa-sha2-nistp384, or ecdsa-sha2-nistp521, - depending on the size of the key you generated. \n Deprecated: - This property is deprecated in favor of SSHPublicKeys. Changes - here will not be reflected in the external resource." + + + Transfer Family accepts RSA, ECDSA, and ED25519 keys. + + + * For RSA keys, the key type is ssh-rsa. + + + * For ED25519 keys, the key type is ssh-ed25519. + + + * For ECDSA keys, the key type is either ecdsa-sha2-nistp256, ecdsa-sha2-nistp384, + or ecdsa-sha2-nistp521, depending on the size of the key you generated. + + + Deprecated: This property is deprecated in favor of SSHPublicKeys. + Changes here will not be reflected in the external resource. type: string sshPublicKeys: description: SSHPublicKeys that should be added to the server. items: properties: body: - description: "Body is the public portion of the Secure Shell - (SSH) key used to authenticate the user to the server. - \n The three standard SSH public key format elements are - , , and an optional , - with spaces between each element. \n Transfer Family accepts - RSA, ECDSA, and ED25519 keys. \n * For RSA keys, the key - type is ssh-rsa. \n * For ED25519 keys, the key type is - ssh-ed25519. \n * For ECDSA keys, the key type is either - ecdsa-sha2-nistp256, ecdsa-sha2-nistp384, or ecdsa-sha2-nistp521, - depending on the size of the key you generated." + description: |- + Body is the public portion of the Secure Shell (SSH) key used to authenticate the + user to the server. + + + The three standard SSH public key format elements are , , + and an optional , with spaces between each element. + + + Transfer Family accepts RSA, ECDSA, and ED25519 keys. + + + * For RSA keys, the key type is ssh-rsa. + + + * For ED25519 keys, the key type is ssh-ed25519. + + + * For ECDSA keys, the key type is either ecdsa-sha2-nistp256, ecdsa-sha2-nistp384, + or ecdsa-sha2-nistp521, depending on the size of the key you generated. type: string required: - body type: object type: array tags: - description: Key-value pairs that can be used to group and search - for users. Tags are metadata attached to users for any purpose. + description: |- + Key-value pairs that can be used to group and search for users. Tags are + metadata attached to users for any purpose. items: properties: key: @@ -358,19 +409,21 @@ spec: managementPolicies: default: - '*' - description: 'THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be - opted out through a Crossplane feature flag. ManagementPolicies - specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to take on the - managed and external resources. This field is planned to replace - the DeletionPolicy field in a future release. Currently, both could - be set independently and non-default values would be honored if - the feature flag is enabled. If both are custom, the DeletionPolicy - field will be ignored. See the design doc for more information: - https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 - and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md' + description: |- + THIS IS A BETA FIELD. It is on by default but can be opted out + through a Crossplane feature flag. + ManagementPolicies specify the array of actions Crossplane is allowed to + take on the managed and external resources. + This field is planned to replace the DeletionPolicy field in a future + release. Currently, both could be set independently and non-default + values would be honored if the feature flag is enabled. If both are + custom, the DeletionPolicy field will be ignored. + See the design doc for more information: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/499895a25d1a1a0ba1604944ef98ac7a1a71f197/design/design-doc-observe-only-resources.md?plain=1#L223 + and this one: https://github.com/crossplane/crossplane/blob/444267e84783136daa93568b364a5f01228cacbe/design/one-pager-ignore-changes.md items: - description: A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane - controllers can take on an external resource. + description: |- + A ManagementAction represents an action that the Crossplane controllers + can take on an external resource. enum: - Observe - Create @@ -383,9 +436,10 @@ spec: providerConfigRef: default: name: default - description: ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that - will be used to create, observe, update, and delete this managed - resource should be configured. + description: |- + ProviderConfigReference specifies how the provider that will be used to + create, observe, update, and delete this managed resource should be + configured. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -395,21 +449,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of this - reference is required. The default is 'Required', which - means the reconcile will fail if the reference cannot be - resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be a no-op - if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt - to resolve the reference only when the corresponding field - is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference on - every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -419,17 +473,19 @@ spec: - name type: object publishConnectionDetailsTo: - description: PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret - config which contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret - store config to which any connection details for this managed resource - should be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, - username, and password required to connect to the managed resource. + description: |- + PublishConnectionDetailsTo specifies the connection secret config which + contains a name, metadata and a reference to secret store config to + which any connection details for this managed resource should be written. + Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. properties: configRef: default: name: default - description: SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store - config should be used for this ConnectionSecret. + description: |- + SecretStoreConfigRef specifies which secret store config should be used + for this ConnectionSecret. properties: name: description: Name of the referenced object. @@ -439,21 +495,21 @@ spec: properties: resolution: default: Required - description: Resolution specifies whether resolution of - this reference is required. The default is 'Required', - which means the reconcile will fail if the reference - cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference - will be a no-op if it cannot be resolved. + description: |- + Resolution specifies whether resolution of this reference is required. + The default is 'Required', which means the reconcile will fail if the + reference cannot be resolved. 'Optional' means this reference will be + a no-op if it cannot be resolved. enum: - Required - Optional type: string resolve: - description: Resolve specifies when this reference should - be resolved. The default is 'IfNotPresent', which will - attempt to resolve the reference only when the corresponding - field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the reference - on every reconcile. + description: |- + Resolve specifies when this reference should be resolved. The default + is 'IfNotPresent', which will attempt to resolve the reference only when + the corresponding field is not present. Use 'Always' to resolve the + reference on every reconcile. enum: - Always - IfNotPresent @@ -468,21 +524,22 @@ spec: annotations: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Annotations are the annotations to be added to - connection secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be - used as "metadata.annotations". - It is up to Secret Store - implementation for others store types. + description: |- + Annotations are the annotations to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.annotations". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object labels: additionalProperties: type: string - description: Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection - secret. - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". - - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store - types. + description: |- + Labels are the labels/tags to be added to connection secret. + - For Kubernetes secrets, this will be used as "metadata.labels". + - It is up to Secret Store implementation for others store types. type: object type: - description: Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. + description: |- + Type is the SecretType for the connection secret. - Only valid for Kubernetes Secret Stores. type: string type: object @@ -493,14 +550,15 @@ spec: - name type: object writeConnectionSecretToRef: - description: WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace - and name of a Secret to which any connection details for this managed - resource should be written. Connection details frequently include - the endpoint, username, and password required to connect to the - managed resource. This field is planned to be replaced in a future - release in favor of PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both - could be set independently and connection details would be published - to both without affecting each other. + description: |- + WriteConnectionSecretToReference specifies the namespace and name of a + Secret to which any connection details for this managed resource should + be written. Connection details frequently include the endpoint, username, + and password required to connect to the managed resource. + This field is planned to be replaced in a future release in favor of + PublishConnectionDetailsTo. Currently, both could be set independently + and connection details would be published to both without affecting + each other. properties: name: description: Name of the secret. @@ -522,16 +580,18 @@ spec: description: UserObservation defines the observed state of User properties: arn: - description: Specifies the unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for - the user that was requested to be described. + description: |- + Specifies the unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the user that was requested + to be described. type: string serverID: description: The identifier of the server that the user is attached to. type: string sshPublicKeys: - description: Specifies the public key portion of the Secure Shell - (SSH) keys stored for the described user. + description: |- + Specifies the public key portion of the Secure Shell (SSH) keys stored for + the described user. items: properties: dateImported: @@ -554,14 +614,23 @@ spec: description: A Condition that may apply to a resource. properties: lastTransitionTime: - description: LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition - transitioned from one status to another. + description: |- + LastTransitionTime is the last time this condition transitioned from one + status to another. format: date-time type: string message: - description: A Message containing details about this condition's - last transition from one status to another, if any. + description: |- + A Message containing details about this condition's last transition from + one status to another, if any. type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + type: integer reason: description: A Reason for this condition's last transition from one status to another. @@ -571,8 +640,9 @@ spec: False, or Unknown? type: string type: - description: Type of this condition. At most one of each condition - type may apply to a resource at any point in time. + description: |- + Type of this condition. At most one of each condition type may apply to + a resource at any point in time. type: string required: - lastTransitionTime @@ -584,6 +654,13 @@ spec: x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: - type x-kubernetes-list-type: map + observedGeneration: + description: |- + ObservedGeneration is the latest metadata.generation + which resulted in either a ready state, or stalled due to error + it can not recover from without human intervention. + format: int64 + type: integer type: object required: - spec